05 


;£ >-«■->  ■"t'lt^ttitKA^ica.Jtt^M 


THE  GIFT  OF 

FLORENCE  V.  V.  DICKEY 

TO  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

AT  LOS  ANGELES 


THE  DONALD  R.  DICKEY 

LIBRARY 

OF  VERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 


;^^€fTyji.<^c^  O^^ 


THIS  BOOK  BELONGS  TO 


MEMBER  OF 

Troop 


MY  SCOUT  RECORD 


Registration  Date  and    Place 
Passed  Tenderfoot  Test 
Passed  Second  Class  Test 
Passed 


SCOUTING  for  GIRLS 


MAGDELAINE  DE  VERCIIERES 

The  First  Girl  Scout  in  the  New  World.     From  Statue  erected  by  Lord   Grey, 

sear  t\xe  site  of  Fort  Vercheres  on  the  St.  Lawrence. 


SCOUTING  for  GIRLS 

OFFICIAL  HANDBOOK 

OF  THE 

GIRL  SCOUTS 


THIRD    EDITION 
APRIL,    192  2 


PUBLISHED   BY  THE  GIRL  SCOUTS,   INC. 

NATIONAL  HEADQUARTERS 
189  LEXINGTON  AVENUE.  NEW  YORK.  N.  Y, 


Copyright  1920  by  Girl    Scouts,  Inc. 
All  Rights  Reserved. 

PRINTED  IN  NEW  YORK  CITY 


PRINTED    BY 

ADAMS   a   GRACE   CO. 

NEW   YORK 


To 

Juliette  Low 

THEIR  FOUNDER 

in  grateful  acknowledgment  of  all  that 
she  has  done  for  them,  the  American 
Girl  Scouts   dedicate  this   Handbook. 


>i  550710 


FOREWORD 

Hoiu   Scouting  Began 

"  Hozv  did  Scouting  come  to  be  used  by  girls  ? ' '  That  is  what 
I  have  been  asked.  Well,  it  was  this  way.  In  the  beginning 
I  had  used  Scouting — that  is,  wood  craft,  liandiness,  and  cheery 
helpfulness — as  a  means  for  training  young  soldiers  when 
they  first  joined  the  army,  to  help  them  become  handy,  capable 
men  and  able  to  hold  their  own  xvith  anyone  -instead  of  being 
mere  drilled  machines. 

You  have  read  about  the  Wars  in  your  country  against 
the  Red  Indians,  of  the  gallantry  of  your  soldiers  against 
the  cunning  of  the  Red  Man,  and  what  is  more,  of  the  pluck 
of  your  women  on  those  dangerous  frontiers. 

Well,  we  have  had  much  the  same  sort  of  thing  in  South 
Africa.  Over  and  over  again  I  have  seen  there  the  wonderful 
bravery  and  resourcefulness  of  the  women  when  the  tribes  of 
Zulu  or  Matabeles  have  been  out  on  the  loar  path  against  the 
white  settlers. 

In  the  Boer  war  a  number  of  women  volunteered  to  help 
my  forces  as  nurses  or  otherwise;  they  were  full  of  pluck 
and  energy,  but  unfortunately  they  had  never  been  trained 
to  do  anything,  and  so  with  all  the  good-iuill  in  the  world  they 
were  of  no  use.  I  could  not  help  feeling  how  splendid  it 
would  be  if  one  could  only  train  them  in  peace  time  in  the 
same  way  one  trained  the  young  soldiers — -that  is,  through 
Scou  tcraft. 

I  afterwards  took  to  training  boys  in  that  way,  but  I  had 
not  been  long  at  it  before  the  girls  came  along,  and  offered 
to  do  the  very  thing  I  had  hoped  for,  they  wanted  to  take  up 
Scouting  also. 

They  did  7Wt  merely  ivant  to  be  imitators  of  the  boys; 
they  wanted  a  line  of  their  otvn. 

So  I  gave  them  a  smart  blue  uniform  and  the  names  of 
"Guides''  and  my  sister  wrote  an  outline  of  the  scheme.  The 
name  Guide  appealed  to  the  British  girls  because  the  pick  of 


ovr  frontier  forces  in  India  is  the  Corps  of  Guides.  The  term 
cavalry  or  infantry  hardly  describes  it  since  it  is  composed 
of  all-round  handy  men  ready  to  take  on  any  job  in  the 
campaigning  line  and  do  it  well. 

Then  too,  a  ivoman  who  can  be  a  good  and  helpful  comrade 
to  her  brother  or  husband  or  son  along  the  path  of  life  is 
really  a  guide  to  him. 

The  name  Guide  therefore  just  describes  the  members  of 
our  sisterhood  who  besides  being  handy  and  ready  for  any 
kind  of  duty  are  also  a  jolly  happy  family  and  likely  to  be 
good,  cheery  comrades  to  their  mankind. 

The  coming  of  the  Great  War  gave  the  Girl  Guides  their 
opportunity,  and  they  quickly  showed  the  value  of  their 
training  by  undertaking  a  variety  of  duties  which  made  them 
valuable  to  their  country  in  her  time  of  need. 

My  wife.  Lady  Baden- Powell,  was  elected  by  the  members 
to  be  the  Chief  Guide,  and  under  her  the  movement  has  gone 
ahead  at  an  amazing  pace,  spreading  to  most  foreign  countries. 

It  is  thanks  to  Mrs.  Juliette  Loiv,  of  Savannah,  that  the 
movement  was  successfully  started  in  America,  and  though 
the  name  Girl  Scouts  has  there  been  used  it  is  all  part  of  the 
same  sisterhood,  working  to  the  same  ends  and  living  tip  to 
the  same  Laws  and  Promise. 

If  all  the  branches  continue  to  work  together  and  become 
better  acquainted  ivith  each  other  as  they  continue  to  become 
bigger  it  will  mean  not  only  a  grand  step  for  the  sisterhood, 
but  what  is  more  important  it  will  be  a  real  help  toward 
making  the  new  League  of  Nations  a  living  force. 

How  can  that  be?    In  this  way: 

If  the  women  of  the  different  nations  are  to  a  large  extent 

members  of  the  same  society  and  therefore  in  close  touch  and 

sympathy  tvith  each    other,  although   belonging  to  different 

countries,  they  will  make  the  League  a  real  bond  not  merely 

between  the  Governments,  but  between  the  Peoples  themselves 

and  they  will  see  to  it  that  it  tneans  Peace  and  that  we  have 

no  more  of  War.  r>  i     .  n   j       r,       u 

Robert  Baden  Poivell. 

May,  1919 


PREFACE 

The  present  edition  of  "Scouting  for  Girls"  is  the  re- 
sult of  collaboration  on  the  part  of  practical  workers  in 
the  organization  from  everj^  part  of  the  country.  The 
endeavor  on  the  part  of  its  compilers  has  been  to  combine 
the  minimum  of  standardization  necessary  for  dignified 
and  efficient  procedure,  with  the  maximum  of  freedom 
for  every  local  branch  in  its  interpretation  and  practice 
of  the  Girl  Scout  aims  and  principles. 

Grateful  acknowledgments  are  due  to  the  following: 

'  Miss  Sarah  Louis  Arnold,  Dean,  and  Miss  Ula  M.  Dow, 
A.M.,  and  Dr.  Alice  Blood,  of  Simmons  College  for  the 
Part  of  Section  XI  entitled  "Home  Economics" ;  Sir  Rob- 
ert Baden-Powell  for  frequent  references  and  excerpts 
from  "Girl  Guiding";  Dr.  Samuel  Lambert  for  the  Part 
on  First  Aid,  Section  XI,  and  Dr.  W.  H.  Rockwell  for 
reading  and  criticizing  this;  Miss  Marie  Johnson  with  the 
assistance  of  Miss  Isabel  Stewart  of  Teachers  College, 
for  the  Part  entitled  "Home  Nursing"  in  Section  XI ;  Dr. 
Herman  M.  Biggs  for  reading  and  criticizing  the  Parts 
dealing  with  Public  Health  and  Child  Care;  Mr.  Ernest 
Thompson  Seton  and  The  Woodcraft  League,  and  Doub- 
leday,Page&  Co.  for  Section  XIII  and  plates  on  "Wood- 
craft"; Mr.  Joseph  Parsons,  Mr.  James  Wilder,  Mrs. 
Eloise  Roorbach,  and  Mr.  Horace  Kephart  and  the 
Macmillan  Company  for  the  material  in  Section  XIV 
"Camping  for  Girl  Scouts";  Mr.  George  H.Sherwood. 
Curator,  and  Dr.  G.  Clyde  Fisher,  Associate  Curator,  of 
the  Department  of  Public  Education  of  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  for  the  specially  prepared 
Section  XV  and  illustrations  on  "Nature  Study,"  and  for 
all  proficiencv  tests  in  this  subject;  Mr.  David  Hunter 
for  Section  XVI  "The  Girl  Scout's  Own  Garden,"  and 


Mrs.  Ellen  Shipman  for  the  part  on  a  jicrennial  border 
with  the  specially  prepared  drawing,  in  the  Section  on  the 
Garden;  Mr.  Serene  Stetson  for  material  in  Section  XVII 
"Measurements,  Map  Making  and  Knots";  Mr.  Austin 
Strong  for  pictures  of  knots;  Mrs.  Raymond  Brown  for 
the  test  for  Citizen;  Miss  Edith  L.  Nichols,  Supervisor  of 
Drawing  in  the  New  York  Public  Schools,  for  the  test  on 
Craftsman;  Mr.  John  Grolle  of  the  Settlement  Music 
School,  Philadelphia,  for  assistance  in  the  Music  test; 
Miss  Eckhart  for  help  in  the  Farmer  test;  The  Camera 
Club  and  the  Eastman  Kodak  Company  for  the  test  for 
Photographer;  Mrs.  Frances  Hunter  Elwyn  of  the  New 
York  School  of  Fine  and  Applied  Arts,  for  devising  and 
drawing  certain  of  the  designs  for  Proficiency  Badges 
and  the  plates  for  Signalling;  Miss  L.  S.  Power,  Miss 
Mary  Davis  and  Miss  Mabel  Williams  of  the  New  York 
Public  Library,  for  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  refer- 
ence reading  for  Proficiency  Tests,  and  general  reading 
for  Cirl  Scouts. 

It  is  evident  that  only  a  profound  conviction  of  the 
high  aims  of  the  Girl  Scout  movement  and  the  practical 
capacity  of  the  organization  for  realizing  them  could 
have  induced  so  many  distinguished  persons  to  give  so 
generously  of  their  time  and  talent  to  this  Handbook. 

The  National  Executive  Board,  under  whose  auspices 
it  has  been  compiled,  appreciate  this  and  the  kindred 
courtesy  of  the  various  organizations  of  similar  interests, 
most  deeply.  We  feel  that  such  hearty  and  friendly  co- 
operation on  the  part  of  the  community  at  large  is  the 
greatest  proof  of  the  vitality  and  real  worth  of  this  and 
allied  movements,  based  on  intelligent  study  of  the  young 
people  of  our  country. 

Josephine  Daskam  Bacon, 
March  1,  1920.  Chairman  of  Publications 


CONTENTS 

Foreword  by  Sir  Robert  Baden-Powell. 
Preface  by  Josephine  Daskam  Bacon,  Editor. 

Section  : 

I.     History  of  the  Girl  Scouts 1 

II.     Principles  of  the  Girl  Scouts 3 

III.  Organization  of  the  Girl  Scouts 13 

IV.  Who  Are  the  Scouts? 17 

V.     The  Out  of  Door  Scout 35 

VI.     Forms  for  Girl  Scout  Ceremonies 44 

VII.     Girl  Scout  Class  Requirements 60 

VIII.  What     a    Girl     Scout    Should   Know 

About  the  Flag 67 

IX.     Girl  Scout  Drili 84 

X.     Sign.\lling  for  Girl  Scouts 97 

XI .     The  Scout  Aide 105 

Part  1.     The  Home  Maker 106 

Part  2.     The  Child  Nurse 157 

Part  3.     The  First  Aide 1 64 

Part  4.     The  Home  Nurse 217 

Part  5.     The  Health  Guardian 254 

Part  6.     The  Health  Winner 257 

XII.  Setting-up  Exercises 273 

XIII.  Woodcraft 280 

XIV.  Camping  for  Girl  Scouts 313 

XV.  Nature  Study  for  Girl  Scouts .373 

XVI.    The  Girl  Scouts'  Own  Garden 456 

XVII.     Measurements,  Map-Making  and  Knots  466 

XVIII.     Proficiency  Tests  and  Special  Medals  497 

XIX.     Rp:ference  Reading  for  Girl  Scouts.  .  .540 

Index 548 


GIRL  SCOUIS 

Motto -"Be  Prepared'' 

Slo 

gan— "Do  a  Good  Turn  Daily" 

SYMBOL 

^m 

TREFOIL:  TO  INDICATE  THREEFOLD  PROMISE 

PROMISE 

On  My  Honor,  I  will  Try: 

To  do  my  duty  to  God  and  my  Country.             j 

To 

help  other  people  at  all  times. 

To 

obey  the  Scout  Laws. 

LAWS 

I 

A  Girl  Scout's  Honor  is  to  be  Trusted 

II 

A  Girl  Scout  is  Loyal 

III 

A  Girl  Scout's  Duty  is  to  be  Useful  and 

to  Help  Others 

IV 

A  Girl  Scout  is  a  Friend  to  All  and  a 

Sister  to  every  other  Girl  Scout 

V 

A  Girl  Scout  is  Courteous 

VI 

A  Girl  Scout  is  a  Friend  to  Animals 

VII 

A  Girl  Scout  obeys  Orders 

VIII 

A  Girl  Scout  is  Cheerful 

IX 

A  Girl  Scout  is  Thrifty 

X 

A  Girl  Scout  is  Clean  in  Thought,Word 

and  Deed 

SECTION  I 

HISTORY  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
GIRL  SCOUTS 

When  Sir  Robert  Baden-Powell  founded  the  Boy 
Scout  movement  in  England,  it  proved  too  attractive  and 
too  well  adapted  to  youth  to  make  it  possible  to  limit  its 
great  opportunities  to  boys  alone.  The  sister  organiza- 
tion, known  in  England  as  the  Girl  Guides,  quickly  fol- 
lowed and  won  an  equal  success. 

Mrs.  Juliette  Low,  an  American  visitor  in  England, 
and  a  personal  friend  of  the  Father  of  Scouting,  realized 
the  tremendous  future  of  the  movement  for  her  own 
country,  and  with  the  active  and  friendly  co-operation  of 
the  Baden-Powells,  she  founded  the  Girl  Guides  in 
America,  enrolling  the  first  patrols  in  Savannah,  Georgia, 
in  March  1912.  In  1915  National  Headquarters  were 
established  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  the  name  was 
changed  to  Girl  Scouts. 

In  1916  National  Headquarters  were  moved  to  New 
York  and  the  methods  and  standards  of  what  was  plainly 
to  be  a  nation-wide  organization  became  established  on 
a  broad,  practical  basis. 

The  first  National  Convention  was  held  in  1915,  and 
each  succeeding  year  has  shown  a  larger  and  more  en- 
thusiastic body  of  delegates  and  a  public  more  and  more 
interested  in  this  steadily  growing  army  of  girls  and 
young  women  who  are  learning  in  the  happiest  way  how 
to  combine  patriotism,  outdoor  activities  of  every  kind, 
skill  in  every  branch  of  domestic  science  and  high  stand- 
ards of  community  service. 

1 


2  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Every  side  of  the  girl's  nature  is  brought  out  and  de- 
veloped by  enthusiastic  Captains,  who  direct  their  games 
and  various  forms  of  training,  and  encourage  team-work 
and  fair  play.  For  the  instruction  of  the  Captains  na- 
tional camps  and  training  schools  are  being  established 
all  over  the  country;  and  schools  and  churches  every- 
where are  cooperating  eagerly  with  this  great  recreational 
movement,  which,  they  realize,  adds  something  to  the 
life  of  the  growing  girl  that  they  have  not  been  able  to 
supply. 

Colleges  are  offering  training  in  scouting  as  a  serious 
course  for  prospective  officers,  and  prominent  citizens  in 
every  part  of  the  country  are  identifying  themselves 
with  the  Local  Councils,  in  an  advisory  and  helpful 
capacity. 

At  the  present  writing  nearly  107,000  girls  and  more 
than  8,000  Ofificers  represent  the  original  little  troop 
in  Savannah — surely  a  satisfying  sight  for  our  Founder 
and  First  President,  when  she  realizes  what  a  healthy 
sprig  she  has  transplanted  from  the  Mother  Country! 


SECTION  II 

PRINCIPLES  OF  THE  GIRL  SCOUTS 

The  Motto: 
Be  Prepared 
A  Girl  Scout  learns  to  swim,  not  only  as  an  athletic 
accomplishment,  but  so  that  she  can  save  life.    She  passes 
her  simple  tests  in  child  care  and  home  nursing  and 
household  efficiency  in  order  to  be  ready  for  the  big 
duties  when  they  come.    She  learns  the  important  facts 
about  her  body,  so  as  to  keep  it  the  fine  machine  it  was 
meant  to  be.     And  she  makes  a  special  point  of  wood- 
craft and  camp  lore,  not  only  for  the  fun  and  satisfac- 
tion they  bring,  in  themselves,  but  because  they  are  the 
best  emergency  course  we  have  today.     A  (iirl  Scout 
who  has  passed  her  First  Class  test  is  as  ready  to  help 
herself,  her  home  and  her  Country  as  any  girl  of  her 
age  should  be  expected  to  prove. 
The  Slogan : 
"Do  a  Good  Turn  Daily" 
This  simple  recipe  for  making  a  very  little  girl  per- 
form every  day  some  slight  act  of  kindness  for  somebody 
else  is  the  seed  from  which  grows  the  larger  plant  of 
helping  the  world  along — the  steady  attitude  of  the  older 
Scout.    And  this  grows  later  into  the  great  tree  of  organ- 
ized, practical  community  service  for  the  grown  Scout — 
the  ideal  of  every  American  woman  today. 
The  Pledge: 
"I   pledge   allegiance   to  my  flag,  and  to  the 
Republic   for   which   it   stands;   one   nation   in- 
divisible, with  liberty  and  justice  for  all." 
This  pledge,  thougii  not  original  with  the  Girl  Scouts, 
expresses  in  every  phrase  their  principles  and  practice. 

3 


4  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Practical  patriotism,  in  war  and  peace,  is  the  corner- 
stone of  the  organization.  A  Girl  Scout  not  only  knows 
how  to  make  her  flag,  and  how  to  fly  it;  she  knows  how 
to  respect  it  and  is  taught  how  to  spread  its  great  lesson 
of  democracy.  Many  races,  many  religions,  many  classes 
of  society  have  tested  the  Girl  Scout  plan  and  found 
that  it  has  something  fascinating  and  helpful  in  it  for 
every  type  of  young  girl. 

This  broad  democracy  is  American  in  every  sense  of 
the  word;  and  the  Patrol  System,  which  is  the  keynote 
of  the  organization,  by  which  eight  girls  of  about  the 
same  age  and  interests  elect  their  Patrol  Leader  and 
practice  local  self-government  in  every  meeting,  carries 
out  American  ideals  in  practical  detail. 

The  Promise: 
On  My  Honor  I  will  try : 
To  do  my  duty  to  God  and  my  country. 
To  help  other  people  at  all  times. 
To  obey  the  Scout  Laws. 

This  binds  the  Scouts  together  as  nothing  else  could 
do.  It  is  a  promise  each  girl  voluntarily  makes;  it  is  not 
a  rule  of  her  home  nor  a  command  from  her  school  nor 
a  custom  of  her  church.  She  is  not  forced  to  make  it — 
she  deliberately  chooses  to  do  so.  And  like  all  such 
promises,  it  means  a  great  deal  to  her.  Experience  has 
shown  that  she  hesitates  to  break  it. 

THE  LAWS  OF  THE  GIRL  SCOUTS 

L     A  Girl  Scout's  Honor  Is  To  Be  Trusted 

This  means  that  a  Girl  Scout's  standards  of  honor 
are  so  high  and  sure  that  no  one  would  dream  of  doubt- 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


ing  her  simple  statement  of  a  fact  when  she  says:"This 
is  so,  on  my  honor  as  a  C'.irl  Scout." 

She  is  not  satisfied,  either,  with  keeping  the  letter  of 
the  law,  when  she  really  breaks  it  in  spirit.  When  she 
answers  you,  she  means  what  you  mean. 

Nor  does  she  take  pains  to  do  all  this  only  when  she  is 
watched,  or  when  somebody  stands  ready  to  report  on 
her  conduct.  This  may  do  for  some  people,  but  not  for 
the  Scouts.  You  can  go  away  and  leave  her  by  herself 
at  any  time;  she  does  not  require  any  guard  but  her  own 
sense  of  honor,  which  is  always  to  be  trusted. 

II.     A  Girl  Scout  Is  Loyal 

This  means  that  she  is  true  to  her  Country,  to  the 
city  or  village  where  she  is  a  citizen,  to  her  family,  her 
church,  her  school,  and  to  those  for  whom  she  may  work, 
or  who  may  work  for  her.  She  is  bound  to  believe  the 
best  of  them  and  to  defend  them  if  they  are  slandered  or 
threatened.  Her  belief  in  them  may  be  the  very  thing 
they  need  most,  and  they  must  feel  that  whoever  may 
fail  them,  a  Girl  Scout  never  will. 

This  does  not  mean  that  she  thinks  her  friends  and 
family  and  school  are  perfect;  far  from  it.  But  there 
is  a  way  of  standing  up  for  what  is  dear  to  you,  even 
though  you  admit  that  it  has  its  faults.  And  if  you  in- 
sist on  what  is  best  in  people,  behind  their  backs,  they 
will  be  more  likely  to  take  your  criticism  kindly,  when 
you  make  it  to  their  faces. 

III.     A  Girl  Scout's  Duty  Is  To  Be  Useful  and  to  Help 

Others 

This  means  that  if  it  is  a  question  of  being  a  help  to 
the  rest  of  the  world,  or  a  burden  on  it,  a  Girl  Scout  is 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


always  to  be  found  among  the  helpers.  The  simplest 
way  of  saying  this,  for  very  young  Scouts,  is  to  tell  them 
to  do  a  GOOD  TURN  to  someone  every  day  they  live; 
that  is,  to  be  a  giver  and  not  a  taker.  Some  beginners 
in  Scouting,  and  many  strangers,  seem  to  think  that  any 
simple  act  of  courtesy,  such  as  we  all  owe  to  one  an- 
other, counts  as  a  good  turn,  or  that  one's  mere  duty  to 
one's  parents  is  worthy  of  Scout  notice.  But  a  good 
Scout  laughs  at  this  idea,  for  she  knows  that  these  things 
are  expected  of  all  decent  people.  She  wants  to  give 
the  world  every  day,  for  good  measure,  something  over 
and  above  what  it  asks  of  her.  And  the  more  she  does, 
the  more  she  sees  to  do. 

This  is  the  spirit  that  makes  the  older  Scout  into  a 
fine,  useful,  dependable  woman,  who  does  so  much  good 
in  her  community  that  she  becomes  naturally  one  of  its 
leading  citizens,  on  whom  everyone  relies,  and  of  whom 
everyone  is  proud.  It  may  end  in  the  saving  of  a  life,  or 
in  some  great  herioc  deed  for  one's  country.  But  these 
things  are  only  bigger  expressions  of  the  same  feeling 
that  makes  the  smallest  Tenderfoot  try  to  do  at  least  one 
good  turn  a  day. 

IV.     A  Girl  Scout  Is  a  Friend  to  All,  and  a  Sister  to 
Every  Other  Girl  Scout 

This  means  that  she  has  a  feeling  of  good  will  to  all 
the  world,  and  is  never  offish  and  suspicious  nor  inclined 
to  distrust  other  people's  motives.  A  Girl  Scout  should 
never  bear  a  grudge,  nor  keep  up  a  quarrel  from  pride, 
but  look  for  the  best  in  everybody,  in  which  case  she 
will  undoubtedly  find  it.  Women  are  said  to  be  inclined 
to  cliques  and  snobbishness,  and  the  world  looks  to  great 
organizations  like  the  Girl  Scouts  to  break  down  their 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  7 

petty  barriers  of  race  and  class  and  make  our  sex  a  great 
power  for  democracy  in  the  days  to  come. 

The  Girl  Scout  finds  a  special  comrade  in  every  other 
Girl  Scout,  it  goes  without  saying,  and  knows  how  to 
make  her  feel  that  she  need  never  be  without  a  friend, 
or  a  meal,  or  a  helping  hand,  as  long  as  there  is  another 
Girl  Scout  in  the  world. 

She  feels,  too,  a  special  responsibility  toward  the  very 
old,  who  represent  what  she  may  be,  some  day;  toward 
the  little  children,  who  remind  her  of  what  she  used  to  be ; 
toward  the  very  poor  and  the  unfortunate,  either  of 
which  she  may  be  any  day.  The  sick  and  helpless  she 
has  been,  as  a  Scout,  especially  trained  to  help,  and  she  is 
proud  of  her  handiness  and  knowledge  in  this  way. 

V.  A  Girl  Scout  Is  Courteous 

This  means  that  it  is  not  enough  for  women  to  be  help- 
ful in  this  world ;  they  must  do  it  pleasantly.  The  great- 
est service  is  received  more  gratefully  if  it  is  rendered 
graciously.  The  reason  for  this  is  that  true  courtesy  is 
not  an  affected  mannerism,  but  a  sign  of  real  considera- 
tion of  the  rights  of  others,  a  very  simple  proof  that 
you  are  anxious  to  "do  as  you  would  be  done  by."  It 
is  society's  way  of  playing  fair  and  giving  everybody 
a  chance.  In  the  same  way,  a  gentle  voice  and  manner 
are  very  fair  proofs  of  a  gentle  nature;  the  quiet,  self- 
controlled  person  is  not  only  mistress  of  herself,  but  in 
the  end,  of  all  the  others  who  cannot  control  themselves. 

And  just  as  our  great  statesman,  Benjamin  Franklin 
pro\"ed  that  "honesty  is  the  best  policy,"  so  many  a  suc- 
cessful woman  has  proved  that  a  pleasant,  tactful  man- 
ner is  one  of  the  most  valuable  assets  a  girl  can  possess. 


S  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

and  should  be  practised  steadily.  At  home,  at  school, 
in  the  office  and  in  the  world  in  general,  the  girl  with  the 
courteous  manner  and  pleasant  voice  rises  quickly  in 
popularity  and  power  above  other  girls  of  equal  talent 
but  less  politeness.  Girl  Scouts  lay  great  stress  on  this, 
because,  though  no  girl  can  make  herself  beautiful,  and 
no  girl  can  learn  to  be  clever,  any  girl  can  learn  to  he 
polite. 

VI.  A  Girl  Scout  Is  a  Friend  to  Animals 

All  Girl  Scouts  take  particular  care  of  our  dumb 
friends,  the  animals,  and  are  always  eager  to  protect 
them  from  stupid  neglect  or  hard  usage.  This  often  leads 
to  a  special  interest  in  their  ways  and  habits,  so  that  a 
Girl  Scout  is  likely  to  know  more  about  these  little 
brothers  of  the  human  race  than  an  ordinary  girl. 

VII.     A  Girl  Scout  Obeys  Orders 

This  means  that  you  should  obey  those  to  whom  obedi- 
ence is  due,  through  thick  and  thin.  If  this  were  not  an 
unbreakable  rule,  no  army  could  endure  for  a  day.  It 
makes  no  difference  whether  you  are.  cleverer,  or 
older,  or  larger,  or  richer  than  the  person  who  may  be 
elected  or  appointed  for  the  moment  to  give  you  orders; 
once  they  are  given,  it  is  your  duty  to  obey  them.  And 
the  curious  thing  about  it  is  that  the  quicker  and  better 
you  obey  these  orders,  the  more  quickly  and  certainly 
you  will  show  yourself  fitted  to  give  them  when  your 
time  comes.  The  girl  or  woman  who  cannot  obey  can 
never  govern.  The  reason  you  obey  the  orders  of  your 
Patrol  Leader,  for  instance,  in  Scout  Drill,  is  not  that 
she  is  better  than  you,  but  because  she  happens  to  be 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  Q 

your  Patrol  Leader,  and  gives  her  orders  as  she  would 
obey  yours  were  you  in  her  place. 

A  small  well  trained  army  can  always  conquer  and 
rule  a  big,  undisciplined  mob,  and  the  reason  for  this  is 
simply  because  the  army  has  been  taught  to  obey  and  to 
act  in  units,  while  the  mob  is  only  a  crowd  of  separate 
persons,  each  doing  as  he  thinks  best.  The  soldier  obeys 
by  instinct,  in  a  great  crisis,  only  because  he  has  had 
long  practice  in  obeying  when  it  was  a  question  of  un- 
important matters.  So  the  army  makes  a  great  point  of 
having  everything  ordered  in  military  drill,  carried  out 
with  snap  and  accuracy;  and  the  habit  of  this,  once  fixed, 
may  save  thousands  of  lives  when  the  great  crisis  comes, 
and  turn  defeat  into  victory. 

A  good  Scout  must  obey  instantly,  just  as  a  good 
soldier  must  obey  his  officer,  or  a  good  citizen  must 
obey  the  law,  with  no  question  and  no  grumbling.  If 
she  considers  any  order  unjust  or  unreasonable,  let  her 
make  complaint  through  the  proper  channels,  and  she 
may  be  sure  that  if  she  goes  about  it  properly  she  will 
receive  attention.  But  she  must  remember  to  obey  first 
and  complain  afterward. 

VIII.     A  Girl  Scout  Is  Cheerful 

This  means  that  no  matter  how  courteous  or  obedient 
or  helpful  you  try  to  be,  if  you  are  sad  or  depressed 
about  it  nobody  will  thank  you  very  much  for  your 
effort.  A  laughing  face  is  usually  a  loved  face,  and 
nobody  likes  to  work  with  a  gloomy  person.  Cheerful 
music,  cheerful  plays  and  cheerful  books  have  always 
been  the  world's  favorites;  and  a  jolly,  good-natured 
girl  will  find  more  friends  and  more  openings  in  the 
world  than  a  sulky  beauty  or  a  gloomy  genius. 


10  SCOUTING  KOR  (WKLS 

It  has  been  scientifically  prtnctl  that  if  you  deliberately 
make  your  voice  and  face  cheerful  and  bright  you  im- 
mediately begin  to  feel  that  way;  and  as  cheerfulness  is 
one  of  the  most  certain  signs  of  good  health,  a  Scout 
who  appears  cheerful  is  far  more  likely  to  keep  well 
than  one  who  lets  herself  get  "down  in  the  mouth." 
There  is  so  much  real,  unavoidable  suffering  and  sorrow 
in  the  world  that  nobody  has  any  right  to  add  to  them 
unnecessarily,  and  "as  cheerful  as  a  Girl  Scout"  ought 
to  become  a  proverb. 

IX.     A  Girl  Scout  Is  Thrifty 

This  means  that  a  Girl  Scout  is  a  girl  who  is  wise 
enough  to  know  the  value  of  things  and  to  put  them  to 
the  best  use.  The  most  valuable  thing  we  have  in  this 
life  is  time,  and  girls  are  apt  to  be  stupid  about  getting 
the  most  out  of  it.  A  Girl  Scout  may  be  known  by  the 
fact  that  she  is  either  working,  playing  or  resting.  All 
are  necessary  and  one  is  just  as  important  as  the  other. 

Health  is  probably  a  woman's  greatest  capital,  and  a 
Girl  Scout  looks  after  it  and  saves  it,  and  doesn't  waste 
it  by  poor  diet  and  lack  of  exercise  and  fresh  air,  so  that 
she  goes  bankrupt  before  she  is  thirty. 

Money  is  a  very  useful  thing  to  have,  and  the  Girl 
Scout  decides  how  much  she  can  afford  to  save  and 
does  it,  so  as  to  have  it  in  an  emergency.  A  girl  who 
saves  more  than  she  spends  may  be  niggardly;  a  girl 
who  spends  more  than  she  saves  may  go  in  debt.  A  Girl 
Scout  saves,  as  she  spends,  on  some  system. 

Did  you  ever  stop  to  think  that  no  matter  how  much 
money  a  man  may  earn,  the  women  of  the  family  gen- 
erally have  the  spending  of  most  of  it?  And  if  they 
have  not  learned  to  manage  their  own  money  sensibly, 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


11 


how  can  they  expect  to  manage  other  people's?  If  every 
Girl  Scout  in  America  realized  that  she  might  make  all 
the  difference,  some  day,  between  a  bankrupt  family  and 
a  family  with  a  comfortable  margin  laid  aside  for  a  rainy 
day,  she  would  give  a  great  deal  of  attention  to  this  Scout 
law. 

In  every  great  war  all  nations  have  been  accustomed 
to  pay  the  costs  of  the  war  from  loans;  that  is,  money 
raised  by  the  savings  of  the  people.  Vast  sums  were 
raised  in  our  own  country  during  the  great  war  by  such 
small  units  as  Thrift  Stamps.  If  the  Girl  Scouts  could 
save  such  wonderful  sums  as  we  know  they  did  in  war, 
why  can  they  not  keep  this  up  in  peace?  For  one  is  as 
much  to  their  Country's  credit  as  the  other. 


SALUTING  THE  FLAG  IN  A  GIRL  SCOUT  CAMP 


12  SCOUTING  FOR  tWKUS 

X.     A  Girl  Scout  Is  Clean  in  Thought,  Word  and  Deed 

This  means  that  just  as  she  stands  for  a  clean,  healthy 
community  and  a  clean,  healthy  home,  so  every  Girl 
Scout  knows  the  deep  and  vital  need  for  clean  and 
healthy  bodies  in  the  mothers  of  the  next  generation. 
This  not  only  means  keeping  her  skin  fresh  and  sweet 
and  her  system  free  from  every  impurity,  but  it  goes 
far  deeper  than  this,  and  requires  every  Girl  Scout  to 
respect  her  body  and  mind  so  much  that  she  forces 
everyone  else  to  respect  them  and  keep  them  free  from 
the  slightest  familiarity  or  doubtful  stain. 

A  good  housekeeper  cannot  endure  dust  and  dirt;  a 
well  cared  for  body  cannot  endure  grime  or  soil;  a  pure 
mind  cannot  endure  doubtful  thoughts  that  cannot  be 
freely  aired  and  ventilated.  It  is  a  pretty  safe  rule  for 
a  Girl  Scout  not  to  read  things  nor  discuss  things  nor  do 
things  that  could  not  be  read  nor  discussed  nor  done 
by  a  Patrol  all  together.  If  you  will  think  about  this,  you 
will  see  that  it  does  not  cut  out  anything  that  is  really 
necessary,  interesting  or  amusing.  Nor  does  it  mean 
that  Scouts  should  never  do  anything  except  in  Patrols; 
that  would  be  ridiculous.  But  if  they  find  they  could 
not  do  so,  they  had  better  ask  themselves  why.  When 
there  is  any  doubt  about  this  higher  kind  of  cleanliness, 
Captains  and  Councillors  may  always  be  asked  for  ad- 
vice and  explanation. 


SECTION  III 
ORGANIZATION  OF  THE  GIRL  SCOUTS 

Lone  Scout 

The  basis  of  the  Girl  Scout  organization  is  the  indi- 
vidual girl.  Any  one  girl  anywhere  who  wishes  to  enroll 
under  our  simple  pledge  of  loyalty  to  God  and  Country, 
helpfulness  to  other  people  and  obedience  to  the  Scout 
Laws,  and  is  unable  to  attach  herself  to  any  local  group, 
is  privileged  to  become  a  Lone  Scout.  The  National 
Organization  will  do  its  best  for  her  and  she  is  eligible 
for  all  Merit  Badges  which  do  not  depend  upon  group 
work. 

Patrol 

But  the  ideal  unit  and  the  keystone  of  the  organiza- 
tion is  the  Patrol,  consisting  of  eight  girls  who  would 
naturally  be  associated  as  friends,  neighbors,  school  fel- 
lows or  playmates.  They  are  a  self  selected  and,  under 
the  regulations  and  customs  of  the  organization,  a  self 
governing  little  body,  who  learn,  through  practical  ex- 
periment, how  to  translate  into  democratic  team-play, 
their  recreation,  patriotic  or  community  work,  camp 
life  and  athletics.  Definite  mastery  of  the  various  sub- 
jects they  select  to  studj'  is  made  more  interesting  by 
healthy  competition  and  mutual  observation. 
Patrol  Leader 

Each  Patrol  elects  from  its  members  a  Patrol  Leader, 
who  represents  them  and  is  to  a  certain  extent  responsible 
for  the  discipline  and  dignity  of  the  Patrol. 
Corporal 

The  Patrol  Leader  is  assisted  by  her  Corporal,  who  may 
be  either  elected  or  appointed;  and  she  is  subject  to  re- 

13 


14  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

election  at  regular  intervals,  the  office  is  a  practical  sym- 
bol of  the  democratic  basis  of  our  American  government 
and  a  constant  demonstration  of  it. 

Troop 

From  one  to  four  of  these  Patrols  constitute  a  Troop, 
the  administrative  unit  of  the  organization.  Girl  Scouts 
are  registered  and  chartered  by  troops,  and  the  Troop 
meeting  is  their  official  gathering.  The  Troop  has  the 
privilege  of  owning  a  flag  and  choosing  from  a  list  of 
flowers,  trees,  birds,  and  so  forth,  its  own  personal  crest 
and  title. 

Captain 

The  leader  is  called  a  Captain.  She  must  be  twenty-one 
or  over,  and  officially  accepted  by  the  National  Head-, 
quarters,  from  whom  she  receives  the  ratification  of  her 
appointment  and  to  whom  she  is  responsible.  She  may 
be  chosen  by  the  girls  themselves,  suggested  by  local 
authorities,  or  be  herself  the  founder  of  the  Troop.  She 
represents  the  guidng,  friendly  spirit  of  comradely  lead- 
ership, the  responsibility  and  discretion,  the  maturer 
judgment  and  the  definite  training  which  shapes  the  pol- 
icy of  the  organization. 

Lieutenants 
She  may,  in  a  small  troop,  and  should,  in  a  large  one, 
be  assisted  by  a  Lieutenant, who  must  be  eighteen  or  over, 
and  who  must,  like  herself,  be  commissioned  from  Na- 
tional Headquarters;  and  if  desired,  by  a  Second  Lieu- 
tenant, who  must  be  at  least  sixteen. 

Council 

The  work  of  the  Girl  Scouts  in  any  community  is  made 
many  times  more  effective  and  stimulating  by  the  co- 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  15 

operation  of  the  Council,  a  group  of  interested,  public 
spirited  citizens  who  are  willing  to  stand  behind  the  girls 
and  lend  the  advantages  of  their  sound  judgment,  broad 
point  of  view,  social  prestige  and  financial  advice.  They 
are  not  expected  to  be  responsible  for  any  teaching,  train- 
ing or  administrative  work;  they  are  simply  the  organized 
Friends  of  the  Scouts  and  form  the  link  between  the 
Scouts  and  the  community.  The  Council  is  at  its  best 
when  it  is  made  up  of  representatives  of  the  church, 
school,  club  and  civic  interests  of  the  nieghborhood, 
and  can  be  of  inestimable  value  in  suggesting  and  afford- 
ing means  of  co-operation  with  all  other  organizations, 
patronizing  and  advertising  Scout  entertainments,  and  so 
forth.  One  of  its  chief  duties  is  that  of  finding  interested 
and  capable  judges  for  the  various  Merit  Badges,  and 
arranging  for  the  suitable  conferring  of  such  badges. 
The  Council,  or  a  committee  selected  from  its  members, 
is  known  for  this  purpose  as  the  Court  of  Awards. 

A  Captain  who  feels  that  she  has  such  a  body  behind 
her  can  go  far  with  her  Troop;  and  citizens  who  are 
particularly  interested  in  constructive  work  with  young 
people  who  find  endless  possibilities  in  an  organized  Girl 
Scout  Council.  The  National  Headquarters  issues 
charters  to  such  Councils  and  cooperates  with  them  in 
every  way. 

National  Organization 

The  central  and  final  governing  body  is  the  National 
Council.  This  is  made  up  of  delegates  elected  from  all 
local  groups  throughout  the  country,  and  works  by  rep- 
resentation, indirectly  through  large  State  and  District 
sub-divisions,  through  the  National  Executive  Board 
which  maintains  its  Headquarters  in  New  York. 


16  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

National  Director 

The  National  Director  is  in  charge  of  these  Head- 
quarters and  directs  the  administrative  work  under  the 
general  heading  of  Field.  Business,  Publication  and 
Education. 

Policy 

From  the  youngest  Lone  Scout  up  to  the  National 
Director,  the  organization  is  democratic,  self-governing 
and  flexible,  adjusting  itself  everywhere  and  always  to 
local  circumstances  and  the  habits  and  preferences  of 
the  different  groups.  It  is  not  only  non-sectarian,  but 
is  open  to  all  creeds  and  has  the  enthusiastic  support  of 
all  of  them.  It  offers  no  new  system  of  education,  but 
co-operates  with  the  schools  and  extends  to  them  a  much 
appreciated  recreational  plan.  It  affords  the  churches  a 
most  practical  outlet  for  their  ideals  for  their  young 
people.  Its  encouragement  of  the  intelligent  domestic 
interests  is  shown  by  the  stress  laid  on  every  aspect  of 
home  and  social  life  and  by  the  great  variety  of  Merit 
Badges  offered  along  these  lines.  The  growing  interest 
in  the  forming  of  Girl  Scout  Troops  by  schools,  churches 
and  parents  proves  as  nothing  else  could,  how  naturally 
and  helpfully  this  simple  organization  fits  in  with  the 
three  factors  of  the  girl's  life;  her  home,  her  church,  her 
school.  And  the  rapid  and  never  ceasing  growth  of  the 
Girl  Scouts  means  that  we  are  able  to  offer,  every  year, 
larger  and  larger  numbers  of  healthy  and  efficient  young 
citizens  to  their  country. 


SECTION  IV 

WHO  ARE  THE  SCOUTS? 

In  the  early  days  of  this  great  country  bf  ours,  before 
telephones  and  telegrams,  railroads  and  automobiles  made 
communications  of  all  sorts  so  easy,  and  help  of  all  kinds 
so  quickly  secured,  men  and  women — yes,  and  boys  and 
girls,  too! — had  to  depend  very  much  on  themselves  and 
be  very  handy  and  resourceful,  if  they  expected  to  keep 
safe  and  well,  and  even  alive. 

Our  pioneer  grandmothers  might  have  been  frightened 
by  the  sight  of  one  of  our  big  touring  cars,  for  instance, 
or  puzzled  as  to  how  to  send  a  telegram,  but  they  knew 
an  immense  number  of  practical  things  that  have  been 
entirely  left  out  of  our  town-bred  lives,  and  for  pluck  and 
resourcefulness  in  a  tight  place  it  is  to  be  doubted  if  we 
could  equal  them  today. 

"  You  press  a  button  and  ive  do  the  rest'"  is  the  slogan 
of  a  famous  camera  firm,  and  really  it  seems  as  if  this 
might  almost  be  called  the  slogan  of  modern  times;  we 
have  only  to  press  a  button  nowadays,  and  someone  will 
do  the  rest. 

But  in  those  early  pioneer  days  there  was  no  button  to 
press,  as  we  all  know,  and  nobody  to  "do  the  rest" :  every- 
body had  to  know  a  little  about  everything  and  he  able  to 
do  that  little  pretty  quickly,  as  safety  and  even  life  might 
depend  upon  it. 

The  men  who  stood  for  all  this  kind  of  thing  in  the 
highest  degree  were  probably  the  old  "Scouts,"  of  whom 
Natty  Bumpo,  in  Cooper's  famous  old  Indian  tales  is  the 
great  example.    They  were  explorers,  hunters,  campers, 

17 


18  SCOUTING  FOK  CHKl.S 

builders,  fighters,  settlers,  and  in  an  emergency,  nurses 
and  doctors  combined.  They  could  cook,  they  could  sew, 
they  could  make  and  sail  a  canoe,  they  could  support 
themselves  indefinitely  in  the  trackless  woods,  they  knew 
all  the  animals  and  the  plants  for  miles  around,  they  could 
guide  themselves  by  the  sun,  and  stars,  and  finally,  they 
were  husky  and  hard  as  nails  and  always  in  the  best  of 
health  and  condition.  Their  adventurous  life,  always  on 
the  edge  of  danger  and  new,  unsuspected  things,  made 
them  as  quick  as  lightning  and  very  clever  at  reading 
character  and  adapting  themselves  to  people. 

In  a  way,  too,  they  had  to  act  as  rough  and  ready 
police  (for  there  were  no  men  in  brass  buttons  in  the 
woods!)  and  be  ready  to  support  the  right,  and  deal  out 
justice,  just  as  our  "cow-boys"  of  later  ranch  days  had 
to  prevent  horse-stealing. 

Now,  the  tales  of  their  exploits  have  gone  all  over  the 
world,  and  healthy,  active  people,  and  especially  young 
people,  have  always  delighted  in  just  this  sort  of  life  and 
character.  So,  when  you  add  the  fact  that  the  word 
"scout"  has  always  been  used,  too,  to  describe  the  men 
sent  out  ahead  of  an  army  to  gain  information  in  the 
quickest,  cleverest  way,  it  is  no  wonder  that  the  great 
organizations  of  Boy  and  Girl  Scouts  which  are  spreading 
all  over  the  world  today  should  have  chosen  the  name  we 
are  so  proud  of,  to  describe  the  kind  of  thing  they  want 
to  stand  for. 

Our  British  Scout-sisters  call  themsclves"Girl  Guides," 
and  here  is  the  thrilling  reason  for  this  title  given  by  the 
Chief  Scout  and  Founder  of  the  whole  big  band  that  is 
spreading  round  the  world  toda}^  as  so  many  of  Old 
England's  great  ideas  have  spread. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  19 

WHY  "GUIDES"? 

On  the  North-Wcst  Frontier  of  India  there  is  a  famous  Corps 
of  soldiers  known  as  the  Guides,  and  their  duty  is  to  be  always 
ready  to  turn  out  at  any  moment  to  repel  raids  by  the  hostile  tribes 
across  the  Border,  and  to  prevent  them  from  coming  down  into 
the  peaceful  plains  of  India.  This  body  of  men  must  be  prepared 
for  every  kind  of  fighting.  Sometimes  on  foot,  sometimes  on  horse- 
back, sometimes  in  the  mountains,  often  with  pionoer  work  wading 
through  rivers  and  making  bridges,  and  so  on.  But  they  have  to 
be  a  skilful  lot  of  men,  brave  and  enduring,  ready  to  turn  out  at 
any  time,  winter  or  summer,  or  to  sacrifice  themselves  if  accessary 
in  order  that  peace  may  reign  throughout  India  while  they  keep 
down  any  hostile  raids  against  it.  So  they  are  true  handymen  in 
every  sense  of  the  word,  and  true  patriots. 

When  people  speak  of  Guides  in  Europe  one  naturally  thinks 
of  those  men  who  are  mountaineers  in  Switzerland  and  other  moun- 
tainous places,  who  can  guide  people  over  the  most  difficult  parts 
by  their  own  bravery  and  skill  in  tackling  obstacles,  by  helpfulness 
to  those  with  them,  and  by  their  bodily  strength  of  wind  and  limb. 
They  are  splendid  fellows  those  guides,  and  yet  if  they  were  told 
to  go  across  the  same  amount  of  miles  on  an  open  flat  plain  it  would 
be  nothing  to  them,  it  would  not  be  interesting,  and  they  would 
not  be  able  to  display  those  grand  qualities  which  they  show  directly 
the  country  is  a  bit  broken  up  into  mountains.  It  is  no  fun  to  them 
to  walk  by  easy  paths,  the  whole  excitement  of  life  is  facing  difificulties 
and  dangers  and  apparent  impossibilities,  and  in  the  end  getting 
a  chance  of  attaining  the  summit  of  the  mountain  they  have  wanted 
to  reach. 

Well,  I  think  it  is  the  case  with  most  girls  nowadays.  They  do 
not  want  to  sit  down  and  lead  an  idle  life,  not  to  have  everything 
done  for  them,  nor  to  have  a  very  easy  time.  They  don't  want 
merely  to  walk  across  the  plain,  they  would  much  rather  show 
themselves  handy  people,  able  to  help  others  and  ready,  if  necessary 
to  sacrifice  themselves  for  others  just  like  the  Guides  on  the  North- 
West  frontier.  And  they  also  want  to  tackle  difficult  jobs  themselves 
in  their  life,  to  face  mountains  and  difficulties  and  dangers  and  to 
go  at  them  having  prepared  themselves  to  be  skilful  and  brave; 
and  also  they  would  like  to  help  other  people  meet  their  difficulties 
also.  When  they  attain  success  after  facing  difficulties,  then  they 
feel  really  happy  and  triumphant.  It  is  a  big  satisfaction  to  them 
to  have  succeeded  and  to  have  made  other  people  succeed  also. 
That  is  what  the  Girl  Guides  want  to  do,  just  as  the  mountaineer 
guides  do  among  the  mountains. 

Then,  too,  a  woman  who  can  do  things  is  looked  uj)  to  by  others, 
both  men  and  women,  and  they  are  always  ready  to  follow  her 
advice  and  example,  so  there  she  becomes  a  Guide  too.  And  later 
on  if  she  has  children  of  her  own,  or  if  she  becomes  a  teacher  of 
children,  she  can  be  a  really  good  Guide  to  them. 


20  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

By  means  of  games  and  activities  which  the  Guides  practise  they 
are  able  to  learn  the  different  things  which  will  help  them  to  get 
on  in  life,  and  show  the  way  to  others  to  go  on  also.  Thus  camping 
and  signalling,  first  aid  work,  camp  cooking,  and  all  these  things 
that  the  Guides  practise  are  all  going  to  be  helpful  to  them  afterwards 
in  making  them  strong,  resourceful  women,  skilful  and  helpful  to 
others,  and  strong  in  body  as  well  as  in  mind,  and  what  is  more  it 
makes  them  a  jolly  lot  of  comrades  also. 

The  motto  of  the  Guides  on  which  they  work  is  "Be  Prepared," 
that  is,  be  ready  for  any  kind  of  duty  that  may  be  thrust  upon 
them,  and  what  is  more,  to  know  what  to  do  by  having  practised 
it  beforehand  in  the  case  of  any  kind  of  accident  or  any  kind  of 
work  that  they  may  be  asked  to  take  up. 

MAGDELAINE  DE  VERCHERES 
"THE  FIRST  GIRL  SCOUT" 

It  is  a  great  piece  of  luck  for  us  American  Scouts  that 
we  can  cliaim  the  very  first  Girl  Scout  for  our  own  great 
continent,  if  not  quite  for  our  own  United  States.  A 
great  Englishman  calls  her  "the  first  Girl  Scout,"  and 
every  Scout  must  feel  proud  to  the  core  of  her  heart  when 
she  thinks  that  this  statue  which  we  have  selected  for 
the  honor  of  our  frontispiece,  standing  as  it  does  on  Brit- 
ish soil,  on  the  American  continent,  commemorating  a 
French  girl,  the  daughter  of  our  Sister  Republic,  joins 
the  three  great  countries  closely  together,  through  the 
Girl  Scouts!  Magdelaine  de  Vercheres  lived  in  the  French 
colonies  around  Quebec  late  in  the  seventeenth  century. 
The  colonies  were  constantly  being  attacked  by  the  Iro- 
quois Indians.  One  of  these  attacks  occurred  while  Mag- 
delaine's  father,  the  Seigneur,  was  away.  Magdelaine 
rallied  her  younger  brothers  about  her  and  succeeded  in 
holding  the  fort  for  eight  days,  until  help  arrived  from 
Montreal. 

The  documents  relating  this  bit  of  history  have  been 
in  the  Archives  for  many  years,  but  when  they  were 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  21 

shown  to  Lord  Grey  about  twelve  years  ago  he  decided 
to  erect  a  monument  to  Magdelaine  de  Vercheres  on  the 
St.  Lawrence.  It  was  Lord  Grey  who  called  Magdelaine 
"The  First  Girl  Scout,"  and  as  such  she  will  be  known. 

The  following  is  taken  from  "A  Daughter  of  New 
France,"  by  Arthur  G.  Doughty  who  wrote  the  book  for 
the  Red  Cross  work  of  the  Magdelaine  de  Vercheres 
Chapter  of  the  Daughters  of  the  Empire,  and  dedicated 
it  to  Princess  Patricia,  whose  name  was  given  to  the 
famous  "Princess  Pat"  regiment. 

"On  Vercheres  Point,  near  the  site  of  the  Fort,  stands  a 
statue  in  bronze  of  the  girl  who  adorned  the  age  in  which 
she  lived  and  whose  memory  is  dear  to  posterity.  For 
she  had  learned  so  to  live  that  her  hands  were  clean  and 
her  paths  were  straight.  .  .  .  To  all  future  visitors  to 
Canada  by  way  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  this  silent  figure  of 
the  First  Girl  Scout  in  the  New  World  conveys  a  message 
of  loyalty,  of  courage  and  of  devotion." 

Our  own  early  history  is  sprinkled  thickly  with  brave, 
handy  girls,  who  were  certainly  Scouts,  if  ever  there  were 
any,  though  they  never  belonged  to  a  patrol,  nor  recited 
the  Scout  Laws.  But  they  lived  the  Laws,  those  strong 
young  pioneers,  and  we  can  stretch  out  our  hands  to  them 
across  the  long  years,  and  give  them  the  hearty  Scout 
grip  of  fellowship,  when  we  read  of  them. 

THE  EXPLORER 

If  we  should  ever  hold  an  election  for  honorary  member- 
ship in  the  Girl  Scouts,  open  to  all  the  girls  who  ought  to 
have  belonged  to  us,  but  who  lived  too  long  ago,  we  should 
surely  nominate  for  first  place  one  of  the  most  remarkable 
young  Indian  girls  who  ever  found  her  way  through  the 
pathless  forests, — Sacajawea,  "The  Bird  Woman." 


22  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

In  1806  she  was  brought  to  Lewis  and  Clark  on 
their  expecHtion  into  the  great  Northwest,  to  act  as 
interpreter  jjetween  them  and  the  various  Indian  tribes 
they  had  to  encounter.  From  the  very  beginning,  when 
she  induced  the  hostile  Shoshones  to  act  as  guides,  to  the 
end  of  her  daring  journey,  during  which,  with  her  papoose 
on  her  back,  she  led  this  band  of  men  through  hitherto 
impassible  mountain  ranges,  till  she  brought  them  to 
the  Pacific  Coast,  this  sixteen-year-old  girl  never  fal- 
tered. No  dangers  of  hunger,  thirst,  cold  or  darkness 
were  too  much  for  her.  From  the  Jefterson  to  the  Yel- 
lowstone River  she  was  the  only  guide  they  had ;  on  her 
instinct  for  the  right  way,  her  reading  of  the  sun,  the 
stars  and  the  trees,  depended  the  lives  of  all  of  them. 
When  they  fell  sick  she  nursed  them ;  when  they  lost 
heart  at  the  wildness  of  their  venture,  she  cheered  them. 
Their  party  grew  smaller  and  smaller,  for  Lewis  and 
Clark  had  separated  early  in  the  expedition,  and  a  part 
of  Clark's  own  party  fell  off  when  they  discovered  a 
natural  route  over  the  Continental  Divide  where  wagons 
could  not  travel.  Later,  most  of  those  who  remained,  de- 
cided to  go  down  the  JefTerson  River  in  canoes ;  but  Clark 
still  guided  by  the  plucky  Indian  girl,  persisted  in  fighting 
his  way  on  pony  back  overland,  and  after  a  week  of  this 
journeying,  crowded  full  of  discomforts  and  dangers,  she 
brought  him  out  in  triumph  at  the  Yellowstone,  where  the 
river  bursts  out  from  the  lower  canon, — and  the  Great 
Northwest  was  opened  up  for  all  time! 

The  women  of  Oregon  have  raised  a  statue  to  this 
young  explorer,  and  there  she  stands  in  Portland,  facing 
the  Coast,  pointing  to  the  Columbia  River  where  it  reaches 
the  sea. 


SCOUTING  lOR  GIRLS  23 

These  great  virtues  of  daring  and  endurance  never  die 
out  of  the  race;  though  tiie  conchtions  of  our  Hfe  today, 
when  most  of  the  exploring  has  been  done,  do  not  de- 
mand them  of  us  in  just  the  form  the  "Bird  Woman" 
needed,  still,  if  they  die  out  of  the  nation,  and  especially 
out  of  the  women  of  the  nation,  something  has  been  lost 
that  no  amount  of  book  education  can  ever  replace.  Saca- 
jawea,  had  no  maps  to  study — she  made  maps,  and  roads 
have  been  built  oxer  her  foot  steps.  And  so  we  Scouts, 
not  to  lose  this  great  spirit,  study  the  stars  and  the  sun 
and  the  trees  and  try  to  learn  a  few  of  the  wood  secrets 
she  knew  so  well.  This  out-of-door  wisdom  and  self- 
reliance  was  the  first  great  principle  of  Scouting. 

THE  HOMEMAKER 

But  of  course,  a  country  full  of  "Bird  Women"  could 
not  be  said  to  have  advanced  very  far  in  civilization. 
Though  we  should  take  great  pleasure  in  conferring  her 
well  earned  merit  badges  on  Sacajawea,  we  should  hardly 
have  grown  into  the  great  organization  we  are  today  if 
we  had  not  badges  for  quite  another  class  of  achievements. 

In  1832,  not  so  many  years  after  the  famous  Lewis  and 
Clark  expedition,  there  was  born  a  little  New  England 
girl  who  would  very  early  in  life  have  become  a  First 
Class  Scout  if  she  had  had  the  opportunity.  Her  name 
was  Louisa  Alcott,  and  she  made  that  name  famous  all 
the  world  over  for  the  book  by  which  the  world's  girls 
know  her — -"Little  Women."  Her  father,  though  a  bril- 
liant man,  was  a  very  impractical  one,  and  from  her  first 
little  story  to  her  last  popular  book,  all  her  work  was 
done  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  her  mother  and  sisters, 
in  comfort.  While  she  was  waiting  for  the  money  from 
her  stories  she  turned  carpets,  trimmed  hats,  papered  the 


24  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

rooms,  made  party  dresses  for  her  sisters,  nursed  anyone 
who  was  sick  (at  which  she  was  particularly  good) — all 
the  homely,  helpful  things  that  neighbors  and  families  did 
for  each  other  in  New  England  towns. 

In  those  days  little  mothers  of  families  could  not  tele- 
phone specialists  to  help  them  out  in  emergencies;  there 
were  neither  telephones  nor  specialists!  But  there  were 
always  emergencies,  and  the  Alcott  girls  had  to  know 
what  to  put  on  a  black-and-blue  spot,  and  why  the  jelly 
failed  to  jell,"  and  how  to  hang  a  skirt,  and  bake  a  cake, 
and  iron  a  table  cloth.  Louisa  had  to  entertain  family 
guests  and  darn  the  family  stockings.  Her  home  had  not 
every  comfort  and  convenience,  even  as  people  counted 
those  things,  then,  and  without  a  brisk,  clever  woman,  full 
of  what  the  New  Englanders  called  "faculty,"  her  fam- 
ily would  have  been  a  very  unhappy  one.  With  all  our 
modern  inventions  nobody  has  yet  invented  a  substitute 
for  a  good,  all-round  woman,  in  a  family,  and  until  some- 
body can  invent  one,  we  must  continue  to  take  off  our 
hats  to  girls  like  Louisa  Alcott.  Imagine  what  her  feel- 
ings would  have  been  if  someone  had  told  her  that  she 
had  earned  half  a  dozen  merit  badges  by  her  knowledge 
of  home  economics  and  her  clever  writing! 

And  let  every  Scout  who  finds  housework  dull,  and 
feels  that  she  is  capable  of  bigger  things,  remember  this: 
the  woman  whose  books  for  girls  are  more  widely  known 
than  any  such  books  ever  written  in  America,  had  to 
drop  the  pen,  often  and  often,  for  the  needle,  the  dish- 
cloth and  the  broom. 

To  direct  her  household  has  always  been  a  woman's  job 
in  every  century,  and  girls  were  learning  to  do  it  before 
Columbus  ever  discovered  Sacajawea's  great  country.  To 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  25 

be  sure,  they  had  no  such  jolly  way  of  working  at  it  to- 
gether, as  the  Scouts  have,  nor  did  they  have  the  oppor- 
portunity  the  girl  of  today  has  to  learn  all  about  these 
things  in  a  scientific,  business-like  way,  in  order  to  get  it 
all  done  with  the  quickest,  most  efficient  methods,  just  as 
any  clever  business  man  manages  his  business. 

We  no  longer  believe  that  housekeeping  should  take  up 
all  a  woman's  time;  and  many  an  older  woman  envies  the 
little  badges  on  a  Scout's  sleeve  that  show  the  world  she 
has  learned  how  to  manage  her  cleaning  and  cooking  and 
household  routine  so  that  she  has  plenty  of  time  to  spend 
on  other  things  that  interest  her. 

THE  PIONEER 

But  there  was  a  time  in  the  history  of  our  country  when 
men  and  women  went  out  into  the  wilderness  with  no 
nearer  neighbors  than  the  Indians,  yet  with  all  the  ideals 
of  the  New  England  they  left  behind  them;  girls  who 
had  to  have  all  the  endurance  of  the  young  "Bird  Wo- 
man" and  yet  keep  up  the  traditions  and  the  habits  of 
the  fine  old  home  life  of  Louisa  Alcott. 

One  of  these  pioneer  girls,  who  certainly  would  have 
been  patrol  leader  of  her  troop  and  marched  them  to  vic- 
tory with  her,  was  Anna  Shaw.  In  1859,  a  twelve-year 
old  girl,  with  her  mother  and  four  other  children  she  trav- 
eled in  a  rough  cart  full  of  bedding  and  provisions,  into 
the  Michigan  woods  where  they  took  up  a  claim,  settling 
down  into  a  log  cabin  whose  only  furniture  was  a  fire 
place  of  wood  and  stones. 

She  and  her  brothers  floored  this  cabin  with  lumber 
from  a  mill,  and  actually  made  partitions,  an  attic  door 
and  windows.  They  planted  potatoes  and  corn  by  chop- 
ping up  the  sod,  putting  seed  under  it  and  leaving  it  to 


26  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Nature — who  rewarded  them  by  giving  them  the  best 
corn  and  potatoes  Dr.  Shaw  ever  ate,  she  says  in  her 
autobiography. 

For  she  became  a  preacher  and  a  physician,  a  lecturer 
and  organizer,  this  sturdy  Httlc  Scout,  even  though  she 
had  to  educate  herself,  mostly.  They  papered  the  cabin 
walls  with  the  old  magazines,  after  they  had  read  them 
once,  and  went  all  over  them,  in  this  fashion,  later.  So 
eagerly  did  she  devour  the  few  books  sent  them  from  the 
East,  that  when  she  entered  college,  years  later,  she 
passed  her  examinations  on  what  she  remembered  of 
them! 

They  lived  on  w^iat  they  raised  from  the  land ;  the  pigs 
they  brought  in  the  wagon  with  them,  fish,  caught 
with  wires  out  of  an  old  hoop  skirt,  and  corn  meal  brought 
from  the  nearest  mill,  twenty  miles  away.  Ox  teams  were 
the  only  means  of  getting  about. 

Anna  and  her  brothers  made  what  furniture  they  used 
— bunks,  tables,  stools  and  a  settle.  She  learned  to  cut 
trees  and  "heart"  logs  like  a  man.  After  a  trying  season 
of  carrying  all  the  water  used  in  the  household  from  a 
distant  creek,  which  froze  in  the  winter  so  that  they  had 
to  melt  the  ice,  they  finally  dug  a  well.  First  they  went 
as  far  as  they  could  with  spades,  then  handed  buckets  of 
earth  to  each  other,  standing  on  a  ledge  half  way  down, 
then,  when  it  w^as  deep  enough,  they  lined  it  with  slabs 
of  wood.  It  was  so  well  made  that  the  family  used  it 
for  twelve  years. 

Wild  beasts  prowled  around  them,  Indians  terrified 
them  by  sudden  visits,  the  climate  was  rigorous,  amuse- 
ments and  leisure  scanty.  But  this  brave,  handy  girl  met 
every  job  that  came  to  her  with  a  good  heart  and  a  smile; 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  27 

she  learned  by  doing.  The  tests  and  sports  for  mastering 
which  we  earn  badges  were  life's  ordinary  problems  to  her, 
and  very  practical  ones.  She  never  knew  it,  but  surely 
she  was  a  real  Girl  Scout! 

It  is  not  surprising  to  learn  that  she  grew  up  to  be 
one  of  the  women  who  earned  the  American  girl  her 
right  to  vote.  A  pioneer  in  more  ways  than  one,  this 
little  carpenter  and  farmer  and  well-digger  worked  for 
the  cause  of  woman's  political  ecjuality  as  she  had  worked 
in  the  Michigan  wilderness,  and  helped  on  as  much  as 
any  one  woman,  the  great  revolution  in  people's  ideas 
which  makes  it  possible  for  women  today  to  express  their 
wishes  directly  as  to  how  their  country  shall  be  governed. 
This  seems  very  simple  to  the  girls  of  today,  and  will 
seem  even  simpler  as  the  years  go  on,  but,  like  the  Yellow- 
stone River,  it  needed  its  pioneers! 

In  the  Great  War  which  we  have  just  passed  through, 
the  Scouts  of  all  countries  gave  a  magnificent  account  of 
themselves,  and  honestly  earned  the  "War  Service" 
badges  that  will  be  handed  down  to  future  generations, 
we  may  be  sure,  as  the  proudest  possessions  of  thousands 
of  grandchildren  whose  grandmothers  (think  of  a  Scout 
grandmother!)  were  among  the  first  to  answer  their 
Country's  call. 

Let  us  hear  what  our  British  sisters  accomplished,  and 
we  must  remember  that  at  the  time  of  the  war  there  were 
many  Girl  Guides  well  over  Scout  age  and  in  their  twen- 
ties, who  had  had  the  advantage,  as  their  book  points  out, 
of  years  of  training. 

This  is  what  they  have  done  during  the  Great  War. 
In  the  towns  they  have  helped  at  the  Mihtary  Hospitals. 
In  the  country  they  have  collected  eggs  for  the  sick,  and  on  the 
moors  have  gathered  sphagnum  moss  for  the  hosjiitals. 

Over  in  France  a  great  Recreation  and  Rest  Hut  for  the  soldiers 


28  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

has  been  supplied  by  the  Guides  with  funds  earned  through  their 
woric.  It  is  man,ij2;ecl  by  Guide  olficers,  or  ex-Guides.  Among  the 
older  Guides  there  are  many  who  have  done  noble  work  as  assist- 
ants to  the  ward-maids,  cooks,  and  launch'y  women.  In  the  Govern- 
ment oflices,  such  as  the  War  Office,  the  Admiralty,  and  other  great 
departments  of  the  State,  they  have  acted  as  orderlies  and  mes- 
sengers. They  have  taken  up  work  in  factories,  or  as  motor-drivers 
or  on  farms,  in  order  to  release  men  to  go  to  the  front. 

At  home  and  in  their  club-rooms  they  have  made  bandages  for 
the  wounded,  and  warm  clothing  for  the  men  at  the  Front  and  in 
the  Fleet. 

At  home  in  many  of  the  great  cities  the  Guides  have  turned  their 
Headquarters'  Club-Rooms  into  "Hostels."  That  is,  they  have 
made  them  into  small  hospitals  ready  for  taking  in  peojjle  injured 
in  air-raids  by  the  emeny. 

So  altogether  the  Guides  have  shown  themselves  to  be  a  pretty 
useful  lot  in  many  different   kinds  of  work  during  the    war,  and, 
mind  you,  they  are  only  girls  between  the  ages  of  11  and  18.     But* 
they  have  done  their  bit  in  the  Great  War  as  far  as  they  were  able, 
and  have  done  it  well. 

There  are  100,000  of  them,  and  they  are  very  smart,  and  ready 
for  any  job  that  may  be  demanded  of  them. 

They  were  not  raised  for  this  special  work  during  the  war  for 
they  began  some  years  before  it,  but  their  motto  is  "Be  Prepared," 
and  it  was  their  business  to  train  themselves  to  be  ready  for  any- 
thing that  might  happen,  even  the  most  unlikely  thing. 

So  even  when  war  came  they  were  "all  there"  and  ready  for  it. 
It  is  not  only  in  Great  Britain  that  they  have  b^en  doing  this, 
but  all  over  our  great  Empire — in  Canada  and  Australia,  West, 
East  and  South  Africa,  New  Zealand,  the  Falkland  Islands,  West 
Indies,  and  India.  The  Guides  are  a  vast  sisterhood  of  girls,  ready 
to  do  anything  they  can  for  their  country  and  Empire. 

Long  before  there  was  any  idea  of  the  war  the  Guides  had  been 
taught  to  think  out  and  to  practise  what  they  should  do  supposing 
such  a  thing  as  war  happened  in  their  own  country,  or  that  people 
should  get  injured  by  bombs  or  by  accidents  in  their  neigborhood. 
Thousands  of  women  have  done  splendid  work  in  this  war,  but 
thousands  more  would  have  been  able  to  do  good  work  also  had 
they  only  Been  Prepared  for  it  beforehand  by  learning  a  few 
things  that  are  useful  to  them  outside  their  mere  school  work  or 
work  in  their  own  home.  And  that  is  what  the  Guides  are  learning 
in  all  their  games  and  camp  work:  they  mean  to  be  useful  in  other 
ways  besides  what  they  are  taught  in  school. 

WHAT  THE  GUIDES  DO 
As  a  Guide  your  first  duty  is  to  be  helpful  to  other  people,  both 
in  small  everyday  matters  and  also  under  the  worst  of  circumstances. 
You  have  to  imagine  to  yourself  what  sort  of  things  might  possibly 
happen,  and  how  you  should  deal  with  them  when  they  occur. 
Then  you  will  know  what  to  do. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  29 

I  was  present  when  a  German  aeroplane  dropped  a  bomb  on  to 
a  railway  station  in  London.  There  was  the  usual  busy  scene  of 
people  seeing  to  their  luggage,  saying  good-bye  and  going  off  by 
train,  when  with  a  sudden  bang  a  whole  carriage  was  blown  to  bits, 
and  the  adjoining  ones  were  in  a  blaze;  seven  or  eight  of  those 
active  in  getting  into  the  train  were  flung  down — mangled  and 
dead;  while  some  thirty  more  were  smashed,  broken,  and  bleeding, 
but  still  alive.  The  suddenness  of  it  made  it  all  the  more  horrifying. 
But  one  of  the  first  people  I  noticed  as  keeping  her  head  was  a 
smartly  dressed  young  lady  kneeUng  by  an  injured  working-man; 
his  thigh  was  smashed  and  bleeding  terribly;  she  had  ripped  up  his 
trousers  with  her  knife,  and  with  strips  of  it  had  bound  a  pad  to 
the  wound;  she  found  a  cup  somehow  and  filled  it  with  water  for 
him  from  the  overhead  hose  for  filling  engines.  Instead  of  being 
hysterical  and  useless,  she  was  as  cool  and  ready  to  do  the  right 
thing  as  if  she  had  been  in  bomb-raids  every  day  of  her  life.  Well, 
that  is  what  any  girl  can  do  if  she  only  prepares  herself  for  it. 

These  are  things  which  have  to  be  learnt  in  peace-time,  and 
because  they  were  learnt  by  the  Guides  beforehand,  these  girls 
were  able  to  do  their  bit  so  well  when  war  came. 

FIRST   AID. 

When  you  see  an  accident  in  the  street  or  people  injured  in  an 
air  raid,  the  sight  of  the  torn  limbs,  the  blood,  the  broken  bones,  and 
the  sound  of  the  groans  and  sobbing  all  make  you  feel  sick  and 
horrified  and  anxious  to  get  away  from  it — if  you're  not  a  Girl 
Guide.  But  that  is  cowardice:  your  business  as  a  Guide  is  to  steel 
yourself  to  face  it  and  to  help  the  poor  victim.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
after  a  trial  or  two  you  really  get  to  like  such  jobs,  because  with 
coolheadedness  and  knowledge  of  what  to  do  you  feel  you  give  the 
much-needed  help. 

The  Value  of  Nursing. — In  this  war  hundreds  and  hundreds  of 
women  have  gone  to  act  as  nurses  in  the  hospitals  for  the  wounded 
and  have  done  splendid  work.  They  will  no  doubt  be  thankful 
all  their  lives  that  while  they  were  yet  girls  they  learnt  how  to 
nurse  and  how  to  do  hospital  work,  so  that  they  were  useful  when 
the  call  came  for  them.  But  there  are  thousands  and  thousands 
of  others  who  wanted  to  do  the  work  when  the  time  came,  but  they 
had  not  like  Guides,  Been  Prepared,  and  they  had  never  learnt  how 
to  nurse,  and  so  they  were  perfectly  useless  and  their  services  were 
not  required  in  the  different  hospitals.  So  carry  out  your  motto 
and  Be  Prepared  and  learn  all  you  can  about  hospital  and  child 
nursing,  sick  nursing,  and  every  kind,  while  you  are  yet  a  Guide 
and  have  people  ready  to  instruct  you  and  to  help  you  in  learning. 

In  countries  not  so  settled  and  protected  as  England 

and  America,  where  the  women  and  girls  are  taught  to 

count  upon  their  men  to  protect  th^m  in  the  field,  the 


30  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Girl  Souts  have  sometimes  had  to  cHsplay  a  courage  Hke 
that  of  tlie  early  settlers.  A  Roumanian  Scout,  Ecaterina 
Teodorroiu  actually  fought  in  the  war  and  was  taken 
prisoner.  She  escaped,  traced  her  way  back  to  her  com- 
pany, and  brought  valuable  information  as  to  the  enemy's 
movements.  For  these  services  she  was  decorated  "as  a 
reward  for  devotion  and  conspicuous  bravery"  with  the 
Order  of  Merit  and  a  special  gold  medal  of  the  Scouts, 
only  given  for  services  during  the  war.  At  the  same 
time  she  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Honorary 
Second  Lieutenant. 

Can  we  wonder  that  she  is  known  as  the  Joan  of  Arc 
of  Roumania? 

During  the  Russian  Revolution  the  Girl  Scouts  were 
used  by  the  Government  in  many  practical  ways,  as  may 
be  seen  from  the  following  letter  from  one  of  them: 

"The  Scouts  assisted  from  the  beginning,  from  seven 
in  the  morning  until  twelve  at  night,  carrying  messages, 
sometimes  containing  state  secrets,  letters,  etc.,  from 
the  Duma  to  the  different  branches  of  it  called  com- 
missariats, and  back  again.  They  also  fed  the  soldiers 
that  were  on  guard.  The  Scout  uniform  was  our  pro- 
tection, and  everywhere  that  uniform  commanded  the 
respect  of  the  soldiers,  peasants  and  workingmen. 

"As  great  numbers  of  soldiers  came  from  the  front, 
food  had  to  be  given  them.  It  was  contributed  by  pri- 
vate people,  but  the  Scouts  had  lots  of  work  dis- 
tributing it.  All  the  little  taverns  were  turned  into 
eating  houses  for  the  soldiers,  and  there  we  helped  to 
prepare  the  food  and  feed  them.  As  there  were  not 
enough  Boy  Scouts,  the  Girl  Scouts  helped  in  the  same 
way  as  the  boys. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  31 

"The  Scouts  also  did  much  First  Aid  work.  In  one 
instance  I  saw  an  officer  whose  finger  had  been  shot 
off.  I  ran  up  to  him  and  bandaged  it  up  for  him.  (All 
of  us  Scouts  had  First  Aid  kits  hanging  from  our 
belts.) 

"It  was  something  of  a  proud  day  for  us  Scouts 
when  the  Premier  after  a  parade,  called  us  all  before 
the  Duma  and  publicly  thanked  us  for  our  aid." 
Indeed  it  was  and  we  heartily  congratulate  our  Sister 
Scouts!     But  if  we  do  our  duty  by  our  Patrol  and  the 
Patrols  all  do  their  duty  by  their  Troop,  that  proud  mo- 
ment is  going  to  come  to  every  single  Scout  of  us,  when 
the  town  where  we  live  tells  us  by  its  smiles  and  applause, 
when  we  go  by  in  uniform,  what  it  thinks  of  us. 

We  Scouts  shall  be  more  and  more  interested,  as  the 
years  go  on,  to  remember  that  in  the  great  hours  of  one 
of  the  world's  greatest  crises  we  helped  to  make  its 
history.  Instances  like  these  are  very  exceptional; 
they  could  not  occur  to  one  in  ten  thousand  of  us;  but 
we  stay-at-homes  can  always  remind  ourselves  that  it  was 
the  obedience, the  quickness, and  the  skill  learned  in  quiet, 
every-day  Scouting  that  made  these  few  rise  to  their 
opportunity  when  it  came. 

War  and  revolution  do  not  make  Scouts  either  brave 
or  useful;  they  only  bring  out  the  bravery  and  the  useful- 
ness that  have  been  learned,  as  we  are  all  learning  them, 
every  day! 

All  we  have  to  do  is  to  fix  Scout  habits  in  our  hearts 
and  hands,  and  then  when  our  Country  calls  us,  we  shall 
be  as  ready  as  these  little  Russian  Scouts  were. 

In  France  the  Scouts,  known  as  the  Eclaireuses,  have 
agreed  with  us  that  the  "land  Army"  is  the  best  army 
for  women.     Rain  or  shine,  in  heat  and  cold,  they  have 


32  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

dug  and  ploughed  and  planted,  and  learned  the  lesson 

American  girls  learned  long  ago — that  team  work  is  what 

counts! 

A  bit  of  one  of  their  reports  is  translated  here: 

"The  crops  were  fine — potatoes,  radishes,  greens  and 
beans  were  raised.  The  crop  of  potatoes,  especially, 
was  so  good  that  the  Eclaireuses  were  able  to  supply 
their  families  with  them  at  a  price  defying  competi- 
tion, and  they  always  had  enough  besides  for  their 
own  use  on  excursions.     (Our  hikes.) 

"Such  has  been  the  reward  of  the  care,  given  so 
perseveringly  and  intelligently  to  the  gardening. 

"And  what  an  admirable  lesson!  Not  a  minute  was 
lost  in  this  out-of-door  work;  chests  and  muscles  filled 
out;  and  at  the  same  time  the  girls  learned  to  recognize 
weather  signs;  rain  or  sun  were  the  factors  which 
determined  the  success  or  non-success  of  the  planting. 
And  each  day,  there  grew  in  them  also  love  and  grati- 
tude for  the  earth  and  its  elements,  without  the  assist- 
ance of  which  we  could  harvest  nothing. 

"Is  this  not  the  best  method  of  preparing  our  youth 
to  return  to  the  land,  to  the  healthy  and  safe  life  of 

,  the  beautiful  countryside  of  France;  by  showing  them 
the  interest  and  usefulness  that  lie  in  agricultural 
labor? 

"So  the  Eclaireuse  becomes  a  model  of  the  new 
women,  used  to  sport,  possessing  her  First  Aid 
Diploma,  able  to  cook  good  simple  meals,  marching 
under  orders,  knowing  how  to  obey,  ready  to  accept 
her  responsibility,  good-natured  and  lively  in  rain  or 
sun,  in  public  or  in  her  home.  .  .  .  They  continue 
their  courses  in  sewing,  hygiene  and  gymnastics  and 
assist  eagerly  at  conferences  arranged  for  them  to  dis- 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  33 

CUSS  the  duties  of  the  Eclaireuses  and  what  it  is  neces- 
sary to  do  to  become  a  good  Captain. 

"To  make  themselves  useful — tiiat  is  the  ideal  of 

the  Eclaireuses.    They  know  that  in  order  to  do  this 

it  is  becoming  more  and  more  necessary  to  acquire  a 

broad  and  complete  knowledge." 

It  is  quite  a  feather  in  the  cap  of  this  great  Scout 
Family  of  ours  that  we  are  teaching  the  French  girl, 
who  has  not  been  accustomed  to  leave  her  home  or  to 
work  in  clubs  or  troops,  what  a  jolly,  wonder-working 
thing  a  crowd  of  girls,  all  forging  ahead  together,  can 
be. 

In  our  own  country  we  were  protected  from  the  worst 
sides  of  the  great  war,  but  we  had  a  wonderful  oppor- 
tunity to  show  how  we  could  Be  Prepared  ourselves  by 
seeing  that  our  brave  soldiers  were  prepared. 

Our  War  Records  show  an  immense  amount  of  Red 
Cross  supplies,  knitting,  comfort  kits,  food  grown  and 
conserved  in  every  way,  money  raised  for  Liberty  Loans 
and  Thrift  Stamps,  war  orphans  adopted,  home  replace- 
ment work  undertaken  and  carried  through;  all  these 
to  so  great  an  amount  that  the  country  recognized 
our  existence  and  services  as  never  before  in  our  history, 
the  Government,  indeed,  employing  sixty  uniformed 
Scouts  as  messengers  in  the  Surgeon  General's  Depart- 
ment. 

Perhaps  it  is  only  the  truth  to  say  that  the  war  showed 
our  country  what  we  could  Be  Prepared  to  do  for  her! 
And  it  showed  us,  too. 

It  has  been  said  that  women  can  never  be  the  same 
after  the  great  events  of  the  last  few  years,  and  we  must 
never  forget  that  the  Girl  Scouts  of  today  are  the  women 
of  tomorrow. 


34 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


FLAG  RAISING  AT  DAWN 


SECTION  V 
THE  OUT-OF-DOOR  SCOUT 

Busy  as  the  Girl  Scout  may  be  with  learning  to  do  in 
a  clever,  up-to-date  way  all  the  things  to  improve  her 
home  and  town  that  the  old  pioneer  girls  knew  how  to 
do,  she  never  forgets  that  the  original  Scouts  were  out- 
of-door  people.  So  long  as  there  are  bandages  to  make 
or  babies  to  bathe  or  meals  to  get  or  clothes  to  make, 
she  does  them  all,  quicky  and  cheerfully,  and  is  very 
rightly  proud  of  the  badges  she  gets  for  having  learned 
to  do  them  all,  and  the  sense  of  independence  that  comes 
from  all  this  skill  with  her  hands.  It  gives  her  a  real 
glow  of  pleasure  to  feel  that  because  of  her  First  Aid 
practice  she  may  be  able  to  save  a  life  some  day,  and 
that  the  hours  of  study  she  put  in  at  her  home  nursing 
and  invalid  cooking  may  make  her  a  valuable  asset  to  the 
community  in  case  of  any  great  disaster  or  epidemic; 
but  the  real  fun  of  scouting  lies  in  the  great  life  of  out- 
of-doors,  and  the  call  of  the  woods  is  answered  quicker 
by  the  Scout  than  by  anybody,  because  the  Scout  learns 
just  how  to  get  the  most  out  of  this  wild,  free  life  and 
how  to  enjoy  it  with  the  least  trouble  and  the  most  fun. 

One  of  our  most  experienced  and  best  loved  Captains 
says  that  "a  camp  is  as  much  a  necessity  for  the  Girl 
Scouts  as  an  office  headquarters,"  and  more  and  more 
girls  are  learning  to  agree  with  her  every  year. 

Our  British  cousins  are  the  greatest  lovers  of  out-of- 
door  life  in  the  world,  and  it  is  only  natural  that  we 
should  look  to  our  Chief  Scout  to  hear  what  he  has  to 
say  to  his  Girl  Guides  on  this  subject  so  dear  to  his  heart 
that  he  founded  Scouting,  that  all  boys  and  girls  might 
share  his  enthusiastic  pleasure  in  going  back  to  Nature 
to  study  and  to  love  her,  and  to  gain  happiness  and  health 
from  her  woods  and  fiekls. 

35 


36  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

now  CAMPING  TEACHES  THE  GUIDE  LAW 

Last  year  a  man  went  out  into  the  woods  in  America  to  try  and 
see  if  he  could  live  like  the  prehistoric  men  used  to  do;  that  is  to 
say,  he  took  nothing  with  him  in  the  way  of  food  or  equipment  or 
even  clothing — he  went  just  as  he  was,  and  started  out  to  make 
his  own  living  as  best  he  could.  Of  course  the  first  thing  he  had  to 
do  was  to  make  some  sort  of  tool  or  weapon  by  which  he  could 
kill  some  animals,  cut  his  wood  and  make  his  fire  and  so  on.  So 
he  made  a  stone  axe,  and  with  that  was  able  to  cut  out  branches 
of  trees  so  that  he  could  make  a  trap  in  which  he  eventually  caught 
a  bear  and  killed  it.  He  then  cut  up  the  bear  and  used  the  skin 
for  blankets  and  the  flesh  for  food.  He  also  cut  sticks  and  made  a 
little  instrument  by  which  he  was  able  to  ignite  bits  of  wood  and  so 
start  his  fire.  He  also  searched  out  various  roots  and  berries  and 
leaves,  which  he  was  able  to  cook  and  make  into  good  food,  and  he 
even  went  so  far  as  to  make  charcoal  and  to  cut  slips  of  bark  from 
the  trees  and  draw  pictures  of  the  scenery  and  animals  around  him. 
In  this  way  he  lived  for  over  a  month  in  the  wild,  and  came  out  in 
the  end  very  much  better  in  health  and  spirits  and  with  a  great 
experience  of  life.  For  he  had  learned  to  shift  entirely  for  himself 
and  to  be  independent  of  the  different  things  we  get  in  civilization 
to  keep  us  going  in  comfort. 

That  is  why  we  go  into  camp  a  good  deal  in  the  Boy  Scout  and 
in  the  Girl  Guide  movement,  because  in  camp  life  we  learn  to  do 
without  so  many  things  which  while  we  are  in  houses  we  think  are 
necessary,  and  find  that  we  can  do  for  ourselves  many  things  where 
we  used  to  think  ourselves  helpless.  And  before  going  into  camp 
it  is  just  as  well  to  learn  some  of  the  things  that  will  be  most  useful 
to  you  when  you  get  there.  And  that  is  what  we  teach  in  the  Head- 
cjuarters  of  the  Girl  Guide  Companies  before  they  go  out  and  take 
the  field.  For  instance,  you  must  know  how  to  light  your  own  fire; 
how  to  collect  dry  enough  wood  to  make  it  burn;  because  you  will 
not  find  gas  stoves  out  in  the  wild.  Then  you  have  to  learn  how  to 
find  your  own  water,  and  good  water  that  will  not  make  you  ill. 
You  have  not  a  whole  cooking  range  or  a  kitchen  full  of  cooking 
pots,  and  so  you  have  to  learn  to  cook  your  food  in  the  simplest 
way  with  the  means  at  your  hand,  such  as  a  simple  cooking  pot  or 
a  roasting  stick  or  an  oven  made  with  your  own  hands  out  of  an 
old  tin  box  or  something  of  that  kind. 

NATURE  STUDY 

It  is  only  while  in  camp  that  one  can  really  learn  to  study  Nature 
in  the  proper  way  and  not  as  you  merely  do  it  inside  the  school; 
because  here  you  are  face  to  face  with  Nature  at  all  hours  of  the 
day  and  night.  For  the  first  time  you  live  under  the  stars  and  can 
watch  them  by  the  hour  and  see  what  they  really  look  like,  and 
realize  what  an  enormous  expanse  of  almost  endless  space  they  cover. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  37 

You  know  from  your  lessons  at  school  that  our  sun  warms  and  lij^hts 
up  a  large  number  of  different  worlds  like  ours,  all  circling  round  it 
in  the  Heavens.  And  when  you  hold  up  a  shilling  at  arm's  length 
and  look  at  the  sky,  the  shilling  covers  no  less  than  two  hundred  of 
those  suns,  each  with  their  different  little  worlds  circling  around 
them.  And  you  then  begin  to  realize  what  an  enormous  endless 
space  the  Heavens  comprise.  You  realize  perhaps  for  the  first 
time  the  enormous  work  of  God. 

Then  also  in  camp  you  are  living  among  plants  of  every  kind, 
and  you  can  study  them  in  their  natural  state,  how  they  grow  and 
what  they  look  like,  instead  of  merely  seeing  pictures  of  them  in 
books  or  dried  specimens  of  them  in  collections. 

All  round  you,  too,  are  the  birds  and  animals  and  insects,  and 
the  more  you  know  of  them  the  more  you  begin  to  like  them  and  to 
take  an  interest  in  them;  and  once  you  take  an  interest  in  them  you 
do  not  want  to  hurt  them  in  any  way.  You  would  not  rob  a  bird's 
nest;  you  would  not  bully  an  animal;  you  would  not  kill  an  insect — 
once  you  have  realized  what  its  life  and  habits  are.  In  this  way, 
therefore,  you  fulfill  the  Guide  Law  of  becoming  a  friend  to  animals. 

By  living  in  camp  you  begin  to  find  that  though  there  are  many 
discomforts  and  difficulties  to  be  got  over,  they  can  be  got  over  with 
a  little  trouble  and  especially  if  you  smile  at  them  and  tackle  them. 

Then  living  among  other  comrades  in  camp  you  have  to  be  helpful 
and  do  good  turns  at  almost  every  minute,  and  you  have  to  e.xercise 
a  great  deal  of  give  and  take  and  good  temper,  otherwise  the  camp 
would  become  unbearable. 

So  you  carry  out  the  different  laws  of  courteousness,  of  helpful- 
ness, and  friendliness  to  others  that  come  in  the  Guide  Law.  Also 
you  pick  up  the  idea  of  how  necessary  it  is  to  keep  everything  in 
its  place,  and  to  keep  your  kit  and  tent  and  ground  as  clean  as 
possible;  otherwise  you  get  into  a  htorrible  state  of  dirt,  and  dirt 
brings  flies  and  other  inconveniences. 

You  save  every  particle  of  food  and  in  this  way  you  learn  not 
only  cleanliness,  but  thrift  and  economy.  And  you  very  soon  realize 
how  cheaply  you  can  live  in  camp,  and  how  very  much  enjoyment 
you  can  get  for  very  little  money.  And  as  you  live  in  the  fresh, 
pure  air  of  God  you  find  that  your  own  thoughts  are  clean  and  pure 
as  the  air  around  you.  There  is  hardly  one  of  the  Guide  Laws  that 
is  not  better  carried  out  after  you  have  been  living  and  practising 
it  in  camp. 

Habits  of  Animals. — If  you  live  in  the  country  it  is  of  course 
quite  easy  to  observe  and  watch  the  habits  of  all  sorts  of  animals 
great  and  small.  But  if  you  are  in  a  town  there  are  many  difficulties 
to  be  met  with.  But  at  the  same  time  if  you  can  keep  pets  of  any 
kind,  rabbits,  rats,  mice,  dogs  or  ponies  you  can  observe  and  watch 
their  habits  and  learn  to  understand  them  well;  but  generally  for 
Giiides  it  is  more  easy  to  watch  birds,  because  you  see  them  both 


38  SCOUTING  FOR  GIKLS 

in  town  and  country;  and  especially  when  you  go  into  camp  or  on 
walking  tours  you  can  observe  and  watch  their  hkbits,  especially  in 
the  springtime. 

Then  it  is  that  you  see  the  old  birds  making  their  nests,  hatching 
out  their  eggs  and  bringing  up  their  young;  and  that  is  of  course 
the  most  interesting  time  for  watching  them.  A  good  observant 
guide  will  get  to  know  the  different  kinds  of  birds  by  their  cry,  by 
their  appearance,  and  by  their  way  of  ilying.  She  will  also  get  to 
know  where  their  nests  are  to  be  found,  what  sort  of  nests  they  are, 
what  are  the  colors  of  the  eggs  and  so  on.  And  also  how  the 
young  appear.  Some  of  them  come  out  fluffy,  others  covered  with 
feathers,  others  with  very  little  on  at  all.  The  young  pigeon,  for 
instance,  has  no  feathers  at  all,  whereas  a  young  moorhen  can  swim 
about  as  soon  as  it  comes  out  of  the  egg;  while  chickens  run  about 
and  hunt  flies  within  a  few  minutes;  and  3'et  a  sparrow  is  quite 
useless  for  some  days  and  is  blind,  and  has  to  be  fed  and  coddled  by 
his  parents. 

Then  it  is  an  interesting  sight  to  see  the  old  birds  training  their 
young  ones  to  fly,  by  getting  up  above  them  and  flapping  their  wings 
a  few  times  until  all  the  young  ones  imitate  them.  Then  they  hop 
from  one  twig  to  another,  still  flapping  their  wings,  and  the  young 
ones  follow  suit  and  begin  to  find  that  their  wings  help  them  to 
balance;  and  finally  they  jump  from  one  branch  to  another  for  some 
distance  so  that  the  wings  support  them  in  their  efi'ort.  The  young 
ones  verj'  soon  find  that  they  are  able  to  use  their  wings  for  flying, 
but  it  is  all  done  by  degrees  and  by  careful  instruction. 

Then  a  large  number  of  our  birds  do  not  live  all  the  year  round 
in  England,  but  they  go  off  to  Southern  climes  such  as  Africa  when 
the  winter  comes  on;  but  they  generally  turn  up  here  at  the  end  of 
March  and  make  their  nest  during  the  spring.  Nightingales  arrive 
early  in  April;  wagtails,  turtle  doves,  and  cuckoos  come  late  in 
April;  woodcock  come  in  the  autumn,  and  redpolcs  and  fieldfares 
also  come  here  for  the  winter.  In  September  you  will  see  the  mi- 
grating birds  collecting  to  go  away,  the  starlings  in  their  crowds  and 
the  swallows  for  the  South,  and  so  do  the  warblers,  the  flycatchers, 
and  the  swifts.  And  yet  about  the  same  time  the  larks  are  arriving 
here  from  the  Eastward,  so  there  is  a  good  deal  of  traveling  among 
the  birds  in  the  air  at  all  times  of  the  year." 

How  many  of  our  American  Scouts  are  able  to  supply 

from  their  observation  all  of  our  native  birds  to  take 

the  places  of  these  mentioned  in  this  lovely  paragraph? 

Everyone  should  be  able  to. 

Nature  in  the  City. — This  noticing  of  small  things,  especially  in 
animal  life,  not  only  gives  you  great  interest,  but  it  also  gives  you 
great  fun  and  enjoyment  in  life.     Even  if  you  live  in  a  city  yoq 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  39 

can  do  a  certain  amount  of  ohsfrvation  of  birds  and  animals.  Vou 
would  think  there  is  not  much  fun  to  be  got  out  of  it  in  a  nuirky 
town  Hke  London  or  Sliellield,  and  yet  if  you  begin  to  notice  and 
know  all  about  the  sparrows  you  begin  to  find  there  is  a  great  deal 
of  character  and  amusement  to  be  got  out  of  them,  by  watching 
their  ways  and  habits,  their  nesting,  and  their  way  of  teaching  their 
young  ones  to  fly. 

OBSERVATION. 

"Stalking. — A  Guide  has  to  be  sharp  at  seeing  things  if  she  is 
going  to  be  any  good  as  a  Guide.  She  has  to  notice  every  little 
track  and  every  little  sign,  and  it  is  this  studying  of  tracks  and 
following  them  out  and  finding  out  their  meaning  which  we  include 
under  the  name  of  stalking.  For  instance,  if  you  want  to  find  a 
bird's-nest  you  have  to  stalk.  That  is  to  say,  you  watch  a  bird 
flying  into  a  bush  and  guess  where  its  nest  is,  and  follow  it  up  and 
find  the  nest.  With  some  birds  it  is  a  most  difficult  thing  to  find 
their  nests;  take,  for  instance,  the  skylark  or  the  snipe.  But  those 
who  know  the  birds,  especially  the  snipe,  will  recognize  their  call. 
The  snipe  when  she  is  alarmed  gives  quite  a  different  call  from  when 
she  is  happy  and  flying  about.  She  has  a  particular  call  when  she 
has  young  ones  about.  So  that  those  who  have  watched  and  listened 
.and  know  her  call  when  they  hear  it  know  pretty  well  where  the 
young  ones  are  or  where  the  nest  is  and  so  on. 

"  How  to  Hide  Yourself. — When  you  want  to  observe  wild  animals 
you  have  to  stalk  them,  that  is,  creep  up  to  them  without  their 
seeing  or  smelling  you. 

"A  hunter  when  he  is  stalking  wild  animals  keeps  himself  entirely 
hidden,  so  does  the  war  scout  when  watching  or  looking  for  the 
enemy;  a  policemen  does  not  catch  pickpockets  by  standing  about 
in  uniform  watching  for  them;  he  dresses  like  one  of  the  crowd,  and 
as  often  as  not  gazes  into  a  shop  window  and  sees  all  that  goes  on 
behind  him  reflected  as  if  in  a  looking-glass. 

"If  a  guilty  person  finds  himself  being  watched,  it  puts  him  on 
his  guard,  while  an  innocent  person  becomes  annoyed.  So,  when 
you  are  observing  people,  don't  do  so  by  openly  staring  at  them, 
but  notice  the  details  you  want  to  at  one  glance  or  two,  and  if  you 
want  to  study  them  more,  walk  behind  them;  you  can  learn  just 
as  much  from  a  back  view,  in  fact  more  than  you  can  from  a  front 
view,  and,  unless  they  are  scouts  and  look  around  frequently,  they 
do  not  know  that  you  are  observing  them. 

"War  scouts  and  hunters  stalking  game  always  carry  out  two 
important  things  when  they  don't  want  to  be  seen." 

One  is  Background. — They  take  care  that  the  ground  behind  them. 
QT  trees,  or  kuddings,  etc.,  are  of  the  same  colour  as  their  clothes. 


40  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

And  theother  is  ''Freezing" — If  an  enemy  or  a  deer  is  seen  looking  for 
them,  they  remain  perfectly  still  without  mmmig  so  long  as  he  is  there. 

Trackinp,. — The  native  hunters  in  most  wild  countries  follow  their 
game  by  watching  for  tracks  on  the  ground,  and  they  become  so 
expert  at  seeing  the  slightest  sign  of  a  footmark  on  the  ground  that 
they  can  follow  up  their  prey  when  an  ordinary  civilized  man  can 
see  no  sign  whatever.  But  the  great  reason  for  looking  for  signs 
and  tracks  is  that  from  these  3'ou  can  read  a  meaning.  It  is  exactly 
like  reading  a  book.  You  will  see  the  different  letters,  each  letter 
combining  to  make  a  word,  and  the  words  then  make  sense;  and  there 
are  also  commas  and  full-stops  and  colons;  all  of  these  alter  the 
meaning  of  the  sense.  These  are  all  little  signs,  which  one  who  is 
practised  and  has  learnt  reading,  makes  into  sense  at  once,  whereas 
a  savage  who  has  never  learned  could  make  no  sense  of  it  at  all. 
And  so  it  is  with  tracking. 

TRACKING. 

"Sign"  is  the  word  used  by  Guides  to  mean  any  little  details, 
such  as  footprints,  broken  twigs,  trampled  grass,  scraps  of  food, 
old  matches,  etc. 

Some  native  Indian  trackers  were  following  up  the  footprints  of 
a  panther  that  had  killed  and  carried  off  a  young  kid.  He  had 
crossed  a  wide  bare  slab  which,  of  rock,  of  course,  gave  no  mark 
of  his  soft  feet.  The  tracker  went  at  once  to  the  far  side  of  the 
rock  where  it  came  to  a  sharp  edge;  he  wetted  his  finger,  and  just 
passed  it  along  the  edge  till  he  found  a  few  kid's  hairs  sticking  to 
it.  This  showed  him  where  the  panther  had  passed  down  off  the 
rock,  dragging  the  kid  with  him.  Those  few  hairs  were  what  Guides 
call  "signs." 

This  tracker  also  found  bears  by  noticing  small  "signs."  On  one 
occasion  he  noticed  a  fresh  scratch  in  the  bark  of  a  tree,  evidently 
made  by  a  bear's  claw,  and  on  the  other  he  found  a  single  black  hair 
sticking  to  the  bark  of  a  tree,  which  told  him  that  a  bear  had  rubbed 
against  it. 

Details  in  the  Country. — If  you  are  in  the  country,  you  should 
notice  landmarks — that  is,  objects  which  help  you  to  find  your  way 
to  prevent  your  getting  lost — such  as  distant  hills  and  church  towers; 
and  nearer  objects,  such  as  peculiar  buildings,  trees,  gates,  rocks,  etc. 

And  remember  in  noticing  such  landmarks  that  you  may  want 
to  use  your  knowledge  of  them  some  day  for  telling  some  one  else 
how  to  find  his  way,  so  you  must  notice  them  pretty  closely  so  as 
to  be  able  to  descrilae  them  unmistakably  and  in  their  proper  order. 
You  must  notice  and  remember  every  by-road  and  foot-path. 

Remembrance  of  these  things  will  help  you  to  find  your  way  by 
night  or  in  fog  when  other  people  are  losing  themselves. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  41 


HORSES'  TRACKS 


-i!!5  DO  ^^  -w-^ 


Walking. 

»=fc_^...^a,        '^ 

D>0^ 

Trotting. 

* r  t" > 

O 

OD 

Canter. 

O.F. 

O.H                 N,H 

N.F 

O.F 

01 

^'^"     o>  j'lo'o?       r  <^" 

VJL=Ojr}-Jind,ftc. 

Galloping. 

0>     5*0' 

3^ 

»0  OO  DO  dO 

'^9  9d  09  0»  d9 

Lame  Horse  Walking  :  WTiich  leg  is  he  lame  in  ? 
N.B. — The  lon^feet  art  the  hitidfeet. 

^  ^  *  •>-         ^ 

^       ^^       ^  ^      V. 


These  are  the  tracks  of  two  birds  on  the  ground.     One  that 

lives   generally   on   the   ground,    the   other   in   bushes   and 

treijs.     Which  track  belongs  to  which  bird  ? 


42  SCOUTING  FOR  GIKLS 

Using  your  Eyes. — Let  nothing  be  too  small  for  your  notice — 
a  button,  a  match,  a  hair,  a  cigar  ash,  a  feather,  or  a  leaf  might 
be  of  great  importance,  even  a  finger-print  which  is  almost  invisible 
to  the  naked  eye  has  often  been  the  means  of  detecting  a  crime. 

With  a  little  practice  in  observation  you  can  tell  pretty  accu- 
rately a  man's  character  from  his  dress. 

How  would  you  recognize  that  a  gentleman  was  fond  of  fishing? 
If  you  see  his  left  cufT  with  little  tufts  of  cloth  sticking  up,  you  may 
be  sure  he  fishes.  When  he  takes  his  flies  off  the  line  he  will  either 
stick  them  into  his  cap  to  dry,  or  hook  them  into  his  sleeve.  When 
drv  he  pulls  them  out,  which  often  tears  a  thread  or  two  of  the 
cloth. 

Remember  how  "Sherlock  Holmes"  met  a  stranger,  and  noticed 
that  he  was  looking  fairly  well-to-do,  in  new  clothes  with  a  mourning 
band  on  his  sleeve,  with  a  soldiery  bearing  and  a  sailor's  way  of 
walking,  sunburns,  with  tattoo  marks  on  his  hands,  and  he  was 
carrying  some  children's  toys  in  his  hand.  What  would  you  have 
supposed  that  man  to  be.  Well,  Sherlock  Holmes  guessed  correctly 
that  he  had  lately  retired  from  the  Royal  Marines  as  a  sergeant, 
that  his  wife  had  died,  and  that  he  had  some  small  children  at  home. 

Practice  in  Observation. — Instructor  can  take  the  fingermarks 
of  each  girl.  Lightly  rub  the  the  thumb  on  hlacklead  or  on  paper  that 
is  blacked  with  pencil,  then  press  the  thumb  on  paper  and  examine 
with  magnifying  glass.    Show  that  no  two  persons'  prints  are  alike. 

In  Town. — Practice  your  girls  first  in  walking  doivn  a  street  to 
notice  the  different  kinds  of  shops  as  they  pass,  and  to  remember  them 
in  their  proper  sequence  at  the  end. 

Then  to  notice  and  remember  the  names  on  the  shops. 

Then  to  notice  and  remember  the  contents  of  a  shop  window  after 
two  minutes'  gaze.  Finally,  to  notice  the  contents  of  serveral  shop 
ivindoivs  in  succession  with  half  a  minute  at  each.  Give  marks  for  the 
fullest  list. 

The  Guides  must  also  notice  prominent  buildings  as  landmarks,  and 
the  number  of  turnings  off  the  street  they  are  using. 

In  the  Country. — Take  the  patrol  out  for  a  ivalk  and  teach  the 
girls  to  notice  distant  prominent  features  such  as  hills,  church  steeples, 
and  so  on;  and  as  nearer  landmarks  such  things  as  peculiar  buildings, 
trees,  rocks,  gates,  by-roads  or  paths,  nature  of  fences,  crops,  different 
kinds  of  trees,  birds,  animals,  tracks,  people,  vehicles,  etc.  Also  any 
peculiar  smells  of  plants,  animals,  manure,  etc. ;  whether  gates  or  doors 
were  open  or  shut,  ivhether  any  smoke  from  chimneys,  etc. 

Send  Guides  out  in  pairs. 

It  adds  to  the  value  of  the  practice  if  the  instructor  makes  a  certain 
number  of  small  marks  in  the  ground  beforehand,  or  leaves  button?  or 


SCOUTING  lOK  GIRLS  43 

matches,  etc.,  for  the  airh  to  voticc  or  to  pick  up  and  bring  in  as  a  means 
of  making  them  examine  the  ground  close  to  them  as  well  as  distant 
objects. 

Practices  IN  Natural  History. — 7'ake  oiit  Guides  to  get  specimens 
of  leaves,  fruit,  or  blossoms  of  various  trees,  shrubs,  etc.,  and  observe 
the  shape  and  nature  of  the  tree  both  in  summer  and  in  winter. 

Collect  leaves  of  different  trees;  let  Guides  make  tracings  of  them  and 
write  the  name  of  the  tree  on  each. 

In  the  country  make  Guides  examine  crops  in  all  stages  of  their 
growth,  so  that  they  know  pretty  well  by  sight  what  kind  of  crop  is  coming 
up. 

Start  gardens  if  possible;  either  a  patrol  garden  or  individual  Guides' 
gardens.  Let  them  groiv  floivers  and  vegetables  for  profit  to  pay  for 
their  equipment,  etc.  Shoio  all  the  ivild  plants  which  may  be  made  use 
of  for  food.  Find  yew  trees  ;  report  if  any  good  branches  to  make  archers' 
bows  of. 

Encourage  the  keeping  of  live  pets,  whether  birds,  animals,  reptiles, 
insects.  Show  how  to  keep  illustrated  diary-records  of  plants,  insects, 
birds,  etc.,  giving  dates  when  seen  for  comparision  following  year  and 
showing  their  peculiar  markings,  etc. 

If  in  a  town  take  your  Guides  to  the  Zoological  Gardens,  menagerie 
or  Natural  History  Museum,  and  show  them  particular  animals  on 
which  you  are  prepared  to  lecture.  Not  more  than  half  a  dozen  for 
one  visit. 

If  in  the  country  get  farmers  or  shepherd  to  help  with  information 
on  the  habits  of  farm  animals,  e.  g.,  how  a  cow  lies  down  and  when. 
How  to  milk,  stalk  rabbits,  water  voles,  trout,  birds,  etc.,  and  luatch 
their  habits. 


SECTION  VI 

FORMS  FOR  SCOUT  CEREMONIES 

1.     ENROLLMENT 

Before  a  girl  may  become  enrolled  as  a  regular  Girl 
Scout  she  must  be  at  least  ten  years  old,  and  must  have 
attended  the  meetings  of  a  Troop  for  at  least  a  month, 
during  which  time  she  must  have  passed  her  Tenderfoot 
Test.  The  Captain  must  have  prepared  the  candidate 
for  enrollment  by  explaining  the  meaning  of  the  Promise 
and  the  Laws  and  making  sure  that  she  fully  under- 
stands the  meaning  of  the  oath  she  is  about  to  make,  and 
that  she  also  comprehends  the  meaning  of  "honor."  The 
following  is  a  convenient  form  for  enrollments. 

(1)  The  Scouts  stand  in  the  forni  of  a  horseshoe  with  the 
officer  who  is  to  enroll  at  the  open  side,  facing  Scouts. 

(2)  Offtcer  addresses  troops  on  the  subject  of  what  It 
means  to  be  a  Scout. 

(3)  Patrol  Leader  brings  candidate  to  officer  and  salutes 
and  returns  to  place. 

(4)  Officer  addresses  candidate  in  low  tone:  "What 
does  your  honor  mean?" 

Candidate  answers. 

Officer:  "Will  you  on  your  honor,  try:  To  do  your 
duty  to  God  and  to  your  Country;  to  help  other 
people  at  all  times;  to  obey  the  Scout  Laws?" 
Candidate  and  officer  both  salute  as  candidate  re- 
peats Promise.  Officer:  "I  trust  you  on  your 
honor  to  keep  this  Promise." 

(5)  Officer  pins  Tenderfoot  Badge  on  the  new  scout, 
explaining  what  it  stands  for,  that  it  symbolizes 
her  Scout  life,  and  so  forth. 

(6)  Scout  and  officer  salute  each  other.  Scout  turns 
and  troop  salutes  her,  scout  returning  salute,  and 
then  goes  alone  to  her  place. 

44 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  45 

(7)  All  Scouts  present  repeat  Promise  and  Laws.  Troop 
then  breaks  ranks  to  take  up  some  Scout  activity. 

When  many  scouts  are  to  be  enrolled,. four  at  a  time 
may  be  presented  to  the  officer,  but  each  should  singly 
be  asked  and  should  answer  the  question:  "What  does 
your  honor  mean?"  All  four  repeat  the  Promise  together 
and  the  officer  addresses  all  together  in  saying:  "I  trust 
you  on  your  honor  to  keep  this  Promise,"  but  speaks 
to  each  separately  as  she  puts  on  the  pin. 

A  Captain  may  perform  this  ceremony  or  she  may  ask 
some  higher  Scout  officer  to  do  so. 

2.     Presentation  of  Other  Badges 

The  following  form  of  ceremony  was  devised  for 
special  use  in  the  presentation  of  the  highest  honor  at- 
tainable by  a  Girl  Scout,  the  Golden  Eaglet,  but  the  same 
outline  may  be  followed  for  giving  Merit  Badges,  and  First 
and  Second  Class  Badges,  or  any  other  medals  or  honors. 

Presentation  of  Golden  Eaglet. — As  the  presentation  of 
the  Golden  Eaglet  is  an  important  occasion  in  the  life  of 
a  Scout  and  her  Troop,  it  should  take  place  at  a  public 
Scout  function,  such  as  a  District  or  Community  Rally, 
a  reception  to  a  distinguished  guest  of  the  Scouts,  or  pos- 
sibly at  the  time  of  a  civic  celebration. 

The  Court  of  Awards  is  responsible  for  all  details  of 
the  meeting,  and  it  is  suggested  that  it  invite  parents, 
friends  and  other  persons  interested  in  the  Scout  move- 
ment to  be  present.  The  medal  may  be  presented  by  the 
Chairman  of  the  Court  of  Awards,  some  other  member  of 
that  Committee  or  by  a  higher  Scout  officer. 

Arrangements  for  the  ceremony  should  be  planned  so 
that  during  the  presentation  of  guests,  the  Court  of 
Awards,  the  Eaglet's  troop  and  the  Color  Guard  form  a 
hollow  square,  with  the  Captain  at  her  post  three  paces 


46  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

in  front  of  the  Troop,  the  Lieutenant  at  her  post  "center 
and  rear"  of  the  Troop.  The  ceremony  should  be  re- 
hearsed wherever  possible,  so  that  all  action  and  form 
shall  be  as  smart  as  possible. 

1.  The  Court  of  Awards  enters  and  takes  its  place 
at  right  angles  to  the  assembled  guests. 

2.  The  Captain  enters,  takes  post,  and  gives  all  com- 
mands. 

3.  The  Color  Guard  (bearer  of  the  American  flag, 
bearef  of  the  Troop  flag,  and  two  guards)  folowed  by 
Troop  to  which  the  Eaglet  belongs,  enter  and  march  two 
paces  in  front  of  the  Court  of  Awards.  The  lieutenant  is 
at  the  left  of  the  leading  file.  The  Troop  marches  in 
single  file,  by  twos  or  in  Squad  formation  according  to 
the  number,  and  the  space  available. 

When  the  Troop  is  very  large,  or  the  space  restricted, 
the  Eaglet's  Patrol  may  take  the  place  of  the  Troop.  As 
the  Colors  pass,  the  Court  of  Awards  should  rise,  stand 
at  attention,  and  if  Scouts,  salute. 

4.  When  the  Color  Guard  at  the  head  of  the  column 
has  passed  the  Court  of  Awards,  the  command  "Column 
left,  MARCH!"  is  given.  When  the  last  file  has  com- 
pleted the  movement,  the  following  commands  are  given : 

(1)  "Scouts,  HALT!" 

(2)  "Left,  FACE,"  or 

"Squads,  left,  MARCH,  Squads,  HALT,"  ac- 
cording to  the  formation  of  the  column. 

(3)  "Right,  DRESS,  FRONT!" 

5.  At  the  command  "Left,  FACE,"  or  "Squads,  left, 
MARCH,  Squads  HALT,"  the  Color  Guard  makes  a  left 
turn,  marches  forward  until  on  a  line  with  the  Court  of 
Awards,  again  makes  a  left  turn,  immediately  halts  and 
grounds  flags. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  47 

G.  When  the  Troop  and  Color  duard  are  in  position, 
the  Captain  gives  the  command  "Patrol  Leader  and 
Eaglet,  forward,  MARCH!"  The  Patrol  Leader  escorts 
the  Eaglet  to  the  Captain,  salutes  the  Captain  and  re- 
turns to  her  position  in  line. 

7.  The  Chairman  of  the  Court  of  Awards  comes  for- 
ward, the  Captain  faces  her,  salutes,  and  presents  the 
Eaglet  to  her. 

8.  The  Chairman  after  reading  the  list  of  Merit 
Badges  which  the  Scout  has  earned  in  order  to  receive 
the  Golden  Eaglet, pins  the  medal  on  to  the  Eaglet's  lilouse, 
over  the  middle  of  the  right  pocket.    The  Eaglet  salutes. 

If  desired  this  is  the  opportunity  for  the  Official  pre- 
senting the  badge  to  say  a  few  words 

9.  After  the  presentation,  the  Eaglet  turns,  and  fac- 
ing her  Captain  and  Troop,  stands  at  attention  as  the 
Colors  are  raised,  the  Scout  flag  dipped,  and  the  Troop 
salutes.  The  Eaglet  returns  the  salute  and  then  marches 
to  her  position  in  line. 

10.  The  Captain  gives  the  command  "Color  Guard 
forward,  MARCH."  The  Color  Guard  marches  in  front 
of  the  Captain  and  Troop  who  salute  as  the  colors  pass, 
make  a  right  turn  tw^o  paces  in  front  of  the  Court  of 
Honor  and  march  out. 

IL     After  the  colors  have  left  the  "square"  the  Lieu- 
tenant takes  her  position  at  the  left  of  the  leading  file. 
The  Captain  gives  the  commands: 

"Right,    FACE,    MARCH!"    or    "Squads   right, 

MARCH!' 
"Column  left,  MARCH!" 

and  the  Troop  marches  out.    The  Captain  turns,  salutes 
the  Court  of  Awards  and  passes  out. 


48  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

O— LIEUT. 
0000        0000 
Troop — 

^    ^  0000         0000 
O— Capt. 

C  XX 

Color  §[_  c  XX     Court  of 

Guard     c  x  x      Awards 

C  XX 


Guests 
Where  there  is  no  Local  Council  or  Court  of  Awards, 
Captains  are  asked  to  communicate  with  the  National 
Headquarters  concerning  the  ceremony  of  presentation 
of  the  Golden  Eaglet. 

ALTERNATE  FORMS  FOR  SCOUT 
CEREMONIES 

In  the  case  of  troops  for  which  this  formal  procedure 
is  not  practical,  and  for  the  better  assistance  of  Captains 
and  Councils  who  feel  the  need  of  a  more  definite  formu- 
lation of  the  Scout  principles  on  these  occasions,  the  fol- 
lowing ceremonies  are  suggested.  They  are  designed 
to  meet  the  necessity  for  expressing  at  each  stage  of  the 
Scout's  progress,  recognition  of  her  achievement  up  to 
that  point  and  appreciation  of  her  future  responsibilities. 
1.     Tenderfoot  Enrollment 

1.  The  Troop  being  assembled  in  any  desired  forma- 
tion, the  Captain  calls  forward  those  who  have  passed 
the  test. 

Captain:  "Scout ,  do  \'ou  tliiiik  you  know  what 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  49 

it  means  to  be  loyal  to  God  and  your  Country,  to 
help  other  people  at  all  times,  and  to  obey  the 
Scout  Laws  ?" 

Scout:     "I  think  I  do,  and  I  will  try  mv  best  not 
to  fail  in  any  of  them." 
This  is  repeated  to  each  Tenderfoot. 

Captain:     "Are  you  ready  to  make  your  Promise 
with  your  Troop?" 

New  Scouts  (together):     "Yes." 

Captain :     "Scouts  of  Troop ,  repeat  your 

promise." 

All  salute  and  repeat  the  Promise. 

Captain:     "1  trust  you  on  your  honor  to  keep  this 
Promise." 

(Here,  when  practicable ,  investiture  of  hat,  neck- 
erchief, etc.,  takes  place.)  • 
Captain    then   pins   on    Tenderfoot    pin      While 
attaching  it,  she  says: 

Captain:     "This  pin  makes  you  a  Girl  Scout.     It 
is  yours,  so  long  as  you  are  worthy  of  it." 
Captain  dismisses  recently  enrolled  Scouts  to  their 
Troop  position. 

(Here  the  Captain  may  add,  if  she  wishes,  any- 
thing in  her  judgment  applicable  to  the  Troop  as 
a  whole,  or  to  the  new  Scouts  individually.) 

2.     Conferring  Second  Class  Badges 

The  Troop  being  assembled  in  any  desired  formation, 
the  Captain  calls  forward  those  who  have  passed  the  test. 

Captain :     "Scout ,  you  have  learned  what  is 

necessary    for   a    Second    Class    Scout   to   know. 
Do  you  think  you  can  apply  your  knowledge,  if 
the  occasion  should  arise?" 
Scout:     "I  think  so,  and  I  will  always  try  to  Be 
Prepared." 


50  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

Captain :  "Scouts  (reciting  the  candidates'  names 
in  order),  do  you  think  that  the  discipline  and 
training  you  have  gone  through  have  made  you 
more  capable  of  doing  your  duty  to  God  and  to 
your  Country,  of  helping  other  people  at  all  times 
and  of  obeying  the  Scout  Laws,  than  you  were  as 
a  Tenderfoot  ?" 

Scouts  (together)   :     "Yes." 

Captain  (pinning  on  each  badge,  and  speaking  to 
each  Scout  as  she  does  so):  "You  are  now  a 
Second  Class  Scout,  which  means  that  though  you 
have  learned  much,  you  have  still  much  to  learn." 
Captain  dismisses  Second  Class  Scouts  to  their 
Troop  position. 

(Here  the  Captain  may  address  the  Troop  at  her 
discretion.) 

3.     Conferring  First  Class  Badge 

The  Troop  being  assembled  in  any  desired  formation, 
the  Captain  calls  forzvard  those  zvho  have  passed  the  test 
and  presents  them  to  the  presiding  Official. 

Captain :     "Commissioner  ,  these  Scouts  of 

Troop  have  passed  their  First  Class  Tests. 

I  recommend  them  to  you  for  First  Class  badges." 

Official  (to  each  Scout  separately,  the  Captain  giving 

her  the  name):     "Scout ,  you  have  passed 

the  final  Scout  test.  You  should  thoroughly  un- 
derstand by  now  the  meaning  of  duty  to  God  and 
Country,  the  privilege  of  helpfulness  to  others, 
and  the  seriousness  of  the  Scout  Laws.  Are  you 
sure  that  you  do." 

Scout :  "I  am.  And  I  realize  that  I  must  help 
other  Scouts  to  see  these  things  as  I  see  them." 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  51 

Official :     "Scouts  (reading  the  candidates' 

names  in  order),  it  has  taken  a  great  deal  of 
thought  and  time  and  energy  on  the  part  of  a 
great  many  people  to  enable  you  to  wear  this 
badge.  Are  you  prepared  to  pay  this  back  in 
generous  service,  when  and  where  you  can  ?" 

Scouts  (together):     "Yes." 

Official  (pinning  on  each  badge  and  speaking  to  each 
Scout  as  she  does  so):  "You  are  now  a  First 
Class  Scout.  Remember  that  the  world  will  judge 
us  by  you." 

Official  (to  Captain)  :  "I  congratulate  you,  Cap- 
tain   ,  Troop  ,  and  the  members  of 

the  Council,  on  these  First  Class  Scouts,  and  I 

trust  that  the  Town  of  will  have  every 

reason  to  be  proud  of  them  and  to  feel  that  it  can 
depend  upon  them  as  especially  good  citizens  and 
loyal  Americans." 

Captain  acknowledges  this  in  suitable  manner  and 
.  dismisses  First  Class  Scouts  to   Troop  position. 
(Here  tlie  Official  may  address  the  audience  at  dis- 
cretion.) 

4.     Conferring  Merit  Badges 

The  Troop  being  assembled  in  any  desired  formation, 
the  Captain  calls  forward  those  who  have  passed  the  test 
and  presents  them  to  the  presiding  Official.  (Note — The 
Merit  Badges  may  be  conferred  by  a  member  or  members 
of  the  Council,  if  desired.) 

Captain :     "Members  of  the  Girl  Scout  Council  of 

,   these    Scouts    have   passed    the    various 

tests  for  their  Merit  Badges,  and  I  recommend 
them  to  you  for  decoration  accordingly." 
Official :     "Scouts  (reading  the  list),  you  have  fairly 
won  the  right  to  wear  these  badges  we  are  about 


52  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

to  present  to  you,  and  we  are  glad  to  do  so.  We 
take  this  oportunity  of  reminding  you,  however, 
that  all  good  Scouts  understand  that  they  are  far 
from  having  completely  mastered  the  subjects  re- 
presented by  these  badges.  The  symbols  which 
you  wear  on  your  sleeve  mean  that  you  have  an 
intelligent  interest  in  the  subjects  you  have  chosen, 
understand  the  principles  of  them,  and  can  give 
reasonable,  practical  proof  of  this.  Do  you  realize 
that  the  Girl  Scout  Organization  credits  you  with 
a  good  foundation  and  trusts  to  you  to  continue 
to  build  upon  it  intelligently?" 
Scouts  (together):     "Yes." 

Official  (pinning  on  badges  and  speaking  to  each 
girl  separately):  "We  congratulate  you  on  your 
perseverance  and  wish  you  all  success  in  your 
work." 

Note — When  more  than  one  badge  is  to  be  pre- 
sented to  a  Scout,  they  may  be  attached,  for  the 
ceremony,  to  a  piece  of  ribbon  and  put  on  with 
one  motion.) 

Captain  dismisses  Scouts  to  Troop  position. 

(Here  the  official  may  address  the  audience  at  dis- 
cretion.) 

This  ceremony  being  distinctly  less  formal  and 
intimate  than  the  regular  class  awards,  Scout 
songs  and  cheers  are  in  order. 

5.     Golden  Eaglet  Ceremony 

The  Troop  being  assembled  in  any  desired  formation, 
the  Captain  presents  the  Golden  Eaglet  to  the  Official  who 
is  to  make  the  award. 

Captain :     "Commissioner ,  Scout ,  of 

Troop ,  of ,  has  not  only  passed  the 

twenty-one  Merit  Badge  Tests  required  for  the 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  -  53 

honor  of  the  Golden  Eaglet,  but  is,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  her  Troop,  fully  worthy  of  it.  We  there- 
fore recommend  her  to  you  for  .the  decoration." 

Official :     "What  badges  does  Scout offer  ?" 

Captain  reads  the  list  Badges  earned  by  the  Can- 
didate. 

Official:     "Troop ,  do  you  agree  that  Scout 

has   fairly  won  this  decoration  and  that 

you  are  willing  to  have  her  represent  you  to  your 
National  Organization  as  your  Golden  Eaglet?" 

Troop  (together):     "Yes." 

Official :     "Members  of  the  Council,  do  you  agree 

that  Scout  has  fairly  won  this  decoration 

and  that  you  are  willing  to  have  her  represent  you 
to  your  community  as  your  Golden  Eaglet?" 

Council  (rising  if  seated) :    "Yes." 

Official :     "Scout ,  you  have  won  the  highest 

honor  in  the  gift  of  the  Girl  Scouts." 

"If  the  Scout  life  meant  nothing  more  to  you 
than  a  reasonable  understanding  of  certain  sub- 
jects, there  would  now  be  nothing  more  for  the 
Girl  Scouts  to  teach  you ;  but  I  am  sure  that  your 
training  has  not  failed  in  this  respect,  and  that 
you  understand  now,  even  better  than  the  average 
Girl  Scout,  that  your  great  principles  of  duty  to 
God  and  Country,  helpfulness  to  others,  and  obedi- 
ence to  the  Scout  Laws,  are  lessons  that  no  Scout 
can  fully  learn  as  long  as  she  lives.  Do  you  agree 
to  this?" 

Golden  Eaglet :     "I  agree  to  it  thoroughly." 

Official  (pinning  on  badge:)  "I  have  the  honor  of 
naming  you  a  Golden  Eaglet,  and  in  the  name  of 
the  Girl  Scouts  I  congratulate  you  heartily  on 
your  fine  achievement." 


54  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

Scout  salutes  or  shakes  the  hand  of  the  Official,  as 

desired,  and  returns  to  her  troop  position. 
(Here  the  Official  may  address  the  audience  at  dis- 
cretion). 

The  accompanying  diagram  of  suggested  relative  posi- 
tions in  Scout  ceremonies  lends  itself  equally  to  a  small 
room,  theatre,  hall  or  open  field.  Whether  the  Scouts 
form  a  troop  or  even  one  patrol ;  whether  they  make  use 
of  strict  military  formation  or  informal  grouping;  whether 
the  visiting  Scout  dignitaries  are  many  or  limited  to  one 
member  of  the  local  Council,  the  Scout  bodies  face  each 
other,  and  the  guest  or  guests  of  honor,  equally  with  the 
general  audience,  can  observe  the  Troop  and  the  candi- 
dates easily  from  the  side. 

All  Troops  who  are  familiar  with  military  drill  can  take 
their  usual  positions  in  their  usual  manner  and  observe 
all  details  of  color  guard,  salutes,  etc.,  to  any  desired  ex- 
tent. Troops  and  Captains  not  familiar  with  such  pro- 
cedure, by  accustoming  themselves  to  this  general  group- 
ing, will  always  be  able  to  present  a  dignified  appearance. 

Note :  These  suggestions  for  the  various  ceremonials 
assume  that  the  regular  opening  of  the  Scout  meetings  has 
already  taken  place ;  therefore  nothing  is  given  but  the 
actual  matter  of  the  presentations,  etc.  In  the  case  of 
the  Tenderfoot,  Second  Class  and  First  Class  awards,  the 
ceremonies  constitute  the  special  business  of  the  meeting, 
and  opening  and  closing  should  proceed  as  usual.  They 
are  distinctly  Scout  business  and  are  not,  in  general,  of- 
fered to  the  public. 

The  awarding  of  Merit  Badges  might  with  advantage 
be  connected  with  any  local  civic  ceremony  where  interest 
in  young  people  may  be  created ;  and  in  the  case  of  the 
Golden  Eaglet  award  it  is  distinctly  desirable  thus  to  con- 
nect it.     Any  visiting  dignitary,  national  or  state,  may  with 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


55 


propriety  be  asked  to  officiate ;  and  where  diflferent  organi- 
zations are  taking  their  various  parts  in  a  pubHc  func- 
tion, it  will  not  always  be  possible  to  claim  the  time  nor 
the  space  for  the  regular  Scout  opening  ceremonies,  nor 
would  this  necessarily  be  advisable.  It  is,  therefore,  well 
to  be  provided  with  a  form  like  the  preceding,  where  a 
small  delegation  from  the  Troop,  the  Captain  and  a  Coun- 
cillor could,  if  necessary,  represent  the  essential  units  of 
the  organization  among  a  number  of  other  societies;  and 
the  words  of  the  ceremony  would  explain  the  occasion 
sufficiently  without  much  concerted  action,  and  may  be 
inserted  at  the  proper  place,  preceded  and  followed  by  any 
Troop  or  local  customs  preferred. 


Ooasta  of  hoaoi 


CaadldAtat 

with 
Official 


•    g§ 


o 

D    4 


Atadlaooe 


PLAN    OF    ASSEMBLY    FOR    GIRL    SCOUT    CEREMONIES 


56  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

6.     How  to  Conduct  a  Scout  Meeting 

1.  One  long  whistle  blast:     Silence,  listen  for  orders. 

2.  Three  short  whistle  blasts:  "Fall  In,"  or  "Assemble."  three 
paces  in  front  of  Captain,  Squad  formation. 

56785678 

******** 

12  3  4  12  3  4 
*  Captain 
Lieutenant  * 

3.  "Right  Dress,"  Front." 

4.  Inspection.  Captain  inspects  for  posture,  and  for  per- 
sonal appearance  which  should  be  neat  and  clean  in  every  particular, 
and  uniform,  which  should  be  correct  as  to  style,  length,  placing  of 
insignia,  etc.  All  necessary  corrections  should  be  made  in  a  low 
tone  of  voice  to  the  individual  Scout. 

5.  "Color  Bearer,  Forward — Center"  "March."  The  Color 
Bearer,  appointed  to  carry  flag,  upon  receiving  order  to  "March," 
takes  one  step  backward,  executes  "Right  Face,"  marches  out  of 
rank,  executes  "Left  Face,"  marches  to  point  on  line  with  flag, 
executes  "Right  Face,"  marches  to  within  two  steps  of  flag  and  comes 
to  "Halt."  She  salutes  flag,  takes  staff  in  both  hands,  wheels  right, 
and  marches  to  position  three  paces  in  front  of,  and  facing  troop. 
The  Captain  and  Lieutenant  have  moved  to  position  at  right 
angles  to,  and  at  right  of  troop.  If  a  Color  Guard  is  used  instead 
of  Color  Bearer,  two  Scouts  act  as  guards,  their  position  being 
on  either  side  of  bearer.  They  leave  ranks  together,  form  in  line 
at  right  of  troop,  march  shoulder  to  shoulder  and  always  wheel 
to  the  right,  the  Color  Bearer  being  the  pivot  and  giving  all  orders 
to  Guard.  After  Bearer  has  taken  flag  and  turns,  the  Guards 
salute,  take  one  step  forward,  about-face,  and  all  march  to  position 
in  front  of  troop.  The  Color  Guard  never  takes  part  in  the  repeating 
of  the  Promise,  Laws,  Pledge  of  Allegiance  or  singing  of  Star  Spangled 
Banner. 

6.  "Scouts,  the  flag  of  your  country.  Pledge  Allegiance." 
The  Pledge  of  Allegiance  should  be  followed  by  one  verse  of  the 
Star  Spangled  Banner. 

7.  "The  Scout  Promise,"  "Salute." 

8.  "The  Scout  Laws,  Repeat." 

9.  "Color  Bearer,  Post-March."  The  Color  Bearer,  turning 
always  to  right,  returns  flag  to  its  post,  places  it  in  position,  salutes, 
and  returns  to  place,  entering  ranks  from  rear  of  line.  The  Color 
Guard,  wheels  right,  marches  to  post;  Guards  stand  at  attention 
while  the  Bearer  places  flag,  salutes,  and  about-faces.  The  Guards 
step  forward,  about-face,  and  the  Color  Guard  wheels  and  returns 
to  ranks. 

10.  "Fall  Out." 

11.  Business  Meeting. 

12.  Scout  activities,  including  work  for  tests  and  badges,  singing, 
games  and  discussion  of  Scout  principles. 

13.  Closing  Exercises. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  57 

Closing  Exercises 

.  1.     "Fall  In." 

2.  America,  or  Battle  Hymn  of  the  Republic. 

3.  "Dismissed."     Scouts  salute  Captain. 

The  form  for  opening  and  closing  exercises  suggested 
above  takes  only  20  minutes  and  is  a  practical  method  of 
ensuring  uniformity  when  groups  from  diflFerent  troops 
come  together.  Troops  may  use  more  elaborate  forms, 
depending  upon  the  amount  of  time  which  the  girls  wish 
to  spend  upon  this  type  of  work.     For  instance : 

(a)  In  a  troop  composed  of  many  patrols  each  Cor- 
poral forms  her  patrol  and  reports  to  the  Lieutenant,  who 
in  turn  reports  to  the  Captain,  "The  company  ^s  formed," 
etc. 

(b)  In  dismissing,  troops  with  a  bugler  may  play 
"Taps"  or  may  sing  the  same  to  words  locally  composed. 

(c)  In  some  troops  Corporals  give  commands.  This  is 
good  because  it  emphasizes  the  patrol  system. 

But  the  form  outlined  is  given  as  the  minimum  require- 
ment, and  troops  using  it  need  never  feel  at  a  loss  in  large 
tallies,  for  every  ceremony  necessary  to  express  the  Scout 
spirit  with  dignity  is  there. 

No  additions  made  locally  should  change  the  essential 
order  of  these  exercises,  all  additions  which  are  made 
being  merely  amplifications  of  it  in  detail,  which  may  not 
be  possible  nor  desirable  in  every  community. 

Business  Meeting 

The  meeting  opens  with  the  Chairman,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer  in  place,  with  the  Secretary  at  the  right  and  the 
Treasurer  at  the  left  of  the  Chairman.  The  idea  is  to 
have  every  Scout  in  the  troop  learn  to  be  the  Chairman  so 


58  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

that  any  and  all  could  act  in  the  capacity  of  a  Business 
Chairman  at  any  kind  of  meeting. 

The  meeting  is  called  to  order  by  the  Chairman.  "Will 
the  meeting  please  come  to  order?" 

The  Chairman  asks  the  Secretary  to  call  the  roll.  "Will 
the  Secretary  call  the  roll  ?  And  will  the  Treasurer  col- 
lect the  dues?" 

The  Chairman  calls  for  the  Secretary's  report.  "Will 
the  Secretary  read  the  minutes  of  the  last  meeting?" 

The  Chairman  calls  for  corrections  of  the  minutes.  "Are 
there  any  corrections?" 

If  there  are  none  she  says :  "If  not,  the  minutes  stand 
approved." 

If  there  are  corrections  the  Chairman  calls  for  further 
corrections,  "Are  there  further  corrections,  etc.  If  not, 
the  minutes  stand  approved  as  corrected." 

Form  of  Secretary's  report :  "The  regular  meeting  of 
Pansy  Troop  No.  5,  held  at  the  club  house,  on  April  4th, 
was  called  to  order  at  3  o'clock.     In  the  absence  of  the 

Chairman,   Scout  took   the   chair.     The   minutes 

of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  approved,   dues 

collected  amounted  to  .     After  ■ was  discussed 

and  voted  upon,  the  meeting  adjourned." 

The  Chairman  calls  for  the  Treasurer's  report.     "Will 
the  Treasurer  give  her  report?" 
Form  of  Treasurer's  report : 

Balance  on  hand  Jan.  1,  1919 $2.50 

Members'  dues  $1.00 

Fines .30  1.30 

Total   $3.80 

Disbursements — 

Janitor   $1.00         $1.00 

Balance  on  hand  2.80 

Total   $3.80 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  59 

The  Chairman  calls  for  corrections  as  before. 

Then  the  Chairman  calls  for  a  discussion  of  old  busi- 
ness, that  is,  anything  discussed  at  previous  meetings, 
that  has  been  left  undone  or  left  to  be  decided  at  a  later 
date.  Any  member  of  the  meeting  may  bring  up  this  old 
business,  or  the  Chairman  may  start  the  discussion.    "The 

business  before  the  meeting  is  .     What   is   your 

pleasure  in  regard  to  this,"  or  "Will  anyone  make  a  mo- 
tion?" 

The  member  who  wishes  to  make  the  motion  says : 
"Madam  Chairman,  I  move  that — " 

Another  member  who  agrees  to  this  says :  "I  second 
the  motion." 

If  the  motion  is  not  seconded  at  once,  the  Chairman 
says  :     "Will  anyone  second  the  motion  ?" 

After  the  motion  has  been  moved  and  seconded  the 
Chairman  immediately  states  the  question  as,  "It  has  been 
moved  and  seconded  that  the  troop  have  a  Rally  on  May 
2.  Are  you  ready  for  the  question?"  or  "The  question 
is  now  open  for  discussion."  If  no  one  rises,  the  Chair- 
man proceeds  to  put  the  question.  "All  those  in  favor 
say  aye,  opposed  no." 

Then  the  Chairman  says,  "The  motion  is  carried,"  or 
"The  motion  is  not  carried,"  as  the  case  may  be. 

After  the  old  business  has  been  attended  to,  the  Chair- 
man calls  for  new  business,  saying,  "Is  there  any  new 
business  to  be  discussed?" 

The  Chairman  then  dismisses  the  meeting  by  calling 
for  a  motion  for  adjournment. 

xA.djournment :  "Will  some  one  move  that  the  meeting 
be  adjourned?" 

If  this  is  moved  and  seconded  it  is  not  necessary  to  put 
it  to  a  vote. 

The  Chairman  says :     "The  meeting  is  adjourned. 


SECTION  VII 

GIRL  SCOUT  CLASS  TESTS 

1.    Tenderfoot  Test 

Before  enrolling  as  a  Tenderfoot  a  girl  must  be  ten 
years  old  and  have  attended  at  least  four  meetings,  cov- 
ering at  least  one  month  in  time.  In  addition  lo  the  ma- 
terial covered  by  the  test,  the  Cajltain  must  have  thoroughly 
explained  to  her  the  meaning  of  the  Pledge  of  Allegiance 
to  the  Flag,  the  Scout  Promise  and  the  Scout  Laws,  and 
be  sure  of  her  general  understanding  of  them  as  well  as 
of  her  ability  to  respect  them.  This  test  is  given  by  the 
Troop  Captain. 

Tenderfoot  Test 
Head 

1.  What  are  the  Scout  Promise  and  the  Scout  Laws? 
Give  them  as  printed  in  Handbook. 

2.  Demonstrate  the  Scout  Salute.     When  do  Scouts 
use  the  Salute? 

3.  What  are  the  Scout  Slogan  and  the  Scout  Motto? 

4.  How  is  the   respect   due  the  American   Flag   ex- 
pressed?   Give  the  Pledge  of  Allegiance. 

5.  What  are  the  words  of  the  first  and  last  stanza  of 
The   Star-Spangled    Banner  ? 

6.  What  is  the   full   name  of   the  President  of   the 
United  States? 

What  is  the  full  name  of  the  Governor  of  your 
State  ? 

What  is  the  full  name  of  the  highest  city,  town  or 
village  official  where  you  live? 

Hands 

7.  Make  or  draw  an  American   Flag,   using  correct 
proportions. 

60 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  61 

8.  Tie  the  Reef,  Bowline,  Clove-hitch  and  Sheep-shank 
knots  according  to  instructions  given  in  Handbook, 
and  tell  use  of  each. 

Whip  the  end  of  a  piece  of   rope.     Indicate  and 
define  the  three  parts  of  a  rope. 

Helpfulness 

9.  Present  record  that  you  have  saved  or  earned 
enough  money  to  buy  some  part  of  the  Scout  uni- 
form or  insignia. 

Recommended :  Practice  Setting-up  Exercises,  Scout 
positions  and  Tenderfoot  Drill  as  shown  in  Handbook. 

II.     Second  Class  Test 

While  it  is  not  necessary  to  devote  any  specified  length 
of  time  to  the  training  for  this  test,  it  is  well  to  remember 
that  if  too  long  a  time  is  taken,  either  because  of  lack  of 
interest  on  the  part  of  the  Troop,  or  too  inflexible  stand- 
ards on  the  part  of  the  Captain,  the  possibility  of  winning 
Merit  Badges  is  delayed  and  the  feeling  of  steady  progress 
is  likely  to  be  lost.  The  girls  should  be  urged  to  keep  to- 
gether as  a  body,  and  reminded  that  regular  attendance 
and  team-work  will  be  fairer  to  all.  Quick  learners  can 
spend  their  extra  time  on  private  or  group  preparation 
for  their  Merit  Badges,  for  which  they  become  eligible 
as  soon  as  they  have  passed  the  test,  but  not  before. 

This  test  may  be  given  by  the  Troop  Captain,  or  at  her 
request  by  another  Captain  or  competent  authority,  such 
as  a  registered  nurse  for  bedmaking,  health  officer  for 
First  Aid,  fire  chief  for  fire  prevention,  and  so  forth. 

Second  Class  Scout  Test 
Head 

1.  What  is  the  history  of  the  American  Flag,  and  for 
what  does  it  stand? 


62  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

2.  Describe  six  animals,  six  birds,  six  trees  and  six 
flowers. 

3.  What  are  the  sixteen  points  of  the  compass?  Show 
how  to  use  a  compass. 

4.  How  may  fire  be  prevented,  and  what  should  a 
Scout  do  in  case  of  fire? 

5.  Send  and  receive  the  alphabet  of  the  General  Ser- 
vice or  Semaphore  Code. 

6.  Demonstrate  ability  to  observe  quickly  and  accurate- 
ly by  describing  the  contents  of  a  room  or  a  shop 
window,  or  a  table  with  a  number  of  objects  upon 
it,  after  looking  a  short  time,  (not  more  than  ten 
seconds)  ;  or  describe  a  passer-by  so  that  another 
person  could  identify  him ;  or  prove  ability  to  make 
a  quick  rough  report  on  the  appearance  and  land- 
marks of  a  stretch  of  country,  not  to  exceed  one- 
quarter  of  a  mile  and  to  be  covered  in  not  more  than 
five  minutes.  Report  should  include  such  things  as 
ground  surface,  buildings  in  sight,  trees,  animals, 
etc, 

(Note:  This  territory  must  have  been  gone  over  by 
person  administering  the  test.  The  test  is  not  to 
be  confused  with  the  First  Class  requirement  for 
map  making.  It  may  be  made  the  object  of  a  hike, 
and  tested  in  groups  or  singly.  Artificial  hazards 
may  be  arranged,) 

Hands 

7.  Lay  and  light  a  fire  in  a  stove,  using  not  more  than 
two  matches,  or  light  a  gas  range,  top  burner,  oven 
and  boiler,  without  having  the  gas  blow  or  smoke. 
Lay  and  light  a  fire  in  the  open,  using  no  artificial 
tinder,  such  as  paper  or  excelsior,  and  not  more 
than  two  matches. 

8.  Cook  so  that  it  may  be  eaten,  seasoning  properly. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  63 

one  simple  dish,  such  as  cereal,  vegetables,  meat, 
fish  or  eggs  in  any  other  form  than  boiled. 
9.     Set  a  table  correctly  for  a  meal  of  two  courses. 

10.  Make  ordinary  and  hospital  bed,  and  show  how  to 
air  them. 

11.  Present  samples  of  seaming,  hemming,  darning,  and 
either  knitting  or  crocheting,  and  press  out  a  Scout 
uniform,  as  sample  of  ironing. 

Health 

12.  Demonstrate  the  way  to  stop  bleeding,  remove  speck 
from  eye,  treat  ivy  poisoning,  bandage  a  sprained 
ankle,  remove  a  splinter. 

13.  What  do  you  consider  the  main  points  to  remem- 
ber about  Health? 

(Note:  This  is  based  on  a  knowledge  of  the  section  in 
the  Handbook  on  Personal  Health.  It  is  suggested 
that  a  good  way  to  demonstrate  practically  a  know- 
ledge of  the  main  points  is  to  keep  for  a  month  the 
Daily  Health  Record,  This  will  incidentally  com- 
plete one-third  of  the  requirement  for  Health  Win- 
ner's Badge.) 

14.  What  are  your  height  and  weight,  and  how  do  they 
compare  with  the  standard  ? 

Helpfulness 

15.  Present  to  Captain  or  Council  the  proof  of  satis- 
factory service  to  Troop,  Church  or  Community. 

16.  Earn  or  save  enough  money  for  some  part  of  per- 
sonal or  troop  equipment. 

Recommended:     Practice     Setting-up    Exercises    and 
Second  Class  Drill. 

III.    First  Class  Test 

Work  on  this  test  should  not  be  hurried.     It  is  purposely 
made   more   thorough   and    more   difficult,    because    it   is 


64  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

designed  for  the  older  and  longer  trained  Scout.  The 
work  for  the  Merit  Badges,  which  all  Scouts  enjoy,  should 
not  be  considered  as  interfering  with  this  period,  as  such 
work  is  also  the  preparation  for  a  possible  Golden  Eaglet 
degree.  As  a  general  rule,  girls  under  fifteen  are  not 
likely  to  make  thoroughly  trained  First  Class  Scouts,  nor 
is  the  community  likely  to  take  their  technical  ability  in 
the  important  subjects  very  seriously.  The  First  Class 
Scout  is  the  ideal  Scout,  of  whom  the  organization  has 
every  right  to  feel  proud ;  and  ability  to  grasp  a  subject 
quickly  and  memorize  details  is  not  so  important  as  prac- 
tical efficiency,  reliability  and  demonstrated  usefulness  to 
the  Troop  and  the  community.  While  the  standard  must 
not  be  set  so  high  as  to  discourage  the  average  girl,  im- 
patience to  get  through  in  any  given  time  should  not  be 
encouraged,  as  this  is  not  important. 

First  Class  Scout  Test 
Head 

1.  Draw  a  simple  map  of  territory  seen  on  hike  or 
about  camping  place,  according  to  directions  in 
Handbook,  using  at  least  ten  conventional  map 
signs.  Area  covered  must  equal  a  quarter  square 
mile,  and  if  territory  along  road  is  used  it  should 
be  at  least  2  miles  long. 

2.  Demonstrate  ability  to  judge  correctly  height, 
weight,  number  and  distance,  according  to  direc- 
tions in  Handbook. 

3.  Demonstrate  ability  to  lind  any  of  the  four  cardinal 
points  of  the  compass,  using  the  sun  or  stars  as 
guide. 

4.  Send  and  receive  messages  in  the  General  Service 
or  the  Semaphore  Code  at  the  rate  of  sixteen  and 
thirty  letters  a  minute  respectively. 

5.  Present  the  following  Badges : 

Home  Nurse 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  65 

First  Aide 
Homemaker 
and  any  two  of  the  following : 
Child  Nurse 
Health  Winner 
Laundress 
Cook 

Needlewoman 
Gardener 

Health 

6.  Take  an  overnight  hike  carrying  all  necessary  equip- 
ment and  rations ;  or 

Take  a  group  of  younger  girls  on  a  day  time  hike, 
planning  the  whole  trip,  including  where  and  how 
to  get  the  food,  assigning  to  each  girl  her  part  in 
responsibility,  directing  transportation  and  occupa- 
tion, and  so  forth;  or 

Be  one  of  four  to  construct  a  practical  lean-to;  or 
Demonstrate   skating    backwards,   the   outer   edge, 
and  stopping  suddenly;  or 
Run  on  skiis ;  or 

Show  your  acquaintance  from  personal  observa- 
tion of  the  habits  of  four  animals  or  four  birds. 

7.  Be  able  to  swim  fifty  yards,  or  in  case  of  inaccessi- 
bility to  water,  be  able  to  shin  up  ten  feet  of  rope, 
or  in  case  of  physical  disability,  earn  any  merit 
badge  selected  that  involves  out-of-door  activity. 

Helpfulness 

8.  Present  a  Tenderfoot  trained  by  candidate. 

9.  Present  to  Captain  or  Council  some  definite  proof 
of  service  to  the  community. 

10.     Earn  or  save  one  dollar  and  start  a  savings  account 

in  bank  or  Postal  Savings,  or  buy  Thrift  Stamps. 
Recommended:     Practice  Setting-up  Exercises.     Prac- 
tice First  Class  Drill. 


66 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


AMERICA  THE  BEAUTIFUL 


•  Words  by 
Katharine  Lee  Bates 

Maestoso 


Music  by 

Will  C.  Macfarlane 

Municipal  Organist,  Portland,  Main* 


e= 


^^ 


*T^^ 


EC 


ffe^ 


1=T^ 


of  grrain, '       ' 


•  .  O 
a.  O 

4-  O 


beau     ti  -  ful  for  spa<iousskies,For    am -ber  waves 

beau  •  ti  •  f ul  for    pil -grim  £eet,Whosestem,im-pas-sion'd  stress 

beau-  ti  -  ful  for    he-roes  proved,  In     lib  ■  er  -  at-  ing  strife, 

beau     ti  -  ful  for    pa-triot  dream  That  sees    be -yond  the  years 


9&s^F^ 


t^^tftWt^ 


^^i 


X-  -  X 


w^^ 


3^ 


^T--rU 


For  pur -pie  mountain  majesties  A- bove  the  fruited  plaini        A-mer 

A  thor-oughfare  for  freedom  beat  A<ross  the  wil-der-ness  I         A-  mer 

Who  more  than  self  their  country  loved.  And  mercy  more  than  life  I  Amer 

Thine  al     a-bas-ter  cit- ies  gleam  Undimm"d  by  human  tears  I    A-mer- 


1-cal  A 
i-cal  A 
-  i  -  ca  I  A 
i  -  ca  I  A 


-d=F±=i 


m 


-A-li. 


m 


ft-*- 


^ 


=5=3=1^^ 


-*--r 


mer-i     ca !  God  shed  His  grace  on  thee.  And  crown  thy  good  with  brotherhood,Froin 
mer-i  -ca!  God  mend  thine  ev'ry  flaw.  Con-firm  tny  soul  in    self-control,Thy 

mer-i  -ca!  May  God  thy  gold  re -fine.  Till    all    success  be  no-ble-ness,And 

mer-i     calGodshed  His  grace  on  thee.And  crown  thy  good  with  brotherhood, From 


^tfcij^ 


u  ■*  Refrain  Molto  waestoso^    I       I      I       n  "'''^^'^  n^ 


^r:r 


sea  to  shining  seal 
lib  er-ty  in  law  I 
ev  -  'rygaindi- vinel 

sea    To  shining  seal 


fffr* 


A  -  mer    i  -  ca  i  A  •  mer  •  i-ca  I  God  shed  H  is  grace  on  theel 


•  Bj  pftmlwlnn  ol  ihe  autlior. 


Copjmclit,  191J,  b)r  Wiu.  C.  Macvasuui* 


SECTION  VIII 

WHAT   A  GIRL    SCOUT   SHOULD   KNOW 
ABOUT  THE  FLAG 

We  take  the  star  from  Heaven,  the  red  front  our  mother 
country,  separating  it  by  white  stripes,  thus  showing  we  have 
separated  from  her,  and  the  white  stripes  shall  go  down  to  pos- 
terity representing  liberty. — George  Washington. 

The  American  flag  is  the  symbol  of  the  one-ness  of  the 
nation :  when  a  Girl  .Scout  salutes  the  flag,  therefore,  she 
salutes  the  whole  country.  The  American  Flag  is  known 
as  "Old  Glory,"  "Stars  and  Stripes,"  "Star-Spangled  Ban- 
ner," and  "The  Red,  White  and  Blue." 

The  American  flag  today  consists  of  red  and  white 
stripes,  with  the  blue  field,  sometimes  known  as  the  Union 
in  the  upper  left-hand  corner,  with  forty-eight  white  stars. 
The  thirteen  stripes  stand  for  the  thirteen  original  States — 
New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  Connec- 
ticut, New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennyslvania,  Delaware, 
Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina  and 
Georgia.  The  stars  stand  for  the  States  now  in  the 
Union. 

The  colors  of  the  flag  are  red,  representing  valor ;  white, 
representing  hope,  purity  and  truth;  blue,  representing 
loyality,  sincerity  and  justice.  The  five-pointed  star, 
which  is  used,  tradition  says,  at  Betsy  Ross'  suggestion, 
is  the  sign  of  infinity. 

History  of  the  American  Flag 
We  think  of  "ourselves  as  a  young  country,  but  we 
have  one  of  the  oldest  written  Constitutions  under  which 
a  Nation  operates,  and  our  flag  is  one  of  the  oldest  in 
existence. 

When  our  forefathers  came  from  Europe  to  settle  in 

67 


68  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

this  country,  which  is  now  the  United  States,  they  brought 
with  them  the  flags  of  their  home  countries,  and  planted 
them  on  the  new  territory  in  symbol  of  taking  possession 
of  it  in  the  name  of  their  liege  kings  and  lands.  Gradually 
the  colonies  came  to  belong  to  England,  and  the  Union 
Jack  became  the  flag  of  all,  with  the  thirteen  colonies  re- 
presented by  thirteen  stripes  and  the  Union  Jack  in  the 
corner.  This  flag  was  known  as  the  Grand  Union  or 
Cambridge  Flag,  and  was  displayed  when  Washington 
first  took  command  of  the  army  at  Cambridge.  It  was 
raised  on  December  3,  1775,  on  the  Alfred,  flagship  of  the 
new  little  American  Navy,  by  the  senior  Lieutenant  of  the 
ship,  John  Paul  Jones,  who  later  defended  it  gallantly 
in  many  battles  at  sea. 

On  July  4,  1776,  the  Declaration  of  Independence 
was  signed  in  Philadelphia  and  the  United  Colonies  dis- 
solved all  ties  that  bound  them  to  England  and  became 
an  independent  nation — the  United  States.  It  was  im- 
mediately necessary  to  adopt  a  new  flag,  as  the  new  nation 
would  not  use  the  Union  Jack.  Tradition  says  that  in  the 
latter  part  of  May,  1776,  George  Washington,  Robert 
Morris  and  Colonel  Ross  called  on  Betsy  Ross  in  Philadel- 
phia to  make  the  first  flag,  which  they  designed.  They 
kept  the  thirteen  stripes  of  the  Colonial  flag,  but  replaced 
the  Union  Jack  by  a  blue  field  bearing  thirteen  stars,  ar- 
ranged in  a  circle. 

The  birthday  of  the  flag  was  June  14,  1777,  when 
Congress  passed  this  resolution :  Resolved :  That  the 
flag  of  the  thirteen  United  States  be  thirteen  stripes;  al- 
ternate red  and  white;  that  the  union  be  thirteen  stars, 
white  on  a  blue  field,  representing  a  constellation. 

The  first  American  unfurling  the  Stars  and  Stripes  over 
a  warship  was  John  Paul  Jones  when  he  took  command 
of  the  Ranger  in  June,  1777.     Tradition  says  that  this 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  69 

flag  was  made  for  John  Paul  Jones  by  the  young  ladies 
of  Portsmouth  Harbor,  and  that  it  was  made  for  him  from 
their  own  and  their  mothers'  gowns.  It  was  this  flag,  in 
February,  1778,  that  had  the  honor  of  receiving  from 
France  the  first  official  salute  accorded  by  a  foreign  nation 
to  the  Stars  and  Stripes. 

It  was  first  carried  into  battle  at  the  Battle  of  Brandy- 
wine  in  September,  1777,  when  Lafayette  fought  with  the 
Colonists  and  was  wounded.  This  was  the  famous  flag 
made  out  of  a  soldier's  white  shirt,  a  woman's  red  petti- 
coat, and  an  officer's  blue  cloak.  A  famous  flag  now  in  the 
National  Museum  in  Washington  is  the  Flag  of  fifteen 
stars  and  stripes,  which  floated  over  Fort  McHenry — near 
Baltimore— in  the  War  of  1812,  and  which  Francis 
Scott  Key  (imprisoned  on  a  British  ship)  saw  "by  the 
dawn's  early  light"  after  watching  through  the  night  "the 
rocket's  red  glare,  the  bombs  bursting  in  air"  as  proof 
that  the  fort  had  not  fallen  to  the  enemy.  The  next  day 
he  wrote  "The  Star-Spangled  Banner." 

It  is  said  that  peace  has  its  victories  as  well  as  war, 
and  Scouts  will  want  to  know  that  our  flag  flew  from  the 
first  vessel  ever  propelled  by  steam — Robert  Fulton's 
Clermont. 

It  was  carried  by  Wilbur  Wright  on  his  first  successful 
airplane  flight  in  France. 

It  was  the  flag  planted  at  the  North  Pole  by  Robert 
Peary. 

It  was  the  National  emblem  painted  upon  the  first 
airplane  to  make  the  transatlantic  flight.  May,  1919. 

At  first,  when  states  came  into  the  Union,  a  new  stripe 
and  a  new  star  were  added  to  the  flag,  but  it  was  soon  evi- 
dent that  the  added  stripes  would  make  it  very  unwieldly. 
So  on  April  4,  1818,  Congress  passed  this  act  to  establish 
the  flag  of  the  United  States : 


70  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

"Sec.  1.  Be  it  enacted  .  .  .  That  from  and  after 
the  4th  of  July  next,  the  flag  of  the  United  States  be 
thirteen  horizontal  stripes,  alternate  red  and  white;  that 
the  union  have  twenty  stars,  white  on  a  blue  field. 

"Sec.  2.  Be  it  further  enacted,  that,  on  admission  of 
every  new  State  into  the  Union,  one  star  be  added  to  the 
union  of  the  flag;  and  that  such  addition  shall  take  effect 
on  the  4th  day  of  July  succeeding  such  admission." 

In  1917  after  the  United  States  entered  the  World 
War,  the  Stars  and  Stripes  were  placed  with  the  flags 
of  the  Allies  in  the  great  English  Cathedral  of  St.  Paul's 
in  London,  and  on  April  20,  1917,  the  flag  was  hoisted 
beside  the  English  flag  over  the  House  of  Parliament  as 
a  symbol  that  the  two  great  English-speaking  nations  of 
the  world  had  joined  hands  in  the  cause  of  human  brother- 
hood. 

RESPECT  DUE  THE  FLAG 

1.  The  flag  should  be  raised  at  sunrise  and  lowered 
at  sunset.  It  should  not  be  displayed  on  stormy  days 
or  left  out  over  night,  except  during  war.  Although 
there  is  no  authoritative  ruling  which  compels  civilians  to 
lower  the  flag  at  sundown,  good  taste  should  impel  them 
to  follow  the  traditions  of  the  Army  and  Navy  in  this  sun- 
down ceremonial.  Primarily,  the  flag  is  raised  to  be  seen 
and  secondarily,  the  flag  is  something  to  be  guarded, 
treasured,  and  so  tradition  holds  it  shall  not  be  menaced  by 
the  darkness.  To  leave  the  flag  out  at  night,  unattended, 
is  proof  of  shiftlessness,  or  at  least  carelessness. 

2.  At  retreat,  sunset,  civilian  spectators  should  stand 
at  attention.  Girl  Scouts,  if  in  uniform,  may  give  their 
salute. 

When  the  national  colors  are  passing  on  parade  or  in 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  71 

review,  Scouts  should,  if  walking,  halt,  and  if  sitting,  rise 
and  stand  at  attention.  When  the  flag  is  stationary  it  is 
not  saluted. 

An  old,  torn,  or  soiled  flag  should  not  be  thrown  away, 
but  should  be  destroyed,  preferably  by  burning. 

The  law  specifically  forbids  the  use  of  and  the  repre- 
sentation of  the  flag  in  any  manner  or  in  any  connection 
with  merchandise  for  sale. 

When  the  "Star-Spangled  Banner"  is  played  or  sung, 
stand  and  remain  standing  in  silence  until  it  is  finished. 

The  flag  should,  on  being  retired,  never  be  allowed  to 
touch  the  ground. 

Regulations  for  Flying  the  Flag 

1.  The  flag  should  not  be  raised  before  sunrise,  nor 
be  allowed  to  remain  up  after  sunset. 

2.  In  placing  the  flag  at  half  mast,  it  should  be  raised 
first  to  full  mast,  and  then  lowered  to  the  half  mast  po- 
sition, from  which  it  should  again  be  raised  to  full  mast 
before  lowering. 

3.  The  flag  should  never  be  draped, 

4.  When  the  flag  is  hung  against  a  wall,  the  blue  field 
should  be  in  the  upper  left  corner  if  the  stripes  are  hori- 
zontal ;  in  the  upper  right  corners  if  the  stripes  are  vertical. 

5.  In  the  case  of  flags  hung  across  the  street  it  is  ne- 
cessary to  hang  them  by  the  points  of  the  compass  instead 
of  right  or  left,  because  the  right  or  left  naturally  varies 
according  to  whether  the  spectator  is  going  up  or  down 
the  street.  When  the  flag  is  hung  across  a  north  and 
south  street,  the  blue  fields  should  be  toward  the  east, 
the  rising  sun,  when  across  an  east  and  west  street,  the 
field  should  be  toward  the  north. 

6.  The  flags  of  two  or  more  nations  displayed  together 
should  always  be  hung  at  the  same  level,  and  should  be  on 
separate  statifs  or  halyards. 


72  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

7.  In  the  United  States,  when  the  American  flag  is 
carried  with  one  other  flag,  it  should  be  at  the  right.  When 
it  is  carried  with  two  other  flags,  it  should  be  in  the  middle. 

8.  When  the  American  flag  is  hung  against  a  wall  with 
other  flags,  it  is  placed  at  the  spectator's  right,  if  it  is 
one  of  two;  and  in  the  middle,  if  it  is  one  of  three. 

9.  The  flag  at  half  mast  is  a  sign  of  mourning. 

10.  The  flag  flown  upside  down  is  a  signal  of  distress. 

11.  On  Memorial  Day,  May  30,  the  flag  is  flown  at 
half  mast  during  the  morning,  and  is  raised  at  noon  to  full 
mast  for  the  rest  of  the  day. 

Patriotic  Songs  for  Girl  Scouts 

"The   Star-spangled  Banner" 

Oh,  say,  can   you  see,  by  the  dawn's  early  light. 
What  so  proudly  we  hailed  at  the  twilight's  last 
gleaming. 
Whose  broad  stripes  and  bright  stars,  through 
the  perilous  fight, 
O'er  the  ramparts  we  watched  were  so  gallantly 
streaming ! 
And  the  rocket's  red  glare,  the  bombs  bursting  in 
air, 
Gave  proof  through  the  night  that  our  flag  was 
still  there; 
Oh!  say,  does  that  star-spangled  banner  yet  wave, 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free,  and  the  home  of  the 
brave  ? 

On  that   shore  dimly   seen  through  the   mists   of 
the  deep, 
Where  the  foe's  haughty  host  in  dread  silence 
reposes. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  IZ 

What  is  that  which  the  breeze,  o'er  the  towering 
steep, 
As    it    fitfully   blows,    now    conceals,    now    dis- 
closes ? 
Now  it  catches  the  gleam  of  the  morning's  first 
beam, 
In    full    glory    reflected    now    shines    on    the 
stream ; 
'Tis   the   star-spangled   banner;    Oh,   long   may   it 
wave, 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the 
brave ! 

O !  thus  be  it  ever,  when  freemen  shall  stand 
Between  their  loved  homes  and  the  war's  deso- 
lation 
Blessed  with  victory  and  peace,  may  the  heav'n- 
rescued  land 
Praise  the  power  that  hath  made  and  preserved 
us  a  nation. 
Then  conquer  we  must,  when  our  cause  it  is  just, 
And  this  be  our  motto — "In  God  is  our  trust" ; 
And    the    star-spangled    banner    in    triumph    shall 
wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the 
brave. 

— Francis  Scott  Key,  1814. 
The  Star  Spangled  Banner  was  written  in  1814  by 
Francis  Scott  Key  at  the  time  of  the  bombardment  of 
Fort  McHenry,  near  Baltimore,  by  the  British.  Key 
had  been  sent  to  the  British  squadron  to  negotiate  the 
release  of  an  American  prisoner-of-war,  and  was  de- 
tained there  by  the  British  during  the  engagement  for 
fear  he  might  reveal  their  plans.  The  bombardment 
lasted  all  through  the  night.     In  his  joy  the  following 


74  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

morning  at  seeing  the  American  flag  still  flying  over 
Fort  McHenry,  Key  wrote  the  first  stanza  of  the  Star 
Spangled  Banner  on  the  back  of  an  old  letter,  which  he 
drew  from  his  pocket.  He  finished  the  poem  later  in 
the  day  after  he  had  been  allowed  to  land.  The  poem 
was  first  printed  as  a  handbill  enclosed  in  a  fancy  border; 
but  one  of  Key's  friends,  Judge  Nicholson,  of  Baltimore, 
saw  that  the  tune  of  Anacreon  in  Heaven,  an  old  English 
drinking  song,  fitted  the  words,  and  the  two  were  quickly 
united  with  astonishing  success.  The  old  flag  which 
prompted  the  poem  is  still  in  existence;  it  was  made  by 
Mrs.  Mary  Pickersgill. 

"America" 

My  country,  'tis  of  thee, 
Sweet  land  of  liberty. 

Of  thee  I  sing; 
Land  where  my  fathers  died,    - 
Land  of  the  Pilgrims'  pride. 
From  every  mountain  side 

Let  freedom  ring. 
My  native  country,  thee, 
Land  of  the  noble  free, 

Thy  name  I  love ; 
I  love  thy  rocks  and  rills. 
Thy  woods  and  templed  hills ; 
My  heart  with  rapture  thrills 

Like  that  above. 
Let  music  swell  the  breeze, 
And  ring  from  all  the  trees 

Sweet  freedom's  song ; 
Let  mortal  tongues  awake, 
Let  all  that  breathe  partake, 
Let  rocks  their  silence  break, 

The  sound  prolong! 


SCOUTING   FOR   GHO-S  75 

Our  father's  God,  to  Thee, 
Author  of  liberty. 

To  Thee  we  sing : 
Long  may  our  land  be  bright 
With  freedom's  holy  light; 
Protect  us  by  Thy  might, 

Great  God,  our  King, 

— Samuel  F.  Smith,  1832. 

"America"  was  written  in  1832  by  Samuel  Francis 
Smith,  a  graduate  of  Harvard,  at  that  time  studying  for 
the  ministry  at  Andover,  Mass.  The  circumstances  at- 
tending the  writing  of  this  hymn  are  told  by  the  author  in 
the  following  letter : 

Newton  Centre.  Mass.,  June  5,  1887. 
Mr.  J.  H.  Johnson : 

Dear  Sir:  The  hymn  "America"  was  not  written  with 
reference  to  any  special  occasion.  A  friend  (Mr.  Lowell 
Mason)  put  into  my  hands  a  quantity  of  music  books  in 
the  German  language  early  in  the  year  1832 — because,  as 
he  said,  I  could  read  them  and  he  couldn't — with  the 
request  that  I  would  translate  any  of  the  hymns  and 
songs  which  struck  my  fancy,  or,  neglecting  the  German 
words,  with  hymns  or  songs  of  my  own,  adapted  to  the 
tunes,  so  that  he  could  use  the  music.  On  a  dismal  day 
in  February,  turning  over  the  leaves  of  one  of  these 
music  books,  I  fell  in  with  the  tune,  which  pleased  me — 
and  observing  at  a  glance  that  the  words  were  patriotic, 
without  attempting  to  imitate  them,  or  even  read  them 
throughout,  I  was  moved  at  once  to  write  a  song  adapted 
to  the  music — and  "America"  is  the  result.  I  had  no 
thought  of  writing  a  national  hymn,  and  was  surprised 
when  it  came  to  be  widely  used.  I  gave  it  to  Mr.  Mason 
soon  after  it  was  written,  and  have  since  learned  that 
he  greatly  admired  it.     It  was  first  publicly  used  at  3. 


76  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Sabbath  school  celebration  of  Independenc  in  Park  Street 
Church,  Boston,  on  the  4th  of  July,  1832. 

Respectfully, 
S.   F.    Smith. 

The  tune  of  "America,"  which  Samuel  Smith  took 
from  a  German  song  book,  was  originally  a  French  air. 
This  French  air  was  borrowed  in  1739  by  an  English- 
man, Henry  Carey,  who  recast  it  for  the  British  national 
anthem,  "God  Save  the  King."  Switzerland,  Prussia  and 
other  German  States,  and  the  United  States  have  used 
the  music  for  their  national  hymns. 

Letter  and  facts  from  The  Encyclopedia  Americana. 

"Battle   Hymn   of   the   Republic" 

Mine  eyes  have  seen  the  glory  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord : 
He  is  trampling  out  the  vintage  where  the  grapes  of 

wrath  are  stored ; 
He  hath  loosed  the  fateful  lightning  of  His  terrible  swift 

sword ; 

His  truth  is  marching  on. 

I  have  seen  Him  in  the  watch-fires  of  a  hundred  circling 

camps ; 
They  have  builded  Him  an  altar  in  the  evening  dews  and 

damps ; 
I  can  read  his  righteous  sentence  by  the  dim  and  flaring 

lamps : 

His  day  is  marching  on. 
I  have  read  a  fiery  gospel  writ  in  burnish'd  rows  of  steel : 
"As  you  deal  with  my  contemners,  so  with  you  my  grace 

shall  deal; 
Let  the  Hero,  born  of  woman,  crush  the  serpent  with  his 

heel. 

Since  God  is  marching  on." 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  77 

He  has  sounded  forth  the  trumpet  that  shall  never  call 

retreat ; 
He  is  sifting  out  the  hearts  of  men  before  His  judgment- 
seat: 
Oh,  be  swift  my  soul,  to  answer  Him,  be  jubilant  my 
feet ! 

Our  God  is  marching  on. 
In  the  beauty  of  the  lilies  Christ  was  born  across  the  sea, 
With  a  glory  in  His  bosom  that  transfigures  you  and  me ; 
As  He  died  to  make  men  holy,  let  us  die  to  make  them 
free, 

While  God  is  marching  on. 

— Julia  Ward  Howe. 

How  to  Make  an  American  Flag 

The  exact  proportions  of  the  American  Flag  have  been 
fixed  by  executive  order;  that  is  to  say,  by  order  of  the 
President,  as  have  other  features,  such  as  the  arrange- 
ment and  position  of  the  stars.  The  exact  size  of  the 
flag  is  variable,  though  the  army  has  several  regulation 
sizes.  The  cut  given  below  shows  the  dimensions  of 
one  of  the  regulation  army  flags.  The  proportions  fixed 
by  executive  order  on  May  26,  1916,  are  as  follows : 

If  the  width  of  the  flag  be  taken  as  the  basis  and 
called  1,  then 

The  length  will  be  1.9, 

Each  stripe  will  be  1/13  of  1, 

The  blue  field  will  be  .76  long  and  7/13  of  1  wide. 

Other  features  of  the  ofUcially  designed  flag  are  as 
follows:  The  top  and  bottom  stripes  are  red.  Each  state 
is  represented  by  a  five-pointed  star,  one  of  whose  points 
shall  be  directed  toward  the  top  of  the  flag. 

Beginning  with  the  upper  left-hand  corner  and  read- 
ing from  left  to  right  the  stars  indicate  the  states  in  order 


78 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


AN  EASY  WAY  TO  DRAW  THE  FLAG 

The  sketch  shows  the  steps  in  getting  a  Hag  drawn  according  to 
national  requirements. 

1.  Draw  the  outline  of  your  flag,  making  for  convenience,  the 
width  equal  an  even  10  units  (such  as  eighths  or  quarters  or  half, 
etc.)  so  that  the  length  can  be  made  19  units. 

2.  Get  the  13  stripes  outlined  as  follows:  a)  Take  your  ruler  and 
find  a  place  marking  13  units,  such  as  '3}4  inches,  or  6^^  or  even 
9^4  inches,  b)  Then  draw  the  2  lines  A  B  and  A'  B';  marking  off 
the  13  points  on  each.  It  does  not  matter  where  the  lines  are  drawn 
so  long  as  they  extend  between  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  rectangle. 
c)  Through  these  points  draw  lightly,  the  lines  for  the  stripes, 
covering  the  ivhole  flag. 

3.  Before  making  the  final  lines,  block  in  the  union  in  the  upper 
left  hand  corner,  making  its  length  equal  to  7.6  of  the  original  units 
used  for  the  whole  flag.     The  width   of  the  union  is  seven  stripes. 

4.  Place  the  stars  as  follows:  The  lines  marking  the  stripes 
may  be  used  to  mark  the  6  lines  of  stars.  The  eight  stars  to  a  line 
may  be  determined  by  dividing  the  length  of  the  union  into  nine 
parts  and  dropping  eight  perpendiculars  through  the  six  lines  already 
there.  In  the  sketch  the  line,  D  F  and  D'  F'  are  guide  lines  to  make 
the  new  parallel  lines.  These  are  made  just  as  in  the  case  of  A  B 
and  A'  B'  only  containing  nine  units  and  extending  between  the 
two  sides  of  the  union. 

5.  The  stars  are  made  at  the  intersection  of  the  lines.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  put  in  more  than  one  or  two,  to  show  the  shape  and 
direction  of  points. 

6.  The  stripes  may  be  colored,  or  if  indicated  by  cross  hatching, 
make  the  cross  hatches  vertical  (I  I  I  I  I)  which  is  the  symbol  for  red 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


79 


of  their  ratification  of  the  Constitution  and  their  ad- 
mission to  the  Union.  Find  your  State's  star  in  the  fol- 
lowing list,  and  remember  its  number  and  line. 

First  Row 
1 — Delaware  5 — Connecticut 

2 — Pennsylvania  6 — Massachusetts 

3 — New  Jersey  7 — Maryland 

-Georg^ia  8 — South  Carolina 


Second  Rozv 
9 — New  Hampshire  13 — Rhode  Island 

10 — Virginia  l-I — Vermont 

11 — New  York  15 — Kentucky 

12 — North  Carolina  16 — Tennessee 


17— Ohio 
18 — Louisiana 
19 — Indiana 
20 — Mississippi 

25 — Arkansas 
26 — Michigan 
27 — Florida 
28 — Texas 

33 — Oregon 

34 — Kansas 

35 — West  Virginia 

36 — Nevada 

41 — Montana 
42 — Washington 
43— Idaho 
44 — Wyoming 


Third  Row 
21 — Illinois 
22 — Alabama 
23— Maine 
24 — Missouri 

Fourth  Row 

29 — Iowa 
30 — Wisconsin 
31 — California 
32 — Minnesota 

Fifth  Row 

37 — Nebraska 
38 — Colorado 
39— North  Dakota 
40 — South  Dakota 

Sixth  Row 

46 — Oklahoma 
47 — New  Mexico 
48 — Arizona 
45— Utah 


80  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


Band 
Leader 

o 

I        B  A  J  D  ] 

national  QjPreeldeat 

■at»l  riald  0*pt.*QQQ*HBtionMl  Dlreotor 

\llce>Pre8ident 

I  MAg'L  COOHCIL  | 

S  t  a  t  aQ  Con'tloner 
Stat*  Fiald  Cfcpt^QOO*State  Dlreotor 

State  Deputy  Ccomisaloner 


STATE  CCfUfiCIL 


L  0  0  a  1  Q  Com'aloaer 
Loeal  Field  Captain -*'QQO*'^°<^'^^  Deputy  Coa'eloaer 
Loeal  Director 
I  LOCAL  CODMCIL  | 

Troop   Q  Capt. 
QLlout. 

I  SCOUTS  I 

I  SCOUTS  I 

Color  Onard — »  * Color  Guard 

Council  glBfr     v^VV^    American  ?!■« 

O  Lieut. 

I  SCOUTS  j 

[  SCOUTS  I 

(1)    SIMPLE     PARADE    FORMATION 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRt.S 


81 


BAND 


Color  (Juard->0  O  O^^olor  Guard 

t 
American  Flag 

Officer  Q  in  Charge 


Q  Lieut. 


Q  Captain 


s 

C  0  U  T 

s 

s 

C  0  U  T 

s 

Q  Lieut . 


O  Captain 


s 

GOUTS 

s 

C  0  U  T  S 

Q  Lieut . 


Q  Captain 


SCOUTS 


SCOUTS 


(2)    SIMPLE     PARADE    FORMATION 


82  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

PARADE  FORMATION  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

The  accompanying  Cut  1  indicates  a  suggested  formation 
for  patriotic,  Civic  or  Girl  Scout  parades  when  Scout  oflicials 
take  part  in  the  parade.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  Scouts 
are  represented  by  a  column  of  four  ranks,  the  Color  Guard 
marching  in  the  center  of  the  column.  Should  a  larger  num- 
ber of  Scouts  participate  in  the  parade,  the  Color  Guard  must 
be   changed   to   a   position    in   the   center    of    the    longer   column. 

Cut  2  indicates  a  more  simple  form  of  parade  which  has 
been  found  of  service  and  effectiveness.  In  this  formation 
the  Color  Guard  follows  the  band  or  Scout  buglers.  The 
local  director  or  her  representative  marches  directly  behind 
the  Color  Guard  and  is  followed  by  the  Scouts  in  column 
formation,  each  double  rank  commanded  by  a  captain,  who 
marches  three  paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank,  and  a  lieu- 
tenant, who  marches  at  the  extreme  left  of  the  double  rank 
one  step  ahead  of  the  front  rank.  Front  and  rear  ranks 
march  forty  inches  apart. 

It  is  not  usually  possible,  nor  is  it  necessarily  advisable,  to 
use  one  troup  in  forming  a  double  rank.  The  important 
thing  is  to  have  in  each  line  the  number  of  Scouts  designated 
by  the  person  in  charge  of  the  parade.  This  nimiber,  de- 
termined by  the  width  of  the  street  and  the  number  march- 
ing, will  be  either  four,  eight,  twelve  or  sixteen.  If  girls  of 
the  same  height  march  together,  the  shorter  preceding  the 
taller,  the  appearance  of  the  column  will  be  more  uniform  and 
pleasing. 

When  Scout  troop  flags  are  used,  they  are  carried  in  the 
column  at  the  extreme  right. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


83 


GIRL  SCOUT  UNIFORM— TWO  PIECE 


SECTION     IX 
GIRL  SCOUT  DRILL 

Although  the  simple  exercises  in  opening  and  closing 
a  meeting  are  the  only  formal  work  necessary  for  Scouts, 
the  Scout  Drill  outlined  in  this  Handbook  is  added  for 
Captains  as  a  suggestion  for  handling  one  or  more 
Patrols  in  the  club  room,  or  on  the  street,  in  an  orderly 
dignified  manner. 

Where  the  Troop  and  Captain  are  interested  in  this 
form  of  activity,  it  adds  a  great  variety  to  the  Scout  meet- 
ings, and  its  value  in  giving  an  erect  carriage,  alert  habit 
of  obedience,  and  ability  to  think  and  act  quickly  are  un- 
doubted. 

In  case  of  rallies  and  parades  it  is  practically  the  only 
way  of  handling  large  bodies  of  Scouts  from  different 
localities. 

Every  order  and  formation  here  recommended  is  taken 
from  the  United  States  Infantry  Drill  Regulations,  and 
it  is  now  possible  for  Captains  in  all  localities  to  secure 
the  assistance  of  some  returned  soldier  glad  to  give  a 
half  hour  occasionally  to  drilling  the  Scouts. 

The  simple  formations  selected  have  been  divided  into 
Tenderfoot,  Second  Class  and  First  Class  groups  entirely 
for  the  convenience  of  the  Captain;  none  of  the  work  is 
too  difficult  for  a  Second  Class  Scout  and  there  is  nothing 
to  prevent  a  Tenderfoot  from  taking  all  of  it,  if  the  troop 
should  be  particularly  interested  in  drilling. 

Commands  are  divided  into  two  classes : 

(a)  The  preparatory,  to  tell  the  Scout  zuhat  to  do,  and 

(b)  The  command  of  execution,  to  tell  Jww  to  do  it. 

Tenderfoot   Drill   Schedule 
"FALL  IN" 
At  this  command   each   Scout  immediately  takes  her 

84 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  85 

position  in  the  Patrol  to  which  she  belongs,  (the  Captain 
having  already  assigned  to  each  Scout  her  exact  place, 
and  without  further  order  assumes  the  position  of  "At- 
tention"  three  paces  in  front  of  Captain. 

The  position  of  Attention  is:  body  and  head  erect, 
head,  shoulders  and  pelvis  in  same  plane,  eyes  front,  arms 
hanging  easily  at  the  sides,  feet  parallel  and  about  four 
inches  apart ;  perfect  silence  to  be  maintained. 

Patrol  formation,  two  ranks  (rows)  of  four  Scouts 
each,  forty  inches  between  front  and  rear  ranks.  The 
patrol  corresponds  to  the  military  unit  of  the  squad. 

Other  patrols  will  fall  in  on  the  left  of  patrol  No.  1 
and  on  a  line  with  it,  in  their  numerical  order.  When 
assembled  a  troop  of  four  patrols  will  be  in  the  position 
indicated  by  the  following  diagram,  and  facing  the  cap- 
tain. 5678  5678  5678  5678 
1234  1234  1234  1234 
Lieut.           Capt. 

If  the  Captain  prefers,  and  where  there  are  only  a  few 
Scouts  to  be  handled,  they  may  be  drawn  up  in  a  single 
rank  facing  the  Captain.     In  either  position  they  are  now 
ready  for  the  preliminaries  of  military  drill. 
1.    Right  (or  left)  Dress.    2.    Front. 

At  the  command  "Dress,"  whether  to  right  or  left,  all 
Scouts  place  the  left  hand  on  the  hip.  Each  Scout,  ex- 
cept the  base  file,  Scout  on  right  or  left  end  from,  whom 
the  other  take  their  alignment,  when  on  or  near  the  new 
line,  executes  "Eyes  Right!"  and  taking  steps  of  two  or 
three  inches,  places  herself  so  that  her  right  arm  rests 
lightly  against  the  arm  of  the  Scout  on  her  right,  and  so 
that  her  eyes  and  shoulders  are  in  line  with  those  of  the 
Scout  on  her  right;  the  rear  rank  Scouts  cover  in  file. 
The  instructor  verifies  the  alignment  of  both  ranks  from 
the  right  flank  and  orders  up  or  back  such  Scouts  as  may 


86  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

be  in  rear  or  in  advance  of  the  line:  only  the  Scouts 
designated  move.* 

At  the  command  "Front,"  given  when  the  ranks  are 
aligned,  each  Scout  turns  her  head  and  eyes  to  the  front 
and  drops  the  hand  at  her  side. 

To  march  the  patrol  or  troop  in  column  of  twos,  the 
preliminary  commands  would  be  as  just  given:  1.  Fall  in. 
2.  Right  Dress.  3.  Front. 

The  troop  is  then  drawn  up  facing  the  Captain  in  two 
ranks  as  described.    The  Captain  then  commands : 

1.  Right  (or  left)  Face  (According  to  the  direction  in 
which  the  column  is  to  proceed.) 

2.  Forward.   3.  March. 

At  the  command  "March,"  each  Scout  steps  off  smartly 
with  the  left  foot. 

Facings 
To  the  flank :  "Right  (or  left)  Face." 

Raise  slightly  the  left  heel  and  the  right  toe;  face  to 
the  right,  turning  on  the  right  heel,  assisted  by  a  slight 
pressure  on  the  ball  of  the  left  foot ;  place  the  left  foot 
by  the  side  of  the  right.  "Left  Face"  is  executed  on  the 
left  heel  in  the  corresponding  manner.  Right  (or  left) 
Half  Face  is  executed  similarly,  facing  forty-five  degrees. 
To  the  rear:  About  Face. 

Carry  the  toe  of  the  right  foot  about  half  a  foot  length 
to  the  rear  and  slightly  to  the  left  of  the  left  heel  without 
changing  the  position  of  the  left  foot;  face  to  the  rear, 
turning  to  the  right  on  the  left  heel  and  right -toe;  place 
the  right  heel  by  the  side  of  the  left. 

Eyes  Right  or  Left 
1.  Eyes  Right  (or  left).     3.  Front. 

At  the  command  "Right,"  turn  the  head  to  the  right 
oblique,  eyes  fixed  on  the  line  of  Scouts  in,  or  supposed 
to  be  in,  the  same  rank.  At  the  command  "Front,"  turn 
the  head  and  eyes  to  the  front. 

*AU  ranks  count  off  beginning  with  right  end:   1,  2,  8,  4. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  87 

The  Rests 

Being  at  halt,  the  commands  for  the  different  rests  arc 
as  follows : 

Fall  Out,  Rest,  At  Ease  and  I  Parade,  2  Rest. 

At  the  command  Fall  Out,  the  Scouts  may  leave  the 
ranks,  but  are  required  to  remain  in  the  immediate  vicin- 
ity. They  resume  their  former  places,  at  attention  at 
the  command  "Fall  In." 

At  the  command  "Rest"  each  Scout  keeps  one  foot  in 
place,  but  is  not  required  to  keep  silence  or  immobility. 

At  the  command  "At  Ease"  each  Scout  keeps  one  foot 
in  place  and  is  required  to  keep  silence  but  not  immo- 
bility. 
1  Parade,  2  Rest. 

Carry  the  right  foot  six  inches  straight  to  the  rear, 
left  knee  slightly  bent ;  clasp  the  hands,  without  con- 
straint, in  front  of  the  center  of  the  body,  fingers  joined, 
right  hand  uppermost,  left  thumb  clasped  by  the  thumb 
and  forefinger  of  the  right  hand;  preserve  silence  and 
steadiness  of  position. 

To  resume  the  attention:  1  Squad  {or  Company)  2 
Attention. 

Steps  and  Marchings 

All  steps  and  marchings  executed  from  the  halt,  ex- 
cept right  step,  begin  with  the  left  foot. 

The  length  of  the  full  step  in  "Quick  Time,"  for  a 
Scout  is  twenty  inches,  measured  from  heel  to  heel,  and 
the  cadence  is  at  the  rate  of  one  hundred  twenty  steps 
per  minute. 

The  length  of  the  full  step  in  "Double  Time,"  for  a 
Scout,  is  about  twenty-four  inches;  the  cadence  is  at  the 
rate  of  one  hundred  eighty  steps  per  minute. 

The  instructor,  when  necessary,  indicates  the  cadence 
of  the  step  by  calling  "One,  Two,  Three,  Four,"  or  "Left, 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


Right,  Left,  Right,"  the  instant  the  left  and  right  foot, 
respectively,  should  be  planted. 

All  steps  and  marchings  and  movements  involving  march 
are   executed    in    "Quick   Time"    unless    the    squad    (or 
company)  be  marching  in  "Dou])le  Time." 
Quick  Time 
Being  at  a  halt,  to  march  forward  in  quick  time :  1  For- 
ward, 2  March. 

At  the  command  "Forzvard,"  shift  the  weight  of  the 
body  to  the  right  leg,  left  knee  straight. 

At  the  command  "March,"  move  the  left  foot  smartly 
straight  forward  twenty  inches  from  the  right,  sole  near 
the  ground,  and  plant  it  without  shock ;  next,  in  like  man- 
ner, advance  the  right  foot  and  plant  it  as  above ;  continue 
the  march.     The  arms  swing  naturally. 

Being  at  a  halt,  or  in  march  in  quick  time,  to  march  in 
double  time ;  1  Double  time,  2  March. 

If  at  a  halt,  at  the  first  command  shift  the  weight  of 
the  body  to  the  right  leg.  At  the  command  "March"  raise 
the  forearms,  fingers  closed  to  a  horizontal  position  along 
the  waist  line;  take  up  an  easy  run  with  the  step  and 
cadence  of  double  time,  allowing  a  natural  swinging  mo- 
tion to  the  arms. 

If  marching  in  quick  time,  at  the  command  "March," 
given  as  either  foot  strikes  the  ground,  take  one  step  in 
quick  time,  and  then  step  ofif  in  double  time. 

To  resume  the  quick  time :  1  Quick  Time,  2  March. 
At  the  command  March,  given  as  either  foot  strikes 
the  ground,  advance  and  plant  the  other  foot  in  double 
time;  resume  the  quick  time,  dropping  the  hands  by  the 
sides. 

To   Mark  Time 
Being  in  march :  1  Mark  Time,  2  March. 
Kt  the  command  March,  given  as  either  foot  strikes  the 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  89 

ground,  advance  and  plant  the  other  foot;  bring  up  the 
foot  in  rear  and  continue  the  cadence  by  alternately  rais- 
ing each  foot  about  two  inches  and  planting  it  on  line  with 
the  other. 

Being  at  a  halt,  at  the  command  March,  raise  and  plant 
the  feet  as  described  above. 

The   Half   Step 

1  Half  Step,  2  March. 

Take  steps  of  ten  inches  in  quicktime,  twelve  inches 
in  double  time.  Forzvard,  Half  Step,  Halt  and  Mark 
Time  may  be  executed  one  from  the  other  in  quick  or 
double  time. 

To  resume  the  full  step  from  half  step  or  mark  time: 
Forward   March. 

Side  Step 

Being  at  halt  or  mark  time:    1  Right   (or  left)   Step, 

2  March.  Carry  and  plant  the  right  foot  twelve  inches 
to  the  right ;  bring  the  left  foot  beside  it  and  continue  the 
movement  in  the  cadence  of  quick  time. 

The  side  step  is  used  for  short  distances  only  and  is 
not  executed  in  double  time. 

Back  Step 

Being  at  a  halt  or  mark  time:  1  Backward,  2  March. 
Take  steps  of  twelve  inches  straight  to  the  rear.  The 
back  step  is  used  for  short  distances  only  and  is  not 
executed  in  double  time. 

To  Halt 

To  arrest  the  march  in  quick  or  double  time:  1  Squad 
(or  if  the  full  troop  is  drilling  Company) ,  2  Halt. 

At  the  command  Halt,  given  as  either  foot  strikes  the 
ground,  plant  the  other  foot  as  in  marching;  raise  and 
place  the  first  foot  by  the  side  of  the  other.  If  in  double 
time,  drop  the  hands  by  the  sides. 


90  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

To  March  by  the  Flank 

Being  in  march:  1  By  the  Right  {or  left)  Flank,  2 
March. 

At  the  command  March,  given  as  the  right  foot  strikes 
the  ground,  advance  and  plant  the  left  foot,  then  face  to 
the  right  in  marching  and  step  off  in  the  new  direction 
with  the  right  foot. 

To  March  to  the  Rear 

Being  in  march  :  1  To  the  Rear.  2  March. 

At  the  command  March,  given  as  the  right  foot  strikes 
the  ground,  advance  and  plant  the  left  foot ;  turn  to  the 
right  about  on  the  balls  of  both  feet  and  immediately  step 
off  with  the  left  foot. 

If  marching  in  double  time,  turn  to  the  right  about, 
taking  four  steps  in  place,  keeping  the  cadence,  and  then 
step  off  with  the  left  foot. 

Change  Step 

Being  in  march :  1  Change  Step,  2  March. 

At  the  command  March,  given  as  the  right  foot  strikes 
the  ground,  advance  and  plant  the  left  foot;  plant  the 
toe  of  the  right  foot  near  the  heel  of  the  left  and  step  off 
with  the  left  foot. 

The  change  on  the  right  foot  is  similarly  executed,  the 
command  March  being  given  as  the  left  foot  strikes  the 
ground. 

SECOND  CLASS  DRILL 

Fall  In.     {Described  in  Tenderfoot  Drill.) 

Count  Off. 

At  this  command  all  except  the  right  file  execute  Eyes 
Right,  and  beginning  on  the  right,  the  Scouts  in  each  rank 
count  Orie,  Two,  Three,  Four;  each  turns  her  head  and 
eyes  to  the  front  as  she  counts. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


91 


GIRL  SCOUT  UNIFORM— ONE  PIECE 


92  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Alignments 

1  Right  (or  Left)  Dress,  2  Front.  (Described  in  Ten- 
derfoot Drill.) 

To  preserve  the  alignment  when  marching ;  Guide  Right 
(or  left).  The  Scouts  preserve  their  intervals  from  the 
side  of  the  guide,  yielding  to  pressure  on  that  side  and 
resisting  pressure  from  the  opposite  direction;  they  re- 
cover intervals,  if  lost,  by  gradually  opening  out  or  closing 
in;  they  recover  alignment  by  slightly  lengthening  or 
shortening  the  step;  the  rear  rank  Scouts  cover  their  file 
leaders  at  forty  inches. 

To  Take  Distance 

(Formation  for  signalling  or  for  setting-up  exercises.) 

Being  in  line  at  a  halt  having  counted  off:  1  Take 
Distance  at  four  paces,  2  March;  3  Squad  (or  company), 
Halt. 

At  the  command  March,  each  Scout  in  succession  start- 
ing at  four  paces  apart  and  beginning  with  No.  1  of  the 
front  rank,  followed  by  2,  3,  4  and  1,  2,  3,  4  of  the  rear 
rank,  marches  straight  forward  until  the  order  Squad, 
Halt  is  given.  The  command  Halt  is  given  when  all  have 
their  distances. 

(Word  to  instructors :  Where  the  floor  space  is  limited 
it  is  advisable  to  have  the  Scouts  take  the  half  step  in 
executing  this  formation  or  move  at  two  paces.) 

If  more  than  one  squad  is  in  line,  each  squad  executes 
the  movement  as  above  simultaneously. 

Being  at  distances,  to  assemble  the  squad    (or  com- 
pany) : 
1  Assemble,  2  March. 

At  the  command  March,  No.  1  of  the  front  rank 
stands  fast;  the  other  members  move  forward  to  their 
proper  places  in  the  line. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  93 

The    Oblique    March 

For  the  instruction  of  the  recruits,  the  squad  being  in 
column  or  correctly  aligned,  the  instructor  causes  the 
Scouts  to  face  half  right  and  half  left,  points  out  to  them 
their  relative  positions,  and  explains  that  these  are  to  be 
maintained  in  the  oblique  march. 
1  Right  {or  Left)  Oblique,  2  March. 

At  the  command  March,  each  Scout  steps  ofif  in  a  direc- 
tion forty-five  degrees  to  the  right  of  her  original  front. 
She  preserves  her  relative  position,  keeping  her  shoulders 
parallel  to  those  of  the  guide,  and  so  regulates  her  steps 
that  the  ranks  remain  parallel  to  their  original  front. 

At  the  command  Halt  the  Scouts  face  to  the  front. 

To  resume  the  original  directions :  1  Forward,  2  March. 

The  Scouts  half  face  to  the  left  in  marching  and  then 
move  straight  to  the  front. 

To  Turn  on  Moving  Pivot 

Begin  in  line:  1  Right  {or  left)  Turn,  2  March. 

(This  applies  to  the  single  squad ;  if  the  whole  troop 
is  drilling  and  is  in  column  of  squads,  or  twos,  the  com- 
mand would  be:  1  Column  Right  {or  left),  2  March.) 

The  movement  is  executed  by  each  rank  successively 
and  on  the  same  ground.  At  the  second  command,  the 
pivot  Scout  of  the  front  rank  faces  to  the  right  in  march- 
ing and  takes  the  half  step ;  the  other  Scouts  of  the  rank 
oblique  to  the  right  until  opposite  their  places  in  line, 
then  execute  a  second  right  oblique  and  take  the  half  step 
on  arriving  abreast  of  the  pivot  Scout.  All  glance  toward 
the  marching  flank  while  at  half  step  and  take  the  full  step 
without  command  as  the  last  Scout  arrives  on  the  line. 

Right  {or  left)  Half  Turn  is  executed  in  a  similar 
manner.  The  pivot  Scout  makes  a  half  change  of  direc- 
tion to  the  right  and  the  other  Scouts  make  quarter 
changes  in  obliquing. 


94  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

To  Turn  on  a  Fixed  Pivot 

Being  in  line,  to  turn  and  march:  1  Squad  Right  (or 
left),  2  March. 

At  the  second  command,  the  right  flank  Scout  in  the 
front  rank  faces  to  the  right  in  marching  and  marks 
time;  the  other  front  rank  Scouts  oblique  to  the  right, 
place  themselves  abreast  of  the  pivot,  and  mark  time.  In 
the  rear  rank  the  third  Scout  from  the  right,  followed 
in  column  by  the  second  and  first,  moves  straight  to  the 
front  until  in  the  rear  of  her  front  rank  Scout,  when  all 
face  to  the  right  in  marching  and  mark  time;  the  other 
number  of  the  rear  rank  moves  straight  to  the  front  four 
paces  and  places  herself  abreast  of  the  Scout  on  her 
right.  Scouts  on  the  new  line  glance  toward  the  marching 
flank  while  marking  time  and,  as  the  last  Scout  arrives  on 
the  line,  both  ranks  execute  Forward  March  without 
further  command. 

Being  in  line  to  turn  and  halt:  1  Squad  Right  (or  left), 
2  March,  3  Squad,  4  Halt. 

The  third  command  is  given  immediately  after  the 
second.  The  turn  is  executed  as  prescribed  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  except  that  all  Scouts,  on  arriving  on 
the  new  line  mark  time  until  the  fourth  command  is 
given,  when  all  halt.  The  fourth  command  should  be 
given  as  the  last  Scout  arrives  on  the  line. 

Being  in  line  to  turn  about  and  march:  1  Squad  Right 
(or  left)  About,  2  March. 

At  the  second  command  the  front  rank  twice  executes 
Squad  Right  initiating  the  second  Squad  Right  when 
the  Scout  on  the  marching  flank  has  arrived  abreast  of 
the  rank.  In  the  rear  rank  the  third  Scout  from  the 
right,  followed  by  the  second  and  first  in  column,  moves 
straight  to  the  front  until  on  the  prolongation  of  the  line 
to  be  occupied  by  the  rear  rank;  changes  direction  to  the 
right;  moves  in  the  new  direction  until  in  the  rear  of 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  95 

her  front  rank  Scout,  when  all  face  to  the  right  in 
marching,  mark  time,  and  glance  toward  the  marching 
flank.  The  fourth  Scout  marches  on  the  left  of  the 
third  to  her  new  position ;  as  she  arrives  on  the  line,  both 
ranks  execute  Fonvard  March  without  command. 

FIRST  CLASS  DRILL 

On  Right  (or  left)  Into  Line. 

Being  in  columns  of  squads,  to  form  line  on  right  or 
left;  1  On  Right  (or  left)  Into  Line,  2  March,  3  Com- 
pany, 4  Halt,  5  Front. 

At  the  first  command  the  leader  of  the  leading  unit 
commands :  Right  Turn.  The  leaders  of  the  other  units 
command :  Forward,  if  at  a  halt.  At  the  second  com- 
mand the  leading  unit  turns  to  the  right  on  moving 
pivot.  The  command  Halt  is  given  when  the  leading  unit 
has  advanced  the  desired  distance  in  the  new  direction; 
it  halts ;  its  leader  then  commands :  Right  Dress. 

The  units  in  the  rear  continue  to  march  straight  to 
the  front;  each,  when  opposite  its  place  on  the  line, 
executes  Right  Turn  at  the  command  of  its  leader; 
each  is  halted  on  the  line  at  the  command  of  its  leader, 
who  then  commands:  Right  Dress.  All  dress  on  the 
first  unit  on  the  line. 

If  executed  in  double  time,  the  leading  squad  marches 
in  double  time  until  halted. 

Fro  tit  Into  Line. 

Being  in  columns  of  squads,  to  form  line  to  the  front: 
Right  (or  left)  Front  Into  Line,  2  March,  3  Company, 
4  Halt,  5  Front. 

At  the  first  command  the  leaders  of  the  units  in  the 
rear  of  the  leading  one  command :  Right  Oblique.  If  at 
a  halt,  the  leader  of  the  leading  unit  commands :  Forzvard, 
At  the  second  command  the  leading  unit  moves  straight 
forward;  the  rear  units  oblique  as  indicated.     The  com- 


96  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

mand  Halt  is  given  when  the  leading  unit  has  advanced 
the  desired  distance ;  it  halts ;  its  leader  then  commands : 
Left  Dress.  Each  of  the  rear  units,  when  opposite  its 
place  in  line,  resumes  the  original  direction  at  the  com- 
mand of  its  leader;  each  is  halted  on  the  line  at  the 
command  of  its  leader,  who  then  commands :  Left  Dress. 
All  dress  on  the  first  unit  in  line. 

To  Diminish  the  Front  of  a  Column  of  Squads 

Being  in  column  of  squads:  1  Right  {or  left)  By 
Twos,  2  March.  At  the  command  March,  all  files  except 
the  two  right  files  of  the  leading  squad  execute  In  Place 
Halt;  the  two  right  files  of  the  leading  squad  oblique 
to  the  right  when  disengaged  and  follow  the  right  files  at 
the  shortest  practicable  distance.  The  remaining  squads 
follow  successively  in  like  manner. 

Being  in  columns  of  twos:  (1)  Right  {or  left)  By  File, 
2  March.  At  the  command  March,  all  files  execute  In 
Place  Halt,  except  the  right  file  of  the  leading  two  oblique 
successively  to  the  right  when  disengaged  and  each  fol- 
lows the  file  on  its  right  at  the  shortest  practicable  dis- 
tance. The  remaining  twos  follow  successively  in  like 
manner. 

Being  in  column  of  files  of  twos,  to  form  column  of 
squads;  or  being  in  column  of  files,  to  form  column  of 
twos:  1  Squads  {Twos)  Right  {or  left)  Front  Into  Line, 
2  March. 

At  the  command  March,  the  leading  file  or  files  halt. 
The  remainder  of  the  squad,  or  two,  obliques  to  the  right 
and  halts  on  line  with  the  leading  file  or  files.  The  re- 
maining squads  or  twos  close  up  and  successively  form 
in  the  rear  of  the  first  in  like  manner. 

The  movement  described  in  this  paragraph  will  be 
ordered  Right  or  Left,  so  as  to  restore  the  files  to  their 
normal  relative  positions  in  the  two  or  squad. 


SECTION   X 

SIGNALLING  FOR  SCOUTS 
A.      GENERAL    SERVICE   CODE 

The  General  Service  Code,  given  herewith,  also  called 
the  Continental  Code  and  the  International  Morse  Code, 
is  used  by  the  Army  and  Navy,  and  for  cabling  and 
wireless  telegraphy.  It  is  used  for  visual  signalling  by 
hand,  flag,  Ardois  lights,  torches,  heliograph,  lanterns, 
etc.,  and  for  sound  signalling  with  buzzer,  whistle,  etc. 

The  American  Morse  Code  is  used  for  commercial  pur- 
poses only,  and  differs  from  the  International  Morse  in 
a  few  particulars.  A  Scout  need  not  concern  herself  with 
it  because  it  would  only  be  used  by  the  Scout  who  eventu- 
ally becomes  a  telegrapher,  and  for  this  purpose  the 
Western  Union  Company  offers  the  necessary  training. 

Wig  Wag  Signalling 

GENERAL    SERVICE    CODE 

The  flag  used  for  this  signalling  is  square  with  a  smaller 
square  of  another  color  in  the  center.  It  may  be  either 
white  with  the  smaller  square  red,  or  red  with  the  smaller 
square  white.  A  good  size  for  Scout  use  is  24  inches 
square  with  a  center  9  inches  square,  on  a  pole  42  inches 
long  and  one-half  inch  in  diameter. 

There  are  but  three  motions  with  the  flag  and  all 
start  from,  and  are  completed  by,  return  to  position, 
which  means  the  flag  held-  perpendicularly  and  at  rest 
directly  in  front  of  the  signaller. 

Signaller  should  stand  erect,  well  balanced  on  the 
arclies  of  the  feet.  The  butt  of  the  flag  stick  is  held 
lightly  in  the  right  hand ;  the  left  hand  steadies  and 
directs  the  flag  at  a  distance  from  six  to  twelve  incljes 
above  the  right  on  the  stick.     The  length  of  the  stick  will 

97 


98 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


POSITION 


UO 


DASH 


FRONT 


determine  the  position  of  the  left  hand ;  the  longer  the 
stick  the  further  apart  must  the  hands  be  placed  in  order 
to  obtain  the  best  balance. 

DOT :  To  make  the  dot,  swing  the  flag  down  to  the 
right  until  the  stick  reaches  the  horizontal  and  bring  it 
back  to  Position. 

DASH :  To  make  the  dash,  swing  the  flag  to  the  left 
until  it  reaches  the  horizontal  and  bring  it  back  to  Posi- 
tion. 

INTERVAL:  The  third  position  is  made  by  swinging 
the  flag  down  directly  in  front  and  returning  to  Position. 

In  order  to  keep  the  flag  from  "fouling"  when  making 
these  motions,  make  a  sort  of  figure  8  with  the  point 
of  the  stick.  A  slight  turn  of  the  wrist  accomplishes 
this  result  and  becomes  very  easy  after  a  little  practice. 
Beginners  should  master  the  three  motions  of  the  flag, 
exaggerating  the  figure  8  motion  before  they  attempt 
to  make  letters.     It  is  also  best  to  learn  the  code  before 


SCOUTING     FOR     GIRLS  99 

THE  GENERAL  SERVICE  CODE 

(The  International  Morse  or  Continental) 

Uses:  Commercial  wireless,  submarine  cables,  Army  and 
Navy.  Methods:  flags  by  day,  torches,  lanterns,  flashlight, 
searchlight,  by  night,  whistle,  drum,  bugle,  tapping. 


A   .— 
B  — ... 
C  —  — . 
D— .. 
E  . 
F   ..— . 

G . 

H   .... 
I   . 

M 

N  — . 

O 

P  . . 

Q ^.-. 

R  .— . 
S  ... 
T  — 
U   ..— 
V  ...— 

Y  — . 

Z .. 

4  .'.'.'.— 

5 

6—.... 

8 — .. 

K  — .— 

w  . 

X  — ..— 

0 — 

Period  .. 
Comma   .- 
Quotation 

Marks 

Colon . . . 

Semicolon  — .  — .  — . 
Interrogation  .. . . 

A  convenient  form  for  learning  the  letters  is  as  follows: 
DOTS  DASHES 


E  . 
I  . 
S  . 
H 

• 

T  — 

M 

0 

OPPOSITES 

A  .— 
B— ... 
D— .. 

_.  N       G . 

...—  V       F  ..— . 
..— U       Y  — . 

. W 

.— ..L 
.-Q 

K— .— 


SANDWICH  LETTERS 
P  . .  X— ..— 


R.— . 


Z  — — . 


LETTERS  WITH  NO  OPPOSITES 

C  -.-.  J   .--^ 


100  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

attempting  to  wig  wag  it,  so  that  the  mind  zvill  be  free 
to  concentrate  upon  the  technique  or  correct  managing 
of  the  flag. 

Make  no  pause  between  dots  and  dashes  in  making  a 
letter,  but  make  a  continuous  swing  from  right  to  left, 
or  left  to  right.  A  pause  at  Position  indicates  the  com- 
pletion of  a  letter. 

One  Interval  (Front)  indicates  the  completion  of  a 
word. 

Two  Intervals  indicate  the  completion  of  a  sentence. 
Three  Intervals  indicate  the  completion  of  a  message. 
Do  not  try  for  speed.  In  all  signalling,  accuracy 
is  the  important  thing,  for  unless  the  letters  are  accu- 
rately made  they  cannot  be  easily  read,  and  the  mes- 
sage will  have  to  be  repeated.  Fall  into  a  regular  easy 
rhythm  in  sending.     Speed  comes  with  practice. 

Signalling  with  a  Flash  Light :  Use  a  short  flash  for 
the  dot  and  a  long  steady  flash  for  the  dash.  Pause  the 
length  of  three  dots  between  letters,  ami  the  length  of 
five  dots  between  words.  A  still  longer  pause  marks  the 
end  of  a  sentence. 

Signalling  by  Whistle:  Use  a  short  blast  for  the  dot, 
and  a  long  steady  blast  for  the  dash.  Indicate  the  end 
of  a  letter,  a  word,  and  a  sentence  by  the  same  pauses 
as  explained  in  Flash  Light  Signalling. 

Signalling  with  a  Lantern:  The  motions  used  in  sig- 
nalling with  a  lantern  are  somewhat  like  those  of  the 
wig  wag  flag.  For  Position  hold  the  lantern  directly 
in  front  of  the  body;  for  the  dot  swing  it  to  the  right 
and  back  to  Position;  for  the  dash  swing  it  to  the  left 
and  back  to  Position;  and  for  Interval  move  it  down  and 
up  in  a  vertical  line  directly  in  front.  A  stationary  light 
should  be  placed  on  the  ground  before  the  feet  as  a  point 
of  reference  for  the  various  motions. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  101 

B.     SEMAPHORE  SIGNALLING 
SEMAPHORE  CODE 

The  semaphore  is  a  machine  with  two  arms  which  may 
be  moved  into  various  positions  to  make  letters.  The 
semaphore  code  shown  in  the  accompanying  picture  may 
also  be  employed  by  a  person  using  two  flags.  It  is  the 
quickest  method  of  flag  signalling  but  is  available  for 
comparatively  short  distances,  seldom  over  a  mile,  imless 
extra  large  flags  are  employed  or  there  is  some  extraor- 
dinary condition  of  background  or  atmosphere. 

The  semaphore  code  is  not  adapted  to  as  many  uses 
as  is  the  general  service  code,  but  for  quick  signalling 
over  comparatively  short  distances,  it  is  preferable  in 
every  way. 

The  regulation  flag  is  18  inches  square,  either  divided 
diagonally  into  two  triangles  of  white  and  red,  or  square 
of  white  with  small  square  of  red  in  the  center,  or  red 
with  small  square  of  white.  These  flags  are  fastened  on 
poles  24  inches  long  and  ^  inch  in  diameter. 

The  flags  must  be  carefully  held  so  that  the  sticks 
make,  as  it  were,  a  continuation  of  the  arm  bone;  a  bent 
wrist  will  cause  the  flags  to  make  an  entirely  different 
angle,  and  consequently  a  different  letter  from  the  one 
intended. 

Swing  the  arms  smoothly  and  without  hesitation  from 
one  letter  to  another.  Hold  each  letter  long  enough  to 
make  it  clear  to  the  person  receiving  it.  Every  word  be- 
gins and  ends  with  "intervals,"  the  hands  crossed  down- 
ward in  front  -^f  the  body,  arms  nearly  straight,  right 
hand  always  over  the  left. 

Indicate  the  end  of  a  sentence  by  one  "chip-chop"  made 
by  holding  both  flags  to  the  right,  horizontally,  and  mov- 
ing them  up  and  down  several  times;  not  altogether,  but 
one  flag  going  down  as  the  other  comes  up,  making  the 
"chopping"  motion. 


102 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


G     jra     7 


\y 


ANNUU.IN0 


tS55 


6    L 


ACKNOWLEDGE 


CODE  FOR  SEMAPHORE  SIGNALLING 

Note:     The    extended   arm    should   always    make   a 
straight  line  with  the  flag  staff. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  103 

From  the  very  beginning  practice  reading  as  zvell  as 
sending.  It  is  harder  to  do  and  requires  more  practice. 
Instructors  should  always  face  the  class  in  giving  a 
lesson ;  in  this  way  the  pupil  learns  to  read  at  the  same 
time  as  she  is  learning  to  make  the  letters.  This  principle 
applies  to  all  visual  signalling. 

Whistle  Signals 

1.  One  blast,  "Attention;"  "Assemble"  (if  scattered.! 

2.  Two  short  blasts,  "All  right." 

3.  Four  short  blasts,  calls  "Patrol  Leaders  come  here." 

4.  Alternate  long  and  short  blasts,  "Mess  Call." 

Hand  Signals 

These  signals  are  advisable  when  handling  a  troop  in 
a  street  where  the  voice  cannot  be  readily  heard,  or  in 
marching  the  troop  into  some  church,  theatre,  or  other 
building  where  a  spoken  command  is  undesirable. 
Forzvard,  March : 

Carry  the  hand  to  the  shoulder ;   straighten  and   hold 
the  arm  horizontally,  thrusting  it  in  the  direction  of  the 
march.     (This  signal  is  also  used  to  execute  quick  time 
from  double  time.) 
Halt: 

Carry  the  hand  to  the  shoulder ;  thrust  hand  upward 
and  hold  the  arm  vertically. 
Double  Time,  March  : 

Carry  the  hand  to  the  shoulder,  rapidly  thrust  the  hand 
upward  the  full  extent  of  the  arm  several  times. 
Squads  Right,  March  : 

Raise   the   arm   laterally   until    horizontal ;   carry   it   to 
a  vertical  position  above  the  head  and  swing  it  several 
times  between  the  vertical  and  horizontal  positions. 
Squads  Left,  March : 

Raise  the  arm  laterallv  until  horizontal ;  carrv  it  down- 


104  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

ward  to  the  side  and  swing  it  several  times  between  the 
downward  and  horizontal  positions. 

Change  Direction  or  Column  Right  {Left)  March: 

The  hand  on  the  side  toward  which  the  change  of  direc- 
tion is  to  be  made  is  carried  across  the  body  to  the  oppo- 
site shoulder,  forearm  horizontal;  then  swing  in  a  hori- 
zontal plane,  arm  extended,  pointing  in  the  new  direction. 

Assemble : 

Raise  the  arm  vertically  to  its  full  extent  and  describe 
horizontal  circles. 

THE    GIRL.    SCOUT   SALUTE. 

How  To  Salute.  To  salute,  a  Girl  Scout  raises  the  right  hand  to  her 
hat  in  line  with  the  right  temple,  the  first  three  fingers  extended,  and 
the  little  finger  held  down  by  the  thumb.  This  salute  is  the  sign  of  the 
Girl  Scouts.  The  three  extended  fingers,  like  the  Trefoil,  represent 
the    three    parts    of    the    Promise. 

When  To  Salute.  When  Scouts  meet  for  the  first  time  during  the  day, 
whether  comrades  or  strangers,  of  whatever  rank,  they  should  salute 
each    other. 

If  in  uniform  a  Girl  Scout  stands  at  attention  and  salutes  the  flag 
when  it  is  hoisted  or  lowered,  and  as  it  passes  her  in  parade.  If  not  in 
uniform,  she  stands   at   attention,    but  does   not  salute. 

When  in  uniform  and  in  ranks  in  public  demonstration,  a  Girl  Scout 
stands  at  attention  and  salutes  when  the  Star  Spangled  Banner  is 
played.      But   she    does   not   salute    when    she    herself    Is   singing. 

In  ordinary  gatherings  when  the  anthem  is  played,  a  Girl  Scout  stands 
at    attention    but    does    not    salute. 

When  Girl  iScouts  are  on  parade  or  marching  in  troop  or  patrol  forma- 
tion, only  the  officers  salute,  at  the  same  time  giving  the  command, 
'^Eyes  right,"  or  "Eyes  left,"  as  the  case  may  be,  at  which  every  Scout 
turns  her  eyes  sharply  in  the  direction  ordered  till  the  officer  com- 
mands,   "Eyes    front." 

When   repeating   the   Promise,    a    Girl   Scout   stands   at   salute. 

When  in  uniform  a  Girl  Soout  should  salute  her  officers  when  speaking 
to  them,   or  when   being  spoken   to   by   them. 

If  in  uniform,  a  Girl  Scout  should  return  the  salute  of  a  Boy  Scout. 
She  does  not  salute  the  police  or  military  officers  unless  they  salute 
her  first. 

Girl  Scouts  may  salute  each  other  whether  they  are  in  uniform  or  not. 

Pledge  of  Allegiance.  "I  pledge  allegiance  to  the  flag  and  to  the 
republic  for  which  it  stands;  one  nation  indivisible,  with  liberty  and  jus- 
tice   for    all." 

Girl  Scouts  should  stand  at  attention,  bring  the  hand  to  the  full 
salute  at  the  first  word  of  the  pledge,  and  at  the  word  "flag"  extend  the 
arm,   fingers   still   in   the   salute   position,    palm   up,    pointing   to   the   flag. 

Parades.  Girl  Scouts  may  take  part  in  patriotic  parades  with  the 
permission  of  the  Local  Council  or  Commissioner  or  of  the  Captain 
where    there    is    no    Local    Council. 


SECTION  XI 
THE   SCOUT   AIDE 

Introduction. 

The  six  following  subjects,  Home  Economics,  Child 
Care,  First  Aid,  Home  Nursing,  Public  Health,  and  Per- 
sonal Health  are  grouped  together,  and  for  proficiency  in 
all  of  them  a  special  badge  called  "Scout  Aide"  is  awarded. 

This  badge  will  probably  be  regarded  by  the  outside 
world  as  the  most  important  decoration  the  Girl  Scouts 
can  win,  and  all  Scouts  who  will  try  for  it  should  realize 
that  those  who  wear  it  will  represent  the  organization  in 
a  very  special  sense  and  will  be  eager  to  prove  their 
practical  knowledge  and  ability  in  the  important  subjects 
it  stands  for. 

No  young  child  could  pretend  to  represent  all  this 
medal  stands  for.  Any  grown  girl  or  woman  should  be 
proud  to  own  it. 

Practical  knowledge  of  Personal  Health,  Public  Health 
and  Child  Care  will  add  to  the  efficiency  and  happiness  of 
this  nation,  and  the  women  of  today  have  a  better  chance 
to  control  these  things  than  ever  before. 

Home  Nursing  and  First  Aid  will  save  lives  for  the 
nation  in  the  two  great  emergencies  of  illness  and  accident. 

Household  Economics,  the  great  general  business  and 
profession  of  women,  if  it  is  raised  to  the  level  or  the 
other  great  businesses  and  professions,  and  managed 
quickly,  efficiently  and  economically,  will  cease  to  be  re- 
garded as  drudgery  and  take  its  real  place  among  the  arts 
and  sciences. 

When  the  girls  of  today  have  learned  to  do  this,  the 
women  of  tomorrow  will  be  spared  the  criticism  of  waste 
and  extravagance  that  our  nation  has  had  to  bear.  If 
Girl  Scouts  make  good  as  far  as  this  medal  is  concerned 
and  become  real  "Scout  Aides"  the  Scout  reputation  is 
secure. 

105 


106  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


1.     THE  HOME  MAKER 

By  Sarah  Louise  Arnold 
Formerly  Dean  of  Simmons  College 

The  Keeper  of  the  House.  Every  Girl  Scout  knows 
that  good  homes  make  a  country  great  and  good;  so 
every  woman  wants  to  understand  home-making.  Of 
course  that  means  "keeping"  a  house ;  and  of  course  that 
means  that  Girl  Scouts  should  try  for  the  Housekeeper 
Merit  Badge,  the  "Home  Maker." 

Now  "making  a  home"  doesn't  mean  just  having  it, 
owning  it  and  holding  its  key.  It  means  making  it  a 
good  place  to  live  in,  or  helping  to  make  it  so.  This 
sounds  like  the  House  that  Jack  built ;  but  all  this  belongs 
to  the  making  of  a  home. 

Planning  Your  House.  When  you  plan  a  house  of 
your  own  you  must  think  what  it  needs  most.  You  would 
choose,  first  of'  all,  to  have  abundant  air,  fresh  and 
clean ;  a  dry  spot  where  dampness  will  not  stay ;  sunshine 
at  some  time  of  day  in  every  room  of  the  house,  which 
you  can  have  if  your  house  faces  southeast;  and  you 
must  be  able  to  get  a  good  supply  of  pure  water.  You 
will  want  to  make  your  house  warm  in  the  winter  and 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  107 

cool  in  the  summer,  so  you  will  look  out  for  windows, 
doors  and  porches. 

Think  what  must  be  done  in  a  house :  eating,  sleeping, 
working,  resting,  by  the  whole  family.  How  many  rooms 
must  you  have?  Draw  a  plan  of  some  house  in  your 
neighborhood  that  seems  good  to  live  in.  Make  up  your 
mind  what  you  like  best  in  that  house. 

Furnishings.  Then  houses  must  be  furnished  with  the 
things  that  the  family  needs.  The  furniture  will  be  for 
use.  You  must  ask  every  piece  what  it  is  good  for. 
What  will  you  do  with  it?  Could  you  get  along  without 
it?  Some  things  you  would  use  constantly,  others  once 
in  a  while.  Which  would  you  get  first  if  you  were 
planning  carefully?  How  much  would  it  cost  to  furnish 
the  house  for  which  you  have  drawn  the  plans :  to  furnish 
the  kitchen,  the  living  room,  the  bed  rooms?  Make  a 
list  of  the  furniture  needed  (not  just  wanted)  for  each 
room  with  the  cost  of  each  piece. 

It  is  worth  while  for  you  to  go  to  look  at  furniture  in 
stores  and  to  think  about  buying  it.  Then  you  will  dis- 
cover that  a  piece  of  furniture  that  looks  well  in  the  store 
might  not  look  at  all  well  in  your  house,  for  furniture 
must  "suit"  the  house  and  the  room  into  which  it  goes. 
It  must  "fit,"  we  say.  No  other  furniture  will  do.  So 
the  Girl  Scout  will  make  up  her  mind  what  will  fit  her 
house;  and  of  course  this  means  also  what  will  fit  the 
family  purse.  For  the  keeper  of  the  house  must  not 
let  into  her  house  one  single  thing  that  she  cannot  afford 
to  buy.     She  will  take  pride  in  that. 

So  when  you  make  a  list  of  furniture— with  its  price — 
make  sure  that  everything  you  choose,  suits,  or  fits,  your 
house. 

The  Cellar.  Most  houses  are  built  over  cellars,  for 
purposes  of  sanitation,  heating  and  water  supply,  as  well 
as  for  storage. 


108  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

The  Girl  Scout  who  lives  in  the  country  probably 
knows  all  about  cellars  for  they  are  much  needed  there. 
The  city  girl  may  live  in  an  apartment  and  may  never 
think  of  a  cellar. 

Look  at  the  cellars  of  two  or  three  houses.  How  are 
they  built  ?    Did  you  plan  for  one  in  your  house  ? 

The  cellar  should  be  well  ventilated,  having  light  as 
well  as  air.  Its  windows  should  be  screened ;  the  floor 
should  be  dry  and  if  possible  made  of  cement;  the  walls 
should  be  whitewashed.  Ashes  should  be  kept  in  a  gal- 
vanized iron  barrel,  to  prevent  fire. 

A  cellar  should  be  a  clean  place,  corners  and  all. 

The  Kitchen.  The  kitchen  is  a  work-shop;  it  should 
be  sunny  and  airy. 

Look  out  for  windows  to  let  in  the  fresh  air  and  sun- 
shine. And  while  you  are  thinking  of  windows,  be  sure 
that  they  can  open  at  the  top  and  bottom  to  let  sweetness 
in,  and  drive  bad  odors  out. 

Your  kitchen  should  hold  things  that  are  necessary,  and 
nothing  else.  It  should  be  easy  to  keep  clean,  having 
painted  walls,  and  the  floor  should  be  of  hard  pine  or 
else  covered  with  linoleum.  When  a  Girl  Scout  takes 
care  of  the  kitchen  she  is  in  honor  bound  to  keep  all  the 
corners  clean  and  to  leave  no  dust  nor  crumbs  of  food 
anywhere  about.  She  will  take  great  pains  to  keep  flies 
out  of  the  kitchen  and  so  will  have  her  windows  screened. 

A  good  kitchen  is  provided  with  a  sink  and  if  possible 
with  running  water;  and  it  must  have  a  good  stove,  with 
a  place  for  keeping  wood  or  coal  if  either  is  used. 

The  Kitchen  Floor.  The  floor  of  the  kitchen  should  be 
made  of  hard  wood.  Maple  or  hard  pine  will  make  a 
good  floor.  A  hard-wood  floor  can  be  dressed  with  shellac 
or  with  oil.  The  wood  absorbs  this  dressing  so  that 
water  will  not  soak  in.  A  floor  which  has  been  shellacked 
should  be  wiped  with  warm  water.     Not  much  water 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIKLS  109 

will  be  needed.  The  oiled  floor  can  be  wiped  and  dried, 
then  oiled  lightly  from  time  to  time. 

Linoleum  or  oilcloth  may  be  used  to  cover  an  old  floor. 
If  the  floor  is  rough  it  should  be  made  even  by  planing 
before  the  linoleum  is  put  down  and  the  cracks  should  be 
filled.  If  you  can't  get  linoleum  you  can  paint  your  floor 
with  a  hard  floor  paint.  Be  sure  to  get  a  paint  that  dries 
hard.  The  linoleum  should  be  frequently  washed  with 
warm  water  and  soap  and  then  rinsed  carefully  before 
it  is  dried. 

The  Kitchen  Stove.  The  chief  business  of  the  kitchen 
stove  is  to  provide  heat  for  cooking.  It  must  hold  a  fire, 
and  so  must  be  made  of  something  which  will  not  burn. 
Stoves  are  usually  made  of  iron.  Fire  will  not  burn 
without  air,  so  a  place  must  be  arranged  to  let  air  into 
the  stove,  and  just  enough  to  make  the  fire  burn  clearly 
and  furnish  the  right  amount  of  heat.  That  is  what  the 
front  dampers  or  slides  are  for.  The  fuel,  wood  or 
coal,  is  held  in  the  fire-box.  The  heated  air  makes  the 
top  of  the  stove  hot  for  frying,  broiling  or  boiling,  and 
the  oven  hot  for  baking. 

The  smoke  and  gases  from  the  fire  must  not  come  out 
into  the  room  to  blind  our  eyes  or  suffocate  us;  the 
chimney  is  built  to  take  care  of  the  smoke  and  gases,  and 
there  must  be  a  way  for  them  to  get  into  the  chimney; 
the  stove  pipe  is  for  this.  But  the  game  you  have  to 
play  with  your  stove  is  to  let  the  smoke  and  gases  run 
up  chimney,  but  to  save  all  the  heat  you  can  for  the 
work  to  be  done  So  your  stove  is  supplied  with  dampers. 
When  the  fire  is  new,  and  there  is  much  smoke  or  gas, 
you  open  the  damper  into  the  stove  pipe,  and  in  the 
stove  pipe.  Try  to  get  a  picture  of  the  way  the  heated 
air  goes  from  the  fire-box  up  into  the  chimney.  We  call 
this  direct  draft.  Of  course  a  great  deal  of  heat  runs 
away  through  the  chimney,  and  so  your  fuel  is  wasted. 


110  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

Now  if  you  want  to  save  heat,  and  particularly  if  you 
want  to  bake,  and  must  have  a  hot  oven,  you  will  close  the 
oven  damper  that  has  made  the  short  easy  way  into  the 
stovepipe.  Then  the  heated  air  must  find  another  way  to 
get  to  the  chimney,  and  it  has  to  go  around  the  oven  to  do 
this.  While  the  hot  air  is  finding  its  way  around  the  oven, 
it  heats  it,  ready  for  your  baking.  We  call  this  the  "in- 
direct draft."  Look  over  your  kitchen  stove  and  see  how 
this  happens.  Take  ofif  the  covers,  open  every  door,  and 
examine  every  part. 

Stoves  must  be  carefully  managed.  The  fires  must 
burn  readily  and  the  cooking  must  be  done  with  the  least 
possible  amount  of  wood  or  coal.  This  means  a  clean 
stove,  free  from  ashes  and  with  a  clear  draft.  Wood  or 
coal  will  burn  freely  in  the  air.  They  will  stop  burning 
if  there  is  no  draft. 

Learn  to  manage  your  draft.  Remember  that  stoves 
are  made  with  a  damper,  in  order  to  control  the  current 
of  hot  air.  If  the  oven  damper  is  closed  this  heated  air 
must  pass  over  and  around  the  oven  before  it  gets  to  the 
chimney  and  so  heat  the  oven.  If  it  is  open  the  hot  air 
can  immediately  escape  up  the  chimney. 

When  starting  the  fire  leave  the  damper  open.  As 
soon  as  it  is  burning  well,  close  it  so  that  the  oven  will  be 
heated.  Your  stove  should  also  have  a  damper  in  the 
pipe,  to  save  the  heat  which  would  otherwise  run  up  the 
chimney.  If  there  is  none,  have  one  put  in.  There  are 
also  dampers  or  slides  in  front  of  the  stove  to  control  the 
amount  of  air  going  in. 

The  housekeeper  must  learn  how  to  manage  her  stove; 
she  must  get  acquainted  with  it,  for  every  stove  has  its 
own  way.  Draw  a  picture  or  plan  of  the  stove  that  you 
know  best.  See  if  you  can  tell  plainly  how  to  build  a 
fire  in  your  stove.  If  you  use  natural  gas  or  a  kerosene 
stove  tell  how  that  should  be  managed. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  111 

Gas  and  Oil  Stoves.  Cooking  may  be  done  on  an  iron 
stove  with  either  coal  or  wood  as  fuel,  or  the  stove  may 
be  planned  for  1)urning"  gas  or  kerosene.  The  coal  fire 
must  be  fed  several  times  a  day  with  coal  and  the  ashes 
must  be  removed  to  keep  the  fire  burning  clearly.  Wood 
burns  out  quickly  and  must  be  replaced  often.  Both 
wood  and  coal  stoves  mean  almost  constant  care  for  the 
housekeeper. 

Gas  gives  less  trouble.  It  comes  in  pipes  from  out- 
side the  house.  This  means  that  somebody  else — the 
gas  company — provides  the  supply.  You  turn  on  the 
gas  when  you  want  to  use  it  and  turn  it  off,  if  you  are 
wise  and  thoughtful,  the  moment  it  is  not  needed.  The 
gas  company  measures  the  amount  of  gas  that  you  use 
by  its  meter,  and  you  pay  for  every  bit  that  you  burn  or 
waste.  The  important  thing,  then,  is  to  use  as  little 
gas  as  possible  in  order  to  pay  for  as  little  as  possible. 
You  would  rather  pay  twenty-five  cents  for  a  thrift 
stamp,  than  for  gas  that  had  burned  simply  because  you 
had  forgotten  to  turn  it  off.  Be  sure  that  gas  is  turned 
completely  off  at  all  places  and  never  have  a  low  light 
burning,  as  the  flame  may  be  blown  out  and  the  unburned 
gas  escape.  This  would  be  dangerous  and  might  even 
kill  persons  in  the  house. 

The  kerosene  stove  may  be  used  instead  of  a  gas  stove 
in  houses  which  are  not  piped  for  a  gas  supply.  If  wicks 
are  used  they  must  be  carefully  trimmed,  so  that  they  will 
be  clean  and  even.  A  kerosene  stove  needs  frequent 
cleaning.  It  should  be  kept  free  from  dust  and  from 
drippings  of  oil. 

The  Fireless  Cooker 

When  a  Girl  Scout  gets  to  thinking  about  all  the  work 
to  be  done  in  a  kitchen  she  will  ask  some  very  important 
questions.  How  much  work  is  to  be  done?  How  long 
does  it  take  to  do  it?    Can  time  be  saved  by  doing  it  in 


112  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

a  better  way  ?  How  can  I  save  labor  ?  Save  time  ?  Save 
money? 

The  Girl  Scout  will  find  the  answers  one  at  a  time, 
if  she  does  her  own  work.  And  if  you  do  your  own  work 
you  will  at  once  call  for  a  fireless  cooker.  The  name 
sounds  impossible,  for  you  have  always  cooked  with  a 
stove,  and,  of  course,  a  fire.  How  can  you  cook  without 
a  fire? 

The  women  of  Norway  taught  us  how.  When  they 
went  out  to  work  in  the  fields  or  on  the  farm  they  took 
the  hot  kettle  of  soup  off  the  stove  and  hid  it  away 
in  a  hay  box.  The  hay  kept  the  heat  in  the  kettle  instead 
of  letting  it  escape;  so  the  soup  kept  on  cooking,  and 
when  the  women  came  home  from  their  work  in  the 
fields  there  it  was,  all  steaming  hot  and  ready  for  dinner. 

Everyone  has  noticed  how  some  things  carry  or  con- 
duct heat  and  other  things  don't.  That's  why  we  use  a 
"holder,"  when  handling  a  hot  dish  or  stove  lifter  or 
tea-pot.  The  "holder"  does  not  carry  the  heat  to  the 
hand ;  it  keeps  it  away.  So  the  hay  packed  around  the 
hot  kettle  kept  the  heat  in  the  kettle,  refusing  to  "con- 
duct" it  away.     Therefore  the  soup  went  on  cooking. 

Your  English  cousins  use  a  "cosy"  to  cover  the  hot 
tea-pot  or  coffee  pot.  This  "cosy"  is  made  of  quilted 
cotton;  and  looks  like  the  quilted  hood  that  your  great- 
grandmother  used  to  have.  This  keeps  the  heat  in  the 
tea  or  coffee,  so  that  you  can  have  a  second  cup  for  the 
asking. 

America  was  slow  to  learn  from  her  thrifty  cousins, 
but  at  last  she  adopted  the  fireless  cooker;  and  this  is 
what  it  does: 

The  fireless  cooker,  a  case  packed  with  some  material 
which  refuses  to  conduct  heat,  is  used  to  continue  the 
cooking  of  foods  after  they  have  been  made  hot  on 
the  stove.     When  securely  covered  in  the  cooker  they 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  113 

will  go  on  cooking  for  several  hours  because  the  heat  is 
retained  by  the  protecting  case,  A  Girl  Scout  may  buy 
a  fireless  cooker,  paying  from  $5  to  $25  for  it,  or  she 
may  make  one,  which  will  cost  less  than  one  dollar.  Of 
course  this  is  a  challenge  to  make  one.  You  may  be 
very  sure  that  if  you  make  a  fireless  cooker  you  will  un- 
derstand all  about  it.  To  make  a  fireless  cooker  you 
will  need : 

(1)  A  cooker  or  container,  which  should  be  an  agate 
pail  with  a  close  fitting  cover.  The  sides  should  be 
straight  up  and  down,  the  bottom  just  as  big  as  the  top. 
You  can  choose  a  small  one  holding  two  quarts,  or  a  gal- 
lon pail  which  would  be  large  enough  for  anything  an 
ordinary  family  would  be  likely  to  cook. 

(2)  A  case,  which  must  be  at  least  eight  inches  wider 
than  your  container,  for  the  packing  must  extend  at  least 
four  inches  around  the  pail  on  every  side.  You  may 
use  a  round  case  like  a  big  wooden  candy  pail,  which 
you  can  usually  get  at  the  ten  cent  store  for  ten  cents ;  or 
it  may  be  a  galvanized  iron  can  with  a  cover  like  the  one 
ordinarily  used  for  garbage;  or  it  may  be  a  box  shaped 
like  a  cube. 

(3)  For  packing  you  may  use  crumpled  newspapers 
tightly  packed  in;  or  ground  cork,  which  is  used  in  pack- 
ing Malaga  grapes,  is  fine,  and  you  may  be  able  to  get 
it  from  a  fruit  store.  Excelsior  is  good,  and  perhaps 
you  will  find  that  in  the  shed  in  some  packing  case ;  while, 
if  you  live  in  the  country,  you  may  be  able  to  get  Spanish 
moss.  This  should  be  dried,  of  course.  And  then  there 
is  hay — which  our  Norwegian  cousins  use. 

Let  us  try  paper.  Pack  the  box  or  can  four  inches 
deep,  with  crumpled  paper,  making  a  very  even  layer. 
Put  a  piece  of  pasteboard  much  larger  than  the  bottom  of 
your  pail  upon  this  layer  and  set  your  pail  in  the  middle 
of  it.     Now  pack  the  paper  tightly  around  the  pail  up 


114  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

to  the  very  top,  using  a  stick  of  wood  or  mallet  to  press  it 
down. 

Now  you  must  make  a  cloth  cover  for  your  pail  in  the 
shape  of  a  tall  hat.  The  rim  of  the  hat  must  reach  out 
to  the  edges  of  your  case  and  be  tacked  there.  Take  out 
your  pail,  fit  this  cloth  cover  into  the  hole  and  tack  the 
edge  evenly  to  the  box. 

You  must  now  make  a  cushion  to  fill  the  rest  of  the 
box,  packing  it  full  of  the  crumpled  paper.  Make  hinges 
for  the  lid  of  your  box  and  put  some  sort  of  fastener 
on  the  front  to  keep  the  lid  down  tight. 

Now  you  have  your  fireless  cooker.  When  your  oat- 
meal or  your  stew,  or  your  chicken,  or  your  vegetables 
have  boiled  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  on  the  stove  in  your 
agate  pail,  clap  on  its  cover,  set  it  into  the  nest,  push  the 
cushion  into  the  top  of  the  cooker,  clamp  down  the  lid, 
and  your  work  is  done,  for  the  cooking  will  go  merrily  on 
all  alone  by  itself  in  your  fireless  cooker. 

While  you  are  making  your  fireless  cooker,  remember 
that  the  thermos  bottle  is  made  on  the  same  principle. 
And  remember,  too,  that  your  non-conducting  packing 
material  will  keep  heat  out  just  as  well  as  it  keeps  heat  in. 
In  the  summer  time  you  may  wish  to  keep  your  ice  cream 
cold  for  a  while  in  your  fireless  cooker.  Perhaps  you 
will  see  how  this  might  help  in  a  hot  summer's  day  and 
what  a  comfort  a  fireless  cooker  might  prove  in  a  sick 
room. 

The  Ice  Chest.    How  If  Is  Made 

In  taking  care  of  food  we  must  be  provided  with  a  cool 
place,  for  the  storage  of  milk,  butter,  cream,  and  all 
cooked  food  that  may  spoil.  In  summer  this  is  especially 
important ;  in  an  apartment,  and  in  most  city  houses  the 
ice  chest  is  needed  all  the  year  around;  in  the  country, 
it  is  needed  only  in  the  warm  months. 

The  ice  chest  is  built  much  as  the  fireless  cooker  is 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


115 


made.  Its  case  is  usually  made  of  wood,  its  packing 
material  must  be  non-conducting,  and  its  lining  must  be 
some  smooth  surface  through  which  water  cannot  pass. 
Some  ice  chests  are  lined  with  zinc  and  some  with  porce- 
lain tiles.  In  some  ice  chests,  food  and  ice  are  kept  in 
the  same  box,  which  usually  opens  at  the  top;  in  other 
chests  there  is  a  separate  chamber  for  the  ice.  From  the 
ice  chamber  a  drain  pipe  carries  away  the  water  which 
drips  from  the  melting  ice. 

Every  ice  chest  must  be  kept  clean  and  sweet.  It 
should  be  looked  over  every  day  and  washed  carefully 
at  least  once  a  week.  No  crumbs  of  food  should  be  left 
on  the  shelves.  If  you  spill  anything,  wipe  it  up  clean 
at  once. 

The  drain  pipe  must  be  kept  clean.  A  long  wire  brush 
is  used  for  this.  If  you  are  buying  an  ice  box,  get  one 
with  removable  pipes,  which  are  easily  cleaned.  If  there 
is  any  odor  from  the  chest,  scald  with  water  and  soda, 
a  teaspoonful  of  soda  to  a  quart  of  water.  Rinse  with 
fresh  cold  water. 

If  your  ice  chest  drips  into  a  pan  which  must  be 
emptied  daily,  have  a  regular  time  for  emptying  it.  An 
overflowing  pan  in  an  apartment  may  damage  the  ceiling 
below.  If  it  drips  into  a  pan  which  drains  itself,  be 
sure  that  the  drain  is  kept  clean  and  the  entrance  to  the 
pipe  unclogged.  Clean  the  drip  pan  whenever  you  clean 
the  ice  chest. 

It  is  a  good  plan  to  keep  food  in  closed  containers  like 
fruit  jars.  Wide  dishes  take  up  too  much  space.  Con- 
tainers should  be  tall  rather  than  broad. 

Put  no  hot  dishes  in  the  ice  box ;  it  wastes  the  ice. 
The  Iceless  Refrigerator 

An  "iceless  refrigerator"  sounds  like  a  "fireless  cooker." 
This  is  an  arrangement  made  to  keep  food  cool  in  the 
summer  when   there   is   no   ice.     A   wooden   cage  with 


116  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

shelves  is  covered  with  a  cloth  cover  and  placed  near  a 
window  or  out  of  doors.  If  in  the  house  it  should  stand 
in  a  large  pan  to  prevent  the  dripping  of  water  on  the 
shelf  or  floor. 

A  piece  of  the  cloth  cover  should  rest  in  a  pan  of 
water.  If  this  is  not  convenient  a  strip  of  cloth  can  be 
sewed  to  the  cover  endwise  and  this  piece  should  be 
placed  in  a  pan  or  bowl  of  water  which  should  be  set  on 
top  of  the  cage.  This  water  will  be  sucked  throughout  the 
cloth  cover  of  the  refrigerator  until  it  is  wholly  wet.  As 
the  water  evaporates  from  the  cover  the  air  inside  the 
refrigerator  is  cooled. 

The  iceless  refrigerator  works  well  on  days  when 
dry  air  is  moving  about.  It  does  not  do  well  on  damp, 
quiet  days. 

Another  simple  refrigerator  which  does  very  well  for 
a  little  milk  or  a  pat  of  butter  is  a  clean,  earthen  flower 
pot,  turned  upside  down  in  a  shallow  pan  of  water.    This 
will  keep  very  cool  the  food  which  it  covers. 
The  Kitchen  Sink 

Next  to  the  stove,  the  sink  is  the  most  important  piece 
of  kitchen  furniture. 

The  best  sinks  are  of  enamel  or  are  made  of  porce- 
lain. They  have  a  fine  wire  drainer  so  that  nothing 
solid  will  go  into  the  trap  and  plug  the  pipes.  The  Girl 
Scout  uses  boiling  water,  and  plenty  of  it,  to  flush  the 
sink.  She  takes  pains  that  no  grease  gets  into  the  drain 
to  harden'  there.  When  grease  is  accidentally  collected, 
soda  and  hot  water  will  wash  it  away,  but  it  should  never 
collect  in  the  pipes. 

The  Keeper  of  the  House  takes  pride  in  a  perfectly 
clean  sink. 

Taking  Care  of  the  House  and  the  Things  in  It 

Taking  care  of  a  house  and  its  furniture  means  keep- 
ing the  house  clean,  neat,  and  orderly,  and  keeping  every- 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


117 


thing  in  good  repair.  This  means  a  great  deal  of  thought 
on  the  part  of  the  Keeper  of  the  House.  For  there  are 
many  sorts  of  work  to  be  done,  and  there  is  a  right  way 
of  doing  every  bit  of  it.  By  paying  attention  a  Girl 
Scout  may  learn  very  fast,  and  become  very  helpful  and 
competent. 

First,  there's  the  Dish  Washing. 
Dish  Washing 

In  making  ready  for  dish  washing  scrape  every  plate 
carefully  to  remove  crumbs  that  would  get  into  the  dish 
water.  Try  using  crumpled  tissue  paper  to  remove  milk, 
grease,  or  crumbs  before  the  dishes  are  put  into  the  pan. 
Save  tissue  paper,  and  paper  napkins  for  this. 

Pile  in  separate  piles,  all  dishes  of  each  sort;  wash 
first  glass,  then  silver,  then  cups,  saucers,  plates,  then 
the  rest;  do  not  put  bone,  ivory  or  wooden  handles  of 
knives  into  the  water.  Use  hot  water  and  soap  for  dish 
M^ashing,  then  rinse  with  clean  hot  water. 

Dish  towels  should  be  cleansed  after  every  dish  wash- 
ing; wash  clean  in  hot  soapy  water,  then  rinse  all  the 
soap  away  in  clean  water.  Cooking  utensils  should  soak 
in  cold  water  until  time  for  dish  washing,  unless  they 
can  be  washed  as  soon  as  used. 

Use  a  tray  for  carrying  dishes  to  the  closet  or  pantry 
instead  of  travelling  with  a  handful  back  and  forth.  Strain 
the  dish  water  before  pouring  it  down  the  sink.  Be  sure 
that  no  greasy  water  is  put  into  the  sink.  Let  the  grease 
rise  and  cool ;  skim  it  off  and  dispose  of  it  after  the 
dishes  are  washed. 

Taking  Care  of  Rooms 

Keeping  a  house  in  order  means  having  everything  in 
its  place  in  every  room.  It  means  sweet,  fresh  air  in 
every  room ;  it  means  removal  of  dust  and  litter.  A  good 
housekeeper  "tidies"  her  rooms  as  she  goes  along,  always 


118 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 


it 

) 

— ^ 

^■^ 

S 

\u 

1 

/ 

I 

L 

lUL 

1 

nC 

HEIGHT  OF  SINK 

picking  up  anything  that  is  out  of  place  and  putting  it 
where  it  belongs.  But  she  also  has  an  order  for  doing 
things.  Perhaps  she  sweeps  the  entire  house  every  day 
or  every  other  day,  or  perhaps  she  puts  one  room  in 
order  on  one  day  and  another  on  another  and  so  on.  The 
important  thing  is  to  have  a  regular  plan. 
The  Living  Room 

Taking  care  of  a  living  room  means  cleaning  the  floor 
and  the  rugs;  dusting  the  walls,  the  pictures;  cleaning, 
dusting,  and  sometimes  polishing  the  furniture.  Open 
the  windows  top  and  bottom,  dust  and  brush  them  inside 
and  out;  use  a  soft  brush  or  a  dust  mop  to  take  the  dust 
from  the  floor.  Use  a  carpet  sweeper  for  the  rugs  unless 
you  have  electricity  and  can  use  a  vacuum  cleaner;  collect 
the  sweepings  and  burn  them. 

Dampen  one  quarter  of  your  cheese-cloth  duster  and 
roll  it  inside  the  rest  of  the  duster,  then  wring.  This 
makes  a  dampish  cloth  for  dusting  the  base-boards,  win- 
dow sills,  and  other  woodwork  as  well  as  the  furniture. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  119 

Where  the  furniture  is  highly  poHshed,  or  would  be  in- 
jured by  water,  use  oil  on  the  duster  instead  Dust  after 
the  dust  has  settled,  not  when  it  has  been  stirr'^d  into  the 
air.     Shake  and  replace  doilies  or  covers. 

Be  sure  that  the  pictures  hang  straight  after  dusting 
and  that  every  piece  of  furniture  is  put  in  its  right  place. 
See  how  long  it  takes  to  clean  the  room ;  tb.en  study  to 
find  out  how  the  time  can  be  shortened. 

Do  not  keep  useless  furniture  nor  have  too  many  things 
in  your  room. 

The  Bathroom  and  the  bath  tub  require  daily  cleans- 
ing. In  the  ordinary  family  every  one  who  uses  the  tub 
should  leave  it  perfectly  clean  for  the  next  one  who  needs 
it.  All  the  furnishings  of  the  bathroom  should  be  kept 
sweet  and  clean.  Use  a  flush  closet  brush  daily,  scalding 
it  after  using  it.  And  remember  that  fresh  air  and  sun- 
shine are  cleansing  agents.     Get  them  to  work  for  you. 

The  Bedroom.  Your  bedroom  needs  all  the  fresh  air 
it  can  get.  The  Girl  Scout  sleeps  with  her  windows 
open.  As  soon  as  you  have  dressed  in  the  morning  throw 
the  windows  wide  open  again,  if  they  have  been  closed. 
Open  the  bed,  so  that  both  sheets  may  be  reached  by 
the  fresh  air.  Shake  up  your  pillows  and  put  them  on  a 
chair  near  the  window.  Leave  your  night  clothing  spread 
or  hung  where  it  will  be  well  aired.  Let  your  room  have 
a  fresh  air  bath ! 

You  know  already  how  to  make  a  bed.  You  will  re- 
member that  all  the  bedclothing  must  be  smooth  and 
even,  when  the  bed  is  made.  You  are  lucky  if  you  have 
a  sister  to  help  you  make  your  bed,  for  this  piece  of  work 
is  easier  for  two  than  for  one.  You  will  see  that  the 
mattress  is  lying  straight.  Once  a  week  you  (the  two  of 
you)  will  turn  the  mattress,  end  over  end  one  week,  and 
side  over  side  the  next  week.  Then  your  mattress  will 
wear  evenly,  and  not  have  a  hollow  in  the  middle  where 


120  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

you  sleep  all  the  time.  Then  you  two  will  lay  the  mat- 
tress cover  straight,  and  tuck  it  in  firmly,  so  that  you  will 
have  no  hard  wrinkles  to  sleep  on.  The  under  sheet, 
smooth  and  straight,  must  be  tucked  in  all  around.  You 
will  make  the  bed  as  smooth  as  the  table.  Now  the  upper 
sheet,  which  is  the  hardest  thing  to  manage  in  bed  making, 
must  be  neatly  tucked  in  at  the  foot.  But  you  must  allow 
eight  inches  at  the  top  to  be  turned  over  the  blankets  and 
spread.  Now  the  blankets,  straight  and  smooth,  and 
evenly  tucked  in  at  the  foot.  Then  you  may  choose  be- 
tween tucking  in  the  sides  after  folding  the  top  sheet 
down  over  the  blankets,  and  afterwards  covering  the 
whole  bed  with  the  spread,  letting  the  sides  and  ends 
hang  down ;  and  laying  the  spread  even  with  the  blankets, 
tucking  in  the  sides,  and  turning  down  the  sheet  over  all. 
Try  both  ways. 

Now,  shake  and  pat  the  pillows,  making  them  very 
smooth  and  quite  square-cornered ;  then  lay  them  or  stand 
them  neatly  at  the  head  of  the  bed,  meeting  exactly  in 
the  middle ;  and  your  bed  is  fit  for  a  queen,  or  a  tired 
Girl  Scout  after  a  tramp! 

With  the  bed  neatly  made,  everything  must  be  put  in 
its  proper  place.  The  furniture  and  window  sills  must 
be  dusted  with  a  clean  cheese-cloth  duster ;  and  the  bare 
floors  must  be  nicely  dusted  with  a  dry  floor-mop,  or 
a  cloth  pinned  over  a  broom.  If  there  are  rugs,  use 
a  carpet  sweeper,  if  you  have  one,  or  a  broom.  If  you 
do  any  broom  sweeping,  however,  you  will  do  it  before 
you  dust. 

Now  a  last  look  to  see  that  the  room  is  tidy,  every 
chair  in  place  and  the  shades  even  at  the  windows,  and 
your  room  is  ready  for  the  day.  Of  course  any  Girl 
Scout  who  wants  a  Homemaker's  badge  will  do  all  these 
things ; — not  guess  or  suppose  how  others  do  them  and 
how  long  it  takes.    That  is  the  honest  way  to  learn.    So 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  121 

find  out  how  long  it  takes  to  put  your  room   in  order. 
There  is  only  one  way  to  find  out. 

Fighting  Germs 

Keeping  clean  in  these  days  means  keeping  free  from 
troublesome  germs  as  well  as  visible  dirt.  Germs  thrive 
in  dampness  and  darkness.  They  can  be  overcome  by 
sunshine.  For  thorough  cleanness,  the  house  needs  fresh 
air  and  sunshine  as  well  as  sweeping  and  dusting.  The 
Girl  Scout  must  remember  to  let  the  fresh  air  blow 
through  every  room  in  the  house  every  day.  She  should 
sleep  with  her  windows  open.  She  is  fortunate  if  she 
can  sleep  out  of  doors. 

Of  course  she  is  in  honor  bound  to  have  no  dark,  damp, 
hidden,  dirt-filled  corners  in  any  part  of  her  house",  not 
even  in  shed  or  cellar.  Let  in  the  light  and  clean  out 
the  dirt. 

Fighting  the  House  Fly  and  Mosquito 

House  flies  carry  disease.  They  breed  in  filth,  human 
waste,  animal  droppings,  decayed  animal  or  vegetable 
matter,  and  are  so  made  that  they  carry  filth  wherever 
they  go.  Since  the  fly  alights  wherever  it  pleases,  it 
carries  dirt  from  outside  and  distributes  it  wherever  it 
CHOOSES. 

Clean  up  all  heaps  of  rubbish  where  flies  may  breed. 
Keep  your  garbage  pail  absolutely  clean.  Disinfect  out- 
door water-closets  and  cover  with  gravel  or  slacked  lime. 
Get  fly  traps  to  set  on  your  porches.  Kill  all  flies  that 
come  into  the  house,  especially  the  early  ones,  in  the 
spring.    Keep  your  windows  and  doors  screened. 

Fight  mosquitoes  just  as  you  fight  flies.  Leave  no 
still  water  even  in  an  old  tin  can,  for  the  eggs  of  mos- 
quitoes are  deposited  in  still  water  and  hatch  there.  The 
mosquito,  like  many  other  insects,  has  an  intermediate 
stage  between  the  egg  and  the  grown  mosquito.    During 


122  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

this  stage  it  swims  about  in  quiet  water.  Mosquitoes  in 
great  numbers  may  be  growing  in  old  cans  or  bottles,  rain- 
filled  and  hidden  away  under  the  bushes  in  your  yard. 
Watch  for  such  breeding  places ;  clean  up  your  yard  and 
banish  the  mosquito. 

Taking  Care  of  Waste 

All  waste  must  be  carefully  disposed  of.  It  should 
never  accumulate  in  the  kitchen ;  but  the  important  thing 
is  to  have  no  real  ivaste.  See  that  everything  is  put  to 
the  utmost  use.  If  you  live  in  the  country,  chickens  and 
pigs  will  take  the  parings,  the  outer  leaves  of  vegetables,*" 
etc.,  and  you  can  bury  or  burn  waste.  If  you  live  in 
the  city  the  garbage  man  will  collect  all  waste. 

The  garbage  can  must  be  kept  thoroughly  clean.  It 
should  be  rinsed  and  scalded  whenever  it  is  empty,  so 
that  there  will  be  no  bad  odors  about  the  kitchen.  Find 
out  how  garbage  is  taken  care  of  in  your  town.  How 
can  you  help  to  keep  your  neighborhood  clean?  What 
sliould  be  done  if  there  is  carelessness  about  garbage? 

Taking  Care  of  Woolen  Things 

Housekeepers  must  fight  moths  as  well  as  flies.  The 
clothes  moth  loves  to  lay  its  eggs  in  wool.  It  is  very 
keen  in  searching  out  bits  of  wool  and  finding  a  place 
for  its  baby  to  thrive.  Unless  you  have  a  care  it  will 
lay  its  eggs  in  your  best  winter  dress  which  you  forgot 
and  left  hanging  in  the  hot  summer  days. 

When  the  baby  worm  pokes  its  head  out  of  the  t^gg, 
it  begins  to  feed  upon  the  wool ;  and  when  some  cold 
winter  morning  you  get  your  dress  you  will  find  holes 
neatly  cut  where  the  little  worm  has  gnawed,  and  be- 
side the  holes  the  little  woven  cradle  which  the  tiny 
creature  spun  for  itself,  and  in  which  the  crawling  worm 
changed  to  the  flying,  silvery  moth. 

The  housekeeper  must  therefore,  carefully  brush  and 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  123 

pack  away  all  woolen  things  before  the  moths  arrive. 
After  the  garment  is  cleansed  and  brushed  it  may  be 
folded  in  newspapers  carefully  pinned  at  the  ends,  so 
that  no  crack  is  left  for  the  moth  to  get  in  it,  or  it  may  be 
laid  in  a  cedar  box;  or  in  any  plain  box  with  moth  balls 
or  camphor.  Every  box  should  be  labelled  so  that  you 
know  without  opening  it  what  is  in  it. 

Watch  edges  of  carpets  and  rugs  for  the  carpet  bettle 
and  the  "Buffalo  bug."  The  last  bothersome  creature 
may  eat  your  cotton  dresses  in  your  closet.  All  clothing 
must  have  care. 

Make  a  list  of  the  woolen  things  that  must  be  taken 
care  of  if  the  house  is  closed  in  summer  and  what  per- 
sonal clothing  must  be  packed  away  for  the  summer 
even  if  the  house  is  not  closed. 

Storage  of  Food 

Taking  care  of  food  so  that  it  will  "keep"  well  is  just 
as  important  as  the  careful  buying  of  food.  Much  waste, 
and  therefore  loss  of  money  and  labor,  comes  from 
carelessness  in  the  storage  of  food.  The  bright  Girl 
Scout  will  keep  her  eyes  open  to  see  how  foods  are  taken 
care  of  in  the  house ;  which  foods  must  be  kept  in  the 
cellar ;  which  ones  must  be  stored  on  the  shelves  of  dry 
closets ;  which  ones  come  in  sealed  parcels ;  which  in 
paper  bags;  which  in  boxes;  which  in  barrels.  There 
must  be  a  place  in  the  house  for  keeping  all  these  things. 
So  you  need  to  think  which  foods  must  be  kept  in  the 
house  and  which  must  be  lx)ught  from  day  to  day.  And 
in  the  house  which  you  plan  there  must  be  ample  space  for 
closets  and  shelves,  for  keeping  properly  all  that  must 
be  stored.  No  one  can  say  which  things  must  be  kept  in 
the  house  by  every  family.  If  the  Girl  Scout  happens  to 
live  in  a  crowded  city  where  rents  are  high,  she  will  have 
little  storage  space,  and  will  not  keep  so  many  things  on 
hand.    If  she  lives  in  the  country,  miles  from  a  store,  she 


124  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

iDust  have  a  "store"  of  her  own.    So  keep  your  eyes  open, 
Girl  Scout,  and  see  what  is  being  done  in  your  part  of 
the  world.    That  is  what  eyes  are  made  for. 
Heating  the  House 

A  house  may  be  heated  by  a  furnace,  by  stoves,  or 
even  by  open  fires  in  the  fireplace,  as  in  old  days  Heat- 
ing the  house  makes  the  chimney  necessary.  This  must 
be  carefully  arranged  for  in  planning  your  house.  Heat- 
ing by  stoves  is  the  most  common  arrangement.  In  the 
large  city  or  town,  the  furnace  is  used.  This  is  merely 
a  big  stove  in  the  cellar  or  basement,  so  planned  that  its 
heat  is  distributed  through  the  house.  By  this  means 
one  big  stove  does  the  work  of  many  little  ones,  and 
warms  the  whole  house. 

The  furnace  may  use  its  heat  to  turn  water  into  hot 
steam,  which  is  sent  through  all  the  house  through  the 
n-on  pipes  and  radiators.  Or  the  water  in  the  boiler 
may  be  made  quite  hot,  though  not  turned  into  steam,  and 
sent  through  the  house  in  the  same  way,  by  means  of 
pipes.  Or  hot  air  from  around  this  big  stove  or  furnace 
may  be  sent  through  big  pipes  directly  to  the  various 
rooms.  This  means  dust  and  dirt,  and  we  are  learning 
to  use  steam  and  hot  water  instead  of  the  hot  air  system. 

The  fireplace  is  almost  a  luxury.  It  is  found  oftenest 
in  country  houses  where  wood  can  easily  be 'got  and 
stored.  The  town  or  city  home  may  have  its  open  fire, 
however.  Everyone  loves  an  open  fire;  and  when  you 
plan  your  own  house,  you  must  manage  to  get  one  if 
you  can.  The  hearth  is  the  heart  of  the  house. 
Labor   Saving 

The  housekeeper  must  learn  how  to  do  her  work  in 
tlie  least  possible  time ;  she  must  save  steps.  Look  at  the 
house  that  you  have  planned  and  see  whether  everything 
}0U  need  to  use  is  within  easy  reach.     Look  carefully  at 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


125 


the  closets  where  you  keep  things.  Are  they  big  enough? 
Are  they  in  the  right  place?  Suppose  your  water  comes 
from  a  well  which  is  a  long  way  from  the  house  What 
difference  will  it  make  ?    What  would  you  do  about  it  ? 

The  Water  Supply 

The  water  supply  of  every  home  should  be  carefully 
guarded.  If  the  water  is  defiled  or  contaminated  by  germs 
of  typhoid  fever,  diphtheria,  or  other  diseases,  whose  bac- 
teria may  be  carried  by  water,  the  disease  mav  be  spread 
v/herever  the  water  is  used. 

No  earth  closets  or  human  or  animal  waste  should  be 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  well.  Water  should  come 
from  high  ground  and  clean  places  with  no  possibility 
of  gathering  infection  on  the  way  to  the  house.  Great 
pains  should  be  taken  to  keep  drinking  water  absolutely 
clean.  All  drinking  vessels  should  be  washed  and  scalded 
and  the  rims  should  never  be  handled. 

In  the  country  every  home  has  a  private  water  supply 
and  takes  pains  to  guard  it.  In  the  city  there  is  a  common 
water  supply  and  everyone  is  responsible  for  keeping  it 
pure.  Where  does  the  water  come  from  that  supplies 
your  city  or  town?  How  is  it  kept  clean?  Who  takes 
care  of  it? 

Whenever  there  is  any  question  about  the  purity  of 
common  drinking  water,  the  table  supply  should  be  boiled, 
for  safety.  Boiling  will  destroy  any  bacteria  that  could 
produce  disease.  This  boiled  water  should  be  used  for 
rinsing  dishes  as  well  as  for  drinking. 

Girl  Scouts  will  interest  themselves  in  municipal  or 
neighborhod  housekeeping,  for  that  is  a  responsibility 
which  all  share  together. 

Learning  to  take  care  of  one's  own  home  is  a  good 
beginning,  if  one  is  to  share  in  providing  good  condi- 
tions for  the  neighborhood. 


126  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Little  Things  Worth  Remembering 

The  stove  should  be  cleaned  with  crumpled  newspaper 
whenever  the  kitchen  is  put  in  order.  All  ashes  should 
be  neatly  brushed  off. 

In  lifting  ashes  from  the  ash  pan  with  a  shovel  use  a 
newspaper  to  cover  the  pail  into  which  th^"  ashes  are 
poured,  so  that  the  dust  will  not  scatter  over  the  room. 
Don't  dump  them  and  raise  dust ;  and  never  put  hot  ashes 
into  a  wooden  box  or  barrel. 

Watch  the  floor  of  closets  and  see  that  no  dv.sty  corners 
are  hidden  out  of  sight. 

Air  and  dry  soiled  clothing  before  puttinc^  it  in  the 
laundry  basket.  If  damp  clothes  are  hidden  away  they 
will  mildew. 

Learn  to  make  out  a  laundry  list  and  to  check  it  when 
the  laundry  comes  home. 

Save  the  soap  chips  and  use  a  soap  shaker. 

Get  all  the  help  you  can  from  older  housekeepers  in 
ycur  neighborhood.  Ask  them  how  they  do  things  and 
why.  Your  mother  may  know  something  better  than  any- 
body else  does. 

The  Girl  Scout  asks  questions  and  learns  why  things 
are  done  as  they  are.  She  may  think  out  a  better  way 
some  day,  but  first  she  must  pay  attention  to  the  old 
way. 

Sing  at  your  work;  it  goes  better  so.  Besides,  joy 
belongs  with  housekeeping  and  your  song  helps  to  keep 
her  there.  Always  sing  if  the  work  drags,  but  let  it  be 
a  lively  song ! 

Making  Things  Clean  and  Keeping  Clean 

Making  things  clean  is  a  most  important  duty  of  the 
Keeper  of  the  House.  But  don't  forget,  Girl  Scout,  that 
keeping  things  clean  is  a  constant  duty.  You  know  many 
a   body   who   "cleans  up"   with  a   lot   of   stir   once   in   a 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  127 

while,  but  who  htters  and  spills  and  spreads  dirt  and  lets 
dust  collect  in  corners  all  the  rest  of  the  time 

"Keeping  clean"  is  the  housekeeper's  regular  business, 
and  "cleaning  up"  never  need  stir  up  the  whole  house. 

For  keeping  clean,  soap  and  water  must  always  be 
had.  The  soap  loves  to  wrestle  with  grease.  The  water 
softens  and  rinses  away  both  dirt  and  soap.  You  will 
use  a  scouring  soap  or  powder  to  clean  stain^'d  or  dirty 
luetal  or  glass;  and  you  should  cover  water-closets  and 
other  out-of-door  places  for  refuse  with  clean  slaked  lime 
now  and  then  to  keep  them  clean. 

Ten  Ways  of  Removing  Stains 

1.  When  you  have  raspberry  or  blueberry  or  straw- 
berry stains  on  your  white  handkerchief  or  blouse  or 
skirt,  do  not  be  too  much  disturbed.  Hold  the  stained 
part  firmly  over  an  empty  bowl,  with  the  spot  well  in 
the  centre,  and  ask  some  one  to  pour  boiling  hot  water 
over  the  spot  and  into  the  bowl.  The  stains  will  disappear 
like  magic.  Then  the  wet  spot  may  be  dried  and  pressed 
with  a  hot  iron,  and  the  damage  is  repaired. 

2.  Peach  stains  are  much  harder  to  remove,  but  they 
should  be  treated  just  as  the  others  were  treated.  Often 
several  applications  of  hot  water  are  necessary  for  these 
stubborn  stains.  But  you  must  not  lose  patience.  And 
you  must  not  use  soap.  The  stain  will  fade  out  at  last 
under  the  hot  water. 

3.  Ink  stains  are  a  great  bother,  especially  to  the 
school  girl  who  carries  a  leaky  fountain  pen.  Do  not  let 
them  get  dry.  They  will  be  much  harder  to  remove. 
Sometimes  cold  water,  applied  immediately,  will  remove 
the  ink,  if  the  spot  is  rinsed  carefully.  Use  the  cold 
water  just  as  the  hot  water  is  used  for  the  peach  stain. 
If  that  does  not  remove  it  try  milk.  If  the  milk  fails, 
let  the  spot  soak  in  sour  milk.     Sometimes  it  must  soak 


128  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

a  day  or  two ;  but  it  will  disappear  in  the  end,  w'th  rinsing 
and  a  little  rubbing. 

4.  Ink  stains  on  a  carpet  are  a  serious  matter.  Let 
us  hope  that  no  Girl  Scout  will  be  so  unlucky  as  to  upset 
an  ink  bottle  on  a  friend's  carpet  or  rug.  If  she  does, 
she  should  know  the  best  way  to  set  about  removing  it. 
This  should  be  done  as  quickly  as  possible  before  the 
ink  dries,  or  "sets."  Take  cotton,  or  soft  tissue  paper  or 
blotting  paper,  and  absorb  all  that  has  not  soaked  in.  You 
will  see  that  the  "sooner"  is  the  "better"  in  this  case. 
Try  not  to  increase  the  size  of  the  spot,  for  you  must  keep 
the  ink  from  spreading.  Then  dip  fresh  cotton  in  milk, 
and  carefully  sop  the  spot.  Do  not  use  the  cotton  when 
it  is  inky ;  that  will  smear  the  carpet  and  spread  the  stain. 
Use  fresh  bits  of  cotton,  dipped  in  clean  milk,  until  the 
stain  has  disappeared.  Then  rinse  with  clean  water  in 
the  same  way,  and  dry  with  dry  cotton. 

5.  The  spots  made  on  silk  or  woolen  by  acids  may  be 
removed  by  touching  with  ammonia  or  baking  soda,  dis- 
solved in  a  little  water.  The  bright  yellow  spot  on  a 
black  dress  will  sometimes  run  away  light  lightning  when 
touched  by  the  wet  cork  of  the  ammonia  bottle 

6.  Egg  stains  on  the  napkin,  or  sometime',  unfortu- 
nately, on  a  dress  front,  must  be  removed  before  washing. 
Use  cold  water  alone.  The  egg  will  dissolve  and  can  be 
rinsed  out.  Hot  water  will  cook  the  tgg  and  it  will  be 
hard  to  remove. 

7.  Liquid  shoe  blacking  is  almost  worse  than  ink.  It 
must  be  treated  in  the  same  way,  and  at  once. 

8.  Coffee  and  tea  stains  will  wash  out  with  either 
v;arm  water  or  soap  and  water.  A  black  coffee  stain  on 
a  fresh  tablecloth  may  be  removed  like  the  berry  stains, 
by  the  teakettle  and  bowl  method. 

9.  Grease  spots  may  be  removed  from  washable 
fabrics  by  soap  and  water.     For  silk  and  woolen,  gaso- 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  129 

line  should  be  used.  Use  gasoline  in  daytime  only,  to 
avoid  lamps  or  gas  in  the  neightorhood ;  and  never  near 
a  fire.  Use  carbona  instead  of  gasoline  or  benzine  when 
possible,  as  it  cannot  burn.  Remember  that  all  grease  or 
sugar  spots  should  be  removed  before  putting  a  woolen 
garment  away.  Moths  always  seek  them  out,  and  they 
will  find  them  if  you  don't. 

10.  Paint  can  be  removed  by  soaking  the  spot  in  tur- 
pentine. This  dissolves  it,  and  a  bit  of  rubbing  shakes 
it  out.  A  brush  helps,  when  the  paint  spot  is  on  a  woolen 
garment,  after  the  turpentine  has  done  its  work. 

Remember:  All  spots  and  stains  should  be  removed 
before  washing  the  garment. 

GOOD   MANNERS  AND   SOCIAL   FORMS 

It  is  easier  to  meet  people  socially  if  we  are  aquainted 
with  the  simple  forms  of  introductions,  meeting  and  part- 
ing, and  so  forth.  A  girl  who  is  entertaining  her  friends 
will  be  more  successful  in  doing  so  if  she  plans  ahead 
how  she  can  welcome  them  and  has  all  the  necessary 
preparations  for  a  substantial  good  time,  at  hand.  This 
planning  also  makes  it  possible  for  her  to  be  less  occu- 
pied when  the  time  comes,  and  to  have  a  good  time  her- 
self. 

Stand  where  guests  can  see  you  at  once  when  they 
enter. 

Always  introduce  a  younger  person  to  an  older  one, 
a.<  "Mrs.  Smith,  may  I  present  Miss  Jones,  or  Mr. 
Blown?"  A  man  is  always  presented  to  a  woman,  or  a 
girl,  as  "Miss  Brewster,  may  I  present  Mr.  Duncan?" 

If  you  have  many  guests,  ask  some  of  your  friends  to 
join  you  in  watching  to  be  sure  that  no  one  is  left  out, 
so  that  the  evening  may  be  a  success  for  every  one.  It 
is  sometimes  difficult  for  a  hostess  to  do  this  alone. 

If  you  ask  other  girls  to  help  you  ask  each  to  do  a 


130  SCOUTING   FOR  GI^LLS 

definite  thing,  as  to  arrange  for  wraps,  sing  or  play,  pay 
special  attention  to  some  older  person,  etc  This  saves 
confusion,  as  the  Pine  Tree  patrol  does  in  camp. 

A  few  intimate  friends  need  no  plan  to  make  them 
have  a  good  time,  but  with  a  large  number  it  is  usually 
better  to  plan  games,  music,  charades,  or  some  other 
form  of  entertainment. 

When  invited  to  a  house  at  a  certain  time,  be  prompt. 
Promptness  is  always  a  mark  of  courtesy,  as  it  means 
consideration  for  the  time  and  convenience  of  others.  One 
should  also  watch  carefully  the  time  of  leaving,  and  not 
stay  about  unless  specially  detained. 

TABLE  MANNERS 

Accept  what  is  offered  or  placed  before  vou,  with  a 
quiet  "Thank  you."  If  you  are  asked  what  you  prefer, 
it  is  proper  to  name  it. 

Do  not  drink  while  food  is  in  the  mouth. 

Take  soup  quietly  from  the  side  of  the  spoon,  dipping 
it  into  the  plate  frotn  instead  of  towards  you,  to  avoid 
dripping  the  soup. 

Break  bread  or  roll,  and  spread  with  butter  only  the 
piece  which  you  are  about  to  eat. 

Use  knife  only  as  a  divider,  the  fork  to  take  food  to 
the  mouth.  Where  one  can  dispense  with  a  knife,  and 
use  only  the  fork  to  divide  food,  do  so.  When  not 
using  either,  lay  them  together  across  the  side  of  the 
plate,  not  resting  on  the  table  cloth. 

A  spoon  should  never  be  allowed  to  rest  in  a  tall  re- 
ceptacle such  as  a  cup  or  glass,  as  it  is  likely  to  overturn 
the  receptacle.     Place  the  spoon  on  plate  or  ^-aucer. 

At  close  of  meal,  fold  napkin,  that  table  may  be  left 
in  orderly  condition.  When  napkins  are  to  be  washed 
at  once,  or  when  they  are  paper  napkins,  they  need  not 
be  folded. 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  131 

Do  not  begin  a  course  until  all  are  served. 

Sometimes  it  is  better  to  serve  the  hostess  first,  and 
sometimes  it  is  the  custom  to  serve  the  guest  first,  that  is 
the  guest  of  honor  who  sits  on  the  hostess'  right.  When 
the  host  or  hostess  does  the  serving,  the  guest  is  served 
lirst. 

Do  not  be  troubled  if  you  use  the  wrong  spoon  or  fork, 
and  never  call  attention  to  anyone  else's  doing  so.  No 
njatter  how  you  feel,  or  what  the  blunder  or  accident  may 
be,  such  as  spilling  something  or  dropping  a  plate,  never 
show  displeasure  to  either  servant  or  guest.  Good  bred- 
ing  and  pleasant  atmosphere  are  essential  to  all  enter- 
tainment. 

Good  breeding  means  first  of  all  thoughtfulness  of 
others,  and  nothing  shows  lack  of  breeding  so  quickly  as 
a  lack  of  such  politeness  to  those  who  happen  to  be 
serving  us  in  hotels,  at  home,  in  shops,  or  when  travelling, 
or  anywhere  else. 

When  acting  as  waitress,  stand  at  the  left  of  the  per- 
son to  be  served,  so  that  the  portion  may  be  taken  with 
the  right  hand. 

Preparing  the   Meal 

Plan  the  cooking  so  that  the  food  that  is  to  be  served 
may  be  kept  hot;  for  instance,  soup  may  be  kept  hot  on 
the  back  of  the  stove  or  where  there  is  less  heat,  while  the 
meat  or  vegetables  are  being  cooked.  Food  that  is  to  be 
served  cold,  should  be  kept  in  the  ice-box  or  standing  in 
water  until  the  last  moment  and  served  in  chilled  dishes. 
In  placing  the  food  on  the  dishes  and  platters  care  should 
be  taken  to  make  it  look  attractive. 

Setting  the  Table 

When  setting  the  table  keep  in  mind  how  many  courses 
there  will  be,  and  therefore,  how  many  knives,  forks,  and 
spoons  are  needed.    Have  everything  clean,  and  lay  every- 


132 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


thing  straight.  Air  room  well.  Wipe  table,  and  if  a 
tablecloth  is  used,  cover  table  with  a  felt  s'lence  cloth. 
If  a  tablecloth  is  used,  it  should  be  laid  with  the  fold 
in  the  center  of  the  table.  If  a  centerpiece  and  doilies 
are  used,  they  should  be  laid  at  even  distances.  Clean 
v/hite  oil  cloth  and  paper  napkins  make  an  attractive 
looking  table.  At  each  cover  the  knife,  edge  in,  is  placed 
at  the  right  with  the  spoon,  and  the  glass  is  placed  at 
the  right  in  line  with  the  end  of  the  knife.  The  fork  is 
at  the  left  and  bread  and  butter  plate  and  small  knife 
are  at  the  left  opposite  the  glass.  Put  the  napkin  between 
the  knife  and  fork. 

Salt,  pepper,  water,  bread  and  butter  should  be  on  the 
table,  and  if  necessary,  vinegar,  mustard,  sugar,  pickles, 
etc. 

When  possible  a  few  flowers  add  to  the  appearance  of 
the  table. 

Have  as  much  ready  as  possible  before  sitting  down 
at  the  table.  See  at  least  that  (1),  glasses  are  filled; 
(2),  butter  portioned;   (3),  chairs  placed. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  133 

Hard  and  fast  rules  as  to  table  setting  do  not  exist. 
Local  customs,  the  amount  of  service  at  hand,  and  com- 
mon sense  must  govern  this.  The  captain,  assisted  by 
the  council,  must  be  the  judges. 

THE  GIRL  SCOUT  COOK 

By  Ula  M.  Dow,  A.  M. 

In  charge  of  Division  of  Food,  Simmons  College 
The  Girl  Scout  who  has  earned  the  Cookmg  Badge 
may  be  a  great  help  at  home  is  she  has  learned  to  work 
quickly  and  neatly  and  may  get  much  amuFement  both 
at  home  and  on  camping  parties.  If  the  first  trial  of  a 
process  is  not  a  success,  the  Scout  should  have  patience 
to  try  again  and  again  until  her  result  is  satisfactory. 
H  she  has  learned  to  prepare  a  few  simple  dishes  well 
she  should  have  courage  to  try  unfamiliar  recipes  which 
are  found  in  any  good  cook  book.  If  she  is  to  be  ready 
to  take  responsibility  when  it  is  necessary,  she  should 
be  able  to  plan  the  meals  in  such  a  way  that  nothing  is 
wasted  and  that  the  family  is  satisfied  and  well-nour- 
ished. 

When  working  in  the  kitchen  the  Scout  should  wear 
a  clean,  washable  dress,  or  a  washable  apron  Avhich  covers 
her  dress.  She  should  be  sure  that  her  hair  is  tidy, 
and  she  should  remember  to  wash  her  hands  before  be- 
ginning work.  She  should  try  to  use  as  few  dishes  as 
possible  and  not  to  spill  or  spatter.  She  should  re- 
member that  her  cooking  is  not  finished  until  she  has 
cleaned  up  after  herself,  has  washed  and  put  away  the 
dishes,  washed  the  dish  towels  and  left  the  kitchen  in 
order. 

What  to  Have  for  Breakfast — Breakfast  is  in  most 
families  the  simplest  meal  of  the  day  and  the  easiest 
to  prepare.  Some  people  are  satisfied  with  fruit,  cereal, 
toast  or  muffins,  coffee  for  the  adults,  and  milk  for  the 


134  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

children.  Many  families,  however,  like  the  addition  of 
a  heartier  dish,  such  as  boiled  or  poached  eggs,  fish  hash, 
or  minced  meat  on  toast.  If  a  hearty  dish  is  served  at 
breakfast  this  is  a  good  time  to  use  up  such  left-overs 
as  potato,  fish,  or  meat. 
Simple  Breakfast 

Apple  sauce  or  sliced  peaches. 

Oatmeal  or  cornmeal  mush. 

Toast  or  muffins. 

Coffee  (for  adults). 

Milk  (for  children). 
Hearty  Breakfast 

Apple  sauce  or  sliced  peaches. 

Oatmeal  or  cornmeal  mush. 

Toast  or  muffins. 

Coffee  (for  adults). 

Milk  (for  children). 

Poached  eggs  or  minced  lamb  on  toast. 

Fruit — Raw  fruit  should  be  carefully  washed  and 
prepared  in  such  a  way  that  it  can  be  easily  v^aten.  Ber- 
ries may  be  cooked  with  no  other  preparation  than  wash- 
ing. Fruits,  such  as  apples  and  pears,  should  be  washed, 
pared,  quartered,  and  cored  before  cooking  Any  fruit 
which  becomes  dark  on  standing  after  it  is  cut  may  be 
kept  light  colored  by  dropping  the  pieces  into  a  pan  of 
water  until  they  are  ready  to  be  cooked.  If  this  is  done 
most  of  the  water  should  be  drained  off  before  they  are 
cooked. 

Dried  fruits,  such  as  prunes,  which  have  a  wrinkled 
skin  should  be  soaked  for  a  short  time  in  cold  water 
before  they  are  washed.  Otherwise  it  is  impossible  to 
get  them  clean.  After  washing  they  should  be  covered 
with  cold  water  and  soaked  over  night,  or  until  they  are 
plump.  They  should  be  put  on  to  cook  in  the  water  in 
which  they  are  soaked  and  cooked  until  tender.     Sugar 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIItLS  135 

should   then   be   added    if    they   are   not   sweet   enough. 

The  most  common  method  of  cooking  fresh  fruit  is 
to  boil  it  gently  with  just  enough  water  to  prevent  it 
from  burning.  Sugar  should  be  added  just  before  the 
cooking  is  finished,  the  amount  depending  on  ,he  acidity 
of  the  fruit  and  the  taste  of  the  family. 

In  sampling  food,  the  cook  should  remember  that  the 
rest  of  the  food  is  to  be  eaten  by  other  people.  She 
should  never  taste  from  the  cooking  spoon,  but  should 
transfer  her  sample  to  a  tasting  spoon  which  is  not  re- 
turned to  the  kettle. 

Cereal — Cereals,  such  as  oatmeal,  cornmeal,  and 
cracked  wheat,  should  be  cooked  in  a  double  boiler.  A 
double  boiler  can  be  improvised  by  setting  a  pail  or  pan 
into  a  kettle  of  boiling  water.  Cereals  for  breakfast 
may  be  cooked  the  day  before  and  reheated  in  the 
double  boiler,  but  should  not  be  stirred  while  reheating. 
A  tablespoonful  or  two  of  cold  water  on  too  will  pre- 
vent a  hard  skin  from  forming  while  standing.  All 
prepared  cereals  are  better  if  cooked  for  a  longer  time 
than  the  package  directions  indicate.  It  is  hardly  pos- 
sible to  cook  any  grain  too  long.  The  fireless  cooker  is 
especially  valuable  for  cooking  cereals,  but  a  longer 
period  of  time  must  be  allowed  than  for  cooking  in  a 
c.ouble  boiler.  A  home-made  fireless  cooker,  described 
in  another  place,  is  interesting  to  make.  Ready-to-serve 
cereals  are  very  expensive  compared  with  those  cooked 
at  home. 

Cracked  wheat,  J4  cup  to  1  cup  water;  3-12  hours. 

Rolled  oats,  y^  cup  to  1  cup  water;  5^-3  hours 

Cornmeal,  3  tablespoonfuls  to  1  cup  water ;  1-4  hours. 

Use  Yt.  teaspoonful  of  salt  to  each  quart  of  water. 
Have  the  water  boiling  rapidly.  Add  the  cereal  gradually. 
Let  the  mixture  cook  directly  over  the  fire  5  minutes. 
Place   over   boiling   water   or   in   the    fireles<=   cooker   to 


136  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

cook  slowly  for  a  long  time.  Keep  covered  and  do  not 
stir.  The  time  of  cooking  given  in  the  table  means 
that  the  cereal  is  eatable  after  the  shorter  time  men- 
tioned, but  is  better  if  cooked  the  longer  time. 

Toast — Good  toast  is  v^orth  knowing  how  to  make. 
The  cook  should  not  be  satisfied  with  toast  which  is  either 
white  or  burned. 

Toast  is  most  easily  made  from  stale  bread,  which 
should  be  cut  in  one-third  to  one-half  inch  slices.  A 
single  slice  of  toast  may  be  made  by  holding  it  over 
the  fire  on  a  fork.  In  camp  a  forked  stick  answers 
every  purpose.  The  easiest  way  to  make  several  slices 
is  to  put  them  in  a  wire  toaster  and  hold  them  over  hot 
coals.  Begin  carefully  and  hold  the  bread  some  dis- 
tance away  from  the  fire,  turning  it  often  until  it  dries. 
Then  hold  it  nearer  the  coals  until  it  a  golden  brown  on 
both  sides.  With  a  new  coal  fire  or  wood  fire  toast 
must  be  made  on  a  toaster  on  the  top  of  the  stove  to 
prevent  the  bread  from  being  smoked.  If  the  top  of 
the  stove  is  being  used  for  other  things,  the  drying  may 
be  done  in  the  oven. 

Muffins — Any  good  cook  book  has  numerous  recipes 
for  muffins,  most  of  which  can  be  made  easily  if  the 
directions  are  followed  exactly. 

Cornmeal  Muffins  (for  four  persons)  : 

Four  tablespoonfuls  butter  or  oleomargarine  3  table- 
spoonfuls  sugar,  1  egg,  1  cup  milk,  lys  cups  flour,  ^ 
cup  cornmeal,  3  teaspoonfuls  baking  powder. 

Cream  the  butter,  add  the  sugar  and  the  egg  well 
beaten.  Sift  the  baking  powder  with  the  flour  and  corn- 
meal and  add  to  the  first  mixture,  alternating  with  milk. 
Bake  in  buttered  muffin  pan  25  to  30  minutes.  This 
mixture  makes  good  corn  bread  if  baked  in  a  shallow 
buttered  pan. 

Coffee — If   the   family   drink  coffee,  they   will  want 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  137 

coffee  for  breakfast,  no  matter  what  other  i'-ems  of  the 
nienu  may  be  varied.  It  should  be  served  only  to  the 
grown-up  members  of  the  family.  Coffee  of  average 
Strength  is  made  as  follows: 

One-half  cup  coffee  finely  ground,  4  cups  cold  water, 
2  eggshells. 

Mix  the  coffee,  the  crushed  eggshell,  and  Yz  cupful 
of  cold  water  in  a  scalded  coffee  pot.  Add  the  remain- 
der of  the  water  and  allow  the  mixture  to  come  gradu- 
ally to  the  boiling  point.  Boil  3  minutes.  Draw  to  the 
back  of  the  range  and  keep  hot  for  5  minutes.  Add 
y^  cupful  of  cold  water  and  let  stand  1  minute  to  settle. 
Strain  into  a  heated  coffee  pot  in  which  the  coffee  is 
to  be  served  at  the  table. 

A  method  for  making  coffee  used  by  the  guides  in 
the  White  Mountains  is  as  follows : 

Boil  the  water  in  an  ordinary  pail,  remove  the  pail 
fiom  the  fire,  pour  the  dry  coffee  gently  on  the  top  of 
the  water,  cover  tightly  and  move  it  near  the  fire  where 
it  will  keep  warm  but  will  not  boil  again.  In  about 
thirty  minutes  the  coffee  will  have  become  moistened 
and  sunk  to  the  bottom  of  the  pail.  If  the  coffee  is  slow 
in  becoming  moist,  time  may  be  saved  by  removing  the 
cover  for  a  moment  and  pressing  gently  with  a  spoon 
on  the  top  of  the  coffee,  but  the  mixture  must  not  be 
stirred.  It  is  essential  that  the  water  be  boiling  when 
the  coffee  is  added,  that  the  cover  be  absolutely  tight, 
and  that  the  coffee  be  kept  hot  without  bo'ling  Half 
a  cup  of  coffee  to  four  cups  of  water  makes  coffee  of 
average  strength. 

Milk — The  little  children  of  the  family  should  have 
whole  milk  at  every  meal.  The  older  children  should 
have  milk  at  breakfast  and  supper  time.  There  is  no 
food  so  good  for  children  who  want  to  be  well  and  strong. 
A  part  of  the  family  supply  of  milk  is  sometimes  skimmed 


138  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

to  give  cream  for  use  in  coffee  and  on  desserts.  The 
cream  contains  most  of  the  fat  in  the  milk,  but  the 
skimmed  milk  which  is  left  is  still  a  very  valuable  food, 
containing  the  substances  w^hich  make  muscV  and  bone, 
and  every  bit  of  it  should  be  used  in  the  cocking  or  for 
making  cottage  cheese.  The  waste  of  milk  is  the  worst 
possible  extravagance. 

Eggs — Eggs  may  be  prepared  in  countless  ways,  and 
the  ambitious  cook  will  find  much  amusement  in  trying 
some  of  the  suggestions  in  the  cook  books.  Eggs  are 
an  entirely  satisfactory  substitute  for  meat  and  fish, 
and  are  therefore  often  served  for  the  main  dish  at 
dinner  or  supper.  Many  people  like  an  egg  every  morn- 
ing for  breakfast,  but  this  is  a  rather  extravagant 
habit.  If  eggs  are  served  for  breakfast  thev  are  usually 
cooked  in  the  shell,  poached  or  scrambled.  The  men  of 
the  family  sometimes  prefer  their  eggs  fried,  but  this  is 
not  a  good  method  for  the  children.  Only  fresh  eggs 
can  be  poached  successfully,  so  that  this  is  a  good  test 
for  freshness. 

Poached  Eggs — Oil  the  skillet  and  fill  it  to  within  a  half 
inch  of  the  top  with  water.  Break  each  egg  into  a  saucer 
and  let  the  water  boil  after  the  egg  is  placed  in  it.  The 
egg  is  done  when  the  white  is  jelly-like  and  o  slight  film 
is  formed  over  the  yolk.  Remove  the  egg  with  a  griddle 
cake  turner  to  a  piece  of  buttered  toast.  Sprinkle  light- 
Iv  with  salt.  If  the  eggs  are  not  absolutely  fresh,  the 
white  will,  scatter  in  the  water.  If  the  first  egg  to  be 
cooked  shows  this  tendency  oiled  mufiin  rings  may  be 
put  in  the  pan  to  keep  the  rest  of  them  in  shape. 

Soft  Boiled  Eggs — A  soft  boiled  egg  hn^  much  the 
same  consistency  as  a  poached  egg.  It  is  easier  to  man- 
age because  the  shell  is  unbroken,  but  it  is  harder  to  get 
it  of  just  the  right  consistency  because  the  contents  of 
the  egg  are  invisible.     Most  people  are  very  particular 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  139 

to  have  the  egg  just  hard  or  soft  enough  to  suit  them, 
and  it  is  necessary  for  the  cook  to  practice  to  be  sure 
of  uniform  results.  Drop  the  eggs  carefully  into  a  kettle 
of  boiling  water,  draw  the  kettle  back  on  the  stove  so 
that  the  water  does  not  boil  again  and  (for  a  soft  egg) 
allow  the  eggs  to  remain  for  five  minutes  If  the  eggs 
are  very  cold  they  should  remain  longer. 

Use  of  Left-overs  for  Breakfast — If  the  family 
like  a  hearty  breakfast  this  is  a  good  meal  at  which  to 
use  bits  of  left-over  meat  which  might  otherwise  be 
wasted.  Meat  may  be  chopped  or  ground,  reheated  in 
the  gravy  which  was  served  with  it,  and  served  on  toast. 
Lamb  is  especially  good  minced  on  toast.  To  make  hash 
mix  equal  quantities  of  meat  and  chopped  potato  and 
brown  nicely  in  a  greased  frying  pan.  Such  mixtures 
should  be  tasted  to  make  sure  that  they  are  salt  enough. 
Some  people  like  a  very  small  amount  of  onion  with  any 
of  these  made-over  meat  dishes. 

DINNER 

What  to  Have  for  Dinner — If  all  the  members  of 
the  family  are  at  home  at  noontime  it  is  usually  more 
convenient  to  have  dinner  then,  but  if  members  of  the 
family  are  away  or  hurried  at  noontime  it  may  be  bet- 
ter to  have  dinner  at  night.  Dinner  may  consist  of  sev- 
eral courses,  but  if  the  mother  or  the  daughter  of  the 
f'imily  prepares  the  meal,  the  family  is  usuallv  perfectly 
satisfied  with  two  courses. 

The  main  course  of  a  simple  family  dinner  consists 
of  meat,  fish,  eggs  or  a  cheese  dish  served  with  potato, 
rice  or  macaroni,  and  a  vegetable  such  as  string  beans, 
green  peas,  carrots,  cabbage,  tomatoes  or  corn.  If  the 
family  like  salad,  the  vegetables  are  often  se^^ved  as  a 
salad.  This  is  a  very  good  way  to  use  up  small  amounts 
of  vegetables  which  are  left  from  the  day  before.    Often 


140  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

little  remainders  of  two  or  more  vegetables  may  be  very 
iittractively  combined  in  this  way. 

Some  families  like  hot  bread  at  dinner,  and  hot  breads, 
such  as  baking  powder  biscuit  (described  under  supper), 
or  corn  bread  (described  under  breakfast),  are  particu- 
larly good  with  some  combinations.  Examples  are  baking 
powder  biscuit  with  meat  stew  or  fricasseed  chicken  and 
corn  bread  with  bacon  and  eggs  or  ham.  If  fish  is  served 
in  a  chowder,  buttered  and  toasted  crackers  are  usually 
served.  An  occasional  chowder  for  dinner  is  an  excellent 
way  to  use  up  any  surplus  of  skimmed  milk  which  may 
be  on  hand. 

The  kind  of  dessert  served  at  dinner,  besides  depend- 
ing on  the  taste  of  the  family,  depends  on  the  amount 
of  money  which  is  spent  for  food  and  whether  there 
are  young  children  in  the  family.  Pie  and  ice  cream, 
which  are  favorite  desserts  in  many  families,  are  ex- 
pensive. Little  children  should  not  have  desserts  which 
contain  a  good  deal  of  fat,  such  as  pie  or  doughnuts,  or 
which  are  the  least  big  soggy,  as  some  steamed  puddings 
are  inclined  to  be.  The  most  economical  desserts  and 
those  best  suited  to  the  children  are  baked  puddings 
made  with  milk  and  cereal,  such  as  Indian  pudding, 
rice  pudding,  and  those  made  with  cereal  and  fruit, 
such  as  Apple-  Betty  or  peach  tapioca.  If  there  is 
skimmed  milk  on  hand  the  possibility  of  using  it  in  a 
milk  pudding  should  be  considered.  Chocolate  bread 
pudding  and  Apple  Betty  made  a  very  at*-ractive  use 
of  left-over  bread.  Dessert  should  always  be  chosen 
with  reference  to  the  heartiness  of  the  first  course.  A 
main  dish  which  is  not  very  filling  can  be  balanced  by 
a  more  substantial  dessert. 
Simple  Dinners: 

1.    Hamburg  steak. 
Baked  potato. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  141 

Squash  or  baked  tomatoes. 

Apple  Betty. 
2.    Roast    chicken    or    roast    lamb    with    dressing    and 
currant  jelly. 

Mashed  potato  and  gravy. 

Peas  or  string  beans. 

Orange  jelly  and  whipped  cream. 
Meat — The  best  way  to  learn  about  cuts  o£  meat  is 
to  go  often  to  market  and  talk  to  the  butcher  whenever 
he  has  a  minute  to  spare.  Some  cuts  of  meat  are  tough 
with  coarse  fibers  and  much  connective  tibzue.  They 
should  be  ground  if,  like  Hamburg  steak,  they  are  to 
be  cooked  by  a  short  process,  such  as  broiling.  If  not 
ground,  the  tougher  meats  are  usually  cooked  a  long 
time  with  water  and  made  into  a  stew,  a  pot  roast,  a 
meat  pie,  or  a  meat  loaf.  These  cuts  are  cheaper,  but 
require  more  care  in  preparation  than  the  more  expen- 
sive cuts.  Examples  are  the  bottom  of  the  round,  the 
shin,  and  the  flank  of  beef.  The  more  expensive  cuts, 
such  as  the  top  of  the  round,  tenderloin  and  sirloin,  are 
more  tender,  more  delicately  flavored,  and  are  used  for 
broiling  and  roasting.  Some  cuts  which  seem  inexpen- 
sive really  cost  more  than  they  appear  to  because  they 
contain  large  amounts  of  bone  or  waste  fat.  The  dif- 
ference between  lamb  and  mutton  is  a  question  of  the 
age  at  which  the  animal  was  slaughtered.  Lamb  is  much 
more  tender  than  mutton,  is  more  delicately  flavored 
and  more  expensive.  There  is  a  similar  difference  be- 
tween chicken  and  fowl.  Fowl  is  much  tougher  than 
chicken  and  requires  careful  and  long  cooking  to  make 
it  tender. 

Pan  Broiled  Hamburg  Steak — Hamburg  steak  may 
be  bought  already  ground  at  the  butcher's,  or  one  of 
the  cheap  cuts  of  beef,  such  as  bottom  of  the  round  or 
shin,  may  be  bought  and  ground  at  home.     Many  people 


142  •  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

like  a  little  salt  pork  or  onion  ground  with  the  meat. 

Make  the  meat  into  small,  flat  cakes  and  cook  in  a 
smoking  hot  frying  pan  which  has  been  thoroughly 
rubbed  over  with  a  piece  of  fat.  When  one  side  is 
seared  over  nicely  turn  the  cakes  (a  griddle  cake  turner 
or  spatula  is  helpful)  and  broil  on  the  other  side.  Place 
on  a  hot  platter,  sprinkle  with  salt  and  pepper,  dot 
with  bits  of  butter  and  garnish  with  a  little  parsley  or 
watercress. 

A  rump  or  sirloin  steak  may  be  broiled  in  a  hot  frying 
pan  in  a  similar  way.  Wipe  and  trim  the  steak,  place 
in  a  smoking  hot  frying  pan  and  sear  both  sides.  Re- 
duce the  heat  and  turn  the  steak  occasionally  (about 
every  2  minutes)  until  it  is  cooked,  allowing  8  minutes 
for  a  rare  steak,  10  minutes  for  medium  cooked  steak, 
and  12  minutes  for  well  done  steak,  for  a  steak  1  inch 
thick.  Avoid  puncturing  the  meat  with  a  fork  while 
cooking. 

Many  people  prefer  to  broil  a  steak  on  a  broiler.  This 
is  practical  with  gas  or  electricity  or  over  a  wood  or 
coal  fire  which  is  reduced  to  clear  coals  without  smoke 
or  flame.  It  is  very  difficult  indeed  to  cook  Hamburg 
steak  on  a  broiler. 

Lamb  chops  may  be  broiled  in  either  way. 

Roast  Leg  of  Lamb — Wash  the  leg  of  lamb,  place  it 
on  the  rack  in  a  roasting  pan  and  put  in  a  hot  oven 
with  the  roaster  uncovered.  When  the  roast  is  well 
seared  (15  to  30  minutes),  draw  from  the  oven,  sprinkle 
with  salt,  pour  a  little  water  into  the  pan,  and  put  on 
the  cover.  Finish  cooking  at  a  lowered  temperature, 
allowing  20  or  25  minutes  for  each  pound. 

A  dripping  pan  may  be  used  in  place  of  a  roaster, 
using  a  pan  of  similar  size  for  a  cover.  A  rack  may 
be  improvised  from  a  broiler,  a  toaster  or  a  cake  rack. 

Beef  is  roasted  in  the  same  way,  but  is  usually  cooked 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  143 

for  a  shorter  time   (15  to  20  minutes  for  each  pound). 
Beef  Stew   (for  four)  : 

23^  pounds  beef  shoulder  or  shin. 

2       cups  diced  potato. 
Yz  cup  turnip  cut  in  half  inch  cubes. 
Yi  cup  carrot  cut  in  half  inch  cubes. 
34  onion   chopped. 

2       tablespoons  flour. 

Salt  and  pepper. 

Wash  the  meat,  remove  from  the  bone  and  fat  and 
cut  m  lyi  inch  cubes.  Sprinkle  with  salt  and  pepper 
and  dredge  with  flour.  Sear  the  pieces  of  meat  in  the 
frying  pan  in  the  fat  cooked  out  from  the  trimmings 
of  fat.  Put  the  meat  in  a  kettle,  and  rinse  the  frying 
pan  with  boiling  water,  so  that  none  of  the  juices  will 
be  lost.  Add  the  bone,  cover  with  boiling  water  and 
boil  five  minutes.  Lower  the  temperature  and  cook  un- 
til the  meat  is  tender  (about  three  hours).  Add  the 
carrots,  turnips,  onions,  pepper  and  salt  in  an  hour,  and 
the  potato  in  15  minutes  before  the  steak  is  to  be  served. 
Remove  the  bone  and  any  large  pieces  of  fat.  Stir 
two  tablespoons  of  flour  to  a  smooth  paste  with  a  little 
water  and  thicken  the  stew. 

Such  a  stew  may  also  be  made  with  lamb,  mutton,  or 
veal,  using  other  vegetables  as  desired.  Celery  and  onion 
are  better  than  turnip  and  carrot  with  veal. 

Chicken — If  a  chicken  is  purchased  at  the  market 
it  is  usually  delivered  dressed.  This  means  that  the  head 
has  been  cut  off,  the  entrails  removed,  and  the  coarser 
pinfeathers  pulled  out.  Many  times,  however,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  know  how  to  do  this  oneself. 

To  Dress  and  Clean  a  Chicken — Cut  off  the  head  and 
draw  out  the  pinfeathers.  Remove  hair  and  down  by 
holding  the  fowl  over  a  flame  (a  gas  flame,  an  alcohol 
flame,  or  a  piece  of  paper  flaming  in  the  wood  or  coal 


144  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

range),  constantly  changing  the  position  until  all  parts 
of  the  surface  have  been  exposed  to  the  flame.  Cut 
off  the  feet.  Wash  the  fowl  thoroughly,  using  a  small 
brush,  in  water  to  which  a  little  soda  has  been  added. 
Rinse  and  dry.  Make  a  slit  down  the  back  of  the  neck. 
Remove  the  crop  and  windpipe.  Draw  down  the  neck 
skin  long  enough  to  fasten  under  the  back.  Make  a 
straight  cut  from  Yi  inch  below  the  tip  of  the  breast- 
bone to  the  vent.  Cut  around  the  vent.  Slip  fingers 
in  carefully  around  and  fully  loosen  the  entrails.  Care- 
fully draw  out  the  entrails.  The  lungs,  lying  in  the 
cavities  under  the  breast,  and  the  kidneys,  in  the  hol- 
low near  the  end  of  the  backbone,  must  be  taken  out 
separately.  Remove  the  oil  sack  and  wash  the  chicken 
by  allowing  cold  water  to  run  through  it. 

To  clean  giblets  (the  gizzard,  the  heart,  and  the  liver) 
proceed  as  follows :  Separate  the  gall  bladder  from 
the  liver,  cutting  off  any  portion  of  the  liver  that  may 
have  a  greenish  tinge.  Remove  the  thin  membrane,  the 
arteries,  the  veins  and  the  clotted  blood  around  the 
heart.  Cut  the  fat  and  the  membranes  from  the  giz- 
zard. Make  a  gash  through  the  thickest  part  of  the 
gizzard  as  far  as  the  inner  lining,  being  careful  not  to 
pierce  it.  Remove  the  inner  sack  and  discard.  Wash 
the  gizzard  carefully  and  boil  in  water  to  use  for  giblet 
sauce. 

If  the  chicken  comes  from  the  market  dressed  it  should 
be  washed  carefully  and  any  pinfeathers  removed  which 
were  overlooked  by  the  market  man. 

To  Stuff,  Truss  and  Roast  a  Chicken — When  the 
chicken  is  clean  and  prepared  as  directed,  fill  it  with 
stuffing  (described  later),  a  little  in  the  opening  at  the 
neck,  the  rest  in  the  body  cavity.  Sew  up  the  opening 
with  a  few  long  stitches.  Draw  the  skin  of  the  neck 
smoothly   down   and   under   the   back,    press   the    wings 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  14S 

close  against  the  body  and  fold  the  pinions  under,  so 
that  they  will  cross  the  back  and  hold  down  the  skin 
of  the  neck.  Press  the  legs  close  to  the  body.  Thread 
the  trussing  needle  with  white  twine,  using  it  double. 
Press  the  needle  through  the  wing  at  the  middle  joint, 
pass  it  through  the  skin  of  the  neck  and  back, 
and  out  again  at  the  middle  joint  of  the  other  wing. 
Return  the  needle  through  the  bend  of  the  leg  at  the 
second  joint,  through  the  body,  and  out  at  the  same 
point  on  the  other  side ;  draw  the  cord  tight  and  tie  it 
with  the  end  at  the  wing  joint.  Thread  the  needle 
again  and  run  it  through  the  legs  and  body  at  the  thigh 
bone  and  back  at  the  ends  of  the  drumsticks.  Draw 
the  drumstick  bones  close  together,  covering  the  open- 
ing made  for  drawing  the  chicken  and  tie  the  ends.  Have 
both  knots  on  the  same  side  of  the  chicken.  When  cooked, 
cut  the  cord  on  the  opposite  side  and  draw  out  by  the 
knots. 

Lay  the  stuffed  and  trussed  chicken  on  its  back  on 
a  rack  in  a  roasting  pan.  Lay  a  strip  of  salt  pork  on 
breast.  Place  in  a  hot  oven  until  the  chicken  begins 
to  brown,  then  lower  the  temperature  and  cook  the 
chicken  until  very  tender.  Baste  often  with  the  drip- 
pings in  the  pan.  From  3  to  4  hours  will  be  required 
for  a  five-pound  chicken.  If  a  fowl  is  used  it  should 
be  steamed  for  3  or  4  hours  and  then  .roasted  for  J/< 
hour. 

Stuffing — For  a  large  chicken  mix  thoroughly  4  cups 
of  finely  broken  stale  bread,  1^  teaspoon  of  salt,  y% 
teaspoon  of  pepper,  1  teaspoon  of  poultry  dressing  and 
4  tablespoons  of  fat.  Pour  over  the  mixture  hot  milk 
or  water,  stirring  lightly  until  the  mixture  is  moist. 

Giblct  Gravy — If  the  chicken  was  properly  roasted 
the  drippings  in  the  pan  should  be  nicely  browned,  but 
tiot  burned.      Make   a  gravy   from   these   drippings   and 


146  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

the  water  in  which  the  giblets  were  boiled.  To  do  this 
pour  the  water  into  the  pan,  set  the  pan  over  the  fire 
and  stir  until  the  contents  of  the  pan  are  dissolved. 
Thicken  with  a  smooth  paste  of  flour  and  water,  using 
two  tablespoons  of  flour  for  every  cup  of  liquid.  Boil 
until  the  flour  tastes  cooked.  Strain.  Add  the  giblets 
cut  in  small  pieces. 

Vegetables — All  vegetables  should  be  clean,  crisp 
and  firm  when  ready  for  cooking.  Vegetables  are  pre- 
pared and  cooked  in  a  variety  of  ways,  but  almost  all 
vegetables  should  be  carefuly  washed  as  the  first 
process.  It  is  convenient  to  keep  a  small  brush  for 
washing  the  vegetables,  like  potatoes,  sweet  potatoes, 
and  beets,  which  must  be  scrubbed  to  get  them  clean. 
Vegetables  which  are  to  be  eaten  raw,  such  as  lettuce 
and  celery,  should  be  washed  with  special  care,  wrapped 
in  a  clean,  wet  cloth  and  put  in  the  ice  box  to  keep  them 
crisp. 

Baked  Potato — Select  smooth  potatoes  of  even  size. 
Scrub  them  carefully  and  bake  them  in  a  hot  oven.  The 
time  required  is  from  45  to  60  minutes,  depending  on 
the  size  of  the  potatoes  and  the  temperature  of  the  oven. 
When  the  potatoes  are  done,  slash  each  one  with  a  knife 
to  let  the  steam  escape,  and  serve  immediately. 

MasJied  Potato — Wash  the  potatoes,  pare,  cover  with 
boiling  salted  water  (1  level  teaspoon  of  salt  to  a  pint 
of  water),  and  cook  until  tender  (30  to  45  minutes). 
Drain  off  the  water  and  return  to  the  fire  a  moment  to 
dry.  Mash  the  potatoes,  add  butter,  salt,  pepper  and 
hot  milk,  and  beat  vigorously  until  light  and  creamy. 
For  three  cups  of  potato  use  2  tablespoons  of  butter 
and  4  tablespoons  of  hot  milk.  Pile  lightly  in  a  hot 
dish  and  serve  immediately. 

Steamed  Squash — Wash  and  cut  in  one-inch  slices. 
Steam  until  tender,  scrape   from  the  shell,  mash  thor- 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  147 

oughly,  season  with  salt,  pepper  and  butter,  and  serve. 
String  Beans — Snap  the  ends  from  the  beans,  remove 
any  strings,  cut  into  short  pieces,  wash,  cover  and  boil- 
ing salted  water  (1  level  teaspoon  to  a  pint)  and  cook 
until  tender.  The  time  required  will  vary  from  one 
hour  to  three  hours,  depending  on  the  age  and  kind  of 
bean.  Drain  the  beans,  season  with  salt  and  butter, 
and  serve. 

Canned  string  beans  should  be  rinsed,  reheated  in  as 
little  water  as  possible,  drained,  and  seasoned. 

Baked  Tomatoes — Select  smooth  tomatoes  of  even 
size.  Wash  the  tomatoes,  remove  the  thin  slice  from 
the  stem  end  and  remove  a  spoonful  of  pulp.  Sprinkle 
with  salt,  pepper  and  scraped  onion,  fill  the  cavity  with 
buttered  crumbs,  place  in  a  pan  (preferably  one  which 
can  be  used  as  a  serving  dish  at  the  table),  and  bake  in 
a  moderate  oven  until  the  tomatoes  are  tender.  Serve 
in  the  dish  in  which  they  were  cooked  or  remove  them 
carefully  to  the  platter  on  which  the  Hamburg  steak 
is  being  served,  arranging  them  in  a  ring  around  the 
meat. 

The  buttered  crumbs  are  prepared  by  melting  a  table- 
spoon of  butter  or  oleomargarine  and  stirring  in  six 
tablespoonfuls  of  dry  bread  crumbs. 

Desserts — Most  desserts  are  easy  to  make  if  the 
directions  given  in  the  cook  books  are  followed  exactly. 
Many  people  take  pride  in  making  beautiful  cake  or 
pie,  who  are  careless  about  making  good  toast  or  bak- 
ing a  potato  well. 

Apple  Betty — Prepare  well  sweetened  apple  sauce 
and  thin  slices  of  lightly  buttered  bread  cut  in  small 
triangles.  Fill  a  shallow  baking  dish  with  alternate 
layers  of  apple  sauce  and  toast,  beginning  with  apple 
sauce    and    ending    with"  toast.      Sprinkle    lightly    with 


148 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


sugar  and  cinnamon  and  heat  in  the  oven.     Serve  Mrith 
cream. 

Orange  Jelly — Swell  1^  tablespoons  of  powdered 
gelatin  in  half  cupful  of  cold  water.  Mix  1  cupful 
of  orange  juice,  ^4  cupful  of  lemon  juice,  J/2  cupful  of 
sugar  and  1^  cupfuls  of  boiling  water.  Add  the  gela- 
tin and  stir  carefully  until  it  is  dissolved.  Strain  into 
a  wet  mould  and  chill  until  the  jelly  is  firm.  Unmould 
the  jelly  and  serve  with  whipped  cream  or  a  custard 
sauce.  To  unmould  the  jelly,  run  the  point  of  a  knife 
around  the  edge  of  the  mould,  dip  the  mould  quickly 
in  warm  water,  place  an  inverted  serving  plate  on  top 
of  the  mould,  turn  both  over  and  lift  the  mould  care- 
fully. 

SUPPER  OR  LUNCH 

What  To  Have  for  Supper. — Supper  shows  more 
variation  between  families  than  other  meals  of  the  day. 
Some  men  insist  upon  meat,  even  though  meat  is  served 
for  their  dinner,  but  this  is  rather  extravagant  unless 
there  is  left-over  meat  which  should  be  used.  Hash  and 
minced  lamb  on  toast,  which  were  suggested  for  the 
hearty  breakfast,  would  be  equally  well  liked  by  most 
families  for  supper.  Many  families  prefer  for  supper 
some  milk  dish  such  as  macaroni  and  cheese  or  a  cream 
soup  served  with  either  stewed  or  fresh  fruit  or  followed 
by  a  fruit  or  vegetable  salad.  Hot  rolls  or  baking  powder 
biscuits  are  a  very  attractive  substitute  for  plain  bread 
if  someone  has  time  to  make  them  at  the  last  minute.  H 
the  mother  and  daughter  do  all  the  work  of  the  family, 
they  usually  like  to  have  on  hand  cookies  or  cake,  which 
can  be  used  for  supper  rather  than  to  have  to  prepare 
some  special  dessert.  Cold  meat  has  the  advantage  that 
it  is  ready  to  serve  with  little  preparation,  but  many 
other  dishes  such  as  the  macaroni  and  cheese  and  the 
creamed   soup,   suggested  in  the  menus,   may   be  made 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  149 

when  dinner  is  being  prepared  and  simply  reheated   for 
supper. 

A  hot  drink  at  night  usually  seems  desirable  except  on 
hot  days  in  the  summer.  If  tea  is  served  for  adults,  the 
children  should  have  cocoa  or  milk. 

If  dinner  is  served  at  night,  luncheon  is  served  in  the 
middle  of  the  day.  The  suggestions  made  in  regard  to 
supper  apply  equally  well  to  luncheon. 

Little  children  should  have  their  hearty  meal  in  the 
middle  of  the  day  and  a  light  meal  at  night  no  matter 
what  arrangement  of  meals  the  rest  of  the  family  may 
have. 

Simple  Suppers 

1.  Macaroni  and  cheese  or  cold  meat 
Stewed  or   fresh   fruit 
Cookies 

Bread  and  butter 

Tea  (for  adults) 

Milk  or  cocoa  (for  children) 

2.  Cream  of  potato  soup 

Vegetable  or  fruit  salad 

Baking  powder  biscuit 

Tea  (for  adults) 

Milk  or  cocoa  (for  children). 
Macaroni  and  Cheese. — For  macaroni  and  cheese  the 
macaroni  must  be  cooked  and  white  sauce  prepared. 
Break  three-quarters  of  a  cup  of  macaroni  in  inch  pieces 
and  cook  in  two  quarts  of  boiling  water  to  which  a  table- 
spoon of  salt  has  been  added.  The  water  must  be  boil- 
ing rapidly  when  the  macaroni  is  added  and  must  be  kept 
boiling  constantly.  When  the  macaroni  is  tender,  drain 
it  in  a  strainer  and  run  enough  cold  water  through  it  t6 
prevent  the  pieces  from  sticking  together.  To  prepare 
the  sauce,  melt  two  table  spoons  of  butter  or  oleomar- 
garine in  the  top  of  a  double  boiler,  stir  in  two  tablespoons 


ISO  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

of  flour  and  a  half  teaspoon  of  salt  and  pour  over  the 
mixture  a  cup  and  a  half  of  cold  milk.  Cook  this  mix- 
ture directly  over  the  heat,  stirring  constantly  until  it 
begins  to  thicken.  Then  place  the  dish  over  the  lower 
part  of  the  double  boiler,  containing  boiling  water,  and 
let  it  continue  cooking  for  fifteen  minutes.  Put  a  layer 
of  the  boiled  macaroni  in  a  buttered  baking  dish  and 
sprinkle  with  cheese,  either  grated  or  cut  into  small 
pieces.  Pour  on  a  layer  of  the  sauce.  Follow  this  by 
layers  of  macaroni,  cheese  and  sauce  until  the  dish  is 
full.  Cover  with  buttered  crumbs  and  bake  until  the 
crumbs  are  brown.  To  make  the  buttered  crumbs,  melt 
one  table  spoon  of  butter  or  oleomargarine  and  stir  in  six 
tablespoons  of  crumbs. 

The  macaroni  and  cheese  may  be  prepared  in  the  morn- 
ing if  desired  and  baked  at  supper  time  in  a  moderate 
oven.  It  should  be  left  in  the  oven  long  enough  to  be- 
come thoroughly  hot.  If  there  are  little  children  in  the 
family  a  dish  of  creamed  mararoni  should  be  made  for 
them  without  the  cheese. 

Cream  of  Potato  Soup — 

3  potatoes  1^  teaspoons  salt 

1  quart  milk  j4  teaspoon  celery  salt 

2  slices  of  onion  }i  teaspoon  pepper 

3  tablespoons  flour       2  tbsp.  butter  or  oleomargerine 
Cook  the  potatoes  in  boiling  salted  water.     When  soft 

rub  through  a  sieve.  Scald  the  milk  with  the  onion  in  a 
double  boiler,  remove  the  onion,  unless  the  family  likes  it 
left  in,  add  the  salt,  celery  salt  and  pepper.  Melt  the 
butter  in  a  small  sauce  pan,  stir  the  flour  into  it  and  then 
add  this  mixture  to  the  hot  milk,  stirring  briskly.  Cook 
for  ten  minutes  over  boiling  water  in  the  double  boiler. 
A  good  creamed  soup  may  be  made  from  almost  any 
vegetable,  substituting  vegetable  pulp  for  the  potato. 
Celery  soup  and  corn  soup  are  very  good.     With  these 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  151 

and  most  other  vegetables,  the  celery  salt  should  be 
omitted.     Onion  salt  is  very  useful. 

Creamed  soups  are  very  good  made  from  skimmed 
milk  if  there  is  a  supply  in  the  house  which  should  be 
used. 

Salad — The  pleasure  in  a  salad  is  in  its  crispness,  at- 
tractiveness or  arangement,  and  pleasant  combination  of 
flavors.  A  salad  may  be  arranged  in  a  large  dish  and 
served  at  the  table  if  it  is  the  chief  dish  of  the  meal,  such 
as  chicken  salad  or  fish  salad,  but  it  is  usually  arranged 
in  individual  portions  and  made  to  look  as  dainty  and 
pretty  as  possible.  All  fresh  vegetables  and  fruits  used 
should  be  crisp  and  cold  and  thoroughly  washed.  Canned 
or  leftover  vegetables  or  fruit  may  often  be  used. 

To  wash  lettuce. — Handle  delicately.  Remove  leaf  by 
leaf  from  the  stalk,  examining  for  insects.  Pass  the 
leaves  backwards  and  forwards  through  clean  water  un- 
til all  sand  is  removed.  Fold  in  a  wet  cloth  and  keep  in 
the  ice-box  until  it  is  used.  The  lettuce  leaves  should  be 
dried  when  they  are  used. 

French  Dressing. — Mix  ^4  teaspoon  of  sugar,  1  tea- 
spoon of  salt  and  ^  teaspoon  of  paprika.  Add  oil  and 
vinegar  alternately,  beating  constantly  with  a  fork  until 
5  tablespoons  of  vinegar  and  10  tablespoons  of  oil  have 
been  used.  A  quick  way  to  make  French  dressing  is  to 
mix  all  the  ingredients  in  a  bottle  with  a  tightly  fitting 
stopper  and  shake  vigorously  until  the  ingredients  are 
blended.  Some  persons  prefer  less  vinegar,  and  reduce 
the  amount  to  2}^  tablespoons  vinegar  to  10  of  oil. 

Cooked  Salad  Dressing. — 

^  tablespoon  sugar  ^4  tablespoon  flour 

^  tablespoon  butter  ^  teaspoon  mustard 

1  egg  yolk  ^  teaspoon  salt 

54  cup  vinegar  Dash  of  red  pepper. 


152  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

Heat  the  vinegar  in  the  upper  part  of  double  boiler 
over  direct  heat.  Sift  the  flour,  mustard,  salt  and  pepper 
thoroughly.  Pour  the  boiling  vinegar  gradually  upon  the 
mixture,  stirring  constantly.  Return  to  the  upper  part 
of  the  double  boiler  and  cook  over  hot  water  until  the 
mixture  thickens,  stirring  constantly.  Add  the  butter  and 
remove  from  the  fire.    Chill  before  using. 

Mayonnaise. — 

1  egg  yolk 

2  tablespoons  lemon  juice  or  2  tablespoons  vinegar 
J/2  teaspoon  mustard 

%  teaspoon  salt 

Dash  of  cayenne  pepper 

%  cup  of  oil  (olive  oil,  cotton  seed  oil  or  other  edible 

oil). 

Have  the  ingredients  chilled,  Place  the  mixing  bowl 
in  crushed  ice.  Mix  the  egg  yolk,  mustard,  salt  and 
cayenne  pepper.  Add  a  few  drops  of  vinegar  or  lemon 
juice,  then  a  teaspoon  of  oil,  drop  by  drop,  until  all  the 
ingredients  are  used.  Constant  beating  is  necessary 
throughout. 

Fruit  and  Vegetable  Salads. — Good  combinations  for 
salad  are  (1)  potato  and  beet,  (2)  carrot  and  green  peas, 
(3)  tomato  and  celery,  (4)  asparagus  and  pimento.  Com- 
binations of  fruit  and  vegetables  are,  (1)  apple  and 
celery,  (2)  orange  and  green  pepper.  Combinations  of 
different  kinds  of  fruit  and  nuts  or  cheese  are  especially 
good.  Examples  are,  (1)  pineapple  and  orange,  (2) 
white  cherries  stuffed  with  nuts,  (3)  banana  rolled  in 
chopped  nuts  or  (4)  half  pears  (cooked  or  raw)  with  a 
ball  of  cream  cheese  and  chopped  nuts  in  the  cavity  made 
by  the  removal  of  the  core. 

Magazines  which  devote  a  page  to  cooking  usually  have 
in  their  summer  numbers  pictures  of  salads  from  which 
suggestions  in  regard  to  arrangement  may  be  taken. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  153 

Baking  Powder  Biscuit. — 

2  cups  flour 

4  teaspoons  baking  powder 
1  teaspoon  salt 

3  tablespoons  shortening 

■  ^  to  1  cup  milk  or  milk  and  water. 

Sift  the  flour,  baking  powder  and  salt,  twice.  Put  in 
the  shortening,  then  add  the  milk  gradually,  mixing  with 
a  knife.  The  dough  should  be  as  soft  as  can  be  handled 
without  sticking.  Turn  onto  a  lightly  floured  board,  roll 
lightly  }i  inch  thick  and  cut  with  a  floured  cutter.  Bake 
in  a  hot  oven  12  or  15  minutes. 

Tea. — People  who  like  tea  have  very  decided  ideas 
about  how  strong  is  should  be  and  how  long  it  should  be 
steeped.    The  following  gives  tea  of  moderate  strength. 

Scald  the  teapot  and  put  in  4  teaspoonfuls  of  tea 
leaves.  Pour  over  them  four  cups  of  boiling  water,  cover 
and  steep  3  minutes.  Strain  into  a  tea  pot  and  serve  at 
once. 

Cocoa. — The  children  of  the  family  should  never  have 
tea.  On  a  cold  night  cocoa  is  a  very  pleasant  variant 
from  the  usual  glass  of  milk. 

Mix  4  tablespoons  of  cocoa  with  3  tablespoons  of  sugar 
and  a  little  salt.  Add  1  cup  of  boiling  water  and 
cook  until  the  mixture  is  smooth  and  glossy.  Add  a 
quart  of  milk  and  heat  to  boiling.  This  may  be  done 
more  safely  in  a  double  boiler.  Just  before  serving  beat 
with  an  tgg  beater. 

General  Suggestions 

If  the  Girl  Scout  who  is  preparing  for  her  ex- 
amination will  look  back  over  the  menus  which  have 
been  suggested,  she  will  notice  that  milk  is  emphasized. 
It  is  absolutely  essential  that  the  children  in  the  family 
shall  have  milk.    If  the  family  do  not  like  milk  to  drink, 


154  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

it  should  be  remembered  that  every  bit  which  is  used  in 
cooking  serves  the  same  purpose  as  if  it  were  taken  from 
a  glass,  but  little  children  do  not  ordinarily  get  enough 
milk  unless  they  drink  some.  Fruit  should  be  served  at 
least  once  a  day  and  better  twice,  and  some  vegetable 
other  than  potato  should  be  not  only  served  but  eaten 
by  the  family.  Children  who  are  not  taught  to  like  vege- 
tables when  they  are  little  sometimes  never  learn  to  like 
them,  and  it  is  really  important  to  eat  vegetables,  not  only 
because  they  contain  important  substances  for  growth, 
but  because  it  is  only  good  manners  to  learn  to  like  all 
the  ordinary  foods  which  are  served.  Anyone  who  has 
cooked  knows  how  discouraging  it  is  to  feel  that  some 
member  of  the  family  does  not  like  the  food.  There  is 
a  temptation  in  the  city  where  fruit,  vegetables  and  milk 
are  high,  to  use  too  much  meat  and  but  little  of  these 
foods.  It  has  been  suggested  recently  that  in  forming 
an  idea  as  to  whether  the  money  is  being  spent  to  the 
most  advantage,  the  money  spent  for  fruit  and  vegetables, 
for  milk  and  cheese,  and  for  meat  and  fish  should  be 
compared.  In  a  well-balanced  diet  these  amounts  should 
be  nearly  equal.  An  increasing  number  of  people  are 
becoming  lacto- vegetarians,  which  means  that  they  eat  no 
meat  or  fish,  but  balance  their  absence  by  using  more 
milk,  eggs  and  cheese. 

Before  starting  to  prepare  a  meal  the  Scout  should  not 
only  have  her  menu  in  mind,  but  should  have  an  idea 
how  long  it  will  take  to  prepare  each  dish  so  that  every- 
thing will  be  ready  to  serve  at  the  same  time  with  all  the 
hot  dishes  very  hot  and  all  the  cold  dishes  very  cold.  If 
all  the  dishes  of  the  meal  require  about  the  same  length 
of  time  in  their  preparation  the  ones  should  be  started 
first  which  can  be  most  easily  kept  in  good  condition. 

Enjoyment  of  a  meal  depends  quite  as  much  on  neat 
and  comfortable  service  as  it  does  upon  good  food.    The 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  155 

table  cloth,  napkins,  dishes  and  silver  should  be  clean 
and  the  dishes  should  be  arranged  so  that  there  is  as 
little  danger  as  possible  of  accident.  This  is  the  reason, 
for  example,  for  the  rule  that  a  spoon  should  never  be 
left  in  a  coffee  or  tea  cup.  This  arrangement  is  usually 
more  comfortable  if  nothing  is  placed  on  the  table  which 
is  not  going  to  be  actually  used  at  the  meal,  except  that 
a  few  flowers  or  a  little  dish  of  ferns  in  the  center  of  the 
table  is  very  much  liked  by  most  people,  if  there  is  room 
for  it.  It  often  happens  that  the  family  see  more  of  each 
other  at  meal  times  than  at  any  other  time  in  the  day 
and  everyone  should  try  to  make  meal  time  a  pleasant, 
restful,  good  humored  time. 

Household  Weights  and  Measures 
The  careful  housewife  soon  becomes  skilled  in  weigh- 
ing and  measuring  the  various  goods  she  buys  and  uses. 
At  the  store  she  is  on  guard  against  short  measures,  and 
if  she  does  not  market  in  person,  she  has  machines  at 
home  to  test  what  is  delivered.  The  following  table  is 
given  for  frequent  reference  use  by  the  Girl  Scout  while 
earning  her  badges  in  Homecraft.  She  will  also  find  it 
useful  in  learning  to  judge  weights  and  distances  for  her 
First  Class  test. 

Table  of  Household  Weights  and  Measures 
(Reprinted   by   permission   of   publisher   from   "House- 
wifery," by  L.  Ray  Balderston,  M.  A. 
J.  B.  Lippincott,  1919) 


Linear  Measure : 

12  inches 

=  1  foot 

3  feet 

=z  1  yard 

5^  yards 

=  1  rod 

320  rods 

=z  1  mile 

1760  yards 

=  1  mile 

5280  feet 

=  1  mile 

156 


6                                                 SCOUTING 

FOR 

GIRLS 

Square  Measure : 

144  square  inches 

:= 

1  square  foot 

9  square  feet 

rr: 

1  square  yard 

30^  square  yards 

= 

1  square  rod 

160  square  rods 

= 

1  acre 

1  square  mile 

= 

1  section 

36  square  miles 

z= 

1  township 

Avoirdupois  Weight : 

27.3  grains 

=z 

1  dram 

16     drams 

=z 

1  ounce   (oz.) 

16     ounces 

= 

1  pound   (lb.) 

100     pounds 

=z 

1  cwt.  (hundredweight) 

2,000     pounds 

= 

1  ton 

Liquid  Measure : 

4  gills 

= 

1  pint 

2  pints 

= 

1  quart 

4  quarts 

z= 

1  gallon 

31J/2  gallons 

= 

1  bbl. 

Dry  Measure: 

2  pints 

z=z 

1  quart 

8  quarts 

= 

1  peck 

4  pecks 

=z 

1  bushel 

105  dry  quarts 

= 

1  bbl.    (fruit,  vegetables, 
etc.) 

Miscellaneous   Household 

Measures : 

4  saltspoonfuls 

= 

1  teaspoonful 

3  teaspoonfuls 

=: 

1  tablespoon  ful 

16  tablespoonfuls 

=: 

1  cupful 

2  gills 

=z 

1  cupful 

2  cupfuls 

=: 

1  pint 

1  cupful 

z= 

8  fluid  ounces 

32  tablespoonfuls 

= 

1  lb.  butter 

2  cups  of  butter 

rr: 

1  lb. 

1  lb.  butter 

=40  butter  balls 

4  cups  flour 

= 

1  lb. 

SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


157 


2  cups  sugar         :=  1  lb. 

5  cups  coffee        =  1  lb. 
1  lb.  coffee  =  40  cups  of  liquid  coffee 
l}i  cups  rice  =:  1  lb. 
2%  cups  oatmeal  =:  1  lb. 
2^  cups  cornmeal   =   1   lb. 
1  cup  of  liquid  to  3  cups  of  flour  :^  a  dough 
1  cup  of  liquid  to  2  cups  of  flour  =  a  thick  batter 
1  cup  of  liquid  to  1  cup  of  flour  =  a  thin  batter 
1  teaspoonful  soda  to  1  pint  sour  milk 
1  teaspoonful  soda  to  one  cup  of  molasses 
1  teaspoonful  cream    of    tartar    plus    J^    teaspoonful 
soda  =  2  teaspoon fuls  baking  powder 


2.     THE  CHILD  NURSE 

There  always  are  and  always  will  be  children  to  be 
taken  care  of.  There  is  no  way  in  which  a  girl  can 
help  her  country  better  than  by  fitting  herself  to  under- 
take the  care  of  children.  A  Girl  Scout  thinks  for  her- 
self, and  knowing  the  Health  Laws,  she  knows  the  im- 
portant things  to  consider  in  caring  for  children : 

1.  The  care  necessary  for  the  child's  bones. 

2.  When  it  should  exercise  its  muscles. 

3.  Its  rest. 

4.  The  air,  sun  and  food  and  water  which  it  needs. 

5.  How  to  keep  it  clean. 

Bones — Great  care  must  be  taken  in  handling  a  baby. 
Its  bones  are  soft  and  easily  injured,  and  for  this  reason 
a  baby  should  not  be  handled  more  than  necessary.  When 
very  young  its  entire  spine  should  be  supported,  and  no 
undue  pressure  made  upon  the  chest,  as  often  happens 
if  the  baby  is  grasped  under  the  arms.    In  lifting  a  young 


158  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

baby  from  its  bed,  the  right  hand  should  grasp  the 
clothing  below  the  feet,  and  the  left  hand  should  be 
slipped  beneath  the  infant's  body  to  its  head.  It  is  then 
raised  upon  the  left  arm.  An  older  child  should  be 
lifted  by  placing  the  hands  under  the  child's  arms,  and 
never  by  the  wrists.  If  children  are  jerked  or  lifted 
by  the  arms,  serious  injury  may  be  done  to  the  bones. 
The  bones,  when  a  child  is  growing,  are  partly  composed 
of  soft  tissue  which  is  easily  destroyed,  and  further 
growth  is  prevented.  Many  children  are  brought  to  the 
hospitals  with  injuries  done  to  their  arms  from  being 
jerked  across  the  street.  Do  not  let  a  child  walk  too 
soon,  especially  a  heavy  child.  Bow  legs  and  knock  knees 
come  from  standing  and  walking  when  the  bones  are 
soft. 

Exercise — At  least  twice  a  day  an  infant  should  be 
allowed  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  the  free  use  of 
its  limbs  by  permitting  it  to  lie  upon  a  bed  in  a  warm 
room,  with  all  clothing  except  the  shirt  and  diaper  re- 
moved. In  cold  weather  leave  on  the  stockings.  Later, 
when  in  short  clothes,  the  baby  may  be  put  upon  a  thick 
blanket  or  quilt,  laid  upon  the  floor,  and  be  allowed  to 
tumble  at  will. 

Rest — Healthy  children  never  sleep  too  much,  A  new 
born  baby  should  sleep  nine-tenths  of  the  day.  A  child 
should  have  a  nap  during  the  day  until  four  years  old, 
and,  if  possible,  until  seven  or  eight  years  old.  It  should 
go  to  bed  before  six.  It  should  have  a  crib  or  bed  to 
itself,  placed  where  it  will  have  fresh  air,  but  protected 
from  draughts,  and  its  eyes  protected  from  direct  rays 
of  light. 

Air  and  Sun — A  little  child  is  in  its  room  so  much  it 
is  very  important  that  fresh  air  and  sunlight  should  be 
brought  to  it  there.  Rooms  may  be  well  aired  twice  or 
three  times  a  day,  removing  the  baby  to  another  room 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  159 

while  the  windows  are  open.  The  child  may  be  placed 
in  its  crib  or  carriage  before  on  open  window,  dressed 
as  if  for  the  street.  After  children  are  three  months 
old  they  may  be  taken  out,  but  the  sunny  part  of  the 
day  should  be  chosen,  between  10  a.  m.  and  3  p.  m.  in 
cold  weather.  At  night  the  windows  should  be  partly 
opened,  but  care  should  be  taken  that  the  infant  does  not 
become  chilled.  Be  careful  that  sheet  and  blankets  do 
not  get  over  a  baby's  head.  The  clothes  may  be  pinned 
to  the  side  of  the  bed. 

Food  and  Water — Even  little  babies  should  be  given 
water  twice  a  day.  The  water  should  be  boiled,  cooled 
and  kept  covered.  It  is  hardly  possible,  for  children  or 
older  persons  to  drink  too  much  water.  During  hot 
weather  a  child  needs  more  water  than  during  cold 
weather. 

Mother's  milk  is  the  only  perfect  food  for  an  infant 
during  the  first  nine  or  ten  months.  If  it  is  necessary 
to  give  artificial  food  from  a  bottle,  the  greatest  possible 
care  must  be  taken.  The  milk  used  should  be  the  best 
obtainable.  To  obtain  clean  milk  it  is  necessary  that 
everything  that  touches  it  be  clean,  sterilized  when  pos- 
sible, and  that  the  cows,  and  men  who  handle  the  milk 
be  healthy.  In  New  York  City  all  milk  is  classified 
according  to  its  cleanliness  and  butter  fat  content.  The 
cleanest  and  richest  milk  is  called  "certified  milk"  and 
is  sold  raw.  The  other  milks  are  classified  according  to 
cleanliness.  Grade  A,  B  and  C  are  all  pasteurized.  Only 
certified  and  Grade  A  should  be  used  for  infant  feeding. 
You  know  that  sterile  means  free  from  germs  or  bac- 
teria. Milk  or  water  may  be  made  comparatively  sterile 
by  boiling.  Pasteurized  milk  is  milk  which  has  been 
heated  to  155°  Fahrenheit,  kept  at  that  temperature  for 
thirty  minutes  and  cooled  quickly  by  placing  the  bottles 
in  cold  running  water. 


160 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


Punctual  feeding  makes  good  digestion,  and  even  if 
the  baby  takes  an  extra  nap  it  is  better  to  wake  a  healthy 
baby  to  give  him  his  meals  at  regular  hours  than  to  let 
his  digestion  get  out  of  order.  Between  meals  a  little 
water  which  has  been  boiled  and  cooled  and  kept  cov- 
ered will  wash  out  its  mouth  as  well  as  refresh  the  child. 
The  average  infant  is  fed  every  three  hours  until  it  is 
five  months  old.  After  that  it  fed  every  four  hours 
until  it  is  fifteen  or  sixteen  months  old,  when  it  is  shifted 
to  three  meals  a  day  with  perhaps  a  cup  of  milk  in  long 
intervals.  Solid  food,  such  as  zweil^ach  and  milk  or 
cereal,  is  begun  at  seven  months,  and  by  thirteen  or  four- 
teen months  the  child  will  be  eating  cereal,  bread,  broth, 
beef  juice,  potato,  rice,  vegetables,  etc.  Candy  is  harm- 
ful for  children,  and  even  older  children  should  eat  candy 
only  after  meals.  Raw  fruit,  except  orange  juice,  is  apt 
to  be  upsetting  in  summer. 

Keep  the  baby  and  everything  around  him  clean.  The 
baby's  food  is  the  most  important  thing  to  keep  clean. 
The  cleanliness  of  the  bottle,  when  it  is  necessary  to  feed 
the  baby  from  one,  is  very  important.  Choose  a  bottle 
of  fairly  heavy  glass  with  rounded  bottom  and  wide 
mouth,  so  that  it  may  be  easily  cleaned.  Short  rubber 
nipples  which  clip  over  the  neck  of  the  bottle  and  which 
can  be  easily  turned  inside  out,  should  be  selected,  and 
discarded  when  they  become  soft,  or  when  the  openings 
become  large  enough  for  the  milk  to  run  in  a  stream 
instead  of  drop  by  drop.  Remove  the  bottle  from  the 
baby's  mouth  as  soon  as  empty,  rinse  at  once  in  cold 
water  and  then  fill  with  a  solution  of  bicarbonate  of 
soda  (baking  soda),  about  one  teaspoonful  to  a  pint 
of  water.  Before  rinsing  wash  in  hot  soapsuds,  using 
a  bottle  brush,  rinse  well  in  plain  water,  and  boil  for 
twenty  minutes,  placing  a  clean  cloth  in  the  bottom  of 
the  basin  to  protect  the  bottle   from  breaking.     Before 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


idl 


using  new  nipples  they  should  be  scrubbed  inside  and 
out  and  boiled  for  at  least  five  minutes.  After  using 
they  should  be  carefully  rinsed  in  cold  water  and  kept 
in  a  covered  glass  containing  a  solution  of  boric  acid 
(one  teaspoonful  dissolved  in  a  pint  of  l)oiIing  water), 
and  at  least  once  a  day  be  turned  inside  out  and  thor- 
oughly washed  with  soap  and  water,  then  rinsed.  Nip- 
ples should  be  boiled  twice  a  week. 

BatJi — A  baby  should  have  a  bath  every  day,  not 
sooner  than  one  hour  after  feeding.  The  room  should 
be  warm;  if  possible  there  should  be  an  open  fire  in 
the  room.  The  temperature  of  the  water  for  a  baby 
up  to  six  months  old  should  be  98°.  Then  it  should 
gradually  decrease,  next  temperature  being  95°,  until 
at  the  age  of  two  it  should  range  between  85°  to 
90°.  Before  a  baby  is  undressed  the  person  who  is 
bathing  the  baby  must  be  sure  that  everything  needed 
for  the  bath  and  dressing  is  at  hand.  The  hand  basin 
or  small  tub  of  warm  water,  a  pitcher  of  hot  water 
in  case  it  is  needed,  castile  or  ivory  soap,  soft  wash 
cloths,  towels,  brush,  powder,  fresh  absorbent  cotton, 
boric  acid  solution,  and  the  baby's  clothes  laid  out  in 
the  order  in  which  they  will  be  needed  in  dressing  the 
child,  the  soft  flannel  bandage,  the  diapers,  the  shirt, 
flannel  petticoat,  dress  and  shawl. 

For  some  people  it  is  easier  to  handle  a  baby  when 
laid  on  a  bed  or  table  than  on  one's  lap,  having  under 
the  child  a  soft  bath  towel  or  canton  flannel  large  enough 
to  be  wrapped  around  it.  Its  nose  may  be  cleaned  with 
a  bit  of  absorbent  cotton  rolled  to  a  point,  using  a  fresh 
piece  for  each  nostril.  To  bathe  the  eyes  use  fresh 
pieces  of  absorbent  cotton  dipped  in  boric  acid  solution. 
Wash  the  baby's  face  carefully  so  that  the  water  does 
not  drip  into  its  ears.  Dry  the  face  carefully.  Wash 
the  head  gently  and  thoroughly  with  soap,  being  careful 


162  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

to  rinse  completely.  Soap  the  baby's  body  before  putting 
it  into  the  hath.  As  a  soapy  little  baby  is  difficult  to  hold, 
support  him  firmly  all  the  time  he  is  kicking  and  splash- 
ing, by  placing  the  arm  or  hand  at  the  baby's  back  be- 
tween its  shoulders.  Wash  particularly,  under  the  arms, 
the  creases  in  the  back  of  the  neck,  between  the  legs, 
fingers  and  toes.  The  bath  should  be  given  quickly 
and  the  baby  lifted  out  in  the  bath  towel  or  flannel, 
covered  and  dried  quickly,  using  a  soft  towel.  Rub 
the  baby  very  slightly.  All  the  folds  of  the  skin  should 
be  dried  and  well  powdered :  under  the  arms,  behind 
the  ears,  about  the  neck,  legs,  etc.  Do  not  put  too  much 
powder  on,  as  it  forms  a  paste.  Dress  the  infant  and 
lay  it  on  its  crilj  while  putting  away  all  the  things  used 
for  its  bath.  It  is  perfectly  proper  for  a  baby  to  exer- 
cise its  lungs  by  crying,  so  do  not  be  alarmed,  but  be 
sure  that  its  clothing  is  comfortable  and  that  the  child 
is  clean.  Garments  worn  at  night  should  always  be 
different  from  those  worn  during  the  day.  The  gar- 
ments next  to  the  skin  should  be  of  wool  or  part  wool, 
except  the  diaper,  which  should  be  soft  cotton,  and 
when  new,  washed  several  times  before  using.  Wet 
diapers  should  be  rinsed  in  cold  water  and  dried  before 
using  a  second  time;  about  every  twenty-four  hours 
diapers  should  be  washed,  scalded,  rinsed  in  cold  water 
and  hung  in  the  air  to  dry. 

Daily  Routine — Child  Under  Two  Years  of  Age 

6.00  A.M.     Feed  warm  milk. 

7.30  A.M.     Seat   on   chair   or   hold   over   chamber   not 

more   than   ten  minutes.     If  the  child   has 

no  movement  of   the  bowels  at  this   time, 

try  later. 
9.00  A.M.     Give  bath,  and  immediately  after,  feed,  then 

put  to  bed  in  a  well  ventilated  room,  dark- 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  163 

ened,  or  out  of  doors  in  carriage  or  crib. 
Be  sure  no  strong  light  is  in  the  child's  eyes. 
Child  should  sleep  until  one  o'clock. 
1.00  P.M.     Take  up,  make  comfortable,  and  feed. 
2.00  P.M.     Take  child  out  of  doors  again,  but  do  not 
stay  after  3  P.M.  in  winter  time.     Later  in 
summer.      Stormy    days    keep    in    house    in 
crib  or  carriage,  well  wrapped  up  in  room 
with  window  open. 
3  to  5  P.M.  Hold  child,  or  let  it  stav  in  crib  and  play  or 

kick. 
6.00  P.M.     Undress,  rub  with  soft,  dry  towel,  put  on 
nightclothes,    feed  and   put   to   bed   in   well 
ventilated  room. 
10.00  P.M.     A  young  baby  should  be  fed  at  this  time, 
dried,  and  not  fed  again  until  6.  A.M. 
A  baby  needs  to   be  kept  quiet.     Do   not  make   loud 
noises    near    it.      Do    not   play    with    infant    too    much. 
Leave  it  to  itself  to  grow.     Keep  the  baby  clean,  every- 
thing about  it  tidy.     Do  not  give  a  child  pointed  toys 
or  playthings  small  enough  to  go  into  the  infant's  mouth 
Tie  toys  to  the  crib  or  carriage  so  that  they  do  not  fall 
on  the  floor. 

Things  to  Remember 
Emphasize  "tidy  as  you  go,"  sleep,  water,  bowel  move- 
ments,   exercise    for    older    children,    especially    in   cold 
weather,   nothing  in  mouth,  do   not  use   pacifiers,   tying 
toys  to  crib  or  carriage,  a  baby  over  two  years  of  age 
should  not  be  fed  oftener  than  every  four  hours. 
Bov^el  Movements 
At  least  once  a  day. 

Should  be  medium  soft,  not  loose,  smooth,  and  when 
on  milk  diet,  light  in  color. 

If  child  is  constipated,  give  one  teaspoonful  of  milk 
of  magnesia  clear,  at  night. 


164  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

See  doctor  if  child  is  not  well. 
Feedings 

Cliiklren  from  birth  to  five  months  should  be  fed  every 
three  hours. 

Children  over  one  and  a  half  years  old  need  three 
meals  a  day,  dinner  in  the  middle  of  the  day. 

Little  children  need  to  be  kept  very  quiet.  No  con- 
fusion or  loud  noises  around  them.  They  will  then 
grow   better   and    stronger. 

Colds 

Never  neglect  a  cold.  Do  not  "pass  it  on"  to  a  child 
by  coughing,  sneezing,  talking  or  breathing  into  its  face. 
Do  not  kiss  anyone  when  you  have  a  cold.  Never  allow 
the  handkerchief  used  by  a  person  with  a  cold  to  touch 
a  child.  If  you  must  handle  a  child  when  you  have  a 
cold,  wear  a  piece  of  gauze  over  your  mouth  and  nose, 
and  be  sure  to  keep  your  hands  clean.  Be  very  careful 
with  the  handkerchiefs  used ;  see  that  no  one  touches 
or  uses  them.  It  is  preferable  to  use  gauze  or  soft 
paper  for  handkerchiefs  and  burn  them.  When  a  child 
has  a  cold  put  it  to  bed.  Keep  quiet  as  long  as  there 
is  any  fever.  Give  a  cathartic,  such  as  castor-  oil,  as 
soon  as  cold  appears.  Reduce  the  child's  diet  and  give 
plenty  of  drinking  water.  Consult  a  doctor.  Do  not  let 
the  child  go  out  until  thoroughly  well. 


3.     THE  FIRST  AIDE  IN  ACCIDENTS  AND 

EMERGENCIES 

General  Rules 

The  sorrow  and  unhappiness  of  the  world  is  .increased 
enormously     every     year     by     injury     and     loss     from 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  165 

accidents,  more  than  half  of  which  might  be  prevented 
if  someone  had  not  been  careless,  or  if  someone  else 
had  taken  a  little  trouble  to  co'-ect  the  results  of  that 
carelessness  before  (hey  caused  an  accident. 

It  therefore  becomes  the  plain  duty  of  Girl  Scouts 
not  only  to  be  careful  but  to  repair,  if  possible,  the 
carelessness  of  others  which  may  result  in  accident. 

Let  us  review  briefly  some  of  the  many  small  things 
in  our  daily  lives  which  cause  accidents,  and  therefore 
sufifering  and  loss. 

1.  Carelessness  in  the  Street.  As,  for  example,  tak- 
ing chances  in  getting  across  in  front  of  a  car  or  auto- 
mobile ;  running  from  behind  a  car  without  looking  to 
see  of  some  vehicle  is  coming  from  another  direction; 
catching  a  ride  by  hanging  on  to  the  rear  end  of  cars 
or  wagons :  getting  ofif  cars  before  they  stop ;  getting  on 
or  off  cars  in  the  wrong  way ;  being  too  interested  to 
watch  for  open  manholes,  cellarways,  sewers,  etc. ;  reck- 
less roller  skating  in  the  street,  throwing  things  like 
banana  peels  on  the  street  or  sidewalk  where  people 
are  likely  to  slip  on  them ;  teasing  dogs,  or  trying  to 
catch  strange  ones ;  many  dogs  resent  a  stranger  petting 
them  and  use  their  only  means  of  defense — biting. 
Other  examples  will  occur  to  you  of  carelessness  in  the 
streets  which  space  does  not  allow  us  to  mention  here. 

Wait  until  the  car  stops  before  trying  to  get  off.  In 
getting  off  cars  you  should  face  in  the  direction  in  which 
the  car  is  going.  A  simple  rule  is  to  get  off  by  holding 
a  rod  with  the  left  hand  and  putting  the  right  foot 
down  first.  This  brings  you  facing  the  front  of  the 
car  and  prevents  your  being  swept  off  your  feet  by 
the  momentum  of  the  car. 

If  you  see  any  refuse  in  the  street  which  is  likely 
to  cause  an  accident,  either  remove  it  yourself  or  report 
it  to  the  proper  authorities  to  have  it  removed  at  once. 


166  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

2.  Carelessness  at  Home.  As  for  example,  starting  the 
fire  with  kerosene;  leaving  gas  jets  burning  where  cur- 
tains of  clothing  may  be  1)lown  into  the  flame;  leaving 
clothing  or  paper  too  near  a  fire ;  throwing  matches  you 
thought  had  been  put  out  into  paper  or  other  material 
which  will  catch  fire  easily ;  leaving  oily  or  greasy  rags 
where  they  will  easily  overheat  or  take  fire  spontane- 
ously; leaving  objects  on  stairs  and  in  hallways  which 
will  cause  others  to  fall ;  leaving  scalding  water  where  a 
child  may  fall  into  it  or  pull  it  down,  spilling  the  scalding 
water  over  himself ;  leaving  rags  or  linoleum  with  up- 
turned edges  for  someone  to  fall  over ;  and  innumerable 
other  careless  things  which  will  occur  to  you. 

3.  Disobedience,  playing  with  matches;  building  fires 
in  improper  places ;  playing  with  guns ;  trying  the  "med- 
icines" in  the  closet ;  throwing  stones ;  playing  with  the 
electric  wires  or  lights ;  playing  around  railroad  tracks 
and  bridges :  We  could  multiply  the  accidents  from  dis- 
obedience indefinitely.  Remember,  a  caution  given  you 
not  to  do  something  means  there  is  danger  in  doing 
it,  which  may  bring  much  sorrow  and  suffering  to  your- 
self and  others. 

It  is  a  very  old  saying  that  "An  ounce  of  prevention 
is  worth  a  pound  of  cure,"  but  it  is  as  true  today 
as  it  was  hundreds  of  years  ago. 

After   the   Accident 

When  the  time  for  prevention  is  past,  and  the  acci- 
dent has  happened,  then  you  want  to  know  what  is 
the  best  thing  to  do,  and  how  best  to  do  it  in  order  to 
give  the  most  help  and  relief  immediately,  before  ex- 
pert help  can  arrive,  and  to  have  the  victim  in  the  best 
condition  possible  for  the  doctor  when  he  comes,  in 
order  that  he  may  not  have  to  undo  whatever  has  been 
done  before  he  can  begin  to  give  the  patient  relief  from 
his  suffering. 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  167 

1.  Keep  cool.  The  only  way  to  do  this  effectually 
is  to  learn  beforehand  what  to  do  and  how  to  do  it. 
Then  you  are  not  frightened  and  can  do  readily  and 
with  coolness  whatever  is  necessary  to  be  done. 

2.  Send  at  once  for  a  doctor,  if  you  have  a  messen- 
ger, in  all  except  the  minor  accidents.  This  book  will 
help  you  learn  to  judge  of  whether  a  doctor  will  be 
necessary.     If  in  doubt  send  for  a  doctor  anyway. 

3.  Prevent  panic  and  keep  the  crowd,  if  there  is 
one,  at  a  distance.  The  patient  needs  fresh  air  to  breathe, 
and  space  around  him. 

4.  Loosen  the  clothing,  especially  any  band  around 
the  neck,  tight  corsets  or  anything  else  that  may  inter- 
fere with  breathing. 

5.  Keep  the  patient  flat  on  Jiis  back  if  the  accident 
is  at  all  serious,  with  the  head  slightly  down  if  his  face 
is  pale  and  he  is  faint,  or  slightly  raised  if  his  face  is 
flushed  and  he  is  breathing  heavily,  as  though  snoring. 

6.  //  tJicre  is  vomiting,  turn  the  head  to  one  side  in 
order  that  the  vomited  material  may  easily  run  out  of 
the  mouth  and  not  be  drawn  into  the  windpipe  and  pro- 
duce choking  to  add  to  the  difficulties  already  present. 

7.  Remove  clothing,  if  necessary,  gently  and  in  such 
manner  as  to  give  the  patient  the  least  amount  of  suf- 
fering. Move  any  injured  part  as  little  as  possible.  At 
the  same  time,  as  a  secondary  consideration,  injure  the 
clothing  as  little  as  possible.  If,  as  often,  it  becomes 
necessary  to  cut  off  the  clothing,  it  may  be  possible  to 
rip  up  a  seam  quickly  instead  of  cutting  the  cloth,  but 
saving  the  clothing  is  always  secondary  to  the  welfare 
of  the  patient.  Little  or  no  consideration  should  be 
shown  for  clothing  where  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the 
patient  motionless,  or  where  quick  action  is  needed. 

8.  Transportation.     There     are     three     methods     for 


168  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

emergency  transportation  of  accident  victims  which  can 
be  used  according  to  the  degree  of  the  injury: 

(a)  Fireman's  Lift.  If  it  is  necessary  for  one  per- 
son to  carry  a  patient,  it  is  easily  possible  to  lift  and 
carry  quite  a  weight  in  the  following  manner : 

First,  turn  the  patient  on  his  face,  then  step  astride 
his  body,  facing  toward  his  head,  and,  with  hands  un- 
der his  armpits,  lift  him  to  his  knees,  then  clasp  your 
hands  over  the  patient's  abdomen  and  lift  him  to  his 
feet;  then  draw  his  left  arm  around  your  neck  and 
hold  it  against  the  left  side  of  your  chest,  the  patient's 
left  side  resting  against  your  body,  and  supporting  him 
with  your  right  arm  about  the  waist.  Then  drop  the 
patient's  left  hand  and  grasp  his  right  wrist  with  your 
left  hand  and  draw  the  right  arm  over  your  head  and 
down  upon  your  left  chest;  then  stooping,  clasp  his 
right  thigh  with  your  right  arm  passed  between  the 
legs  (or  around  both  legs)  and  with  a  quick  heave  lift 
the  patient  to  your  shoulders  and  seize  his  right  wrist 
with  your  right  hand,  and  lastly,  grasp  the  patient's 
left  hand  with  your  left  hand  to  steady  him  against  your 
body.     (Work  this  out  with  a  companion  as  you  read  it.) 

(b)  A  seat  made  of  four  arms  and  hands  (which 
you  have  no  doubt  used  in  your  play),  may  be  used  for 
the  lesser  injuries.  If  the  patient  can,  he  supports  him- 
self by  putting  his  arms  around  the  necks  of  his  carriers, 
each  of  whom  in  the  meantime  grasps  one  of  his  own 
wrists  and  one  of  his  partners.  This  makes  a  comfort- 
able seat  for  carrying.  If  the  patient  needs  supporting, 
a  back  may  be  improvised  by  each  carrier  grasping  the 
other's  arm  below  the  shoulder  to  form  the  back  and  their 
other  hands  clasped  to  form  the  seat.  A  better  seat  may 
be  made  with  three  hands  clasping  the  wrists,  while  the 
fourth  arm  is  used  as  a  back,  by  one  clasping  the  other's 
arm  below  the  shoulder.     This  does  not  provide  a  very 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  169 

secure  back,  however,  as  it  is  not  easy  to  hold  the  arm 
against  much  of  a  weight  from  the  patient's  body. 

(c)  Improvised  Stretcher.  When  the  patient  shows 
any  sign  of  shock,  is  unconscious,  has  a  serious  frac- 
ture of  some  bone  or  bones,  has  a  serious  injury  to  any 
part  of  the  body,  or  is-  bleeding  excessively,  he  must  be 
carried  lying  down.  It  may  be  that  there  will  be  no 
regular  stretcher  at  hand.  In  that  case  one  must  be 
improvised.  A  serviceable  one  can  be  made  from  ordi- 
nary grain  or  flour  bags  by  cutting  the  two  corners  at 
the  bottom  and  running  two  poles  inside  the  mouth  of 
the  bags  and  through  the  holes. 

A  workable  stretcher  can  be  made  from  coats  by  turn- 
ing the  sleeves  inside  out,  passing  the  poles  through  the 
sleeves  and  buttoning  the  coat  over  the  poles.  This  brings 
the  turned  sleeves  on  the  inside.  A  five-bar  gate  or  a  door, 
if  it  can  be  gotten  without  delay,  also  make  satisfactory 
emergency  stretchers. 

A  stretcher  may  also  be  made  out  of  dress  skirts, 
with  or  without  poles.'  Put  the  skirts  together,  bottoms 
slipped  past  each  other,  and  slip  the  poles  through,  as 
with  the  bags.  If  no  poles  are  available,  roll  the  edges 
of  the  skirts  over  several  times  to  form  a  firm  edge, 
and  carry  with  two  or  four  bearers,  as  the  size  and 
weight  of  the  patient  make  necessary. 

Minor  Injuries  and  Emergencies 

Minor  injuries  may  or  may  not  need  the  aid  of  a 
doctor,  and  you  must  learn  to  use  judgment  as  to  the 
necessity  of  sending  for  one.  We  will  consider  these 
minor  injuries  in  groups  to  remember  them  more  easily. 
1.  (a)  BRUISES;  (b)  STRAINS;  (c)  SPRAINS 
(a)  A  Bruise  is  produced  by  a  blow  which  does  not 
break  the  skin,  but  does  break  the  delicate  walls  of  the 
capillaries  and  smaller  veins,  thus  permitting  the  blood 


170  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

to  flow  into  the  surrounding  tissues,  producing  the  dis- 
coloration known  as  "black  and  blue." 

(b)  A  Strain  is  produced  by  the  overstretching  of 
muscles  or  ligaments,  or  both,  but  not  tearing  them.  It 
may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  by  breaking  of  capillary 
walls  with  discoloration.  Any  muscle  or  ligament  may  be 
strained. 

(c)  A  Sprain  is  produced  by  the  overstretching  of 
the  muscles  or  ligaments  or  both  about  a  joint.  There 
may  also  be  some  tearing  of  the  fibres  or  tearing  loose 
from  their  attachments.  This  always  breaks  capillaries 
or  small  veins,  making  the  surface  black  and  blue.  This 
discoloration  usually  appears  some  time  after  the  acci- 
dent, because  the  broken  blood  vessels  are  far  below 
the  surface. 

Treatment — For  bruises  and  strains  it  is  seldom  neces- 
sary to  call  a  doctor.  Apply  cold,  either  by  wringing 
cloths  out  of  cold  water  and  applying,  or  by  holding  the 
injured  part  under  the  cold  water  tap.  Do  this  at 
intervals  of  several  hours,  until  the  pain  is  lessened. 
The  cold  may  be  alternated  with  hot  water  which  must, 
however,  be  quite  hot,  just  enough  not  to  burn,  as  luke- 
warm water  is  almost  useless.  Some  patients  will  prefer 
to  use  only  hot  water.  The  water  followed  by  applications 
of  tincture  of  arnica,  witch  hazel,  or  alcohol  and  water, 
half  and  half,  and  bandaging  will  be  sufficient. 

If,  however,  there  has  been  no  black  and  blue  at  first, 
as  in  a  bruise,  but  it  begins  to  show  later,  and  the  pain 
continues  severe,  and  there  is  a  good  deal  of  swelling, 
then  you  should  send  for  a  doctor,  as  more  than  first 
aid  is  needed. 

In  case  of  sprain,  send  for  a  doctor,  and  in  the  mean- 
time elevate  the  joint  and  apply  hot  or  cold  water,  or 
alternate  hot  and  cold,  as  patient  prefers.  This  will 
give  relief  by  contracting  the  blood  vessels. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  171 

2.    (a)    BURNS;    (b)    SCALDS;    (c)    SUNBURN; 
(d)  FROSTBITE 

(a)  Burns  are  produced  by  dry  heat,  as  a  fire,  acids, 
alkalis,  etc.,  and  may  be  of  all  degrees,  from  a  super- 
ficial reddening  of  the  skin  to  a  burning  of  the  tissues 
to  the  bone. 

(b)  Scalds  are  produced  by  moist  heat,  and  may  be 
of  the  same  degrees  as  those  produced  by  dry  heat. 

(c)  Sunburn  is  produced  by  the  sun,  and  is  usually 
superficial,  but  may  be  quite  severe. 

(d)  Frostbite  is  produced  by  freezing  the  tissues  and 
is  usually  not  dangerous.  The  more  severe  types  will  be 
treated  later  under  Freezing. 

Treatment — (a)  Burns;  (b)  Scalds 

1.  Except  in  the  minor  burns  and  scalds,  send  for 
tbe  doctor  at  once. 

2.  The  first  thing  to  do  is  allay  pain  by  protecting 
the  injured  part  from  the  air, 

3.  For  a  burn  produced  by  fire,  cover  with  a  paste 
made  of  baking  soda  and  water,  or  smear  with  grease 
— as  lard,  carron  oil  (mixture  of  linseed  oil  and  lime 
water — half  and  half)  or  vaseline  or  calendula  cerate. 
Cover  with  a  piece  of  clean  cloth  or  absorbent  gauze  and 
bandage  loosely  or  tie  in  place.  Gauze  prepared  with 
picric  acid,  if  at  hand,  is  a  most  satisfactory  dressing.  It 
can  be  purchased  and  kept  on  hand  for  emergencies. 

4.  In  burns  from  alkalis  or  acids,  wash  oflf  as  quickly 
as  possible  and  neutralize  (make  inactive  the  acids  with 
baking  soda,  weak  ammonia  or  soapsuds ;  the  alkalis 
with  vinegar  or  lemon  juice.  Afterward  treat  like  other 
burns. 

(c)   Sunburn  is  an  inflammation  of  the  skin  produced 
by  the  action  of  the  sun's  rays  and  may  be  prevented 


172  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

by  gradually  accustoming  the   skin  to   exposure  to   the 
sun.    It  is  treated  as  are  other  minor  burns, 

(d)  Frostbite — Prevention — 1.  Wear  sufficient  cloth- 
ing in  cold  weather  and  keep  exposed  parts,  such  as 
ears  and  fingers,  covered, 

2.  Rub  vigorously  any  part  that  has  become  cold. 
This  brings  the  warm  blood  to  the  surface  and  prevents 
chilling, 

3.  Keep  in  action  when  exposed  to  the  cold  for  any 
length  of  time.  The  signs  of  danger  are  sudden  lack 
of  feeling  in  an  exposed  part,  and  a  noticeably  white 
area.    Chilblain  is  an  example  of  frostbite. 

Treatment — The  circulation  of  the  blood  through  the 
frozen  part  must  be  restored  gradually.  This  must  be 
done  by  rubbing  the  part  first  with  cold  water,  which 
will  be  slightly  warmer  than  the  frozen  part,  and 
gradually  warming  the  water  until  the  circulation  and 
warmth  is  fully  restored.  Then  treat  as  a  minor  burn. 
If  heat  is  applied  suddenly  it  causes  death  of  frozen  parts. 

3.     SPLINTERS,  SMALL  CUTS,  SCRATCHES 
AND  PIN  PRICKS 

None  of  these  injuries  will  usually  require  a  doctor 
if  properly  treated  in  the  beginning.  The  bleeding  from 
any  of  them  is  not  sufficient  to  be  dangerous.  But 
whenever  there  is  a  break  in  the  skin  or  mucous  mem- 
brane there  is  danger  of  infection  by  germs,  and  this  is 
what  makes  the  first  aid  treatment  in  these  cases  so 
important.  A  tiny  scratch  is  sometimes  converted  into 
a  bad  case  of  blood  poisoning  by  not  being  properly 
treated  at  first. 

Splinters  should  be  removed  by  using  a  needle  (not 
a  pin)  which  has  been  sterilized  by  passing  it  through 
a  flame   (the  flame  of  a  match  will  do  if  nothing  better 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  173 

is  at  hand).     After  the  spHnter  is  out,  the  wound  is 
treated  like  a  cut  or  scratch. 

The  germs  which  produce  poisoning  do  not  float 
in  the  air,  but  may  be  conveyed  by  any  thing  which  is 
not  sterile,  as,  for  instance,  the  spHnter  or  the  instru- 
ment that  did  the  cutting,  scratching  or  pricking.  They 
may  be  carried  to  the  scratch  by  our  hands,  by  water, 
or  cloth  used  for  dressings.  , 

Treatment — Wash  your  own  hands  thoroughly  with 
soap  and  water,  using  a  nail  brush.  Clean  the  injured 
part  well  with  disinfectant,  as,  for  instance,  alcohol  and 
water,  half  and  half,  or  peroxide  of  hydrogen — paint 
the  spot  with  iodine,  and  cover  with  sterile  gauze  (if 
this  is  not  to  be  had,  use  a  piece  of  clean  cloth  that 
has  been  recently  ironed),  and  bandage  in  place.  If 
the  bleeding  is  severe,  a  little  pressure  with  the  bandage 
over  the  dressing  will  stop  it.  Use  the  same  precau- 
tions if  the  wound  has  to  be  re-dressed. 

4.  STINGS  AND  BITES  OF  INSECTS 

The  poison  injected  by  the  sting  or  bite  of  an  insect 
is  usually  acid,  and  the  part  should  be  washed  at  once 
with  a  solution  of  ammonia  or  soda  (washing  soda)  to 
neutralize  the  poison.  Then  apply  a  paste  of  soda  bi- 
carbonate (baking  soda)  or  wet  salt  and  bandage  in 
place.  If  the  sting  is  left  in  the  wound  it  must  be  pulled 
out  before  beginning  treatment. 

5.  FOREIGN   BODIES   IN  THE   (a)    EYE   (Cinder 
(b)  EAR  (Insect),  (c)  NOSE  (Button) 

(a)  Eye — If  a  cinder,  eyelash,  or  any  tiny  speck  gets 
into  the  eye  it  causes  acute  pain,  and  in  a  few  minutes 
considerable  redness. 

Treatment — Do  not  rub  the  eye,  as  this  may  press 
the  object  into  the  tender  cornea  so  that  is  can  be  re- 
moved only  with  difficulty  and  by  a  physician.     First 


174  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

close  the  eye  gently,  pull  the  eyelid  free  of  the  ball, 
and  the  tears  may  wash  out  the  speck.  If  this  is  not 
successful,  close  the  eye,  hold  the  lid  free,  and  blow 
the  nose  hard.  You  may  then  be  able  to  see  the  speck 
and  remove  it  Vith  a  bit  of  clean  cotton  or  the  corner 
of  a  clean  handkerchief.  If  the  object  is  lodged  under 
the  lid,  and  the  foregoing  efforts  do  not  dislodge  it, 
proceed  to  turn  the  lid  up  as  follows : 

Ask  the  patient  to  look  at  the  floor,  keeping  the 
eyeball  as  stationary  as  possible.  Take  a  clean  wood- 
en toothpick  or  slender  pencil,  wrapped  with  cotton, 
place  on  the  upper  lid  about  one-fourth  of  an  inch 
from  the  edge,  grasp  the  eyelashes  with  the  other  hand, 
give  a  slight  push  downward  toward  the  cheek  with  the 
toothpick,  a  slight  pull  upward  on  the  lashes  and  turn 
the  lid  over  the  toothpick.  Remove  the  speck  and  slip 
the  lid  back  in  position.  Wash  the  eye  with  boric  acid 
solution. 

If  you  are  still  unable  to  dislodge  the  body,  discon- 
tinue any  further  efforts,  apply  a  cloth  wet  in  cold  boric 
acid  solution  and  send  for  the  doctor.  Anything  done 
to  the  eyes  must  be  done  with  the  greatest  gentleness. 

If  an  acid  has  entered  the  eye,  neutralize  it  with  a 
weak  solution  of  soda  bicarbonate  in  water.  If  an  alkali 
(lime)  is  the  offending  substance,  neutralize  by  a  weak 
vinegar  solution.  Follow  in  each  case  with  a  wash  of 
boric  acid  solution. 

(b)  Ear  (Insect)  ;  (c)  Button  in  Nose — Foreign 
bodies  in  the  ear  and  nose  are  not  very  common. 

But  sometimes  a  child  slips  a  button  or  other  small 
object  into  these  cavities,  or  an  insect  may  crawl  in. 
Drop  in  a  few  drops  of  sweet  oil  and  if  the  object 
comes  out  easily,  well  and  good.  If  not,  do  not  keep 
on  trying  to  extract  it,  for  fear  of  greater  injury.  Send 
for  the  doctor. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


175 


6.  IVY  AND  OAK  POISONING 
There  is  a  poison  ivy  (or  poison  oak)  which  is 
very  poisonous  to  some  people,  and  more  or  less  so  to 
all  people.  The  poison  ivy  has  a  leaf  similar  to  the 
harmless  woodbine,  but  the  leaves  are  grouped  in  threes 
instead  of  fives.  The  poison  given  off  by  these  plants 
produces  a  severe  inflammation  of  the  skin.  In  the 
early  stages  it  may  be  spread  from  one  part  of  the  body 
to  another  by  scratching. 

Treatment — Wash  the  irritated  surface  gently  with 
soap  and  water,  and  then  apply  a  paste  of  soda  bicar- 
bonate or  cover  quickly  with  carbolated  vaseline.  An- 
other remedy  is  fluid  extract  grindeUa  robusta,  one 
dram  to  four  ounces  of  water.  Sugar  of  lead  and  alco- 
hol have  also  been  found  useful.  For  severe  cases  con- 
sult a  doctor,  especially  if  the  face  or  neck  or  hands 
are  affected. 
7.  (a)  FAINTING;  (b)  HEAT  EXHAUSTION 
(a)  Fainting  is  caused  by  lack  of  blood  in  the  brain, 
and  usually  occurs  in  overheated,  crowded  places,  from 
fright  or  from  overfatigue. 

Symptoms — 1.  The  patient  is  very  pale  and  partially 
or  completely  unconscious. 

2.  The  pulse  is  weak  and  rapid. 

3.  The  pupils  of  the  eyes  are  normal. 

Treatment — 1.  If  possible  put  the  patient  flat  on  his 
back,  with  the  head  slightly  lower  than  the  rest  of  the 
body. 

2.  If  there  is  not  room  to  do  this,  bend  the  patient 
over  with  his  head  between  the  knees  until  sufficient 
blood  has  returned  to  the  brain  to  restore  consciousness 

3.  Then  get  the  patient  into  the  fresh  air  as  soon  as 
possible. 

4.  Keep  the  crowd  back. 


176  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

5.  Loosen  the  clothing  about  the  neck. 

6.  Apply  smelling  salts  to  the  nose. 

7.  When  the  patient  has  recovered  sufficiently  to 
swallow,  give  him  a  glass  of  cold  water,  with  one-half 
teaspoonful  of  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  if  necessary. 

(b)  Heat  Exhaustion  is  exhaustion  or  collapse  due 
to  overheating  where  there  is  not  sufficient  evaporation 
from  the  surface  of  the  body  to  keep  the  temperature 
normal. 

Symptoms — 1.    The  patient  is  usually  very  weak. 

2.  The  face  is  pale  and  covered  with  a  clammy  sweat. 

3.  The  pulse  is  weak  and  rapid. 

4.  The  patient  is  usually  not.  unconscious. 
Treatment — 1.    Remove  the  patient  to  a  cool  place  and 

have  him  lie  down. 

2.  Loosen  the  clothing. 

3.  Give  him  a  cold  drink  to  sip. 

4.  Put  cold  cloths  on  his  head. 

5.  Send  for  the  doctor. 

6.  If  necessary,  give  stimulant  as  in  fainting. 

8.  (a)  CHOKING  :  (b)  HICCOUGH 
(a)  Choking — Choking  is  produced  by  something 
lodged  in  the  throat,  does  not  require  artificial  respira- 
tion, but  a  smart  slap  on  the  back  to  aid  in  dislodging 
whatever  is  blocking  the  air  passage.  It  may  be  neces- 
sary to  have  the  patient  upside  down,  head  lower  than 
feet,  to  aid  in  getting  out  the  foreign  body.  This  is  a 
comparatively  simple  matter  with  a  child,  but  is  not 
so  easy  with  an  adult.  When  the  object  is  not  too 
far  down  the  throat  it  may  be  necessary  for  someone 
to  use  his  fingers  to  pull  out  the  offending  substance  to 
keep  the  patient  alive  until  the  doctor  can  arrive.  In 
this  case  wedge  the  teeth  apart  with  something  to  pre- 
vent biting  before  trying  to  grasp  the  object. 

(b)   Hiccough — This  is  usually  due  to  indigestion  or 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  1^7 

overloading  of  the  stomach.  Holding  the  breath  for 
one-half  minute  will  usually  cure  it,  as  it  holds  quiet 
the  diaphragm  (the  large  muscular  and  fibrous  parti- 
tion between  the  chest  and  abdomen),  and  overcomes 
its  involuntary  contractions  which  are  causing  the  hic- 
coughs, A  scare  has  the  same  efifect  sometimes.  If 
the  hiccoughs  still  continue  troublesome  after  these  sim- 
ple remedies  try  to  cause  vomiting  by  drinking  luke- 
warm water,  which  will  get  rid  of  the  offending  ma- 
terial causing  the  hiccough,  and  relieve  the  distress. 
9.     NOSE  BLEED 

The  ordinary  nose  bleed  will  soon  stop  from  the 
normal  clotting  of  the  blood  and  does  not  require  treat- 
ment. 

(a)  Keep  head  elevated,  with  patient  sitting  up  if 
possible.  Do  not  blow  the  nose,  as  this  will  dislodge 
any  clot  which  may  have  formed,  and  the  bleeding  will 
begin  again.  Any  tight  collar  around  the  neck  should 
be  loosened. 

■  (b)  If  the  bleeding  seems  excessive,  apply  cloths 
wrung  out  of  ice  water  to  the  back  of  the  neck  and  over 
the  nose. 

(e)  If  the  bleeding  still  continues  and  is  abundant, 
pack  the  nostril  with  a  cotton  or  gauze  plug.  Pack 
tightly  (with  a  blunt  end  of  a  pencil  if  nothing  else  is 
at  hand)  and  send  for  the  doctor  at  once. 

Major  Injuries  and  Emergencies 

1.    (a)    DISLOCATIONS;    (b)    FRACTURES 

(a)  Dislocations — In  a  dislocation  the  head  of  a  bone 
is  pushed  or  pulled  out  of  its  socket.  A  person  may 
be  falling  and  in  trying  to  save  himself  catch  hold  of 
something  in  such  a  way  that  he  feels  a  sharp,  sudden, 
severe  pain,  and  may  even  feel  the  head  of  the  bone 
slip  out  at  the  shoulder  or  elbow. 


178  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Symptoms — 1.  When  you  looked  at  the  injured  part  it 
does  not  look  like  the  other  side. 

2.  If  you  attempt  to  move  it  you  find  it  will  no  longer 
move  as  a  joint  does,  but  is  stiff. 

3.  There  is  great  pain  and  rapid  swelling  usually. 

4.  There  may  or  may  not  be  black  and  blue  spots 
around  the  joint. 

Treatment — Send  for  a  doctor  at  once.  While  wait- 
ing for  the  doctor,  place  the  patient  in  the  easiest  posi- 
tion possible,  and  apply  hot  or  cold  cloths,  frequently 
changed,  to  the  injured  part. 

In  dislocation  of  the  jaw  it  may  be  necessary  for  some- 
one to  try  to  replace  it  before  the  doctor  arrives.  The 
mouth  is  open  and  the  jaw  fixed.  The  patient  may  even 
tell  you  he  has  felt  the  jaw  slip  out  of  its  socket.  Wrap 
your  thumbs  in  cloth  to  prevent  biting  when  the  jaw 
snaps  back  in  place.  Place  the  thumbs  on  the  tops  of  the 
lower  teeth  on  each  side,  with  the  fingers  outside,  and 
push  firmly  down  until  the  head  of  the  bone  can  slip 
over  the  edge  of  the  socket  into  place.  As  you  feel  the 
bone  slipping  into  place,  slide  your  thumbs  out  to  the  inner 
side  of  the  cheek  to  prevent  biting  when  the  jaws  snap 
together  with  the  reducing  of  the  dislocation. 

(b)  Fractures — Broken  bones — There  are  two  classes 
of  fractures: 

1.  Simple — In  a  simple  fracture  the  bone  is  broken, 
but  the  skin  is  not  broken;  that  is,  there  is  no  outward 
wound. 

2.  Compound — In  a  compound  fracture  not  only  is  the 
bone  broken,  but  the  jagged  ends  pierce  through  the  skin 
and  form  an  open  wound.  This  makes  it  more  danger- 
ous as  the  possibility  of  infection  by  germs  at  the  time 
of  the  accident,  or  afterward,  is  added  to  the  difficulty  of 
the  fracture. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  179 

Sympioms-— As  in  dislocation,  you  should  be  famil- 
iar with  the  main  symptoms  of  a  broken  bone. 

1.  When  you  look  at  the  injured  part  it  may  or  may 
not  look  like  its  mate  on  the  other  side.  In  the  more 
severe  fractures  it  usually  does  not. 

2.  When  you  try  to  move  it  you  find  more  motion 
than  there  should  be,  if  the  bone  has  broken  clear  through ; 
that  is,  there  will  seem  to  be  a  joint  where  no  joint 
should  be. 

3.  The  least  movement  causes  great  pain. 

4.  The  swelling  is  usually  rapid. 

5.  The  discoloration  (black  and  blue)  appears  later; 
not  at  once,  unless  there  is  also  a  superficial  bruise. 

6.  The  patient  is  unable  to  move  the  injured  part. 

7.  You  may  hear  the  grate  of  the  ends  of  the  bone 
when  the  part  is  moved,  but  you  should  not  move  the 
injured  bone  enough  to  hear  this,  especially  if  the  limb 
is  nearly  straight ;  the  detection  of  this  sound  should 
be  left  for  the  doctor. 

Treatment — Send  for  a  doctor  at  once,  and  if  it  will 
be  possible  for  him  to  arrive  soon,  make  the  patient  as 
comfortable  as  possible  and  wait  for  him.  However, 
if  it  will  be  some  time  before  the  doctor  can  arrive  you 
should  try  to  give  such  aid  as  will  do  no  harm  and  will 
help  the  sufferer. 

You  must  handle  the  part  injured  and  the  patient 
with  the  utmost  gentleness  to  avoid  making  a  simple 
fracture  into  a  compound  one,  or  doing  other  injury, 
and  also  to  give  him  as  little  additional  suffering  as 
possible.  You  will  need  to  get  the  clothing  off  the  part 
to  be  sure  of  what  you  are  doing.  Rip  the  clothing  in 
a  seam  if  possible  when  the  fracture  is  in  an  arm  or 
leg,  but  if  this  cannot  be  done,  you  will  have  to  cut  the 
material.  Do  not  try  to  move  the  broken  bone  trying 
to  get  off  a  sleeve  or  other  part  of  the  clothing. 


180  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

With  the  greatest  gentleness  put  the  injured  part,  for 
instance,  the  arm  or  leg,  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the 
same  position  as  the  sound  part,  and  hold  it  in  that  posi- 
tion by  splints.  Do  not  use  force  to  do  this.  There  is 
no  great  hurry  needed  to  set  a  broken  bone.  The  im- 
portant point  is  to  get  it  set  right,  and  this  may  better 
be  done  after  complete  rest  of  several  days,  allowing  for 
the  passing  of  the  inflammation. 

The  Most  Important  "What  Not  to  Do  Points"  for 
Fractures  Are: 

1.  If  there  is  reason  to  think  a  bone  may  be  broken 
try  in  all  ways  to  prevent  motion  at  point  of  fracture 
lest  it  be  made  compound. 

2.  Do  not  go  hunting  for  symptoms  of  fracture  (such 
as  the  false  point  of  motion  or  the  sound  "crepitus") 
just  to  be  sure. 

3.  The  best  treatment  is  to  try  to  immobilize  the  part 
till  the  doctor  comes. 

Splints — Anything  that  is  stiff  and  rigid  may  be  used 
for  splints.  Shingles,  boards,  limbs  of  trees,  umbrellas, 
heavy  wire  netting,  etc.  Flat  splints  are  best,  however. 
All  splints  should  be  padded,  especially  where  they  lie 
against  a  bony  prominence,  as  for  instance,  the  ankle  or 
elbow  joint. 

If  the  patient  is  wearing  heavy  winter  clothing  this  may 
form  sufficient  padding.  If  not,  then  other  cloth,  straw 
or  leaves  may  be  used.  Cotton  batting  makes  excellent 
padding  but  if  this  is  not  to  be  had  quickly,  other 
things  can  be  made  to  do  to  pad  the  first  rough  splints 
which  are  applied  until  the  patient  can  reach  a  doctor  or 
the  doctor  arrives  on  the  scene  of  the  accident. 

In  applying  splints  remember  they  must  extend  beyond 
the  next  joint  below  and  the  next  joint  above,  otherwise 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  181 

movement    of    the    joint    will    cause    movement    of    the 
broken  part. 

The  splints  are  tied  firmly  in  place  with  handker- 
chiefs, strips  of  cloth,  or  bandages,  tied  over  splints, 
padding  and  limb.  Do  not  tie  tight  enough  to  increase 
the  pain,  but  just  enough  to  hold  the  splints  firmly. 
Do  not  tie  directly  over  the  break.  There  must  be  an 
inner  and  outer  splint   for  both  the  arms  and  the  legs. 

2.    (a)    SERIOUS  WOUNDS;    (b)    SERIOUS 
BLEEDING 

Send  for  the  doctor  at  once,  and  then  stop  the  bleed- 
ing and  keep  as  clean  as  possible  till  he  arrives. 

Dangers — 1.  In  any  wound  with  a  Lreak  in  the  skin, 
there  is  the  danger  of  infection  or  blood  poisoning,  as 
you  have  already  learned. 

2.  In  serious  wounds  through  the  skin,  flesh  and  blood 
vessels  there  is  also  the  danger  of  severe  bleeding,  with 
the  possibility  of  the  patient's  bleeding  to  death. 

Infection — You  already  know  how  the  germs  which 
can  cause  the  blood  poisoning  get  into  the  wound. 

(a)  by  the  object  that  makes  the  wound 

(b)  from  the  clothing  of  the  patient  through  which 
the  wound  is  made 

(c)  from  the  rescuer's  hands 

(d)  from  the  water  which  has  not  been  sterilized  used 
in  washing  the  wound 

(e)  from  dirty  dressings,  that  is,  dirty  in  the  sense 
that  they  have  on  them  germs  which  can  get  into 
the  wound  and  cause  infection  or  blood  poisoning. 

The  first  two  of  these  chances  the  Girl  Scout  will 
not  be  able  to  control.  The  last  three  she  can  to  some 
extent  prevent.  Do  not  ivash,  toucJi  or  put  anything  into 
a  serious  ivound  unless  a  doctor  cannot  be  found.  Only 
this    sort   of    thing   justifies    running    risk   of    infection. 


182  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Otherwise  just  put  on  a  sterile  dressing  and  bandaj^e. 
In  reality  washing  wounds  only  satisfies  the  aesthetic 
sense  of  the  operator  without  real  benefit  to  the  patient 
in  many  cases.  If  a  wound  has  to  be  cleansed  before 
the  doctor  comes  use  boiled  water ;  if  this  cannot  be  had 
at  once,  use  water  and  alcohol  half  and  half. 

1.  Always  wash  your  hands  thoroughly  with  water, 
soap  and  a  nail  brush,  unless  there  is  necessity  for 
immediate  help  to  stop  bleeding  which  admits  of  no 
time  to  clean  one's  hands.  Be  sure  your  nails  are 
clean. 

2.  Try  not  to  touch  the  wound  with  your  hands  un- 
less it  is  absolutely  necessary. 

3.  Many  wounds  do  not  have  to  be  washed,  but  dressing 
may  be  applied  directly. 

4.  Apply  sterile  cloth  for  dressing,  having  cleansed 
the  wound  as  best  you  can,  or  all  that  is  necessary. 
This  may  be  gotten  at  a  drug  store  in  a  sterile  package 
ready  for  use  immediately,  and  is  very  satifactory.  If, 
however,  these  cannot  be  had,  remember  any  cloth  like 
a  folded  handkerchief  that  has  been  recently  washed  and 
ironed  is  practically  sterile,  especially  if  you  unfold  it 
carefully  and  apply  the  inside  which  you  have  not  touched, 
to  the  wound.  Bind  the  dressing  on  with  a  bandage  to 
keep  in  place  until  the  doctor  arrives. 

(b)  Serious  Bleeding: 

It  is  important  that  you  should  learn  what  is  serious 
bleeding  and  this  will  often  help  you  to  be  cool  under 
trying  circumstances. 

As  you  learned  in  your  work  in  minor  emergencies, 
the  bleeding  from  the  small  veins  and  capillaries  is  not 
usually  sufficient  to  be  dangerous,  and  the  pressure  of 
the  dressing  when  put  on  and  bandaged  in  place  will 
soon  stop  it.  It  may  sometimes  be  necessary  to  put 
more  dressing  outside  of  that  already  on   (called  re-in- 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


183 


(Showm 
where  s 
por  bressin^ 

aiptery  is 
Uced 


oop   bhrouejfj 
s  msephed 


forcing  it)  and  bandage  again  snugly.  But  if  you  have 
made  sure  first  that  there  is  no  large  vein  or  artery 
cut,  you  need  not  be  troubled  for  fear  there  will  be 
serious  bleeding  before  the  doctor  arrives. 

Bleeding  from  an  Artery:  If  an  artery  is  cut  the  blood 
spurts  out,  the  size  of  the  stream  depending  on  the  size 
of  the  artery  cut.     This  is  the  most  serious   bleeding 


184  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

because  the  heart  is  directly  behind,  pumping  the  blood 
through  the  artery  with  all  its  power.  If  it  is  a  small 
artery  the  pressure  with  the  finger  between  the  cut  and 
the  heart  for  a  few  minutes  will  give  the  blood  time  to  clot 
behind  the  finger  and  form  a  plug.  This  will  stop  the 
bleeding  aided  by  pressure  of  the  bandage.  If  it  is  a 
larger  vessel  the  force  in  the  heart  muscle  pumping  the 
blood  will  force  out  any  plug  formed  by  the  finger  there, 
as  the  finger  tires  too  easily. 

Tourniquet:  In  this  case  it  will  be  necessary  to  put 
on  a  tourniquet  to  take  the  place  of  the  finger  until 
a  clot  can  form  in  the  vessel  big  enough  and  strong 
enough  to  prevent  the  force  of  the  blood  current  from 
pushing  it  out.  This  of  course  can  be  used  only  on 
the  legs  or  arms. 

A  tourniquet  is  something  put  on  to  make  pressure 
on  a  blood  vessel  to  stop  serious  bleeding.  There  are 
five  points  to  remember  about  a  tourniquet : 

1.  It  must  be  long  enough  to  tie  around  the  limb — 
a  big  handkerchief,  towel  or  wide  bandage. 

2.  There  must  be  a  pad  to  make  the  pressure  over 
the  artery  greater  than  on  the  rest  of  the  limb — a  smooth 
stone,  a  darning  ball,  a  large  cork,  cloth  folded  into  a 
large  pad  or  a  rolled  bandage. 

3.  The  pad  must  be  so  placed  that  the  artery  lies  be- 
tween pad  and  the  bone  on  the  limb,  in  order  that  the 
pressure  may  stop  the  flow  of  blood  by  forcing  the  walls 
of  the  artery  togetlier  between  the  pad  and  the  bone. 

4.  Unless  the  tourniquet  is  put  on  tight  enough,  its 
application  increases  bleeding.  It  is  extremely  rare  to 
find  a  tourniquet  put  on  tight  enough.  In  almost  every 
such  case  removing  the  tourniquet  will  stop  or  partly 
lessen  bleeding.  A  short  stick  or  handle  is  needed, 
about  a   foot  long,  with  which  to  twist  the  tourniquet 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  185 

sufficiently  to  cut  the  flow  of  blood.  Usually  it  cannot 
be  twisted  tightly  enough  by  hand  alone.  Tie  the  twisted 
part  firmly  so  it  will  not  slip,  after  it  has  been  made  tight 
enough  to  stop  bleeding. 

5.  Remember,  a  tourniquet  stops  most  of  the  circu- 
lation below  it  as  well  as  in  the  cut  artery,  and  must  not 
be  left  in  place  too  long  for  fear  of  injury  to  the  rest 
of  the  hmb  by  cutting  off  the  circulation.  Usually  it 
should  not  he  left  on  for  more  than  an  hour. 

Bleeding  from  Veins — Bleeding  from  the  veins  is  not 
so  dangerous  as  from  an  artery.  The  blood  from  the 
heart  has  to  go  through  the  little  capillaries  before  it 
gets  into  the  veins,  and  therefore  the  force  of  the  heart 
muscle  on  the  blood  in  the  veins  is  not  so  great  as  in  the 
arteries.  The  blood  does  not  spurt  out,  but  flows  out  as 
it  would  from  a  bottle  tipped  on  its  side. 

You  have  already  learned  what  to  do  to  stop  the  bleed- 
ing from  the  smaller  veins,  and  that  it  is  not  serious. 
From  the  larger  veins,  however,  it  can  be  very  serious, 
and  it  may  be  necessary  for  you  to  put  on  a  tourniquet 
before  the  doctor  arrives  in  order  to  save  the  patient's 
life. 

Almost  always  bleeding  from  a  vein  can  be  controlled 
by  clean  gauze  or  handkerchief  pad  and  pressure  by  hand 
directly  over  the  bleeding  wound.  Tourniquets  are  almost 
never  needed  in  bleeding  from  a  vein.  If  necessary,  it 
is  wisest  to  apply  them  in  the  same  way  as  for  arterial 
hemorrhage  and  stop  the  circulation  in  the  whole  limb. 

It  is  important  to  know  in  a  general  way  where  the 
blood  vessels  are  in  order  to  put  the  pad  over  them  to 
stop  the  bleeding.  Roughly  speaking,  the  artery  of  the 
arm  runs  down  aljout  in  a  line  with  the  inner  seam  of  the 
coat.  The  large  vein  lies  close  beside  it,  carrying  the 
blood  back  to  the  heart.    The  artery  and  vein  of  the  leg 


186  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

run  about  in  a  line  with  the   inside   seam  of  a  man's 
trousers. 

Stimulants — In  serious  bleeding  of  any  kind  do  not 
give  stimulants  until  the  bleeding  has  been  stopped,  as 
the  stimulants  increase  the  force  of  the  heart  and  so 
increase  the  flow  of  blood.  After  the  tourniquet  is 
on  and  bleeding  is  stopped,  if  the  patient  is  very  weak, 
he  may  have  a  teaspoonful  of  aromatic  spirits  of  am- 
monia in  half  a  glass  of,  water. 

(a)  SHOCKS;  (b)  APOPLEXY;  (c)  CONVUL- 
SIONS 

(a)  Shocks — In  any  injury,  except  the  slight  ones, 
the  ends  of  the  nerves  in  the  skin  are  bruised  or  jarred. 
They  send  this  jar  along  the  nerves  to  the  very  delicate 
brain.  The  blood  is  drawn  from  the  brain  into  the 
larger  blood  vessels,  and  the  result  produced  is  called 
shock.  If  you  have  jammed  your  finger  in  a  door  some- 
time, perhaps  you  have  felt  a  queer  sick  feeling  and 
had  to  sit  down.  A  cold  sweat  broke  out  all  over  you, 
and  you  were  hardly  conscious  for  a  moment  or  two. 
This  was  a  mild  case  of  shock.  In  more  severe  in- 
juries a  shock  to  the  brain  may  be  very  serious. 

Symptoms  of  Shock — 1.  The  patient  may  or  may  not 
be  unconscious,  but  he  may  take  no  notice  of  what  is 
going  on  around  him. 

2.  The  face  is  pale  and  clammy. 

3.  The  skin  is  cold. 

4.  The  pulse  is  weak. 

5.  The  breathing  is  shallow. 

In  any  serious  injury  the  shock  is  liable  to  be  severe 
and  will  need  to  be  treated  before  the  doctor  arrives. 

Treatment — Send  for  the  doctor  if  serious. 

1.  Lay  the  patient  flat  on  his  back  with  head  low,  so 
that  the  heart  can  more  easily  pump  the  blood  back  into 
the  brain. 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  187 

2.  Cover  warmly;  if  they  can  be  gotten,  put  around 
him  several  hot  water  bottles  or  bricks,  being  extremely 
careful  to  have  them  covered  so  that  they  will  not  burn 
him.  Persons  suffering  from  shock  are  more  easily 
burnt  than  usual.  Do  not  put  anything  hot  next  him 
unless  it  can  be  held  against  your  own  face  for  a  minute 
without  feeling  too  hot. 

3.  Rub  the  arms  and  legs,  toward  the  body,  but  under 
the  covers. 

4.  Give  stimulants  only  after  the  patient  has  recovered 
enough  to  swallow,  and  when  there  is  no  serious  bleeding. 

Stimulants — Strong,  hot  coffee,  or  a  half  teaspoonful 
of  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  in  a  half  glass  of  warm 
water.    The  latter  may  be  given  if  the  coffee  is  not  ready. 

(b)  Apoplexy — When  a  person  has  a  "stroke"  of 
apoplexy  send  for  the  doctor  at  once. 

This  condition  resembles  shock  only  in  that  the  patient 
is  unconscious.  The  blow  to  the  delicate  brain  does  not 
come  from  the  outside  along  the  nerves,  but  from  the 
inside  by  the  breaking  of  a  blood  vessel  in  the  brain, 
letting  the  blood  out  into  the  brain  tissue  and  forming  a 
clot  inside  of  the  brain,  and  thus  making  pressure  which 
produces  the  unconsciousness. 

Symptoms  of  Apoplexy — 1.  The  patient  is  unconscious. 

2.  The  face  is  usually  flushed — red. 

3.  The  skin  is  not  cold  and  clammy. 

4.  The  pulse  is  slow  and  full. 

5.  The  breathing  is  snoring  instead  of  shallow. 

6.  The  pupils  of  the  eye  are  usually  unequally  dilated. 
Treatment — 1.     Lay  the  patient  flat  on  his  back  with 

head  slightly  raised. 

2.  Do  not  give  any  stimulants. 

3.  Wait  for  the  doctor. 

(c)  Convulsions — This  condition  resembles  the  fore- 
going shock  and  apoplexy  in  that  the  patient  is  unconcious. 


188  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Symptoms  of  Convulsions — 1.  The  patient  is  unconscious. 

2.  The  face  is  usually  pale  at  first,  hut  not  so  white 
as  in  shock,  and  later  is  flushed,  often  even  purplish. 

3.  The  skin  is  not  usually  cold. 

4.  The  breathing  may  be  shallow  or  snoring. 

5.  There  are  twitchings  of  the  muscles  of  the  face 
and  body  or  a  twisting  motion  of  the  body. 

6.  The  pulse  may  be  rapid,  but  is  usually  regular. 

7.  The  mouth  may  be  flecked  with  foam. 

8.  The  pupils  of  the  eye  may  be  contracted  or  equally 
dilated. 

Treatment — Convulsions  come  from  various  causes, 
and  are  always  serious,  therefore  send  for  the  doctor 
at  once. 

1.  Put  a  wedge  of  some  kind  between  the  teeth  if 
possible,  the  handle  of  a  spoon  protected  by  a  cloth 
cover,  or  a  rolled  napkin  does  well.  This  is  to  prevent 
biting  the  tongue,  which  the  patient  is  apt  to  do  in  un- 
consciousness with  convulsive  movements. 

2.  Lay  the  patient  flat  on  his  back,  and  prevent  him 
from  hurting  himself  in  his  twisting,  but  do  not  try  to 
stop  convulsive  movement.     It  will  do  no  good. 

3.  No  stimulant  is  needed. 

(a)  SUNSTROKE;  (b)  FREEZING 
(a)   Sunstroke — Sunstroke  is  caused  by  too  long  ex- 
posure to  excessive  heat,  or  to  the  direct  rays  of  the 
sun,   and   is   much   more   serious   than   heat   exhaustion, 
which  you  have  already  studied. 

Prevention — Do  not  stay  out  in  the  direct  sunlight  too 
long  on  a  hot  summer  day.  Wear  a  large  hat  which 
shades  the  head  and  face  well,  if  obliged  to  be  in  the 
hot  sun  for  any  length  of  time.  Do  not  wear  too  heavy 
clothing  in  the  hot  weather.  Leaves  or  a  wet  sponge 
in   the  top   of   the   hat  will   help  to   prevent   sunstroke. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  189 

Drink  plenty  of  cool  water  between  meals. 

Symptoms  of  Sunstroke — 1.  The  patient  is  uncon- 
scious. 

2.  The  face  is  red. 

3.  The  pupils  large. 

4.  The  skin  very  hot  and  dry,  with  no  perspiration. 

5.  The  pulse  is  full  and  slow. 

6.  The  breathing  is  sighing. 

Treatment — 1.  Get  the  patient  into  the  shade  where 
it  is  as  cool  as  possible. 

2.  Send  for  the  doctor. 

3.  Remove  the  greater  part  of  the  clothing. 

4.  Apply  cold  water  or  ice  to  the  head,  face,  chest 
and  armpits. 

Often  the  patient  recovers  consciousness  before  the 
doctor  arrives ;  give  cold  water  to  drink ;  never  stimulants. 

(b)  Freezing — This  is  a  much  more  serious  condition 
than  frostbite,  which  you  have  studied,  but  only  because 
more  of  the  body  is  frozen  and  the  tissues  are  frozen 
deeper.  Much  more  care  must  therefore  be  taken  to  pre- 
vent bad  effects  after  the  thawing-out  process. 

Symptoms  of  Freezing — 1.  The  patient  may  or  may 
not  be  unconscious. 

2.  The  frozen  parts  are  an  intense  white  and  are 
without  any  feeling  or  motion. 

Treatment — Send  for  the  doctor  at  once. 

1.  Take  the  patient  into  a  cold  room. 

2.  Remove  the  clothing. 

3.  Rub  the  body  with  rough  cloths  wet  in  cold  water. 

4.  Very  gradually  increase  the  warmth  of  the  water 
used  for  rubbing. 

5.  Increase  the  temperature  of  the  room  gradually. 

6.  When  the  patient  can  swallow,  give  him  stimulants. 

7.  When  the  skin  becomes  more  normal  in  color  and 
the  tissues  are  soft,  showing  that  the  blood  is  once  more 


190  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

circulating  properly  through  the  frozen  flesh,  cover  the 
patient  warmly  with  hot  bottles  or  bricks  outside  of  the 
bed  clothing,  or  wraps,  and  give  hot  drinks.     In  using 
hot  water  be  sure  it  is  not  too  hot. 
Dog  Bite* 

In  the  case  of  the  dog  bite  we  have  a  more  or  less 
extensive  break  in  the  skin  and  sometimes  a  deep  wound  in 
the  flesh,  through  which  the  poison  of  hydrophobia,  which 
is  a  living  virus  or  animal  poison,  may  be  introduced,  to  be 
taken  up  slowly  by  the  nerves  themselves,  reaching  the 
central  nervous  system  in  about  forty  days.  The  slowness 
and  method  of  this  absorption  renders  the  use  of  a  liga- 
ture useless  and  unsafe.  The  treatment  for  dog  bite  is 
therefore  as  follows : 

Immediate.  Send  for  a  physician,  telling  him  the  reason. 
While  waiting,  treat  as  any  similar  wound  from  any 
cause.  If  the  skin  is  not  penetrated,  but  scratched  only, 
apply  iodine  and  a  sterile  or  wet  dressing.  If  the  skin 
is  penetrated,  the  treatment  should  be  the  same  as  for  a 
wound  made  by  a  dirty  nail :  that  is,  a  small  stick,  such 
as  a  match,  whittled  to  a  point,  with  a  little  cotton  twisted 
on  the  point,  should  be  dipped  into  tincture  of  iodine, 
and  twisted  down  into  the  full  depth  of  the  wound,  and 
then  done  a  second  time. 

Subsequent.  A  physician  should  be  consulted  immedi- 
ately, and  if  there  is  any  suspicion  of  the  dog  being  sick 
it  should  be  kept  under  observation.  The  body  of  a  dog 
that  has  been  killed  under  suspicion  of  rabies  or  hydro- 
phobia, should  be  sent  as  soon  as  possible  to  the  proper 
authorities. 

One  of  the  greatest  discoveries  in  medical  science  is 
the  Pasteur  treatment  for  the  prevention  of  hydrophobia 
after  mad  dog  bite,  and  fortunately,  provision  for  this 
treatment  is  so  widespread  that  practically  every  one  in 
civilized  regions  needing  it,  can  have  it,  as  is  well  known 

*  Courtesy  of   William  C.  Deming,   M.D. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  191 

to  all  physicians.  The  fact  that  the  period  of  development 
of  the  disease  is  so  long  makes  the  possibility  of  preven- 
tion greater. 

It  is  never  proper  to  suck  a  dog  bite,  because  the  merest 
scratch  or  break  in  the  surface,  even  if  too  small  to  notice, 
will  serve  as  a  portal  of  entry  for  the  living  virus  of 
rabies. 

Snake  Bite.   For  treatment  of  snake  bite  see  page  297. 
WATER  ACCIDENTS 

When  it  is  possible,  Girl  Scouts  should  learn  to  swim 
well.  It  is  fear  when  suddenly  thrown  into  the  water 
that  causes  so  many  of  the  deaths  by  drowning,  and  learn- 
ing to  swim  well  takes  away  this  fear.  A  Girl  Scout 
should  also  learn  how  to  prevent  accidents,  and  how 
best  to  help  the  victims  of  accidents  in  the  water. 
Prevention 

Below  are  five  rules  for  preventing  drowning  accidents. 

1.  Do  not  change  seats  in  a  canoe  or  rowboat. 

2.  Do  not  rock  the  boat. 

3.  Do  not  go  out  alone  in  a  canoe,  rowboat  or  sailboat 
unless  you  are  thoroughly  competent  to  manage  such  a 
boat,  even  in  a  sudden  squall  or  storm. 

4.  Very  cold  water  exhausts  a  swimmer  much  quicker 
than  warm  water,  therefore  do  not  take  any  chances  on 
a  long  swim  in  cold  water  unless  a  boat  accompanies  you 
to  pick  you  up  in  case  of  necessity. 

5.  Be  careful  not  to  go  too  far  out  when  there  is  a 
strong  undertow ;  that  is,  a  strong  current  below  the 
surface  of  the  water  flowing  relentlessly  out  to  sea. 

6.  Always  wade  upstream. 

Rescue 

When  a  person  gives  up  the  struggle  in  the  water,  the 

body  goes  down,  and   then   because  of   its  bouyancy  it 

comes  to  the  surface  and  some  air  is  expelled  from  the 

lungs,   making  the  body   less   bouyant.      It   immediately 


192 


sci)i;ting  for  giri.s 


SCOUTING   FOR   GKLS 


193 


sinks  again,  this  time  a  little  lower,  and  again  comes 
to  the  surface,  and  more  air  is  expelled.  This  process 
may  be  repeated  several  times,  until  sufficient  water  is 
taken  into  the  stomach  and  lungs  to  overcome  the  buoy- 
ance  of  the  body  and  it  no  longer  appears  at  the  surface; 
but  the  buoyancy  is  barely  overcome,  and  therefore  the 
body  will  float  easily.  This  can  easily  be  utilized  in 
saving  the  drowning  person  by  making  the  water  carry 
most  of  the  weight  of  the  body. 

To  do  this,  place  the  hands  on  either  side  of  the  drown- 
ing person's  head,  and  tow  him  floating  on  his  back 
with  the  face  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  while  you 
swim  on  your  back  and  keep  the  body  away  from  you. 
Remember,  if  possible,  to  go  with  the  current  and  thus 
save  necessary  strength.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  easier 
and  safer  to  grasp  the  drowning  person  by  the  hair 
instead  of  trying  to  clasp  the  head. 
Emergencies 

Grips — A  drowning  person  is  always  a  frightened  per- 
son, and  is  governed  by  a  mad  instinct  to  grab  anything 
which  subconsciously  he  thinks  may  save  his  life.  Usu- 
ally he  is  past  any  reasoning.  He  grabs  his  would-be 
rescuer  with  a  death  grip  that  is  hard  to  break,  but  re- 
member he  instinctively  grabs  what  is  above  the  sur- 
face and  will  not  try  to  grab  below  the  shoulders. 

Wrist  Grip — If  the  drowning  person  grasps  the  res- 
cuer's wrists,  the  rescuer  throws  both  hands  above  his 
head,  which  forces  both  low  in  the  water,  and  then  turns 
the  leverage  of  his  arms  against  the  other's  thumbs  and 
breaks  the  grip. 

Neck  Grip — To  release  a  grip  around  the  neck  and 
shoulders  from  the  front,  immediately  cover  the  mouth 
of  the  other  with  the  palm  of  the  hand,  holding  the  nose 
between  the  first  two  fingers,  and  at  the  same  time  pull 
the  other  body  toward  you  with  the  other  hand,  mean- 


194  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

while  treading  water.  Then  take  a  full  breath  and  apply 
your  knee  to  the  other's  stomach  quickly,  thus  forcing 
him  to  expel  any  air  in  his  lungs  and  preventing  him 
from  getting  more  air  by  the  hand  on  mouth  and  nostrils. 

If  the  grip  of  the  drowning  person  does  not  allow 
use  of  the  arms,  then  try  to  raise  your  arms  to  the 
level  of  the  shoulder,  thus  slipping  his  arms  to  the  neck 
and  leaving  your  own  arms  free  to  use,  as  described. 

Back  Grip — This  strangle  hold  is  perhaps  the  most 
difficult  to  break,  and  it  is  necessary  to  break  it  instantly 
if  the  rescuer  is  not  also  to  be  in  the  rescued  class. 

Grasp  the  wrists  of  the  other  and  push  sharply  back  with 
the  buttocks  against  the  abdomen  of  the  other,  and  thus 
make  room  to  slip  suddenly  out  of  the  encircling  arms. 

If  this  is  not  successful,  do  not  despair,  but  throw 
the  head  suddenly  against  the  nose  of  the  drowning 
person  and  then  slip  out  of  the  grip  before  he  recovers 
from  his  daze. 

It  is  often  necessary  to  dive  from  the  surface  in  res- 
cuing a  drowning  person,  and  this  requires  practice,  and 
should  be  learned  thoroughly  before  the  necessity  for 
saving  a  life  is  presented.  Remember  that  to  dive  from 
the  surface  to  a  depth  of  more  than  ten  feet  will  usually 
require  a  weight  in  addition  to  the  weight  of  the  body. 
Carry  a  stone  or  other  heavy  object  in  diving.  Then 
when  wishing  to  rise  to  the  surface,  drop  it  and  push 
against  the  bottom  with  the  feet.  This  will  send  the 
swimmer  to  the  surface  in  short  order. 

In  carrying  a  weight  in  the  water,  carry  it  low  on  the 
body,  close  to  the  waist  line,  leaving  one  hand  and  both 
feet  free  for  swimming.  Or  if  for  any  reason  it  is  neces- 
sary to  swim  on  the  back,  it  leaves  both  feet  free  to  use  as 
propellers. 

Artificial  Respiration 

If  the  apparently  drowned  person  is  to  be  saved,  no 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


195 


time  must  be  lost  in  the  rescue  from  the  water  or  in 
getting  the  water  out  of  him,  and  breathing  re-estabhshed 
after  he  is  brought  to  land. 

If  there  is  a  messenger  handy  send  for  a  doctor  at 
once,  but  in  the  meantime  lose  no  time  in  attempting 
restoration. 

The  best  method  for  getting  the  water  out  of  the  lungs 
and  breathing  re-established  is  the  Schaefer  Method,  be- 
cause it  is  the  simplest,  requiring  only  one  operator  and 
no  equipment.     It  can  be  kept  up  alone  for  a  long  ti.me. 

1.  Every  moment  is  precious.  Immediately  lay  the 
patient  face  downwards,  with  the  arms  extended  above 
the  head  and  the  face  to  one  side.  h\  this  position  the 
water  will  run  out  and  the  tongue  will  fall  forward  by 
its  own  weight,  and  not  give  trouble  by  falling  back  and 
closing  the  entrance  to  the  windpipe.  Be  sure  there  is 
nothing  in  the  mouth,  such  as  false  teeth,  gum,  tobacco, 
etc.  Do  not  put  anything  under  the  chest.  Be  sure  there 
is  no  tight  collar  around  the  neck. 

2.  Kneel  astride  of  the  patient  facing  toward  his  head. 


l96  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

3.  Place  your  hands  on  the  small  n{  the  patient's  back, 
with  thumbs  nearly  touching  and  the  hands  on  the  spaces 
between  the  short  ribs. 

4.  Bend  slightly  forward  with  arnis  rigid  so  that  the 
weight  of  your  body  falls  on  the  wrists,  and  makes  a  hrm 
steady  pressure  downward  on  the  patient  while  you  count 
one,  two,  three,  thus  forcing  any  waier  and  air  out  of 
the  lungs. 

5.  Then  relax  the  pressure  v^ery  quickly,  snatching 
the  hand  away,  and  counting  one -two — the  chest  cavity 
enlarges  and  fresh  air  is  drawn  into  the  lungs. 

6.  Continue  the  alternate  pressing  and  relaxing  about 
twelve  to  fifteen  times  a  minute,  which  empties  and  fills 
the  lungs  with  fresh  air  approximately  as  often  as  be 
would  do  it  naturally. 

It  may  be  necessary  to  work  for  an  hour  of  two  before 
a  gasp  shows  the  return  of  natural  breathing.  Even  then 
the  rescuer's  work  is  not  over,  as  it  will  be  necessary 
to  fill  in  any  gaps  with  artificial  breathing.  When  natura? 
breathing  is  established,  aid  circulation  by  rubbing  and 
by  wrapping  him  in  hot  blankets  and  putting  hot  bottles 
around  him,  being  careful  that  they  are  protected  to  pre- 
vent burning  the  patient. 

If  at  any  time  it  is  necessary  to  pull  the  tongue  for- 
ward and  to  hold  it  to  prevent  choking,  remember  to  put 
a  wedge  between  the  teeth  to  prevent  biting.  Do  not 
give  anything  liquid  by  mouth  until  the  patient  is  con- 
scious and  can  swallow  readily.  Aromatic  Spirits  of 
Ammonia  or  Spirits  of  Camphor  may  be  used  on  a  hand- 
kerchief for  the  patient  to  smell.  The  patient  should  be 
watched  carefully  for  an  hour  or  two  even  after  he  is 
considered  out  of  danger. 

ICE  RESCUE 

Prevention:  Below  are  two  rules  for  preventing  ice 
accidents : 


,  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  197 

1,  Do  not  skate  or  walk  on  thin  ice. 

2.  Watch  for  air  holes. 

Rescue :  In  trying  to  rescue  a  person  who  has  broken 
through  the  ice,  always  tie  a  rope  around  your  own  body 
and  have  this  tied  to  some  firm  object  on  shore.  Do 
not  try  to  walk  out  to  the  rescue  as  the  ice  will  probably 
break  again  under  the  weight  of  your  body  on  so  small 
an  area  as  the  size  of  your  feet.  Always  get  a  long 
board,  ladder,  rail  or  limb  of  a  tree,  and  either  crawl 
out  on  this,  which  will  distribute  the  weigiiL  of  your 
body  over  a  larger  surface  of  ice,  or  lie  flat  on  your 
stomach  and  crawl  out,  pushing  the  board  ahead  of  you 
so  that  the  person  in  the  water  may  reach  it.  If  you 
yourself  break  through  the  ice  in  attempting  a  rescue, 
remember  that  trying  to  pull  yourself  up  over  the  edge 
of  the  ice  only  breaks  it  more.  If  rescuers  are  near  it  is 
much  wiser  to  support  yourself  on  the  edge  of  the  ice 
and  wait  for  rescue. 

After  getting  the  person  out  of  the  water  use  artificial 
respiration  if  necessary  and  bend  every  effort  to  get  the 
patient  warm  and  breathing  properly. 
ASPHYXIATION 

Prevention:  Below  are  seven  rules  for  preventing 
asphyxiation : 

1.  When  coal  stoves  and  furnaces  are  freshly  filled 
with  coal,  coal  gas  may  escape  if  the  dampers  are  not 
properly  regulated.  See  that  all  dampers  in  cvtal  stoves 
and  furnaces  are  correctly  arranged  before  leading  them 
for  any  long  time,  as  for  the  night. 

2.  Do  not  go  to  sleep  in  a  house  or  roc-m  with  a  gas 
jet  or  gas  stove  turned  low.  The  pressure  in  the  pipes 
may  change  and  the  flame  go  out,  or  a  breeze  may  blow 
out  the  flame  leaving  the  gas  leaking  into  the  room. 

3.  Do  not  blow  out  a  gas  jet. 

4.  Be  careful  to  turn  off  gas  jet  completely. 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 


5.  Report  gas   leaks  promptly. 

6.  Charcoal  stoves  and  braziers  are  especially  dangerous 
from  escaping  gas  and  should  not  be  used  in  sleeping  rooms. 

7.  Do  not  go  into  unused  wells  or  underground  sew- 
ers without  first  lowering  a  lighted  candle  which  will  go 
out  at  once  if  the  air  is  very  impure,  because  of  lack  of 
oxygen  to  keep  it  burning. 

Rescue:  1.  Remove  the  patient  at  once  to  the  fresh 
air.  Gas  is  lighter  than  air,  and  therefore  will  not  be 
found  close  to  the  floor  and  it  will  often  be  possible  to 
crawl  out  when  one  would  be  overcome  by  the  gas  if  he 
tried  to  walk  out.  For  this  reason  it  is  sometimes  best 
in  trying  to  rescue  anyone  already  unconscious  from  gas 
to  tie  the  wrists  together  with  a  handkerchief,  put  his 
arms  around  your  neck,  and  crawl  out  on  all  fours,  drag- 
ging the  insensible  body  with  you,  under  your  own  body. 
.If  you  attempt  to  walk  out  and  carry  the  patient,  cover 
your  mouth  and  nose  with  a  wet  handkerchief,  go  very 
quickly,    do   not    breath   until   you    reach   the    fresh   air. 

2.  If  there  is  a  messenger  handy,  send  for  the  doctor 
at  once,  but  in  the  meantime  if  necessary,  perform  ar- 
tificial respiration  as  outlined  under  the  Schaefer  System 
in  the  preceding  paragraphs,  until  the  patient  is  restored 
to  normal  breathing. 

ELECTRIC  SHOCK 

This  is  caused  by  some  part  of   the  body  coming  in 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  199 

contact  with  a  live  electric  wire.  The  seriousness  of  the 
shock  depends  on  how  heavy  a  charge  of  electricity  the 
wire  is  carrying  at  the  time. 

The  patient  is  usually  unable  to  release  himself  from 
the  wire.  The  first  thing  to  be  done,  if  possible,  is  to 
turn  off  the  current  by  means  of  the  switch,  but  if  this 
cannot  be  done  at  once,  the  patient  must  be  rescued  by 
pulling  him  away  from  the  wire. 

Remember  his  body  will  easily  carry  the  charge  to 
yours  while  he  is  against  the  wire.  Therefore  you  must 
"insulate"  yourself — that  is,  put  on  your  hands  some- 
thing that  will  not  let  the  electricity  into  your  body — or 
stand  on  something  that  will  "insulate"  you;  for  instance, 
rubber  gloves  or  rubber  tobacco  pouches,  dry  silk  hand- 
kerchiefs, other  silk  garments  or  newspapers  used  in 
place  of  gloves  if  necessary.  Stand  on  a  rubber  mat  or 
on  dry  boards,  or  glass,  or  in  dire  necessity  dry  clothes 
can  be  used  to  stand  on.  They  must  not  be  wet  as  then 
they  will  carry  the  electric  current  through  your  body 
and  you  must  also  l)e  rescued  instead  of  rescuing. 

Prevention:  1.  Do  not  touch  the  "third  rail"  of  elec- 
tric railways. 

2.  Do  not  catch  hold  of  swing  wires,  they  may  be 
"live  wires." 

3.  Report  broken  wires  to  the  right  authorities. 
Treatment : 

1.  Get  patient  loose  from  the  current. 

2.  Send  for  the  doctor. 

3.  Lay  the  patient  fiat  on  his  back. 

4.  Loosen  the  clothing,  and  perform  artificial  respira- 
tion according  to  Schaefer  method  if  necessary. 

5.  Give  first  aid  treatment  to  the  burns. 

FIRE  ACCIDENTS 
The  first  thought  about  a  fire  is  to  get  it  put  out  before 
it  spreads  any  further.     There  are  methods  which  wil' 


200  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

do  this  work  effectually  and  Girl  Scouts  should  learn 
these  methods  beforehand  thoroughly,  in  order  that  when 
the  emergency  arises  they  may  act  quickly,  coolly  and 
effectively. 

Fire  in  Clothing 

If  this  happens  in  your  own  clothing,  do  not  run  for 
help,  as  the  draft  made  by  the  motion  of  your  body  will 
only  fan  the  flames  to  burn  fiercely. 

Grab  the  nearest  thing  that  will  cover  you;  overcoat, 
blanket,  rug,  wrap  it  tightly  around  you  at  the  neck  first 
to  prevent  flames  from  burning  the  face  and  lie  down 
and  roll  over  and  over.  This  will  smother  the  flames 
quickly.  If  you  can  get  nothing  to  wrap  around  you,  lie 
down  and  roll  slowly  over  and  beat  the  fire  with  your 
hands  covered  by  some  part  of  your  clothing  not  on  fi.re. 

If  the  fire  is  in  the  clothing  of  another,  wrap  him  in 
the  nearest  thing  available,  lay  him  on  the  floor  and  roll 
him  over,  smothering  the  flames  as  described  before. 

Woolen  material  will  not  catch  fire  as  easily  as  cotton, 
therefore,  if  you  have  a  chance  to  choose,  take  woolen 
material  for  smothering  the  flames. 
Results 

Results  of  fire  in  the  clothing  are  sure  to  be  more 
or  less  serious  burns. 

When  you  have  discovered  the  extent  of  the  burn,  if 
it  is  at  all  serious,  send  for  the  doctor  at  once,  and  in  the 
meantime  treat  the  burn  as  you  have  already  learned 
to  do  in  minor  burns. 

Fire  in  Buildings 

Keep  cool,  in  order  to.  remember  what  to  do,  and  do  it 
quickly. 

Turn  in  a  fire  alarm  at  once.  Send  some  one  else  if 
possible  who  may  not  know  what  to  do  to  the  fire.  The 
quickest  way  is   by  telephone  call,   "Fire   Department." 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  201 

and  tell  them  the  exact  address  of  the  building  where 
the  fire  is.  Or  you  may  go  to  the  nearest  alarm  box, 
smash  the  glass,  open  the  door,  and  pull  down  the  hook 
that  sounds  the  alarm,  (Generally  the  directions  are 
printed  on  the  box.)  If  you  cannot  sound  the  alarm 
alone,  call  upon  the  nearest  person  to  help  you.  Wait 
there  until  the  firemen  arrive  and  direct  them  to  the  fire. 
When  the  firemen  come  do  just  as  they  tell  you,  for  they 
know  exactly  what  to  do. 

People  trying  to  escape  from  a  burning  building  often 
get  frightened  and  then  there  is  a  panic.  Panic  kills  more 
people  than  fire.  Keep  cool,  and  others  will  follow  your 
example. 

Never  jump  from  a  window  unless  the  flames  are  50 
close  that  it  is  your  only  means  of  escape.  If  outside  a 
burning  building  put  mattresses  and  bedding  piled  high 
to  break  the  jumper's  fall  and  get  a  strong  hold  on  a  rug 
to  catch  the  jumper,  and  let  many  people  hold  the  rug. 

If  the  fire  is  just  beginning,  it  can  easily  be  put  out 
by  smothering  it  with  a  rug  or  blanket;  sand,  ashes,  salt, 
or  a  few  pails  of  water  will  answer  the  same  purpose. 

Keep  the  doors  and  windows  closed  if  possible  to  pre- 
vent draughts  from  fanning  the  flames  to  fiercer  effort. 

Remember  this  point  when  you  go  into  a  burning 
building,,  and  leave  some  responsible  person  guarding  the 
door,  in  order  that  it  may  not  be  left  open  by  some  one 
in  excitement  and  the  flames  fanned  beyond  control. 

If  you  need  fresh  air  in  your  search  for  people  in  a 
burning  building,  open  a  window,  put  out  your  head  and 
draw  your  lungs  full  of  fresh  air  and  then  close  the  win- 
dow again.  In  any  case  it  is  best  to  tie  a  wet  handker- 
chief or  towel  over  the  nose  and  mouth  while  in  a  burn- 
ing building,  as  this  will  prevent  you  from  breathing  a 
good  deal  of  smoke. 

In  searching   for  persons  remember  always  to  begin 


202  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

at  the  top  of  the  building  if  possible,  and  search  every 
room.  .  When  on  stairs  keep  to  wall  side,  where  air  is 
relatively  free  from  flames  and  smoke.  If  a  room  is 
locked,  try  to  rouse  the  people  by  pounding  and  calling 
and  then  break  in  the  door  if  unsuccessful  in  rousing 
them,  and  you  suspect  there  is  some  one  there. 

Remember,  the  air  within  six  inches  from  the  floor  is 
usually  free  from  smoke,  and  if  the  smoke  makes  breath- 
ing too  difficult,  you  can  still  accomplish  your  end  by 
crawling  along  the  floor  and  dragging  the  rescued  one 
with  you  as  you  learned  to  do  in  gas  rescue. 

Form  a  bucket  brigade  from  the  fire  to  the  nearest 
water  supply;  passing  the  filled  pails  from  one  to  another 
rapidly,  the  last  throwing  the  water  on  the  fire  and  pass- 
ing the  empty  pails  back  along  another  line  to  be  filled 
again  and  passed  on  as  before. 

Fires  from  Kerosene,  Gasoline,  Benzine 

Prevention. — 1.    Do  not  light  a  fire  with  kerosene. 

2.  Do  not  clean  gloves  or  clothing  with  gasoline  or 
benzine  in  a  room  with  a  lamp  or  gas  jet  lighted. 

3.  Do  not  try  to  dry  clothing  that  has  been  cleaned 
with  gasoline  or  benzine  near  a  hot  stove  or  lighted  gas 
jet. 

Extinction. — Do  not  use  water  to  put  out  a  fire  of  kero- 
sene, benzine,  or  gasoline,  as  that  only  scatters  the  flames. 
Smother  with  blankets,  rugs,  sand,  ashes,  salt,  or  any- 
thing which  is  at  hand  and  can  be  used;  remember  that 
woolen  will  not  catch  fire  as  easily  as  cotton, 

COMMON    POISON   AND   ANTIDOTES 
Poisoning — Cases  of  poisoning  happen  most  often  be- 
cause people  do  not  examine  the  bottles  before  taking 
medicines  from  them. 

Prevention — Disinfectants,     liniments     and     medicines 


SCOUTING    rOK    CIRLS  203 

in  bottles  and  boxes  should  be  correctly  and  plainly 
labelled. 

Bottles  containing  a  poisonous  substance  should  be 
rough  outside,  or  with  notched  corks  or  marked  with 
something  beside  the  label  stating  that  their  contents  are 
poison. 

Treatment — 1.  Send  for  the  doctor  at  once,  telling 
him  what  kind  of  poison  you  think  the  patient  has  taken 
in  order  that  he  may  bring  the  right  antidote  and  the 
right  implements  to  give  the  quickest  and  most  effective 
relief. 

2.  Give  demulcent  or  mucilaginous  drinks,  as  for 
example,  milk,  raw  egg,  one  or  two  tablespoonfuls  of 
salad  oil,  sweet  oil,  or  barley  water — which  can  be 
obtained  most  readily. 

3.  Give  something  to  produce  vomiting,  provided  the 
lips  are  not  burned  or  stained  as  they  are  with  an  acid 
or  alkali.  A  simple  but  effectual  emetic  can  be  made  by 
mixing  two  teaspoonful  of  salt  or  a  tablespoon  of  mus- 
tard in  a  glass  of  lukewarm  water.  This  may  be  re- 
peated if  necessary. 

4.  If  the  patient  seems  drowsy,  suspect  opium  and 
keep  patient  awake  at  all  costs  till  the  doctor  arrives. 

5.  If  delirium  threatens,  dash  cold  water  on  the 
patient's  head  and  face  to  try  to  prevent  the  fit  from 
coming  on. 

6.  When  the  poison  taken  has  been  acid,  the  anti- 
dote should  be  an  alkali,  but  different  poisons  require 
different  antidotes,  and  it  would  be  unwise  to  trust  to 
one's  memory  as  to  the  proper  one  to  take  in  each  case. 
It  would  be  well  to  have  a  list  of  the  more  common 
poisons  and  their  antidotes  attached  to  the  First  Aid  Kit, 
but  do  not  trust  to  the  memory.  If  a  Girl  Scout  does 
not  know,  and  if  the  patient's  lips  are  not  stained  or 
burned,  gjive  an  emetic. 


204  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


Bandages 


Bandages  form  the  most  convenient  way  of  keeping 
dressings  on  wounds  and  for  making  pressure  when 
necessary.  They  are  also  used  to  correct  some  de- 
formities, but  you  will  not  need  to  concern  yourselves 
with  the  latter,  as  this  is  in  the  province  of  doctors. 

There  are  three  varieties  of  bandages  which  you  will 
need  to  use  and  with  which  you  should  be  familiar:  the 
roller,  triangular  and  four-tailed.  The  materials  used 
for  bandages  are  al^sorbent  gauze,  muslins  or  flannels. 
The  kind  you  will  use  most  will  be  gauze  and  muslin. 
The  gauze  is  best  to  use  in  dressing  wounds  because 
it  is  pliable  and  absorbent,  and  muslin,  if  you  may 
choose,  in  applying  pressure,  because  it  is  firm.  In  an 
emergency  there  will  usually  be  little  chance  to  choose. 
Anything  at  hand,  as  underclothing,  sheets,  blankets, 
etc.,  may  be  torn  into  strips  or  triangles  and  used.  Have 
the  material  which  is  used  clean  if  possible. 

The  width  of  the  roller  bandage  depends  on  the  part 
of  the  body  to  be  bandaged,  from  one  inch  for  the  little 
finger  to  four  inches  for  the  body.  They  can  be  rolled 
very  well  by  hand  with  a  little  practice,  and  every  Girl 
Scout  should  learn  to  do  this  or  to  improvise  a  bandage 
roller  by  running  a  very  stiff  wire  through  a  small 
W^ooden  box  and  then  bending  one  end  on  the  outside 
of  the  box  like  a  handle. 

A  bandage  must  be  rolled  sufficiently  tight  so  that 
the  center  will  not  fall  out.  By  folding  one  end  back 
and  forth  a  few  times  to  make  a  core,  and  then  laying 
the  bandaging  over  one's  knees  lengthwise  of  the  thigh 
with  the  core  uppermost,  it  can  be  rolled  quite  tightly 
and  answer  every  purpose  for  emergencies. 

Learn  to  put  on  all  bandages  smoothly  and  securely, 
but  not  too  tightly. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


205 


Triangular  Bandages — These  bandages  have  advan- 
tages for  first  aid  work.  They  can  be  quickly  made, 
easily  applied  and  are  not  apt  to  be  put  on  too  tightly 
even  by  a  beginner. 

The  size  of  the  piece  of  cloth  varies  with  the  part 
to  be  bandaged.  Take  a  square  piece  of  cloth  (it  should 
not  be  less  than  34  to  38  inches),  fold  it  diagonally 
from  corner  to  corner  and  cut  across  the  fold,  making 
two  bandages. 

The  bandage  may  be  applied  unfolded  or  folded  into 
a  narrow  strip,  called  cravat  bandage. 

To  fold  the  cravat  bandage,  the  point  of  the  triangle 
is  brought  to  the  middle  of  the  diagonal  side  and  the 
bandage  folded  lengthwise  to  the  desired  width. 

The  cravat  bandage  is  convenient  to  use  in  bandaging 
the  hand,  foot,  head,  eyes,  throat  and  jaw;  for  trying  on 
splints;  for  tying  around  the  limb  in  case  of  snake  bite, 
and  in  making  a  tourniquet. 

Always  tie  the  bandage  with  a  square  knot  to  prevent 
slipping.     Care  must  be  used  in  applying  the  triangular 


206 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


bandage  to  have  it  smooth  and  firm,  folding  the  loose 
ends  into  pleats  evenly. 

Bandage  for  Hand — For  wound  of  the  palm,  lay 
cravat  in  straight  line,  place  palm  across  it  at  the  mid- 
dle. P'old  ends  over  the  back  of  hand,  carry  around 
wrist  and  tie.  Reverse  the  order  for  injury  to  the 
back  of  the  hand. 

To  cover  entire  hand,  unfold  cravat,  lay  flat  with 
point  of  triangle  beyond  the  fingers.  Fold  the  point 
of  the  bandage  over  the  fingers,  cross  the  ends,  and 
pass  around  wrist  and  tie  at  the  back. 

Bandage  for  Foot — Place  foot  on  the  smooth  triangle 
with  the  point  extending  beyond  the  toes  several  inches. 
Fold  the  point  back  over  the  instep,  cross  the  ends, 
carry  around  the  ankle  and  tie. 

Bandage  for  the  Head — The  bandage  may  be  used 
flat  or  as  a  cravat,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  in- 
jury and  the  part  to  be  bandaged. 

For  a  cap  bandage,  fold  over  the  edge  of  the  diagonal 
edge,  place  on  the  head  with  the  folded  edge  just  above 
the  eyes ;  pleat  the  edges  hanging  down  over  the  ears 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  207 

into  small  folds  so  that  the  bandage  lies  smoothly; 
carry  the  ends  around  the  head;  cross  at  the  back,  and 
tie  in  a  square  knot  in  front.  The  cravat  bandage  may 
be  used  to  hold  on  small  dressings  where  the  whole 
head  does  not  need  to  be  covered. 

For  the  eyes,  jaw  mid  throat  the  triangular  bandage 
is  used  by  folding  smoothly  into  a  cravat  and  tying 
securely  over  the  part  to  be  covered. 

Arm  Sling. — The  triangular  bandage  makes  the  best 
arm  sling  to  support  the  forearm  or  for  supporting 
injuries   to  the   elbow   or   shoulder. 

An  arm  sling  is  firmer  and  more  satisfactory  if  the 
triangle  is  double;  that  is,  simply  fold  over  the  square 
diagonally,  but  do  not  cut  it  along  the  fold.  An  arm 
sling  will  need  to  be  about  a  yard  square  before  folding. 

To  adjust  the  arm  sling,  put  one  end  over  the  shoul- 
der on  the  uninjured  side;  slip  the  point  of  the  triangle 
under  the  injured  arm,  so  that  it  will  extend  beyond 
the  elbow  a  few  inches;  then  take  the  end  of  the  ban- 
dage over  the  arm,  carry  around  the  back  of  the  neck 
on  the  injured  side,  meeting  the  other  end;  and  tie 
securely.  To  prevent  slipping,  pin  the  point  of  the 
bandage  around  the  arm  just  above  the  elbow. 

A  temporary  sling  can  be  made  by  pinning  the  sleeve 
of  the  injured  arm  to  the  dress  or  coat  in  such  a  way 
as  to  support  the  arm. 

The  Four-tailed  Bandage — This  bandage  is  useful  for 
bandaging  the  head,  and  especially  in  fracture  of  the 
jaw.  Use  a  piece  of  cloth  about  six  or  eight  inches 
wide  and  a  yard  long.  Cut  each  end  into  two  equal 
parts,  leaving  about  three  or  four  inches  in  the  middle 
uncut. 

When  the  bandage  is  applied,  the  split  ends  are 
crossed  so  that  they  may  be  tied  over  different  parts 
of  the  head  and  thus  hold  the  bandage  more  securely 


208 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  209 

in  place.  For  instance,  in  the  jaw  bandage  the  uncut 
middle  part  is  placed  over  and  under  the  chin,  the  ends 
crossed,  and  two  ends  tied  at  the  back  of  the  neck  and 
two  over  the  top  of  the  head. 

Roller  Bandages— Rolltv  bandages  are  a  little  more 
difficult  to  put  on  so  that  they  will  stay  on,  and  at  the 
same  time  be  smooth  and  have  a  uniform  pressure  on 
the  part  of  the  body  bandaged.  This  last  point  is  most 
important. 

Rules  for  applying  roller  bandages : 

1.  Lay  external  surface  of  bandage  against  the  part 
to  be  bandaged,  holding  the  roll  in  the  right  hand, 
unless  you  are  left-handed,  unrolling  it  as  a  roll  of 
carpet  unrolls  to  show  you  a  pattern  in  the  shops. 

2.  Hold  the  loose  end  with  the  left  hand  and  catch 
it  with  two  or  three  turns  of  the  bandage  before  be- 
ginning to  put  on  the  bandage.  Never  have  more  than 
four  or  five  inches  of  the  bandage  unrolled  at  once. 

3.  Be  careful  to  have  the  same  pressure  from  every 
turn  of  the  bandage.  This  is  most  important  if  the 
bandage  is  to  stay  on  and  be  comfortable  and  not  inter- 
fere with  the  circulation  of  the  blood.  Judgment  of 
the  pressure  is  only  acquired  by  practice,  and  there- 
fore you  should  practise  enough  to  acquire  this  before 
the  real  emergency  happens, 

4.  Do  not  bandage  too  tightly.  Blueness  of  the  skin 
above  or  below  the  bandage  always  means  the  bandage 
must  be  loosened.  Remember  in  applying  a  bandage 
immediately  after  an  injury  that  considerable  swelling 
may  occur  later,  and  apply  your  bandage  more  loosely 
than  if  bandaging  after  the  swelling  has  gone  down. 
Always  loosen  a  bandage  that  is  tight  enough  to  cause 
pain  or  blueness. 

5.  Bandage  from  below  upward.  That  is,  from  the 
tip  of  a  finger  or  toe  toward  the  hand  or  foot.     From 


210  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

the  hand   or   foot  toward  the  shoulder  or  groin.     This 
is  in  the  general  direction  of  the  return  of  the  circulation. 

6.  Bandage  over  a  splint  and  not  under  it. 

7.  Bandage  arms,  legs,  fingers,  etc.,  in  the  position 
the  patient  is  to  keep  the  part  in  when  the  bandaging 
is  completed.  For  instance,  bend  the  elbow  to  a  right 
angle  before  putting  on  the  arm  bandage.  This  will 
be  more  comfortable  for  the  patient,  allowing  him  to 
carry  the  arm  easily  in  a  sling  and  also  permit  him  to 
use  the  hand  to  some  extent  if  the  nature  of  the  injury 
will  permit.  In  bandaging  a  leg  both  above  and  below 
the  knee,  the  bandage  must  be  put  on  with  a  view  to 
to  the  necessary  bending  of  the  knee  in  walking  and 
sitting,  if  the  patient  is  expected  to  use  the  leg. 

8.  Never  apply  a  wet  bandage,  as  you  cannot  judge 
of  just  how  much  pressure  will  be  exerted  when  the 
bandage  dries,  because  of  the  shrinkage  of  cloth  with 
drying;  much  greater  in  some  cloth  than  in  others. 

Kinds  of  roller  bandages : 

1.  Circular  for  parts  uniform  in  size,  as  the  body. 

2.  Spiral  for  conical  surfaces,  as  fingers  or  toes. 

3.  Reverse  for  more  conical  surfaces,  as  arms  and 
legs. 

Circular  Bandages — Any  part  of  the  body  which  is 
of  uniform  size  may  be  covered  with  a  circular  bandage. 
Each  turn  covers  about  two-thirds  of  the  previous  turn. 
This  holds  each  turn  firmly  and  prevents  slipping  and 
exposing  the  dressing  or  wound  underneath.  Bandage 
in  general  direction  of  the  return  of  the  blood  to  the 
heart.  Fasten  the  bandage  with  a  strip  of  adhesive 
plaster  or  safety  pin.  If  there  is  possibility  of  restless- 
ness or  much  activity  on  the  part  of  the  patient,  it  is 
best  to  run  several  narrow  strips  of  adhesive  plaster 
along  the  whole  width  of  the  bandage  when  finished  to 
prevent  possible   slipping  of   the  turns   of   the   bandage 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  211 

when  the  muscles  move  under  it  with  the  activity  of 
the  patient.     This  is  especially  true  of  a  hody  bandage. 

Spiral  Bandage — A  conical  part,  if  not  too  conical, 
may  be  covered  with  a  spiral  bandage.  Each  turn 
ascends  at  a  slight  angle,  with  one  edge  of  the  bandage 
a  little  tighter  than  the  other.  In  putting  on  this  kind 
of  bandage  it  is  necessary  to  learn  to  have  the  tight 
edges  all  of  a  uniform  pressure  and  each  turn  overlap 
the  turn  below  in  such  a  way  that  these  tight  edges 
make  the  uniform  pressure  without  regard  to  the  upper 
edge  underneath,  which  is  covered  in  each  turn  by  the 
tighter  edge  of  the  turn  above  it. 

Reverse  Bandages — The  reverse  bandage  is  a  modi- 
fication of  the  spiral  one,  in  order  to  cover  the  gapping 
between  spirals  which  occurs  when  the  surface  is  very 
conical,  as,  for  instance,  on  the  leg. 

In  putting  on  this  bandage  the  loose  end  is  caught 
by  two  or  three  turns  first  as  in  other  bandages.  Then 
start  to  make  a  spiral  turn,  but  at  the  mid  point  of  the 
front  of  the  part  being  bandaged  place  the  thumb  of 
the  left  hand,  and  fold  the  bandage  down  so  that  it 
lies  smoothly  and  continue  the  turn  around  to  that  same 
point.  Repeat  the  process  with  each  turn.  (See  illus- 
tration.) Each  turn  covers  two-thirds  of  the  one  below 
in  order  to  hold  firmly.  The  pressure  must  be  uniform 
when  the  bandage  is  finished.  Fasten  the  ends  as  de- 
scribed under  circular  bandages,  or  divide  the  end  of 
the  bandage  into  two  parts  for,  several  inches — long 
enough  to  wind  around  the  part  bandaged.  Tie  a  single 
knot  at  the  base  to  prevent  further  dividing,  and  wrap 
the  ends  around  the  part  in  different  directions ;  tie  in  a 
hard  knot  to  hold  firmly. 

Bandaging  Fingers  and  Toes — In  bandaging  fingers 
and  toes  it  is  usually  best  to  bandage  the  whole  of  the 
injured  member.     Cover  the  end  of  the  finger,   for  in- 


212 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


stance,  by  passing  the  end  of  the  half  inch  or  one  inch 
bandage  several  times  the  whole  length  of  the  finger, 
over  the  end  and  to  the  base  of  the  other  side.  Hold 
this  in  place  with  one  hand,  start  the  spiral  at  the  end 
of  the  finger,  and  bandage  smoothly  toward  the  hand. 
The  spiral  or  the  reverse  spiral  may  be  used. 

Bandaging  Two  or  More  Fingers  or  Toes — It  is  some- 
times necessary  to  bandage  two  or  more  fingers,  for 
instance,  at  once,  as  in  case  of  a  burn,  where  it  is  neces- 
sary always  to  have  the  burned  fingers  separated  while 
healing  to  prevent  the  raw  places  from  growing  to- 
gether. 

Pass  a  finger  bandage  twice  around  the  wrist  and 
pass  obliquely  to  the  base  of  the  thumb.  Carry  to  the 
end  of  the  thumb  and  bandage  as  described  above. 
When  the  thumb  is  bandaged,  carry  the  bandage  back 
to  the  wrist;  pass  around  the  wrist  in  one  or  two  cir- 
cular turns,  and   carry  the   bandage  to  tlie  first  finger 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


213 


and  bandage  as  before.  Repeat  this  until  all  the  fingers 
are  bandaged.  Carry  the  bandage  back  to  the  wrist, 
after  the  last  finger  you  wish  to  bandage  is  done;  make 
one  or  two  turns  around  the  wrist  and  fasten. 

In  bandaging  the  foot,  carry  the  bandage  to  the  ankle 
to  make  secure  and  hold  in  place. 

Bandaging  Arms  and  Legs — The  reverse  spiral  is 
usually  best  for  bandaging  these,  because  of  the  conical 
shape.  Practice  alone  can  teach  you  to  put  this  on 
smoothly,  firmly,  not  too  tightly,  and  at  the  same  time 
quickly.  A  reverse  bandage  will  not  stay  in  place  on 
the  leg  of  the  person  walking  around  unless  pinned  in 


,214  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 

many  places  or  stuck  by  sizing  in  the  cloth  (which  has 
been  wet),  plaster,  etc.  Only  a  figure  eight  caught 
over, the  top  of  the  calf,  in  each  alternate  loop,  will  do  so. 

The  figure  Eight  Bandage — The  figure  eight  is  a 
modification  of  the  spiral  used  in  Ijandaging  over  joints 
in  such  a  way  as  to  permit  some  motion  and  at  the 
same  time  keep  the  bandage  firm  and  in  place. 

The  bandage  is  carried  first  below  and  then  above 
the  joint;  then  below  and  then  above,  the  turns  over- 
lapping the  usual  two-thirds  of  the  width  of  the  bandage, 
leaving  the  joint  free  until  the  last.  Then  it  may  be 
covered  with  two  or  three  circular  turns  of  the  bandage. 
This  admits  of  considerable  motion  without  disturbing 
the  bandage  to  any  extent. 

The  National  Red  Cross  and  Girl  Scout  Instruction 
in  First  Aid 

By  special  arrangement  with  the  National  Red  Cross, 
it  is  possible   for  a  Girl   Scout  completing  satisfactorily 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  215 

the  requirements  for  the  First  Aid  Proficiency  Badge 
to  secure  with  sHght  additional  work  the  Red  Cross  cer- 
tificate in  First  Aid.  Or  the  course  may  be  taken  en- 
tirely under  Red  Cross  auspices,  though  arranged  by 
Scout  officials,  in  which  case  the  Scout  may  receive  both 
the  Proficiency  Badge  and  the  Red  Cross  certificate.  The 
conditions  of  this  co-operation  between  the  Girl  Scouts 
and  the  National  Red  Cross  are  as  follows : 

Classes  are  to  be  organized  with  not  less  than  four  or 
more  than  twenty-five  in  a  class.  The  best  size  is  ten  to 
fifteen.  Scouts  must  be  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age  to 
be  admitted  to  these  classes. 

The  instructor  must  be  a  physician  appointed  by  the 
Chairman  of  the  First  Aid  Committee  of  the  local 
chapter  of  the  Red  Cross.  He  or  she  may  be  supplied 
upon  request  by  the  Chapter,  or  chosen  by  the  class  and 
the  name  submitted  to  the  Chapter  for  appointment. 

The  Red  Cross  class  roll  must  be  sent  in  to  the  local 
Chapter  early  in  the  course. 

A  Secretary  to  handle  the  records  should  be  chosen, 
and  where  the  class  is  made  up  of  Scouts,  the  officials 
should  be  preferably  a  Scout  Captain  or  Scout  Official. 

The  examiner  must  be  a  physician  appointed  by  the 
local  Red  Cross  chapter  and  is  preferably  some  one  other 
than  the  instructor,  but  this  is  not  necessary.  Like  the 
instructor,  the  examiner  may  be  supplied  by  the  Chapter 
or  chosen  by  the  class. 

The  Red  Cross  examination  roll,  which  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Chapter,  should  be  used  in  giving  exam- 
inations and  then  returned  to  the  Chapter,  who  will  issue 
the  certificates.  Follow  the  directions  on  the  roll  care- 
fully. 

If  a  Scout  holds  a  First  Aide  Proficiency  Badge  she 
may  complete  the  course  in  seven  and  one-half  hours. 
If  she  does  not  hold  a  Proficiency  Badge  in  First  Aid 


216  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

then  fifteen  hours  will  be  required.  A  Girl  Scout  hold- 
ing a  Proficiency  Badge  in  First  Aid  and  taking  a  school 
course  held  under  Red  Cross  auspices  which  she  passes 
with  a  mark  of  at  least  seventy-five  per  cent,  can,  when 
the  school  principal  certifies  to  this,  get  the  Red  Cross 
certificate  without  further  examination  by  applying  to 
the  local  Red  Cross  Chapter. 

Advanced  Courses 

Advanced  courses  are  open  to  those  who  have  the 
Red  Cross  certificate.  There  must  be  an  interval  of  at 
least  six  months  after  the  elementary  course  before  an 
advanced  course  can  be  taken,  and  the  same  interval  be- 
tween repetitions  of  it.  The  course  of  instruction  is 
seven  and  one-half  hours,  mainly  practical  demonstra- 
tions. A  Red  Cross  medal  is  given  on  completion  of 
this  course.  Each  time  it  is  repeated,  up  to  three  times, 
a  bar  (engraved  with  year)  is  given  to  be  added  to  the 
medal. 

Fees 

A  fee  of  fifty  cents  is  required  for  the  elementary 
course.  The  local  Red  Cross  Chapter  has  the  right  to 
reduce  this  fee. 

The  fee  for  the  advanced  course  is  one  dollar,  which 
covers  the  cost  of  certificate,  examination  and  medal. 
The  fee  for  bar  and  engraving  is  fifty  cents.  These  fees 
cannot  be  reduced. 

These  fees  cover  the  cost  to  the  Red  Cross  of  postage, 
certificates,  medals,  bars,  and  so  forth,  but  do  not  cover 
that  of  instructor,  examiner,  or  classroom  supplies,  which 
the  Red  Cross  requires  the  cLss  to  take  care  of. 
Information 

Where  there  is  no  local  Girl  Scout  organization  refer 
to  the  local  Red  Cross  Chapter;  or  if  there  is  none,  either 
to  the  Girl  Scout  National  Headquarters,  189  Lexington 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  217 

Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  or  to  the  Department  of 
First  Aid,  American  Red  Cross  National  Headquarters, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


4.     THE   HOME   NURSE 

The  Girl  Scout  who  has  earned  the  Home  Nurse 
Badge  may  be  of  great  help  where  there  is  illness.  But, 
she  should  remember  that  only  such  people  as  doctors 
and  trained  nurses  who  have  knowledge  and  skill  gained 
by  special  training  and  thorough  practice  are  fitted  to 
care  properly  for  those  who  are  very  ill. 

If  the  Scout  with  the  badge  keeps  her  head  and  shows 
herself  steady,  reliable  and  willing,  when  called  upon 
for  help  in  illness  or  emergencies,  she  proves  herself  a 
true  Scout  who  is  living  up  to  the  Scout  motto  of  "BE 
PREPARED." 

To  earn  the  badge  she  should  know : 

How  to  keep  the  sick  room  clean  and  comfortable. 

How  to  make  a  bed  properly. 

How  to  prepare  for  and  help  a  sick  person  in  taking 
a  bath. 

How  to  make  a  sick  person  comfortable  in  bed,  chang- 
ing position,  etc. 

How  to  take  temperature,  pulse  and  respiration. 

How  to  prepare  and  serve  simple,  nourishing  food  for 
the  sick. 

How  to  feed  a  helpless  person. 

How  to  prepare  and  use  simple  remedies  for  slight  ail- 
ments. 

How  to  occupy  and  amuse  the  sick. 

When  helping  about  the  sick,  the  Scout  should  wear  a 
wash  dress  or  an  apron  which  covers  her  dress.  She 
should  be  very  neat  and  clean.     She  should  wash  her 


218  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

hands  frequently,  always  before  her  own  meals,  and 
after  coming  into  contact  with  the  sick  person  and  after 
handling  utensils,  dishes,  linen,  etc.,  used  in  the  sick 
room.  Great  cleanliness  is  necessary  not  only  for  her 
own  protection  but  to  prevent  illness  spreading. 

She  should  move  quickly  and  quietly,  but  without 
bustle  or  hurry,  taking  care  not  to  let  things  fall,  not  to 
bump  against  the  furniture,  not  to  jar  the  bed,  not  to 
slam  doors,  in  fact  not  to  make  any  unnecessary  noises, 
as  sick  people  are  not  only  disturbed  but  may  be  made 
worse  by  noises  and  confusion.  If  a  door  is  squeaky  the 
hinges  should  be  oiled.  Too  much  talking,  loud  talking 
and  whispering  are  to  be  avoided.  Only  cheerful  and 
pleasant  subjects  should  be  talked  of,  never  illnesses 
either  that  of  the  patient  nor  of  others. 

The  best  nursing  aims  not  only  to  bring  relief  and  com- 
fort to  those  already  sick,  but  to  guard  against  spreading 
sickness. 

We  know,  now,  that  many  diseases  are  spread  by 
means  of  germs  which  are  carried  from  person  to  person 
by  various  means,  such  as  air,  water,  milk,  and  other 
food ;  discharges  from  the  mouth,  nose,  bowels,  bladder, 
wounds ;  clothing ;  the  hands ;  the  breath,  and  so  forth. 

It  has  been  found  that  great  heat,  intense  cold,  sun- 
shine and  some  powerful  drugs  called  disinfectants  kill 
germs.  Germs  thrive  and  multiply  in  dirt,  dampness  and 
darkness.  That  is  why  it  is  important  to  have  fresh 
air,  sunshine  and  cleanliness  in  order  to  keep  well,  and 
to  help  in  curing  those  who  get  sick. 

The  Room,  Its  Order  and  Arrangement 

The  hangings  and  furniture  of  a  sick  room  should  be 
of  a  kind  that  can  be  washed  and  easily  kept  clean.  Plain 
wooden  furniture  is  better  than  upholstered  furniture 
which  collects  and  holds  the  dust.     If  there  is  a  rocking 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  219 

chair  it  should  be  for  the  use  of  the  sick  person  only. 
Seeing  and  hearing  other  people  rock  may  be  very  dis- 
turbing. 

If  carpets  are  movable,  so  much  the  better,  as  they  can 
be  taken  out  to  be  cleaned. 

The  room  should  be  bright  and  attractive.  Sick  people 
like  flowers  and  pretty  things,  but  the  flowers  should  not 
have  a  strong  perfume,  and  there  should  not  be  too 
many  ornaments  around  to  collect  dust  and  to  take  up 
too  much  room.  Flowers  should  be  taken  out  of  the 
room  every  night  and  the  water  changed  before  returned 
to  the  room  in  the  morning.  Never  have  faded  flowers 
around. 

The  room  should  be  kept  neat — a  place  for  everything 
and  everything  in  its  place. 

Neatness  and  attractiveness  are  not  only  pleasing  to 
the  sick  person  and  those  who  come  into  the  room  but 
may  really  make  the  sick  person   feel  better. 

Medicines  should  not  be  kept  in  sight.  All  dishes  and 
utensils  not  in  use  should  be  taken  away  and  should  be 
washed  immediately  after  use. 

Ventilating  and  Lighting  the  Rootn 

The  room  of  a  sick  person  should  be  so  situated  that 
it  will  get  plenty  of  sunlight  and  be  easily  aired.  A  room 
that  has  two  or  more  windows  can  be  better  ventilated 
than  a  room  with  only  one.  When  there  is  only  one  win- 
dow, it  should  be  opened  both  top  and  bottom.  If  there 
is  not  a  screen,  one  can  be  made  by  hanging  a  shawl  or 
a  blanket  over  a  clothes  horse  or  a  high-backed  chair,  or 
over  a  line  stretched  across  the  lower  part  of  the  window. 
A  fire  place  or  a  stove  keeps  the  air  circulating — the  air 
being  constantly  drawn  up  the  chimney — and  so  helps  in 
ventilating  a   room. 

When  "airing"  the  room  great  care  must  be  taken  to 
keep  the  sick  person   free  from  draughts. 


^20  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Unless  special  orders  have  been  given  to  the  contrary 
there  should  be  plenty  of  sunshine  let  in.  The  eyes  of 
the  sick  person  should  be  protected  from  the  glare  by  a 
screen. 

If  possible  there  should  be  a  thermometer  in  the  room. 
The  proper  heat  is  between  65  and  70  degrees.  If  the 
temperature  of  the  room  is  as  high  as  70  degrees  and  the 
sick  person  is  cold,  it  is  better  to  give  her  a  hot  water  bag 
and  to  put  on  more  covers  than  to  shut  the  windows,  thus 
keeping  out  the  fresh  air.  Cool  air  acts  as  a  tonic  for 
the  sick. 

Cleaning  the  Room 

The  carpet  should  be  gone  over  every  day  to  remove 
the  surface  dust.  Use  the  carpets  sweeper,  being  care- 
ful not  to  knock  the  furniture  nor  to  jar  the  bed.  Raise 
as  little  dust  and  make  as  little  noise  as  possible.  Torn- 
up  wet  paper  scattered  on  a  small  part  of  the  carpet  at 
3  time  and  lightly  brushed  up  into  a  dustpan  with  a  whisk 
broom,  or  a  broom,  cleans  the  carpet  very  well  without 
raising  dust. 

If  the  carpet  cannot  be  taken  out  to  be  swept  or  beaten 
but  requires  thorough  sweeping,  an  umbrella  with  a  sheet 
over  it  may  be  hoisted  over  the  head  of  the  sick  person 
to  keep  the  dust  from  her  nose  and  nostrils.  The  bare 
parts  of  the  floor  should  be  gone  over  with  a  damp  duster 
or  a  damp  mop. 

The  dusting  should  be  done  with  a  damp  or  oiled  duster 
also,  so  that  the  dust  may  not  be  scattered.  A  basin  of 
soapy  water  should  be  at  hand  and  the  duster  washed  in 
it  frequently  while  dusting,  so  that  the  dust  collected  on 
it  from  one  surface  will  not  be  carried  to  another.  While 
dusting  special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  door- 
knobs and  that  part  of  the  door  around  them. 

When  the  dusting  is  finished  the  dusters   should  be 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


221 


thoroughly  washed  and  scalded  and  hung  out  of   doors 
to  dry. 

The  Bed 

A  metal  bedstead  is  better  than  a  wooden  one,  as  wood 
holds  odors  and  moisture,  and  is  apt  to  have  more  cracks 
and  crevices  for  germs  or  bugs  to  lodge  in.  It  should  be 
white,  for  then  it  shows  when  it  needs  cleaning  and  bed 
bugs  keep  away  from  white  surfaces  which  show  them 
up  easily. 

If  possible,  have  the  bed  in  a  part  of  the  room,  where 
the  drafts  will  not  strike  the  patient  every  time  a  door 
or  window  is  opened,  and  where  the  light  does  not  shine 
in  the  eyes.  If  it  can  be  placed  so  that  the  patient  can 
see  from  the  window  so  much  the  better. 
To  Make  an  Unoccupied  Bed 

Remove  pillows  and  bedclothes,  one  at  a  time,  being 
careful  not  to  let  corners  drag  on  the  floor,  and  put  to 
air.  Turn  the  mattress  over  from  end  to  end  one  day, 
and  from  side  to  side  next  day.  If  the  patient  does  not 
have  to  return  to  bed  at  once  leave  to  air  for  at  least  half 
an  hour. 

An  old  blanket,  old  spread  or  a  quilted  pad,  spread  over 
the  mattress  not  only  protects  the  mattress  but  prevents 
the  sheets  from  wearing  out,  and  may  make  the  bed  more 
comfortable.     These  should  be  kept  clean. 

The  bed  for  a  sick  person  is  frequently  made  with  a 
rubber  sheet  and  a  draw  sheet.  The  draw  sheet  is  so 
called  because  its  proper  use  is  to  be  drawn  through  under 
the  patient  without  greatly  disturbing  her  and  give  her 
a  cool  fresh  place  to  lie  on.  Therefore  it  should  be  long 
enough  to  tuck  in  sufficiently  under  one  side  to  allow 
of  this  being  done.  An  ordinary  sheet  folded  in  two 
from  top  to  bottom  and  placed  with  folded  edge  toward 
the  head  of  the  bed  may  be  used.     It  should  entirely 


222 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


cover  the  rubber  sheet,  which  is  usually  put  on  between 
the  bottom  and  the  draw  sheet. 

When  the  mattress  is  sufficiently  aired,  put  on  the  pro- 
tective covering.  Over  this  spread  the  lower  sheet  so 
that  the  middle  fold  of  the  sheet  lies  up  and  down  the 
centre  of  the  mattress  from  head  to  foot.  Keep  per- 
fectly straight.  The  sheet  should  be  long  enough  to 
have  at  least  fourteen  inches  over  at  ends  and  sides  to 
tuck  in.  Tuck  ends  under  mattress  at  head  and  foot 
drawing  tightly  so  that  it  will  be  smooth  and  firm.  Now 
tuck  under  at  one  side,  folding  neatly  at  corners,  so  that 
they  will  be  mitred  when  finished.  If  there  is  no  rubber 
nor  draw  sheet  to  put  on,  go  to  the  other  side  of  the  bed 
and  tuck  in  firmly  at  corners.  Then,  pulling  the  middle  of 
the  sheet  very  tightly  with  one  hand,  push  the  mattress 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  223 

with  the  other  and  tuck  the  sheet  under.  This  under 
sheet  should  be  very  smooth  without  a  wrinkle  in  it.  If 
it  is  not  long  enough  to  tuck  in  well  at  both  head  and 
foot,  leave  plenty  at  the  head  to  tuck  in  securely  and 
tuck  in  at  the  sides  tightly  rather  than  risk  having  it 
come  loose  at  the  head.  Be  sure,  however,  that  the  mat- 
tress is  entirely  covered. 

When  Rubber  and  Draw  Sheets  Are  Used 

Before  going  around  to  the  other  side,  lay  the  rubber 
sheet  over  the  becj,  so  that  the  top  edge  will  be  well  above 
where  the  lower  edge  of  the  pillow  will  come.  Put  the 
draw  sheet  over  it.  Tuck  both  well  under  the  mattress  on 
that  side.  Then,  go  to  the  other  side  and  tuck  in  the 
corners  of  the  lower  sheet  as  directed,  then  stretching 
draw,  rubber,  and  under  sheet  very  tightly,  tuck  in 
separately. 

Next  spread  the  upper  sheet,  wrong  side  up,  leaving  as 
much  at  the  head  to  turn  back  over  the  blankets  as  you 
left  in  the  under  sheet  to  tuck  in.  Have  the  middle  fold 
over  that  of  the  lower  sheet.  Spread  the  blankets  so 
that  their  upper  edges  will  be  even  with  the  upper  edge 
of  the  mattress.  If  the  blankets  are  not  long  enough  to 
reach  as  far  up  as  they  should,  and  yet  tuck  under  firmly 
at  the  foot,  place  the  lower  one  as  directed,  and  the  upper 
one  so  that  there  will  be  enough  to  tuck  under  at  the  foot, 
and  hold  the  others  in  place.  Tuck  all  in  at  once  the  foot 
and  lower  corners,  mitring  the  corners  as  you  did  those 
of  the  lower  sheet.  Pull  and  straighten  the  sheet  at  the 
top  and  turn  back  smoothly  over  the  blankets.  If  the  bed 
is  not  to  be  occupied  right  away,  tuck  in  both  sides, 
stretching  well  so  that  it  will  have  a  smooth  surface.  Put 
on  the  spread,  having  the  top  edge  even  with  the  top  of 
the  covers.      Tuck  in  neatly  at  foot  and  lower  corners. 


224  SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

letting  the  sides  hang.     Shake  and  beat  the  pillows  thor- 
oughly, make  smooth  and  even,  and  put  in  place. 
To   Change  the   Under   Sheet   When   the   Patient   Is 
in  Bed 

Loosen  the  bedclothes,  without  jarring  the  bed.  Take 
off  covers  one  at  a  time,  until  only  one  blanket  and  sheet 
remain.  (If  the  patient  feels  cold,  leave  as  many  blankets 
as  necessary  to  keep  her  warm.)  Holding  blankets  with 
one  hand  or  having  patient  hold  it  by  the  top,  draw  off 
the  upper  sheet,  being  careful  not  to  uncover  the  patient. 
Remove  the  pillows.  Have  the  patient  as  near  the 
side  of  the  bed  as  is  safe,  on  her  side,  and  facing  the 
side  on  which  she  is  lying.  Roll  the  under  sheets  on  the 
side  of  the  bed  close  to  the  patient's  back,  making  them 
as  flat  as  possible.  Pleat  al)out  half  of  the  fresh  under 
sheet  lengthwise,  and  place  close  to  the  soiled  sheets. 
Tuck  in  the  other  half,  at  the  head,  foot  and  side,  draw 
the  rubber  sheet  back  over  this  fresh  sheet,  arrange  the 
fresh  draw  sheet  in  place,  tuck  both  in  at  that  side  and 
roll  the  free  part  close  up  to  the  patient's  back.  Now 
lift  the  patient's  feet  over  the  roll  of  fresh  and  soiled 
linen  to  the  freshly  made  part,  then  have  her  roll  her  body 
over  that  side.  Going  to  the  other  side  of  the  bed,  re- 
move all  the  soiled  linen  and  tuck  the  fresh  sheets  in, 
pulling  tightly,  being  sure  that  there  are  no  wrinkles  under 
the  patient.  All  the  time  keep  the  patient  well  covered. 
Now,  spread  the  upper  sheet  and  blankets  over  the  cover- 
ing the  patient  has  had  on  while  the  lower  sheets  were 
being  changed  and,  having  the  patient  hold  the  coverings 
you  have  just  put  on,  draw  off  the  others,  just  as  you 
took  oft'  the  top  sheet  at  first.  Finish  making  the  bed 
as  you  would  an  unoccupied  one. 

If  the  Bed  Is  to  Be  Occupied  at  Once 

If  the  bed  is  to  be  occupied  at  once  the  coverings  should 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  225 

be  tucked  in  only  at   foot,  corners  and  one  side,  then 
turned  back  diagonally  from  the  head  to  foot. 

The  bed  clothes  should  never  be  drawn  too  tightly  over 
a  person  in  bed,  or  they  may  irritate  the  skin,  especially 
at  the  knees  and  toes.  Bed  sores  may  be  started  in  this 
way.  Perhaps  the  commonest  cause  of  bedsores  is  from 
wrinkles  in  the  under  sheets.  If  the  spread  is  heavy  it 
should  not  be  used  over  a  patient.  Use  a  sheet  instead  to 
protect  the  blankets. 

Bathing 

Bathing  is  more  important  for  the  sick  than  for  the 
well.  It  not  only  keeps  the  skin  clean  and  in  condition 
to  do  its  work,  but  it  is  soothing  to  the  nerves,  makes 
the  sick  person  rest  better  and  is  refreshing. 

If  the  room  is  the  right  temperature  and  the  bath  is 
carefully  taken  there  is  no  danger  of  a  sick  person  taking 
cold.  On  the  other  hand  bathing  helps  to  keep  people  in 
condition  to  avoid  taking  colds.  (See  Red  Cross  Text 
Book  on  Home  Hygiene  and  Care  of  the  Sick,  page  156.) 

When  a  patient  is  very  sick  or  helpless,  the  bath  should 
be  given  by  someone  who  is  able  to  do  it  deftly  and  quick- 
ly, with  the  least  exertion  to  the  patient. 

Very  often,  however,  a  person  in  bed  is  quite  able  to 
bathe  herself,  with  a  little  help,  if  the  necessary  things 
are  brought  to  her. 

To   Prepare   For  a   Bath  in  Bed 

Have  the  room  warm  and  free  from  draught^s.  A  good 
temperature  is  70  degrees.  An  old  person  or  a  bab/  may 
have  it  warmer. 

Bring  into  the  room  everything  needed.  This  will  in- 
clude : 

An  extra  blanket  to  wrap  around  the  sick  person. 

Two  or  more  bath  towels. 


226  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Two  wash  cloths — one  for  the  face  and  another  for  the 
rest  of  the  body. 

Soap — Ivory  or  castile  are  good. 

Pitcher  of  good  hot  water,  and  slop  jar. 

Alcohol  and  toilet  powder  if  you  have  it. 

Nail  file  and  scissors. 

Comb  and  brush. 

Clean  bed  linen  and  nightgown.  In  cold  weather  these 
may  be  hung  near  the  fire  or  radiator  to  warm. 

A  basin  of  water  of  a  temperature  that  the  sick  person 
finds  comfortable. 

When  everything  is  ready  the  Scout  can  help  by  loosen- 
ing the  bedclothes,  arranging  the  extra  blanket,  removing 
the  nightgown,  and  in  holding  the  basin  and  towels,  in 
changing  the  water  or  in  any  way  that  will  make  the  bath 
easier  for  the  sick  person,  perhaps  washing  the  feet 
and  back,  being  careful  to  keep  all  the  rest  of  the  body 
covered  and  warm,  and  in  protecting  the  bed  by  bath' 
towels  spread  under  the  part  being  washed.  When  doing 
this  the  wash  cloth  should  not  be  so  wet  that  it  will  drip 
and  wet  the  bed.  It  should  be  held  so  that  the  corners  do 
not  touch  against  the  bedclothes.  There  should  not  be 
too  much  soap  used  as  it  makes  the  skin  feel  sticky. 
Every  part  should  be  rinsed  and  dried  thoroughly.  Warm 
towels  are  a  great  help  in  this. 

When  the  bath  is  finished  alcohol  or  witch  hazel  may 
be  used  to  rub  the  parts  where  there  is  most  pressure 
as  the  back,  shoulder  blades,  hips,  buttocks,  elbows,  knees 
and  ankles.  This  not  only  gives  comfort  but  it  prevents 
bedsores. 

If  a  sick  person  gets  a  bath,  so  that  it  does  not  disturb 
nor  tire  her  nor  make  her  chilly  she  will  usually  enjoy  it. 
By  getting  everything  ready,  by  helping  where  needed, 
and  by  clearing  up  nicely  the  Girl  Scout  may  make  the 
bath  a  pleasure  instead  of  something  to  be  dreaded. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  227 

Sometimes  sick  people  are  able  to  go  to  the  bath  room 
to  take  their  own  baths,  if  everything  is  gotten  ready  for 
them  beforehand,  so  that  they  will  not  get  tired  doing  so. 
People  who  are  not  well  should  never  be  allowed  to  lock 
themselves  in  the  bathroom  alone. 

Getting  Ready  a  Tub  Bath 

The  bathroom  should  be  well  aired  but  warm.  The 
water  in  the  bath  tub  helps  to  warm  it  up.  A  bath  towel 
or  bath  mat  should  be  spread  beside  the  tub  on  the  floor 
and  a  chair  with  a  blanket  and  a  bath  towel  on  it  for 
the  person  to  sit  on  while  she  is  drying  herself.  The 
water  should  be  about  105  degrees  or  a  temperature  that 
the  person  finds  comfortable.  Always  let  a  patient  try  it 
herself  with  her  hand  and  arm  before  getting  in.  Five 
to  ten  minutes  is  long  enough  to  stay  in  the  water.  The 
towels  should  be  within  easy  reach  and  the  bathrobe, 
night  gown  and  slippers  placed  ready  to  put  on. 

The  bed  should  be  put  to  air  and  left  as  long  as  possi- 
ble, but  if  the  patient  has  to  get  back  in  it  immediately 
after  her  bath,  it  should  be  made— care  being  taken  that 
it  is  warm  enough.  If  necessary  put  in  hot  water  bags 
and  spread  a  blanket  over  the  under  sheet  to  wrap  around 
her  if  she  needs  it.  People  chill  easily  after  a  bath  if 
they  are  exposed  to  sudden  cold. 

Foot  Baths 

Foot  baths  are  often  used  in  the  home  as  remedies 
for  colds,  headaches,  sleeplessness  and  to  give  relief  at 
the  monthly  period. 

If  there  is  not  a  regular  foot  tub  a  pail  that  is  large 
enough  to  put  the  foot  in  is  better  than  a  basin  as  it 
lets  the  water  come  up  around  the  ankles.  A  person  may 
sit  in  a  chair  or  on  the  side  of  the  bed.  Have  tub  about 
half  full  of  water  and  at  first  of  a  heat  that  feels  com- 


228  SCOUTING   FOR   GIllLS 

fortable,  putting  more  hot  water  in  from  time  to  time, 
until  it  is  as  hot  as  it  can  be  stood.  When  adding  hot 
water  the  feet  should  be  away  from  the  part  of  the  tub 
where  the  water  is  poured  in,  and  it  should  be  added 
slowly  to  prevent  possibility  of  burning.  A  person  get- 
ting" a  foot  bath  should  be  kept  very  warm.  Wrap  a 
blanket  around  the  knees  so  that  the  legs  will  be  pro- 
tected front  and  back.  After  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes 
the  feet  should  be  removed  from  the  water  and  dried 
without  rubbing.  They  should  be  kept  well  covered  for 
an  hour  or  more.  No  one  should  go  out  immediately  after 
a  foot  bath. 

If  mustard  is  to  be  added,  mix  it  first  in  a  cup  and  mix 
it  gradually  so  that  it  does  not  lump.  Two  tablespoonfuls 
of  mustard  to  a  foot  bath  is  about  enough. 

Changing  of  position,  and  supporting  different  parts  of 
the  body,  give  both  rest  and  comfort  to  anyone  in  bed. 
This  may  be  done  by  turning  a  patient  and  by  the  proper 
arrangement  of  pillows  and  other  supports. 

To  turn  a  patient  toward  you  place  one  hand  over  her 
shoulder  and  the  other  hand  over  her  hip  and  draw  to- 
ward you.  Bend  her  knees,  go  to  the  other  side  of  the 
bed,  put  both  hands  under  her  hips  and  draw  toward  you. 
Place  a  pillow  lengthwise  at  her  back,  from  her  shoulder 
to  waist  for  support. 

A  pillow,  placed  under  or  between  the  knees,  often 
gives  much  relief  and  comfort.  Small  air  pillows  that 
can  be  placed  under  or  against  the  small  of  the  back 
relieve  strain  and  rest  the  muscles.  Anyone  lying  on 
her  back  will  be  rested  by  arranging  pillows  lengthwise 
at  the  sides  to  support  arms.  Rubber  rings  and  air 
cushions  are  also  used  to  relieve  pressure  and  give  sup- 
port. They  should  always  be  covered,  using  towel  or 
pillow  case,  if  they  have  not  their  own  fitted  covers. 

Rings  of  any  size  may  be  made  of  cotton  wound  with 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


229 


bandage.     These  are  frequently  needed  under  the  heels, 
particularly  for  a  patient  lying  on  her  back. 
Sitting  Up  in  Bed 

When  a  patient  is  allowed  to  sit  up  in  bed  and  a  bed- 
rest is  not  available  a  straight  chair  placed  bottom-up  be- 
hind the  patient  makes  a  good  support  for  the  pillows. 
If  there  is  no  other  support,  at  least  six  pillows  are 
needed  to  make  a  patient  comfortable.  The  pillows 
should  be  so  arranged  that  the  head  is  not  thrown  for- 
ward and  that  there  is  proper  support  for  the  back,  and 
the  arms. 
Raising  a  Patient  Who   Has   Slipped   Down   in  Bed 

Have  the  patient  draw  up  the  knees  until  the  soles  of 
the  feet  are  firmly  on  the  bed.  Place  your  right  arm  un- 
der the  far  shoulder  in  such  a  way  that  the  patient's  head 
rests  in  your  bent  elbow.  Place  the  left  arm  under  the 
thighs.    Hold  your  back  stiff.    Have  the  patient  clasp  her 


230  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

hands  around  your  waist.  Lift  without  jerking.  When 
two  persons  are  doing  the  Hfting,  one  should  stand  on 
either  side  of  the  bed.  The  person  on  the  left  side  of  the 
bed  should  place  the  right  arm  as  though  she  were  doing 
the  lifting  alone.  Place  the  other  arm  under  the  small 
of  the  patient's   back. 

The  person  on  the  right  side  will  place  her  left  arm 
beside  her  companion's,  and  her  right  arm  under  the 
thighs.  If  able,  the  patient  may  place  a  hand  on  the 
shoulder  of  each  lifter. 

Lift  in  unison  without  jerking. 

A  pillow  rolled  in  a  sheet,  placed  under  the  body  and 
tied  to  the  head  or  sides  of  the  bed  will  prevent  slipping 
down  in  bed. 

It  is  usually  better  to  shake  up  and  rearrange  the 
pillows  after  raising  the  patient  as  the  moving  disar- 
ranges them  somewhat. 

To  Change  the  Pillows 

Slip  the  right  arm  under  the  shoulders  in  such  a  way 
that  the  neck  and  head  are  supported  in  your  bent  elbow ; 
with  the  left  hand  gently  draw  out  one  pillow  at  a  time, 
from  above.  In  replacing,  stand  the  pillows  on  the  side 
at  the  head  of  the  bed,  lift  the  shoulders,  and  grasping  the 
pillow  by  the  middle  draw  down  under  the  patient's 
head. 

Another  way  is  to  have  the  patient  near  one  side  of 
the  bed  and  lifting  in  the  same  way  draw  the  pillows  one 
at  a  time  away  from  you.  In  replacing  put  the  fresh  pil- 
lows on  the  far  side  and  again  lifting  the  head  pull  them 
toward  you. 

The  pillow  should  support  the  neck  and  shoulders.  A 
small  down  or  hair  pillow  placed  under  the  back  of  thp 
neck  from  time  to  time,  rests  and  supports. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  231 

To  Change  the  Nightgown 

The  nightgown  should  be  loose  enough  to  change  easily. 
If  there  is  an  opening  in  the  front,  this  may  be  made 
larger  or  the  gown  may  be  split  up  the  back. 

These  openings  may  be  sewn  up  again  without  in  any 
way  damaging  the  gown. 

Have  the  gown  well  drawn  up  around  the  shoulders 
and  neck. 

Slip  one  hand  through  the  arm  hole  of  the  gown,  and 
bend  the  patient's  arm.  With  the  other  hand  draw  off 
the  sleeve. 

Draw  the  hand  through  the  corresponding  sleeve  of 
the  fresh  gown  and  lifting  the  head  just  as  for  changing 
the  pillow,  slip  the  soiled  and  fresh  gown  over  the  head 
at  the  same  time.  Pull  away  the  soiled  gown.  Put  your 
hand  through  the  sleeve  and  draw  the  patient's  hand 
through,  then  raising  again  draw  the  gown  down  under 
the  back  and  hips. 

Combing  the   Hair 

The  hair  should  be  combed  at  least  once  a  day.  If 
this  is  done  from  the  very  beginning  of  an  illness  it  will 
not  get  badly  tangled. 

Spread  a  towel  over  the  pillow.  Have  the  patient  turn 
head  on  one  side  so  that  the  back  of  the  head  is  exposed. 
Part  the  hair  in  the  middle  from  the  forehead  to  the 
nape  of  the  neck.  Comb  only  a  small  strand  at  a  time. 
If  there  are  tangles,  comb  from  ends  toward  the  scalp 
Avoid  pulling  by  twisting  the  strand  around  the  finger 
and  holding  loosely  between  the  comb  and  the  scalp. 
When  the  hair  on  one  side  has  been  combed,  braid  it, 
having  the  top  of  the  braid  near  the  ear.  Do  the  other 
side  the  same  way.  If  very  much  tangled  a  little  oil  or 
alcohol  rubbed  in  makes  it  easier  to  comb. 

Wash  the  comb  and  brush  in  soap  and  water  once  3 
week. 


232  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Wash  the  hands  after  combing  the  hair. 
Be  careful  in  removing  the  towel  not  to  scatter  the 
loose  hairs  and  dandruff  it  may  hold. 

Getting  Patient  Up  in  Chair 

If  possible  have  a  chair  with  arms. 

Place  beside  the  bed. 

Put  cushions  on  seat  and  fresh  pillow  at  back. 

Throw  a  blanket  over  all  corner-wise,  to  wrap  around 
the  patient  when  she  sits  down. 

While  in  bed  put  on  stockings,  slippers,  bath  robe  (and 
under-drawers  or  flannel  petticoat  in  winter). 

Have  the  patient  sit  up  in  bed,  and  help  her  to  swing 
her  feet  over  the  edge. 

Stand  in  front  of  her,  and  have  her  place  her  hands  on 
your  shoulders.  Place  your  hands  under  her  arm  pits, 
and  let  her  slip  off  the  bed  with  her  feet  firmly  on  the 
floor.     Turn  and  let  her  sit  down  slowly. 

Place  a  stool  for  her  feet. 

Place  the  chair  so  that  she  will  be  out  of  drafts  and 
so  that  the  light  does  not  shine  directly  into  her   face. 

When  patients  become  restless  and  nervous  they  may 
often  be  made  more  comfortable  by  rearranging  the 
bed  clothes,  by  fanning,  by  changing  position,  by  rubbing 
the  back  and  legs,  by  putting  hot  water  bags  at  the  feet, 
back  and  neck,  or  small  of  back.  In  summer  try  very 
cold  water  instead  of  hot  water  in  the  bags.  Cold  com- 
presses may  be  applied  to  the  back  of  the  neck,  the  spine, 
the  forehead,  or  wherever  they  may  give  comfort.  A 
foot  bath,  a  hot  or  cool  sponging  will  not  only  quiet  rest- 
lessness but  will  often  make  a  patient  sleepy.  In  using 
any  wet  application  be  sure  not  to  get  the  pillows  or  bed 
clothes  wet.  Continued  rubbing  at  the  back  of  the  neck 
or  stroking  of  the  forehead  gently  is  soothing  and  quiet- 
ing. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


233 


Temperature,  Pulse,  Respiration 

The  temperature  of  the  average  person  in  health  is 
98.6°  Fahrenheit.    This  is  called  the  normal  temperature. 

A  temperature  below  98.0  degrees  is  said  to  be  sub- 
normal. A  healthy  person  may  have  a  sub-normal  tem- 
perature in  the  early  morning.  People  with  a  continuous 
low  temperature,  say  around  97  (this  is  often  the  case 
with  old  people  and  those  who  are  recovering  from  ill- 
ness) need  careful  attention.  If  in  bed,  they  should  be 
kept  warmly  covered  and  supplied  with  hot  water  bags. 
If  up,  they  should  be  warmly  clothed,  and  protected 
from  drafts,  and  sudden  changes  of  temperature. 
Usually,  in  the  early  morning  before  daylight,  the  tem- 
perature is  at  the  lowest.  That  is  why  it  is  important  to 
watch  sick  people  and  babies  and  to  put  an  extra  cover 
over  them  at  that  time. 

Any  temperature  above  100  degrees,  if  it  continues,  is 
serious.  A  temperature  above  101  degrees  is  a  fairly 
high  one,  and  103  degrees  or  above  is  very  high. 

The  temperature  is  taken  with  a  clinical  thermometer 
placed  in  the  mouth  or  in  the  armpit.  For  babies,  and 
people  who  might  break  the  thermometer  if  it  were 
placed  in  the  mouth,  place  the  thermometer  in  the  armpit. 
Temperatures  of  babies  and  very  ill  people  are  taken  in 
rectum,  but  the  Girl  Scout  should  not  attempt  this.  Al- 
ways wash  the  thermometer  in  cold  water  before  using. 
Wash  in  cold  water  and  disinfect  by  wiping  off  with  alco- 
hol or  ether  after  using.  Hot  water  will  break  it  When 
the  thermometer  is  being  used  every  day  it  may  be  kept  in 
disinfectant.  Never  lay  down  a  thermometer  that  has 
been  used  until  after  it  has  been  washed  and  disinfected. 
To  Take  the  Temperature  in  the  Mouth 

Cleanse  the  thermometer. 

vShake  down  so  that  the  mercury  is  below  96  degrees. 

Have  patient  moisten  lips. 


234  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 

Place  the  thermometer  with  bulb  under  tongue.  Lips 
must  be  closed  while  holding  it. 

Hold  two  or  three  minutes,  in  this  position. 

Be  sure  that  nothing  hot  or  cold  has  been  in  the  mouth 
for  at  least  five  minutes  before  taking  temperature. 
To  Take  Temperature  in  the  Armpits 

Wipe  out  armpit. 

Insert  the  thermometer. 

Place  arm  across  the  chest  so  that  the  thermometer  is 
held  securely.  It  should  remain  so  for  four  or  five 
minutes. 

Pulse 

The  pulse  may  be  counted  on  the  thumb  side  of  the 
inside  of  the  wrist,  at  the  temples,  the  ankles,  and  other 
parts  of  the  body  where  the  arteries  are  near  the  surface. 

The  pulse  shows  the  number  of  times  per  minute  which 
the  heart  beats  or  pumps. 

A  normal  pulse  rate  for  a  man  is  around  72,  for  a 
woman  80,  for  a  child  90,  and  for  a  baby  100  beats. 

A  very  rapid  or  a  very  slow  pulse  shows  that  there  is 
something  wrong  that  should  be  reported.  It  takes  a 
good  deal  of  practice  to  learn  to  count  the  pulse. 

Place  two  or  three  fingers  on  the  beating  artery,  just 
touching  firmly  enough  to  feel  the  beats,  and  count  for 
a  half  minute,  then  multiply  by  two  to  find  the  number 
of  beats  per  minute.  Be  sure  that  the  patient's  hand  is 
in  a  comfortable  position  while  counting. 
Respiration 

Respiration  is  another  word  for  breathing.  An  aver- 
age normal  person  when  sitting  or  lying  still,  breathes 
from  twelve  to  twenty  times  per  minute,  and  when  mov- 
ing about  24  times.  We  all  know  that  quick  moving 
makes  quick  breathing. 

Respiration  above  40  or  below  8  is  a  danger  sign.    If 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


235 


the  respiration  is  very  fast,  or  difficult,  or  wheezy,  or  in 
any  way  very  unusual,  we  can  tell  it  at  a  glance.  People 
who  are  breathing  hard  are  frequently  relieved  by  being 
propped  up  in  bed. 

To  count  the  respiration.  It  is  better  to  do  this  with- 
out the  person's  knowledge.  It  may  be  counted  by  watch- 
ing the  rise  and  fall  of  the  chest  or  of  the  shoulders.  An- 
other way  is  to  hold  the  person's  hand  as  though  taking 
the  pulse,  having  her  rest  her  hand  and  fore-arm  lightly 
on  the  chest  and  count  the  rise  and  fall. 

Dishes 

Dishes  used  by  patients  with  any  of  the  contagious 
diseases,  and  this  includes  colds  and  sore  throats,  should 
be  kept  separate,  and  washed  separately  from  the  family 
dishes.  They  should  be  scalded  after  washing  and  have 
special  dish  cloths.  Using  separate  utensils,  and  separate 
room  for  the  sick  person  are  two  of  the  surest  ways  to 
prevent  the  spread  of  the  disease. 

In  such  diseases  as  measles,  scarlet  fever,  colds,  mumps, 
influenza,  dishes  should  be  boiled  every  day.  Put  them 
in  a  large  kettle  in  cold  water  and  let  them  come  to  a 
boil.  Even  the  thinnest  glass  will  not  break  if  treated 
in  this  way.  Let  the  dishes  stay  in  the  water  until  cool 
enough  to  handle. 

Dish  cloths  and  dish  mops  should  be  thoroughly  washed 
in  good  hot  water  and  soap,  and  put  in  the  sun  to  dry. 
They  should  be  boiled  regularly. 

If  it  is  necessai'y  to  disinfect  linen  put  it  all  in  a  bag 
and  leave  in  cold  water  to  soak  for  some  hours  before 
putting  it  on  to  boil.  Put  a  little  washing  soda  in  the 
water.  After  boiling  hard  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes 
it  may  be  washed  with  the  other  garments. 

Stains  should  be  washed  out  before  putting  linen  in 
the  wash, 


236  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

Utensils  and  Their  Care 

All  utensils  should  be  kept  clean  and  ready  for  instant 
use.  The  bedpan  should  always  be  warmed  before  be- 
ing used.  Running  warm  water  in  and  on  it  is  usually 
the  easiest  way  to  do  this.  It  should  be  thoroughly  dried 
on  the  outside  so  that  it  will  not  wet  the  bed.  It  is  a 
good  plan  to  have  a  piece  of  rubber  sheet  or  several 
thicknesses  of  old  newspapers  covered  with  a  bath  towel 
to  put  under  the  bedpan  in  bed.  When  carrying  away, 
keep  covered.  Use  cold  water  first,  and  after  washing 
with  soapy  water,  rinse  and  dry  before  putting  away. 

Basins  in  constant  use,  especially  if  they  are  used  to 
hold  disinfectant,  need  to  be  well  scoured  with  sapolio 
from  time  to  time.  Nothing  is  more  shiftless  looking 
than  a  dark  rim  of  dirt  or  stain  around  a  basin. 

Hot  water  bags  should  be  emptied  when  not  in  use 
and  hung  upside  down.  The  stoppers  should  be  kept 
fastened  to  them. 

Ice  caps  should  be  dried  inside  and  out  and  stuiTed  with 
cotton  or  tissue  paper  to  keep  the  sides  from  sticking 
together. 

Hot  and  Cold  Applications 

Hot  applications  are  used  to  relieve  pain,  to  supply 
heat,  and  to  bring  down  temperature.  Both  moist  and 
dry  heat  are  used.  Hot  water  bags,  metal  heaters,  electric 
pads,  hot  flannels  are  the  commonest  froms  of  dry  heat. 
Fomentations,  poultices,  and  baths  are  the  simplest  forms 
of  moist  heat. 

In  applying  heat,  one  should  be  ever  on  the  watch 
to  avoid  burning  a  patient.  The  skin  of  babies,  children, 
old  people,  and  of  those  who  have  been  ill  a  long  time,  is 
very  easily  burned.  Again,  the  same  heat  that  is  easily 
tolerated  by  one  person,  may  burn  another. 

Hot  water  hags  or  their  substitute,  electric  pads  or 
metal  heaters   should   always  be   wrapped   in  towels   or 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


237 


have  their  own  coverings.  Never  fill  a  hot  water  bag- 
more  than  two-thirds  full.  The  water  should  not  be 
hot  enough  to  scald  a  patient  if  the  bag  should  spring  a 
leak.  Before  putting  in  the  cork,  expel  the  air  by  twist- 
ing the  upper  part  between  the  neck  and  the  level  of  the 
water  before  putting  in  the  cork.  Be  sure  to  cork  tightly. 
If  the  bag  is  to  be  where  the  patient  will  bear  the  weight, 
put  in  a  very  little  water  and  renew  from  time  to  time. 
Where  there  is  no  hot  water  bag,  stone  bottles  may  be 
used,  or  bags  of  salt  or  sand  may  be  heated  in  the  oven. 
The  practice  of  using  ordinary  glass  bottles  is  an  un- 
safe one,  as  the  corks  are  not  always  to  be  depended  on 
to  stay  tight  and  the  glass  breaks  easily.  When  bags 
of  salt  or  sand  are  used  the  coverings  should  be  thick 
enough  to  prevent  the  particles  from  sifting  through. 
Pieces  of  flannel  the  right  size  may  in  some  cases  supply 
all  the  heat  that  is  necessary.  They  should  be  covered 
with  another  flannel  to  keep  in  the  warmth. 

To  make  a  mustard  plaster.  Have  ready  a  piece  of 
old  muslin  (a  piece  of  an  old  nightgown  will  do)  two 
inches  wide  and  two  inches  longer  than  twice  the  length 
of  the  poultice  required.  On  one  end  of  it,  with  a  margin 
of  an  inch  on  three  sides,  place  a  piece  of  oiled  paper 
or  shelf  paper  or  a  piece  of  clean  paper  bag,  the  size  you 
wish  the  poultice  to  be.  Mix  one  tablespoonful  of  mus- 
tard with  8  tablespoonfuls  of  flour,  before  wetting. 
Have  water  about  as  hot  as  the  hand  can  stand.  Do  not 
use  boiling  water.  Stir  the  water  into  the  mustard  and 
flour  gradually  so  that  it  will  not  lump.  Make  the  paste 
stiff  enough  to  spread  thinly  on  the  paper,  about  a  quarter 
of  an  inch  thick.  Turn  the  margins  of  the  cloth  over 
the  paste.  Fold  the  long  end  over  so  that  all  the  paste  is 
covered  and  tuck  the  end  under  the  turned-in  edges  of 
the  sides.  Fold  it  and  take  it  to  the  patient  in  a  hot  towel 
or  between  hot  plates.    The  skin  where  it  is  to  be  placed 


238 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


ADMINISTERING    AN    INHALATION 

should  be  oiled.  Test  the  heat  by  holding  it  against  the 
back  of  your  own  hand.  Put  on  slowly  and  leave  for  two 
minutes.  Watch  and  remove  sooner  if  the  skin  becomes 
reddened  or  if  it  is  uncomfortable.  After  removing  wipe 
away  the  moisture  from  the  skin  and  cover  with  a  soft 
piece  of  muslin,  and  place  a  piece  of  flannel  over  that, 
A  blister  after  a  mustard  paste  shows  very  careless  nurs- 
ing. Never  let  a  patient  go  to  sleep  with  a  mustard 
plaster  on. 

Fomentation  or  stupes  are  pieces  of  flannel  wrung 
out  of  very  hot  water  and  placed  on  the  skin.  They 
should  be  two  or  three  times  as  large  as  the  part  to  be 
treated,  and  should  be  applied  as  hot  as  the  patient  can 
bear  them,  without  burning  the  skin.  Have  two  sets, 
so  that  one  set  will  be  ready  to  put  on  when  the  other 
is  taken  off.  The  stupes  should  be  wrung  as  dry  as 
possible  and  as  they  must  be  very  hot  to  do  any  good, 
a  fomentation  wringer  is  a  great  protection  for  the 
hands.  One  may  be  made  by  putting  halves  of  a  broom 
handle  through  the  ends  of  a  short  roller  towel  in  the 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


239 


middle  of  which  the  fomentation  has  been  placed.  By 
twisting  the  sticks  in  the  opposite  direction  the  fomenta- 
tion can  be  wrung  very  dry.  Take  it  to  the  bed  in  the 
wringer  and  do  not  open  until  ready  to  place  on  the 
skin,  as  it  will  lose  its  heat  very  quickly.  Put  a  little  oil 
or  vaseline  on  the  skin  and  apply  the  fomentation  gradu- 
ally. Cover  with  a  dry  flannel  and  put  wadding  over 
that.  A  piece  of  oiled  skin  or  oiled  paper  between  the 
wadding  and  the  dry  flannel  helps  to  keep  in  the  heat  and 
moisture.  Hold  in  place  with  a  towel  or  binder  pinned 
tightly. 

Cold  is  applied  by  means  of  ice  bags  and  by  cold 
compresses.  In  filling  an  ice  bag  the  ice  should  be  in 
small  pieces,  and  the  bag  not  too  full.  Expel  the  air 
as  from  a  hot  water  bag.  Cover  with  a  towel  or  a 
cover  for  the  purpose.  Never  put  the  rubber  near  the 
skin,  it  may  freeze  if  so  left.  Besides,  the  cover  ab- 
sorbs the  moisture  that  collects  on  the  outside  as  the 
ice  melts. 

Cold  compresses  are  a  common  remedy  for  headache, 
Old  handkerchiefs  are  excellent  for  this  purpose.  Fold 
in  frayed  edges,  two  or  three  thicknesses  will  be  heavy 
enough,  and  have  two,  large  enough  to  cover  the  fore- 
head. Wring  one  out  of  ice  water  so  that  it  will  not 
drip,  and  put  on  the  forehead.  Keep  the  other  on  a 
piece  of  ice  and  change  the  two  applications  frequently. 
When  applied  to  the  neck  a  dry  cloth  should  be  placed 
outside  to  protect  the  pillow  or  the  patient's  clothing. 
Cold  compresses  for  inflamed  eyes  should  be  of  one 
thickness  only,  and  a  little  larger  than  the  eye.  Have  a 
number  and  change  very  often.  Use  a  separate  com- 
press for  each  eye.  If  there  is  a  discharge  a  compress 
should  not  be  used  a  second  time.  The  discarded  com- 
presses should  be  collected  in  a  paper  bag  or  wrapped  in 
newspapers  and  burned. 


240  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

When  cold  compresses  are  applied  to  the  head  there 
should  be  a  hot  water  bag  at  the  feet. 

Gargles,  sprays,  and  inhalations  are  often  ordered  for 
sore  throats  and  colds. 

Salt  or  soda  added  to  water  in  the  proportion  of  a  tea- 
spoonful  to  a  pint  makes  an  excellent  gargle. 

A  very  cold  gargle  or  one  as  hot  as  can  be  held  with- 
out burning  is  better  than  a  tepid  one. 

Do  not  go  out  in  the  cold  air  directly  after  using  a 
hot  gargle. 

Use  at  least  six  separate  mouthfuls  each  time  you 
gargle,  and  hold  long  enough  at  the  back  of  the  throat 
for  the  gargle  to  reach  every  part. 

A  spray  should  not  be  used  for  the  nose  without  a 
special  order  from  the  doctor.  The  liquid  sometimes 
gets  into  the  passage  leading  to  the  ear  and  causes  ear- 
ache. 

Always  wipe  the  nozzle  of  the  atomizer  before  using. 
It  should  be  cleaned  after  each  use  and  boiled,  if  an- 
other patient  is  to  use  it.  Always  boil  the  nozzle  and 
clean  out  the  bottle  when  the  atomizer  is  to  be  put  away. 
Keep  it  in  a  box  where  dust  will  not  reach  it. 

Inhalations  are  useful  to  relieve  difficult  breathing 
and  for  loss  of  voice  or  hoarseness.  Fill  a  pitcher,  bowl, 
or  basin,  two-thirds  full  of  boiling  water.  Wrap  with 
a  towel  to  prevent  burning  if  it  should  touch  a  patient. 
Usually  drugs  such  as  peppermint  spirits,  oil  of  eucalyp- 
tus, or  tincture  of  benzoin,  in  dose  of  a  teaspoonful  to 
the  hot  water  contained  in  the  receptable,  is  enough.  If 
no  drug  is  at  hand,  the  steam  itself  may  be  depended  upon 
to  do  some  good.  Pin  one  end  of  a  bath  towel  around  the 
face  below  the  eyes  and  spread  the  other  over  the  pitcher 
inhaling  the  steam  as  it  rises.  It  may  not  be  possible 
to  induce  a  child  to  do  this,  in  which  case  make  a  tent 
of  an  open  umbrella  with  a  sheet  thrown  over  it  at  the 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


241 


head  of  the  bed,  leaving  the  front  a  Httle  open.  Place 
the  pitcher  so  that  the  child  will  get  the  steam  and  hold 
the  pitcher  carefully  all  the  time.  Do  not  let  the  pitcher 
touch  the  patient. 

Another  means  of  inhalation  is  to  hold  a  funnel,  made 
of  a  piece  of  folded  paper  in  the  nose  of  a  kettle  of  very 
hot  water,  near  the  patient  so  that  the  steam  can  be  in- 
haled. Be  very  careful  not  to  scald  the  patient.  After 
a  steam  inhalation  one  should  not  go  out  in  the  cold 
air  nor  have  the  windows  opened  for  an  hour  or  more. 
Common   Medicines  and   Other   Remedies 

It  is  a  very  safe  rule  never  to  take  medicines  oneself 
without  a  doctor's  orders.  Above  all,  never  advise  others, 
even  when  you  know  from  experience  that  certain  medi- 
cines have  helped  yourself  and  others.  Medicines  should 
be  taken  upon  prescription  from  the  physician,  should 
be  measured  accurately,  and  given  at  the  exact  hour 
ordered. 

Read  carefully  the  label  or  box  from  which  you  take 
the  medicine  before  and  after  opening  or  uncorking, 
and  read  the  name  again  when  putting  back  in  its  place. 
Many  people  have  been  poisoned  by  not  reading  the 
label.  Have  all  glasses  and  spoons,  etc.,  thoroughly 
cleansed  before  and  after  using. 

Accuracy,  attention,  cleanliness,  regularity  should  be 
watchwords. 

In  giving  either  food  or  medicine,  the  following  meas- 
ures are  helpful : 

1  teaspoonful  measures  50  grains. 

2  teaspoonfuls  make  1  dessertspoonful. 
2  dessertspoonfuls  make  1  tablespoonful. 
2  tablespoonfuls  make  1  ounce. 

8  ounces  make  1  cupful  or  glassful. 
16  ounces  make  one  pint,  or  pound. 

(This  applies  to  either  liquid  or  dry  measure.) 


242  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

In  giving  pills,  capsules,  tablets  give  a  drink  of  water 
first  to  moisten  the  tongue  and  throat.  This  helps  them 
to  slip  down  more  easily. 

If  there  is  danger  of  a  pill  or  tablet  choking  the  patient, 
crush  the  pill  or  tablet  between  two  spoons. 

When  medicines  are  taken  l)y  spoon,  the  spoon  should 
be  licked  by  the  patient  in  order  to  get  the  full  amount. 

Nearly  all  medicines  should  be  mixed  with  water,  and 
should  be  followed  with  a  drink  of  water  unless  orders 
are  given  to  the  contrary. 

Keep  all  medicines  tightly  corked. 

Buy  medicines  only  in  small  quantities,  as  most  of 
them  lose  their  strength  in  time. 

In  buying  vaseline  or  cold  cream  it  is  better  to  have 
it  in  a  tube  than  in  jars.     Being  opened  and  dipped  into 
constantly  soon  makes  the  contents  of  a  jar  unclean. 
Common  Remedies 

Such  remedies  as  the  following  are  to  be  found  in 
many  homes. 

Castor  oil,  clove  oil,  vaseHne,  baking  soda  (this  is 
the  same  thing  as  bi-carbonate  of  soda  or  saleratus),  salt, 
lime  water,  alcohol,  camphorated  oil,  spirits  of  camphor, 
flaxseed,  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia.  Do  not  confuse 
this  latter  remedy  with  ammonia  water  used  for  cleans- 
ing things. 

Castor  oil  should  be  taken  in  these  doses : 

Baby,  1  to  2  teaspoonfuls. 

Older  children:   1  tablespoonful. 

Adult:  1  to  2  tablespoonfuls. 

There  are  many  ways  of  taking  castor  oil.  Heat  the 
glass  or  spoon,  put  in  some  orange  or  lemon  juice,  then 
the  oil,  then  more  juice.  Open  the  mouth  wide  and  put 
the  oil  far  back.  Have  more  juice  at  hand  to  swallow  im- 
mediately after.  Chilling  the  mouth  by  holding  a  piece 
of  ice  in  it  for  a  few  minutes  also  helps  to  disguise  the 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  243 

taste.  A  couple  of  tablespoonfuls  of  lemon  or  orange 
juice  with  a  quarter  of  a  teaspoonful  of  soda  mixed 
thoroughly  with  the  oil  will  make  it  effervesce  so  that 
it  is  not  unpleasant  to  take. 

If  the  dose  is  vomited,  wait  a  little  while,  then  give 
another.  Do  not  give  directly  before  nor  directly  after 
a  meal. 

Olive  oil  is  often  taken  in  doses  of  one  or  two  teaspoon- 
fuls  after  meals  to  regulate  the  bowels  or  to  help  people 
gain  weight  or  when  the  appetite  is  small.  It  is  also  used 
to  rub  into  the  skin  of  under-nourished  babies  and  to  rub 
sick  people,  especially  if  the  skin  is  very  dry.  After 
rubbing  with  oil  always  wipe  the  skin  with  a  towel. 

Vaseline  is  used  to  grease  sore  and  chafed  parts.  A 
little  may  be  inserted  into  the  nostrils  for  a  cold.  Cam- 
phorated vaseline  is  especially  good  for  this.  In  case  of 
an  irritating  cough  that  keeps  a  child  from  sleeping,  a 
little  plain  pure  vaseline  may  be  put  in  the  mouth,  and 
it  will  be  found  very  soothing. 

Vaseline  is  also  used  to  grease  such  utensils  as  nozzles 
and  to  put  on  the  parts  to  which  poultices  or  fomenta- 
tions are  to  be  applied. 

Soda  may  be  used  for  burns  (moisten  and  apply  as  a 
paste),  as  a  gargle  (one  teaspoonful  to  a  pint  of  water), 
as  an  enema  (the  same  proportion),  for  colds  (a  tea- 
spoonful in  a  quart  of  water  to  be  taken  internally  in  the 
course  of  each  day),  and  in  bilious  attacks,  water  with 
this  amount  of  soda  may  be  given.  Also  to  get  a  person 
to  vomit,  in  which  case  the  water  should  be  slightly  warm. 

Salt  may  be  used  as  a  gargle  in  the  same  way  as  soda, 
and  even  mixed  with  soda,  also  for  enemas.  Coarse 
salt,  when  heated  and  put  into  bags,  may  be  used  when 
there  is  no  hot  water  bag. 

Lime  water  is  used  in  mixing  the  baby's  milk  and  is 
put  in  the  milk  for  sick  people  when  they  cannot  take 


244  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

full  Strength  milk.  The  usual  proportion  is  two  table- 
spoons of  lime  water  to  a  half  glass  of  milk,  which  makes 
about  1  part  of  lime  water  to  3  parts  of  milk. 

Alcohol  may  be  used  to  disinfect  the  more  delicate 
utensils  as  the  thermometer.  Most  alcohol  now  obtain- 
able is  tvood  alcohol  or  dcnaturated;  that  is,  mixed  with 
powerful  poisons,  so  that  it  should  never  touch  the 
mouth.  Never  place  a  bottle  of  alcohol  near  a  flame. 
If  it  is  ever  necessary  to  use  an  alcohol  lamp,  use  the 
solid  alcohol.     It  is  much  safer. 

Camphorated  oil  is  often  used  to  rub  the  chest  and 
neck  with  in  case  of  colds.  It  should  be  warmed  and 
rubbed  in  thoroughly.  Protect  the  bedclothes  and  the 
patient's  clothes  with  towels.  After  rubbing,  wipe  and 
cover  the  part  with  a  flannel,  to  prevent  chill. 

Spirits  of  camphor  or  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia, 
a  few  drops  on  a  handkerchief  or  piece  of  cotton,  held 
five  or  six  inches  from  the  nose,  relieves  faintness.  In- 
haling the  camphor  in  this  way  will  often  make  it  easier 
to  breathe  through  the  nose  in  case  of  a  head  cold.  Fif- 
teen drops  of  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  in  a  table- 
spoonful  of  water  may  be  given  to  anyone  recovering 
from  a  faint  or  to  relieve  nausea. 

Flaxseed  tea  is  an  old-fashioned  remedy  for  coughs. 
Pour  a  quart  of  boiling  water  over  two  tablespoonfuls 
of  flaxseed  and  let  it  simmer  for  two  or  three  hours, 
or  until  reduced  to  about  a  pint  of  tea.  Strain  through  a 
fine  strainer  several  times  so  that  it  will  not  be  stringy, 
flavor  with  lemon,  and  add  honey  or  sugar.  Put  in  a 
covered  jar,  and  take  a  teaspoonful  at  a  time  to  relieve 
irritation  in  the  throat. 

The  Daily  Clean-Out. — People,  sick  or  well,  should 
have  a  bowel  movement  once  or  twice  a  day.  Taking 
medicine  for  this  purpose  is  a  very  bad  habit.  If  healthy 
people   have   the   proper   exercise   and    food,   and    drink 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


245 


plenty  of  good  water,  medicine  is  not  necessary.  Eating 
coarse  grained  food,  as  bran  muffins,  corn  meal  porridge, 
fruits,  and  vegetables,  drinking  plenty  of  water,  exercis- 
ing in  the  open  air,  and  having  a  regular  time  for  going 
to  the  lavatory  (immediately  after  breakfast  and  the  last 
thing  at  night  before  retiring  are  suggested  times)  are 
habits  that  are  usually  sufficient  to  keep  the  bowels  in 
good  order. 

If  the  waste  matter  is  not  carried  ofif  by  the  bowel 
movements,  the  body  will  in  time  become  poisoned  by  the 
decayed  substance  in  the  intestines,  and  illness  follows. 
Many  headaches,  "tired  feelings,"  "blues,"  and  even  ap- 
pendicitis may  be  caused  by  constipation. 

People  who  are  sick  and  therefore  deprived  of  taking 
exercise  to  help  in  keeping  their  bowels  regular,  need  to 
have  very  special  attention  paid  to  their  diet  and  to  have 
plenty  of  drinking  water  always  at  hand.  Also  they 
should  have  bed-pan  or  whatever  other  attention  they 
need  regularly,  and  when  asked  for,  immediately. 

Chill,  if  due  to  exposure,  may  be  treated  by  giving  a 
warm  bath  or  a  foot  bath,  and  putting  to  bed  between 
warm  blankets  and  with  hot  water  bags.  Rub  briskly 
under  the  covers  and  give  a  warm  drink  such  as  tea, 
coffee,  milk,  etc. 

Some  Common  Ills  and  Their  Treatment 

When  a  chill  is  not  merely  due  to  being  cold,  give 
the  same  treatment  except  the  rubbing,  take  the  tempera- 
ture, and  if  there  is  fever,  send  for  the  doctor,  as  it 
may  be  the  beginning  of  an  illness. 

Colds  or  cramps,  or  pain  in  the  bowels  may  be  caused 
by  constipation,  by  gas,  by  undigested  food,  by  the 
monthly  period  or  more  serious  causes.  Apply  heat  (hot 
water  bag  or  fomentation),  sip  hot  water  in  which  is  a 
little  baking  soda  (one-half  teaspoonful  to  a  cup),  or  a 
few  drops  of  peppermint.     Try  a  hot   foot  bath.     Lie 


246  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

down  and  keep  very  quiet  with  a  hot  water  bag  at  feet. 
If  pain  continues,  except  in  the  case  of  the  monthly  ill- 
ness, empty  the  stomach  either  by  putting  the  finger 
down  the  throat  or  by  drinking  warm  water  and  soda 
until  vomiting  starts.  Take  an  enema  or  a  dose  of  castor 
oil.     If  the  pain  still  continues,  send  for  a  doctor. 

Convulsions.  Send  for  a  doctor  at  once.  Loosen  all 
clothing,  undress  if  possible.  Watch  and  prevent  patient 
from  hurting  herself.  Do  not  try  to  restrain.  Try  to 
force  a  spoonhandle  wound  with  a  bandage  between  the 
teeth,  to  prevent  biting  of  tongue.  Keep  lying  down 
with  head  slightly  raised.  As  soon  as  possible,  ad- 
minister enema  or  dose  of  castor  oil.  Put  ice  bag  on 
head  and  hot  water  bottle  to  feet.  Keep  warm.  A  child 
may  be  put  into  a  warm  bath  and  held  until  convulsions 
subside.  Keep  very  quiet  and  handle  as  little  as  possible 
when  the  convulsion  is  over,  as  handling  may  cause  a 
repetition  of  the  twitching. 

Croup.  Give  steam  inhalation.  Keep  a  kettle  of  very 
warm  water  in  the  room.  If  this  is  not  possible,  fill  the 
bathroom  with  steam  by  turning  on  the  hot  water,  and 
take  the  patient  there.  Put  hot  fomentations  to  neck, 
chest,  and  abdomen.  Send  for  doctor,  who  will  usually 
order  medicine  to  make  the  child  vomit,  which  brings 
some  relief. 

Earache.  Use  hot  applications  against  the  ear.  A 
heated  glass  or  a  cup  in  which  there  is  a  cloth  wrung 
in  very  hot  water,  held  against  the  ear  may  be  found 
very  comforting.  Never  put  drops  nor  anything  else 
into  the  ear  canal.  Either  send  for  the  doctor  or  take 
the  patient  to  him,  as  there  may  be  a  developing  abscess 
which  needs  to  be  opened. 

Fever.  Patient  should  go  to  bed  in  a  well  ventilated 
room  and  keep  quiet.  The  bowels  should  move  freely 
.and  plenty  of  water  be  taken.  Bathing  the  hands,  face 
and  neck  or  rubbing  with  alcohol  gives  relief,  especially 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  247 

if  there  is  restlessness.  Only  liquid  food  should  be 
given,  and  even  that  should  not  be  urged. 

Headaches.  The  commonest  causes  of  frequent  head- 
aches are  eye-strain  and  indigestion.  The  cure  is  being 
fitted  with  glasses  and  taking  a  proper  diet.  Rest  and 
quiet,  careful  eating,  cold  compresses  to  the  head,  a  hot 
water  bag  to  the  feet,  or  a  foot  bath  will  usually  relieve 
an  ordinary  headache.  Sometimes,  as  when  there  is 
constipation,  a  dose  of  castor  oil  is  necessary.  An  enema 
will  often  give  instant  relief.  Never  take  headache 
medicines  unless  a  doctor  has  specially  ordered  it.  These 
medicines  may  contain  powerful  poisons.  The  danger 
of  taking  them  is  that  while  for  the  time  being  they  may 
relieve  the  headache,  the  cause  of  the  headache  remains, 
and  the  headache  returns  unless  the  cause,  such  as  eye- 
strain or  indigestion,  is  removed. 

Hiccoughs  can  be  usually  stopped  by  drinking  a  glass 
of  water  in  sips  while  holding  the  breath.  They  are 
usually  caused  by  eating  too  fast  or  by  some  form  of 
indigestion. 

Colds,  Their  Prevention  and  Care 

Everybody  knows  that  colds  are  "catching."  People 
who  are  over-tired  or  under- fed,  who  stay  too  much  in 
either  under-heated  or  over-heated  rooms,  or  who  do  not 
bathe  regularly,  or  who  do  not  get  exercise  enough  in 
the  open  air,  are  those  most  likely  to  catch  cold. 

If  you  have  a  cold  yourself,  stay  away  from  others 
if  possible,  and  do  all  in  your  power  to  prevent  others 
coming  close  to  you.  Cover  the  mouth  when  coughing 
or  sneezing,  use  paper  or  old  rags  instead  of  handker- 
chiefs and  then  burn  them;  wash  your  hands  before 
touching  things  others  are  to  use,  and  use  separate  dishes, 
which  should  be  kept  entirely  apart  from  the  family 
dishes  and  washed  separately.     If  such  precautions  are 


248  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

taken  by  the  first  member  of  the  family  to  take  cold,  it 
would  seldom  spread  through  the  family. 

When  people  around  you  have  colds,  avoid  getting 
close  to  them,  gargle  often,  take  deep  breaths  of  fresh 
air  whenever  possible,  wash  your  hands  often  and  keep 
them  away  from  your  nose  and  mouth. 

You  do  not  need  to  be  told  that  the  handkerchief  used 
by  anyone  with  a  cold  is  full  of  germs.  It  should  be 
kept  from  touching  other  things  and  should  never  be 
left  lying  around. 

If,  at  the  first  signs  of  a  cold,  a  good  dose  of  castor 
oil  is  taken,  a  glass  of  hot  lemonade  and  a  hot  bath  be- 
fore going  to  bed,  a  cold  may  be  "broken  up,"  as  we  say. 
In  mild  weather,  the  windows  may  be  left  open,  but  if 
the  weather  is  very  cold  it  is  better  to  air  the  room  from 
another  room,  in  order  to  keep  an  even  temperature,  but 
there  should  be  good  ventilation. 

If  the  throat  is  sore,  gargling  and  a  cold  compress  to 
the  neck  will  bring  relief.  If  there  is  fever  and  head- 
ache, you  have  already  been  told  what  to  do.  Anyone 
with  a  cold  should  eat  very  lightly  and  drink  plenty  of 
water.  They  should  be  as  quiet  as  possible  and  get  all 
the  rest  and  sleep  possible. 

Camphorated  or  plain  vaseline  may  be  put  in  the  nos- 
trils, and  if  there  is  a  cough,  plain  vaseline  may  be  taken 
internally — placed  on  the  tongue  at  the  back  of  the 
mouth.  A  spoonful  of  flaxseed  tea  taken  as  often  as 
necessary  to  relieve  irritation  may  bring  relief.  Inhala- 
tions are  helpful  in  hoarseness.  Never  give  any  cough 
medicines  except  what  are  ordered  by  a  doctor. 

If  the  symptoms  continue  after  the  first  night  it  is 
advisable  to  call  a  doctor,  as  what  seems  a  slight  cold 
may  be  the  beginning  of  a  serious  illness,  as  measles, 
scarlet  fever,  pneumonia,  etc.     If  there  is  earache,  rapid 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


249 


breathing,  great  weakness  or  sleepiness  the  doctor  should 
be  called  at  once. 

Any  symptom  that  lasts  after  a  cold,  as  pain  in  one 
part,  weakness,  or  high  temperature,  needs  a  doctor's 
attention. 

Food  for  the  Sick 

Food  for  the  sick  should  be  light  and  easily  digested. 
Generally  the  doctor  says  what  may  be  eaten.  Such 
foods  as  the  following  are  included  in  so-called  invalid 
foods :  Milk,  milk  soups,  eggs,  raw  and  soft-cooked, 
rennet,  custards,  ice  creams,  albumin  water,  well  cooked 
cereals,  gruels,  broths,  toasts,  milk  toast,  jellies  made 
with  gelatine,  such  as  lemon  and  wine  jelly;  macaroni, 
spaghetti,  well-cooked  bread  (never  fresh  bread),  tea, 
coffee,  cocoa. 

Sick  people  should  have  their  meals  as  regularly  as 
possible,  at  regular  hours  and  promptly  and  attractively 
served.  The  tray,  the  dishes,  the  tray-cloth,  should  be 
spotlessly  clean,  and  the  tray  should  not  be  over-loaded 
with  dishes  or  food.  If  it  is  necessary  to  bring  all  the 
food  for  a  meal  to  the  room  on  the  tray  at  once  in  order 
to  save  steps,  remove  some  of  it,  perhaps  the  dessert, 
until  the  patient  is  ready  for  it. 

Before  leaving  the  room  to  prepare  the  tray,  arrange 
everything  so  that  the  patient  may  eat  the  food  as  soon 
as  it  is  brought.  As  a  rule  it  is  better  for  the  sick  mem- 
ber of  the  family  to  have  her  meals  served  before  the 
family  sits  down  to  the  table,  so  that  she  may  have  her 
food  fresh  and  hot,  and  not  get  tired  waiting. 

Try  to  have  food  that  the  patient  likes,  if  possible.  If 
she  does  not  like  what  may  be  served  her,  it  may  be 
served  so  attractively  that  her  appetite  may  be  tempted. 

All  food  should  be  tasted  before  sei"ving.  Serve  hot 
food  hot,  and  cold  food  cold. 

Milk  is  the  most  nourishing  of  liquid  foods.     If  it  is 


250 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


to  be  heated,  do  not  let  it  boil.     Always  take  the  chill 
off  milk  served  to  children. 

Generally  speaking,  cooked  food  is  better  than  un- 
cooked, even  fruits.  Baked  apples  or  apple  sauce,  for 
example,  are  safer  to  give  the  sick  than  raw  apples. 

Toast  is  better  than  bread.  Toast  upon  which  the 
butter  has  melted  should  not  be  given  to  a  sick  person. 
Have  the  toast  hot,  and  butter  each  mouthful  as  eaten. 
Bread  should  be  at  least  one  day  old  before  given  to  a 
sick  person.  Hot  breads,  such  as  fresh  rolls  and  biscuits, 
are  not  good  foods  for  ill  people.  Fried  foods  should 
be  kept  from  invalids  and  children. 

The  best  way  to  prepare  a  potato  for  an  invalid  is  to 
bake  it.  It  should  be  served  when  it  is  light  and  mealy, 
and  never  after  it  has  become  soggy. 

The  best  way  of  cooking  meat  is  to  broil  it,  having 
the  outside  well  browned,  and  the  inside  soft  and  juicy, 
never  dry  and  hard. 

A  Tray  for  Liquid  and  Soft  Food 

The  tray  should  be  large  enough  to  hold  two  glasses 
or  a  cup  and  saucer  and  a  glass,  as  well  as  salt  or  sugar. 
Put  two  spoons  on  the  tray,  and  if  the  patient  is  using 
a  tube  or  a  feeder,  put  that  on  the  tray.  One  of  the 
glasses  should  contain  fresh  water.  Offer  a  glass  of 
water  before  and  after  the  nourishment. 

The  tray  for  soft  solids.  Suppose  the  meal  is  to  be 
boiled  rice,  or  other  cereal,  and  toast.  The  tray  should 
have  a  fresh  doilie,  salt,  sugar  (covered),  a  glass  of 
water,  two  teaspoons,  a  knife,  if  butter  is  allowed  on  the 
toast,  and  a  small  pitcher  of  milk  or  cream  for  the  rice. 
Put  the  cereal  in  a  deep  saucer  or  small  bowl,  cover 
with  a  plate  or  saucer  and  rest  on  another  plate.  Spread 
a  small  napkin  on  another  plate.  Put  the  toast  on  it, 
then  wrap  the  napkin  around  it  to  keep  hot. 

Sick   people   should   have   plenty   of    water   to   drink. 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


251 


Besides  having  a  pitcher  of  fresh  water  and  a  glass  where 
it  may  be  easily  reached,  always  put  a  glass  of  fresh 
cool  water  on  the  tray  when  food  or  medicine  are  brought. 
While  ice  water  is  bad  for  both  sick  and  well  people, 
the  water  should  be  cool  enough  to  be  agreeable  and 
refreshing.  Water  that  is  chilled  to  the  right  temperature 
by  being  kept  in  the  ice  chest,  bottled,  is  preferable. 
It  should  be  drunk  slowly  and  not  gulped  down.  Water 
standing  in  the  room  should  be  kept  covered  at  all  times. 
Feeding   Helpless   Patients 

A  patient  is  often  so  weak  that  she  cannot  lift  her 
head  in  order  to  eat.  In  this  case  she  would  be  given 
liquids  through  straws  or  by  spoon  or  "feeder."  Some- 
times by  putting  a  small  quantity  of  liquid  in  a  glass,  two 
tablespoonfuls,  a  patient  is  enabled  to  drink  without 
spilling  a  drop. 

If  necessary,  slip  one  hand  under  the  pillow,  raise 
the  head  a  little,  holding  the  glass  to  the  lips  with  the 
other.  Anyone  lying  down  should  take  food  very  slowly. 
If  solid,  it  should  be  cooked,  especially  well,  as  there  is 
danger  of  choking. 

Tubes  should  be  washed  immediately  after  using.  If 
used  continuously  they  should  be  cleaned  with  a  tube 
brush  made  for  that  purpose.  Straws  should  be  burned 
or  destroyed.  If  feeding  with  a  spoon,  be  careful  that 
neither  the  food  nor  the  spoon  burns  the  lips  or  mouth. 
Feed  slowly  and  a  little  at  a  time,  allowing  plenty  of 
time  between  mouthfuls. 

Occupying  and  Amusing  the  Sick 

When  people  are  recovering  from  an  illness,  or  when 
they  are  what  we  call  chronic  invalids,  they  often  enjoy 
and  are  helped  by  being  amused  or  occupied.  At  this 
time  a  Girl  Scout  may  be  very  helpful.  First  of  all,  she 
should  be  cheerful  herself.     Then  she  should  be  able  to 


252  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

play  two  or  three  quiet  games,  such  as  cards,  dominoes, 
checkers,  and  be  able  to  read  aloud  and  to  tell  cheerful 
and  amusing  stories.  Children  may  often  l)e  kept  quiet 
and  happy  by  hearing  little  rhymes  recited.  It  might 
be  a  good  idea  for  every  Girl  Scout  to  l)e  able  to  tell 
three  short  stories  and  three  funny  stories,  know  three 
conundrums  and  three  short  poems,  play  three  quiet 
games  of  cards,  play  checkers,  play  dominoes  and  know 
three  puzzles. 

Excitement  is  always  bad  for  sick  people  and  they 
become  tired  easily,  so  they  should  not  be  read  to,  talked 
to,  nor  played  with  for  too  long  an  interval,  even  if 
they  seem  to  wish  it  themselves.  The  Scout  must  always 
remelnber  that  these  things  are  being  done  for  the  pleas- 
ure of  the  sick  person,  and  she  must  be  very  patient,  to 
let  the  games  or  stories  be  of  their  own  choosing  if  they 
wish  it,  and  to  avoid  being  noisy  herself. 
Daily  Routine 

There  should  be  a  regular  daily  routine.  Have  regular 
hours  for  feeding,  bathing,  giving  treatment  and  medi- 
cines, giving  the  bedpan,  etc.     Be  punctual. 

Usually  the  first  thing  to  do  in  the  morning  is  to  close 
or  open  the  window  as  necessary,  and  to  give  the  patient 
a  bedpan.  Have  it  warm.  Take  temperature,  pulse  and 
respiration  and  record  them.  Bring  a  basin  of  warm 
water,  soap,  towel,  etc.,  to  wash  hands  and  face,  and  a 
glass  of  water  to  brush  teeth.  Tidy  the  hair.  Straighten 
up  the  room  a  little.  Prepare  and  serve  patient's  break- 
fast. After  an  hour  the  bed  bath  may  be  taken,  but  a  tub 
bath  should  not  be  taken  until  two  hours  after  breakfast. 

Make  the  bed.  Clean  up  the  room.  If  the  patient  is 
well  enough,  let  her  read  or  see  visitors  after  this.  Serve 
the  dinner.  After  dinner,  open  the  windows,  lower  the 
shades,  and  let  the  patient  rest  and  sleep  if  possible  for 
at  least  an  hour.     Sick  people  need  more  rest  than  well 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  253 

people  and  should  have  a  regular  hour  for  rest  in  the 
daytime.  If  they  sleep,  so  much  the  better,  as  it  has 
been  proved  that  patients  who  take  a  nap  during  the  day 
sleep  better  at  night.  After  four  o'clock  give  a  drink  of 
some  kind  of  hot  or  cold  substance,  as  needed  or  desired 
— broth,  milk,  lemonade.  In  the  late  afternoon  sick 
people  are  often  tired  and  restless.  Change  of  position, 
rearrangement  of  the  pillows  or  a  good  rub  give  comfort 
and  relieve  the  restlessness.  Diversion  of  some  kind, 
nothing  noisy  or  exciting,  may  serve  the  same  purpose. 
It  may  be  found  wise  to  delay  the  bath  until  this  time  of 
day  as  bathing  has  a  soothing  effect. 

Between  supper  and  bedtime  the  sick  person  should 
be  kept  from  excitement.  This  is  a  good  time  for  read- 
ing aloud  or  allowing  them  to  read  for  themselves,  but 
a  very  poor  time  to  see  visitors. 

Preparations  for  the  Night.  Bring  in  all  the  necessi- 
ties for  washing  the  hands  and  face  and  brushing  the 
teeth  and  combing  the  hair,  and  help  where  needed. 
Change  the  nightgown  (it  is  better  to  have  a  gown  for 
the  day  and  one  for  the  night),  brush  the  crumbs  from 
the  bed,  make  the  sheet  smooth,  shake  up  the  pillows 
and  straighten  out  the  bedclothes,  having  extra  covers 
handy  in  case  of  need.  Fill  the  hot  water  bag,  attend 
to  the  fire,  if  there  is  one,  and  arrange  everything  in 
the  room  just  as  it  will  be  needed  for  the  night.  Give 
a  warm  drink,  and  allow  the  patient  to  rinse  the  mouth 
(or,  if  wished,  the  brushing  of  the  teeth  may  be  delayed 
until  this  time).  The  last  thing  to  do  for  the  sick  person 
is  to  give  a  good  rub,  paying  special  atetntion  to  the  bony 
parts  (lower  end  of  spine,  shoulder-blades,  hips,  knees, 
ankles).     Then  arrange  the  ventilation. 

Before  settling  a  sick  person  for  the  night,  be  sure 
that  everything  about  the  room  is  done,  as  any  moving 
about  after  she  is  prepared  to  sleep  may  tend  to  disturb 
her  and  prevent  her  from  going  to  sleep. 


254  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

5.     THE  HEALTH  GUARDIAN 
FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

Has  the  town  you  live  in  a  free  swimming  pool  with 
instructors  and  well  arranged  hours  for  little  children, 
older  girls  and  boys  and  grown-ups?  Can  you  step  out 
after  school  and  have  a  couple  of  hours  on  a  well  kept 
tennis  court?  Is  there  a  good  golf  course  reasonably 
near,  with  convenient  trolley  service?  Are  there  plenty 
of  playgrounds,  so  that  the  children  are  off  the  streets? 
And,  since  grounds  are  not  enough,  are  there  friendly 
young  play-leaders  connected  with  them,  to  get  the  chil- 
dren together  and  teach  them  all  sorts  of  games  and 
sports  ? 

If  none  of  these  things  are  to  be  found,  or  not  enough 
of  them,  wouldn't  you  like  to  have  them? 

"Of  course  I  should,"  you  reply,  "but  what  can  I  do 
about  it  ?  I  am  only  a  girl,  and  I  can't  get  all  these  things 
by  just  wishing  for  them !" 

But  that's  just  what  you  can  do. 

All  these  things  in  a  town  mean  that  the  town  is 
looking  out  for  the  health  of  its  young  people.  Exercise 
is  one  of  the  most  important  means  of  preserving  health, 
and  most  of  the  large  cities  nowadays  are  working  hard 
to  see  that  no  child  shall  be  out  of  reach  of  a  good  park, 
a  good  swimming  pool  and  a  good  playground. 

This  all  comes  under  the  city  government  and  as  this 
is  a  democratic  form  of  government,  these  things  are  all 
arranged  by  vote.  That  is,  the  citizens  vote  to  use  the 
public  money  for  such  things  and  vote  for  the  officials 
who  shall  spend  the  money  for  them.  Do  you  see  that 
if  you  make  up  your  mind  now  about  the  village  improve- 
ments you  want,  you  can  vote  for  them  later  and  get 
them? 

Women  are   naturally   interested   in   all   that   happens 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  255 

to  children,  and  if  all  the  women  of  a  community  should 
get  together  and  vote  for  everything  that  concerned  the 
health  and  happiness  and  good  education  of  children, 
can't  you  see  what  happy  days  their  school-days  would 
be? 

If  you  saw  "Public  Health"  at  the  head  of  a  chapter, 
you  might  not  think  it  looked  very  interesting ;  but  when 
you  once  get  the  idea  that  if  your  mother  had  had  her 
say  on  the  Public  Health  Board  you  would  have  had  a 
fine  skating  pond  with  a  good  skate-house,  last  winter, 
and  sunny,  well-aired  school  rooms  to  study  in,  with  a 
big  gymnasium  for  basket  ball  in  bad  weather,  you  may 
be  more  interested  in  the  merit  badge  for  Public  Health 
called  "Health  Guardian !" 

Remember  that  Public  Health  is  simply  good  house- 
keeping, applied  to  the  community. 

It  is  a  subject  which  women  are  sure  to  take  up  more 
and  more,  and  a  Girl  Scout  who  has  given  the  matter  a 
little  thought  and  study  is  going  to  make  a  good  citizen 
later  on,  and  will  be  certain  to  have  her  advice  asked — 
and  taken — in  the  matter  of  making  her  town  healthy  and 
happy. 

For  instance,  if  the  desks  in  the  public  schools  are  not 
of  the  right  height  and  shape,  the  children  are  bound  to 
suffer  in  their  health  and  hygiene. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  state  to  see  that  all  public 
buildings,  schools,  theatres,  factories,  etc.,  have  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  light  and  air  to  the  cubic  foot,  because 
so  much  is  necessaiy  for  health. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  state  to  see  that  only  a  certain 
number  of  hours  a  day  should  constitute  a  day's  work. 
This  is  because  a  certain  amount  of  rest  is  a  necessity 
for  all  citizens. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  state  to  see  that  food  and 
water  can  be  brought  into  the  community.    Also  that  they 


256  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

be  kept  pure,  both  in  transportation  and  after  they  reach 
the  community.  This  includes  the  policing  of  all  reser- 
voirs and  the  filtering  of  the  water;  the  refrigerating  of 
meat  and  milk ;  the  condemning  of  rotten  fruit  and  vege- 
tables; the  collecting  and  disposal  of  all  garbage  and 
waste. 

It  is  the  business  of  the  state  to  prevent  spitting  in 
public  places,  (one  of  the  greatest  sources  of  public 
infection)  ;  to  prevent  the  use  of  common  drinking 
utensils,  towels,  etc. ;  to  insist  on  the  isolation  of  con- 
tagious diseases  and  the  placarding  of  the  houses  where 
they  occur. 

In  order  to  carry  on  these  great  wise  policies  the  state 
should  offer  free  clinics  where  citizens  can  find  out  what 
is  the  matter  with  them  and  how  to  prevent  it,  and  trained 
community  nurses  for  the  sick. 

Do  you  see  what  a  wonderful  power  an  intelligent 
woman  can  be  in  the  community  she  lives  in?  Women 
ought  to  be  much  better,  really,  in  this  public  house- 
keeping than  men,  because  most  of  them  have  had  to 
learn  to  do  it  on  a  small  scale,  and  know  how  necessary 
light,  air,  rest,  exercise  and  cleanliness  are. 

But,  you  may  say,  as  yet,  I  am  too  young  to  vote,  any- 
way; what  can  I  do? 

The  answer  is  very  simple:  every  citizen,  whether  she 
is  young  or  old,  whether  she  has  a  vote  or  not,  can  find 
out  the  laws  of  the  town  she  lives  in  and  help  to  enforce 
them! 

And  the  most  important  of  these  laws  are  those  which 
affect  the  public  safety  and  the  public  health.  Whether 
there  is  a  Public  Health  Commissioner  or  a  Town  Board 
or  a  Village  Superintendent  or  only  a  District  Nurse  to 
appeal  to,  there  is  sure  to  be  somebody  whose  business 
it  is  to  listen  to  violation  of  the  law. 

If  every  troop  of  Girl  Scouts  knew  the  health  laws  of 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


257 


their  town,  and  helped  to  get  them  obeyed,  there  would 
be  a  wonderful  lessening  of  epidemics  and  a  wonderful 
advance  in  the  health  and  beauty  of  our  towns. 

If  the  Girl  Scouts  stood,  all  over  the  country,  for  the 
intelligent  guardianship  of  the  public  health  and  recrea- 
tion, they  would  rapidly  become  one  of  the  greatest  and 
most  respected  organizations  in  America,  for  this  reason 
alone. 


6.     THE  HEALTH  WINNER 

".  .  .  For  since  a  little  self-control,  since 
a  clean  and  elementary  diet,  pure  water,  openness 
of  the  body  to  sun  and  air,  a  share  of  honest 
work,  and  some  degree  of  mental  peace  and  lar- 
gesse, are  the  simple  conditions  of  health,  and  are 
or  ought  to  be,  accessible  to  everybody — 

"To  neglect  these  is  sheer  treason." 

— Toward   Democracy,    by   Edward    Carpenter. 

Five  Points  of  Health  for  Girl  Scouts 

A  cheerful  Scout,  a  clean  Scout,  a  helpful  Scout,  is  a 
well  Scout.  She  is  the  only  Scout  that  really  is  pre- 
pared. She  not  only  knows  the  laws  of  health,  she  lives 
them:  she  stands  tall,  she  plays  daily  in  the  open  air, 
she  rests  and  sleeps  at  night,  and  conserves  her  energy 
at  all  times,  she  is  careful  to  get  the  right  amount  of  air, 
water,  sun  and  food  each  day,  and  perhaps  most  impor- 
tant of  all,  she  keeps  clean. 

1.  Stand  Tall — Every  Scout  should  be  recognized  a 
long  way  ofif,  not  only  by  her  uniform,  but  by  her  erect 
carriage.  In  sitting,  the  lower  back  should  be  against 
the  back  of  the  chair.     In  bending  forward  to  read  or 


258  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

write,  bend  straight  from  the  hips.  At  Scout  meetings 
practice  sitting  without  support  for  the  back.  When  "at 
ease"  during  drill,  stand  with  feet  apart  and  parallel  and 
with  hands  hanging  free.  When  resting,  lie  flat  on  the 
back  without  pillows.  Correct  posture  is  obtained  by 
balancing  the  different  parts  of  the  body — hips,  head, 
chest  in  a  straight  line,  so  that  the  bony  framework  bears 
the  weight.  The  muscles  and  ligaments  will  not  then  be 
strained,  and  the  bones  will  not  be  forced  into  an  a1)- 
normal  position.  Two  rules  to  remember  are :  "Stand 
tall"  and  "Keep  your  spine  long." 

2.  Take  Exercise — If  you  have  watched  soldiers  obey 
commands  in  drill  you  know  how  quickly  their  joints 
and  muscles  work.  The  setting-up  exercises  given  in 
the  Handbook  have  been  planned  to  preserve  the  power 
of  joints  and  muscles,  and  to  prevent  them  from  becom- 
ing like  rusty  machines.  These  exercises  should  be  taken 
with  windows  open,  if  not  out  of  doors.  Clothing  should 
be  light  and  loose,  and  corsets  removed.  These  exercises 
are  not  to  be  considered  a  substitute  for  vigorous  outdoor 
work  or  play,  but  only  as  supplementary  to  or  when 
these  are  impossible.  The  day  should  be  planned  to 
include  at  least  an  hour  and  a  half  of  vigorous  activity 
in  the  open  air.  This  will  take  different  forms,  accord- 
ing to  the  place  and  season,  so  that  in  the  summer  one 
may  swim,  row  or  paddle,  or  play  tennis  or  any  other 
game  outdoors,  and  in  the  winter  skate,  coast  or  snow- 
shoe.  However,  the  best  all  year  round  exercise,  and 
the  simplest  and  easiest  to  get  is  walking.  Five  miles 
a  day  is  an  adequate  average.  Even  walking  alone  is 
good  exercise,  but  walking  in  a  group  or  two  and  two  is 
better,  because  keeping  step,  singing,  whistling  and  talk- 
ing and  laughing  together  add  enormously  to  the  exhil- 
aration of  motion  and  of  sun,  wind  or  rain  in  the  face. 

A   Girl   Scout   should   avoid   unusual   exercise   before. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  259 

during  and  immediately  following  menstruation.  How- 
ever, she  should  remember  that  a  reasonable  amount  of 
exercise  at  this  time  is  quite  normal  and  beneficial,  ex- 
cept where  there  is  an  actual  disorder  of  some  sort. 
In  this  case  a  physician  should  be  consulted. 

3.  Rest  and  Conserve  Energy — Go  to  bed  early  and 
sleep  from  eight  to  eleven  hours,  according  to  age.  Sleep 
with  windows  open  all  the  year  round.  Rest  sometime 
during  the  day,  flat  on  the  back  if  possible,  but  even 
five  minutes  sitting  quietly  with  hands  in  the  lap  and 
eyes  closed  is  better  than  nothing.  The  following  table 
shows  the  number  of  hours  of  sleep  that  are  needed  at 
different  ages : 

Age  Hours  of  Sleep 

10  and  11  years  9>^    to    11 

12  and  13  years  9       to    10^^ 

14  and  15  years  8>^    to    10 

16  and  17  years  8       to     9/2 

18  and  19  years  8       to     9 

20  and  over at    least    8 

Save  Your  Eyes 

The  reason  it  is  important  to  rest  and  to  sleep  enough 
is  because  it  is  while  at  rest  that  the  body  regains  energy 
lost  during  activity,  and  stores  it  up  for  future  work  and 
play.  There  are  other  ways  of  saving  energy,  and  one 
of  them  is  by  keeping  the  body  in  such  good  repair  that 
like  a  good  machine  it  does  its  work  with  a  minimum 
expenditure  of  force  and  heat.  This  is  the  main  reason 
for  the  setting-up  exercises,  or  indeed  for  any  sort  of 
exercises.  Perhaps  the  single  best  way  to  save  energy 
is  by  saving  your  eyes.  There  is  almost  no  work  or  play 
that  does  not  involve  the  use  of  our  eyes.  If  people  are 
blind  they  can  learn  to  do  many  things  without  vision, 
but  it  is  infinitely   harder  than   with  it.     Modern   life, 


260  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

especially  in  cities,  makes  a  constant  demand  on  our  eyes, 
and  more  than  this,  the  demand  is  on  one  part  of  the 
eyes — the  muscles  concerned  in  near  work.  The  best 
way  to  rest  the  eyes,  and  one  which  not  only  rests  the 
tired  parts  but  exercises  the  parts  that  are  not  used,  is 
by  doing  things  that  will  involve  distant  vision.  Walking 
and  looking  far  ahead  and  far  away  on  every  side  rests 
the  eyes  best  of  all,  and  this  is  one  reason  why  a  good 
walk  will  often  clear  up  a  headache.  Another  way  to  in- 
sure distant  vision  is  by  riding  backward  in  a  car.  Then 
as  the  landscape  flows  past  you,  your  eye  muscles  relax 
to  the  position  needed  for  distant  vision.  If  you  cannot 
walk  or  ride  and  are  doing  close  work,  like  sewing  or 
reading,  look  up  and  "at  nothing"  every  once  in  a  while. 

The  following  are  some  important  rules  to  remember 
in  saving  your  eyes : 

Rest  your  "near"  eye  muscles  by  looking  at  distant 
objects  and  places. 

Do  not  work  facing  a  light  or  where  the  rays  from  a 
light  cross  your  field  of  vision  directly. 

Work  so  far  as  possible  by  indirect  or  reflected  light. 

If  you  must  work  near  uncovered  artificial  lights,  wear 
an  eye-shade. 

When  sewing  or  writing  have  the  light  at  your  left, 
unless  you  are  left-handed.  This  is  to  keep  the  shadow 
of  your  hands  from  the  work. 

Avoid  a  glare  or  light  that  is  in  streaks  or  bars  of 
alternate  dark  and  bright.     Diffused,  even  light  is  best. 

Have  your  eyes  examined  by  a  competent  ocuHst  im- 
mediately : 

If  you  have  headaches. 

If  the  eyes  sting  or  burn  after  using. 

If  print  or  other  objects  dance  or  blur. 

If  you  must  get  close  to  your  work  to   see  it. 

If  near  work  tires  your  eyes  or  you. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  261 

If  there  is  the  slightest  irritation  or  soreness  about  the 
lids  or  other  parts. 

How  to  Avoid  Muscle  Strain 

Girls  and  women  in  attempting  to  live  an  outdoor  life 
or  indeed  when  trying  to  do  many  of  the  things  num- 
bered among  the  Scout  activities,  such  as  First  Aid, 
Home  Nursing  and  Hiking,  often  give  themselves  quite 
unnecessary  pain  and  fatigue  from  lifting,  pulling  and 
carrying  weghts  in  the  wrong  way.  Ability  to  carry 
and  lift  or  move  is  not  so  much  dependent  upon  absolute 
strength  as  it  is  on  knowing  how.  The  whole  body,  so 
far  as  it  is  a  physical  mechanism,  may  be  thought  of  as 
a  series  of  levers,  of  which  the  muscles,  bones,  and 
joints  make  up  the  parts  and  are  fulcrum,  power  arm 
or  weight  arm  as  the  case  may  be.  Without  going  into 
the  details  of  bodily  structure  or  even  knowing  the  names 
of  the  different  bones  and  muscles,  it  is  possible  to  learn 
A  few  simple  things  about  the  right  use  of  these  levers 
that  will  be  useful  at  all  times. 

Certain  parts  of  the  body  are  more  able  to  do  heavy 
work  than  others,  and  the  first  thing  to  remember  is  that 
the  upper  part  of  the  back,  the  shoulders  and  the  upper 
arms  are  stronger  than  the  lower  back,  the  abdomen 
and  the  lower  arms.  Therefore,  whenever  you  are  try- 
ing to  lift  or  move  an  object,  see  if  you  cannot  use 
these  stronger  parts.  H  the  arms  are  held  away  from 
the  body  when  lifting,  pulling,  throwing  or  pushing,  the 
muscles  of  the  upper  arm,  the  shoulders  and  the  upper 
back  will  be  brought  into  play.  If  the  arms  are  held 
close  to  the  body,  the  lower-arm  muscles  are  unduly 
taxed  and  in  trying  to  help  them  out,  pressure  is  made 
on  the  abdominal  and  pelvic  muscles,  which  are  not 
fitted  to  bear  this  sort  of  strain.  Therefore,  in  carrying 
a  bag  or  suitcase,  where  this  is  absolutely  unavoidable, 


262  SCOUTING    FOR    GTRLS 

try  to  swinfi^  the  arm  free  from  the  l)ody,  so  as  to  use 
the  U])per  arm  and  back  muscles   for  the  weight. 

Another  important  way  to  save  strain  is  by  pushing 
instead  of  puHing.  It  is  ahnost  impossible  to  push  any- 
thing so  hard  as  to  injure  your  back  or  abdominal  mus- 
cles. It  is  almost  impossible,  on  the  other  hand,  to  pull 
even  a  relatively  light  weight  without  some  strain.  If 
you  will  think  of  how  a  horse  in  harness  actually  exerts 
his  strength  in  drawing  a  wagon,  you  will  see  that  what 
he  does  is  to  push  against  the  straps,  and  it  is  the  strap 
that  pull  the  wagon.  Even  the  strongest  horse  could 
not  pull  a  wagon  with  his  teeth  very  far,  or  pull  some- 
thing tied  only  to  the  back  leg  muscles.  Get  behind  and 
push  is  the  rule  to  remember,  and  never  resort  to  pulling 
until  you  have  tried  every  device  for  pushing  instead. 

If  you  must  pull,  ti'y  to  use  heavy  muscles,  such  as  leg 
muscles,  to  do  it  with.  Often  a  weight  may  be  lifted  or 
pulled  by  getting  the  foot  under  or  in  back  and  using 
the  arms  only  to  steer  with.  This  applies  particularly  to 
objects  like  trunks  or  bureaus. 

Always  take  advantage  of  any  natural  leverage  that 
you  can  and  if  you  must  move  something  heavy,  do  not 
lift  it  at  once  and  attempt  to  carry  it,  but  lift  one  end 
and  swing  or  shove  it  and  then  lift  the  other  end  and 
shove  it.  If  you  will  watch  expressmen  at  work  you  will 
notice  that  they  roll  boxes  and  trunks,  holding  them 
almost  on  end  and  tipping  them  just  enough  to  turn 
them  along  their  shortest  axis.  In  this  way  the  boxes 
carry  themselves,  so  far  as  their  main  weight  is  con- 
cerned. 

Carrying  a  weight  on  the  head  or  shoulders  is  another 
way  of  converting  a  pull  into  a  push,  and  this  is  taken 
advantage  of  by  peasant  women  in  Europe,  who  often 
are  seen  carrying  heavy  weights  to  market  in  baskets 
perched  on  their  heads,  while  they  stride  along  arm-free. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  263 

A  knapsack  strapped  on  to  the  shoulders  is  not  only 
more  convenient  because  it  leaves  the  arms  and  hands 
free  to  swing  naturally  or  use  for  other  purposes,  but 
because  the  weight  is  distributed  and  is  carried  by  means 
of  heavy  muscles  pushing  up  under  the  strap.  A  weight 
should  be  distributed  over  a  set  of  muscles  as  evenly  as 
possible,  and  this  is  the  reason  for  suspending  a  knapsack 
from  two  shoulders  instead  of  one,  when  possible. 

Finally,  in  doing  any  sort  of  lifting  or  pulling,  if  the 
muscles  that  are  to  be  used  are  contracted  before  grasp- 
ing the  weight  they  will  be  able  to  do  their  work  with 
far  less  effort.  Try  lifting  a  small  weight  like  a  book  in 
two  ways — first,  have  your  hand  and  fingers  relaxed 
and  limp  when  you  grasp  it,  and  see  how  heavy  it  seems 
and  how  hard  it  is  to  contract  your  muscles  properly 
while  lifting  it.  Then  drop  the  book  and  go  at  It  again, 
this  time  anticipating  its  weight  and  contractmg  your 
hand  and  finger  muscles  before  grasping  it.  See  how 
easily  it  comes  up.  Try  this  same  thing  with  heavier 
weights,  and  learn  ahvays  to  contract  the  muscle  before 
taking  the  load.  In  carrying  a  weight  for  any  distance 
it  is  well  to  shift  it  from  one  arm  to  another,  always 
preparing  the  muscles  by  contracting  them  before  the 
weight  is  assumed. 

Using  the  muscles  so  as  to  take  advantage  of  their 
lever-like  qualities  in  the  best  way,  contracting  them  be- 
fore loading,  and  pushing  instead  of  pulling,  go  to  make 
up  what  is  sometimes  called   "getting  a  purchase." 

4.  Supply  Daily  Need  for  Air,  Sun,  Water  and  Food 
— Besides  exercise  and  rest  there  are  other  controllable 
factors  upon  which  health  depends.  These  are  air,  heat 
and  light  of  the  sun,  water  and  food.  To  grow  and  work 
properly  the  body  needs  plenty  of  each  of  these. 

Air — If  you  cannot  work  or  play  outdoors  you  can 
still  bring  out  of  doors  in  by  opening  your  windows  at 


264  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  • 

frequent  intervals.  You  will  find  that  work  goes  better, 
and  that  you  do  not  tire  so  easily  if  you  make  it  a  rule 
to  open  the  windows  and  doors  and  move  al3out  the  room 
for  five  minutes  every  hour  or  two.  Sleep  with  win- 
dows open  or  out-of-doors.  Camp  and  hike  as  often  as 
possible.     Work  in  the  garden.     Play  out-of-door  games. 

Heat — The  proper  temperature  of  the  body  is  between 
98  and  99  degrees  Fahrenheit.  Human  life  depends  upon 
the  maintenance  of  this  temperature  at  all  times,  and  very 
slight  changes  either  up  or  down  interfere  seriously  with 
all  the  other  life  processes.  The  main  source  of  heat  is 
from  food  consumed,  or  really  burned,  in  the  body. 
Artificial  heating  in  houses  helps  conserve  the  body  heat, 
as  does  clothing.  But  clothes  and  shelter  may  make  you 
overheated,  which  is  nearly  as  bad  as  being  cold ;  they 
may  also  shut  out  fresh  air.  Clothes  should  not  be  too 
heavy  nor  too  tight.  Shoes  should  have  soles  straight 
on  the  inner  side,  and  be  broad  enough  to  allow  the  toes 
full  play,  and  have  low  heels.  Shoes  that  are  comfort- 
able to  hike  in  are  apt  to  be  the  best  for  all  the  time  wear. 

At  night  the  clothes  worn  during  the  day  should  be 
aired  and  dried  thoroughly.  This  will  help  much  in  main- 
taining the  right  body  temperature,  because  clothes  be- 
come damp  from  wearing,  and  dampness  uses  up  body 
heat. 

Sunlight — Sunlight  is  one  of  the  best  health  bringers 
known.  Little  children — and  grown  people,  too — suffer- 
ing from  the  most  serious  forms  of  tuberculosis,  that  of 
the  bones,  get  well  if  they  are  kept  in  the  sunlight.  In 
one  of  the  finest  hospitals  for  children  in  the  world,  in 
Switzerland,  the  main  treatment  is  to  have  the  children 
play  outdoors  without  clothes  in  the  sunlight,  and  they 
do  this  even  when  there  is  heavy  winter  snow  on  the 
ground.  Human  beings  droop  and  die  without  the  sun, 
just  as  plants  do,  though  it  takes  longer  to  kill  them.     It 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


265 


is  a  gloomy  person  who  does  not  feel  happier  in  the  sun, 
and  a  happy  and  cheerful  person  is  generally  healthy. 
So  get  into  the  sun  whenever  you  can.  Walk  on  the 
sunny  side  of  the  street,  and  open  your  windows  to  the 
sun  whenever  you  can.  However,  in  hot  climates  and 
in  the  warmest  summer  days,  remember  that  the  sun  can 
injure  as  well  as  help,  and  do  not  expose^ the  head  or 
body  unnecessarily. 

Wafer — As  about  three-quarters  of  our  body  weight  is 
water,  the  solid  portions  of  bone,  muscle,  and  so  forth, 
constituting  only  one-quarter,  and  as  considerable  water 
is  given  off  each  day  by  evaporation  from  skin  and  lungs 
and  with  excreta,  the  loss  must  be  made  up.  In  addition 
to  the  water  taken  with  meals  and  contained  in  the  food 
a  Girl  Scout  should  drink  at  least  six  tumblers  of 
water  daily.  This  is  a  quart  and  a  half.  One  glass 
should  be  taken  on  arising  and  before  breakfast,  two 
between  breakfast  and  lunch,  two  between  lunch  and 
dinner,  and  one  before  going  to  bed.  Be  sure  the  water 
is  pure,  and  boil  any  water  the  purity  of  which  is  doubted 
in  the  slightest.  Water  kept  cool  in  the  ice  chest,  or  in 
a  jar  with  a  moist  cover,  is  better  than  ice  water,  both 
because  cool  water  actually  quenches  thirst  more  easily, 
being  more  readily  absorbed  than  ice  cold  water,  and 
because  it  is  difficult  to  control  the  purity  of  ice. 

Food — Food  should  be  clean  and  kept  clean.  Grow- 
ing girls  can  tell  whether  they  are  eating  enough  of  the 
right  sort  of  food,  and  if  they  are  getting  the  best  out 
of  it,  by  seeing  whether  they  are  up  to  the  right  weight 
for  their  height  and  age.  A  chart  is  given  at  the  end  of 
this  section  showing  the  standard  weight  for  each  height 
at  each  age.  The  following  are  good  rules  to  follow  in 
making  your  daily  food  habits : 

Do  not  eat  between  meals. 

Eat  slowly  and  chew  food  thoroughly. 


266  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Eat  freely  of  coarse  cereals  and  breads. 

Eat  meat  only  once  a  day. 

Have  green  vegetables,  salad  or  fruit  every  day. 

Drink  as  nnicli  milk  as  possible,  but  no  coflFee  or  tea. 

If  you  do  not  have  at  least  one  bowel  movement  a 
day  it  is  a  sign  of  constipation,  w^hich  means  tTie  accumu- 
lation of  waste  material  from  food  in  the  intestine.  Ex- 
ercise, especially  walking,  eating  coarse  vegetables, 
coarse  breads  and  coarse  cereals,  and  fruit,  and  drinking 
enough  water  will  help  the  bowels  to  move  properly. 
Constipation  is  not  only  an  unclean  habit  of  the  body, 
but  it  is  dangerous,  because  the  waste  matter  decays 
and  poison  is  carried  all  over  the  body.  Headaches, 
indigestion,  bad  breath  and  chronic  fatigue  are  some  of 
the  resulis. 

5.  Keep  Clean — A  Girl  Scout  should  be  sure  that 
the  air,  water  and  food  that  she  allows  to  enter  her  body 
are  clean.  Be  sure  that  they  are  pure  when  they  reach 
her,  and  keep  them  so  by  keeping  her  body,  clothes  and 
room  clean  with  the  help  of  sun,  soap  and  water.  You 
have  probably  heard  of  germs,  microbes  and  bacteria. 
These  are  names  for  the  same  organisms,  which  are 
tiny  forms  of  plant  life  unseen  by  the  eye,  and  of  which 
our  unaided  senses  give  us  no  knowledge.  They  exist 
everywhere  and  in  many  forms.  Most  of  them  are 
harmless  to  human  life,  and  many  of  them  are  useful, 
as,  for  example,  one  that  grows  on  the  roots  of  peas 
and  beans  and  helps  the  plants  to  extract  nitrogen  from 
the  air.  Some  bacteria,  however,  are  harmful,  and  these 
are  known  as  disease  germs,  as  they  are  active  in  pro- 
ducing diseases,  especially  those  diseases  which  we  know 
as  contagious.  The  dangerous  germs  nearly  all  live  in 
dust  and  dirt  and  in  dark  places.  When  we  clean  house 
and  dispose  of  waste  material  and  bring  air  and  sunlight 
into  dark  and  dirty  places  we  are  doing  more  than  re- 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  267 

moving  unpleasant  sights  and  smells,  we  are  destroying 
the  breeding  places  of  disease. 

Every  girl  wants  a  clear  skin.  Proper  food,  water 
and  exercise  give  this ;  but  it  is  also  necessary  to  keep 
the  surface  clean  by  taking  a  hot  bath  with  soap  at  least 
twice  a  week,  and  a  cold  or  tepid  sponge  and  rubdown 
the  other  days.  Besides  the  loose  dirt  which  comes  on 
the  body  from  the  outside,  perspiration  and  oil  come 
from  the  inside  through  the  skin  pores,  and  when  ac- 
cumulated give  a  disagreeable  odor.  Special  attention  is 
needed  to  guard  against  this  odor,  particularly  under  the 
armpits,  and  soap  and  water  should  be  used  daily.  A 
hot  bath  is  relaxing  and  opens  the  pores.  A  cold  bath 
is  stimulating  and  closes  the  pores.  A  hot  bath  is  best 
taken  at  night,  or  if  taken  in  the  morning,  follow  by  a 
cool  sponge  or  shower.  Do  not  take  a  cold  plunge  bath 
unless  advised  to  do  so  by  a  physician. 

Always  wash  the  hands  immediately  before  handling 
or  preparing  food  and  before  eating.  Always  wash 
hands  after  going  to  the  bathroom.  Keep  nails  short, 
and  clean  with  nail  brush  each  time  the  hands  are  washed 
and  with  orange  stick  when  necessary. 

During  menstruation  it  is  particularly  important  to 
keep  the  body  and  clothes  scrupulously  clean,  by  bathing 
or  washing  with  plenty  of  water. 

Hair — Air  and  a  good  brushing  every  day  will  keep 
the  hair  in  good  condition.  It  should  be  washed  once 
in  two  weeks.  Wash  with  hot  soapsuds  and  rinse  thor- 
oughly, using  first  hot,  then  cooler,  and  finally  cold 
water.  Keep  the  hair  brush  clean  by  washing  in  cold 
water  and  soap  and  a  little  ammonia  at  least  once  a 
week.  The  brush  should  be  dried  in  the  sun,  not  by 
artificial  heat. 

Ears — Keep  the  outer  surfaces  of  the  ears  clean,  but 


268 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


leave  the  inner  part  alone.     Do   not  poke   for  wax   or 
put  oil  in  the  ear. 

Feet— Bathe,  the  feet  in  hot  water  at  night,  wnen  tired. 
In  the  morning  bathe  with  cold  water  after  hot,  to  harden 
them  for  walking.  Keep  the  toenails  clean,  and  cut  evenly. 

Teeth — Next  to  a  fresh,  sweet  skin  the  most  beautiful 
feature  of  a  truly  beautiful  woman  is  her  teeth.  The 
basis  of  beautiful  teeth  is  a  clean  mouth.  Teeth  should 
be  brushed  at  least  twice  a  day.  The  best  times  are  after 
breakfast  and  the  last  thing  before  going  to  bed.  A  brush 
with  medium  soft  bristles  should  be  used.  Clean  a  new 
brush  thoroughly  with  soap  and  water  and  soak  in  cold 
water  to  set  the  bristles.  A  toothbrush  should  be  cleansed 
and  aired  and  if  possible  sunned  every  day.  Never  use 
a  brush  that  has  begun  to  lose  its  bristles,  or  which  has 
become  caked  or  yellow.  Paste  or  powder  that  is  not 
gritty  should  be  used.  Always  brush  away  from  the 
gums ;  that  is,  brush  the  upper  teeth  down,  and  the  lower 
teeth  up.     Clean  the  roof  of  the  mouth  and  the  tongue. 

It  is  a  good  plan  to  have  the  teeth  examined  at  least 
every  six  months.  Then  any  repairs  or  cleaning  that 
may  be  needed  can  be  easily  attended  to  and  much  future 
pain,  trouble  and  expense  saved. 

Eyes — Wash  eyes  carefully  for  "sleepers"  in  the  morn- 
ing. Bathing  with  alternate  hot  and  cold  will  rest  and 
strengthen  the  muscles. 

General  Safeguards — Do   not  use  public  towels  or 
drinking  cups. 

Do  not  use  towels,  handkerchiefs  or  other  toilet  articles 
or  glasses  or  cups  or  table  utensils  used  by  others. 

Avoid  sneezing  or  coughing  into  another  person's 
face. 

Measurements 

Every  Girl  Scout  should  know  her  measurements,  in- 
cluding her  height,  her  weight,  her  waist  measure,  her 
chest  girth  and  her  chest  expansion.     Not  only  are  these 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  269 

things  convenient  to  know  when  ordering  uniforms  and 
buying  clothes,  but  any  physical  director,  gymnasium 
teacher  or  doctor  can  tell  her  if  these  are  in  good  propor- 
tion for  her  age  and  general  development  and  advise  her 
as  to  how  she  may  go  about  to  improve  them  if  they 
need  it. 

The  accompanying  table  (given  in  the  last  section  of 
the  Health  Record)  shows  the  right  height  and  weight 
for  girls  at  dififerent  ages.  The  way  to  consult  it  is  as 
follows : 

First,  find  your  height  by  measuring  yourself  without 
shoes  against  a  wall.  The  best  way  to  do  is  to  have 
someone  lay  a  ruler  on  top  of  your  head  so  that  it  ex- 
tends to  the  wall  and  touches  it  at  right  angles.  Then 
the  place  should  be  marked  and  the  distance  measured 
with  a  yard  stick  or  tape.  Count  a  half  inch  as  the  next 
highest  inch;  thus  if  you  measure  59^  inches  call  this 
60.  If  you  measure  59^4  count  it  as  an  even  59.  Stand 
with  heels  against  the  wall,  and  head  high:  "Stand 
Tall." 

Second,  find  your  weight  with  only  indoor  clothes  on. 
Take  the  weight  to  the  nearest  pound,  counting  as  be- 
fore a  half  pound  or  three-quarters  as  the  next  highest 
and  disregard  the  amounts  less  than  one-half. 

Then  take  your  card  and  look  along  the  top  row  for 
the  age  to  which  you  are  nearest,  counting  six  months 
past  one  year  mark  as  the  next  year.  Thus,  if  you  are 
within  six  months  of  being  13,  count  yourself  13. 

Then  look  at  the  left-hand  upright  row  of  figures  and 
find  your  height  in  inches. 

Then  with  a  rule  or  paper  find  the  corresponding  num- 
ber of   pounds   for  your  height  and  age. 

You  will  see  that  a  girl  may  be  any  number  of  inches 
tall  within  wide  limits,  but  her  weight  mugt  correspond 
to  her  height  rather  than  simply  to  her  age. 


270  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

A  girl  should  be  within  ten  per  cent  of  the  proper 
v/eight  for  her  age  and  height.  If  you  find  that  you 
are  underweight,  do  not  be  frightened  or  discouraged, 
as  it  is  quite  easy  to  get  up  to  normal  by  following  the 
health  rules,  particularly  those  relating  to  food,  water 
and  sleep.  Drink  as  much  milk  as  possible,  and  eat  fresh 
vegetables  and  don't  spoil  your  appetite  by  eating  too 
many  sweets  or  nibbling  between  meals.  If  you  find 
that  after  a  month  you  are  still  more  than  ten  per  cent 
underweight,  then  ask  your  parents  if  you  can  see  the 
doctor  or  consult  the  school  physician. 

A  Health  Record  Chart  for  Girl  Scouts 

Girl  Scouts  who  are  working  for  the  "The  Health 
Winner"  badge  should  keep  an  account  of  their  progress 
for  three  months,  and  a  good  way  to  do  it  is  to  Iiave  a 
Health  Chart  to  fill  out  daily  and  bring  the  record  for 
each  week  to  their  Captain,  at  troop  meeting.  The  chart 
given  below  is  suggested  as  a  model,  and  copies  will  be 
obtainable  from  National  Headquarters,  but  troops  can 
make  up  their  own. 

Every  Scout  is  naturally  a  Health  Crusader,  and  she 
can  use  the  blanks  provided  by  the  National  Modern 
Health  Crusade  if  she  so  desires. 

In  this  case  the  first  two  points  can  be  combined, 
which  relate  to  washing  hands  and  face,  and  an  addi- 
tional point  inserted  in  place  of  the  second,  to  the 
effect  that  "I  ate  no  sweets,  candy,  cake  or  ice  cream 
between  meals  today." 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


271 


3 

w 
^ 

u 

(I, 

3 

H 

■6 

t 

c 

o 

2 

£ 

- 

. 

1 

X! 

fO 

■* 

\n 

o 

t^ 

CO 

o- 

o 

1^ 

^ 

r> 

rr 

i? 

^     - 


-■    s 


5 


•?   ^ 


.:.'  XI  -c 

P  7^  •- 

•2  ■"  « 

«  c  a 


e-^ 


5    o 


O   13 
^    o  S 

^    m 
00      "  4j 

H   •"  S 


u 

> 

0 

•n 

d 

c    . 

,^ 

JS     . 

5: 

o 

*=  o 

Tl    C 

r1 

(11    t- 

•n 

■^i 

in 

S  f 

ji 

^      E 


•2    o 


Q    tj 


e    3 


•a      >• 

^    a 


272 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


00  «; 


r^  en 


^  £ 
"  >. 


«  b 


m  2 


j:;   tn 


oog 

00  TtJ3 


a    -S 


"Ooo  a 

o  o- 


(U 


rt 


0% 

« o 

a  « 

"    O  u 


S  oj'O 


03  c  >.-2 


■O  S  3  > 


T 


0 

o 

CLi 

_) 
o 

^ 

Pi 
o 

o 

o 
u 

Pi 


.SU 

c  >^ 

bo 


^j    4) 
en  w 

o 


a 

rt 

U 

>. 

J3 

c 

4-> 

<u 

c 

4-> 

0) 

rt 

h 

a; 

H 

—   (n 


1  +-' 


<  < 


uj/t.   en 


P  2   O 
>  (u  0) 

6  -^  h 


•  3 

•  O 
•£> 
■  C9 


o  o  E  £ 

o  c-^  o 
^  <u  t-'  ST,  f" 


a 

biO 

•S     -^^  !i^  fe  2^ 


w  S  o  •-  c 
0)  <j  cu  3-5 

-  3  E  §.0- 

T3  O  (;,   rt  rt^ 
^  Org  Org  ^ 


u 

C      .  o 

a)'T3  3 

^  8  ^^ 

.2  rt  o 

rt   C  fe 


.2  C 

-      0) 


bio  a3 
•53  a 

^  en 

_         be  3  -u 
0"0   («  O   tn 

'  C    r-    I-    C 


D-.H-,    iiT  3 

||§.S»g.S^ 

C  C  J2   3"^J=   3  Z 

^-irtOO-^JoOC 
t'Jen"*"(n">*ij„fe 

tnT3-j:i3eni:i3o 
y  O'S  m  y"S  0)  o,r^ 

d  St?  <i^  CI xj  ^'^  ^ 
-=! 'Si'^ 'S -?  "^  S  °  nl 


SECTION   XII 

SETTING-UP  EXERCISES  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

Our  bodies  are  like  machines  that  need  frequent  oiling 
and  testing  to  see  that  all  parts  are  working  right. 

Or  they  are  like  instruments  that  must  be  tuned  before 
they  are  played. 

If  this  is  not  done,  the  machinery  gets  rusty  and 
clogged,  or  the  instrument  gets  out  of  tune  and  makes 
horrid  noises. 

That  is  the  way  it  is  with  our  bodies ;  our  muscles  and 
joints  should  be  bent  and  stretched  every  day  to  take  the 
kinks  out,  and  keep  them  strong  and  flexible. 

The  best  way  is  to  tune  up  every  morning  for  just  a 
few  minutes  before  you  put  on  your  clothes,  and  then 
again  at  night  to  rest  the  tired  parts  and  exercise  the 
parts  that  have  not  been  used,  so  you  can  even  things 
up. 

The  Right  Position 

First  of  all  try  to  stand  in  the  right  position. 


Stand  with  the  feet  side  by  side,  a  few  inches  apart 
and  pointed  straight  ahead.  Many  people  think  you 
should  turn  out  your  toes  because  they  think  it  looks 
better.  This  is  not  natural.  If  you  stand  on  a  step 
with  one  foot  even  with  the  edge,  and  let  the  other  foot 
hang  over  the  step  below,  it  will  hang  parallel  with  the 
foot  you  are  standing  on.  That  is  the  way  it  is  meant 
to  go,  and  people  who  turn  out  their  toes  do  so  much 

<  I,  "  .^  ^ 


walking  sideways  that  they  have  to  travel  much  farther 
than  if  they  kept  their  feet  pointed  in  the  direction  they 
want  to  go. 

273 


274 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


Then  your  legs  should  come  up  straight  from  your 
ankles;  don't  stand  either  on  your  heels  or  your  toes,  but 
right  over  the  highest  part  of  the  arch,  which  i"^  the 
strongest  part,  and  best  fitted  to  bear  your  weight  when 
you  are  standing  still,  and  brings  your  hips  up  to  just 
the  right  place  to  hold  your  body. 

In  the  lower  part  of  your  body  are  some  big  heavy 
bones  shaped  somewhat  like  a  bowl.  This  bowl  is  bal- 
anced on  the  top  of  your  legs,  and  holds  most  of  your 
organs.  If  this  bowl  is  balanced  just  right,  the  organs 
remain  in  place,  the  way  they  are  meant  to  be,  but  if  it 
is  not  balanced  right,  the  contents  are  tipped  so  that  they 
would  come  tumbling  out  if  the  muscles  intended  for  other 
work  did  not  hold  them  in.  This  is  hard  on  these  muscles 
which  have  their  own  work  to  do,  and  if  they  are  used 
to  hold  up  things  that  should  keep  their  own  balance, 
sooner  or  later  they  give  way,  and  there  is  a  sad  accident, 
or  a  general  slump.  Then  instead  of  saying,  "That  foolish 
person  always  stood  in  the  wrong  position  and  of  course 
her  insides  got  out  of  place,"  we  say,  "Poor  dear  so-and- 
so  has  given  out  from  overwork  and  has  acute  indigestion, 
or  a  'floating  kidney,'  or  'a.  bad  liver,'  How  could  it 
have  happened?" 

If  your  underpinning  is  all  right  it  is  not  difficult  to  be 
straight  above. 

Let  your  shoulders  hang  easily  in  a  straight  line  under 
your  ears,  in  the  position  they  will  naturally  take  if  from 
side  stretch  (fig.  3)  the  arms  drop  easily  to  the  side. 
Don't  arch  your  chest  and  throw  your  shoulders  back! 
This  is  not  a  slump  and  does  not  mean  to  let  your  back 
bow  out.  If  your  shoulders  are  easy  you  can  straighten 
your  back  and  your  head  will  balance  itself,  and  there 
you  are :  a  straight  upstanding  Scout,  ready  for  what 
comes  next. 

Remember :  a)  Feet  pointing  straight  ahead. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


275 


b)  Body    balanced    on    legs    coming    up 

straight   from  ankles. 

c)  Shoulders    easy    under    ears. 

This  gives  a  straight  line  from  top  of  head  through 
shoulders  and  hips  to  between  ankles. 
General  Rules 

Stretch  to  the  very  tips  of  your  middle  fingers — stretch- 
ing makes  your  muscles  flexible. 

Breathe  in  as  arms  rise  and  out  as  they  fall. 

Stand  tall. 

Sit  tall. 

Remember  the  straight  line  that  comes   from  the  top 
of  your  head  down  to  between  your  ankles. 

Keep  limber,  don't  let  your  knees  grow  stiff. 

Sit  crosslegged  on  the  floor.     Sit  on  your  heels. 

Rise  without  help  from  your  hands. 
The  Exercises 

Now  tune  up ;  begin  by  repeating  each  exercise  four 
times;  then  increase  to  8,  12,  or  16;  never  more  than  16. 

1.  Stretch  arms  down  (fig.  1).  Swing  them  forward 
and  stretch  up  and  slightly  forward  (fig.  2),  breath- 
ing deep.  Let  them  fall  breathing  out.  Do  this 
slowly  counting,  up  1  down  3. 

2.  From  (fig.  1)  swing  arms  forward  and  up  (fig.  2) 
and  out  to  side  stretch  (fig.  3)  coming  to  full  deep 
breath  and  stretch  as  far  as  you  can — count  3.  Up 
1 — side  2 — down  3 — breathing  out.  Don't  hurry, 
take  time  to  breathe  deep. 

3.  Stretch  arms  down,  without  bending  anywhere.  Two 
counts  ;  down  1 — relax  2. 

4.  From  arms  down  (fig.  1)  to  side  stretch  (fig.  3). 
Two  counts ;  to  side  1 — down  2.  This  may  be  done 
quickly  with  vigor. 

5.  From  side  stretch  palms  up  to  upward  stretch  (fig. 
2)— two  counts — up  1 — side  2. 


276  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

6.  From  arms  down  roll  shoulders  and  arms  out  and 
back,  stretching  arms  back  and  down  (fig.  4).  Two 
counts  out  and  down   1 — back  to  position  2. 

7.  Hands  palms  down,  tips  of  middle  fingers  touching, 
thumb  touching  chest,  elbows  level  with  shoulders 
(fig.  5)  ;  jerk  elbows  back  keeping  them  up  even 
with  shoulders  (fig.  6).  Two  counts, — jerk  1 — 
back  to  place  2. 

8.  From  side  stretch  (fig.  3)  twist  body  from  waist 
up,  without  moving  hips  (fig.  7).  Twist  from  side 
to  side.  Two  counts — twist  1 — front  2 — twist  1 — 
front  2. 

9.  From  side  stretch  (fig.  3)  bend  body  from  side  to 
side  keeping  straight  line  from  tip  of  one  middle 
finger  to  tip  of  other  (fig.  8).  Two  counts — bend 
1 — back  to  position  2 — alternate  sides. 

10.  Bend  right  knee  and  kick  yourself  (fig.  9)  ;  left 
knee   same.     Two  counts — kick   right    1 — kick   left 

2.     Repeat   slowly   then   double   quick    (running    in 
place) . 

11.  Bend  right  knee  and  hip,  bringing  knee  nearly  up 
to  chest  without  bending  body  (fig.  10)  ;  left  same — 
slowly.  Then  double  quick  bringing  knee  only  as 
high  as  hip. 

12.  Place  hands  at  back  of  neck  (fig.  11)  and  rise  on 
toes,  bend  knees  (fig.  12)  and  rise  keeping  body  up- 
right (do  not  spread  knees  or  touch  heels.  If  this 
exercise  is  too  difficult  balance  with  arms  side 
stretch,  bring  arms  down  to  touch  floor  as  you  bend, 
and  to  upward  stretch  as  you  rise).  Count  4: — on 
toes  1 — bend  2 — up  on  toes  3 — standing  position  4. 

13.  From  upward  stretch  (fig.  2)  bend  and  touch  floor 
in  front  of  toes  (fig.  13).    Count  two  slowly:  down 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


277 


1 — up  2.     Breathe  out  as  you  come  down — in  as 
you  come  up. 

14.  Neck  Exercises.  Sit  crosslegged  on  floor — hands  on 
knees :  head  up — chin  parallel  with  the  floor. 

a)  turn  head  to  right  and  then  to  left — 4  counts — 
right  1— front  2— left  3— front  4. 

b)  droop  head  from  side  to  side  (fig.  14)  ;  four 
counts — right  1 — up  2 — left  3 — up  4. 

c)  drop  chin  forward  (fig.  15)  ;  straighten  and 
drop  head  back  (fig.  16).  Count  A — down  1 — 
up  2 — back  3 — up  4. 

d)  turn  head  and  face  right  (fig.  17)  drop  chin  1 — 
up  2 — back  3  (fig.  18)  up  4;  keep  looking  in 
same  direction  only  up  and  down;  same  to  left. 

e)  goose-neck;  facing  front  stretch  chin  out  as  far 
as  possible  (fig.  19)  ;  then  down  and  in  and  up. 
Count  A — out  1 — down  2 — in  3 — to  straight  posi- 
tion 4. 

15.  Lie  down  on  your  back  and  raise  first  one  foot  and 
then  the  other  without  bending  the  knee,  two  counts 
— up  1 — down  2. 

16.  Raise  both  feet  without  bending  knees  and  touch 
the  floor  over  your  head   (fig.  20).     Lower  slowly. 

17.  Raise  body  without  bending  back,  and  (if  you  can) 
without  helping  yourself  with  your  hand,  and  touch 
your  toes  with  your  hands,  and  your  knees  with 
your  forehead,  without  bending  your  knee^  (fig. 
21). 


278 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


©1!®" 


SETTING-UP  EXERCISES  (Figs.  1-7) 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


279 


SETTING-UP  EXERCISES  (Figs.  8-21) 


SECTION  XIII 

WOODCRAFT 

The  following  section  is  made  up  of  excerpts  from  the  Wood- 
craft Manual  for  Girls,  1918,  by  Ernest  Thompson  Seton,  copy- 
right by  Ernest  Thompson  Seton,  and  the  Woodcraft  League  of 
America,  Inc. ;  used  by  the  kind  permission  of  the  author,  the 
Woodcraft  League  of  America,  and  the  publishers,  Doubleday, 
Page  &  Company. 

TWELVE   SECRETS    OF   THE   WOODS 

Do  you  know  the  twelve  secrets  of  the  woods? 

Do  you  know  the  umbrella  that  stands  up  spread  to 
show  that  there  is  a  restaurant  in  the  cellar? 

Do  you  know  the  "manna-food"  that  grows  on  the 
rocks,  summer  and  winter,  and  holds  up  its  hands  in  the 
Indian  sign  of  "innocence,"  so  all  who  need  may  know 
how  good  it  is? 

Do  you  know  the  vine  that  climbs  above  the  sedge  to 
whisper  on  the  wind  "There  are  cocoanuts  in  my  base- 
ment" ? 

Can  you  tell  why  the  rabbit  puts  his  hind  feet  down 
ahead  of  his  front  ones  as  he  runs? 

Can  you  tell  why  the  squirrel  buries  every  other  nut 
and  who  it  was  that  planted  those  shag-barks  along  the 
fence  ? 

Can  you  tell  what  the  woodchuck  does  in  midwinter 
and  on  what  day? 

Have  you  learned  to  know  the  pale  villain  of  the 
open  woods  —  the  deadly  amanita,  for  whose  fearful 
poison  no  remedy  is  known? 

Have  you  learned  to  overcome  the  poison  ivy  that  was 
once  so  feared — now  so  lightly  held  by  those  who  know? 

Have  you  proved  the  balsam  fir  in  all  its  fourfold  gifts 
— as  Christmas  tree,  as  healing  balm,  as  consecrated  bed, 
as  wood  of  friction  fire? 

Do  you  know  the  wonderful  medicine  that  is  in  the 
sky? 

Have  you  tasted  the  bread  of  wisdom,  the  treasure  that 

280 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


281 


1{i.bbit 


^"^"^x,     use. 

^      V     5- 


,  IE3 


282  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

cures  much  igorance,  that  is  buried  in  the  aisle  of  Jack- 
o-Pulpit's  Church? 

Can  you  tell  what  walked  around  your  tent  on  the 
thirtieth  night  of  your  camp-out? 

Then  are  you  wise.  You  have  learned  the  twelve 
secrets  of  the  woods.  But  if  you  have  not,  come  and 
let  us  teach  you. 

WEATHER  WISDOM 

When  the  dew  is  on  the  grass, 

Rain  will  never  come  to  pass. 

When  the  grass  is  dry  at  night. 

Look  for  rain  before  the  light. 

When  grass  is  dry  at  morning  light, 

Look  for  rain  before  the  night. 

Three  days'  rain  will  empty  any  sky. 

A  deep,  clear  sky  of  Reckless  blue 

Breeds  storms  within  a  day  or  two. 

When  the  wind  is  in  the  east. 

It's  good   for  neither  man  nor  beast. 

When  the  wind  is  in  the  north, 

The  old  folk  should  not  venture  forth. 

When  the  wind  is  in  the  south, 

It  blows  the  bait  in  the  fishes'  mouth. 

When  the  wind  is  in  the  west. 

It  is  of  all  the  winds  the  best. 

An  opening  and  a  shetting 

Is  a  sure  sign  of  a  wetting. 
(Another  version) 

Open  and  shet. 

Sure  sign  of  wet. 
(Still  another) 

It's  lighting  up  to  see  to  rain. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  283 

Evening  red  and  morning  gray 
Sends  the  traveler  on  his  way. 
Evening  gray  and  morning  red 
Sends  the  traveler  home  to  bed. 
Red  sky  at  morning,  the  shepherd  takes  warning; 
Red  sky  at  night  is  the  shepherd's  delight. 
If  the  sun  goes  down  cloudy  Friday,  sure  of  a  clear 
Sunday. 

If  a  rooster  crows  standing  on  a  fence  or  high  place, 
it  will  clear.     If  on  the  ground,  it  doesn't  count. 
Between  eleven  and  two 

You  can  tell  what  the  weather  is  going  to  do. 
Rain  before  seven,  clear  before  eleven. 
Fog  in  the  morning,  bright  sunny  day. 
If  it  rains,  and  the  sun  is  shining  at  the  same  time, 
the   devil   is   whipping  his   wife   and   it   will   surely   rain 
tomorrow. 

If   it   clears   ofif   during   the   night,   it   will    rain   again 
shortly. 

Sun  drawing  water,  sure  sign  of  rain. 
A  circle  round  the  moon  means  "storm."     As  many 
stars  as  are  in  circle,  so  many  days  before  it  will  rain. 
Sudden  heat  brings  thunder. 

A    storm   that   comes    against   the   wind    is    always    a 
thunderstorm. 

East  wind  brings  rain. 

West  wind  brings  clear,  bright,  cool  weather. 
North  wind  brings  cold. 

South  wind  brings  heat.      (On  Atlantic  coast.) 
The  rain-crow  or  cuckoo  (both  species)  is  supposed  by 
all  hunters  to  foretell  rain,  when  its  "Kow,  kow,  kow"  is 
long  and  hard. 

So,  also,  the  tree-frog  cries  before  rain. 


284  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Swallows  flying  low  is  a  sign  of  rain;  high,  of  clearing 
weather. 

The  rain  follows  the  wind,  and  the  heavy  blast  is  just 
before  the  shower, 

OUTDOOR  PROVERBS 

What  weighs  an  ounce  in  the  morning,  weighs  a  pound 
at  night. 

A  pint  is  a  pound  the  whole  world  round. 

Allah  reckons  not  against  a  man's  allotted  time  the 
days  he  spends  in  the  chase. 

If  there's  only  one,  it  isn't  a  track,  it's  an  accident. 

Better  safe  than  sorry. 

No  smoke  without  fire. 

The  blue  jay  doesn't  scream  without  reason. 

The  worm  don't  see  nuffin  pretty  'bout  de  robin's  song. 
—  ( Darkey. ) 

Ducks  flying  over  head  in  the  woods  are  generally 
pointed  for  water. 

If  the  turtles  on  a  log  are  dry,  they  have  been  there 
half  an  hour  or  more,  which  means  no  one  has  been  near 
to  alarm  them. 

Cobwebs  across  a  hole  mean  "nothing  inside." 

Whenever  you  are  trying  to  be  smart,  you  are  going 
wrong.     Smart  Aleck  always  comes  to  grief. 

You  are  safe  and  winning,  when  you  are  trying  to  be 
kind. 

WHEN  LOST  IN  THE  WOODS 

If  you  should  miss  your  way,  the  first  thing  to  remem- 
ber is  like  the  Indian,  "You  are  not  lost;  it  is  the  teepee 
that  is  lost."  It  isn't  serious.  It  cannot  be  so,  unless 
you  do  something  foolish. 

The  first  and  most  natural  thing  to  do  is  to  get  on  a 
hill,  up  a  tree,  or  other  high  lookout,  and  seek  for  some 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  285 

landmark  near  the  camp.  You  may  be  sure  of  these 
things : 

You  are  not  nearly  as  far  from  camp  as  you  think  you 
are. 

Your  friends  will  soon  find  you. 

You  can  help  them  best  by  signalling. 

The  worst  thing  you  can  do  is  to  get  frightened.  The 
truly  dangerous  enemy  is  not  the  cold  or  the  hunger,  so 
much  as  the  fear.  It  is  fear  that  robs  the  wanderer  of 
his  judgment  and  of  his  limb  power ;  it  is  fear  that  turns 
the  passing  experience  into  a  final  tragedy.  Only  keep 
cool  and  all  will  be  well. 

If  there  is  snow  on  the  ground,  you  can  follow  your 
back  track. 

If  you  see  no  landmark,  look  for  the  smoke  of  the  fire. 
Shout  from  time  to  time,  and  wait ;  for  though  you  have 
been  away  for  hours  it  is  quite  possible  you  are  within 
earshot  of  your  friends.  If  you  happen  to  have  a  gun, 
fire  it  off  twice  in  quick  succession  on  your  high  lookout, 
then  wait  and  listen.  Do  this  several  times  and  wait 
plenty  long  enough,  perhaps  an  hour.  If  this  brings  no 
help,  send  up  a  distress  signal — that  is,  make  two  smoke 
fires  by  smothering  two  bright  fires  with  green  leaves  and 
rotten  wood,  and  keep  them  at  least  fifty  feet  apart,  or 
the  wind  will  confuse  them.  Two  shots  or  two  smokes 
are  usually  understood  to  mean  "I  am  in  trouble."  Those 
in  camp  on  seeing  this  should  send  up  one  smoke,  which 
means  "Camp  is  here." 

In  a  word,  "keep  cool,  make  yourself  comfortable, 
leave  a  record  of  your  travels,  and  help  your  friends  to 
find  you." 

EDIBLE  WILD  PLANTS 

No  one  truly  knows  the  woods  until  he  can  find  with 
certainty  a  number  of  wild  plants  that  furnish  good  food 


286  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

for  man  in  the  season  when  food  is  scarce ;  that  is,  in  the 
winter  or  early  spring. 

During  summer  and  autumn  there  is  always  an  ahund- 
ance  of  familiar  nuts  and  herries,  so  that  we  may  rule 
them  out,  and  seek  only  for  edible  plants  and  roots  that 
are  available  when  nuts  and  berries  are  not. 

Rock  Tripe.  The  most  wonderful  of  all  is  probably 
the  greenish-black  rock  tripe,  found  on  the  bleakest,  high- 
est rocks  in  the  northern  parts  of  this  continent.  There 
is  a  wonderful  display  of  it  on  the  cliffs  about  Mohonk 
Lake,  in  the  Catskills.  Richardson  and  Franklin,  the 
great  northern  explorers,  lived  on  it  for  months.  It  must 
be  very  carefully  cooked  or  it  produces  cramps.  First 
gather  and  wash  it  as  clear  as  possible  of  sand  and  grit, 
washing  it  again  and  again,  snipping  off  the  gritty  parts 
of  the  roots  where  it  held  onto  the  mother  rock.  Then 
roast  it  slowly  in  a  pan  till  dry  and  crisp.  Next  boil 
it  for  one  hour  and  serve  it  either  hot  or  cold.  It  looks 
like  thick  gumbo  soup  with  short,  thick  pieces  of  black 
and  green  leaves  in  it.  It  tastes  a  little  like  tapioca  with 
a  slight  flavoring  of  licorice.    On  some  it  acts  as  a  purge. 

Basswood  Browse  or  Buds.  As  a  child  I  ate  these  raw 
in  quantities,  as  did  also  most  of  my  young  friends,  but 
they  will  be  found  the  better  for  cooking.  They  are 
particularly  good  and  large  in  the  early  spring.  The 
inmost  bark  also  has  food  value,  but  one  must  disfigure 
the  tree  to  get  that,  so  we  leave  it  out. 

Slippery  Elm.  The  same  remarks  apply  to  the  buds 
and  inner  bark  of  the  slippery  elm.  They  are  nutritious, 
acceptable  food,  especially  when  cooked  with  scraps  of 
meat  or  fruit  for  flavoring.  Furthermore,  its  flowers 
come  out  in  the  spring  before  the  leaves,  and  produce 
very  early  in  the  season  great  quantities  of  seed  which 
are  like  little  nuts  in  the  middle  of  a  nearly  circular  wing. 
These  ripen  by  the  time  the  leaves  are  half  grown  and 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 

Wi(d    Food -Plants 


287 


288  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

have  always  been  an  important  article  of  food  among  the 
wild  things. 

Many  Indian  tribes  used  to  feed  during  famine  times 
on  the  inner  bark  of  cedar  and  white  birch,  as  well  as  on 
the  inner  bark  of  the  slippery  elm  and  basswood,  but  these 
cannot  be  got  without  injury  to  the  tree,  so  omit  them. 

When  the  snow  is  off  the  ground  the  plants  respond 
quickly,  and  it  is  safe  to  assume  that  all  the  earliest 
flowers  come  up  from  big,  fat  roots. 

A  plant  can  spring  up  quickly  in  summer,  gathering  the 
material  of  growth  from  the  air  and  soil,  but  a  plant 
coming  up  in  the  early  spring  is  doing  business  at  a  time 
when  it  cannot  get  support  from  its  surroundings,  and 
cannot  keep  on  unless  it  has  stored  up  capital  from  the 
summer  before.  This  is  the  logic  of  the  storehouse  in 
the  ground  for  these  early  comers. 

Wapato.  One  of  the  earliest  is  wapato,  or  duck  potato, 
also  called  common  Arrowleaf,  or  Sagittaria.  It  is  found 
in  low,  swampy  flats,  especially  those  that  are  under  water 
for  part  of  the  year.  Its  root  is  about  as  big  as  a  walnut 
and  is  good  food,  cooked,  or  raw.  These  roots  are  not 
at  the  point  where  the  leaves  come  out  but  at  the  ends 
of  the  long  roots. 

Bog  Potato.  On  the  drier  banks,  usually  where  the 
sedge  begins  near  a  swamp,  we  find  the  bog  potato,  or 
Indian  potato.  The  plant  is  a  slender  vine  with  three, 
five,  or  seven  leaflets  in  a  group.  On  its  roots  in  spring 
are  from  one  to  a  dozen  potatoes,  varying  from  an  men 
to  three  inches  in  diameter.  They  taste  like  a  cross  be- 
tween a  peanut  and  a  raw  potato,  and  are  very  good 
cooked  or  raw. 

Indian  Cucumber.,  In  the  dry  woods  one  is  sure  to 
see  the  pretty  umbrella  of  the  Indian  cucumber.  Its  root 
is  white  and  crisp  and  tastes  somewhat  like  a  cucumber, 
is  one  to  four  inches  long,  and  good  food  raw  or  boiled. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  289 

Calopogon.  This  plant  looks  like  a  kind  of  grass  with 
an  onion  for  a  root,  but  it  does  not  taste  of  onions  and  is 
much  sought  after  by  wild  animals  and  wild  people.  It 
is  found  in  low  or  marshy  places. 

Hog  Peanuts.  In  the  early  spring  this  plant  will  be 
found  to  have  a  large  nut  or  fruit,  buried  under  the  leav- 
or  quite  underground  in  the  dry  woods.  As  summer 
goes  by  the  plant  uses  up  this  capital,  but  on  its  roots  it 
grows  a  lot  of  little  nuts.  These  are  rich  food,  but  very 
small.  The  big  nut  is  about  an  inch  long  and  the  little 
ones  on  the  roots  are  any  size  up  to  that  of  a  pea. 

Indian  Turnip  or  Jack-in-the-Pulf^t.  This  is  well 
known  to  all  our  children  in  the  East.  The  root  is  the 
most  burning,  acrid,  horrible  thing  in  the  woods  when 
raw,  but  after  cooking  becomes  quite  pleasant  and  is 
very  nutritious. 

Prairie  or  Indian  Turnip,  Bread-root  or  Pomme- 
hlanche  of  the  Prairie.  This  is  found  on  all  the  prairies 
of  the  Missouri  region.  Its  root  was  and  is  a  staple  article 
of  food  with  the  Indians.  The  roots  are  one  to  three 
inches  thick  and  four  to  twelve  inches  long. 

Solomons  Seal.  The  two  Solomon's  Seals  (true  and 
false)  both  produce  roots  that  are  long,  bumpy  store- 
houses of  food. 

Crinkle-root.  Every  school  child  in  the  country  digs 
out  and  eats  the  pleasant  peppery  crinkle-root.  It  abounds 
in  the  rich  dry  woods. 

MUSHROOMS,  FUNGI  OR  TOADSTOOLS 

We  have  in  America  about  two  thousand  diiYerent  kinds 
of  Mushrooms  or  Toadstools;  they  are  the  same  thing. 
Of  these,  probably  half  are  wholesome  and  delicious; 
but  about  a  dozen  of  them  are  deadly  poison. 

There  is  no  way  to  tell  them,  except  by  knowing  each 
kind  and  the  recorded   results  of  experience  with  each 


290  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

kind.  The  story  about  cooking  with  silver  being  a  test 
has  no  foundation ;  in  fact,  the  best  way  for  the  Wood- 
craft Boy  or  Girl  is  to  know  definitely  a  dozen  dangerous 
kinds  and  a  score  or  more  of  the  wholesome  kinds  and 
let  the  rest  alone, 

Sporeprint.  The  first  thing  in  deciding  the  nature  of  a 
toadstool  is  the  sporeprint,  made  thus :  Cut  ofif  the  stem 
of  the  toadstool  and  lay  the  gills  down  on  a  piece  of  gray 
paper  under  a  vessel  of  any  kind.  After  a  couple  of 
hours,  lift  the  cap,  and  radiating  lines  of  spores  will 
appear  on  the  paper.  If  it  is  desired  to  preserve  these, 
the  paper  should  be  first  covered  with  thin  mucilage.  The 
color  of  these  spores  is  the  first  step  in  identification. 

All  the  deadly  toadstools  have  ivhite  spores. 

No  black-spored  toadstool  is  known  to  be  poisonous, 
POISONOUS  TOADSTOOLS 

The  only  deadly  poisonous  kinds  are  the  Amanitas, 
Others  may  purge  and  nauseate  or  cause  vomiting,  but  it 
is  believed  that  every  recorded  death  from  toadstool 
poisoning  was  caused  by  an  Amanita,  and  unfortunately 
they  are  not  only  widespread  and  abundant,  but  they  are 
much  like  the  ordinary  table  mushrooms.  They  have, 
however,  one  or  two  strong  marks :  their  stalk  always 
grows  out  of  a  "poison  cup,"  which  shows  either  as  a 
cup  or  as  a  bulb;  they  have  zvhite  or  yellow  gills,  a  ring 
around  the  stalk,  and  white  spores. 

Deadly  Toadstools 

All  the  deadly  toadstools  known  in  North  America  are 
pictured  on  the  plate,  or  of  the  types  shown  on  the  plate. 

The  Deadly  Amanita  may  be  brownish,  yellowish,  or 
white. 

The  Yellow  Amanita  of  a  delicate  lemon  color. 

The  White  Amanita  of  a  pure  silvery,  shiny  white. 

The  Fly  Amanita  with  cap  pink,  brown,  yellow,  or  red 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


291 


Amanita  phaUoId^* 


^^9^; 


in  the  centre,  shaded  into  yellow  at  the  edge,  and  patched 
with  fragments  of  pure  white  veil. 

The  Frosty  Amanita  with  yellow  cap,  pale  cadmium 
in  centre,  elsewhere  yellowish  white,  with  white  patches 
on  warts. 


292  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

All  are  very  variable  in  color,  etc. 

But  all  agree  in  these  things.  They  have  gills,  w^hich 
are  zvliitc  or  yclloiv,  a  ring  on  the  stalk,  a  cup  at  tJic  base, 
zvhite  spores,  and  are  deadly  poison. 

In  Case  of  Poisoning 

If  by  ill  chance  any  one  has  eaten  a  poisonous  Amanita, 
the  effects  do  not  begin  to  show  till  sixteen  or  eighteen 
hours  afterward — that  is,  long  after  the  poison  has  passed 
through  the  stomach  and  began  its  deadly  worK  on  tlie 
nerve  centres. 

Symptoms.  Vomiting  and  purging,  "the  discharge 
from  the  bowels  being  watery  with  small  flakes  suspend- 
ed, and  sometimes  containing  blood,"  cramps  in  the  ex- 
tremities. The  pulse  is  very  slow  and  strong  at  first, 
but  later  weak  and  rapid,  sometimes  sweat  and  saliva 
pour  out.  Dizziness,  faintness,  and  blindness,  the  skin 
clammy,  cold,  and  bluish  or  livid ;  temperature  low  with 
dreadful  tetanic  convulsions,  and  finally  stupor.  (Mcll- 
vaine  and  Macadam,  p.  627.) 

Remedy :  "Take  an  emetic  at  once,  and  send  for  a  phy- 
sician with  instructions  to  bring  hypodermic  syringe  and 
atropine  sulphate.  The  dose  is  1/180  of  a  grain,  and 
doses  should  be  continued  heroically  until  1/20  of  a  grain 
is  administered,  or  until,  in  the  physician's  opinion,  a 
proper  quantity  has  been  injected.  Where  the  victim  is 
critically  ill  the  1/20  of  a  grain  may  be  administered." 
(Mcllvaine  and  Macadam  XVII.) 

Wholesome  Toadstools 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  all  the  queer  freaks,  like 
clubs  and  corals,  the  cranks  and  tomfools,  in  droll  shapes 
and  Satanic  colors,  the  funny  poisonous  looking  Morels, 
Inkcaps,  and  Boleti  are  good  wholesome  food,  but  the 
deadly  Amanitas  are  like  ordinary  Mushrooms,  except 
that  they  have  grown  a  little  thin,  delicate,  and  anaemic. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


293 


Beefsteak  mushrooms. 


tsky  coftiiau3* 


All  the  Puffballs  are  good  before  they  begin  to  puff, 
that  is  as  long  as  their  flesh  is  white  and  firm. 

All  the  colored  coral  toadstools  are  good,  but  the  White 
Clavarid  is  said  to  be  rather  sickening. 


294  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

All  of  the  Morels  are  safe  and  delicious. 

So  also  is  Inky  Coprinus,  usually  found  on  manure 
piles.  The  Beefsteak  Mushroom  grows  on  stumps  — 
chiefly  chestnut.  It  looks  like  raw  meat  and  bleeds  when 
cut.     It  is  quite  good  eating. 

So  far  as  known  no  black-spored  toadstool  is  unwhole- 
some. 

The  common  Mushroom  is  distinguished  by  its  general 
shape,  its  pink  or  brown  gills,  its  white  flesh,  brown 
spores,  and  solid  stem. 

SNAKES  GOOD  AND  BAD 

Snakes  are  to  the  animal  world  what  toadstools  are  to 
the  vegetable  world — wonderful  things,  beautiful  things, 
but  fearsome  things,  because  some  of  them  are  deadly 
poison. 

Taking  Mr.  Raymond  L.  Ditmars*  as  our  authority, 
we  learn  that  out  of  one  hundred  and  eleven  species  of 
snakes  found  in  the  United  States,  seventeen  are  poi- 
sonous. They  are  found  in  every  state,  but  are  most 
abundant  in  the  Southwest. 

These  may  be  divided  into  Coral  Snakes,  Moccasins, 
and  Rattlers. 

The  coral  snakes  are  found  in  the  Southern  States. 
They  are  very  much  like  harmless  snakes  in  shape,  but 
are  easily  distinguished  by  their  remarkable  colors, 
"broad  alternating  rings  of  red  and  black,  the  latter  bor- 
dered with  very  narrow  rings  of  yellow." 

The  Rattlesnakes  are  readily  told  at  once  by  the  rattle. 

But  the  Moccasins  are  not  so  easy.  There  are  two 
kinds :  the  Water  Moccasin,  or  Cotton-mouth,  found  in 
South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  and  Louis- 
iana,  and   the   Copperhead,   which   is   the   Highland,   or 

*  This  article  is  chiefly  a  condensation  of  his  pamphlet  on 
"Poisonous  Snakes  of  the  United  States,"  and  is  made  with  his 
permission  and  approval. 


Tyj^es 


of    To\$oinovs  vSnsv/ces" 


«i 

O 


296 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 


Northern  Moccasin  or  Pilot  Snake,  found  from  Massa- 
chusetts to  Florida  and  west  to  Illinois  and  Texas. 

Here  are  distinguishing  marks :  The  Moccasins,  as  well 
as  the  Rattlers,  have  on  each  side  of  the  head,  between 
the  eye  and  nostril,  a  deep  pit. 

The  pupil  of  the  eye  is  an  upright  line,  as  in  a  cat ;  the 
harmless  snakes  have  a  round  pupil. 

The  Moccasins  have  a  single  row  of  plates  under  the 
tail,  while  the  harmless  snakes  have  a  double  row. 

The  Water  Moccasin  is  dull  olive  with  wide  black 
transverse  bands. 

The  Copperhead  is  dull  hazel  brown,  marked  across 
the  back  with  dumb-bells  of  reddish  brown;  the  top  of 
the  head  more  or  less  coppery. 

Both  Moccasins  and  Rattlers  have  a  flat  triangular 
head,  which  is  much  wider  than  the  thin  neck ;  while 
most  harmless  snakes  have  a  narrow  head  that  shades  off 
into  the  neck. 

Rattlesnakes  are  found  generally  distributed  over  the 
United  States,  southern  Ontario,  southern  Alberta,  and 
Saskatchewan. 

How  Does  a  Snake  Bite 

Remember,  the  tongue  is  a  feeler,  not  a  sting.  The 
"stinging"  is  done  by  two  long  hollow  teeth,  or  fangs, 
through  which  the  poison  is  squirted  into  the  wound. 

The  striking  distance  of  a  snake  is  about  one-third  the 
creature's  length,  and  the  stroke  is  so  swift  that  no  crea- 
ture can  dodge  it. 

The  snake  can  strike  farthest  and  surest  when  it  is 
ready  coiled,  but  can  strike  a  little  way  when  traveling. 

You  cannot  disarm  a  poisonous  snake  without  killing 
it.  If  the  fangs  are  removed  others  come  quickly  to  take 
their  place.  In  fact,  a  number  of  small,  half-grown  fangs 
are  always  waiting  ready  to  be  developed. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


297 


In  Case  of  Snake  Bite 

First,  keep  cool,  and  remember  that  the  bite  of  Amer- 
ican snakes  is  seldom  fatal  if  the  proper  measures  are 
followed. 

You  must  act  at  once.  Try  to  keep  the  poison  from 
getting  into  the  system  by  a  tight  bandage  on  the  arm 
or  leg  (it  is  sure  to  be  one  or  the  other)  just  above  the 
wound.  Next,  get  it  out  of  the  wound  by  slashing  the 
wound  two  or  more  ways  with  a  sharp  knife  or  razor 
at  least  as  deep  as  the  puncture.  Squeeze  it — wash  it 
out  with  permanganate  of  potash  dissolved  in  water  to 
the  color  of  wine.  Suck  it  out  with  the  lips  (if  you  have 
no  wounds  in  the  mouth  it  will  do  you  no  harm  there). 
Work,  massage,  suck,  and  wash  to  get  all  the  poison  out. 
After  thorough  treatment  to  remove  the  venom  the  liga- 
ture may  be  removed. 

"Pack  small  bits  of  gauze  into  the  wounds  to  keep 
them  open  and  draining,  then  dress  over  them  with 
gauze  saturated  with  any  good  antiseptic  solution.  Keep 
the  dressing  saturated  and  the  wounds  open  for  at  least 
a  week,  no  matter  how  favorable  may  be  the  symptoms." 

Some  people  consider  whiskey  or  brandy  a  cure  for 
snake  bite.  There  is  plenty  of  evidence  that  many  have 
been  killed  by  such  remedies,  and  little  that  they  have 
ever  saved  any  one,  except  perhaps  when  the  victim  was 
losing" courage  or  becoming  sleepy. 

In  any  case,  send  as  fast  as  you  can  for  a  doctor.  He 
should  come  equipped  with  hypodermic  syringe,  tubes  of 
anti-venomous  serum  and  strychnine  tablets. 

Harmless  Snakes 
Far  the  greatest  number  of  our  snakes  are  harmless, 
beautiful,  and  beneficient.  They  are  friendly  to  the  farm- 
er, because,  althoigh  some  destroy  a  few  birds,  chickens, 
ducklings,  and  game,  the  largest  part  of  their  food  is 
mice  and  insects.    The  Blacksnake,  the  Milk  Snake,  and 


298  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

one  or  two  others,  will  bite  in  self-defence,  but  they  have 
no  poison  fangs,  and  the  bite  is  much  like  the  prick  of 
a  bramble. 

THE  STARS  AS  THE  CAMPER  SEES  THEM 

(See  Plate  of  Stars  and  Principal  Constellations) 
So  far  as  there  is  a  central  point  in  our  heavens,  that 
point  is  the  pole-star,  Polaris.  Around  this  star  all  the 
stars  in  the  sky  seem  to  turn  once  in  twenty-four  hours. 
It  is  easily  discovered  by  the  help  of  the  Big  Dipper, 
a  part  of  the  Great  Bear,  known  to  every  country  boy  and 
girl  in  the  northern  half  of  the  world.  This  is,  perhaps,  the 
most  important  star  group  in  our  sky,  because  of  its  size, 
peculiar  form,  the  fact  that  it  never  sets  in  our  latitude, 
and  that  of  its  stars,  two,  sometimes  called  the  Pointers 
always  point  out  the  Pole  Star.  It  is  called  the  Dipper 
because  it  is  shaped  like  a  dipper  with  a  long,  bent  handle. 
Why  (the  zvhole  group)  is  called  the  Great  Bear  is  not 
so  easy  to  explain.  The  classical  legend  has  it  that  the 
nymph,  Calisto,  having  violated  her  vow,  was  changed  by 
Diana  into  a  bear,  which,  after  death,  was  immortalized 
in  the  sky  by  Zeus.  Another  suggestion  is  that  the  earliest 
astronomers,  the  Chaldeans,  called  these  stars  "the  shin- 
ing ones,"  and  their  word  happened  to  be  very  like  the 
Greek  arktos  (a  bear).  Another  explanation  is  that  ves- 
sels in  olden  days  were  named  for  animals,  etc.  They 
bore  at  the  prow  the  carved  efifigy  of  the  namesake,  and 
if  the  Great  Bear,  for  example,  made  several  very  happy 
voyages  by  setting  out  when  a  certain  constellation  was 
in  the  ascendant,  that  constellation  might  become  known 
as  the  Great  Bear's  constellation.  Certainly,  there  is 
nothing  in  its  shape  to  justify  the  name.  Very  few  of 
the  constellations  indeed  are  like  the  thing  they  are  called 
after.      Their    names    were    usually    given    for    some 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


299 


-]\-  V^o^ 


_MC'un 


I, (tit  Bc?>r 


v-:?-  yy 


o 


•Pole 


<.^ 


Th.Tw'.T^i   .i; 


^^      ■':*:/ 

1  .i 

.-•'>  V 

1             ;  .' 

300  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

fanciful  association  with  the  namesake,  rather  than  for 
resemblance  to  it. 

The  pole-star  is  really  the  most  important  of  the  stars 
in  our  sky ;  it  marks  the  north  at  all  times ;  all  the  other 
stars  seem  to  swing  around  it  once  in  twenty-four  hours. 
It  is  the  end  of  the  Little  Bear's  tail ;  this  constellation 
is  sometimes  called  the  Little  Dipper.  But  the  Pole-star 
or  Polaris,  is  not  a  very  bright  one,  and  it  would  be 
hard  to  identify  but  for  the  help  of  the  Pointers  of  the 
Big  Dipper. 

The  outside  stars  (Alpha  and  Beta)  of  the  Dipper 
point  nearly  to  Polaris,  at  a  distance  equal  to  five  times 
the  space  that  separates  these  two  stars  of  the  Dipper's 
outer  side. 

Indian  names  for  the  Pole-star  are  the  "Home  Star," 
and  "The  Star  That  Never  Moves,"  and  the  Big  Dipper 
they  call  the  "Broken  Back." 

The  great  Bear  is  also  to  be  remembered  as  the  hour- 
hand  of  the  woodman's  clock.  It  goes  once  around  the 
North  Star  in  about  twenty-four  hours,  the  same  way  as 
the  sun,  and  for  the  same  reason-^that  it  is  the  eatth 
that  is  going  and  leaving  them  behind. 

The  time  in  going  around  is  not  exactly  twenty-four 
hours,  so  that  the  position  of  the  Pointers  varies  with 
the  seasons,  but,  as  a  rule,  this  for  woodcraft  purposes 
is  near  enough.  The  bowl  of  the  Dipper  swings  four- 
fifths  of  the  width  of  its  own  opening  in  one  hour.  If 
it  went  a  quarter  of  the  circle,  that  would  mean  you  had 
slept  a  quarter  of  a  day,  or  six  hours. 

Every  fifteen  days  the  stars  seem  to  be  an  hour  earlier: 
in  three  months  they  gain  one-fourth  of  the  circle,  and 
in  a  year  gain  the  whole  circle. 

According  to  Flammarion,  there  are  about  seven  thou- 
sand stars  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  and  of  these  twenty 
are  stars  of  the  first  magnitude.     Fourteen  of  them  are 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  301 

visible  in  the  latitude  of  New  York,  the  others  (those 
starred)  belong  to  the  South  Polar  region  of  the  sky.  The 
following  table  of  the  brightest  stars  is  taken  from  the 
Revised  Harvard  Photometry  of  1908,  the  best  authority 
on  the  subject. 

THE  FIRST  TWENTY  STARS  IN  ORDER  OF 
BRIGHTNESS 

1.  Sirius,  the  Dog  Star. 

2.  *Canopus,  of  the  Ship. 

3.  *Alpha,  of  the  Centaur. 

4.  Vega,  of  the  Lyre. 

5.  Capella,  of  the  Charioteer. 

6.  Arcturus,  of  the  Herdsman. 

7.  Rigel,  of  Orion. 

8.  Procyon,  the  Little  Dog-Star. 

9.  *Achernar,  of  Eridanus. 

10.  *Beta,  of  the  Centaur. 

11.  Altair,  of  the  Eagle. 

12.  Betelgueze,  of  Orion's  right  shoulder. 

13.  *Alpha  of  the  Southern  Cross. 

14.  Aldebaran,  of  the  Bull's  right  eye. 

15.  Pollux,  of  the  Twins. 

16.  Spica,  of  the  Virgin. 

17.  Antares,  of  the  Scorpion. 

18.  Fomalhaut,  of  the  Southern  Fish. 

19.  Deneb,  of  the  Swan. 

20.  Regulus,  of  the  Lion. 

OTHER  CONSTELLATIONS 

Orion  (O-ri-on),  with  its  striking  array  of  brilliant 
stars,  Betelgeuze,  Rigel,  the  Three  Kings,  etc.,  is  gen- 
erally admitted  to  be  the  first  constellation  in  the  heavens. 

Orion  was  the  hunter  giant  who  went  to  Heaven  when 
he  died,  and  now  marches  around  the  great  dome,  but 


302  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

is  seen  only  in  the  winter,  because  during  the  summer, 
he  passes  over  during  daytime.  Thus  he  is  still  the 
hunter's  constellation.  The  three  stars  of  his  belt  are 
called  the  "Three  Kings." 

Sirius,  the  Great  Dog-Star,  is  in  the  head  of  Orion's 
Hound,  the  constellation  Canis  Major,  and  following 
farther  back  is  the  Little  Dog-Star,  Procyon,  the  chief 
star  of  the  constellation  Canis  Minor. 

In  old  charts  of  the  stars,  Orion  is  shown  with  his 
hounds,  hunting  the  bull,  Taurus.  This  constellation  is 
recognizable  by  this  diagram ;  the  red  star,  Aldebaran,  be- 
ing the  angry  right  eye  of  the  Bull.  His  face  is  covered 
with  a  cluster  of  little  stars  called  the  Hyades,  and  on 
his  shoulder  are  the  seven  stars,  called  Pleiades. 
PLEIADES 

Pleiades  (Ply-a-des)  can  be  seen  in  winter  as  a  cluster 
of  small  stars  between  Aldebaran  and  Angol,  or,  a  line 
drawn  from  the  back  bottom,  through  the  front  rim  of 
the  Big  Dipper,  about  two  Dipper  lengths,  touches  this 
little  group.  They  are  not  far  from  Aldebaran,  being 
in  the  right  shoulder  of  the  Bull,  They  may  be  con- 
sidered the  seven  arrow  wounds  made  by  Orion, 

Serviss  tells  us  that  the  Pleiades  have  a  supposed  con- 
nection with  the  Great  Pyramid,  because  "about  2170 
B.  c,  when  the  beginning  of  spring  coincided  with  the 
culmination  of  the  Pleiades  at  midnight,  that  wonderful 
group  of  stars  was  visible  just  at  midnight,  through  the 
mysterious  southward-pointing  passage  of  the  Pyramid. 
Cassiopeia 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Polar-star  from  the  Big 
Dipper  and  nearly  as  far  from  it,  is  a  W  of  five  bright 
stars.  This  is  called  the  Cassiopeia's  Chair.  It  is  easily 
found  and  visible  the  year  round  on  clear  nights. 

Thus  we  have  described  ten  constellations  from  which 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  303 

the  woodcrafter  may  select  the  number  needed  to  qual- 
ify, namely,  the  Little  Bear,  or  Little  Dipper,  the  Big 
Dipper  or  Big  Bear,  Cassiopeia's  Chair,  the  Bull,  Orion's 
Hound,  Orion's  Little  Dog,  the  Pleiades  and  the  Hyades ; 
the  Lyre  (later). 

The  Moon 

The  moon  is  one-fourth  the  diameter  of  the  earth, 
about  one-fiftieth  of  the  bulk,  and  is  about  a  quarter  of  a 
million  miles  away.  Its  course,  while  very  irregular,  is 
nearly  the  same  as  the  apparent  course  of  the  sun.  It  is 
a  cold  solid  body,  without  any  known  atmosphere,  and 
shines  by  reflected  sunlight. 

The  moon  goes  around  the  earth  in  twenty-seven  and  a 
quarter  days.  It  loses  about  fifty-one  minutes  in  twenty- 
fours  hours ;  therefore  it  rises  that  much  later  each  suc- 
cessive night  on  the  average,  but  there  are  wide  devia- 
tions from  this  average,  as  for  example,  the  time  of 
the  Harvest  and  Hunter's  moons  in  the  fall,  when  the 
full  moon  rises  at  nearly  the  same  time  for  several  nights 
in  succession. 

According  to  most  authorities,  the  moon  is  a  piece  of 
the  earth  that  broke  away  some  time  ago;  and  it  has 
followed  its  mother  around  ever  since. 

The  Stars  as  Tests  of  Eyesight 

In  the  sky  are  several  tests  of  eyesight  which  have 
been  there  for  some  time  and  are  likely  to  be.  The  first 
is  the  old  test  of  Mizar  and  Alcor.  Mizar,  the  Horse, 
is  the  star  at  the  bend  of  the  handle  of  the  Dipper.  Just 
above  it  is  a  very  small  star  that  astronomers  call  Alcor, 
or  the  rider. 

The  Indians  call  these  two  the  "Old  Squaw  and  the 
Papoose  on  Her  Back."  In  the  old  world,  from  very 
ancient  times,  these  have  been  used  as  tests  of  eyesight. 
To  be  able  to  see  Alcor  with  the  naked  eye  means  that 


304  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

one  has  excellent  eyesight.  So  also  on  the  plains,  the 
old  folks  would  ask  the  children  at  night,  "Can  you  see 
the  papoose  on  the  old  Squaw's  back?"  And  when  the 
youngster  saw  it  and  proved  that  he  did  by  a  right 
description,  they  rejoiced  that  he  had  the  eyesight  which 
is  the  first  requisite  of  a  good  hunter. 

One  of  the  oldest  of  all  eye  tests  is  the  Pleiades.  Poor 
eyes  see  a  mere  haze,  fairly  good  see  five,  good  see  six, 
excellent  see  seven.  .The  rarest  eyesight,  under  the  best 
conditions,  see  up  to  ten;  and,  according  to  Flammarion, 
the  record  with  unaided  eyes  is  thirteen. 
Vega  of  the  Lyre 

If  one  draw  a  line  from  through  the  back  wall  of  the 
Dipper,  that  is,  from  the  back  bottom  star,  through  the 
one  next  the  handle,  and  continue  it  upward  for  twice 
the  total  length  of  the  Dipper,  it  will  reach  Vega,  the 
brightest  star  in  the  northern  part  of  the  sky,  and  be- 
lieved to  have  been  at  one  time  the  Pole-star — and  likely 
to  be  again.  Vega,  with  the  two  stars  near  it,  form  a 
small  triangle.  The  one  on  the  side  next  the  North  Star 
is  called  Epsillon.  If  you  have  remarkably  good  eyes, 
you  will  see  that  it  is  a  double  star. 

The  Nebula  in  Orion's  Sword 

Just  about  the  middle  of  Orion's  Sword  is  a  fuzzy 
light  spot.  This  might  do  for  blood,  only  it  is  the  wrong 
color.  It  is  the  nebula  of  Orion.  If  you  can  see  it  with 
the  naked  eye,  you  are  to  be  congratulated. 

On  the  Moon 

When  the  moon  is  full,  there  is  a  large,  dark,  oval  spot 
on  it  to  the  left,  as  you  face  it,  and  close  to  the  east  rim, 
almost  halfway  up ;  this  is  the  Plain  of  Grimaldi ;  it  is 
about  twice  the  size  of  the  whole  State  of  New  Jersey; 
but  it  is  proof  of  a  pair  of  excellent  eyes  if  you  can  see 
it  at  all. 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


305 


TTliJ  ij  theTrail       ,Tura  to  the  Right       Tura  to  the  Lef  t"        Important  Varnin* 

J'ignj'  in  Tu;ig"J' 

THiV  i,f  the Trail)         Turn  to  the  Right        Turn  to  the  Left/       important  Varnii\J! 


tyignj"  in  Gra^j" 


,4.^^'.  _^^^p!!;^,'.  vi.--A^^ .  -^^^^W^/ij^ 

ThiJisthe  Trail         Tura  to  the  Rijht         Turn  to  the  Left  ImportantVarnin^ 


•yignj-  in  Blaje^ 


Thiy  If  the  Trail         Turn  to  the  Right'      Turn  to  the  Left         Important  Warning 


Jbme  lipecial  Bla3e5  ui-e'd  by  Hunters  ^VK^urveyor^ 


ATrapto     A  Trap  to      Campij'to     Campisto      iTpecial      Adironda  k      Su-rvf^/oi 
Y(\s\\t  Left  Right  Left  Special        Line  Ikr. 


306  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

Blazes 

First  among  the  trail  signs  that  are  used  by  Wood- 
crafters,  Indians,  and  white  hunters,  and  most  Hkely  to 
be  of  use  to  the  traveler,  are  axe  blazes  on  tree  trunks. 
Among  these  some  may  vary  greatly  with  locality,  but 
there  is  one  that  I  have  found  everywhere  in  use  with 
scarcely  any  variation.  That  is  the  simple  white  spot 
meaning,  "Here  is  the  trail." 

The  Indian  in  making  it  may  nick  off  an  infinitestimal 
speck  of  bark  with  his  knife,  the  trapper  with  his  hatchet 
may  make  it  as  big  as  a  dollar,  or  the  settler  with  his 
heavy  axe  may  stab  off  half  the  tree-side;  but  the  sign  is 
the  same  in  principle  and  in  meaning,  on  trunk,  log,  or 
branch  from  Atlantic  to  Pacific  and  from  Hudson  Strait 
to  Rio  Grande.  "This  is  your  trail,"  it  clearly  says  in 
the  universal  language  of  the  woods. 

There  are  two  ways  of  employing  it :  one  when  it 
appears  on  back  and  front  of  the  trunk,  so  that  the  trail 
can  be  run  both  ways;  the  other  when  it  appears  on  but 
one  side  of  each  tree,  making  a  blind  trail,  which  can  be 
run  one  way  only,  the  blind  trail  is  often  used  by  trappers 
and  prospectors,  who  do  not  wish  anyone  to  follow  their 
back  track. 

But  there  are  treeless  regions  where  the  trail  must  be 
marked ;  regions  of  sage  brush  and  sand,  regions  of  rock, 
stretches  of  stone,  and  level  wastes  of  grass  or  sedge. 
Here  other  methods  must  be  employed. 

A  well-known  Indian  device,  in  the  brush,  is  to  break  a 
twig  and  leave  it  hanging.     (Second  line.) 

Among  stones  and  rocks  the  recognized  sign  is  one 
stone  set  on  top  of  another  (top  line)  and  in  places  where 
there  is  nothing  but  grass  the  custom  is  to  twist  a  tussock 
into  a  knot  {tJiird  line). 

These  signs  are  also  used  in  the  whole  country  from 
Maine  to  California. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


307 


In  running  a  trail  one  naturally  looks  straight  ahead 
for  the  next  sign;  if  the  trail  turned  sharply  without 
notice  one  might  easily  be  set  wrong,  but  custom  has  pro- 
vided against  this.  The  tree  blaze  for  turn  "to  the  right" 
is  shown  in  No.  2,  fourth  row;  "to  the  left"  in  No.  3. 
The  greater  length  of  the  turning  blaze  seems  to  be  due 
to  a  desire  for  emphasis  as  the  same  mark  set  square  on, 
is  understood  to  mean  "Look  out,  there  is  something  of 
special  importance  here."  Combined  with  a  long  side  chip 
means  "very  important;  here  turn  aside."  This  is  often 
used  to  mean  "camp  is  close  by,"  and  a  third  sign  that 
is  variously  combined  always  with  the  general  meaning 
of  "warning"  or  "something  of  great  importance"  is  a 
threefold  blaze.  (No.  4  on  fourth  line.)  The  combina- 
tion (No.  1  on  bottom  row)  would  read  "Look  out  now 
for  something  of  great  importance  to  the  right."  This 
blaze  I  have  often  seen  used  by  trappers  to  mark  the 
whereabouts  of  their  trap  or  cache. 

Surveyors   often   use   a   similar   mark — that   is,   there 
simple  spots  and  a  stripe  to  mean,  "There  is  a  stake  close 
at  hand,"  while  a  similar  blaze  on  another  tree  nearby 
means  that  the  stake  is  on  a  line  between. 
Stone  Signs 

These  signs  done  into  stone-talk  would  be  as  in  the 
top  line  of  the  cut. 

These  are  much  used  in  the  Rockies  where  the  trail 
goes  over  stony  places  or  along  stretches  of  slide  rock. 
Grass  and  Twig  Signs 

In  grass  or  sedge  the  top  of  the  tuft  is  made  to  show 
the  direction  to  be  followed;  if  it  is  a  point  of  great 
importance  three  tufts  are  tied,  their  tops  straight  if  the 
trail  goes  straight  on ;  otherwise  the  tops  are  turned  in 
the  direction  toward  which  the  course  turns. 

The  Ojibways  and  other  woodland  tribes  use  twigs  for 


308  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 

a  great  many  of  these  signs.  (See  second  rozv.)  The 
hanging  broken  twig  like  the  simple  blaze  means  "This 
is  the  trail."  The  twig  clean  broken  off  and  laid  on  the 
ground  across  the  line  of  march  means,  "Here  break  from 
your  straight  course  and  go  in  the  line  of  the  butt  end," 
and  when  an  especial  zvarning  is  meant,  the  butt  is  pointed 
toward  the  one  following  the  trail  and  raised  somewhat, 
in  a  forked  twig.  If  the  butt  of  the  twig  were  raised 
and  pointing  to  the  left,  it  would  mean  "Look  out,  camp, 
or  ourselves,  or  the  enemy,  or  the  game  we  have  killed 
is  out  that  way."  With  some,  the  elevation  of  the  butt 
is  made  to  show  the  distance  of  the  object;  if  low  the 
object  is  near,  if  raised  very  high  the  object  is  a  long 
way  off. 

These  are  the  principal  signs  of  the  trail  used  by  Wood- 
crafters,  Indians,  and  hunters  in  most  parts  of  America. 
These  are  the  standards — the  ones  sure  to  be  seen  by 
those  who  camp  in  the  wilderness. 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  309 

Signal  by  Shots 

The  old  buffalo  hunters  had  an  established  signal  that 
is  yet  used  by  the  mountain  guides.     It  is  as  follows : 

Two  shots  in  rapid  succession,  an  interval  of  five  sec- 
onds by  the  watch,  then  one  shot;  this  means,  "where 
are  you?"  The  answer  given  at  once  and  exactly  the 
same  means  "Here  I  am ;  what  do  you  want  ?"  The  re- 
ply to  this  may  be  one  shot,  which  means,  "All  right ;  I 
only  wanted  to  know  where  you  were."  But  if  the  reply 
repeats  the  first  it  means,  "I  am  in  serious  trouble ;  come 
as  fast  as  you  can." 

Totems  in  Town 

A  totem  is  an  emblem  of  a  man,  a  group  of  men,  or 
an  idea.     It  has  no  reference  to  words  or  letters. 

Before  men  knew  how  to  write  they  needed  marks  to 
indicate  ownership.  This  mark  must  be  simple  and  legi- 
ble and  was  chosen  because  of  something  connected  with 
the  owner  or  his  family.  Later  some  of  the  trades  adopt- 
ed a  symbol ;  for  instance  the  l)arl3ers  in  the  early  days 
were  "blood  letters"  and  were  closely  associated  with  the 
medical  profession.  Their  totem  indicate  their  business 
and  we  have  the  red  and  white  barber  pole  of  today.  It 
v/as  among  the  Indians  along  the  West  coast  of  /Vmerica 
that  the  science  and  art  of  totems  reached  its  highest 
development,  though  they  have  a  world-wide  usage  and 
go  back  in  history  to  the  earliest  times. 

Out  of  this  use  of  totems  as  owner  marks  and  signs 
grew  the  whole  science   of   heraldry  and   national   flags. 

Thanks  to  the  fusion  of  many  small  armies  into  one 
or  two  big  armies,  that  is,  of  many  tribes  into  a  nation, 
and  also  to  modern  weapons  which  made  it  possible  to 
kill  a  man  farther  off  than  you  could  see  the  totem  on 


310 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


Northern  Salt  Lake  Santa  Traffic  Bell 

Pacific  R.  R  R.  R.  F6  R.  R.  Squad  Telephone 


Pawnshop       Liberty  Army  Druggist  Ireland 


"Woodcraft  Navy 


Sea  Power        Optician 


o 


Union  Pacific     Islamism  Skating         Star  Union        New  York 

R.  R.  Lines  City 


o 


Penna.         The  Power  Canadian         Barber  Scotland 

R.  R.  of  the  Pacific 

People  R.  R. 

Totems  Often   Seen 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  311 

his  shield,  national  flags  have  replaced  the  armorial  de- 
vices, and  are  the  principal  totems   used   today. 

But  a  new  possibility  has  been  discovered  in  modern 
times.  Totems  w^ill  serve  the  ends  of  commerce,  and  a 
great  revival  of  their  use  is  now  seen. 

The  totem  is  visible  such  a  long  way  off  and' is  under- 
stood by  all,  whether  or  not  they  can  read  or  know  our 
language,  is  copyrightable  and  advertisable,  so  that  most 
of  the  great  railway  companies,  etc.,  now  have  totems. 

There  are  not  less  than  one  hundred  common  totems 
used  in  our  streets  today.  Among  the  familiar  ones  seen 
are  the  American  eagle,  with  white  head  and  tail,  the 
Austrian  eagle  with  two  heads,  the  British  lion,  the  Irish 
harp,  the  French  fleur  de  lis,  etc.  Among  trades  the  three 
balls  of  the  pawnbroker,  the  golden  fleece  of  the  dry- 
goods  man,  the  mortar  and  pestle  of  the  druggist,  and 
others  are  well  known.  Examples  of  these  and  others 
are  given  in  the  illustration  but  any  wideawake  Wood- 
craft Girl  will  be  able  to  find  many  others  by  careful 
observation. 


V    /. 


Christianity     Mourning  Electric  Commercial 

Power  Success 


3112 


SCOUTING  FOR  GUU.S 


^^^iJf\! 


"AFOOT    AND   LIGHT-HEARTED." 


SECTION  XIV 
CAMPING  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

SONG  OF  THE  OPEN  ROAD 

/Ifoof  and  light -hear  ted  I  take  to  the  open  road, 

Healthy,  free,  the  zvorld  before  me. 

The  long  brozvn  path  before  me  leading  wherever  I 
choose. 

Henceforth  I  ask  not  good-fortune — /  myself  am  good- 
fortune; 

Henceforth  I  whimper  no  more,  postpone  no  more, 
need  nothing. 

Strong  and   content,   I   Irai'cl   the   open   road 


Now  I  see  the  secret  of  the  making  of  the  best  persons, 
I:  is  to  grow  in  the  open  air,  and  to  eat  ami  sleep  with 
the  earth.  — IValt  JVhitman. 

A  Girl  Scout  likes  to  hike  and  camp.  She  learns 
tc  know  the  stars,  and  becomes  acquainted  with  the 
plants  and  animals  al)out  her.  She  gains  independ- 
ence from  her  ability  to  help  herself,  and  health  and 
strength  from  exercise  in  the  sunshine  and  fresh  air. 

These  are  the  good  things  of  camping.  The  bad 
things  are  catching  cold  from  damp  ground,  or  insuffi- 
cient Ijedding.  uncomfortable  nights,  and  weary  feet. 
P)Ut  a  wise  Scout  does  not  rough  it.  She  knows  how 
to  make  herself  comfortable  by  a  hundred  little  dodges. 
The  aim  of  camping  is  to  make  things  simpler  for  the 
Camper.     She  must  make   up  her  mind  whether   she   is 


^The  passages  in  this  section,  from  "Camping  and  Wood- 
craft," by  Horace  Kephart,  are  used  by  permission  of  the  author 
and  the  publisher,  the  Macmillaii  Company,  and  are  copyrighted, 
1916,  by  the  Macmillan  Company. 

313 


314  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

ready  for  an  overnight  hike,  a  week-end  trip  or  a  good 
vacation  in  the  open  air,  and  plan  accordingly. 

For  a  walking  trip  a  Girl  Scout  must  travel  light  and 
learn  to  do  with  a  minimum  amount  of  clothing,  uten- 
sils and  food.  On  the  other  hand,  if  she  is  going  to 
spend  the  week  out,  why  not  be  as  comfortable  as  possi- 
ble? This  requires  more  of  an  outfit,  but  it  is  worth  it. 
•  To  know  how  to  do  this  one  must,  of  course,  have  first 
learned  the  simple  rules  of  camping  in  Girl  Scout  train- 
ing. 

Hiking 

Hikes  are  a  good  way  to  get  this  training.  Extreme 
heat,  or  a  downpour  of  rain  is  the  only  kind  of  weather 
which  should  interfere  with  a  hike.  Soft  rains  or 
snowstorms  are  very  pleasant  to  hike  in. 

Skirts  are  dangerous  for  cross-country  travel  on  ac- 
count of  brambles,  rock  work  and  climbing  over  brooks. 
Knickerbockers  or  bloomers   should   be  worn. 

In  the  city  when  starting  off  for  a  hike  use  squad  or 
double  file  formation  through  the  streets,  railroad  sta- 
tions, ferries,  etc.  Silence  is  maintained  in  this  forma- 
tion. 

Hiking  Order — In  the  country,  even  along  unused 
roads,  hike  in  single  file  on  the  left  side  of  the  road.  The 
advantage  of  this  formation  is  that  all  danger  from  pass- 
ing traffic  in  any  direction  is  averted.  It  is  not  necessary 
to  keep  step,  and  talking,  laughing,  singing,  etc.,  may  be 
indulged  in.  Permission  to  break  this  order  is  only  given 
when  in  woods,  or  fields,  where  there  is  no  danger. 

When  returning  home  use  Scout's  Pace  if  weary. 
This  helps  to  make  the  distance  seem  shorter. 

Scout's  pace  is  a  walking  and  running  device  which 
serves  to  increase  endurance  when  covering  a  long  dis- 
tance. It  consists  in  taking  a  certain  number  of  walk- 
ing steps  followed  immediately  by  the  same  number  of 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  315 

running  steps,  returning  to  the  walking  steps,  and  so 
forth.  The  number  of  steps  may  vary,  according  to 
the  place,  nature  of  the  road  and  object  of  the  walk. 
Fifty  steps  walking,  fifty  steps  running  and  alternating 
steadily  for  twelve  minutes  will  take  one  a  mile,  and 
this  is  one  of  the  measures  of  distance  that  is  useful  to 
know.  For  ordinary  use  on  hikes  the  use  of  twenty 
steps  running  and  walking   is  preferal)le. 

Feet 

With  a  little  knowdedge  as  to  the  care  of  her  feet  the 
city  girl  can  make  a  good  showing  at  her  first  camp. 
Prepare  feet  by  brushing  vigorously  with  a  dry  flesh 
brush.  Strengthen  muscles  by  standing  on  toes  in  bare 
feet,  raising  body  gradu.ally  fifty  or  seventy-five  times. 
I'"requent  changes  of  stockings,  bathing  of  tired  feet  in 
hot  water  at  night  and  cold  water  in  the  morning,  will 
overcome  most  of  the  hiker's  troubles.  The  cold  water 
hardens  the  skin.  Boric  acid  powder  is  good  for  nat- 
urally damp  feet.  Blisters  should  be  cleansed  with 
iodine,  then  carefully  pricked  with  a  sterile  needle  to  let 
out  the  water  (hold  the  needle  in  the  flame  of  a  match), 
then  washed  with  iodine  and  covered  with  a  few  layers 
of  sterile  gauze  fastened  with  adhesive  plaster. 

It  is  desirable  to  change  the  stockings  every  day.  Wash 
them  at  night  and  hang  them  out  to  dry  and  keep  them 
well  darned.  Two  pairs  at  least  are  necessary.  Never 
risk  your  health  by  putting  on  stockings  even  slightly 
damp  with  dew.  A  hole  will  cause  a  blister.  Woolen 
stockings  are  preferable.  For  very  long  hikes  it  helps 
to  wear  two  or  three  pairs,  and  to  lather  the  outside  of 
the  stocking  with  a  cake  of  soap  slightly  moistened. 

Shoes 

Shoes  should  be  the  shape  of  the  feet  and  have  low, 
wide  heels.     It  rests  the  feet  to  take  the  shoes  ofT  once 


316  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

or  twice  during  a  long  tramp.  Grease  the  shoes  every 
few  days  with  mutton  fat  or  other  grease.  There  is  no 
such  thing  as  waterproof  leather,  but  it  can  be  made  so 
by  being  greased.  After  being  wet,  shoes  should  be  well 
dried  and  greased,  but  should  not  be  dried  in  a  hot  place, 
for  this  would  ruin  the  leather.  These  may  seem  trifling 
details,  but  remember,  "no  army  is  stronger  than  its 
feet." 

Things  to  Remember 

Keep  the  feet  straight  when  walking.  If  a  Girl  Scout 
notices  the  tracks  of  an  Indian,  the  first  hikers  in  this 
country,  she  will  find  them  invariably  straight  forward. 
Scientists  have  agreed  that  the  dancing  school  habit  of 
turning  out  toes  is  one  of  the  causes  of  flat  feet,  which 
disqualified  so  many  men  for  army  service. 

Start  the  walk  slowly.  Keep  the  pace  of  the  slowest 
of  the  party.  "Slow  and  easy  goes  far  in  a  day."  Prac- 
tice deep  breathing.  Inhale  for  five  steps,  hold  your 
breath  for  five  counts,  and  let  it  out,  again  counting  five. 

Take  short  steps  when  climbing.  Do  not  run  down 
hill.  It  causes  stififness,  for  which  a  hot  bath  and  another 
walk  the  next  day  are  the  best  cure. 

When  lunch  is  carried  it  should  be  divided  among  the 
troop.  Each  Scout  should  carry  her  knapsack  on  her 
back,  to  leave  the  hands  free.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to 
start  on  a  hike  with  one's  arms  laden. 

Do  not  plan  to  go  too  great  a  distance  in  the  time  at 
your  disposal.  Remember  that  aside  from  the  time  you 
need  for  going  and  coming  you  expect  to  enjoy  your- 
selves cooking  and  eating,  and  you  need  time  for  both. 
For  an  over-night  hike,  when  you  carry  your  equipment 
select  a  spot  not  more  than  two  miles  distant. 

Good  things  to  carry  in  one's  pocket  are  a  drinking 
cup,  a  geological  survey  map  (ten  cents),  a  small  pocket 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  317 

compass,  a  camper's  knife,  a  small  soap  stone  to  sharpen 
it,  a  match  box,  and  a  note  book  and  pencil. 

Plan  a  definite  object  for  the  hike.  Note  how  many 
kinds  of  trees,  wild  flowers  or  birds  one  can  find. 

Practice  building  fires  for  cooking,  or  getting  material 
for  a  bed  such  as  balsam,  etc.  Inquire  for  points  of 
historical  interest  and  make  them  the  goal  of  the  hike. 
There  is  hardly  a  town  that  has  not  some  place  connected 
with  the  early  history  of  the  nation. 
Personal  Equipment 

Spending  the  nights  under  the  stars  is  one  of  the  great 
fascinations  of  camping.  Each  person  requires  two 
waterproof  ground  cloths  or  ponchos,  two  pairs  of  light 
wool  blankets,  safety  pins,  heavy  cord,  sleeping  gar- 
ments, rain  coat,  and  toilet  articles,  including  such  things 
as  soap,  toilet  paper,  sewing  kit,  electric  flashlight,  mir- 
ror, first  aid  kit,  provision  for  mosquitoes  or  flies,  live 
yards  of  bar  netting,  and  oil  of  citronella. 

In  order  to  ensure  protection  from  the  rain  spread  one 
waterproof  covering  or  poncho  on  the  ground  using  half 
underneath  so  that  the  upper  half  may  be  folded  over 
the  head  in  case  of  rain.  Put  blankets  under  as  well  as 
over  you,  and  a  second  waterproof  covering  over  the 
blankets. 

Clothing 

When  living  out  of  doors,  one  may  make  shift  for 
shelter,  or  even  go  hungry  for  a  space,  but  there  is  no 
substitute  for  comfortable  clothing  that  is  safe  to  use 
if  one  would  keep  well.  Horace  Kephart,  the  master 
camper,  devotes  much  space  to  this  subject,  and  we  can 
do  no  better  than  to  follow  his  advice  from  Camping 
and  Woodcraft. 

"*  *  *  One  soon  learns  that  the  difference  be- 
tween comfort  and  misery,  if  not  health  and  illness,  may 


318  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

depend  on  whether  he  is  properly  clad.  Proper,  in  this 
case  does  not  mean  modish,  but  suitable,  serviceable, 
proven  by  the  touchstone  of  experience  to  be  best  for 
the  work  or  play  that  is  in  hand.  When  you  seek  a  guide 
in  the  mountains,  he  looks  first  in  your  eyes  and  then 
at  your  shoes.     If  both  are  right,  you  are  right. 

"The  chief  uses  of  clothing  are  to  help  the  body  main- 
tain its  normal  temperature  and  to  protect  it  from  sun. 
frost,  wind,  rain  and  injuries.  To  help,  mind  you — the 
body  must  be  allowed  to  do  its  share. 

"Perspiration  is  the  heat-regulating  mechanism  of  the 
body.  Clothing  should  hinder  its  passage  from  the  skin 
as  little  as  possible.  For  this  reason  one's  garments 
should  be  permeable  to  air.  The  body  is  cooled  by  rapid 
evaporation,  on  the  familiar  principle  of  a  tropical  water 
bag  that  is  porous  enough  to  let  some  of  the  water  exude. 
So  the  best  summer  clothing  is  that  which  permits  free 
evaporation — and  this  means  all  over,  from  head  to  heel. 
In  winter  it  is  just  the  same,  there  should  be  free  passage 
for  bodily  moisture  through  the  underclothes,  but  extra 
layers  or  thickness  of  outer  clothing  are  needed  to  hold 
in  the  bodily  heat  and  to  protect  one  against  wind ;  even 
so  all  the  garments  should  be  permeable  to  air.  *  *  *" 

"Underclothing,  for  any  season,  should  be  loosely 
woven,  so  as  to  hold  air  and  take  up  moisture  from  the 
body.  The  air  confined  in  the  interspaces  is  a  non-con- 
ductor, and  so  helps  to  prevent  sudden  chilling  on  the 
one  hand,  and  over-heating  on  the  other.  A  loose  tex- 
ture absorbs  perspiration  but  does  not  hold  it — the  mois- 
ture is  free  to  pass  on  to  and  through  the  outer  garments. 
In  town  we  may  indure  close  woven  underwear  in  sum- 
mer, if  thin  enough,  because  we  exercised  little  and  can 
bathe  and  change  frequently.  In  the  woods  we  would 
have  to  change  four  times  a  day  to  keep     *     *     *  as  dry. 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  319 

"Wool  versus  Cotton — Permeability  also  depends  upon 
material.  Ordinary  cotton  and  linen  goods  do  not  per- 
mit rapid  evaporation.  They  absorb  moisture  from  the 
skin,  but  hold  it  up  to  the  limit  of  saturation.  Then, 
when  they  can  hold  no  more,  they  are  clammy,  and  the 
sweat  can  only  escape  by  running  down  one's  skin. 

"After  hard  exertion  in  such  garments,  if  you  sit 
down  to  rest,  or  meet  a  sudden  keen  wind,  as  in  topping  a 
ridge,  you  are  likely  to  get  a  chill — and  the  next  thing 
is  a  'bad  cold'  or  lumbago,  rheumatism,  or  something 
worse. 

"Wool,  on  the  contrary  is  permeable.  That  is  why  (if 
of  suitable  weight  and  loose  weave)  it  is  both  cooler  in 
summer  and  warmer  in  winter  than  cloth  made  of  vege- 
table fibre.  'One  wraps  himself  in  a  woolen  blanket  to 
keep  warm — to  keep  the  heat  in.  He  wraps  ice  in  a 
blanket  to  keep  it  from  melting — to  keep  the  heat  out/ 
In  other  words,  wool  is  the  best  material  to  maintain  an 
equable  normal  temperature." 

Camp  Site 

"The  essentials  of  a  good  camp  site  are  these: 

1.  Pure  water. 

2.  Wood  that  burns  well.  In  cold  weather  there 
should  be  either  an  abundance  of  sound  down  wood,  or 
some  standing  hard  wood  trees  that  are  not  too  big  for 
easy  felling. 

3.  An  open  spot  level  enough  for  the  tent  and  camp 
fire,  but  elevated  above  its  surroundings  so  as  to  have 
good  natural  drainage.  It  must  be  well  above  any  chance 
overflow  from  the  sudden  rise  of  a  neighboring  stream. 
Observe  the  previous  flood  marks.  .  .  . 

7.  Exposure  to  direct  sunlight  during  a  part  of  the 
day,  especially  during  the  early  morning  hours. 

8.  In   summer,     exposure   to   whatever    breezes    may 


320  SCOUTING    FOU    GIRLS 

l)low ;  in  cold  weather,  protection  against  the  prevaiHng 
wind. 

9.    Privacy. 

"Water,  wood,  and  good  drainage  may  Ije  all  you  need 
for  a  'one-night  stand,'  but  the  other  points,  too,  should 
be  considered  when  selecting  a  site  for  a  fixed  camp. 

"Water — Be  particularly  careful  about  the  purity  of 
your  water  supply.  You  come,  let  us  say,  to  a  mountain 
brook,  that  issues  from  thick  forest.  It  ripples  over  clean 
rocks,  it  bubbles  with  air,  it  is  clear  as  crystal  and  cool 
to  your  thirsty  throat.  'Surely  that  is  good  water.'  But 
do  you  know  where  it  comes  from?  Every  mountain 
cabin  is  built  close  to  a  spring-branch.  Somewhere  up 
that  branch  there  may  be  a  clearing ;  in  that  clearing,  a 
house;  in  that  house,  a  case  of  dysentery  or  typhoid 
fever.  I  have  known  several  cases  of  infection  from 
just  such  a  source.  It  is  not  true  that  running  water 
purifies  itself. 

"When  one  must  use  well-water  let  him  note  the  sur- 
rounding drainage.  If  the  well  is  near  a  stable  or  out 
house,  or  if  dish  water  is  thrown  near  it,  let  it  alone.  A 
well  in  sandy  soil  is  more  or  less  filtered  by  nature,  but 
rocky  or  clayey  earth  may  conduct  disease  germs  a  con- 
siderable distance  under  ground.  Never  drink  from  the 
well  of  an  abandoned  farm :  there  is  no  telling  what  may 
have  fallen  into  it. 

"A  spring  issuing  from  the  living  rock  is  worthy  of 
confidence.  Even  if  it  be  but  a  trickle  you  can  scoop 
out  a  basin  to  receive  it  that  soon  will  clear  itself. 

"Sometimes  a  subaqueous  spring  may  be  found  near 
the  margin  of  a  lake  or  river  by  paddling  close  in  shore 
and  trailing  your  hand  in  the  water.  When  a  cold  sjDOt 
is  noted,  go  ashore  and  dig  a  few  feet  back  from  the 
v/ater's  edge.  I  have  found  such  spring  exit  in  the 
Mississippi  some  distance  from  the  bank,  and  by  weight- 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  321 

ing  a  canteen,  tying  a  string  to  it  and  another  to  the 
stopper,-  have  brought  up  cool  water  from  the  river  bed. 

"Disease  germs  are  of  animal,  not  vegetable  origin. 
Still  waters  are  not  necessarily  unwholesome,  even  though 
there  is  rotten  vegetation  in  them.  The  water  of  cedar 
and  cypress  swamps  is  good  to  drink  wherever  there  is 
a  deep  pool  of  it,  unless  polluted  from  some  outside 
source.  Lake  water  is  safe  if  no  settlements  are  on  its 
border;  but  even  so  large  a  body  as  Lake  Champlain  has 
been  condemned  by  state  boards  of  health  because  of  the 
sewage  that  runs  into  it. 

■'When  a  stream  is  in  flood  it  is  likely  to  be  contami- 
nated by  decayed  animal  matter. 

"Alkaline  Water — When  traveling  in  an  alkali  coun- 
try carry  some  vinegar  or  limes  or  lemons,  or  (better) 
a  glass  stoppered  bottle  of  hydrochloric  acid.  One  tea- 
spoonful  of  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  neutralizes  about  a 
gallon  of  water,  and  if  there  should  be  a  little  excess  it 
will  do  no  harm  but  rather  assist  digestion.  In  default 
of  acid  you  may  add  a  little  Jamaica  ginger  and  sugar 
to  the  water,  making  a  weak  ginger  tea. 

"Muddy  Water — I  used  to  clarify  Mississippi  water  by 
stirring  corn  meal  in  it  and  letting  it  settle,  or  by  stirring 
a.  lump  of  alum  in  it  until  the  mud  began  to  precipitate, 
and  then  decanting  the  clear  water.  Lacking  these,  one 
can  take  a  good  handful  of  grass,  tie  it  roughly  in  the 
form  of  a  cone  six  or  eight  inches  high,  invert  it,  pour 
water  slowly  into  the  grass  and  a  runnel  of  compara- 
tively clear  water  will  trickle  down  through  the  small 
end. 

"Stagnant  Water — A  traveler  may  be  reduced  to  the 
extremity  of  using  stagnant  or  even  putrid  water;  but 
this  should  never  be  done  wthout  first  boiling  it.  Some 
charred  wood  from  the  camp  fire  should  be  boiled  with 
the  water;  then  skim  ofif  the  skum,   strain,  and   set  in 


322 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


^^^^P^M 

■^*^"*Pi|^W 

P^H^S^ 

Jl 

|k('  '    f 

^  ■■•..J-""  ..-■'^-^  ■. 

COOKING  THE  FIRST  MEAL 


v/ater    aside    to  cool.    Boiling    sterilizes,    and    charcoal 
deodorizes.    *    *     *" 

Arriving  at  Camp 

As  soon  as  the  camp  site  is  decided  upon  locate  the 
tent.  (This  should  be  done  in  advance  when  the  party 
is  of  any  size).  Each  tent  should  be  about  twenty-five 
feet  from  the  next,  on  a  dry  place  and  easy  to  drain  in 
case  of  rain,  and  so  placed  as  to  have  the  sun  in  the 
m.orning  and  the  shade  in  the  afternoon.  Each  tent 
should  be  trenched  and  placed  some  distance  from  the 
water  supply  and  from  the  latrine. 

Tents 

"For  fixed  camps,  situated  where  there  are  wagon 
roads  or  other  adequate  means  of  transportation,  the 
best  cloth  shelter  is  a  wall  tent,  rectangular  or  square, 
of  strong  and  rather  heavy  material.  *  *  *  '^he  best 
all-round  size  of  wall  tent  for  two  people,  if  weight  and 
bulk  and  cost  are  of  any  consequence,  if  the  so-called 
9x9  or  a  9  x  12,  built  with  33^-foot  walls,  instead  of 
3-foot,  and  8-foot  center,  instead  of  75^-foot.     For  four 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  323 

persons  a  12  x  14  is  commonly  used;  but  a  14  x  14  with 
4-foot  walls  and  a  9-foot  center  has  double  the  head-room 
of  the  standard  12  x  14,  and  2^  feet  more  space  between 
cots,  if  these  are  set  lengthwise  of  the  tent,  two  on  a  side. 

"Before  selecting  a  tent,  consider  the  number  of  people 
to  occupy  it  and  their  dunnage,  and  the  furniture.  Then 
draw  diagrams  of  floor  and  elevation  of  various  sizes, 
putting  in  the  cots,  etc.,  according  to  scale;  so  you  can 
get  just  what  you  want,  no  more,  no  less. 
Camp  Sanitation 

"Nothing  is  cleaner,  sweeter,  wholesomer,  than  a  wild- 
wood  unspoiled  by  man,  and  few  spots  are  more  disgust- 
ing than  a  "piggy"  camp,  with  slops  thrown  everywhere, 
empty  cans  and  broken  bottles  littering  the  ground,  and 
organic  refuse  left  festering  in  the  sun,  breeding  disease 
germs,  to  be  spread  abroad  by  the  swarms  of  flies.  I 
have  seen  one  of  nature's  gardens,  an  ideal  health  resort, 
changed  in  a  few  months  by  a  logging  crew  into  an 
abomination  and  a  pest  hole  where  typhoid  and  dysentery 
wrought  deadly  vengeance. 

"Destroy  at  once  all  refuse  that  would  attract  flies. 
Or  bury  it  where  they  cannot  get  at  it. 

"Fire  is  the  absolute  disinfectant.  Burn  all  solid 
kitchen  refuse  as  fast  as  it  accumulates.  When  a  can 
of  food  is  emptied  toss  it  on  the  fire  and  burn  it  out,  then 
drop  it  in  a  sink  hole  that  you  have  dug  for  slops  and  un- 
burnable  trash,  and  cover  it  with  earth  or  ashes  so  no 
mosquitoes  can  breed  in  it  after  a  rainfall. 

"The  sink  should  be  on  the  down  hill  side  of  camp, 
and  where  it  cannot  pollute  the  water"  supply.  Sprinkle 
kerosene  on  it  or  burn  it  out  frequently  with  a  brush 
fire.     *     *     *" 

The  Latrine 

One  of  the  first  tasks  of  the  camper  is  to  dig  a  trench 
for  a  latrine  and  build  a  screen  around  it.       The  latrine 


324  SCOUTING    FOR    GIKLS 

should  he  on  a  lower  level  than  the  camp,  away  from  the 
water  supi)ly  and  in  the  opposite  direction  from  which 
the  prevailing  winds  come  toward  the  camp,  two  hundred 
feet  from  sleeping  and  mess  tents.  Bushes  or  a  tent  flly 
may  be  used  as  a  screen  and  shelter.  A  small  lean-to 
serves  admirably.  Dig  trenches  four  feet  long,  one  foot 
wide  and  two  feet  deep.  Allow  six  inches  (length)  per 
day  for  a  Scout.  Cover  after  using  with  fresh  dirt.  It 
is  imperative  to  fill  and  re-sod  all  trenches  dug.  Whether 
you  camp  only  for  lunch  or  for  the  summer  leave  no 
trace  that  you  have  been  there.  Remember  the  animals 
liow  they  scratch  the  soil  and  cover  up  any  waste  that 
they  leave,  and  be  at  least  as  clean  as  they. 

Lime  does  not  keep  the  flies  away.  Plenty  of  fresh 
dirt  is  better. 

Team  Work 

Only  as  each  and  every  member  does  her  part  will  the 
camp  be  a  complete  success.  The  daily  tasks  should  be 
assigned  to  individuals  or  groups,  as  in : 

The  Pine  Tree  Patrol  System 

The  chief  advantage  of  this  system  is  that  whenever 
the  need  for  work  of  any  description  arises,  there  is  al- 
ways someone  whose  duty  is  to  perform  that  particular 
task,  thus  avoiding  the  inevitable  question  of  "Who  will 
do  it?"  The  Pine  Tree  Patrol  system  does  not  in  the 
least  interfere  with  regular  schedule  of  Scout  activities; 
on  the  contrary,  it  saves  time  since  more  than  one  hand 
on  each  spoke  of  the  wheel  keeps  it  in  continual  motion. 
When  the  system  seems  too  complicated  for  a  small  camp, 
the  captain  can  simplify  it  to  suit  the  circumstances. 

Each  girl  in  the  Patrol  is  assigned  a  number  which 
requires  of  her: 

1.  Certain  well  defined  duties  to  perform  for  her 
Patrol. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  325 

2.  Certain  specific  knowledge  expected  of  her  in  the 
exercise  of  her  "specialty." 

3.  Proper  care  of  her  special  "station  gear." 

4.  Willingness  to  teach  her  understudy  all  she  knows. 

5.  Willingness  to  learn  the  duties  of  the  next  higher 
numbers. 


f 


4 


REAR  R^WV^;  •tHE  610^^^ 
Junior-  Q(XKer  Stovtf  Scovt 


\ 


4 


The  front  rank  (Reds)  is  in  touch  with  and  under  the  Senior 
(Patrol  Leader)  ;  the  rear  rank  (Blues)  is  in  touch  with  and 
under  the  Junior.  The  Senior  receives  her  orders  from  the 
Captain  and  transmits  them  not  only  to  3,  5  and  7,  but  to  Junior 
as  well.  The  Senior  and  ranking  Patrol  officer  keeps  an  eye 
on  the  Junior  and  her  rear  rank.  The  Captain,  of  course,  is  the 
general  overseer,  but  the  Senior  as  charge  of  all  routine  troop 
duties,  superintends  camp  details  and  is  virtually  a  first  Lieu- 
tenant to  the  Captain.  The  Junior  is  a  second  Lieutenant  and 
assists  the  Senior  in  the  supervision  of  the  camp. 

The  Senior  (No.  1)  looks  after  the  flags,  tentage,  blankets, 
equipment  and  personal  baggage,  while  the  Junior  (No.  2)  has 
charge  of  food,  fires,  water,  cooking,  and  kitchen  work.  They 
appease  the  demands  of  the  outer  and  inner  man. 

The  Scribe  (No.  3) — She  is  secretary,  bookkeeper,  log  writer, 
recorder,  correspondent,  tent  pitcher  and  First-Aid  Scout. 


326  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

The  Baker  (No.  4)  is  the  Junior's  first  aid.  She  is  charged 
with  the  care  and  use  of  cereal  foodstuffs  all  the  way  from  corn 
on  the  cob  to  flap-jacks  and  "sinkers,"  and  the  cooking  outfit 
and  kitchen  fire. 

The  Lighter  (No.  5)  has  care  of  the  lamps,  lanterns,  candles, 
matches,  oils  and  all  "leaky"  stuuff.  She  understands  telegraphy 
and  electricity  and  is  chief  signal  Scout  and  assistant  tent  pitcher. 
She  must  keep  the  camp  well  illuminated. 

The  Water  Scout  (No.  6)  locates  water  for  all  purposes  and 
carries  it  to  camp.  She  acts  as  Fire  Chief  and  Fire  Watchman. 
She  provides  and  cooks  meat,  vegetables  and  "greens." 

The  Handy  Scout  (No.  7)  is  field  engineer,  carpenter,  bridge 
builder,  the  general  maker,  mender,  patcher,  splicer  and  tinker ; 
cares  for  tools  and  trek-cart,  mends  the  tents  and  clothing,  and 
makes  the  furniture. 

The  Wood  Scout  (Patrol  Mascot)  (No.  8)  is  usually  the 
youngest  girl.  She  keeps  fires  well  fed,  the  rations  dry  and 
the  garbage  burned.  She  carries  a  spade,  pick  axe  and  cutting 
axe. 

This  system  may  be  used  in  either  a  small  or  large  camp; 
if  the  latter,  corresponding  numbers  of  each  Patrol  work  to- 
gether. 

TEAM  WORK  AND  DAILY  ROUTINE 

6 :  30  A.  M.  Junior,  Baker,  Water  Scout  and  Wood  Scout  re- 
port half  an  hour  before  Mess. 

8  :  00  A.  M.     Tent  Inspection. 

8:30  A.M.     Senior,  Scribe,  Lighter  and  Handy  Scout  report. 

8 :  30-9 :  30A.  M.  Main  work  for  day  accomplished  by  both 
Senior  and  Junior  groups. 

Caution  in  Use  of  Knife  and  Axe 

Tlie  Knife 

1.  Alvi^ays  whittle  away  from  you. 

2.  Keep  your  fingers  behind  the  blade. 

3.  Keep  saying  to  yourself:  "If  this  knife  slips,  can 
it  cut  my  fingers? 

4.  Learn  how  to  sharpen  your  knife  and  keep  it  sharp. 
The  Chopping  Block 

"A  chopping  block  is  the  first  thing  needed  about  a 
camp.  The  axe,  when  not  in  use,  should  always  be 
stuck  in  that  particular  block,  where  one  can  find  it 
when  wanted,  and  where  it  will  not  injure  men  or  dogs." 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  327 

The  Axe 

"Do  not  let  the  axe  lie  outdoors  on  a  very  cold  night ; 
the  frost  would  make  it  brittle,  so  that  the  steel  might 
shiver  on  the  first  knot  you  struck  the  next  morning,  .  ." 

The  axe  is  a  most  dangerous  tool,  and  a  glancing  blow 
may  cripple  one  for  life. 

1.  Do  not  put  your  foot  on  a  stick  you  are  chopping. 

2.  Always  have  in  mind  where  a  glancing  blow  may 
throw  the  axe,  and  keep  your  foot  away  from  that 
danger. 

3.  In  splitting  short  sticks  for  kindling  hold  them  by 
one  end  flat  on  the  chopping  block  and  strike  the  blade 
into  the  other  end. 

4.  Do  not  hold  the  stick  on  end  in  one  hand  while 
splitting  it. 

5.  Cut  or  split  small  wood  on  a  chopping  block  or  log. 
Never  let  the  axe  strike  into  the  ground,  as  a  hidden  stone 
may  ruin  the  edge. 

The  Camp  Fire 

"The  forest  floor  is  always  littered  with  old  leaves, 
dead  sticks  and  fallen  trees.  During  a  drought  this 
rubbish  is  so  tinder-dry  that  a  spark  falling  in  it  may  start 
a  conflagration ;  but  through  a  great  part  of  the  year  the 
leaves  and  sticks  that  lie  flat  on  the  ground  are  too  moist 
cit  least  on  their  under  side,  to  ignite  readily.  If  we  rake 
together  a  pile  of  leaves,  cover  it  higgledy-piggledy  with 
dead  twigs  and  branches  picked  up  at  random,  and  set  a 
match  to  it,  the  odds  are  that  it  will  result  in  nothing  but 
a  quick  blaze  that  soon  dies  down  to  a  smudge.  Yet  that 
is  the  way  most  of  us  tried  to  make  our  first  outdoor  fires. 

"One  glance  at  a  camper's  fire  tells  what  kind  of  a 
woodsman  he  is.  It  is  quite  impossible  to  prepare  a 
good  meal^over  a  heap  of  smoking  chunks,  a  fierce  blaze, 


328 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


I^UNOHEON     FIRE 


or  a  great  bed  of  coals  that  will  warp  iron  and  melt 
everything  else. 

"If  one  would  have  good  meals  cooked  out  of  doors, 
and  would  save  much  time  and  vexation ;  in  other  words, 
if  he  wants  to  be  comfortable  in  the  woods,  he  must  learn 
how  to  produce  at  will  either  (1)  a  quick,  hot  little  fire 
that  will  boil  water  in  a  jiffy,  and  will  soon  burn  down 
tc>  embers  that  are  not  too  ardent  for  frying;  or  (2)  a 
solid  bed  of  long-lived  coals  that  will  keep  up  a  steady, 
glowing,  smokeless  heat  for  baking,  roasting  or  slow 
boiling;  or  (3)  a  big  log  fire  that  will  throw  its  heat  for- 
ward on  the  ground,  and  into  a  tent  or  lean-to,  and  will 
last  several  hours  without  replenishing. 

"Luncheon  Fire — For  a  noonday  lunch,  or  any  other 
quick  meal,  when  you  have  only  to  boil  coffee  and  fry 
something,  a  large  fire  is  not  wanted.  Drive  a  forked 
stake  into  the  ground,  lay  a  green  stick  across  it,  slant- 
ing upward  from  the  ground,  and  weight  the  lower  end 
with  a  rock,  so  that  you  could  easily  regulate  the  height 
of  a  pot.  The  slanting  stick  should  be  notched,  or  have 
the  stub  of  a  twig  left  at  its  upper  end,  to  hold  the  pot 
bail  in  place,  and  to  be  set  at  such  an  angle  that  the  pot 
swings  about  a  foot  clear  of  the  ground. 

"Then  gather  a  small  armful  of  sound,  dry  twigs  from 
the  size  of  a  lead  pencil  to  that  of  your  finger.  Take 
no  twig  that  lies  flat  on  the  ground,  for  such  are  generally 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  329 

damp  or  rotten.  Choose  hard  wood,  if  there  is  any,  for 
it  lasts  well. 

"Select  three  of  your  best  sticks  for  kindling.  Shave 
each  of  them  almost  through,  for  half  its  length,  leav- 
ing lower  end  of  shavings  attached  to  the  stick,  one 
under  the  other.  Stand  these  in  a  tripod,  under  the 
hanging  pot,  with  their  curls  down.  Around  them 
build  a  small  conical  wigwam  of  the  other  sticks,  stand- 
ing each  on  end  and  slanting  to  a  common  center.  The 
whole  afifair  is  no  bigger  than  your  hat.  Leave  free 
air  spaces  between  the  sticks.  Fire  requires  air,  and 
plenty  of  it,  and  it  burns  best  when  it  has  something 
to  climb  up  on ;  hence  the  wigwam  construction.  Now 
touch  off  the  shaved  sticks,  and  in  a  moment  you  will 
have  a  small  blast  furnace  under  the  pot.  This  will 
get  up  steam  in  a  hurry.  Feed  it  with  small  sticks  as 
needed. 

"Meantime  get  two  bed-sticks,  four  or  five  inches 
thick,  or  a  pair  of  flat  rocks,  to  support  the  frying  pan. 
The  firewood  will  all  drop  to  embers  soon  after  the 
pot  boils.  Toss  out  the  smoking  butts,  leaving  only 
clear,  glowing  coals.  Put  your  bed-sticks  on  either  side, 
parallel  and  level.  Set  the  pan  on  them,  and  fry  away. 
So,  in  twenty  minutes  from  the  time  you  drove  your 
stake,  the  meal  will  be  cooked. 

"Dinner  Fire — First  get  in  plenty  of  wood  and  kin- 
ding.  If  you  can  find  two  large  flat  rocks,  or  several 
small  ones  of  even  height  use  them  as  andirons ;  other- 
wise lay  down  two  short  cuts  off  a  five  or  six  inch  log, 
facing  you  and  about  three  feet  apart.  On  these  rocks 
or  billets  lay  two  four  foot  logs  parallel,  and  several 
inches  apart,  as  rests  for  your  utensils.  Arrange  the 
kindling  between  and  under  them,  with  small  sticks  laid 
across  the  top  of  the  logs,  a  couple  of  long  ones  length- 
wise, then  more  short  ones  across,  another  pair  length 


330 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


CAMP   CRANE 


wise,  and  thicker  short  ones  across.  Then  Hght  it. 
Many  prefer  to  hght  the  kindhng  at  once  and  feed  the 
fire  gradually ;  but  I  do  as  above,  so  as  to  have  an  even 
glow  under  several  pots  at  once,  and  then  the  sticks 
will  all  burn  down  to  coals  together. 

"This  is  the  usual  way  to  build  a  cooking  fire  when 
there  is  no  time  to  do  better.  The  objection  is  that  the 
supporting  logs  must  be  close  enough  together  to  hold 
up  the  pots  and  pans,  and,  being  round,  this  leaves  too 
little  space  between  them  for  the  fire  to  heat  the  balance 
evenly;  besides,  a  pot  is  liable  to  slip  and  topple  over. 
A  better  way,  if  one  has  time,  is  to  hew  both  the  inside 
surfaces  and  the  tops  of  the  logs  flat.  Space  these 
supports  close  enough  together  at  one  end  for  the  nar- 
rowest pot  and  wide  enough  apart  at  the  other  for  the 
frying  pan. 

"If  you  carry  fire-irons  much  bother  is  saved.  Sim- 
ply lay  down  two  flat  rocks  or  a  pair  of  billets  far 
enough  apart  for  the  purpose,  place  the  flat  irons  on 
them,  and  space  them  to  suit  the  utensils. 

"If  a  camp  grate  is  used,  build  a  crisscross  fire  of 
short  sticks  under  it. 

"Split  wood  is  better  than  round  sticks  for  cooking; 
it  catches  easier  and  burns  more  easily. 

"Camp  Crane — Pots  for  hot  water,  stews,  coffee,  and 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  331 


PIiNE    TREE    HORSE 

SO  on,  are  more  manageable  when  hvmg  above  the  fire. 
The  heat  can  easily  be  regulated,  the  pots  hanging  low 
at  first  to  boil  quickly,  and  then  being  elevated  or  shifted 
aside  to  simmer, 

"Set  up  two  forked  stakes  about  five  feet  apart  and 
four  feet  to  the  crotches.  Across  them  lay  a  green 
stick  (lug-pole)  somewhat  thicker  than  a  broomstick. 
Now  cut  three  or  four  green  crotches  from  branches, 
drive  a  nail  in  the  small  end  of  each,  or  cut  a  notch 
in  it,  invert  the  crotches,  and  hang  them  on  the  lug-pole 
to  suspend  kettles  from.  These  pothooks  are  to  be  of 
different  length  so  that  the  kettle  can  be  adjusted  to 
different  heights  above  the  fire,  first  for  hard  boiling, 
and  then  for  simmering.  If  kettles  were  hung  from 
the  lug-pole  itself,  this  adjustment  could  not  be  made, 
and  you  would  have  to  dismount  the  whole  business  in 
order  to  get  one  kettle  off. 

"If  forked  stakes  are  not  easily  found  in  the  neigh- 
borhood, drive  straight  ones,  then  split  the  tops,  flatten 
the  ends  of  the  cross  poles  and  insert  them  in  the  clefts 
of  the  stakes. 


332  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

"Vou  do  not  want  a  big  fire  to  cook  over.  Many 
and  many  a  time  I  have  watched  old  and  experienced 
woodsmen  spoil  their  grub,  and  their  tempers,  too,  by 
trying  to  cook  in  front  of  a  roaring  winter  campfire, 
and  have  marveled  at  their  lack  of  common  sense.  Off 
to  one  side  of  such  ^a  fire,  lay  your  bed  log  as  above; 
then  shovel  from  the  campfire  enough  hard  coal  to  fill 
the  space  between  the  logs  wthin  three  inches  of  the 
top.  You  now  have  a  steady,  even  heat  from  end  to 
end ;  it  can  easily  be  regulated ;  there  is  level  support 
for  every  vessel ;  and  you  can  wield  a  short-handled 
frying  pan  over  such  an  outdoor  range  without  scorch- 
ing either  the  meat  or  yourself. 

"Fire  for  Baking — For  baking  in  a  reflector,  or  roast- 
ing a  joint,  a  high  fire  is  best,  with  a  backing  to  throw 
the  heat  forward.  Sticks  three  feet  long  can  be  leaned 
against  a  big  log  or  a  sheer-faced  rock,  and  the  kindlings 
started  under  them. 

"Often  a  good  bed  of  coals  is  wanted.  The  camp- 
fire  generally  supplies  these,  but  sometimes  they  are 
needed  in  a  hurry,  soon  after  camp  is  pitched.  To  get 
them,  take  sound  hardwood,  either  green  or  dead,  and 
split  it  into  sticks  of  uniform  thickness  (say,  l34"inch 
face).  Lay  down  two  bed-sticks,  cross  these  near  the 
end  with  two  others,  and  so  on  up  until  you  have  a  pen 
a  foot  high.  Start  a  fire  in  this  pen.  Then  cover  it 
with  a  layer  of  parallel  sticks  laid  an  inch  apart.  Cross 
this  with  a  similar  layer  at  right  angles,  and  so  upward 
for  another  foot.  The  free  draught  will  make  a  roar- 
ing fire,  and  all  will  burn  down  to  coals  together. 

"The  thick  bark  of  hemlock,  and  the  hard  woods  gen- 
erally, will  soon  yield  coals  for  ordinary  cooking. 

"To  keep  coals  a  long  time,  cover  them  with  ashes, 
or  with  bark  which  will  soon  burn  to  ashes.  In  wet 
weather  a  bed  of  coals  can  be  shielded  by  slanting  broad 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


333 


strips   of   green   bark   over   it   and   overlapping   them   at 
the  edges. 

"Fire  in  a  Trench — In  time  of  drought  when  every- 
thing is  tinder-dry,  or  in  windy  weather,  especially  if 
the  ground  be  strewn  with  dead  leaves  or  pine  needles, 
build  your  fire  in  a  trench.  This  is  the  best  way,  too, 
if  fuel  is  scarce  and  you  must  depend  on  brushwood, 
as  a  trench  conserves  heat. 

"Dig  the  trench  in  line  with  the  prevailing  wind. 
The  point  is  to  get  a  good  draught.  Make  the  wind- 
ward end  somewhat  wider  than  the  rest,  and  deeper, 
sloping  the  trench  upward  to  the  far  end.  Line  the 
sides  with  flat  rocks  if  they  are  to  be  found,  as  they 
hold  heat  a  long  time  and  keep  the  sides  from  crumbling 
in.  Lay  other  rocks,  or  a  pair  of  green  poles  along 
the  edges  to  support  vessels.  A  little  chimney  of  flat 
stones  or  sod,  at  the  leeward  end,  will  make  the  fire 
draw  well.  If  there  is  some  sheet-iron  to  cover  the 
trench  a  quite  practical  stove  is  made,  but  an  open 
trench  will  do  very  well  if  properly  managed. 

"The  Indian  s  Fire — Best  where  fuel  is  scarce,  or 
when  one  has  only  a  small  hatchet  with  which  to  cut 
night  wood.  Fell  and  trim  a  lot  of  hardwood  saplings. 
Lay  three  or  four  of  them  on  the  ground,  butts  on  top 
of  each  other,  tips  radiating  from  this  center  like  the 
spokes  of  a  wheel.  On  and  around  this  build  a  small 
hot  fire.  Place  butts  of  other  saplings  on  this,  radiating 
like  the  others.  As  the  wood  burns  away,  shove  the 
sticks  in  toward  the  center,  butts  on  top  of  each  other 
as  before.  This  saves  much  chopping,  and  economizes 
fuel.  Build  a  little  wind  break  behind  you  and  lie  close 
to  the  fire.  Doubtless  you  have  heard  the  Indian's 
dictum  (southern  Indians  express  it  just  as  the  northern 
ones    do):       'White    man    heap     fool;     make    um    big 


334  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

fire — can't  git  near;  Injun  make  uni  little  fire — git  close. 
Uh,  good.' 

Kindling 

"The  best  kindling  is  fat  pine  or  the  bark  of  the  paper 
birch.  Fat  pine  is  found  in  the  stumps  and  butt  cuts 
of  pine  trees,  particularly  those  that  died  on  the  stump. 
The  resin  has  collected  there  and  dried.  This  wood  is 
usually  easy  to  split.  Pine  knots  are  the  tough,  heavy 
resinous  stubs  of  limbs  that  are  found  on  dead  pine  trees. 
They,  as  well  as  fat  pine,  are  almost  imperishable,  and 
those  sticking  out  of  old  rotten  logs  are  as  good  as  any. 
In  collecting  pine  knots  go  to  fallen  trees  that  are  almost 
rotted  away.  Hit  the  knot  a  lick  with  the  pole  of  the 
axe  and  generally  it  will  yield;  if  you  must  chop,  cut  deep 
to  get  it  all  and  to  save  the  axe  edge.  The  knots  of  old 
dead  balsams  are  similarly  used.  Usually  a  dead  stump 
of  pine,  spruce,  or  balsam,  all  punky  on  the  outside,  has 
a  core  very  rich  in  resin  that  makes  excellent  kindling. 

"Hemlock  knots  are  worthless  and  hard  as  glass — 
keep  your  axe  out  of  them. 

"The  thick  bark  of  hemlock  is  good  to  make  glowing 
coals  in  a  hurry;  so  is  that  of  hard  woods  generally. 
Good  kindling  sure  to  be  dry  underneath  the  bark  in  all 
weather,  is  procured  by  snapping  off  the  small  dead 
branches,  or  stubs  of  branches,  that  are  left  on  the  trunks 
of  small  or  medium-sized  trees,  near  the  ground.  Do 
not  pick  up  twigs  from  the  ground,  but  choose  those 
among  the  downwood  that  are  held  up  free  from  the 
ground.  Where  a  tree  is  found  that  has  been  shivered 
by  lightning,  or  one  that  has  broken  ofif  without  uproot- 
ing, good  splinters  of  dry  wood  will  be  found.  In  every 
laurel  thicket  there  is  plenty  of  dead  laurel,  and,  since 
it  is  of  sprangling  growth,  most  of  the  branches  will  be 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  335 

free  from  the  ground  and  snap-dry.  They  ignite  readily 
and  give  out  intense  heat. 

"The  bark  of  all  species  of  birch,  but  of  paper  birch 
especially,  is  excellent  for  kindling  and  for  torches.  It 
is  full  of  resinous  oil,  blazes  up  at  once,  will  burn  in  any 
wind,  and  wet  sticks  can  be  ignited  with  it. 

"Making  Fire  in  the  Wet — It  is  a  good  test  of  one's 
resourcefulness  to  make  a  fire  out  of  doors  in  rainy 
weather.  The  best  way  to  go  about  it  depends  upon 
local  conditions.  If  fat  pine  can  be  found,  the  trick  is 
easy;  just  split  it  up,  and  start  your  fire  under  a  big 
fallen  log.  Dry  fuel  and  a  place  to  build  a  fire  can 
often  be  found  under  big  up-tilted  logs,  shelving  rocks, 
and  similar  natural  shelters,  or  in  the  core  of  an  old 
stump.  In  default  of  these,  look  for  a  dead  softwood 
tree  that  leans  to  the  south.  The  wood  and  bark  on  the 
under  side  will  be  dry ;  chop  some  ofif,  split  it  fine,  and 
build  your  fire  under  the  shelter  of  the  trunk. 

"Lighting  a  Match — When  there  is  nothing  dry  to 
strike  it  on,  jerk  the  tip  of  the  match  forward  against 
your  teeth. 

"To  light  a  match  in  the  wind,  face  the  wind.  Cup 
your  hands,  with  their  backs  toward  the  wind,  and  hold 
the  match  with  its  head  pointing  toward  the  rear  of  the 
cup ;  i.  €.,  toward  the  wind.  Remove  the  right  hand 
just  long  enough  to  strike  the  match  on  something  very 
close  by ;  then  instantly  resume  the  former  position. 
The  flame  will  run  up  the  match  stick,  instead  of  being 
blown  away  from  it,  and  so  will  have  something  to  feed 
on. 

"Fire  Regulations— On  state  lands  and  on  national 
forest  reserves  it  is  forbidden  to  use  any  but  fallen 
timber  for  firewood.  Different  states  have  various  other 
restrictions,  some,  I  believe,  not  permitting  trampers  to 


336  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

light  a  fire  in  the  woods  at  all  unless  accompanied  by  a 
registered  guide. 

"In  New  York  the  regulations  prescribe  that  fires 
will  be  permitted  for  the  purposes  of  cooking,  warmth 
and  insect  smudges ;  but  before  such  fires  are  kindled 
sufficient  space  around  the  spot  where  the  fire  is  to  be 
lighted  must  be  cleared  from  all  combustible  material ; 
and  before  the  place  is  abandoned  fires  so  lighted  must 
be  thoroughly  quenched. 

"In  Pennsylvania  forest  reserves  no  fire  may  Ije  made 
except  in  a  hole  or  pit  one  foot  deep,  the  pit  being  en- 
circled by  the  excavated  earth.  In  those  of  California, 
no  fire  at  all  may  be  lighted  without  first  procuring  a 
permit  from  the  authorities. 

"Fire  regulations  are  posted  on  all  public  lands,  and 
it  campers  disregard  them  they  are  subject  to  arrest. 

"These  are  wise  and  good  laws.  Every  camper  who 
loves  the  forest,  and  who  has  any  regard  for  public  in- 
terest, will  do  his  part  in  obeying  them  to  the  letter. 
However,  if  he  occupies  private  property  where  he  may 
use  his  own  judgment,  or  if  he  travels  in  the  wilderness 
far  from  civilization,  where  there  are  no  regulations, 
it  will  be  useful  for  him  to  know  something  about  the 
fuel  value  of  all  kinds  of  wood,  green  as  well  as  dead, 
and  for  such  people  the  following  information  is  given: 

"The  arts  of  fire  building  are  not  so  simple  as  they 
look.  To  practice  them  successfully  in  all  sorts  of  wild 
regions  we  must  know  the  different  species  of  trees 
one  from  another,  and  their  relative  fuel  values,  which 
as  we  shall  see,  vary  a  great  deal.  We  must  know 
how  well,  or  ill,  each  of  them  burns  in  a  green  state, 
as  well  as  when  seasoned.  It  is  important  to  discrim- 
nate  between  wood  that  makes  lasting  coals  and  such 
as  soon  dies  down  to  ashes.  Some  kinds  of  wood  pop 
violently   when   burning  and   cast   out   embers   that   may 


SCV)UTING    FOR    GIRLS  Z37 

burn  holes  in  tents  and  bedding  or  set  the  neighborhood 
afire;  others  burn  quietly,  with  clear,  steady  flame. 
Some  are  stubborn  to  split,  others  almost  fall  apart 
under  the  axe.  In  wet  weather  it  takes  a  practiced 
woodsman  to  find  tinder  and  dry  wood,  and  to  select 
a  natural  shelter  where  fire  can  be  kept  going  during 
a  storm  or  rain  or  snow,  when  a  fire  is  most  needed. 

"There  are  several  handy  little  manuals  by  wh5ch 
one  who  has  no  botanical  knowledge  can  soon  learn 
how  to  identify  the  different  species  of  trees  by  merely 
examining  their  leaves,  or,  late  in  the  season,  by  their 
bark,   buds   and   habit   of   growth. 

"But  no  book  gives  the  other  information  that  I  have 
referred  to ;  so  I  shall  offer,  in  the  present  chapter,  a 
little  rudimentary  instruction  in  this  important  branch 
of   woodcraft. 

"It  is  convenient  for  our  purpose  to  divide  the  trees 
into  two  great  groups,  hard  woods  and  soft  woods,  using 
these  terms  not  so  loosely  as  lumbermen  do,  but  draw- 
ing the  line  between  sycamore,  yellow  birch,  yellow 
pine,  and  slippery  elm,  on  the  one  side,  and  red  cedar, 
sassafras,  pitch  pine  and  white  birch,  on  the  other. 

"As  a  general  rule,  hard  woods  make  good,  slow- 
burning  fuel  that  yields  lasting  coals,  and  soft  woods 
make  a  quick,  hot  fire  that  is  soon  spent.  But  each 
species  has  peculiarities  that  deserve  close  attention, 

"Best  Fuel — Best  of  all  northern  fire  woods  is  hick- 
ory, green  or  dry.  It  makes  a  hot  fire,  but  lasts  a  long 
time,  burning  down  to  a  bed  of  hard  coals  that  keep 
up  an  even,  generous  heat  for  hours.  Hickory,  by  the 
way,  is  distinctly  an  American  tree ;  no  other  region  on 
earth  produces  it.  The  live  oak  of  the  south  is  most 
excellent  fuel ;  so  is  holly.  Following  the  hickory,  in 
fuel  value,  are  chestnut,  oak,  overcup,  white,  blackjack, 
post    and    basket    oaks,    pecan,    the    hornbeams     (iron- 


338  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

woods),  and  dogwood.  The  latter  l)urn  finely  to  a 
1>eautiful  white  ash  that  is  characteristic;  apple  wood 
does  the  same.  Black  birch  also  ranks  here ;  it  has  the 
advantage  of  'doing  its  own  blowing,'  as  a  Carolina 
mountaineer  said  to  me,  meaning  that  the  oil  in  the 
birch  assists  its  combustion  so  that  the  wood  needs  no 
coaxing.  All  of  the  birches  are  good  fuel,  ranking  in 
a])Out  this  order:  Black,  yellow,  red,  paper,  and  white. 
Sugar  maple  was  the  favorite  fuel  of  our  old-time  hunt- 
ers and  surveyors  because  it  ignites  easily,  burns  with 
a  clear,  steady  flame,  and  leaves  good  coals. 

"Locust  is  a  good,  lasting  fuel ;  it  is  easy  to  cut,  and, 
when  green,  splits  fairly  well ;  the  thick  bark  takes  fire 
readily  and  the  wood  then  burns  slowly,  with  little 
flame,  leaving  pretty  good  coals ;  hence  it  is  good  for 
night  wood.  Mulberry  has  similar  qualities.  The  scar- 
let and  willow  oaks  are  among  the  poorest  of  the  hard 
woods  for  fuel.  Cherry  makes  only  fair  fuel.  White 
elm  is  poor  stuflf,  but  slippery  elm  is  better.  Yellow 
pine  burns  well,  as  its  sap  is  resinous  instead  of  watery 
like  that  of  the  soft  pines. 

"In  some  respects  white  ash  is  the  best  of  green 
woods  for  campers'  fuel.  It  is  easily  cut  and  split,  is 
lighter  to  tote  than  most  other  woods,  and  is  of  so 
dry  a  nature  that  even  the  green  wood  catches  fire 
readily.  It  burns  with  clear  flame,  and  lasts  longer 
than  any  other  free-burning  wood  of  its  weight.  On  a 
v/ager,  I  have  built  a  bully  fire  from  a  green  tree  of 
white  ash,  one  match,  and  no  dry  kindling.  I  split  some 
of  the  wood  very  fine  and  'frilled'  a  few  of  the  little 
sticks  with  my  knife. 

"Soft  Woods — Most  of  the  soft  woods  are  good  only 
for  kindling,  or  for  quick  cooking  fires,  and  then  only 
when  seasoned.     For  these  purposes,  however,  some  of 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  339 

them  are  superior,  as  they  spht  and  shave  reachly  and 
catch   fire   easily. 

"Lic(uidaml)ar,  magnoHa,  tuh'p,  catalpa,  and  willow 
are  poor  fuel.  Seasoned  chestnut  and  yellow  pt)plar 
make  a  hot  fire,  hut  crackle  and  leave  no  coals.  l.^)al- 
sam  fir,  hasswood,  and  the  white  and  lol)l()lly  ])ines  make 
ciuick  fires,  hut  are  soon  spent.  The  grey  (  La])rador) 
or  jack  pine  is  considered  good  fuel  in  the  far  north, 
where  hard  woods  are  scarce.  Seasoned  tamarack  is 
good.  Spruce  is  poor  fuel,  although,  heing  resinous, 
it  kindles  easily  and  makes  a  good  blaze  for  'branding 
up'  a  fire.  Pitch  pine,  which  is  the  most  inflammal)Ie 
of  all  woods  when  dry  and  'fat,'  will  scarcely  burn  at 
all  in  a  green  state.  Syacmore  and  buckeye,  when  thor- 
oughly seasoned,  are  good  fuel,  but  will  not  split.  Al- 
der burns  readily  and  gives  out  considerable  heat,  but 
i.'.  not  lasting. 

"The  dry  wood  of  the  northern  poplar  (large-toothed 
aspen)  is  a  favorite  for  cooking  fires,  because  it  gives 
an  intense  heat,  with  little  or  no  smoke,  lasts  well,  and 
does  not  blacken  the  utensils.  Red  cedar  has  similar 
qualities,  Ijut  is  rather  hard  to  ignite  and  must  be  fed 
fine  at  the  start. 

"The  best  green  soft  woods  for  fuel  are  white  birch, 
paper  birch,  soft  maple,  cottonwood,  and  quaking  aspen. 

"As  a  rule,  the  timber  growing  along  the  margins  of 
large  streams  is  softwood.  Hence,  driftwood  is  gen- 
erally a  poor  mainstay  unless  there  is  plenty  of  it  on 
the  spot;  luit  driftwood  on  the  sea  coast  is  good  fuel. 

"Precautions— I  have  already  mentioned  the  neces- 
sity of  clearing  the  camp  ground  of  inflammable  stufif 
before  starting  a  fire-  on  it,  raking  it  toward  a  common 
center  and  burning  all  the  dead  leaves,  pine  needles  and 
trash ;   otherwise   it   may   catch   and   spread   beyond   your 


Md 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


control  as  soon  as  your  back  is  turned.  Don't  build 
your  fire  against  a  big  old  punky  log ;  it  may  smoulder 
a  day  or  two  after  you  have  left  and  then  burst  out 
into  flame  when  the  breeze  fans  it. 

"Never   leave   a   spark   of    fire    when   breaking   camp, 
or  when  leaving  it  for  the  day.     Make  absolutely  sure 


haverjsaok  for  carrying  kitchen  utensils 
of  this  by  drenching  the  campfire  thoroughly,  or  by 
smothering  it  completely  with  earth  or  sand.  Never 
drop  a  lighted  match  on  the  ground  without  stamping  it 
out.  Have  you  ever  seen  a  forest  fire?  It  is  terrible. 
Thousands  of  acres  are  destroyed  and  many  a  time  men 
and  women  and  children  have  been  cut  ofif  by  a  tornado 
of  flame  and  luirned  alive.  The  person  whose  careless- 
ness starts  such  a  holocaust  is  worse  than  a  fool — he  is 
a  criminal,  and  a  disgrace  to  the  good  earth  he  treads." 
Cooking  Devices 
When  it  is  convenient  carry  a  hatchet.  Scouts  should 
carry  a  small  folding  grate.  The  best  form  of  grate 
is  one  with  folding  legs. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  341 

After  laying  the  fire  the  legs  of  the  grate  are  driven 
into  the  ground.  As  the  fire  burns  down,  the  grate  may 
be  lowered  by  driving  the  legs  in  deeper.  This  is  a 
very  useful  utensil  for  supporting  hot  water  pails  or 
frying  pan. 

When  no  forks  can  l^e  found  use  the  "Pine  Tree 
Horse,"  as  shown  in  cut. 

In  order  to  boil  water  hard  it  will  only  be  necessar}' 
tc  slip  the  kettle  down  the  pole,  holding  it  in  place  by 
graduated  notches. 

Equipment  and  supplies  for  one  meal  may  be  carried 
in  one  or  two  haversacks  like  the  one  shown.  In- 
deed, a  meal  may  be  cooked  without  any  equipment  what- 
ever other  than  a  knife  which  every  Scout  should  be 
provided   with. 

Improvised  Grate — A  few  sticks  j^  inch  in  diameter 
laid  about  2  inches  apart  and  about  2  inches  above 
the  coals  form  a  good  enough  broiler.  Steak  and 
chops  cook  perfectly  well  if  laid  right  on  the  coals. 

Cooking  kits  allow  for  more  variety,  as  they  provide 
a  frying  pan,  in  which  bacon  and  potatoes  can  be  cooked, 
and  a  small  pail  for  boiling  water.  It  is  convenient  for 
each  Scout  to  carry  her  own  cup,  knife,  fork  and  spoon. 
The  cooking  kit  and  supplies  can  then  be  divided  among 
the  party. 

At  a  permanent  camp  a  frying  board  is  a  great  con- 
venience. It  is  simply  a  flat,  smooth  board  with  a 
pointed  end  which  can  be  driven  into  the  ground.  Fish, 
meat,  game  and  "Injun"  bread  can  be  cooked  on  this 
board  better  than  in  any  other  way,  as  the  food  re- 
ceives the  heat  without  becoming  charred,  and  is  much 
more  wholesome  than  when  fried  in  a  pan.  As  long 
as  the  board  is  to  windward  of  the  flame,  a  constant 
heat  is  maintained  without  smoke.  A  small  fire  will 
cook  a  very  large  fish  in  a  short  time.     An  old  canoe 


342 


.SCOUTINC;    V0\<    GIKLS 


THE    FOLDING    BAKEiR 

paddle  may  be  used  for  this  purpose.  The  food  is  hung 
on  nails  driven  in  the  board,  a  strip  of  bacon,  hung 
above  the  fish  and  dripping  on  it  would  improve  the 
flavor. 

It  is  a  good  plan  to  use  a  separate  frying  board  when 
cooking  fish,  as  the  juice  from  the  fish  seeps  into  the 
board  and  it  is  practically  impossible  to  remove  it  by 
cleaning.  The  flavor  of  fish  is  not  pleasant  on  other 
food.  If  it  is  not  practicable  to  carry  two  frying  boards 
one  can  be  careful  to  reserve  the  same  side  of  one 
l^^oard  for  cooking  fish. 

A  long  cooking  spoon  for  dishing  vegetables  out  of 
the  pots  is  very  useful.  A  roll  of  paper  towels  for  dry- 
ing dishes  and  for  use  as  napkins,  or  cloth  dish  towels 
and  paper  napkins  are  also  useful.  Other  useful  ar- 
ticles are  a  dish  mop  with  a  wooden'  handle,  and  a  pan- 
cake turner. 

The  Foldiiuj  Baker— The  baker  may  be  placed  before 
the  blazing  fire.  It  is  a  perfect  arrangement  for  baking 
biscuits  and  roasting  meats. 

Friction  Top  Cans — It  is  well  to  have  these  varying 
in  capacity  from  one  to  three  quarts.  Use  one 
quart  size  for  washing  soda,  powdered  soap,  and  sugar. 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


343 


FRICTION    TOP    CAN 

The  larger  sizes  should  carry  flour,  cornmeal,  etc. 
Eggs  may  be  placed  in  the  one  used  for  the  corn- 
meal. 

Where  convenient  to  provide  a  large  equipment  the 
following  utensils  are  suggested : 

Camp  grate,  3  wire  toasters  (one  for  meat,  one  for 
fish,  one  for  bread),  2  frying  boards  (one  for  meat, 
one  for  fish),  6-quart  pail  for  reserve  water,  9-quart 
pail  for  boiling  vegetables,  agate  or  paper  plates,  agate 
or  paper  cups,  knives,  forks,  spoons,  kit  knife,  paper 
towels,  dish  mops,  powdered  soap,  cotton  gloves  for 
handling  hot  or  smoky  pots,  candles,  matches  (in  water- 
proof packages),  non-rusting  wire  34  inch  thick  for  hang- 
ing pots,   etc. 

A  large  permanent  camp  may  add  greatly  to  the  pleas- 
ure of  its  members,  and  make  a  delightful  break  in  the 
day,  by  sending  off  troops  of,  say,  eight  girls  to  cook 
a  camp  lunch  at  a  place  about  a  mile  distant.  For  this 
purpose,  when  a  group  plans  to  do  a  great  deal  of  camp- 
ing the  above  equipment  is  suggested.  It  could  all  be 
packed  in  the  pack  basket,  and  the  girls  could  take  turns 
carrying  it. 

Such  a  basket  without  a  canvas  cover  costs  about  $8 


344  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


FOLDING    FHYIiNG    PAN 

and  is  extremely  useful  in  permanent  camp  equipment. 

Utensils  Required  for  a  Party  of  Eight  and  their  Uses 

If  the  group  of  girls  plans  for  a  camping  trip  of 
several  days  and  transport  is  available,  all  the  following 
utensils  will  be  found  useful.  These  may  be  purchased 
in  any  sporting  goods  store. 

Three  Wire  Toasters — One  for  meat,  one  for  fish,  one 
for  toast. 

In  cooking  meat  or  fish,  and  in  making  toast  before 
a  blazing  fire,  stand  the  wire  toaster  upright  before  the 
fire  and  prop  it  up  with  a  stick,  thus : 

A  board  may  be  used  in  the  same  manner.  It  is 
often  desirable  to  do  this  in  order  to  avoid  the  delay  of 
waiting  for  the  fire  to  burn  down. 

Cooking  Pots—Size  5  quarts,  for  boiling  vegetables; 
size  6^  quarts,  for  boiling  vegetables ;  size  9  quarts, 
for  hot  water;   size   15  quarts,   for  reserve  cold  water. 

Each  of  these  pots  nests  in  the  next  larger  size,  mak- 
ing one  package.  A  cocoa  pot  of  this  type  nests  into  the 
5-quart  pail. 

Two  Frying  Pons — The  handles  fold  in  and  the  pans 
pack  in  a  case  with  the  nest  of  cooking  pots.  In  addi- 
tion to  their  usual  uses,  the  frying  pans  are  also  used 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


345 


COMPLETE    COOKING    OUTFIT    FOR    EIGHT    SCOUTS 


as  dish-washing  pans,  one  for  the  washing  and  one  for 
the  rinsing. 

A  heaped  teaspoon  of  washing  soda  dissolved  in  hot 
water  will  so  perfectly  clean  the  frying  pans  as  to 
permit  their  use  as  dish-pans. 

Eight  agate  plates,  or  aluminum  if  possible ;  eight 
agate  cups,  or  aluminum  if  possible;  eight  knives,  forks 
and  spoons ;  one  large,  long-handled  cooking  spoon. 

The  complete  cooking  outfit  may  be  nested  together 
and  packed  in  a  canvas  bag  and  takes  up  about  as  much 
space   as   a   water   pail. 

Provisions 

"When  a  party  camps  where  fresh  meat  and  farm 
products  can  be  procured  as  they  are  wanted,  its  pro- 
visioning is  chiefly  a  matter  of  taste,  and  calls  for  no 
special  comment  here.  But  to  have  good  meals  in  the 
wilderness  is  a  different  matter.  A  man  will  eat  five 
or  six  pounds  a  day  of  fresh  food.  That  is  a  heavy 
load  on  the  trail.  And  fresh  meat,  dairy  products,  fruit 
and  vegetables  are  generally  to  bulky,  too  perishable. 
So  it  is  up  to  the  woodsman  to  learn  how  to  get  the 


346  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

most  nourishment  out  of   the  least  weight  and  bulk  in 
materials  that  'keep'  well. 

"Light  outfitting,  as  regards  food,  is  mainly  a  ques- 
tion of  how  much  water  we  are  willing  to  carry  in  our 
rations.  For  instance,  canned  peaches  are  88  per  cent, 
water.  Can  one  afford  to  carry  so  much  water  from 
home  when  there  is  plenty  of   it  at  camp? 

"The   following  table  is  suggestive : 
More  than   }i   water 

Fresh  milk,  fruit,  vegetables  (except  potatoes). 

Canned  soups,  tomatoes,  peaches,  pears,  etc. 
More   than   ^^   water 

Fresh  beef,  veal,  mutton,  poultry,  eggs,  potatoes. 

Canned  corn,  baked  beans,  pineapple. 

Evaporated  milk   (unsweetened). 

More  than  1/3  water 

Fresh  bread,  rolls,  pork  chops. 

Potted  chicken,  etc. 

Cheese. 

Canned  blackberries. 

Less  than    1/3   water 

Dried  apples,  apricots,  peaches,  prunes. 

Fruit  jelly. 

Less  than   1/5   water 

Salt  pork,  bacon,  dried  fish,  butter. 

Dessicated  eggs,  concentrated  soups. 

Powdered  milk. 

Wheat  flour,  cornmeal,  etc.,  macaroni. 

Rice,  oatmeal,  hominy,  etc. 

Dried  beans,  split  peas. 

Dehydrated  vegetables. 

Dried  dates,  figs,  raisins. 

Orange  marmalade,  sugar,  chocolate. 

Nuts,  nut  butter. 

"Although  this  table  is  good  in  its  way,  it  is  not  a 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


347 


FIVE    QUART    PAIL    TO    NEST    CANS 

tair  measure  of  the  relative  value  of  foods.  Even  the 
solid  part  of  some  foodstuffs  contains  a  good  deal  of 
refuse  (potatoes  20  per  cent),  while  others  have  none, 

"Nutritive  Values — The  nutritive  elements  of  food- 
stuffs are  protein,  a  little  mineral  matter,  fats,  and  car- 
bohydrates. Protein  is  the  basis  of  muscles,  bone,  ten- 
don, cartilage,  skin  and  corpuscles  of  the  blood.  Fats 
and  carbohydrates  supply  heat  and  muscular  energy. 
In  other  words,  the  human  body  is  an  engine ;  protein 
keeps  it  in  repair ;  fats  and  carbohydrates  are  the  fuel 
to  run  it. 

"Familiar  examples  of  proteids  are  lean  meat  and 
white  of  egg.  The  chief  food  fats  are  fat  meat,  butter, 
lard,  oil  and  cream.  Carbohydrates  are  starchy  foods 
(flour,  cereals,  etc.)  and  sugar  (sweets  of  almost  any 
kind). 


348  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 

"The  ])r()l)lem  of  a  well-balanced  ration  consists  in 
su])pl\ing  daily  the  right  proportion  of  nutritive  ele- 
ments in  agreeable  and  digestible  form.  The  problem 
of  a  campaign  ration  is  the  same,  but  cutting  out  most 
of  the  water  and  waste  in  which  fresh  foods  abound. 
However,  in  getting  rid  of  the  water  in  fresh  meats, 
fruits  and  vegetables  we  lose,  unfortunately,  much  of 
the  volatile  essences  that  give  these  foods  their  good 
flavor.  This  loss — and  it  is  a  serious  one — must  be 
made  up  by  the  camp  cook,  changing  the  menu  as  often 
as  he  can  by  varying  the  ingredients  and  the  processes 
of  cooking. 

"Variety  is  quite  as  welcome  at  the  camp  board  as 
anywhere  else,  in  fact,  more  so;  for  it  is  harder  to  get. 
Variety  need  not  mean  adding  to  the  load.  It  means 
substituting,  say,  three  5-pound  parcels  for  one  15- 
pound  parcel,  so  as  to  have  something  'different'  from 
day  to  day. 

"Digestibility — We  must  bear  in  mind  the  adage 
that  'we  live  not  upon  what  we  eat  but  upon  what 
we  digest.'  Some  foods  rich  in  protein,  especially 
beans,  peas,  and  oatmeal,  are  not  easily  assim- 
ilated, unless  cooked  for  a  longer  time  than  campers 
generally  can  spare.  A  considerable  part  of  their  pro- 
tein is  liable  to  putrefy  in  the  alimentary  canal,  and  so 
be  worse  than  wasted.  An  excess  of  meat  or  fish  will 
do  the  same  thing.  Other  foods  of  very  high  theoret- 
ical value  are  constipating  if  used  in  large  amounts,  as 
cheese,  nuts,  chocolate. 

"Food  Components — Let  us  now  consider  the  ma- 
terial of  field  rations,  item  by  item. 

"Bacon — Good  old  breakfast  bacon  worthily  heads 
the  list,  for  it  is  the  campaigner's  standby.  It  keeps 
well  in  any  climate,  and  demands  no  special  care  in 
packing.     It  is  easy  to  cook,  combines  well  with  almost 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  349 

anything,  is  handier  than  lard  to  fry  things  with,  does 
just  as  well  to  shorten  bread  or  biscuits,  is  very  nutri- 
tious, and  nearly  everybody  likes  it.  Take  it  with  you 
from  home,  for  you  can  seldom  buy  it  away  from  rail- 
road towns.  Get  the  boneless,  in  5  to  8  pound  flitches. 
Let  canned  bacon  alone ;  it  lacks  flavor  and  costs  more 
than  it  is  worth.  A  little  mould  on  the  outside  of  a 
flitch  does  no  harm,  but  reject  bacon  that  is  soft  and 
watery,  or  with  yellow  fat,  or  with  brownish  or  black 
spots  in  the  lean. 

"Smoked  Hani — Small  ones  generally  are  tough  and 
too  salty.  Hard  to  keep  in  warm  or  damp  weather; 
moulds  easily.  Is  attractive  to  blow-flies,  which  quickly 
fill  it  with  'skippers'  if  they  can  get  at  it.  If  kept  in  a 
cheesecloth  bag  and  hung  in  a  cool,  airy  place  a  ham 
will  last  until  eaten  up  and  will  be  relished.  Ham  will 
keep,  even  in  warm  weather,  if  packed  in  a  stout  paper 
bag  so  as  to  exclude  flies.  It  will  keep  indefinitely  if 
sliced,  boiled  or  fried  and  put  up  in  tins  with  melted 
lard  poured  over  it  to  keep  out  air.     *     *     * 

"Canned  Soups — These  are  wholesome  enough,  but 
their  fluid  kinds  are  very  bulky  for  their  meager  nutri- 
tive value.  However,  a  few  cans  of  consomme  are  fine 
for  'stock'  in  camp  soups  or  stews,  and  invaluable  in 
case  of  sickness.  Here,  as  in  canned  meat,  avoid  the 
country  grocery  kind. 

"Condensed  Soups — Soup  powders  are  a  great  help 
in  time  of  trouble — but  don't  rely  on  them  for  a  full 
meal.  There  are  some  that  are  complete  in  themselves 
and  require  nothing  but  15  to  20  minutes'  cooking; 
others  take  longer,  and  demand  (in  small  type  on  the 
label)  the  addition  of  ingredients  that  generally  you 
haven't  got.  Try  various  brands  at  home  till  you  find 
what  you  like. 

"Cured   Fish — Shredded   codfish   and    smoked    halibut. 


350  SCeUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

sprats,  boneless  herring  are  portable  and  keep  well.  They 
will  be  relished  for  variety's  sake. 

"Eggs — To  vary  the  camp  bill  of  fare,  eggs  are  sim- 
ply invaluable,  not  only  by  themselves,  but  as  ingredi- 
ents in  cooking.     *     *     * 

"When  means  of  transportation  permit,  fresh  eggs 
may  be  carried  to  advantage.  A  hand  crate  holding  12 
dozen  weighs  about  24  pounds,  filled. 

"Eggs  can  be  packed  along  in  winter  without  danger 
of  breakage  by  carrying  them  frozen.  Do  not  try  to 
boil  a  frozen  &gg ;  peal  it  as  you  would  a  hard-boiled  one 
and  then  fry  or  poach. 

"To  test  an  tgg  for  freshness,  drop  it  into  cold  water; 
if  it  sinks  quickly  it  is  fresh;  if  it  stands  on  end  it  is 
doubtful;  if  it  floats  it  is  surely  bad. 

"To  preserve  eggs,  rub  them  all  over  with  vaseUne, 
being  careful  that  no  particle  of  shell  is  uncoated.  They 
will  keep  good  much  longer  than  if  treated  with  lime 
water,  salt,  paraffine,  water-glass  or  any  of  the  other 
common  expedients. 

"On  hard  trips  it  is  impracticable  to  carry  eggs  in 
the  shell.  Some  campers  break  fresh  eggs  and  pack 
them  in  friction-top  cans.  The  yolks  soon  break  and 
they  keep  but  a  short  time.  A  good  brand  of  desic- 
cated eggs  is  the  solution  of  this  problem.  It  does  away 
with  all  risk  of  breaking  and  spoiling  and  reduces  bulk 
very  much.  Desiccated  eggs  vary  a  great  deal  in  quality, 
according  to  material  and  process  employed.  Desiccated 
eggs  made  of  the  yolks  are  merely  useful  as  ingredients 
in  cooking. 

"Milk — Sweetened  condensed  milk  (the  'salve  of  the 
lumberjacks')  is  distasteful  to  most  people.  Plain  evap- 
orated milk  is  the  thing  to  carry — and  don't  leave  it 
out  if  you  can  practicably  tote  it.  The  notion  that  this 
is  a    'baby   food'  to  be  scorned  by.  real  woodsmen    is 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIKLS  351 

nothing  but  a  foolish  conceit.  Few  things  pay  better 
for  their  transportation.  It  will  be  allowed  that  Admiral 
Peary  knows  something  about  food  values.  Here  is 
what  he  says  in  The  North  Pole:  'The  essentials,  and 
the  only  essentials,  needed  in  a  serious  Arctic  sledge 
journey,  no  matter  what  the  season,  the  temperature, 
or  the  duration  of  the  journey— whether  one  month  or 
six — are  four:  pemmican,  tea,  ship's  biscuit,  condensed 
milk.  The  standard  daily  ration  for  work  on  the  final 
sledge  journey  toward  the  Pole  on  all  expeditions  has 
been  as  follows :  1  lb.  pemmican,  1  lb.  ship's  biscuit,  4  oz. 
condensed  milk,  3^  oz.  compressed  tea.' 

"Milk,  either  evaporated  or  powdered,  is  a  very  im- 
portant ingredient  in  camp  cookery. 

"Butter — This  is  another  'soft'  thing  that  pays  its 
freight. 

"For  ordinary  trips  it  suffices  to  pack  butter  firmly 
into  pry-up  tin  cans  which  have  been  sterilized  by  thor- 
ough scalding  and  then  cooled  in  a  perfectly  clean  place. 
Keep  it  in  a  spring  or  in  cold  running  water  (hung  in  a 
net,  or  weighted  in  a  rock)  whenever  you  can.  When 
traveling,  wrap  the  cold  can  in  a  towel  or  other  insulating 
material. 

"If  I  had  to  cut  out  either  lard  or  butter  I  would 
keep  the  butter.  It  serves  all  the  purposes  of  lard  in 
cooking,  is  wholesomer,  and  beyond  that,  it  is  the  most 
concentrated  source  of  energy  that  one  can  use  with 
impunity. 

"Cheese — Cheese  has  nearly  twice  the  fuel  value  of 
a  porterhouse  steak  of  equal  weight,  and  it  contains  a 
fourth  more  protein.  It  is  popularly  supposed  to  be 
hard  to  digest,  but  in  reality  it  is  not  so  if  used  in  mod- 
eration. The  best  kind  for  campers  is  potted  chee^'j,  or 
cream  or  'snappy'  cheese  put  up  in  tinfoil.  If  not  so 
protected   from  air  it  soon  dries  out  and  grows   stale. 


352  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

A  tin  of  imported  Camembert  will  be  a  pleasant  sur- 
prise on  some  occasion. 

"Bread  Biscuits — It  is  well  to  carry  enough  yeast 
bread  for  two  or  three  days,  until  the  game  country  is 
reached  and  camp  routine  is  established.  To  keep  it 
fresh,  each  loaf  must  be  sealed  in  wax  paper  or 
parchment  paper  (the  latter  is  best,  because  it  is  tough, 
waterproof,  greaseproof).  Bread  freezes  easily;  for 
cold  weather  luncheons  carry  toasted  bread. 

"Hardtack  (pilot  bread,  ship  biscuit)  can  be  recom- 
mended only  for  such  trips  or  cruises  as  do  not  permit 
baking.  It  is  a  cracker  prepared  of  plain  flour  and 
water,  not  even  salted,  and  kiln-dried  to  a  chip,  so  as  to 
keep  indefinitely,  its  only  enemies  being  weevils.  Get 
the  coarsest  grade.  To  make  hardtack  palatable  toast 
it  until  crisp,  or  soak  in  hot  cofifee  and  butter  it,  or  at 
least  salt  it. 

"Swedish  hardtack,  made  of  whole  rye  flour,  is  good 
for  a  change. 

"Plasmon  biscuit,  imported  from  England,  is  the  most 
nutritious  breadstuff  I  have  ever  used.  It  is  a  round 
cracker,  firm  but  not  hard,  of  good  flavor,  containing 
a  large  percentage  of  the  protein  of  milk,  six  of  the 
small  biscuits  holding  as  much  proteid  as  a  quarter  of 
a  pound  of  beef. 

"Flour — Graham  and  entire  wheat  flours  contain  more 
protein  than  patent  flour,  but  this  is  offset  by  the  fact 
that  it  is  not  so  digestible  as  the  protein  of  standard 
flour.  Practically  there  is  little  or  no  difference  be- 
tween them  in  the  amount  of  protein  assimilated.  The 
same  seems  to  be  true  of  their  mineral  ingredients. 

"Many  campers  depend  a  good  deal  on  self-raising 
flour  because  it  saves  a  little  trouble  in  mixing.  But 
such  flour  is  easily  spoiled  by  dampness,  it  does  not 
make  as  good  biscuits  or  flapjacks  as  one  can  turn  out 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


355 


in  camp  by  doing  his  own  mixing,  and  it  will  not  do 
for  thickening,  dredging,   etc. 

"Four  and  meal  should  l)e  sifted  before  starting  on  an 
expedition.     There  will  be  no  sieve  in  camp." 

"Baking  Poivdcr — Get  the  best  available  powder,  put 
up  in  air  and  damp-eight  tins,  so  that  your  material  will 
be  in  good  condition  when  you  come  to  use  it  in  camp. 
Baking  soda  will  not  be  needed  on  short  trips,  but  is 
required  for  longer  ones,  in  making  sour-dough,  as  a 
steady  diet  of  baking-powder  bread  or  biscuit  will  ruin 
the  stomach  if  persisted  in  for  a  considerable  time.  Soda 
also  is  useful  medicinally. 

"Cornmeal — Some  like  yellow,  some  prefer  white.  The 
flavor  of  freshly  ground  meal  is  best,  but  the  ordinary 
granulated  meal  of  commerce  keeps  better,  because  it 
has  been  kiln-dried.  Cornmeal  should  not  be  used  as 
the  leading  breadstuff,  for  reasons  already  given,  but 
johnnycake,  corn  pancakes,  and  mush  are  a  welcome 
change  from  hot  wheat  bread  or  biscuit,  and  the  aver- 
age novice  at  cooking  may  succeed  better  with  them. 
The  meal  is  useful  to  roll   fish  in  before   frying. 

"Breakfast  Cereals — These  according  to  taste,  and  for 
variety's  sake.  Plain  cereals,  particularly  oatmeal,  re- 
ouire  a  long  cooking,  either  in  a  double  boiler  or  with 
constant  stirring,  to  make  them  digestible ;  and  then  there 
is  a  messy  pot  to  clean  up.  They  do  more  harm  than 
good  to  campers  who  hurry  their  cooking.  So  it  is  best 
to  buy  the  partially  cooked  cereals  that  take  only  a  few 
minutes  to  prepare.  Otherwise  the  'patent  breakfast 
foods'  have  no  more  nutritive  (juality  than  plain  grain  ; 
some  of  them  not  so  much.  The  notion  that  bran  lias 
remarkalile  food  value  is  a  delusion;  it  actually  makes 
the  protein  of  the  grain  less  digestible.  As  for  mineral 
matter,   'to   build    up   hone   and   teeth   and    brawn,'    there 


354  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

i.s  enough  of  it  in  almost  any  mixed  diet,  without  swal- 
lowing a  lot  of  crude  fiber, 

"Rice,  although  not  very  appetizing  by  itself,  com- 
bines so  well  in  stew  or  the  like,  and  goes  so  well  in 
pudding,  that  it  deserves  a  place  in  the  commissariat. 

"Maracroni — The  various  i)astes  (pas-tay,  as  the  Ital- 
ians call  them)  take  the  place  of  bread,  may  be  cooked  in 
many  ways  to  lend  variety,  and  are  especially  good  in 
soups  which  otherwise  would  have  little  nourishing  pow- 
er. Spaghetti,  vermicelli,  and  noodles  all  are  good  in 
their  way.  Break  macaroni  into  inch  pieces  and  pack 
so  that  insects  cannot  get  into  it.  It  is  more  wholesome 
than  flapjacks  and  it  'sticks  to  the  ribs.' 

"Sweets — Sugar  is  stored-up  energy,  and  is  assimi- 
ated  more  quickly  than  any  other  food.  Men  in  the 
open  soon  get  to  craving  sweets. 

"Maple  sugar  is  always  welcome.  Get  the  soft  kind 
that  can  be  spread  on  bread  for  luncheons.  Syrup  is 
easily  made  from  it  in  camp  by  simply  bringing  it  to  a 
boil  with  the  necessary  amount  of  water.  Ready-made 
syrup  is  mean  to  pack  around. 

"Sweet  chocolate  (not  too  sweet)  has  remarkable  sus- 
taining power, 

"When  practicable,  take  along  some  jam  and  mar- 
malade. The  commissaries  of  the  British  Army  were 
wise  when  they  gave  jam  an  honorable  place  in  Tommy 
Atkins'  field  ration.  Yes:  jam  for  soldiers  in  time  of 
war.  So  many  ounces  of  it,  substituted,  mind  you,  for 
so  many  ounces  of  the  porky,  porky,  porky,  that  has 
ne'er  a  streak  of  lean.  So,  a  little  current  jelly  with 
your  duck  or  venison  is  worth  breaking  all  rules  for. 
Such  conserves  can  be  repacked  by  the  buyer  in  pry-up 
cans  that  have  been  sterilized  as  recommended  under 
the  heading  Butter. 

"Fresh  Vegetables — The  only  ones  worth  taking  along 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  355 

are  potatoes  and  onions.  Choose  potatoes  with  small 
eyes  and  of  uniform  medium  size,  even  if  you  have  to 
buy  half  a  bushel  to  sort  out  a  peck.  They  are  very 
heavy  and  bulky  in  proportion  to  their  food  value;  so 
you  cannot  afiford  to  ])e  Ijurdened  with  any  but  the  best. 
Cereals  and  beans  take  the  place  of  potatoes  when  you 
go  light. 

"Fresh  onions  are  almost  indispensable  for  seasoning 
soups,  stews,  etc.  A  few  of  them  can  be  taken  along 
almost  anywhere.  I  generally  carry  at  least  one,  even 
on  a  walking  trip.  C)nions  are  good  for  the  suddenly 
overtaxed  system,  relieve  the  inordinate  thirst  that  one 
experiences  the  first  day  or  two,  and  assist  excretion. 
Treezing  does  not  spoil  onions  if  they  are  kept  frozen 
until  used. 

"Beans — A  prime  factor  in  cold  weather  camping. 
Take  a  long  time  to  cook  ('soak  all  day  and  cook  all 
right'  is  the  rule).  Cannot  be  cooked  done  at  altitudes 
of  5,000  feet  and  upward.  Large  varieties  cook  quick- 
est, but  the  small  white  navy  beans  are  best  for  baking. 
Pick  them  over  ])efgre  packing,  as  there  is  much  waste. 

"Split  Peas — Used  chiefly  in  making  a  thick,  nourish- 
ing soup. 

"Dehydrated  Vegetables — Much  of  the  flavor  of  fresh 
vegetables  is  lost  when  the  juice  is  expressed  or  evap- 
orated, but  all  of  their  nutriment  is  retained  and  enough 
of  the  flavor  for  them  to  serve  as  fair  sul>stitutes  when 
fresh  vegetables  cannot  be  carried.  They  help  out  a 
camp  stew  and  may  even  be  served  as  side  dishes  if  one 
has  butter  and  milk  to  season  them.  Generally  they  re- 
quire soaking  (which  can  be  done  over  night)  ;  then  they 
are  to  Ije  boiled  slowly  until  tender,  taking  about  as 
much  time  as  fresh  vegetables.  If  cooking  is  hurried 
they  will  be  woody  and  tasteless. 

"Dehydrated  vegetables  are  very  portable,  keep  in  any 


356  SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 

climate,  and  it  is  well  to  carry  some  on  trips  far  from 
civilization. 

"Canned  Vegetables — In  our  taljle  of  food  values  it 
will  be  noticed  that  the  least  nourishing  article  for  its 
weight  and  bulk  is  a  can  of  tomatoes.  Yet  these  'air- 
tights'  are  great  favorites  with  outdoors  men,  especially 
iri  the  West  and  South,  where  frequently  they  are  eaten 
raw  out  of  the  can.  It  is  not  so  much  their  flavor  as 
their  acid  that  is  grateful  to  a  stomach  overtaxed  with 
fat  or  canned  meat  and  hot  bread  three  times  a  day. 
If  wanted  only  as  an  adjuvant  to  soups,  stews,  rice, 
macaroni,  etc.,  the  more  concentrated  puree  will  serve 
very,  well. 

"Canned  corn  (better  still,  'kornlet,'  which  is  concen- 
trated milk  of  sweet  corn)  is  quite  nourishing,  and 
everybody  likes  it. 

"A  few  cans  of  baked  beans  (zvithout  tomato  sauce) 
will  be  handy  in  wet  weather.  The  B.  &  M.  %  lb.  cans 
are  convenient  for  a  lone  camper  or  for  two  going  light. 

"Nuts — A  handful  each  of  shelled  nuts  and  raisins, 
with  a  cake  of  sweet  chocolate,  will  carry  a  man  far 
on  the  trail  or  when  he  has  lost  it.  The  kernels  of  butter- 
nuts and  hickory  nuts  have  the  highest  fuel  value  of 
our  native  species ;  peanuts  and  almonds  are  very  rich 
in  protein;  Brazil  nuts,  filberts  and  pecans,  in  fat.  Pea- 
nut butter  is  a  concentrated  food  that  goes  well  in  sand- 
wiches. One  can  easily  make  nut  butter  of  any  kind 
(except  almonds  or  Brazil  nuts)  for  himself  by  using 
the  nut  grinder  that  comes  with  a  kitchen  food  chopper, 
and  can  add  ground  dates,  ground  popcorn,  or  whatever 
he  likes ;  but  such  preparations  will  soon  grow  rancid 
il  not  sealed  airtight.  Nut  butter  is  more  digestible  than 
kernels  unless  the  latter  are  thoroughly  chewed. 

"Fruits — All  fruits  are  very  deficient  in  protein  and 
(except  olives)   in  fat,  but  dried  fruit  is  rich  in  carbo- 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  357 

hydrates.  Fruit  acid  (that  of  primes,  dried  apricots, 
and  dehydrated  cranberries,  when  fresh  fruit  cannot  be 
carried)  is  a  good  corrective  of  a  too  fatty  and  starchy 
or  sugary  diet,  and  a  preventive  of  scurvy.  Most  fruits 
are  laxative,  and  for  that  reason,  if  none  other,  a  good 
proportion  of  dried  fruit  should  be  included  in  the 
ration,  no  matter  how  light  one  travels ;  otherwise  one 
if  likely  to  suffer  from  constipation  when  he  changes 
from  'town  grub'  to  'trail  grub.' 

"Among  canned  fruits  those  that  go  farthest  are  pine- 
apples and  blackberries.  Excellent  jelly  can  be  made 
in  camp  from  dried  apples. 

'  "There  is  much  nourishment  in  dates,  figs  (those  dried 
round  are  better  than  layer  figs)  and  raisins.  Pitted 
dates  and  seedless  raisins  are  best  for  light  outfits.  And 
do  not  despise  the  humble  prune ;  buy  the  best  grade  in 
the  market  (unknown  to  landladies)  and  soak  over  night 
before  stewing ;  it  will  be  a  revelation.  Take  a  variety 
of  dried  fruits,  and  mix  them  in  different  combinations, 
sweet. and  tart,  so  as  not  to  have  the  same  sauce  twice 
in  succession ;  then  you  will  learn  that  dried  fruits  are 
by  no  means  a  poor  substitute  for  fresh  or  canned  ones. 

"In  hot  weather  I  carry  a  few  lemons  whenever  prac- 
ticable. Limes  are  more  compact  and  better  medicinally, 
but  they  do  not  keep  well.  Lime  juice  in  bottles  is  ex- 
cellent, if  you  carry  it. 

"Critic  acid  crystals  may  be  used  in  lieu  of  lemons 
when  going  light,  but  the  flavor  is  not  so  good  as  that 
of  lemonade  powder  that  one  can  put  up  for  himself. 
The  process  is  described  by  A.  W.  Barnard :  'Squeeze 
out  the  lemons  and  sift  into  the  clear  juice  four  to  six 
spoonfuls  of  sugar  to  a  lemon;  let  stand  a  few  days  if 
the  weather  is  dry,  or  a  week  if  wet,  till  it  is  dried  up. 
then  pulverize  and  put  up  into  capsules.'  Gelatin  cap- 
sules of  any  size,  from  one  oz.  down,  can  be  procured 


358  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

at   a   drug   store.      They   are'  convenient    to   carry    small 
quantities  of  spices,  flavoring,  medicines,  etc.,  on  a  hike. 

"Vinegar  and  pickles  are  suitable  only  for  fixed  camps 
or  easy  cruises. 

"Fritures — Lard  is  less  wholesome  than  olive  oil,  or 
'Crisco,'  or  the  other  preparations  of  vegetable  fats. 
Crisco  can  be  heated  to  a  higher  temperature  than  lard 
without  burning,  thus  ensuring  the  'surprise'  which  pre- 
vents getting  a  fried  article  sodden  with  grease; 
it  does  as  well  as  lard  for  shortening ;  and  it  can  be  used 
repeatedly  without  transmitting  the  flavor  of  one  dish  to 
the  next  one.  Olive  oil  is  superior  as  a  friture,  espe- 
cially  for  fish,  but  expensive. 

"Beverages — Tea  is  better  than  coffee.  Even  if 
you  don't  use  it  at  home,  take  along  on  your  camping 
trip  enough  for  midday  meals.  Tea  tabloids  are  not 
bad,  but  I  advise  using  the  real  thing.  On  a  hike,  with 
no  tea-ball,  I  tie  up  enough  for  each  pint  in  a  bit  of 
washed  cheesecloth,  loosely,  leaving  enough  string  at- 
tached whereby  to  whisk  it  out  after  exactly  four,  min- 
utes' steeping. 

"Cocoa  is  not  only  a  drink  but  a  food.  It  is  best  for 
the  evening  meal  because  it  makes  one  sleepy,  whereas 
tea  and  coffee  have  the  opposite  effect. 

"Get  the  soluble  kind  if  you  want  it  quickly  prepared, 

"Condiments — Do  not  leave  out  a  small  assortment  of 
condiments  wherewith  to  vary  the  taste  of  common  ar- 
ticles and  serve  a  new  sauce  or  gravy  or  pudding  now 
and  then. 

"Salt  is  best  carried  in  a  wooden  box.  The  amount 
used  in  cooking  and  at  table  is  small. 

"White  pepper  is  better  than  black.  Some  Cayenne 
or  Chili  should  also  be  taken.  Red  pepper  is  not  only 
a  good  stomachic,  but  also  is  fine  for  a  cliili  (made  into 
a  tea  with  hot  water  and  sugar). 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  359 

"Among  condiments  I  class  beef  extract,  bouillon 
cubes  or  capsules,  and  the  like.  They  are  of  no  use  as 
food  except  to  stimulate  a  feeble  stomach  or  furnish  a 
spurt  of  energy,  but  invaluable  for  flavoring  camp-made 
soups  and  stews  when  you  are  far  away  from  beef. 
The  powder  called  Oystero  yields  an  oyster  flavor. 

"Mustard  is  useful  not  only  at  table  but  for  medici- 
nal purposes ;  cloves,  not  only  for  its  more  obvious  pur- 
poses, but  to  stick  in  an  onion  for  a  stew,  and  perchance 
for  a  toothache. 

"Celery  and  parsley  can  now  be  had  in  dehydrated 
form.  Some  sage  may  be  needed  for  stuffing."  Onion 
and  celery  salt  are  real  additions  to  the  camp  cooking 
outfit. 

"If  you  aim  at  cake-making  and  puddings,  ginger 
and  cinamon  may  be  required.  Curry  powder  is  relished 
by  many;  its  harshness  may  be  tempered  with  sweet  fruits 
or  sugar. 

"On  short  trips,  salt  and  pepper  will  meet  all  require- 
ments. 

"Packing  Food — Meat  of  any  kind  will  quickly  mould 
or  spoil  if  packed  in  tins  from  which  air  is  not  exhausted. 

"Flour  should  not  be  carried  in  the  original  sacks ;  they 
wet  through  or  absorb  moisture  from  the  air,  snag  easily, 
and  burst  under  the  strain  of  a  lashrope.  Pack  your 
flour,  cereals,  vegetables,  dried  fruits,  etc.,  in  the  round- 
bottomed  paraffined  bags  sold  by  outfitters  (various  sizes, 
from  10  lbs.  down),  which  are  damp-proof  and  have  the 
further  merit  of  standing  up  on  their  bottoms  instead  of 
always  falling  over.  Put  a  tag  on  each  bag  and  label 
it  in  ink.  These  small  bags  may  then  be  stowed  in  9-inch 
waterproof  canvas  provision  bags  (see  outfitter's  cata- 
logues), but  in  that  case  the  thing  you  want  is  generally 
at  the  bottom.     *     *     * 

"Butter,  lard,  ground  coffee,  tea,  sugar,  jam,  matches, 


360  SCOUTING    FOR    GIULS 

,i;o  in  j)i"y-up  tin  cans,  sold  1)y  nnlfittcrs  ( smnll  ([iian- 
tJties  in  mailing  tubes),  or  in  common  capped  tins  with 
tops  secured  by  surgeon's  plaster.  Ciet  pepper  and  spices 
in  shaker-top  cans,  or,  if  you  carry  common  shakers, 
cover  tops  with  cloth  and  snap  stout  rul)ber  bands  around 
them. 

"Often  it  is  well  to  carry  separately  enough  food  to 
last  the  party  between  the  jumping-off  place  and  the 
main  camp  site,  as  it  saves  the  bother  of  breaking  l)ulk 
en  route. 

"When  transportation  is  easy  it  pays  to  pack  the  bread, 
bags  of  flour,  etc.,  in  a  tin  wash-boiler  or  two,  which  are 
wrapped  in  burlaps  and  crated.  These  make  capital  grub 
boxes  in  camp,  securing  their  contents  from  wet.  in- 
.sects  and  rodents.  Ants  in  summer  and  mice  at  all  times 
are  downright  pests  of  the  woods,  to  say  nothing  of  the 
wily  coon,  the  predatory  mink,  the  inquisitive  skunk,  and 
the  fretful  ix)rcupine.  The  boilers  are  useful,  too,  on 
many  occasions  to  catch  rain-w^ater,  boil  clothes,  water- 
proof and  dye  tents,  and  so  forth. 

"A  Last  Look  Around — Check  off  every  article  in  the 
outfit  as  it  is  stowed,  and  keep  the  inventory  for  future 
reference.  Then  note  what  is  left  over  at  the  end  of  the 
trip.     This  will  help  in  outfitting   for  the  next  season." 

Camp    Cooking 

Meat  and  fish  are  easy  to  cook  and  require  few  utensils. 
Steaks  or  chops  require  from  four  to  twelve  minutes  to 
liroil  rare  over  a  good  bed  of  live  coals,  depending  on 
the  thickness  of  the  meat.  Place  either  directly  on  the 
coals  in  wire  broiler  and  raise  only  an  inch  or  two  al)ove 
the  fire.  Turn  after  about  lyz  minutes,  and  afterward 
turn  a  little  oftener  to  prevent  burning. 

Chicken  or  duck  of  broiling  size  takes  aliout  20  min- 
utes to  broil  and  requires  very  particular  care  in  frequent 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  361 

turning  to  prevent  burning.  Turn  about  every  J/o  min- 
ute. As  portions  of  the  skin  shov\r  signs  of  getting  too 
brown  baste  them  with  a  few  drops  of  hot  water  from  a 
If-.rge  spoon.  This  also  tends  to  keep  them  moist.  The 
poultry  may  be  cooked  by  propping  the  wire  broiler  up- 
right six  to  nine  inches  from  a  blazing  fire.  Often 
the  poultry  is  started  this  way  and  finished  over  the 
coals,  as  this  saves  considerable  time  in  waiting  for  the 
fire  to  burn  down.  The  chicken  or  duck  may  be  hung 
close  to  the  fire  by  a  wire  from  a  slanting  pole,  revolving 
frequently.     An  hour  is  required  to  roast  poultry. 

Stczv~Cut  meat  in  small  pieces,  brown  in  fry-ing  pan 
(use  drippings),  remove  and  place  in  stew  pan  in  which 
there  is  sufficient  water  to  cover  stew.  Cut  vegetables 
in  small  pieces,  place  in  frying  pan  a  few  minutes — long 
enough  to  soften — place  in  stew  pan,  season  with  salt 
and  pepper,  cook  one-half  hour — add  flour  thickening 
(water  and  flour),  cover  with  enough  water  to  prevent 
stew  becoming  dry  and  lnu'\'  in  hot  oven  for  two  or 
three  hours. 

Broiled  Fish — Place  in  wire  broiler,  rubbing  broiler 
first  with  salt  pork  or  lard  to  prevent  sticking,  and  broil 
over  coals  for  about  20  minutes.  All  fish  that  is  broiled 
should  be  served  with  a  little  butter  sauce. 

Frying  Pan  Dishes 

Fried  Fish — Cut  the  fish  in  pieces ;  that  is,  serving 
portions.  Roll  fish  in  cornmeal  (this  is  not  absolutely 
necessary).  Fry  for  about  20  minutes  (depending  upon 
thickness  of  fish)  over  hot  fire,  in  about  2  tablespoons 
of  heated  frying  oil.  Tried-out  bacon,  salt  pork,  lard, 
crisco,  or  prepared  cooking  oil  may  be  used. 

Fish  Balls — Fish  balls  prepared  at  home  and  carried 
along  make  good  camp  food.  For  group  of  eight:  In- 
gredients— 1  bowl  dried  codfish  soaked  several  hours  in 


362  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

cold  water,  1  egg,  2  raw  potatoes  cut  in  pieces,  2  ozs. 
butter,  frying  oil,  2  tablesixjons  milk.  Boil  codfish  and 
potatoes  together  for  about  10  minutes,  mash,  add  1 
beaten  egg,  butter  size  of  ^  small  egg  (about  2  ozs.),  2 
tablespoons  milk  and  stir  thoroughly.  This  mixture 
should  be  about  the  consistency  of  stiff  oatmeal.  Heat 
small  amount  of  frying  oil  in  pan.  Drop  batter  from 
large  spoon  into  hot  oil.  When  brown,  turn  and  cook 
on  other  side.  Each  patty  should  cook  about  three  min- 
utes to  the  side,  about  six  minutes  for  the  whole. 

Fried  Ham — Boil  in  frying  pan  for  about  5  minutes, 
then  pour  off  water  and  fry  about  two  minutes  on  each 
side. 

Fried  Bacon — Fry  gently  until  fat  is  tried  out  (Save 
drippings.)  Bacon  may  also  be  fried  on  a  hot  rock,  or 
cooked  on  sharp  pointed  stick  with  forked  ends. 

Fried  Country  Sausage — Fry  sausages  over  moderate 
fire  for  about  15  minutes  till  they  are  brown. 

Corn  Beef  Hash — Carry  with  the  ingredients  already 
prepared  1  part  corned  beef,  chopped,  2  parts  chopped 
cold  boiled  potatoes.  Melt  butter  or  suet  into  the  frying 
pan.     Fry. 

Vegetables 

Boiled  Potatoes — Clean  and  scrape  potatoes.  Do  not 
peel.  Have  water  boiling  and  salted  before  putting  po- 
tatoes in  pot  and  keep  water  boiling  until  potatoes  are 
soft.  Large  ones  take  about  25  minutes  to  cook.  Plan 
to  serve  the  meal  about  25  minutes  altei  the  potatoes 
are  put  on  the  fire,  for  they  are  best  served  hot.  When 
potatoes  are  cooked,  drain  water  and  keep  hot  until 
served. 

Fried  Potatoes — Slice  cold  boiled  potatoes  uniformly 
and   fry  in  hot  butter  until  brown. 

Fried   Raw   Potatoes — Slice   raw   potatoes    uniformly, 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS  363 

boil  in  frying  pan  5  minutes  and  then  fry  in  Ijutter  until 
brown. 

Onions — Boil  in  salted  water  30  minutes  until  tender. 
Onions  and  potatoes  go  well  together  and  campers  should 
boil  them  together. 

Green  Peas — Buy  them  fresh  from  a  farmer  near  camp 
if  possible.  Reject  over-ripe  pods.  Shell  and  boil  about 
20  minutes  in  salted  water,  keeping  peas  barely  covered. 
Drain  almost  all  water  when  cooked  and  add  one  ounce 
of  butter. 

Green  Corn — Boil  corn  al)Out  five  minutes  in  boiling 
salted  water. 

Cocoa 

One  teaspoon ful  (level)  to  each  person,  y^  cup  of 
water  to  each  person,  ^  cup  of  milk  to  each  person. 
Cook  cocoa  in  water  5  minutes ;  add  to  warm  milk  and 
allow  it  to  reach  boiling  point.     Do  not  boil. 

Bread 

When  possible  carry  along  a  supply  of  bread. 

Toast — Toast  may  either  be  made  over  coals  or  by 
propping  wire  broiler  upright  before  blazing  fire. 

"Biscuit  Loaf — This  is  a  standard  camp  bread,  because 
it  bakes  quickly.  It  is  good  so  long  as  it  is  hot,  but  it 
dries  out  soon  and  will  not  keep.  For  four :  3  pints 
flour,  3  heaping  teaspoonfuls  baking  powder,  1  heaping 
teaspoonful  salt,  2  heaping  tablespoonfuls  cold  grease, 
1  scant  pint  cold  water.  Amount  of  water  varies  ac- 
cording to  quality  of  flour.  Baking  powders  vary  in 
strength ;  follow  directions  on  can.  Mix  thoroughly,  with 
big  spoon  or  wooden  paddle,  first  the  baking  powder  with 
the  flour  and  then  the  salt.  Rub  into  this  the  cold  grease 
(which  may  be  lard,  cold  pork  fat,  drippings)  until  there 
are  no  lumps  left  and  no  grease  adhering  to  bottom  of 
pan.     This  is  a  little  tedious,  but  don't  shirk  it.     Then 


364  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

stir  in  the  water  and  work  it  with  spoon  until  you  have 
a  rather  stiff  doug-h.  Have  the  pan  greased.  Turn  the 
loaf  into  it  and  bake.  Test  center  of  loaf  with  a  sliver 
when  you  think  it  properly  done.  When  no  dough  ad- 
heres remove  bread.  All  hot  breads  should  be  broken 
with  the  hand,  never  cut. 

"To  freshen  any  that  is  left  over  and  dried  out,  si)rinkle 
a  little  water  over  it  and  heat  through.  This  can  be  done 
but  once." 

Washing  Dishes 

Every  part  of  the  camp  work  should  be  a  pleasure, 
and  there  is  no  reason  whatever  that  dish  washing  should 
be  an  exception.  If  the  following  directions  for -dish 
washing  are  followed  the  work  may  be  so  cjuickly  and 
perfectly  done  as  to  be  part  of  the  fun. 

1.  Each  girl  should  throw  scraps  from  her  plate  into 
a  trench  or  receptacle.  Do  not  throw  food  scraps  on 
the  camp  fire,  as  they  make  a  disagreeable  smoke. 

2.  Wipe  each  plate  and  other  utensils  as  clean  as  pos- 
sible with  paper  napkin,  and  throw  napkin  in  the  fire. 

3.  Scrape  out  all  cooking  pots.  If  any  material  has 
burned  on  them,  boil  them  out  with  one  ounce  of  wash- 
ing soda  to  one  quart  of  water. 

4.  Pile  all  dishes  thus  prepared  beside  the  two  dish- 
pans.  Partly  fill  the  dish-pans  with  boiling  water,  putting 
a  heaping  teaspoonful  of  powdered  soap  in  one. 

5.  Wash  dishes  with  dish  mop,  and  rinse  in  other  pan 
of  hot  water. 

If  the  water  is  kept  hot  one  girl  can  keep  two  busy 
drying,  and  the  whole  operation  for  a  party  of  four 
should  not  take  over  ten  minutes.  If  unskillfully  done, 
without  sufficient  hot  water  or  preparation,  it  is  a  dis- 
agreeable task.     Try  to  make  it  a  pleasant  one. 

The  coffee  pot  should  l)e  frequently  boiled  out  with 
washing  soda. 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  365 

The  wire  broilers  may  be  cleaned  by  rubbing  them 
with  ashes  from  the  camp  fire. 

In  nesting"  a  blackened  cooking  pail,  wrap  it  in  paper 
to  prevent  soiling  the  inside  of  the  pail  into  which  it  fits. 

Use  the  fewest  dishes  possible  in  cooking  and  you  will 
lighten  your  labor. 

Use  the  same  plates  for  different  courses,  rinsing  them 
with  hot  water. 

Be  sure  to  carry  in  your  dish  washing  outfit,  washing 
soda,  powdered  soap  and  dish  mops. 

"Dutch  Cleanser"  is  very  useful  in  cleaning  dishes, 
pots  and  pans. 

After  washing  up  for  the  night,  put  utensils  and  pro- 
vision box  together  and  cover  with  rubber  cloth  to  pro- 
tect them  from  the  weather. 


Cleaning  Up 

This  is  important!  If  you  leave  your  camping  place 
littered  with  tin  cans,  paper,  etc.,  you  will  be  spoiling 
that  place  for  future  campers. 

Burn  all  waste  paper  and  string. 

Bury  tin  cans  and  empty  bottles. 

Bury  food  scraps  and  refuse. 

Be  absolutely  certain  that  you  have  extinguished  your 
fire. 

You  should  take  pride  in  leaving  your  camp  site  so 
clean  that  not  one  evidence  of  your  camping  remains 
except  the  ashes  of  the  fire. 


366 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


PHOTOGRAPH    BY    G.    CLYDE    FISHER. 

Climb  the  mountains  and  get  their  good  tidings. 

Nature's  peace  zvill  flozv  into  you  as  sunshine 
floivs  into  trees.  The  zvinds  will  hlozv  their  ozun 
freshness  into  you  and  the  storms  their  energy, 
zvhile  cares  zvill  drop  off  like  autumn  leaves. 

— JoJin  Muir. 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  367 

MOUNTAIN   CLIMBING 

BY   ELOISE   ROORBACK,    GARDEN    EDITOR    OF    "TOUCH STONE/' 

Mountain  climbing  is  the  final  test  of  a  Girl  Scout's 
perserverance  in  following  a  trail,  in  endurance,  courage 
and  woodcraftmanship.  Nature  reserves  her  choicest 
beauties  and  secrets  for  those  who  know  how  to  conquer 
all  difficulties.  No  Girl  Scout's  education  is  complete 
until  she  has  seen  mountain  peaks  like  waves  of  the  sea 
flashing  with  white  snow  foam,  piercing  the  blue  sky 
as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach;  clouds  forming  below  her 
feet;  breathed  rare  air  found  only  in  high  places;  drunk 
from  the  pure  source  of  rivers,  and  heard  the  mighty 
roar  of  waterfalls.  A  climb  to  a  high  mountain  top  is 
an  experience  that  will  enrich  and  influence  the  entire 
after  life  of  whoever  has  had  the  hardihood  and  wisdom 
to  accomplish  it. 

Before  attempting  this  last  test  of  scouting  the  girl 
must  be  in  perfect  physical  trim,  be  able  to  sleep  on  the 
ground,  have  learned  to  live  simply.  Girls  should  train 
for  this  experience  by  taking  graduated  hikes.  On  these 
hikes  the  girls  can  practice  using  the  condensed  foods 
that  must  be  depended  upon  in  mountain  climbing  The 
rations  for  those  who  wish  to  climb  to  high  places  must 
necssarily  be  condensed,  for  each  Scout  must  carry  her 
own  rations  for  two  weeks. 

The  foundation  of  a  mountain  climber's  bill  of  fare  is 
lice,  bacon,  cheese,  chocolate,  raisins,  dates,  dried  fruits, 
powdered  soups,  whole  wheat  crackers,  and  tea.  Tea 
should  be  used  instead  of  coffee.  The  eating  chocolate 
is  sometimes  made  into  a  refreshing  drink.  Only  a  small 
amount  of  sugar  and  salt  can  be  carried.  This  fare  is 
augmented  by  mushrooms,  wild  fruit  and  berries  and 
fish.  Watercress  is  a  refreshing  addition  and  a  good 
Scout  knows  where  to  find  it.  Some  hardened  climbers 
add  a  little  "jerky"  (dried  meats)  to  this  bill  cf  fare. 


368  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

No  definite  rule  of  distance  to  be  covered  in  a  day 
can  be  laid  down.  In  the  hisb  mountains  ten  or  twelve 
miles  a  day  should  be  considered  a  maximum,  for  part 
of  the  benefit  to  be  gained  from  such  trips  is  the  enjoy- 
ment of  the  trip  itself.  It  is  better  to  go  a  few  miles 
slowly,  observing  keenly  all  the  time,  stopping  for  fre- 
quent rests  to  examine  a  flower,  to  drink  at  a  clear 
spring,  to  feast  upon  the  view,  than  to  cover  more  ground 
in  a  hurried  way. 

The  following  is  a  suggestion  for  the  management  of 
'6  day  in  high  mountain  altitudes.  Arise  with  the  sun  or 
a  little  before  breakfast.  '  Breakfast  consists  of  rice, 
dried  fruit  (put  to  soak  the  night  before),  bacon,  and 
shredded  wheat  biscuit.  Before  packing,  make  a  small 
package  of  cheese,  chocolate,  raisins  and  biscuit  for  the 
noon  lunch  that  can  be  reached  without  having  to  unpack 
equipment.  There  should  be  a  rest  of  at  least  an  hour 
at  noon,  eating  slowly,  throwing  ofif  the  pack,  and  if 
possible  relaxing  flat  on  the  back  for  a  while.  Then  an- 
other hike  of  three  or  four  miles,  making  camp  early  in 
the  evening,  about  5  o'clock.  This  divides  the  day  into 
three  periods  of  hikes  with  a  rest  in  between.  The 
dinner  is  like  breakfast,  with  the  addition  of  soup. 
Soup  can  be  prepared  and  eaten  while  the  rice  is  cook- 
ing.    Mountain  trout  can  be  fried  with  bacon. 

The  equipment  must  be  of  the  lightest.  Clothing 
should  consist  of  one  pair  of  stout,  high,  waterproof, 
hob-nailed  boots;  one  pair  of  light  moccasins,  to  rest  the 
feet  in  camp ;  short  skirt ;  middy ;  riding  breeches  or 
bloomers  (for  in  crossing  difficult  passes  skirl's  must  be 
discarded);  hat;  gauntlet  gloves;  one  change  of  under- 
clothes ;  three  pairs  of  wool  stockings ;  one  sweater ;  one 
comb  (no  brush)  ;  one  small  pocket  mirror ;  ivory  soap 
or  soap  leaves ;  one  tube  of  cold  cream ;  compass ;  fish- 
ing  rod,   lines  and   hooks ;   rope ;   leather   thongs ;    stout 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


369 


ClAXT    AI^ASKAN    MOOlS'E 
Tlie  largest    nieinbcr  of  the  deer  tribe.     The  antlers   wliU-h   are  worn 
only    by    the    male    are    sheil    once    a   year.     Range:    This    a.Ti<l    related 
forms   found   in  northern  United  States,   Canada,   and   Alaska.     Cour- 
tesy   of    A.merican    Museum    of    Natural    History. 

string;   notebook  and   map;    small   hatchet;   matches    (in 
waterproof   case). 

No  guns,  books  or  cameras  can  be  carried  on  a  high 
hike,  for  their  weight  is  prohil)iti\e.  A  s!ee])ing  l)ag 
made  of  eiderdown.  Hned  witli  canton  flannel  and  cov- 
ered with  oiled  silk  or  duck's  back  can  be  rolled  and  car- 
ried across  the  shoulders.  A  knife,  fork  and  spoon  in 
addition  to  the  big  sheath  knfe  worn  at  the  belt,  one  fry- 
ing pan,  tin  plate  and  cup  (aluminum  should  be  used  in 
l)reference  as  tin  rusts  easily),  a  rice  and  a  soup  kettle 
are  all  the  cooking  utensils  needed.       If   a  company  of 


370 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


Girl  Scouts  attempts  a  high  mountain  climb,  additional 
covers  of  clothing  and  food  can  be  carried  on  a  pack 
mule,  but  this  chapter  is  for  those  who  wish  to  climb  un- 
encumbered with  pack  animals.  It  is  by  far  the  finest 
way  to  see  the  high  mountains,  though  it  must  be  ad- 
mitted few  have  the  hardihood  or  courage  to  try  it. 
The  new  Roosevelt  National  Park,  one  of  the  most  mag- 
nificent playgrounds  in  the  world,  can  be  visited  in  the 
way  just  described. 

The  writer  of  this  chapter  has  walked  all  through  this 
park  carrying  the  clothing,  food  and  equipment  just  de- 
scribed. Every  day  of  the  journey  found  her  in  better 
physical  trim,  vigor,  strength,  and  with  keenness  of  vision 
and  joy  of  life  increased  daily. 


BUSY  BEAVERS  AT  WORK 
The  largest  gnawing  animal  in  this  country,  noted  for  damming 
streams  with  trees  (which  they  cut  down  by  gnawing),  mud,  and 
stones.  (Range:  This  or  related  races  formerly  found  practically  all 
over  this  country,  and  northward  into  Canada.  Detail  from  Hab- 
itat Group  in  American  Museum  of  Natural   History. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  371 

THE  RED  GODS 

Now  the  Four-way  Lodge  is  opened :   Now  the  hunting 
winds  are  loose, 
Now  the  Smokes  of  Spring  go  up  to  clear  the  brain ; 
Now  the  young  men's  hearts  are  troubled  for  the  whisper 
of  the  trues, 
Now  the  Red  Gods  make  their  medicine  again ! 
Who  hath  seen  the  beaver  busied?     Who  hath  watched 
the  black-tail  mating? 
Who  hath  lain  alone  to  hear  the  wild  goose  cry? 
Who  hatli  worked  the  chosen  waters   where  the  ouana- 
niche   is   waiting? 
Or  the  sea-trout's  jumping  crazy  for  the  fly? 
Who  hath  smelled  wood-smoke  at  twilight?     Who  hath 
smelled  the  birch  log  burning? 
Who  is  quick  to  read  the  noises  of  the  nigl:t? 
Let  him  follow  with  the  others,  for  the  young  men's  feet 
are  turning 
To  Ihe  camps  of  proved  desire  and  known  delight ! 
Do  you  know  the  blackened  timber  ?     Do  you  know  that 
racing   stream 
With  the  raw,  right-angled  log-jam  at  the  end  ? 
And  the  bar  of   sun-warmed  shingle  where  a  man  may 
bask  and  dream 
To  the  click  of  shod  canoe-poles  round  the  bend  ? 
It  is  there  that  we  are  going  with  our  rods  and  reels  and 
traces 
To  a  silent,  smoky  Indian  that  we  know, 
To  a  couch  of  new-pulled  hemlock  with  the  starlight  on 
our   faces, 
For  the  Red  Gods  call  us  out  and  we  must  q'o  ! 


372 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


He  must  go — go — go  away  from  Jicrc! 

On  the  other  side  the  zvorld  lie's  overdue. 
'Send  your  road  is  clear  before  you  ivhen  the  old  spring- 
fret  comes  o'er  you 
And  the  Red  Gods  call  for  you! 

— Riulyard   Kiplins^. 


1>()|)X    WITH    [MEST 
Froini   Group   in   American   Museum   of   Natural   History 


SECTION  XV 

NATURE  STUDY  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

FOREWORD 

The  following  section  was  specially  prepared  for  the 
Girl  Scouts  by  Mr.  George  II.  Sherwood.  Curator,  and 
Dr.  G.  Clyde  Fisher,  Associate  Curator,  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Public  Education  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  All  the  illustrations  used  were  supplied 
by  the  Museum,  and  the  tests  in  the  various  subjects  were 
devised  by  the  same  authors. 

The  American  Museum  of  Natural  Historv  in  New 
York  conducts  special  courses  of  lectures  in  all  of  the 
branches  of  Natural  Hisory,  and  extends  a  cordial  invi- 
ation  to  all  Girl  Scouts  to  visit  the  Department  of  Edu- 
cation if  wishing  help  in  preparation  for  their  Nature 
Study  tests. 

Contents 

1.  Introduction  to   Nature   Study, 

2.  Plants :      Flowers   and    Ferns   and    Trees. 

3.  Animals :     Mammals 

Birds 

Reptiles 

Amphibians 

Fishes 

Invertebrates 

4.  Geology. 

373 


374 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


AN   EGRET  "ROOKERY"   IN  SOUTH   CAROLINA. 
The  demand  for  the  nuptial  plumes  of  this  bird  in  the  millinery 
trade  brought  it  to  the  verge  of  extermination.     Range:  Temperate 
and  tropical  America.     Habitat  Group  in  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  375 

1.     Introduction  to  Nature  Study 

To  the  solid  ground 

Of  Nature  trusts  the  uiiud  whicJi  builds  for  aye. 

— IVordszvorth. 

To  understand  nature  is  to  gain  one  of  the  greatest 
resources  of  life. 

— John  Burroughs 

Nature  Study  means  getting  acquainted  with  the  multi- 
tude of  creatures,  great  and  small,  which  inhabit  the  land, 
the  water,  and  the  air,  and  with  the  objects  which  sur- 
round them.  Mother  Nature  has  many,  many  secrets 
which  she  will  reveal  to  sharp  eyes  and  alert  minds.  It 
is,  of  course,  impossible  for  any  one  to  learn  all  these 
secrets,  but  the  mastering  of  a  few  makes  it  easier  to 
learn  others,  until  finally  it  becomes  clear  that  all  life 
is  related  and  that  the  humblest  creature  may  be  of  the 
greatest  importance  to  the  welfare  of  the  highest. 

It  is  for  these  reasons  that  the  Girl  Scout  should  learn 
as  much  as  possible  of  the  Wonders  of  Nature.  This 
study  may  begin  wherever  you  are,  but  rapid  progress 
will  be  made  by  rambles  afield  and  by  visits  to  the  great 
Natural  History  Museums.  For  example,  a  visit  to  the 
exhibition  halls  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History  in  New  York  will  answer  many  of  your  questions 
about  animals  you  have  seen  and  will  enable  you  to 
answer  many  others  for  yourself,  when  you  go  out  into 
the  country. 

Nature  Study  in  its  broadest  application  includes  all  of 
the  natural  sciences,  such  as  zoology,  botanv,  geology, 
meteorology,  and  astronomy.  So,  there  are  many  fasci- 
nating fields  for  study  and  enjoyment,  and  it  does  not 
matter  much  where  we  begin,  wdiether  it  be  Wild  Flow- 
ers, Trees,  Birds,  Butterflies,  or  Stars. 

Of  the  more  practical  subjects  especially  suited  to  the 


37() 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING    I'OR    GIRLS  Zll 

activities  of  the  (iirl  Scout  are  those  ci-vic  prolilems  which 
can  only  he  solved  hy  team-play ;  that  is,  by  working 
together.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned :  The  preser- 
vation of  birds,  wild  flowers,  and  forests;  ,ontrol  of 
mosquitoes,  house-flies,  rats,  weeds,  diseases  of  plants 
and  animals,  including  man. 

The  civic  nature  of  these  problems  is  appreciated  when 
we  realize  that  it  would  do  little  good,  for  example,  for 
one  person  to  destroy  the  breeding  places  of  mosquitoes 
on  his  premises,  if  his  neighbors  did  not  do  likewise 
about  their  homes ;  or  for  one  orchardist  to  cut  out  the 
blight  from  his  pear-trees  or  the  black-knot  from  his 
plum-trees,  if  his  neighbors  did  not  co-operate  with  him 
by  ridding  their  orchards  of  these  diseases. 

These  pratical  questions  are  so  well  presented,  to- 
gether with  plans  for  their  solution,  in  Civic  Biology,  by 
Clifton  F.  Hodge  and  Jean  Dawson  (Ginn  &  Co.),  that 
instead  of  going  into  details  here,  both  the  Girl  Scouts 
and  their  Leaders  are  referred  to  this  most  useful  work. 

All  objects  of  Nature  are  either  living  (organic)  or 
non-living  (inorganic).  The  non-living  bodies  include 
the  minerals  and  rocks.  The  living  bodies  are  either 
plants  or  animals.  Plants  may  be  divided  into  two  great 
groups,  the  flowerless  plants  and  flowering  plants.  In 
general  the  flowerless  plants  reproduce  by  means  of 
spores,  like  the  mushroom  and  the  ferns,  while  the  flower- 
ing plants  reproduce  by  means  of  seeds. 

Animals  may  be  separated  into  two  grevit  groups, 
those  without  backbones  (invertebrates)  like  an  oyster, 
a  cricket,  or  an  earthworm,  and  those  with  backbones, 
e.g.,  a  dog,  a  fish.  In  this  brief  study  we  shall  not  go 
into  much  detail  about  invertebrates,  but  with  the  back- 
boned animals  or  vertebrates  we  shall  go  a  little  further. 
These  may  be  divided  into  five  general  groups :  ( 1 ) 
Fishes;  (2)  Amphibians,  which  include  frogs,  toads,  and 


378 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


379 


salamanders;  (3)  Reptiles,  which  include  alligators, 
crocodiles,  turtles,  lizards,  and  snakes;  (4)  Birds;  (5) 
Mammals. 

This    simple    analysis    may    he    clearly    shown    by    the 


following  diagram : 


An'imah' 


Objects 

of 
Nature 


^Living  Bodies 
{Organic) 


Plants 


iMamnials 
Vertebrates      Wirds 

(^Reptiles 
)  Amphibians 
{pishes 

Invertebrates 

(  Flozvering  Phmts 
I  Flozverless  Plants 


'Non-living  Bodies 
(Inorganic) 


This  classification  could  be  carried  further  at  every 
point,  but  this  will  be  far  enough  for  present  purposes. 
It  should  be  remembered  in  any  classification  that  there 
are  no  hard  and  fast  lines  in  Nature.  For  example,  some 
creatures  are  on  the  border-land  between  plants  and  ani- 
mals, and  again  some  animals  are  between  the  backboned 
animals  and  those  without  backbones. 


380 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


GREAT-LE'AVED      M  A  i  ;X(_>I.l  A 
A    forest    tree    with     large    solitary     white    flowers.       Range:      .Southern 
and   Southeastern    United    States. 

2.     Plants 
Wild  Flowers  and  Ferns 

Flower  in  the  crannied  wall, 

I  pluck  you  out  of  the  crannies; 

Hold  you  here,  root  and  all,  in  my  hand. 

Little  floiver — but  if  I  could  understand 

What  you  are,  root  and  all,  and  all  in  all, 

I  shoidd  knoiv  what  God  and  man  is. 

— Tennyson. 
Do  you  know  the  earliest  spring  flower  in  your  neigh- 
borhood? In  the  northern  United  States  it  is  usually 
found  in  bloom  before  all  the  snow  of  winter  is  gone.  In 
some  swamp  or  along  some  stream  where  the  snow  has 
melted  away  in  patches  it  is  possible  to  find  the  Skunk 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


381 


TIRAICLING    ARBUTTJS 

One  of  our  earliest  spring  flowers,  usually  growing  in  patches  in 
sandy  or  rocky  woods.  Range:  Eastern  United  States  westward 
to    Michigan.      Photograph    by    G.    Clyde   Fisher. 

Caljl)age  in  bloom  very  early  in  the  spring.  See  how 
early  you  can  find  it.  In  the  southern  United  States,  one 
of  the  earliest  spring  flowers  is  the  yellow  Jessamine, 
which  twines  over  bushes  and  trees  thus  displaying  its 
fragrant,  golden  bells. 

As  the  season  advances,  other  flowers  appear,  and  we 
find  the  Spring  Beauty,  the  Trailing  Arbutus,  the  Blood- 
root,  and  the  Hepatica.  What  delightful  associations 
each  of  these  names  brings  to  our  minds !  By  the  time 
summer  is  here  we  have  an  entirely  different  flower-pop- 
ulation in  the  fields  and  woods — the  Cardinal  Flower  with 
its  intense  red  color  and  the  Pink  Lady's-Slipper  with  its 
drooping  moccasin-shaped  lip  are  to  be  found  then.  In 
the  autumn  we  have  a  different  group  of  flowers  still — 
the  Goldenrods,  the  Asters,  and  the  Fringed  Gentian,  the 


382 


SCOUTING    rOU    GIRLS 


PINK     MOCCASPN-FIjOWER 

A  striking  native  wild  orchid  growing  in  sandy  or  rocky 
woods.  Range:  Newfoundland  to  North  Carolina  westward 
to    Minnesota.      Photograph    by    G.    Clyde    Fisher. 


season  closing  with  our  latest  fall  flower,  the  Witch-hazel. 

Some  flowers  and  ferns  grow  hest  in  the  shady  woods, 

others  in  the  sunny  fields,  some  on  the  rocks  and  others 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  383 

in  the  marshes.  We  soon  learn  where  to  look  for  our 
favorites.  In  taking  tramps  along  the  roadS;  across  the 
fields,  through  the  woods,  and  into  the  swamps,  we  could 
notice  along  the  roadside  Bouncing-Bet.  Common  Yar- 
row, Dandelion,  Thistles,  and  Goldenrod ;  in  the  fields 
and  meadows,  we  would  see  the  Ox-eye  Daisy,  Black- 
eyed  Susan,  Wild  Carrot,  and  the  most  beautiful  fall 
flower  of  the  northeastern  United  States,  the  Fringed 
Gentian;  in  the  woods,  Mountain  Laurel,  Pink  Azalea,  a 
number  of  wild  Orchids,  Maidenhair  Fern,  and  Jack-in- 
the  Pulpit ;  in  the  marshes,  Pink  Rose-mallow,  which  re- 
minds us  of  the  Hollyhocks  of  our  Grandmother's  gar- 
den, Pickerel-weed,  Water-lily,  and  Marsh  Marigold. 

It  is  natural  to  want  to  know  the  name  of  any  plant 
that  interests  us,  and  this  is  important.  As  in  the  sub- 
jects of  Birds,  there  are  many  helpful  books  on  Flowers 
and  Ferns.  Beginners  will  find  "The  Flower  Guide,"  by 
Chester  A.  Reed  (Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.)  to  be  useful. 
After  a  good  start  has  been  made,  such  books  as  Gray's 
Manual,  or  Britton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora  should 
be  used. 

Our  pursuit,  however,  should  not  stop  with  the  name 
of  a  plant.  That  is  a  mere  beginning.  Even  slight  atten- 
tion will  uncover  many  fascinating  things  in  the  lives  of 
plants.  Why  can  not  a  farmer  raise  a  good  crop  of 
clover-seed  without  the  bumble-bees?  What  devices  are 
there  among  the  Orchids  to  bring  about  cross-pollination? 
(See  "Our  Native  Orchids,"  by  William  Hamilton  Gib- 
son). Examine  the  flower  of  the  wild  Blue  Flag,  and 
see  whether  you  can  determine  how  the  bumble-bee  cross- 
pollinates  this  plant.  Do  the  Hummingbirds  cross-polli- 
nate some  flowers  ?  In  what  plants  is  the  pollen  scattered 
by  the  wind?    Do  these  plants  produce  nectar? 

How  do  the  various  plants  scatter  their  seeds  How 
are    the    Hickory-nuts    and    Walnuts    scattered?      The 


384 


SCOVTING    KOK    (ilRI.S 


G  A  1 1  J.  A  R D 1  A     OR     B L  A X K'ET -  F I.'    \V E R 
Daisy   family.     'Range;     Hills  and   plains   of   western    United   States 
and    Canada.      Photograph    by    Albert    E.    Butler. 

Dandelion's  and  Thistle's  seeds  have  flyinjy-hairs  or 
parachutes  and  are  hlown  about  by  the  wind.  What 
other   plants  can  you   iind   whose   seeds  are   scattered   in 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


385 


Mt 

■  p-^^^i^ 

^v-Mm 

!?.^m(ffi: 

^"  '■'  /^  --"V."  :v 

BLACK-KYE'U    SUSAX 
A  beautiful  and  abundant  flower  of  the  fields. 
Range:     JCastem   North  America   westward  to 
the     Rocky     Mountains.       Photograph     by     G. 
Clyde  Fisher. 

the  same  way?  Can  you  discover  a  plant  whose  seeds 
are  carried  by  water  ?  The  Witch-hazel  shoots  its  seeds. 
What  other  plants  can  you  find  that  have  explosive 
fruits?  Cherry-seeds  are  carried  by  birds.  Mention 
some  other  seeds  that  are  carried  in  this  way.  It  would 
take  very  little  observation  to  learn  how  Burdock-burs, 
Cockle-burs,  Stick-tights,  Beggar-lice,  Spanish-needles, 
and  such  hooked  fruits  are  scattered. 

Learn  the  names  of  the  principal  noxious  weeds  of 
the  farm  and  garden,  and  also  learn  the  be?t  methods 
of  combating  them. 

Learn  to  know  the  plants  in  your  vicinity  which  are 
used  in  the  making  of  drugs. 


386 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


LOCO-WE'ED 
A  poisonous  plant  which  produces  loco-disease  in  cattle,  sheep,  and 
horses    that    eat    it.       Range:      Plains    from    Montana    to    Colorado. 
Photograph    by    Albert    E.    Butler. 

Learn  to  know  the  poisonous  plants  around  your 
home  and  summer  camp.  Are  the  following  to  be  found 
there:  Poison  Ivy,  Poison   Sumach,  Loco-weed,   Bitter- 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


387 


SHOWY    PRIMROSE 
Not  a  true  Primrose,   but  a  member  of  the  Evening  Primrose   Family. 
Range:    Prairies   of   western   United   States  and    northern   Mexico;   also 
naturalized  farther  east.     Photograph   by   Mr.  and  Mrs.   Leo   E.   Miller. 

sweet  (Salanum  Dulcamara) ,  Black  Nightshade,  Jimson- 
weed,  Poke-weed,  Poison  Hemlock? 

Trees 
He  who  wanders  widest  lifts 
No  more  of  beauty's  jealous  veils, 
Than  he  who  from  his  doorivay  sees 
The  miracle  of  flowers  and  trees. 

— Whittier 

The  trees  of  the  forest  are  of  two  classes,  deciduous 
trees  and  evergreen  trees.  To  the  former  belong  those 
which  shed  their  leaves  in  the  fall,  are  bare  in  the  win- 
ter, and  then  grow  a  new  crop  of  leaves  in  the  spring, 
e.g.,  oaks,  elms,  maples.  The  evergreen  trees  shed  their 
leaves  also,  but  not  all  at  one  time.     In  fact,  they  always 


388 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


'RHOI>ODE,NDRON    OR    GREAT    LAUREL. 
A   tall   shrub,    or   sometimes    a    tree,   growing   in    woods   and   along 
streams.      Range:     Eastern    North    America    froin   'Nova   Scotia    to 
Georgia.       Photograph    by    Albert    E.«  Butler. 

have  a  goodly  number   of   leaves,  and  are   consequently 
green  all  the  year  round,  e.g..  pines,  spruces,  firs. 

The  uses  of   wood  are  so  many  and  various   that  we 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


389 


.•^l^'' 


CHKlS'iWlA.S    FEKN 

An    evergreen    fern    growing    in    woods    and    rocky    places.       Range: 

Eastern  United  States  and  Ca^nada.    Pliotograph  by  Mary  C.  Dickerson. 

can  only  begin  to  mention  them.  In  looking  about  us 
we  see  wood  used  in  building  houses,  in  making  furni- 
ture, for  railroad  ties,  and  for  shoring  timbers  in  mines. 
In  many  country  districts  wood  is  used  for  fuel.  And 
do  you  realize  that  only  a  short  time  ago  the  newspaper 
which  you  read  this  morning  and  the  book  which  you 
now  hold  in  your  hand  were  parts  of.  growing  trees  in 
the  forest?  Paper  is  made  of  wood-pulp,  mostly  from 
Spruce. 

Besides  the  direct  uses  of  wood,  we  turn  to  the  forest 
for  many  interesting  and  valuable  products,  varying  in 
importance  from  a  balsam-pillow  filled  with  the  frag- 
rant leaves  or  needles  of  the  Balsam  Fir,  to  turpentine 
and  rosin  (naval  stores),  produced  chiefly  by  the  Long- 
leaved  Pine  of  the  Southeastern  States.  Spruce  gum  is 
obtained  from  the  Black  Spruce  and  Red  Spruce.  Can- 
ada balsam  used  in  cementing  lenses  together  in  micro- 


390 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


IN  A  TURPENTINE  GROVE 
The  long-leaved  Pine  furnishes  most  of  the  turpentine  and  rosin 
of   commerce.     iRange:    Virginia    to   Florida   and   Texas.      Photo- 
graph  by    G.    Cylde   Fisher. 

scopes,  telescopes,  and  the  like,  comes  from  the  Balsam 
Fir.  Bark  for  tanning  comes  from  Oak  and  Hemlock. 
The  Indians  of  the  Eastern  Woodlands  or  Great  Lakes 
area  made  canoes  and  many  other  useful  articles  of  the 
bark  of  the  Canoe  or  Paper  Birch.  Baskets  are  made 
from  Willow  twigs.  Maple  sugar  comes  chiefly  from 
the  Sugar  Maple. 

The  turpentine  industry  is  the  chief  one  in  parts  of 
the  South  where  the  Long-leaved  Pine  thrives.  The 
United  States  produces  more  turpentine  and  rosin  than 
any  other  country  in  the  world.  The  turpentine  is  used 
in  paints  and  in  various  arts.  The  rosin  is  used  in  var- 
nish, laundry  soap,  etc.  These  two  products  come  from 
the  sap  or  "gum"  of  the  pine  tree.  The  sap  is  secured 
by  tapping  or  "boxing"  the  tree,  and  then  keeping  the 
cut  ducts  of  the  sap-wood  open  by  "chipping"  or  "pull- 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


391 


BLACK  SUGAR   MAPILE 

The  sap  of  this  tree,  as  well  as  the  more  common  Sugar 
Maple,  is  the  souree  of  maple  sugar.  Range:  Eastern 
United    States    and    southeastern    Canada. 

ing,"  that  is,  by  putting  a  new  "streak"  on  the  tree.  This 
has  to  be  done  once  a  week  from  March  1  to  November 
1.  The  sap  used  to  be  collected  in  a  "box"  or  deep  notch 
cut  in  the  base  of  the  tree,  but  the  modern  method  is  to 
have  it  run  into  cups  made  of  zinc  or  of  burned  clay 
similar  to  flower-pots.     The  sap  is  taken  to  a  turpentine 


392 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


Pj 

'»«-t'i'"           1 

Emp 

^BM^K^ 

^^^1 

^li 

H^^^H 

M^ 

^ 

mM 

^^H^B^'^ 

HI 

Hi 

COlMMO:^I    FALL    MUSHROOM 
An    excellent    article    of    food    growing    commonly    in    old    pasture 
fields.     Rang'e:       Temperate     and     tropical     regions     all     over     the 
world.      Photograph    by    G.    Clyde    Fisher. 

still  where  it  is  heated  over  a  furnace.  This  drives  off 
the  turpentine  or  "spirits"  as  steam  or  vapor,  which  is 
condensed  to  liquid  again  by  passing  through  the  worm 
of  the  still  surrounded  by  cold  water.  The  rosin  or 
resin  is  left  behind. 

The  Sugar  Maple  grows  from  Florida  and  Texas 
northward  to  Manitoba  and  Quebec,  but  it  is  only  in  the 
northern  part  of  its  range  that  the  maple  sugar  industry 
thrives.  This  delicious  food  is  one  of  the  many  that 
we  learned  to  utilize  from  the  Indians.  The  sap  is  ob- 
tained by  tapping  the  tree  in  the  spring  before  the  leaves 
come  out,  the  best  weather  for  the  flow  of  sap  being 
that  when  it  freezes  at  night  and  thaws  in  the  daytime. 
The  sap  is  boiled  down ;  that  is,  the  water  is  driven  off 
and  the  sugar  remains.  It  takes  about  three  gallons,  or 
a  little  more,  of  sap  to  make  a  pound  of  maple  sugar, 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  393 

Three  to  four  pounds  of  sugar  is  an  average  yield  for 
one  tree  in  a  season.  Much  of  the  sap,  however,  is  not 
boiled  down  into  sugar,  but  the  boiling  is  stopped  while 
it  is  in  the  form  of  syrup.  If  you  have  ever  eaten  buck- 
wheat cakes  with  real  maple  syrup  you  will  always  es- 
teem the  Sugar  Maple  tree. 

The  forests  perform  extremely  valuable  services  for 
mankind  entirely  apart   from  the  products  they  yield. 

First,  they  prevent  erosion,  or  the  washing  away  of 
soil  by  the  water  that  falls  as  rain.  After  the  trees  have 
been  cut  away,  very  often,  especially  upon  hillsides,  the 
most  productive  soil  is  washed  away,  usually  clear  off  of 
the  original  owner's  farm,  and  deposited  in  the  flood- 
plains  or  bottoms  of  creeks  and  rivers  or  in  river  deltas 
— in  places  where  it  cannot  be  utilized  to  any  great  ex- 
tent. Thus  erosion  causes  a  tremendous  loss  to  farmers, 
and  it  is  chiefly  due  to  the  thoughtlessness  of  the  Amer- 
ican people  in  destroying  the  forests. 

Second,  and  chiefly  related  to  this,  is  the  fact  that  the 
floods  upon  our  rivers,  which  every  year  take  such  heavy 
toll  in  property  and  in  human  life,  are  due  to  the  cutting 
away  of  the  forests.  This  allows  the  water  from  rain 
and  melting  snow  to  reach  the  streams  at  times  faster 
than  it  can  be  carried  off,  and  so  we  have  a  flood.  The 
forest  floor,  with  its  undergrowth  and  humus,  in  those 
localities  where  the  forests  still  exist  about  the  head- 
waters of  our  rivers,  acts  like  a  huge  layer  of  blotting 
paper  which  holds  the  water  back  and  allows  it  to  escape 
to  the  streams  slowly,  and  so  floods  are  avoided. 

Third,  and  related  to  the  above,  is  the  fact  that  the 
water  supply  of  our  cities  would  be  more  constant  if 
the  forests  had  not  been  cut  away.  In  these  cases  the 
summer  droughts  make  much  greater  the  danger  from 
water-borne  diseases. 

It  is  only  in  recent  years  that  the  American  people 


394 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


WEMliRN   YELLOW    l'L\L 

^  magnificent  tree  which  furnishes  valuable  timber.  Range:  Hills 
and  mountains  of  western  United  States.  Photograph  by  Albert 
E.  Butler. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


395 


ROADS    THROUGH    THE    ASPEXS 
Range:    Northern    United    States    and   Canada,    south    in    the 
Rocky  Mountains  to  Mexico.  Photograph  by  Albert  E.  Butler. 

have  begun  to  realize  the  necessity  of  the  conservation 
of  our  forests,  and  in  many  sections  much  has  been  done 
to  redeem  the  criminal  thoughtlessness  in  destroying  our 
forests  and  to  restore  those  devastated  by  forest  fires. 
Reforestation  operations  have  accomplished  a  great  deal, 
and  the  orgajiiZfJ^tJon  to  prevent  forest  fires  emphasizes 


396 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


BALD  CYPRESS  DRAPED  WITH  SPANISH  "MOSS." 

This  tree  is  almost  entirely  hidden  by  this  "moss,"  which  is  really  a 
flowering  plant  of  the  Pineapple  family.  Range:  In  swamps  and  along 
rivers  from  Delaware  to  Florida,  west  to  Texas,  north  to  Missouri  and 
southern  Indiana.     Photograph  by  G.  Clyde  Fisher, 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  397 

the  old  adage  that  "an  ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a 
pound  of  cure."  Also  the  people  are  being  taught  cor- 
rect forestry  practices,  such  as  cutting  only  ripe  trees 
and  allowing  the  rest  to  grow,  instead  of  clearing  the 
land  entirely,  as  was  formerly  done  so  universally. 

The  life  history  of  every  tree  is  interesting;  how  it 
breathes  by  means  of  its  leaves,  just  as  the  animals  do 
by  means  of  gills  or  lungs ;  how"  it  manufactures  starch 
by  means  of  the  green  matter  in  the  leaves ;  how  the 
starch  is  changed  to  sugar  and  other  substances  v/hich 
are  carried  to  other  parts  of  the  tree  in  the  sap;  how 
the  sap  flows  upward  in  the  vessels  in  the  s^p-wood  and 
downward  in  the  vessels  of  the  inner  bark;  how  the 
entire  heart-wood  of  a  tree  is  dead  and  the  only  living 
part  is  the  sap-wood  and  the  innermost  bark. 

One  of  the  first  things  we  shall  want  to  know  when 
we  get  out  into  the  woods  is  the  name  of  the  tree  that 
interests  us.  For  this  purpose  the  books  given  as  refer- 
ences under  "Trees"  will  be  useful. 


398 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


0^ 

H 

< 

H 

O 

2: 

Z 

O 

-!-> 

m 

o 

W 

n 

> 

;-> 

J 

<u 

O 

f$ 

>, 

P^ 

1) 

o 

b 

pa 

o 

^  t^ 


§2 
U  o 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


399 


^^PE^^^ 

iHPniiHBHIHI 

vV-            '              :. 

■^^^^P^BB 

i 

"^IH^RB^^^B 

1 

'  ^V 

■ft 

'''^^SIhBI 

r'^ 

Hr 

-^"^^SHI 

'^ 

^mB^ 

iL.*c^„ 

■ 

IK.     ,    ^M 

BABY  OPOSSUMS  RIDING  O.N  THEIR  MOTHER'S  BACK 
For  the  first  few  weeks  after  they  are  born  the  mother  carries  her 
babies  in  her  pocket;  later  they  ride  on  her  back  holding  on  by 
clinging  to  her  fur  with  their  paws  and  by  wrapping  their  tails 
about  that  of  their  mother.  Range:  Middle  and  Southern  States. 
*'rom  Group  in  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

3.     ANIMALS 
Mammals 

Mammals  differ  from  birds  in  that  they  have  hair 
instead  of  feathers,  and  that  they  are  first  fed  upon 
milk  produced  by  the  mother.  Unfortunately  the  mam- 
mals are  usually  called  simply  animals,  but  the  latter  is 
obviously  too  inclusive  a  term  and  should  not  be  used 
in  this  way.  There  is  no  reason  vv^hy  the  name  mammal 
should  not  be  commonly  used,  just  as  birds,  reptiles, 
amphibians,  and  fishes  are  used  for  the  other  groups  of 
backboned  animals. 

In  the  United  States  the  lowest  or  most  primitive 
mammal  is  the  Opossum.  The  baby  Opossums — from 
six  to  a  dozen  of  them — are  born  when  very  small  and 


400 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


NEW  YORK  WEASEL  IN  SUMMER  PELAGE 


OTTER  WITH   ITS  FAVORITE  FOOD 
The  Otter  belongs  to   tlie  Weasel  family,   and   feeds  almost  entirely   upon 
fish.     Range:  This  and  related  varieties  over  Northern  and  Eastern  North 
America.    From  Group  in  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


401 


NEW  YORK  WEASKb  IN  WINTER 
A  blood-thirsty  cousin  of  the  Otter  and  the 
,Mink.  Range:  This  and  related  species 
found  all  over  United  States  and  Canada. 
Group  in  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

undeveloped  and  are  immediately  placed  by  the  mother 
in  an  external  pouch,  where  they  continue  to  grow  until 
they  are  too  large  to  get  into  their  mother's  pocket ;  then 
they  frequently  ride  upon  their  mother's  back,  clinging 
to  her  fur  with  their  finger-like  toes  and  wrapping  their 
tails  about  their  mother's  tail.  The  Opossum  is  the  only 
animal  in  this  country  the  young  of  which  are  carried 
around  in  the  mother's  pocket,  and  the  only  one  which 
has  a  prehensile  tail ;  that  is,  one  used  for  coiling  around 
and  clinging  to  branches,  and  the  like.  Its  food  is  vari- 
ous, consisting  of  both  animal  and  plant  material — in- 
sects, young  birds,  pawpaws,  persimmons,  etc.     In  the 


402 


SCOUTING   FOR    GIRLS 


'■kf  Wiv-y,^ 


'It-   -    ■■  '*i 


X 


^-i 


':\.^^ 


M\ 


RACCOON   AT  ENTRANCE  TO  ITS  DEN   IN  A  HOLLOW  TREE 
A  near  relative  of  the  bears.     Note  the  black  face-mark  and  the 
ringed  tail.     Range:   This  or  a  related  variety  occurs  in  all  parts 
of  United  States.     Photograph  from  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

food  devoured  the  Opossum  probably  does  more  good 
than  harm. 

In  their  food  habits  many  mamals  are  decidedly 
injurious.  Rats,  Weasels,  Minks,  and  Foxes  destroy 
poultry ;  Wolves  and  Pumas  kill  domestic  and  game 
animals ;  Woodchucks  or  Groundhogs  eat  clover  and 
various  garden  plants ;  Moles  damage  the  lawns ;  Rats, 
Mice,  and  Gophers  spoil  and  devour  grain ;  Mice  and 
Rabbits  girdle  fruit  trees,  thus  killing  them. 

On  the  other  hand,  many  mammals  furnish  food ; 
e.  g.,  Rabbits,  Elk,  and  Deer.  This  was  more  important 
in  pioneer  times  than  at  present.  Many  furnish  furs 
used  as  articles  of  clothing;  e.  g.,  Raccoon,  Fox,  Musk- 
rat,  Mink,  Otter,  Marten,  Mole,  New  York  Weasel  and 
other  northern  weasels  in  their  winter  coats. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


403 


POLAR    BEAR 
An    expert   swimmer.     Feeds    upon   seals,    fish    and    other    animal 
food.      Range:     Artie    regions   of    the   world.      Habitat    Group    in 
American    Museum    of    Natural    History. 

Many  furs  are  usually  sold  under  trade  names  that 
are  entirely  different  from  the  true  name  of  the  ani- 
mal. A  list  of  a  few  fur-bearing  mammals  of  the  United 
States  having  trade  names  differing  from  the  true  names 
follows : 

The  True  Fur 
Dark  blended  Muskrat 
Mink  blended  Muskrat 
Natural  Muskrat* 
Natural  Jersey  Muskrat 
Plucked  and  Seal-dyed  Muskrat 
Plucked  and  Seal-dyed  Muskrat 
Skunk 

Striped   Skunk 
N.  Y.  Weasel  in  winter  pelage 


The  Trade  Name 
Russian  Otter 
Natural  River  Mink 
River  Mink 
River  Sable 
Hudson  Seal 
Aleutian  Seal 
Black  Marten 
Civet  Cat 
Ermine 


*Muskrat  fur  is  now  also  sold  under  its  true  name. 


404 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 


405 


MINK 
A   eoisin   of  the    Weasel   and    Otter,   the   Jlink    feeds   upon   frogs,    cray- 
fish,  mice,   bird's  egg's,   etc.      Range:     Tliis   and   closely   related   forms 
over    most    of   United   States,    Canada,    and    Alaska.      From    Group    in 
American   Museum   of   Natural   History. 


A  few  suggestions  for  observation  or  study : 

1.  What  peculiar  instinct  or  habit  has  the  Opossum  de- 
veloped ? 

2.  How  does  the  flight  of  a  Bat  dififer   frorn  that  of  a 
Flying  Squirrel  ? 

3.  Can    you    notice    any     peculiarity     in     the    Rabbit's 
track  ? 

4.  Mention  three  mammals  that  hibernate. 

5.  Describe   the    methods    of    defense    in    the    following 
mammals  :     Armadillo,  Porcupine,  Skunk. 

6.  Why    do    the    front    teeth    of    the    Squirrel    and    the 
Beaver  continue  to  grow? 


406 


SCOUTING    FOK    GIRLS 


The  best  way  to  find  the  answers  to  these  f|nestions  is 
by  actual  observation  of  the  animals,  but  when  this  is 
impossible,  the  references  given  under  "Mammals"  will 
be  found  useful. 


RED     FOX     RETURXaXG     TO    ITS    YOUXG     FROM     SOME 
FAP.M'BR'iS   HEX-ROOST 

The  Cross  Fox,  the  Silver  Fox,  and  the  Black  Fox  are  color 
phases  of  the  Red  Fox,  and  not  different  species.  Range: 
Northern  X'orth  America  south  to  Georgia.  Habitat  Group 
in    American   Museum   of   X^atural   History. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  407 


BAJUD    EAGLE 

The  American  Eagle,   the  Emblem   of  our  Country 

Range:     United  States 

Birds 

He  who  takes  the  first  step  in  ornithology  is 
ticketed  for  the  whole  trip. — John  Burroughs. 
The  love  of  the  beautiful  seems  to  be  innate ;  that  is, 
born  in  us.     And  the  birds  appeal  to  this  in  at  least  two 
ways :     First,  on  account  of  the  beauty  of  their  songs, 


408 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


w  aX 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


409 


SCREECH  OWL, 

The    Screech    Owl    feeds    largly    upon    mice    and    other    destructive 

rodents.     Range:   Eastern  North  America. 

and  second,  on  account  of  the  beauty  of  their  plumage. 

Among  the  birds  that  have  especially  beautiful  songs 
are  the  Thrushes,  which  include  the  Robin  and  the  Blue- 
bird, the  finest  singer  in  this  family  probably  being  the 
Hermit  Thrush.  In  the  Southern  States  there  is  no  more 
popular  singer  among  the  birds  than  the  Mockingbird. 
But  it  should  be  remembered  that  a  bird's  song  cannot 
be  separated  from  the  associations  which  it  calls  up  in 
one's  memory.     So  that  the  performance  of  an  ordinary 


410 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


411 


GREAT    HORNED    OWL, 
Rabbits    constitute    a    favorite   food    when 
available.     Poultry  and  other  birds  are  also 
destroyed     by     this     owl.       Range:     Eastern 
North    America. 

songster  may  be  more  pleasing  to  one  than  that  of  some 
finer  one  because  of  youthful  associations. 

It  seems  to  be  a  general  law  of  nature  that  the  finest 
songsters  have  the  plainest  coats. 

Among  the  birds  that  we  enjoy  on  account  of  their 
beautiful  plumage  are  the  Egrets,  every  feather  of  their 


412 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


413 


BOR.ETS:     PARENT    BIRDS 


coats  being  as  white  as  snow,  and  the  plumes  of  these 
birds  are  so  beautiful,  and  human  beings  have  been  so 
thoughtless  that  the  Egrets  have  been  almost  extermin- 
ated in  order  to  supply  the  millinery  trade.  These  plumes, 
known  as  aigrettes,  grow  on  the  backs  between  the  shoul- 
ders of  both  the  male  and  female  birds,  and  are  worn 
only  during  the  nesting  season.  The  only  time  during  the 
nesting  season  that  the  plume  hunter  finds  it  profitable  to 
hunt  these  birds  is  when  the  young  are  in  the  nest.  At  any 
other  time  the  birds  would  be  so  wild  that  the  plume  hunt- 
er could  not  easily  shoot  them.  When  the  young  are  in 
the  nest  the  parental  love  is  so  strong  that  the  adult  birds 
cannot  resist  the  instinct  to  return  to  feed  the  nestlings 


414 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


GOLDEN   PLOVER 
The  Golden  Plover  makes  the  longest  single  flight  known  to  be 
made  by  any  bird  in  migration, — that  is,  2,500  miles  from  Nova 
Scotia  across  the  open  ocean  to  South  America.     Range:    North 
and    South    America. 

when  they  are  begging  for  food.  In  this  way  both  the 
father  bird  and  the  mother  bird  become  an  easy  prey 
for  the  ambushed  plume  hunter,  and  there  is  but  one 
thing  that  can  happen  to  the  baby  Egrets  in  the  nest 
after  both  of  their  parents  have  been  killed — they  starve 
to  death.  This  is  one  of  the  most  cruel  phases  of  the 
plume  trade,  and  there  is  no  other  way  to  secure  the 
aigrette  plumes  of  the  Egrets  than  by  killing  the  adult 
birds.  Fortunately,  in  the  United  States  it  is  against 
the  law  to  shoot  these  birds,  and  it  is  against  the  law 
to  import  the  plumes.  Until  recently  it  has  not  been 
illegal  to  wear  these  plumes,  and  the  fact  that  there 
are  still  a  few  women  who  adorn  their  hats  with  them 
has  encouraged  the  illegal  and  cruel  killing  of  these 
birds  in  our  country,  or  the  smuggling  in  of  the  plumes 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  415 


BOBOLINK 

During    the    autumn    migration    this    bird    is    the    Reedbird 

or   Ricebird.      Range:      North    and    South    America. 

from  some  other  country.  In  the  latter  part  of  1919 
the  federal  regulations  have  been  interpreted  to  make  it 
illegal  to  possess  aigrette  plumes,  and  henceforth  the 
law  will  be  so  enforced.  This  is  the  successful  culmina- 
tion of  a  long  fight  by  the  Audubon  Society. 

A  few  other  birds  of  striking  plumage  are  the  Blue- 
jay,  the  Bluebird,  the  Baltimore  Oriole,  the  Scarlet  Tan- 
ager,  the  Cedar  Waxwing,  and  Red-winged  Blackbird. 

Turning  from  the  esthetic  value  of  birds,  which  de- 
pends, among  other  things,  upon  the  beauty  of  their 
songs  and  the  beauty  of  other  plumage,  we  may  consider 
the  value  of  birds  in  dollars  and  cents. 


416 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


41? 


NORTHERN     SHRIKE     IXIPAUNG     A     HOUS'E     SPARROW     UPON 

A    THORN 
The     habit     illustrated     here     has     given     the     Shrike     the     nan;ie     of 
Butcher-bird.      It   is   surprising    to   find   a   song-bird    with    the    habits 
of   a    bird    of   prey.      Range:      .Northern    North    America. 

Every  farmer  and  gardener  must  cultivate  his  crops 
and  fight  the  weeds  which  are  always  crowding  out  the 
plants  he  is  trying  to  raise,  and  in  this  fight  he  is  helped 
by  a  great  many  birds  of  various  kinds.  Among  these 
are   the   Mourning   Dove,  the   Bob-Wiiite,   and   members 


418 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


si 


Qffi 
C  3 


a  3 


to  a 


o  a 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


419 


A    lvIX.LDKKll    l-'AJIILY 
This   plover   is   common    in   meadows,    cultivated   flelds,   and   about 
ponds  and  lakes.     It  gets  its  name  from  its  note.      Range:    iNorth 
and   South   Aimerica. 

of  the  Sparrow  family,  such  as  the  Goldfinch,  the  Junco, 
and  the  Song  Sparrow.  In  this  country,  in  the  aggre- 
gate, these  seed-eating  birds  destroy  every  year  tons  of 
seeds  of  the  noxious  weeds,  and  are  therefore  valuable 
friends  of  the  gardner  and  farmer.  For  more  definite 
data  see  bulletins  published  by  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture,  or  "Useful  Birds  and  Their  Protection," 
by  Edward  Howe  Forbush  (Massachusetts  Board  of 
Agriculture), 

Thousands  of  bushels  of  grain  are  eaten  or  spoiled 
by  small  mammals,  such  as  mice,  rats,  and  spermo- 
philes  or  gophers.  To  the  relief  of  the  farmer,  many 
birds  feed  upon  these  destructive  little  rodents.  The 
Crow  occasionally  captures  a  mouse,  while  the  Shrikes 
or  Butcher-birds  catch  a  great  many.  The  Screech  Owl 
feeds  largely  upon  mice.  The  Red-tailed  Hawk  is 
called  the  Hen-hawk  or  Chicken-hawk  by  most  farmers, 


420 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


STARLING 
Introduced    1890   into  iNew   York   City;   since   spread  over   north- 
eastern    states.       Western     and     central    iEurope,     New    England 
and   Middle   Atlaaitic  States. 

but  this  is  very  unfair  to  the  bird,  for  its  principal  food 
is  mice.  In  fact,  most  of  the  Hawks  and  Owls  of  the 
United  States  are  really  valuable  friends  of  ihe  farmer 
because  of  the  injurious  rodents  which  they  devour. 
(See  "Hawks  and  Owls  of  tJic  United  States/'  by  A. 
K.  Fisher.) 

To  be  fair,  it  must  be  admitted  that  there  are  a  few 
exceptions ;  that  is,  that  there  are  a  few  Hawks  and 
Owls  which  do  more  harm  than  good.  The  Sharp- 
shinned  Hawk  kills  many  harmless  songbirds  and  oc- 
casionally young  game  birds  and  young  chickens.  The 
Cooper's  Hawk,  which  nests  throughout  the  United 
States,  is  a  real  chicken  hawk,  and  the  worst  one  in  the 
country.  The  Duck  Hawk,  the  "Noble  Peregrine"  of 
falconry,  in  this  country  feeds  largely  upon  domestic 
pigeons,  but  no  bird  student  would  wish  to  see  it  exter- 
minated on  account  of  this  habit. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


421 


There  are  a  number  of  birds  which  are  vakia])le 
friends  to  all  the  people  Ijecause  they  are  scavengers. 
The  Herring  Gull,  which  is  the  commonest  gull  of  the 
harbors  of  the  United  States,  and  which  is  also  found 
on  inland  lakes  and  rivers,  by  feeding  upon  all  kinds 
of  refuse  animal  and  plant  materials  makes  the  waters 
about  our  cities  more  healthful.  This  is  especially  true 
of  the  coast  cities  which  dump  their  garbage  into  the 
waters  not  far  distant.  The  Turkey  Vulture,  the  Black 
Vulture  or  Carrion-Crow,  and  the  California  Condor 
make  the  fields  and  woods  of  the  country  more  health- 
ful by  devouring  the  carcasses  of  animals,  and  the  first 
two  species  eat  the  ofifal  from  slaughter  houses  and  even 
scraps  of  meat  from  the  markets  in  some  of  our  South- 
ern cities. 

The  most  valuable  group  of  birds  from  the  stand- 
point of  the  farmers,  the  orchardists,  and  the  gardeners 


COMMON    TERN 

A    close     relative    of    the    gulls.      IRange:     Northern     Hemisphere, 

northern    South    America    and    Africa. 


422 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


GREAT    BLUE    HERON 
Frequently  miscalled  Blue  "Crane."     The   long  legs  indicate 
that    this   is   a   wading   bird.      Range:    Western    Hemisphere. 

is  the  insect-eating  birds.  Among  these  are  the  Wood 
Pewee,  the  Phoebe,  the  Kingbird,  and  all  of  the  Fly- 
catchers ;  the  Purple  Martin  and  all  of  the  Swallows ; 
the  Nighthawk  and  Whip-poor-will.  The  Yellow-billed 
and  Black-billed  Cuckoos  and  the  Baltimore  Oriole  feed 
largely    upon    tent    caterpillars    and    others    caterpillars 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  423 

which  defoliate  the  fruit  and  shade  trees.  The  Sparrow 
Hawk  has  been  wrongly  named,  for  it  eats  a  thousand 
times  as  many  grasshoppers  as  it  does  sparrows.  The 
Chickadees,  Brown  Creepers,  and  many  of  the  Warblers 
feed  largely  upon  insects  and  insect  eggs  which  they 
glean  chiefly  from  the  trees.  The  Rose-breasted  Gros- 
beak and  the  Bob-White  eat  the  Colorado  potato-1:)eetle. 
In  the  West  the  Franklin's  Gull  follows  the  farmer  in 
the  fields  and  picks  up  great  numbers  of  destructive 
insects. 

In  learning  the  value  of  our  feathered  friends  it  is 
necessary  to  learn  to  know  the  birds,  and  in  this  quest 
great  help  can  be  obtained  from  books.  Beginners  will 
find  the  following  useful : 

"Land  Birds  East  of  the  Rockies,"  by  Chester  A. 
Reed. 

"Water  and  Game  Birds,"  by  Chester  A.  Reed. 

"Western  Bird  Guide,"  by  Chester  A.  Reed.  (All 
published  by  Doubleday,   Page  &   Co.) 

For  more  advanced  students  the  following  are  recom- 
mended : 

"Handbook  of  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,"  by 
Frank  M.  Chapman    (D.  Appleton  &  Co.). 

"Handbook  of  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,"  by 
Florence  Merriam  Bailey  (Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.). 

Our  study  of  birds  should  not  stop  with  the  name,  be- 
cause we  shall  find  many  things  of  interest  in  the  home 
life  of  birds,  many  things  that  seem  to  reflect  our  own 
lives.  (See  "Home  Life  of  Wild  Birds,"  by  F.  H.  Her- 
rick.     G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.) 

If  we  like  to  hear  birds  sing,  if  we  enjoy  the  beauty 
of  their  coats,  and  if  they  are  valuable  neighbors  from 
the  standpoint  of  dollars  and  cents,  then  it  is  worth 
while  to  consider  how  we  may  have  more  of  them  about 


424 


SCOUTING    I'OK    (ilULS 


our  homes.  Every  girl  can  do  a  great  deal  to  attract 
birds. 

First,  I)y  i)Utting  up  nesting  boxes.  Since  the  people 
of  our  country  have  destroyed  so  much  of  our  native 
forests  and  undergrov^'th,  have  drained  so  many  of  our 
swamps,  and  have  cultivated  so  much  of  the  grassy 
prairie,  many  birds  have  difficulty  in  finding  suitable 
places  to  nest.  This  can  be  remedied  in  the  case  of 
liirds  that  nest  in  cavities,  such  as  the  House  Wren, 
Tree  Swallow,  Purple  Martin,  Screech  Owl.  Chicka- 
dee, and  Bluebird,  by  putting  up  nesting  boxes.  For 
those  that  nest  in  shrubbery,  like  the  Catbird  and  the 
Brown  Thrasher,  shrubs  and  vines  may  be  planted  so 
that  the  desirable  tangle  may  be  had. 

Second,  by  putting  out  bird  baths.  In  this  improved 
country  of  ours,  there  are  doubtless  large  areas  in  which 


A    MOTHER    MALLARD    AND    HiER    FAMILY 
The    Wild    Mallard    is    the    original    of    many    of    the    flomesticated 
ducks.       Range:     Northern     Hemisphere. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


425 


wild  birds  have  difficulty  in  finding  suitaljle  places  to 
bathe.  Artificial  bird  baths  are  more  attractive  to 
birds  in  the  summer  time  than  during  cold  weather,  but 
they  will  be  used  even  in  winter  if  kept  free  from  ice. 
Do  not  place  a  bird  bath  so  close  to  a  shrub,  tree,  or 
building  that  a  house  cat  may  stalk  the  birds  from  be- 
b.ind  it.  The  house  cat  is  probably  the  worst  enemy  of 
our  native  songbirds. 

Third,  by  establishing  feeding  stations,  especially  in 
winter  when  snow  covers  the  natural  food  of  so  many 
birds.  When  birds  have  enough  to  eat  they  rarely  suffer 
severely   from  the  cold. 

Fourth,  by  cooperating  with  the  authorities  in  seeing 
that  the  laws  protecting  the  birds  are  enforced 

The  Audubon  Society  has  done  much  effective  work 
along  these  lines,  and  a  Girl  Scout  should  join  this  so- 
ciety, whose  headquarters  are  1974  Broadway,  New  York 
City. 

Amphibians 
All  nature  is  so  full  that  tliat  district  produces 
the  greatest  variety  zvhicJi  is  most  examined. 
— Gilbert   White,  Natural  History  of  Selborne. 

The  group  of  back-boned  animals  next  above  the  fishes 
is  the  Amphibians,  which  includes  the  frogs,  toads,  sala- 
manders,* and  their  relatives.  The  name  "amphibian" 
refers  to  two  modes  of  life  as  shown  by  most  of  the 
frogs  and  toads.  A  good  example  is  the  Common  Toad, 
whose  eggs  are  laid  in  the  water.  These  eggs  hatch  out 
not  into  toads,  but  into  tadpoles,  which  have  no  legs  and 
which  breathe  by  means  of  gills,  as  the  fishes  do.  They 
grow^  rapidly,  develop  a  pair  of  hind  legs  and  then  a  pair 


♦Unfortunately  in  the  Southern  States  there  is  an  entirely 
different  animal  commonly  called  a  "Salamander"  which  is  in 
reality  a  pocket-gopher  of  tlie  group  of  mammals. 


426  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


TOAD 
A    valuable    animal    in    the    garden    because    of    the    Insects 
which   it   eats.      Range:    Eastrn   United   States.      Photograph 
by   Herbert  OUang. 

of  front  legs,  while  the  tail  and  gills  are  absorbed,  all 
within  a  little  more  than  a  month  from  the  time  the  eggs 
are  laid.  During  this  change  a  pair  of  lungs  is  devel- 
oped, so  that  the  toads  breathe  air  as  human  beings  do. 
The  eggs  of  toads  and  frogs  may  be  collected  in  the 
spring  in  ponds,  and  this  remarkable  change  from  the 
egg  through  the  tadpole  stage  to  the  adult  form  may  be 
cbserved  in  a  simple  home  aquarium.  Toads'  eggs  may 
be  distinguished  from  those  of  frogs  by  the  fact  that 
toads'  eggs  are  laid  in  strings,  while  frogs'  eggs  are  laid 
in  masses. 

Every  Girl  Scout  should  know  the  song  of  the  toad, 
William  Hamilton  Gibson  says  it  is  "the  sweetest  sound 
in  nature."  (Sharp  Eyes,  p.  54.)  If  you  do  not  know  it, 
take  a  lantern  or  electric  flash-lamp  after  dark  some  eve- 
ning in  the  spring  at  egg-laying  time,  and  go  to  the 
edge  of  some  pond  and  see  the  toad  sing.  Notice  how 
the  throat  is  pufifed  out  while  the  note  is  being  produced. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


427 


BULLFROG 
The   largest   of  our  frogs,   remarkable   for  its   sonorous   bass   notes. 
Range:  Eastern  United  States  westward  to  Kansas.  Photograph 
by    Herbert    Lang. 

The  belief  that  warts  are  caused  by  hancHing  toads  has 
no  foundatipn  in  fact. 

The  toad  is  a  valuable  friend  of  the  gardner,  for  it 
feeds  upon  a  great  variety  of  destructive  insects. 

The  life  of  our  Salamanders  is  very  similar  to  that 
of  the  frogs  and  toads.  The  eggs  hatch  out  into  tad- 
poles, then  legs  are  developed,  but  the  tail  is  not  ab- 
sorbed. Unlike  the  frogs  and  toads,  the  Salamander 
keeps  its  tail  throughout  life,  and  in  some  kinds  of  Sala- 
manders which  spend  all  of  their  time  in  the  water,  the 
gills  are  used  throughout  life.  Salamanders  have  vari- 
ous common  names,  some  being  called  newts,  others 
water-dogs  or  mud-puppies.  The  mud-eel  and  the  Con- 
go "snake"  of  the  Southern  States,  and  the  "hell-bender" 
of  the  Ohio  valley  and  south  are  all  Salamanders.     The 


428 


SCOUTING    FOU    (ilRI.S 


^JH| 

1 

•h  '-'■'_ 

^^^^^1 

B 

H 

p^ 

HgK'V 

■H^^-   I:' 

•i'  . 

'  '<  ■ 

SPRING  PEEPER 
The  note  of  this  piping  hyla  is  a  wel- 
come sound  about  the  ponds  and 
Bwaimps  in  early  spring.  Range:  East-- 
eirn  United  States.  Photograph  by  Her- 
bert Lang. 

belief    that   any   of    the    Salamanders    is    poisonous    is    a 
myth  and  has  no  basis  in  fact. 

Reptiles 

Reptiles  include  Alligators,  Crocodiles, .  Turtles,  Liz- 
ards and  Snakes.  It  is  commonly  said  that  reptiles  are 
cold-blooded.  This  means  that  the  temperature  of  their 
blood  varies  and  is  the  same  as  the  surrounding  medium. 
The  temperature  of  an  Alligator  that  has  been  floating 
with  its  nose  out  of  the  water  is  the  same  as  the  sur- 
rounding  water.      The   temperature   of   a   turtle   in   the 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  429 


GILA    MOXSTER 
■Sio  called  froni  the  Gila  River  in   Arizona.     The  only  member  of 
the  lizard  family  known  to  be  venomous  except  the  very  similar 
crust-lizard   found   in   Mexico.      Range:    Desert   regions   of   south- 
ern   Arizona    and    New    Mexico. 

winter  time  is  the  same  as  the  mud  in  which  it  is  Ijuried, 
while  in  the  summer  time  it  is  much  higher.  What  is 
true  of  the  reptiles  in  respect  to  temperature  is  also  true 
of  Amphibians  and  Fishes.  However,  this  is  not  true 
of  Birds  and  Mammals,  for  these  have  a  uniform  tem- 
perature so  high  that  they  are  called  warm-hlooded. 

In  the  United  States  there  is  hut  one  species  of  Alli- 
gator and  but  one  species  of  Crocodile,  both  limited  to 
the  Southeastern  States. 

There  are  about  fifty  kinds  of  Turtle  and  Tortoises 
in  North  America,  some  of  which  live  on  the  land  and 
feed  largely  upon  plants,  e.  g.,  the  Common  Box  Turtle, 
found  from  the  New  England  States  to  South  Caro- 
lina and  westward  to  Kansas,  and  the  Gopher  Tortoise 
of  the  Southern  States.  Others  are  aquatic,  like  the 
Painted  Turtles,  which  are  found  in  one  form  or  an- 
other practically  all  over  the  United  States. 

Many  of  these  reptiles  are  highly  prized  as  food,  e.  g., 
Diamond-backed  Terrapin,  Soft-shelled  Turtle,  Snap- 
ping Turtle  and  Gopher  Tortoise. 


430 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


COMMON    BOX    TURTLiE 
Range:  Eastern  United  States 

There  are  about  one  hundred  species  of  Lizards  in 
North  America,  the  greatest  number  being  found  in  the 
drier  parts  of  the  continent.  Of  this  whole  number  only 
two  species  are  poisonous,  and  only  one  of  these,  the 
Gila  Monster,  is  found  within  the  United  States,  being 
confined  in  its  range  to  desert  regions  of  Southern  Ari- 
zona and  New  Mexico. 

The  Blue-tailed  Lizard  or  Skink,  which  occurs  from 
Massachusetts  to  Florida  and  westward  to  Central  Texas, 
is  commonly  believed  to  be  poisonous  in  the  Southern 
States,  where  it  is  called  the  Red-headed  "Scorpion,"  but 
this  is  one  of  the  popular  myths  still  too  common  among 
intelligent  people. 

The  Glass  "Snake"  of  the  Central  and  Southern  States 
is  a  peculiar  lizard  in  that  it  has  no  legs.  That  it  is  able, 
after  being  broken  to  pieces,  to  collect  itself  together 
again  and  continue  to  live  is  another  old  myth. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


431 


DIAMOND-BACKiED    TERRAPIN 
-Range:     Salt    marshes    of    the    Atlantic    Coast    and    Gulf    of 
Mexico    from    Massachusetts    to    Texas. 

About  a  dozen  kinds  of  Horned  "Toads"  are  found 
in  the  western  portions  of  the  United  States.  AltJiough 
toad-Hke  in  the  shape  of  their  bodies  and  in  some  of 
their  hal:»its,  they  are  really  lizards. 

The  American  Chameleon  or  "Green"  Lizard,  which 
ranges  in  this  country  in  the  coastal  regions  from  North 
Carolina  to  the  Rio  Grande  River,  has  a  remarkable 
power  of  changing  the  color  of  its  skin  through  shades 
of  brown,  gray,  and  green.  In  fact,  it  is  said  to  rival 
or  possibly  excel  the  true  chameleons  of  the  Old  World. 

For  treatment  of  the   Snakes   see  Woodcraft   section, 
FISHES 
"It  is  not  all  of  fishing  to  fish." 

The  fishes  are  the  lowest  of  the  true  vertebrates  or 
rnimals  with  backbones,  and  all  live  in  the  water.  They 
do  not  have  lungs,  but  breathe  through  gills  on  the  sides 
of  the  head.  They  are  cold  blooded  animals ;  i.  e.,  the 
temperature  of  the  blood  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  water 


432 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS  433 


COMMON    CATFISH 
The  barbels  which  suggest  the  whiskers  of  a  cat  are   responsible 
for    the    name.      This    fish    has    no    scales.     Range:    Eastern    and 
iCentral    United    States. 

in  which  they  are  living.  Fishes  are  found  in  both  fresh 
and  salt  water  all  over  the  world  and  have  adapted  them- 
selves to  many  conditions ;  for  example,  certain  fishes 
have  lived  in  caves  so  long  that  they  are  blind ;  some  live 
in  the  coldest  water,  while  others  can  revel  in  the  heat 
of  the  hot  springs. 

Many  fishes  are  valuable  as  food  and  the  fisheries  are 
extensive  industries,  in  which  large  sums  of  money  are 
invested. 

There  are  four  great  groups  of  fishes : 

1.  The  sharks  and  rays,  with  cartilaginous  skeletons. 

2.  The  ganoids  of  which  the  sturgeon  and  garpike  are 

examples,  with  heavy  plates  or  scales. 

3.  The  bony  fishes — salmon,  pickerel,  mackerel,  cod, 

halibut,  etc. 

4.  The  lung  fishes,  that  live  partly  in  air. 

There  are  many  species  of  sharks.  Among  the  more 
common  ones  in  Atlantic  waters  are  the  Smooth  Dogfish 
which  have  pavement-like  teeth ;  the  Sand  Sha'"k  with  cat- 
like teeth;  the  Hammerhead  Shark  with  its  eyes  on 
stalks.    The  near  relatives  of  the  sharks  are  the  Skates, 


434 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  435 

The  most  common  example  of  the  ganoid  fish  is  the 
sturgeon,  which  is  heavily  clad  with  a  bony  armor.  Most 
of  the  fishes  that  we  find,  however,  belong  to  the  third 
group,  i.  e.,  bony  fishes.  Among  the  salt-water  species, 
the  cod,  the  halibut,  the  mackerel,  and  the  bluefish  are 
especially  valuable  as  food.  Of  the  salt-water  fishes 
that  go  up  the  rivers  into  fresh  water  to  breed,  the 
salmon  and  the  shad  are  widely  known.  Of  a  strictly 
fresh-water  fish,  the  sunfish  and  catfish  are  very  com- 
mon. Among  the  game-fish  are  the  trout,  bass,  pickerel, 
and  salmon. 

For  those  who  live  in  cities,  a  convenient  place  to  begin 
the  study  of  fishes  is  in  the  fish-market  Here  we  may 
learn  to  know  the  common  food-fishes  by  name,  and  to 
know  many  interesting  things  about  them.  If  there  is  a 
Public  Aquarium  or  a  Natural  History  Museum  in  your 
city,  you  can  use  it  in  connection  with  the  fish-market. 
Especially  valuable  in  Museums  are  the  habitat  groups  of 
fishes,  that  is,  those  in  which  the  fishes  are  shown  in  their 
natural  surroundings.  But,  best  of  all,  the  place  to  study 
fishes,  as  is  true  of  all  other  animals,  is  out-of-doors  in 
their  native  haunts.  With  your  dip-net  or  hook  and  line, 
catch  the  fish,  and  then  by  the  aid  of  one  of  the  books 
listed  below  find  out  what  its  name  is.  Then,  by  observa- 
tion of  the  fish  see  what  is  interesting  in  its  life-history. 
Find  out  where  the  mother-fish  lays  her  eggs.  Does 
either  parents  guard  them?  Has  the  fish  any  natural 
weapons  of  defense?  If  so,  what  are  they?  Does  either 
parent  care  for  the  young  after  they  are  hatched  ?  What 
does  the  fish  feed  upon?  In  what  way  is  the  fish  protec- 
tively colored?  In  the  study  of  fishes,  an  interesting 
means  is  the  home  aquarium.  Any  Girl  Scout  can  easily 
learn  how  to  install  and  maintain  a  balanced  aquarium, 
that  is,  one  in  which  the  water  does  not  have  to  be  changed 
and  in  fact  should  not  be  changed.    In  such  an  aquarium, 


436  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

one  may  keep  and  study  a  great  variety  of  fishes.  Some 
of  our  local  fishes,  such  as  young  catfish  and  suckers, 
will  prove  fully  as  interesting  as  the  goldfish  and  many 
other  animals  besides  fishes  will  thrive  in  a  small  aquar- 
ium, such  as  tadpoles  of  frogs,  toads,  and  salamanders, 
adult  water-newts,  soft-shelled  turtles,  snails,  and  water- 
beetles  and  nymphs  of  dragon-flies. 


HA'MMiERHEAD    SHARK 

The  eyes  are  on  the  ends  of  blunt  stalks,  or  extensions  of  the 
sides  of  the  head,  which  suggest  the  name.  Range:  All  warm 
seas,  north  to  Oape  Cod. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


437 


oi 

5J 

w 

O 

H 

F 

< 

OJ 

^ 

ca 

!3i 

rt 

u 

(yj 

Q 

•T3 

Z 

c 

P 

J3 

U 

0 

Pi 

t; 

o 

•■C 

<  5 


438 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


SQUID 

Member  of  sanae  family   as   Octopus,   and  is   re- 
lated to  the  Oyster.    Has  ink  bag  for  protection. 

Animals  Without  Backbones 

In  general  the  Invertebrates  are  animals  without  a 
backbone ;  that  is,  they  do  not  have  an  internal  support- 
ing skeleton  of  bone,  as  does  the  dog  or  cat.  Compared 
with  mammals  or  birds,  they  are  all  small  and  some 
are  so  very  tiny  that  they  can  be  seen  only  with  a  very 
powerful  microscope.  Most  of  them  live  in  the  water 
or  in  the  mud  or  sand  under  the  water.  Hence  the  best 
place  to  get  acquainted  with  them  is  along  the  seashore 
or  near  some  lake  or  stream. 

There  are  several  different  groups  of  Invertebrates 
Slid  between  these  groups  there  are  greater  differences 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


439 


— Photograph  by  Mary  C.  Dickerson. 
SNAILS   AjND    their   TRACKS    ON    THE   BEACH 

of  structure  than  there  is  between  a  horse  and  a  hum- 
mingbird.   The  principal  groups  are : 

1.  The   Protozoa,    or    one-celled    animals    (nearly    all 
microscopic) , 

2.  The  Sponges, 

3.  The  Jellyfishes,  Sea-anemones,  and  Corals. 

4.  Worms  of  several  groups. 

5.  Starfishes,  Sea-urchins,  and  Sea-cucumbers. 

6.  Segmented  Worms. 

7.  Crabs,  Lobsters,  etc. 

8.  Oysters,  Snails,  and  Octopi. 

9.  Insects  and  Spiders. 

Seashore  Life 
Because   of    their    connection   with    our   industries   or 
cur  food  supply,  some  of  the  Invertebrates  are  familiar 


440 


SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 


JELLY    FISH 

to  all ;  for  instance,  sponges,  corals,  starfishes,  crabs, 
shrimps,  lobsters,  clams,  and  oysters.  Others  are  seldom 
seen  unless  one  takes  pains  to  look  for  them. 

All  life  comes  from  pre-existing  life.  So  every  ani- 
mal living  to-day  has  come  from  some  other  living  animal 
and  every  plant  living  to-day  has  come  from  some  other 
previously  living  plant.  It  is  believed  that  the  first  forms 
of  life  came  from  the  water.  At  any  rate,  the  oldest  and 
lowest  forms  of  life  to-day,  the  Protozoa,  are  found  in 
the  water.  As  these  are  nearly  all  very  minute  and  can 
be  studied  only  with  a  microscope,  they  are  omitted  from 
the  suggested  field  work. 

All  who  have  access  to  the  seashore  have  a  wonderful 
opportunity  to  study  the  Invertebrates.  The  long  stretches 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


441 


ANIMALS  OF  THE  WHARF-PILES 
Habitat  Group  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 


442  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

of  sandy  beach,  the  sections  of  shore  covered  with  water- 
rolled  pebbles  and  stones,  even  the  steep,  jagged  cliffs, 
are  all  pebbled  with  these  animals  of  the  sea.  Twice 
every  twenty-four  hours  the  sea  water  creeps  slowly  up 
the  beach  until  high  water  is  reached,  and  twice  every 
twenty- four  hours  it  recedes  again  toward  the  ocean. 
It  is  therefore  about  twelve  hours  from  one  low  water 
to  the  next.  On  a  gently  sloping  beach,  the  distances 
between  the  high  water  mark  and  the  low  water  mark 
may  be  many  hundreds  of  feet,  while  on  a  steep  beach 
or  a  straight  cliff  this  area  may  be  only  a  few  feet  in 
width.  It  is  this  area  between  the  high  and  low  water 
marks  that  is  the  haunt  of  many  Invertebrates.  These 
are  animals  that  can  live  if  they  are  not  continually 
covered  with  water.  Here  are  the  rock  barnacles,  the 
soft  clams,  crabs  of  many  kinds,  beach  fleas,  numerous 
sea  worms  in  their  special  houses,  snails,  and  hermit 
crabs.  Others  will  be  found  in  the  pools  between  the 
rocks  or  in  the  crevices  of  the  cliffs,  which  as  the 
tide  falls  becomes  great  natural  aquaria.  Here  will  be 
found  hydroids,  sea-anemones,  starfishes,  sea-urchins, 
barnacles,  muscles.  In  the  shallow  water,  crabs  and 
shrimps  are  crawling  along  the  sandy  bottom  or  are  lying 
concealed  in  the  mud,  while  schools  of  little  fishes  scoot 
across  the  pool.  If  a  fine  silk  net  is  drawn  through  the 
water  and  then  emptied  into  a  glass  dish  a  whole  new 
world  of  creatures  will  be  revealed — jellyfishes,  cteno- 
phores,  hydroids,  eggs  of  fish,  tiny  copepods,  the  larvae  or 
young  of  sea-urchins,  starfishes,  or  oysters.  If  an  old 
wharf  is  near  by,  examine  the  posts  supporting  it.  The 
pilings  seem  to  be  coated  with  a  shaggy  mass  of  seaweed. 
Scrape  some  of  this  off  and  put  in  a  dish  of  water.  Sea- 
spiders,  starfishes,  hydroids  that  look  like  moss,  sea- 
anemones,  many  varieties  of  worms,  mussels  and  crabs 
are  all  living  here. 

Begin  your  study  of   these   seashore  animals   with  a 
stroll  along  the  beach.     Examine  the  windrows  of  sea- 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


443 


0^ 
H  = 

la's 


wrack  or  seaweed.  Whole  troops  of  sandhoppers  rise 
ahead  of  you.  Oftentimes  animals  from  distant  shores 
or  deep  water  will  be  found.  The  empty  shells  have 
many  a  story  to  tell.     The  Papery  egg-cases  of  the  peri- 


444 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


WHtELK     (FUL.GUR    CANAJLICULATA)     AND     KGG-CASE'S 

Common    Mollusk    Found    on    Sandy    Shores    Along   the   Atlantic 
Coast    of    the    United   States. 


winkle  remind  one  of  a  beautiful  necklace.  The  air 
bubbles  rising  from  the  sand  or  mud  as  the  wave  re- 
cedes mark  the  entrance  to  the  burrows  of  worms. 
Stamp  hard  on  the  sand.  A  little  fountain  of  water 
announces  the  abode  of  the  soft  clam.  Watch  the  sand 
at  the  edges  of  the  rippling  water.  The  mole-crab  may 
be  seen  scuttling  to  cover.  In  the  little  hollows  between 
rocks  a  rock-crab  or  a  green-crab  may  be  found  on 
guard. 

For  collecting  in  the  pools  and  shallow  water  a  fine- 
nieshed  net  is  desirable.  Many  of  the  animals  can  be 
caught  and  placed  in  glass  dishes  of  sea  water  for  close 
observation. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


445 


446  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

A  few  animals  that  may  be  found  at  the  seashore 

Rocky  Shores — Hyclroids  on  the  rock-weed,  rock-bar- 
nacles, snails,  amphipods,  lobsters,  and  oysters. 

Sandy  Shores — Worms,  in  tube  houses,  mole-crab, 
sand-hopper,  egg-cases,  whelks,  shrimps. 

Muddy  Shores — Snails,  clams,  worms  of  many  vari- 
eties, mud-crabs,  hermit-crabs,  blue  crabs,  scallops. 

Wharves  and  Bridges  (on  the  piling) — Sponges,  hy- 
droids,  sea-anemones,  ascidians,  starfishes,  sea-urchins, 
worms. 

On  the  shores  of  lakes,  ponds,  and  streams  will  also 
be  found  many  invertebrates. 


HUMMINGBIRD   MOTH 

Range:   Eastern  North  America.      The  larvae  or  caterpillars 
of  this  moth  feed  upon  virburnum,  snowberry  and  hawthorn. 

Insects  play  an  important  part  in  Nature's  activities. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  man  some  are  beneficial  and 
some  are  destructive.  In  the  former  group  may  be 
mentioned  the  Dragonflies  which  feed  upon  m.osquitoes, 
the  Cochineal  insects  of   Mexico,  which   furnish  a  dye- 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


447 


•:^-" 


SBVENTiEEiN-YEAiR     CICADA     OR     SEVENTE'EIN-YEAR 

"LOCUST" 
Range:  Eastern  United  States.     Pupae  emerging  from  the 
ground.     Detail   from   Group   in   the   American   Museum   of 
Natural  History. 

Stuff,  the  Lady-bird  beetles,  which  in  the  larval  stage  feed 
upon  plant  lice;  the  scale  insects  of  India,  which  fur- 
nish shellac;  the  Bumblebees,  which  cross-pollinate  the 
clover,  and  the  Wasps,  which  fertilize  the  figs.  Dr.  Lutz 
savs  that  the  manna  which  fed  the  Children  of   Israel 


448 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


SEVENTEEN-YEAR     CICADA     OR     SEVENTEEN-YEAR 

•ILOCUSiT" 

Range:  (Eastern  United  States.  The  pupa  climbing  tree  trunk. 

Then  it  bursts   its   horny  outer  skin   and   crawls  out  an  adult. 

was  honeydew  secreted  by  a  scale  insect,  and  that  it  is 
still  eaten. 

The  Silkworm  and  the  Honey-bee  have  been  domesti- 
cated since  prehistoric  times,  the  former  supplying  a 
valuable  fiber  for  clothing  and  the  latter  an  important 
article  of  food. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  449 

Among  the  injurious  insects  a  few  may  be  mentioned: 
the  House  Fly  or  Filth  Fly,  which  may  carry  disease 
germs  on  its  feet  to  the  food  that  we  eat ;  the  mosquitoes, 
which  transmit  yellow  fever  and  malaria,  the  rat  flea, 
which  carries  bubonic  plague;  the  weevils,  which  destroy 
rice,  beans,  chestnuts,  etc.,  and  the  plant  lice,  or  aphids, 
which,  by  sucking  the  juices  from  ornamental  and  food 
plants,  are  among  the  most  destructive  of  all  insects. 

There  are  so  many  insects  in  the  world  that  we  cannot 
hope  to  learn  them  all,  even  if  we  wanted  to  do  so,  but 
most  of  us  wish  to  know  the  names  of  those  that  attract 
our  attention,  and  to  know  what  they  do  that  is  im- 
portant or  interesting.  There  are  approximately  400,000 
species  or  kinds  of  insects  known  in  the  world ;  that  is, 
about  three  times  as  many  as  there  are  species  or  kinds 
of  all  the  rest  of  the  animals  in  the  world  put  together. 
This  fact  should  not  hinder  us  from  making  a  start  and 
becoming  familiar  with  the  interesting  habits  of  a  few 
of  the  insects  about  us. 

The  eggs  of  the  Monarch  Butterfly  may  be  collected 
upon  the  milkweed  and  brought  in,  so  that  the  whole 
life  history  or  metamorphosis  of  this  beautiful  insect, 
from  the  tgg  through  the  larva  or  caterpillar  sta^s  and 
the  pupa  or  chrysalis  stage  to  the  adult  butterfly,  may  be 
watched.  The  larvae  or  caterpillar  must  be  supplied 
daily  with  fresh  milkweed  leaves.  Other  butterflies  and 
moths  and  many  other  insects  may  be  reared  in  the  same 
way  by  supplying  the  larvae  with  suitable  food.  If  we 
should  find  a  caterpillar  feeding  upon  the  leaves  of  a 
maple  tree  we  should  continue  to  feed  it  maple  leaves 
if  we  wish  to  rear  it.  Silkworms  will  eat  the  leaves  of 
Osage-orange,  but  they  seem  to  prefer  mullberry  leaves. 

Cocoons  of  moths  may  be  easily  collected  in  winter 
after  the  leaves  have  fallen,  and  brought  in  and  kept  in 


450 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIKJLS 


a  cool  place  until  spring  when  the  coming  out  of  the 
adult  moths  will  be  an  occurrence  of  absorbing  interest. 
The  spiders,  although  not  insects,  are  interesting  little 
animals.  See  how  many  types  of  webs  you  can  find. 
Mention  a   few   insects   which  you  know   to   be  preyed 


^~H  hM<m,  ^ 


•J 


•w^: 


-A   GATHERING    OF   MONARCHS" 
Monarch    Butterflies   resting  during  migration.     The    Monarch 
ranges  all  over  -North  and  South  America  and  It  imigrates  like 
the    birds.      Photograph    of    group    in    American    Museum    o< 
Natural  History. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


451 


upon   by   spiders.       Mention  one   insect    that   catches 
spiders  and  stores  them  away  as  food  for  its  young. 


TRACKS  OF  THE  GLACIER 

North  America  at  the  time  of  the  maximum  stage  of  the  Great  Ice  Age, 
showing  area  covered  by  ice.    (After  ChamberHn  and  Sahsbury).    Photograph 
used  by  courtesy  of  Henry  Holt  &  Co. 


452  SCOUTING   FOR   GIBLS 


THiE   KING    OF   THE    NORTHLANDS 

GEOLOGY 

Finds  tongues  in  trees,  books  in  the  running  brooks. 
Sermons  in  stones,  and  good  in  everything. 

— Shakespeare,  As  You  Like  It. 

The  Structure  and  History  of  the  Earth 

There  is  nothing  eternal  about  the  earth  except  eternal 
change,  some  one  has  said.  It  requires  only  a  little  look- 
ing about  us  to  see  that  this  is  true.  The  earth  is  not  as 
it  was  in  the  past.  Every  shower  of  rain  changes  or 
modifies  its  surface.  And  many  other  and  some  very 
great  changes  have  occurred  during  the  past  few  millions 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  453 

of  years.  During  one  age,  the  coal  was  formed  of  plants 
that  grew  luxuriantly  on  the  earth's  surface.  At  one 
period  in  the  development  of  the  earth  there  were  many 
kinds  of  invertebrate  animals,  but  no  animals  with  back- 
bones. Later,  the  vertebrates  appeared.  At  one  time  the 
whole  Mississippi  Valley  was  under  the  water  of  the  sea, 
("The  Story  of  Our  Continent,"  by  N.  S,  Shaler.  Ginn 
&  Co,),  These  statements  suggest  just  a  few  of  the 
things  that  have  been  going  on  in  the  history  of  the  earth. 
By  the  study  of  Geology  we  can  learn  much  more  about 
it,  and  we  should  supplement  our  study  of  books  with  the 
more  important  actual  observation  of  conditions  out-of- 
doors.  To  those  living  in  that  part  of  North  America, 
which  is  shaded  in  the  accompanying  map,  the  easiest  and 
most  natural  approach  to  the  subject  of  the  structure  and 
history  of  the  earth  is  by  studying  the  eflfects  of  the 
continental  glacier  which  formerly  moved  down  over 
this  region. 

Tracks  of  the  Glacier 

When  we  see  the  foot-prints  of  an  animal  in  the  mud 
or  in  the  snow,  we  are  sure  that  an  animal  has  passed 
that  way  at  some  previous  time.  Those  who  live  in  Can- 
ada or  northern  United  States  (See  map  above)  can  be 
just  as  sure  that  a  great  glacier  or  ice-sheet  formerly 
moved  down  over  northern  North  America,  by  the  tracks 
it  has  left.  Although  it  is  estimated  by  geologists  that 
between  10,000  and  40,000  years  have  elapsea  since  the 
Great  Ice  Age,  these  tracks  or  evidences  can  still  be  seen 
bv  any  one  who  lives  in  this  region  or  who  can  visit  it. 
The  principal  ones  are :  ( 1 )  Boulders  or  Lost  Rocks 
which  were  brought  down  by  this  glacier ;  (2)  The  Glacial 
Drift  or  Boulder  Clay  which  covers  nearly  all  of  the 
glaciated  region;  (3)  Scratches  on  the  bed-rock  which 
show  the  direction  the  glacier  moved. 

Notice  in  the  field  the  size  and  shape  of  the  glacial 


454  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

boulders,  where  they  are  found,  evidence  of  the  place 
where  the  glacier  melted  off  (terminal  moraine).  Do 
these  boulders  increase  or  decrease  in  size  as  we  go  south 
over  the  glaciated  area?  Can  you  discover  any  place 
where  they  can  I)e  traced  back  in  iheir  native  ledge? 
Present-day  glaciers,  like  the  Muir  Glacier  in  Alaska, 
can  be  seen  transporting  boulders  and  drift  just  as  this 
great  prehistoric  ice-sheet  must  have  done. 

The  drift  which  consists  of  clay  mixed  with  pebbles, 
cobblestones,  and  boulders,  varies  greatly  in  depth.  In 
some  places  there  is  none,  while  at  St.  Paris,  Ohio,  it  is 
:->50  feet  deep.    It  probably  averages  100  feet  thick  or  less. 

In  your  locality  note  the  depth  of  the  drifts  in  cuts  made 
naturally  by  creeks  and  rivers  or  those  made  artificially 
for  railroads.  Oil-wells  furnish  evidence  on  this  point. 
Collect  a  few  good  examples  of  scratched  or  glaciated 
pebbles  or  cobblestones  which  are  abundant  in  the  drift. 
These  were  scratched  while  frozen  in  the  bottom  of  the 
glacier  and  pushed  along  on  the  bed-rock  under  the  weight 
of  the  ice  above. 

Collect  ten  different  kinds  of  rock  from  the  glacial 
boulders  and  drift, — there  are  more  than  one  hundred 
kinds  to  be  found, — and  with  the  aid  of  some  such  book 
as  "Rocks  and  Rock  Minerals,"  by  Louis  V.  Pirsson 
(John  Wiley  &  Sons)  or  "Common  Minerals  and  Rocks, 
by  Wm.  O.  Crosby  (D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.)  try  to  identify 
them. 

All  soil  is  composed  of  disintegrated  or  decayed  rock. 
And  it  has  been  observed  that  the  soil  of  northern  North 
America  is  foreign  to  the  bed-rock.  Therefore  it  must 
must  have  been  transported  from  some  other  place.  The 
glacier  did  this  huge  piece  of  work.  The  soil  of  southern 
United  States  contains  no  boulders  or  cobblestones  and 
has  been  formed  by  the  disintegration  and  decay  of  rocks 
in  place. 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  455 

Observe  glacial  scratches  and  grooves  on  the  bed-rock, 
those  on  Kelley's  Island  in  Lake  Erie  are  famous. 

Agassiz  was  the  first  to  realize  that  it  was  a  glacier  that 
did  this  stupendous  piece  of  work,  and  this  conception  or 
discovery  greatly  added  to  his  fame.  It  is  novi?  easy  for 
us  to  find  the  evidences  and  to  enjoy  their  interpretation. 

In  fact,  the  Greenland  ice-sheet  is  a  remnant  ol  this 
prehistoric  continental  glacier. 


456  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

SECTION  XVI 
GIRL  SCOUT'S  OWN  GARDEN 

BY    DAVID    M.    HUNTER 

A  Garden  is  a  lovcsome  thing,  God  wot! 
Rose  plot 
Fringed  pool, 

Fern'd  grot — 
The  veriest  school 
Of  peace;  and  yet  the  fool 
Contends  that  God  is  not — 

Not  God!  in  gardens!  when  the  eve  is  cool? 
Nay,  but  I  have  a  sign; 

'Tis  very  sure  God  walks  in  mine. 

— Thomas  Edward  Brown. 

A  very  old  story  tells  us  that  when  man  was  created 
lie  was  put  by  the  Creator  into  a  garden  to  dress  it  and 
to  keep  it.  He  could  not  have  been  put  into  a  better 
place  nor  could  a  more  honorable  and  necessary  occupa- 
tion have  been  given  to  him.  No  doubt  the  woman  who 
lived  in  the  garden  with  him  aided  him  in  this  work. 
Not  having  a  house  to  care  for  or  dressmaking  and 
sewing  to  do,  or  cooking  to  take  her  attention,  there 
was  nothing  to  prevent  her  from  helping  in  the  dressing 
?nd  keeping  of  the  lovely  garden.  At  any  rate,  that  is 
what  Milton  thought,  for  he  makes  Adam  speak  to  Eve 
oi  "our  delightful  task  to  prune  these  growing  plants 
and  tend  these  flowers." 

Two  persons  would  not  need  a  very  large  garden, 
and  I  will  commend  this  early  example  to  the  beginner 
in  gardening  and  urge  a  very  small  garden  to  start 
with.  For  it  is  well  to  undertake  only  what  can  be 
easily  handled  or  what  can  be  done  throughly.     There 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS  457 

is  joy  in  the  contemplation  of  a  perfect  work,  even 
though  it  be  on  a  small  scale,  that  never  comes  from 
a  more  ambitious  undertaking  imperfectly  carried  out. 
Better  six  square  feet  of  well  tilled,  weedless,  thrifty 
garden  than  an  acre  poorly  cultivated  and  full  of  weeds. 

A  Girl  Scout  who  proposes  to  make  a  garden  will 
naturally  ask  herself  certain  questions.  If  she  has  the 
ground,  if  she  knows  already  where  her  garden  is  to  be 
placed,  the  next  thing,  perhaps,  that  she  will  wish  to 
know  is,  what  tools  will  be  needed.  Then  follows  the 
way  to  treat  the  soil  in  order  to  prepare  it  for  planting 
the  seeds.  After  that  comes  the  question  of  seeds  and 
the  way  to  plant  them.  Then  the  cultivation  of  the 
crops  until  they  are  ready  to  be  gathered. 

Here,  then,  we  have  material    for   short   sections   on 
(1)   tools,  (2)   preparation  of  the  soil,   (3)   selection  of 
seeds,  (4)  planting,  and  (5)  cultivation. 
(1)  Tools 

Not  many  tools  will  be  needed,  but  some  seem  to  be 
mdispensable.  I  would  suggest:  1.  A  spading  fork. 
Some  like  a  long-handled  fork,  others  prefer  a  short- 
handled  one.  2.  A  hoe.  3.  A  garden  or  iron-toothed 
rake.  4.  A  hand  weeder  of  some  kind.  5.  A  shovel. 
In  addition  to  these  tools  every  gardener  will  find  it 
recessary  to  have  a  line  for  making  straight  rows.  This 
should  be  at  least  the  length  of  the  longest  dimension 
of  the  garden  and  white  that  if  may  be  easily  seen. 
There  should  be  two  pegs  to  stick  it  in  with.  I  should 
add  a  board  and  about  ten  inches  wide  with  straight  edges 
and  as  long  as  the  bed  is  wide,  and  a  pointed  stick. 
(2)  The  Preparation  of  the  Seed  Bed 

The  first  thing  to  do,  after  having  determined  the 
location  of  your  garden,  is  to  measure  youi  bed.  If 
)ou  have  a  single  bed,  one  twelve  feet  long  by  six  fe^t 


458  SCOUTING  FOR   GIRLS 

wide  is  enough  to  start  with.  I  should  prefer,  however, 
to  have  two  beds,  each  three  feet  wide  by  twelve  feet 
long  with  a  narrow  path  between,  say,  twelve  inches. 
The  reason  for  thus  laying  out  the  ground  in  two  beds 
is  that  it  will  be  easier  to  reach  the  whole  bed  from 
either  side  without  stepping  or  kneeling  on  the  culti- 
vated soil.     All  cultivation  can  be  done  from  the  paths. 

The  soil  for  flower  beds  needs  most  careful  prepara- 
tion. The  bed  should  be  dug  out  to  a  depth  of  two 
feet,  and  if  the  soil  is  clay,  two  feet  six  inches.  In  the 
latter  case,  put  broken  stones,  cinders  or  gravel  on  the 
bottom  for  drainage.  The  soil  should  be  a  mixture  of 
one-half  good  sandy  loam,  one-fourth  leaf  mould  or  muck 
that  has  been  left  out  all  winter.  Mix  these  thoroughly 
together  before  filling  the  beds,  sprinkle  wood  ashes  over 
the  beds  and  rake  them  in  before  planting.  This  is  to 
sweeten  the  soil.  Lime  may  be  used  for  the  same  pur- 
pose, but  in  either  case  get  advice  as  to  the  amount  needed 
foi  the  soil  in  question. 

Manure.  Next  in  order  will  come  the  enriching  of 
this  plot  of  ground  by  spreading  upon  it  a  good  coating 
of  well  rotted  cow  manure.  In  case  barnyard  manure 
:s  not  available,  a  good  mixture  of  commercial  fertilizer 
consists  of  four  parts  ground  bone  to  one  of  muriate  of 
potash  applied  at  the  rate  of  four  pounds  to  the  square 
rod.  This  done,  proceed  to  fork  the  whole  piece  over, 
thrusting  the  spading  fork  into  the  ground  its  full  length 
each  time,  and  turning  the  forkful  of  earth  so  that  the 
manure  will  be  covered  and  not  lie  on  top  of  the  ground. 

When  the  spading  has  been  done,  then  use  your  rake 
and  spare  it  not.  Rake  until  the  earth  in  the  beds  is 
finely  pulverized  and  until  the  whole  bed  is  as  level  as 
you  can  make  it. 


SCOUTING    rOR   GIRLS  459 

Now  construct  your  central  or  dividing  path,  throw- 
ing the  soil  moved  on  the  beds  on  either  side.  To  do 
this  you  will  need  a  shovel. 

Next  define  or  limit  your  beds,  making  the  sides  and 
ends  as  straight  as  possible.  You  ought  now  to  have 
two  rectangular  beds,  each  three  feet  by  twelve  feet, 
with  a  narrow  path  separating  them  all  readv  to  put  in 
the  seeds.  It  would  be  a  good  thing  to  have  your  beds 
raised  a  little,  two  or  three  inches  above  the  general 
level  of  the  surrounding  earth.  This  will  make  them 
more  distinct  and  will  obviate  the  settling  oi  water  on 
your  beds ;  in  other  words,  will  drain  them. 

Seeds 

The  principal  counsel  to  be  given  here  is  to  use  great 
care  in  the  selection  of  seeds  because  it  is  a  bitter  dis- 
appointment and  a  discouraging  experience  to  find  that 
alter  all  your  labor  your  seeds  are  worthless.  It  would 
be  well  to  test  a  sample  of  your  seeds  to  determine  their 
germinating  power.  If  you  have  a  reliable  friend  from 
whom  you  can  secure  your  seeds,  you  are  fortunate,  but 
if  you  must  purchase  at  the  dealer  by  all  means  patronize 
one  of  established  reputation. 

For  the  first  garden  I  should  plant  lettuce,  radishes, 
beets  and  beans  in  one  of  the  beds.  The  other  bed  may 
be  devoted  to  flowers. 

Planting 

Your  beds  are  now  supposed  to  be  all  ready  for  the 
seeds.  That  is  to  say,  they  are  shaped  and  graded  and 
raked  fine.  The  next  thing  to  do  is  to  lay  v^our  board 
across  the  bed,  with  one  edge  six  inches  from  the  edge 
cf  the  bed.  Then  stand  on  the  board  and  wi+h  a  pointed 
slick  make  a  shallow  furrow  on  each  side  of  the  board 
close  to  the  board.  Here  I  should  put  the  lettuce.  It 
is  desirable  to  have  the  seeds  evenly  and  not  too  thickly 


460  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

distributed  in  the  shallow  furrows.  One  way  of  accom- 
plishing this  is  by  mixing  your  seeds  with  some  very  fine 
wood  ashes  in  a  bowl  and  spreading  the  mixed  ashes  and 
seeds  along  the  furrows.  A  better  way,  I  think,  in  the 
case  of  a  small  quantity  of  seeds  would  be  to  place  each 
seed  at  a  proper  distance  from  the  others.  This  distance 
will  vary  according  to  the  size  of  the  full  grown  heads 
of  lettuce.  The  smaller  varieties  might  stand  six  inches 
apart,  while  the  largest  ones  would  need  to  be  twice  that 
distance  or  more. 

Having  planted  your  letti^e  seeds,  turn  your  board 
over  carefully  twice.  That  will  bring  it  into  position 
for  two  more  rows  of  vegetables.  Stand  on  the  board 
again  and  proceed  as  before,  making  two  shallow  far- 
rows with  a  pointed  stick.  Here  I  should  put  the  radish 
seeds.  These  may  be  sown  more  thickly,  for  the  rea- 
son that  as  soon  as  the  radishes  become  large  enough 
to  eat  they  may  be  pulled  out,  leaving  room  for  the 
rest  of  the  radishes  to  develop. 

Having  planted  your  radish  seeds,  repeat  the  preced- 
ing operations,  making  two  furrows  again,  this  time  for 
beet  seeds.  These  may  also  be  sown  thickly.  The  plants 
may  be  thinned  out  afterward.  The  small  plants  that 
are  pulled  out  will  make  excellent  greens.  When  the 
thinning  is  completed  the  remaining  plants  should  stand 
from  four  to  six  inches  apart,  according  to  variety; 
some  beets  are  much  larger  than  others. 

The  rest  of  the  bed  devote  to  string  or  butter  beans. 
You  will  have  left  for  these  a  space  of  eighty-eight 
inches,  or  a  little  more  than  seven  feet.  The  rows  of 
beans  must  be  farther  apart  than  the  other  vegetables 
you  have  planted.  Two  feet  between  the  rows  is  not 
too  much.  You  will  have  space  enough  for  three  rows. 
Measure  from  your  last  row  of  beets  one  foot  six  inches 
at  each  side  of  your  bed.       Now  stretch  your  line  across 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS  461 

your  bed  at  this  distance  from  the  beets,  then  with  a 
hoe  make  a  furrow  close  to  the  hne.  This  furrow 
should  be  two  inches  deep  at  least.  Much  deeper,  you 
see,  than  the  shallow  furrows  for  the  smaller  seeds. 
Having  made  this  furrow,  measure  two  feet  from  it  on 
each  side  of  the  bed  and  place  your  line  at  this  pomt 
and  make  a  furrow  as  before.  Repeat  the  process  ior 
a  third  furrow.  You  should  now  have  left  -a  space  of 
eighteen  inches  between  your  last  furrow  and  the  end 
of  the  bed.  Into  these  three  furrows  place  the  beans, 
spacing  them. 

Your  seeds  are  now  all  in.  At  this  juncture  take 
your  rake  and  cover  the  seeds,  leaving  the  whole  bed 
level  and  smooth. 

There  is  nothing  more  to  be  done  just  at  present  ex- 
cept to  leave  these  seeds  to  the  forces  of  nature,  to  the 
darkness  and  the  moisture  and  the  warmth  of  their 
earthy  bed.  They  are  put  to  bed  not  that  they  may 
sleep,  but  in  order  to  wake  them  up.  Soon  the  deli- 
cate shoots  will  begin  to  appear  above  the  ground,  and 
with  them  will  also  appear  the  shoots  of  many  weeds 
whose  seeds  were  in  the  soil.  These  weeds  constitute  a 
call  to  your  next  operation  which  is 

Cultivation 

Declare  war  on  the  weeds.  Use  your  hand  weeder 
between  the  rows  of  smaller  vegetables  and  let  not  a 
weed  escape.  If  they  are  in  the  rows  so  near  to  the 
seedlings  that  you  cannot  use  the  weeder  wiihout  dan- 
ger to  the  delicate  little  plants  that  you  are  attending, 
then  employ  your   fingers. 

For  a  time  you  may  use  the  hoe  or  rake  between  the 
rows  of  beans,  but  even  here  near  the  paths  themselves 
the  weeder  or  hands  should  be  preferred. 

There   is  one  caution  that  old  gardeners  give  which 


462  SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 

is  not  to  work  among  beans  when  they  are  wet  with 
dew  or  rain  for  fear  of  "rust."  Wait  till  the  sun  has 
dried  the  foliage. 

Frequent  and  thorough  cultivation  not  only  destroys 
ihe  weeds,  thus  giving  your  vegetables  a  better  chance 
and  giving  your  garden  a  tidy,  well-kept  appearance, 
but  it  keeps  the  soil  loose  and  forms  a  sort  of  mulch 
whereby  tjie  moisture  is  conserved.  The  dryer  the  sea- 
son the  greater  the  need  of  cultivation. 

It  may  seem  to  you  that  you  are  obliged  to  wait  long 
and  spend  a  good  deal  of  labor  without  results,  but 
when  you  have  for  the  breakfast  table  some  cool,  crisp 
radishes  and  for  dinner  a  head  of  fresh  'ettuce,  and 
later  a  dish  of  sweet,  luscious  beets  or  mess  of  string 
beans,  you  will  feel  well  repaid. 

Let  us  now  turn  our  attention  to  the  other  bed,  in 
which  you  are  to  grow  flowers.  This  may  be  treated 
as  a  sort  of  background  for  the  vegetable  bed  To 
do  this  let  the  rows  of  plants  run  the  other  way.  That 
ii  to  say,  lengthwise  of  the  bed  instead  of  across.  It  is 
assumed  that  the  ground  has  been  treated  as  in  the 
case  of  the  vegetable  bed. 

When  you  have  accomplished  this  work  of  prepara- 
tion set  you  line  six  inches  from  the  side  of  the  bed 
nearest  your  vegetables,  or  the  patch  between  the  two 
beds.  Make  a  shallow  furrow  the  full  length  of  the 
bed  with  your  pointed  stick.  In  this  furrow  sow  your 
flower  seeds  of  some  low-growing  plant  such  as  sweet 
oJyssum.  Then  move  your  line  back  toward  the  other 
s'de  of  the  bed  one  foot.  Here  you  should  place  some 
taller  plants,  such  as  asters.  The  aster  plants  should 
have  been  raised  in  the  house,  or  purchased  from  some 
grower.  Again  move  your  line  one  foot  nearer  the  rear 
n^argin  of  your  bed  and  in  this   row   plant  your  tallest 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  463 

plants.  Dahlias  or  cosmos  would  be  very  effective. 
You  must  get  the  roots  for  the  dahlias  somewhere. 
Cosmos  is  planted  from  seeds.  In  planting  the  dahlias 
it  would  be  well  to  dig  a  hole  for  each  plant  so  deep 
that  when  the  root  is  set  it  will  be  two  or  three  inches 
below  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Good  results  will  be 
obtained  if  before  putting  in  the  roots  you  put  a  hand- 
ful or  two  of  good  manure  in  the  hole  and  sprinkle  a 
little  soil  over  it. 

I  have  mentioned  these  particular  plants  simply  as 
specimens.  Other  choices  may  be  made  and  a  suggested 
list  is  given  at  the  end  of  this  section.  But  whatever 
the  selection,  two  things  should  be  kept  in  mind.  First, 
that  the  rows  should  contain  plants  that  vary  in  height, 
the  lowest  being  placed  in  the  front  row,  the  tallest  at 
the  back;  and  second,  that  plants  should  be  chosen  that 
will  be  in  bloom  at  the  same  time,  for  at  least  a  part 
of  the  season. 

If  your  work  has  been  well  done  you  ought  to  have 
a  small  bed  of  vegtables,  thrifty,  in  straight  rows,  well 
cultivated,  clean,  and  back  of  that,  looking  from  the 
s:de,  another  bed  of  flowering  plants  that  should  be  a 
delight  to  the  eye,  especially  the  eye  of  the  possessor 
and  maker.  Of  course,  the  beds  will  not  present  this 
perfect  appearance  for  a  long  time  because  as  the  vege- 
tables are  used  the  beds  will  show  where  the  vegetables 
have  been  removed.  It  should  be  mentioned,  however, 
that  it  is  possible  to  have  more  than  one  planting  of 
radishes  in  a  season;  also  of  lettuce,  and  these  may  be 
replaced  after  the  first  planting  has  been  used 

There  are  many  satisfactions  in  gardening.  The  in- 
timacy with  nature  furnishes  one  of  them.  lo  be  with 
growing  things  through  all  the  stages  of  their  growth, 
in  all  weathers  and  all  hours  of  the  day  gives  a  quiet 
pleasure  that  is  a  healing  and  soothing  influence.       To 


464  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

produce  something  so  valuable,  so  necessary  as  food 
by  one's  own  exertion  and  care  confers  true  dignity 
upon  one  and  a  sense  of  worth.  To  eat  what  one  has 
raised  oneself  adds  a  flavor  to  it. 

From  the  garden  as  a  center  path,  lead  out  in  every 
direction,  paths  for  thought  and  study. 

My  wish  for  every  Girl  Scout  who  undertakes  a  gar- 
den is  that  she  may  have  all  these  satisfactions,  and 
may  follow  all  these  delightful  paths  that  lead  to  know- 
ledge, and  through  knowledge  to  joy. 

Suggested  Flowers  for  Border 

Biennials  such  as  Canterbury  Bells,  Foxgloves  and 
Sweet  William  should  be  seeded  early  in  the  spring  in  a 
reserve  bed  to  be  ready  for  the  season's  bloom  In  order 
T.0  secure  a  succession  of  bloom  they  should  be  taken 
out  after  flowering  and  replaced  with  annuals 

Anuitals — Of  these  some  of  the  most  satisfactory  are 
Asters,  Calendula,  Lupin,  Petunias,  Rosy  Morn,  Snap- 
dragon, Stock  and  Rose  Zinnias. 

Take  out  any  plants  that  are  not  the  right  colors. 
Brown  earth  is  better  than  purple  annual  Larkspur,  ma- 
genta Petunias,  orange  Calendulas  or  red  Zinnias  Keep 
the  color  scheme  ranging  from  true  blues  through  rose 
and  salmon  pinks,  lavenders  and  deep  blue  purples  and 
v/hite  yellows.  If  you  want  brilliant  reds  or  magentas 
have  them  in  a  bed  apart. 

Bulbs — Tulips,  such  as  Murillo,  or  early  varieties  (La 
Reine,  Pink  Beauty,  President  Lincoln,  Proserpine, 
Queen  of  the  Netherlands  and  Rose  Luisante),  or  late 
varieties  (La  Merveille,  La  Reve,  Moonlight,  The  Fawn) 
and  Mertensiav  Virginica  can  be  along  the  borders. 

Darwin  Tulips,  such  as.  Clara  Butt,  Dream,  Gretchen, 
La  Tristesse,  La  Tulipe  Noire,  Mrs.  Potter  Palmer, 
Philippe  de  Commines,  Psyche,  Rev.  Ewbank,  Suzon, 
should  be  planted  in  more  shaded  places. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


.: 


.  ^'i' 


Si*; 


Tl^Q 


<•? 


y  V,  i-  1  J  1 


Plan  for  a  border  of  Perennials 


46£ 


1^ 


SECTION  XVII 

MEASUREMENTS,  MAP  MAKING 

AND  KNOTS 

1.     MEASUREMENTS 

Every  country  has  national  standards  of  measures  and 
weights  which  are  made  and  kept  by  the  governments 
as  patterns,  for  measuring  and  comparing  the  instruments 
made  for  business  purposes.  The  units  of  measure  have 
been  fixed  by  law,  for  it  is  most  important  that  people 
and  countries  in  dealing  with  each  other  shall  know  ex- 
actly what  is  meant  by  such  words  as  yard,  foot,  pint 
snd  pound. 

The  unit  of  length  used  in  this  country  is  the  yard.  It 
is  divided  into  three  feet  and  each  foot  into  twelve  inches. 
The  foot  refers  to  the  length  of  a  man's  foot.  It  is  said 
that  the  length  of  the  yard  was  based  upon  the  length  of 
the  arm  of  an  English  king,  but  that  sounds  like  a  fairy 
tale.  Many  of  our  units  of  distance  and  weight  have 
been  borrowed  from  the  English  and  are  more  complicat- 
ed than  those  used  by  the  French,  whose  unit  of  length 
is  the  meter.  In  1799,  or  thereabouts,  an  international 
convention  met  at  Paris  to  decide  what  the  exact  length 
of  a  meter  should  be,  for  several  countries  at  that  time 
were  using  what  was  known  as  the  Metric  System  of 
Weights  and  Measures.  It  was  finally  agreed  that  the 
length  of  a  meter  should  l)e  equal  to  one  ten-millionth 
of  the  distance  on  the  earth's  surface,  from  the  pole  to 
the  equator,  or  39.37  inches. 

At  the  same  convention  a  unit  of  weight  was  determin- 
ed. Because  water  is  so  important  and  familiar  it  was 
chosen  as  the  basis  for  this  unit,  A  cube  of  water  at  40 
centigrade,  and  measuring  on  each  edge  1/100  of  a  meter, 

466 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  467 

was  taken  and  called  a  gram,  which  is  ahout  equal  to  15 
cf  our  grains. 

All  peoples  find  it  necessary  in  the  house,  out  in  the 
open  and  in  nearly  all  forms  of  occupation  to  measure 
and  weigh  in  order  to  accomplish  their  work. 

It  is  part  of  a  Scout's  preparedness  to  know  how  to 
measure  and  weigh,  and  how  to  judge  measurements  and 
numbers  without  using  measures  and  weights. 

There  are  rules  for  determining  length  and  weight,  and 
it  is  important  to  understand  them.  Measuring  a  distance 
means  to  find  out  the  length  of  the  straight  line  from  one 
point  to  another.  To  get  a  straight  line  in  the  open  when 
walking  fix  the  eyes  upon  two  objects  direct'y  in  front, 
one  nearer  and  smaller  than  the  other.  With  eyes  high 
walk  toward  these  objects  keeping  them  always  in  line. 
When  approaching  the  first  one  choose  another  to  take 
its  place  in  line  with  it  and  the  second.  Always  have  two 
objects  in  direct  line  with  the  eyes. 

This  method  can  be  used  in  marching,  rowing,  swim- 
niing,  and  when  staking  out  the  points  of  triangles  for 
measuring  distance  and  height,  as  it  will  give  the  shortest 
distance  between  two  points. 

There  are  three  general  methods  of  measuring  distance 
accurately.  (1)  chaining  or  taping;  (2)  telemetry,  and 
(3)  triangulation.  Less  accurate  means  of  measuring  are 
by  sound,  pacing  and  timing. 

(1)  Chaining  and  Taping.  The  regulation  chain  or 
tape  used  by  surveyors  is  100  feet  long.  A  Scout  mav 
use  a  shorter  line  but  must  follow  the  same  rules. 

Three  things  must  be  kept  in  mind  when  using  a  line. 
a.  The  straight  distance  between  two  points  is  to  be  ob- 
tained, b.  The  point  where  the  end  of  the  line  comes 
each  time  must  be  marked,  c.  The  line  must  be  stretched 
tight. 

This  method  can  be  used  in  measurinsf  off  the  distance 


468  SCOUTING   FOB  GIBLd 

for  pacing  to  obtain  the  average  length  of  one's  pace,  as 
suggested  in  a  later  paragraph  under  Useful  Personal 
Measurements. 

(2)  Telemetry.  The  second  method  is  used  in  deter- 
mining long  distances  for  artillery  practice  and  in  survey- 
ing. It  is  called  telemetry  and  the  use  of  an  instrument 
is  necessary. 

(3)  Triangulation.  This  is  a  long  word  but  one  a 
Scout  can  learn  to  know  and  use.  It  means  that  the 
length  of  the  distance  can  be  computed  by  means  of 
triangles  staked  out  on  the  ground,  when  to  measure 
with  a  line  would  be  impossible  or  not  satisfactory..  It 
is  not  necessary  to  make  the  sides  of  the  triangles,  only 
the  points  need  to  be  indicated  as  it  is  the  relative  position 
of  the  points  which  make  a  triangle  and  not  the  lines. 
These  can  be  marked  in  the  country  with  poles,  stakes 
or  stones ;  in  the  city  Scouts  could  stand  in  position  at  the 
necessary  points. 

When  using  triangles  where  shall  a  Scout  place  the 
points  ? 

If  the  width  of  a  stream,  road  or  field  is  wanted 
choose  a  place  where  its  sides  are  on  about  the  same 
level  and  if  possible  fairly  straight.  Then  proceed  as 
shown  in  the  accompanying  diagram  A.  Select  a  conspi- 
cuous object  on  the  farther  bank  of  the  stream,  such  as  a 
tree,  bush  or  stone  and  call  it  X.  Stand  opposite  it  at  the 
near  edge  of  the  stream  or  on  the  bank,  and  place  a 
stake  A  in  front  of  you  keeping  X  and  A  in  direct  line, 
v/alk  backward  a  few  feet  and  plant  a  stake  B  in  direct 
line  with  them.  Right  or  left  face — (for  a  right  angle 
is  necessary  at  this  point).  Pace  a  straight  line  for  say 
20  feet  and  plant  a  stake  C,  one  high  enough  to  be  plainly 
seen;  continue  the  straight  line  for  say  10  feet  more  and 
plant  a  stake  D.  Turn  inland,  (another  t-Jght  angle 
is  here  necessary)  and  pace  to  the  point  where  the  ob- 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


469 


Diagram   A.     To  Measure    Width   of  Stream  or   Road 

ject  X  on  the  far  side  of  the  stream  can  be  seen  in  direct 
line  with  the  stake  C.  At  this  point  place  stake  E. 
Measure  the  distance  from  E  to  D.  With  paper  and 
pencil  mark  down  the  example — for  such  it  is —  in  this 
way: 

DC     :  CB     ::  DE     :  BX 
or 

as  the  length  from  D  to  C  is  to  the  length  of  C  to  B 

so 

is  the  length  from  D  to  E  to  the  length  from  B  to  X 
or  as  in  this  example, 
as  10  is  to  20  so  8  is  to  the  distance  from  B  to  X,  which 
would  be  16.  Having  discovered  the  distance  between  A 
and  B  in  the  case  given,  to  be  4  feet,  take  this  from  the 
distance  between  B  and  X  and  the  result  will  give  the 
width  of  the  stream,  which  is  12  feet. 

It  may  not  be  always  necessary  to  use  the  line  A — B 
but  if  the  edge  of  the  stream  or  road  is  crooked  it  is 
necessary  in  order  to  make  B — D  a  straight  line  at  right 
angles  to  A — X. 

In  calculating  a  height,  as  that  of  a  tree,  house  or 
tower,  the  triangles  can  again  be  used,  as  shown  in 
diagram  B.  Choose  a  level  strip  of  ground;  pace  the 
distance  in  a  straight  line,   from  the  base  of  the  tree  A,  or 


470 


SCUUTliNG     FUU    (.IKI.S 


6        //•  C- 

Diagiiim    1',.    To    Measure    Height   of    Tree,    Etc. 

tower,  to  a  point  some  distance  from  the  tree,  and  plant 
a  pole  or  stake  say  5  feet  high  B ;  continue  pacing  the 
straight  line  to  the  point  where,  lying  down  with  eyes 
level  with  the  tree  base,  the  top  of  the  tree  can  be  seen 
on  a  line  with  the  top  of  the  pole ;  plant  here  stake  C. 
I'he  height  of  the  tree  AA'  will  be  to  the  length  of  the 
distance  from  C  to  A  as  the  height  of  the  pol^,  BB'  is  to 
the  distance  between  B  and  C.  A  Scout  can  stand  in  the 
place  of  the  stake  B. 


M 


Diitgiaiu    C.      To    Measure    Height    with   a    Mirror 


There  are  other  ways  of  determining  height.  As 
shown  in  the  diagram  C,  place  a  mirror  (M)  horizontally 
on  the  ground  reflector  side  up,  some  distance  from  the 
base  of  the  object  to  be  measured,  in  this  case  a  tent. 
Walk  backward  from  the  mirror  in  a  straight  line  until 
the  top  of  the  tent  pole  can  be  seen  in  it.  The  problem 
will  read  in  this  way :  the  distance  from  the  mirror  to 
your  heels  (MS)  is  to  the  distance  from  your  heels  to 
ycur  eyes  (GS)  as  the  distance  from  the  mirror  to  the 
bf'.se  of  the  object  (MT)  is  to  the  height  of  the  object 
TT').  Water  in  a  dark  pan  or  tray  or  a  pool  on  a  still 
day  will  answer  for  a  mirror. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  471 


Diagram    D.    To    Test    a    Right    Angle 

A  right  angle  can  be  tested  by  measuring  off  3  feet  on 
cne  side  of  the  corner  and  4  feet  on  the  other  side,  as 
shown  in  diagram  d.  If  the  distance  between  the  two 
points  is  5  feet  the  angle  is  true;  if  not  5  feet  move  one 
point  as  much  as  is  necessary  to  make  5  feet. 

South  American  natives  estimate  height  fairly  correct- 
ly by  turning  the  back  to  the  object,  walking  straight 
away  from  it  to  the  point  where  the  top  of  the  object 
can  be  seen  by  bending  over  and  looking  between  the 
legs.  Plant  a  peg  at  this  point  and  the  distance  from  the 
peg  to  the  base  of  the  object  is  roughly  equal  to  the 
height. 

Sound  travels  at  the  rate  of  365  yards  every  second, 
as  many  yards  as  there  are  days  in  the  year.  By  count- 
ing the  seconds  between  seeing  the  flash  from  a  gun, 
or  the  steam  puff  from  a  locomotive  and  hearing  the 
sound  of  the  explosion  or  whistle  it  is  possible  to  figure 
the  length  of  the  distance  between  yourself  and  the  gun 
or   locomotive. 

It  is  said  that  the  number  of  seconds  between  a  flash  of 
lightning  and  the  thunder  will  give  the  distance  between 
you  and  the  place  where  the  lightning  struck. 

We  use  weighing  machines  or  scales  in  buying  food,  so 
that  we  may  compare  the  actual  amount  of  food  we  buy 
with  a  standard  weight,  otherwise  there  would  be  much 
confusion  and  business  could  not  be  carried  on  between 
peoples.     For  this  reason  we  use  pint,  quart,  peck  and 


472  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

bushel  measures,  all  of  which  are  regulated  by  law  as  to 
the  amount  they  hold. 

There  are  some '  people  who  have  a  true  feeling  or 
sense  for  weight  and  can  tell  almost  to  an  ounce  the 
weight  of  a  parcel  by  lifting  it.  Others  have  a  good 
memory  and  can  tell  the  weight  of  a  quantity  by  looking 
at  it.  Others  know  distance  and  can  estimate  it  correctly 
without  use  of  rule  or  measure,,  and  likewise  judge  numb- 
ers. 

Very  few  people  have  this  ability  naturally  but  many 
have  acquired  it  by  practice  and  patience  and  a  Scout 
can  do  so:  she  will  find  many  times  that  thi?  particular 
form  of  knowledge  whether  in  or  out  of  doors  is  of 
benefit.. 

How  often  a  housekeeper  wishes  she  could  tell  about 
how  much  material  to  buy  for  this  or  that  purpose  with- 
out getting  the  yard  stick  and  measuring.  The  seamstress 
and  dressmaker  must  judge  length  and  width  and  even 
height,  and  the  cook  constantly  has  need  of  a  sense  of 
quantity  and  size.  The  photographer,  the  pioneer,  the 
camper,  all  must  know  measurements.  This  matter  of 
judging  is  something  we  are  called  upon  to  do  much 
more  than  we  have  realized.  The  point  is  how  can  we 
learn  the  trick?  We  should  start  with  something  we 
know  and  compare  to  it  something  whose  size  we  do  not 
know.  This  is  where  knowing  your  personal  measure- 
ment will  be  of  value.  Always  prove  when  practicing 
your  idea,  otherwise  you  will  not  improve  your  ability. 
That  is,  make  your  estimate,  then  see  how  near  right  it  is 
by  measuring.  Learn  to  know  how  an  inch,  a  foot,  ,a  yard 
look.  Then  work  with  longer  lengths  out  .of  doors  with 
several  feet,  and  several  yards.  Fences,  roads,  streets, 
dooryards,  houses,  all  can  be  judged  as  to  length. 

Height  is  less  easy  to  estimate  for  we  are  not  so  accus- 
tomed to  looking  up  and  down  as   we  are  to   looking 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  473 

forward  or  back  and  forth,  but  the  same  rules  hold  good. 
Learn  to  know  the  height  of  a  chair  seat,  a  table,  your 
own  height,  a  room,  a  house,  trees:  by  measuring  and 
looking,  and  looking  and  measuring,  you  will  accopmlish 
much. 

To  learn  to  judge  weight  begin  by  holding  in  your  hand 
something  that  weighs  a  pound;  after  holding  it  a  few 
moments  put  it  down  and  then  take  it  up  again  always 
trying  to  sense  the  weight.  Do  not  use  your  eyes,  only 
your  hand.  Try  a  two  pound  weight  and  so  on.  Then 
take  up  something  else  the  weight  of  which  you  do  not 
know  and  see  if  you  can  tell  its  weight.  Practice,  patience 
and  memory  are  necessary  in  this  work. 

There  is  another  way  of  judging  weight,  one  in  which 
our  eyes  help  us.  Knowing  how  a  pound  of  butter  looks 
as  to  size  we  'an  judge  the  weight  of  a  mass  ot  butter  by 
looking  at  it  and  comparing  it  mentally  with  what  we 
know.  We  can  follow  this  method  in  judging  the  weight 
of  different  goods,  but  as  each  kind  when  put  in  pound 
quantities  looks  more  or  less  different  from  every  other 
kind,  experience  and  knowledge  of  the  character  of  the 
goods  is  necessary.  A  pound  of  butter  and  a  pound  of 
feathers  do  not  make  the  same  size  bundle  so  the  weight 
cf  each  could  not  be  judged  by  the  same  eye  standard. 

By  practice  a  Girl  Scout  should  be  able  to  do  the  follow- 
ing things  in  the  way  of  judging  height,  weight  and  dis- 
tance : 

(1)  Be  able  to  judge  within  25  per  cent  the  follow- 
ing: Height  of  a  tree,  house,  pole,  etc.,  not  ex- 
ceeding 50  feet.  Material,  1,  3,  15,  18,  27.  30,  36, 
42  and  56  inches.  Diameter  of  the  trunk  of  a 
tree,  a  pole,  water  pipe  or  similar  object.  Distance 
of  6,  10,  15,  25  and  100  feet.  (This  is  useful  in 
camera  work.) 

(2)  Pick  out  from  a  miscellaneous  assortment  bottles 


474  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

^f  2,  4,  6  and  8  ounces.  Bottles  of  1  pint,  1  quart, 
1  gallon.  Pails,  1  pint,  1  quart,  2  quarts,  1  gallon. 

(3)  Be  able  without  scales  to  weigh  out  specified 
amounts  of  sugar,  flour  or  other  household  mater- 
ials, for  example,  1,  5  or  10  pounds 

(4)  Be  able  to  pick  out  from  an  assortment,  packages 
of  rice,  tea,  cornmeal,  etc.,  weighing  3^,  1,  2,  5 
and  10  pounds. 

(5)  Be  able  to  give  in  the  usual  measures,  either 
avoirdupois  or  metric,  capacity  of  the  standard 
teaspoon,   tablespoon,   teacup. 

(6)  Be  able  to  tell  when  you  have  walked  a  mile  in 
open  country.  This  may  be  done  by  usmg  Scout's 
Pace  for  12  minutes,  on  a  fifty  walk,  fifty  run 
rhythm,  or  by  knowing  one's  own  walking  step 
length. 

(7)  Be  able  to  judge  of  spaces  between  distant  ob- 
jects such  as  the  distance  between  two  trees,  the 
width  of  a  road,  or  a  brook,  by  the  triangulation 
method. 

USEFUL  PERSONAL  MEASURES 
It  is  sometimes  a  great  convenience  to  measure  a  length 
of  ribbon,  lace  or  other  goods  without  the  use  of  a  rule 
or  tape  measure;  but  what  shall  we  use  in  their  place? 
Look  at  your  thumb — how  long  is  it  from  the  end  to  the 
first  joint?  And  the  middle  finger,  from  the  end  to  the 
knuckle  on  the  back  of  the  hand?  Isn't  it  nearly  four  and 
cne-half  inches  or  one-eighth  of  a  yard?  That  is  what 
the  average  grown  person's  finger  measures.  To  get  the 
correct  length  of  your  finger,  hold  the  end  of  a  tape 
line  to  the  end  of  the  finger  with  the  thumb  of  the  same 
hand,  draw  the  tape  measure  tight  over  the  bent  finger  to 
the  knuckle.  This  is  a  very  useful  measure  for  short 
lengths. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS  475 

Another  measure  for  longer  lengths  is  the  distance 
from  the  end  of  your  nose,  when  your  head  is  turned 
sharply  to  one  side,  to  the  end  of  your  thumb  when  your 
arm  is  stretched  straight  out  from  the  shoulder  in  the 
opposite  direction.  Measure  and  find  out  this  distance 
for  yourself  by  holding  the  very  end  of  a  ribbon,  tape  or 
rope  with  the  left  hand  to  the  end  of  the  nose,  head 
turned  to  the  left,  and  with  the  right  hand  run  the  fingers 
along  the  edge  of  the  ribbon  until  it  is  stretched  to  arm's 
length.  Marking  the  ribbon  with  a  pin  where  the  right 
thumb  and  forefinger  have  held  it,  measure  the  distance 
wfth  a  yard  measure  or  rule  from  the  end  of  the  ribbon 
to  the  pin.  This  length  will  be  about  the  same  as  the 
standard  unit  of  length  used  in  this  country.  When  meas- 
uring a  long  length  of  goods,  use  the  point  held  by  the 
right  hand  as  the  starting  point  to  be  held  by  left  hand. 

If  you  know  the  distance  between  the  end  of  your  little 
finger  and  the  end  of  your  thumb  when  they  are  stretched 
apart,  the  palm  of  the  hand  being  flat,  you  can  meas- 
ure a  distance  such  as  the  length  of  a  table,  shelf,  pole, 
etc.  When  judging  the  height  of  a  person,  remember  that 
the  distance  from  the  top  of  the  head  to  the  chm  is  about 
cne-ninth  of  the  height  of  the  body.  The  distance  be- 
tween the  middle  fingers  when  the  arms  are  stretched 
straight  out  from  the  shoulders  is  about  equal  to  the 
height  of  the  body. 

Another  personal  measure  that  is  of  value  is  the  length 
of  one's  average  pace  or  stride ;  that  is,,  the  distance  from 
the  toe  of  one  boot  to  the  toe  of  the  other  when  walking 
a  natural  gait.  It  is  also  useful  to  know  the  average 
number  of  paces  taken  in  walking  a  given  distance,  such 
as  a  mile,  and  the  time  required  to  make  them.  All  of 
this  information  can  be  obtained  in  a  very  simple  way. 
Measure  ofT  as  accurately  as  possible  220  yards,  which  is 
one-eighth  of  a  mile,,  or  take  a  known  distance,  and  pace 


476  SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS 

it  back  and  forth  at  least  eight  times,  but  nc+  all  in  one 
day.  Each  time  keep  a  record  of  the  number  of  paces 
taken  and  the  time  required  to  pace  the  distance.  Divide 
the  sum  of  the  paces  by  the  number  of  times  paced  and 
the  result  will  be  the  average  number  of  pares  for  the 
distance.  Then  divide  the  whole  distance  bv  the  aver- 
age number  of  paces  and  get  the  average  length  of  your 
pace.  Divide  the  sum  of  the  minutes  spent  in  pacing  the 
distance  by  the  number  of  times  paced,  and  get  the  aver- 
age length  of  time  required  to  walk  the  distance.  When 
the  average  length  of  pace  is  known,  the  distarce  between 
two  points  can  be  quite  accurately  estimated  by  pacing,  if 
the  ground  is  open,  level  and  solid.  If  up  or  down  grade, 
if  the  ground  is  muddy  or  heavy,  or  there  are  other 
causes  which  retard  the  gait,  a  reduction  must  be  made. 

None  of  the  above  methods  for  measuring  are  scien- 
tific, therefore  are  not  accurate,  but  they  are  useful  ways 
of  measuring  approximately  lengths  and  distances  by 
means  of  a  guide  always  at  hand. 

2.     MAP  MAKING  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

The  word  map  calls  to  our  mind  a  picture  of  lines, 
angles,  dots  and  circles  which  tell  us  something  about  a 
position  of  the  surface  of  the  earth.  It  gives  us  an  idea 
of  distance  and  direction,  indicates  heights  and  sometimes 
tells  of  interesting  land  conditions.  What  we  see  are 
but  symbols  representing  a  more  or  less  true  picture. 
This  method  of  telling  a  story  is  very  old ;  as  long  ago 
as  1370  B.  C.  it  was  used  to  show  the  location  of  the  then 
famous  Nubian  Gold  Mines.  This  ancient  map  is  now 
preserved  in  the  Museum  of  Turin. 

Later,  in  611  B.  C.  the  first  map  of  the  world  was 
made — the  world  as  men  knew  it  then.  They  thought 
it  was  like  a  hollow  cylinder  and  surrounded  by  a  river. 
Bv  276  B.  C.  maps  were  used  and  understood  quite  gener- 
ally. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  477 

They  were  named  originally  after  the  material  upon 
M'hich  they  were  painted  or  drawn.  Map  from  Mappa, 
meaning  cloth,  and  chart  from  charta,  meaning  parch- 
ment. Even  today  maps  are  made  on  cloth  when  for 
use  in  the  open  by  cyclists,  military  men,  and  so  forth, 
and  charts  are  those  maps  filling  the  needs  of  seamen. 
Savage  tribes  used  maps  made  of  horn,  bone  and  wood 

In  the  15th  century  the  first  printed  maps  were  made 
and  now  many  processes  are  used  in  reproducing  these 
valuable  and  necessary  graphic  pictures,  eve^'v  line  and 
dot  of  which  have  been  made  out  of  someone's  experi- 
ence. The  explorer,  the  pioneer,  the  navigator,  all  con- 
tributing to  the  store  of  knowledge  of  the  earth's  surface, 
and  many  times  having  thrilling  adventures,  surviving  ter- 
rible conditions  that  the  earth  may  be  known  as  it  really 
appears. 

Although  maps  are  made  to  scale  and  every  distance 
computed  most  accurately  by  the  use  of  very  fine  instru- 
ments, Scouts  can  accomplish  the  real  purpo'^e  of  maps 
in  a  small  and  simple  way,  for  they  are  after  all,  but 
guides  to  those  who  follow. 

Knowing  a  delightful  road  or  trail,  one  can  by  a  map 
guide  others  to  it,  or  by  making  a  map  of  a  city,  or  coun- 
try district  hely  a  stranger  to  find  his  way  about.  Our 
maps  must  contain  as  the  all  important  features:  Direc- 
tion, Distance,  Points  of  Identification,  and  the  explana- 
tion on  the  margin  of  the  map  of  all  symbols  or  conven- 
tional signs  used.  For  hiking  purposes  a  starting  point 
and  a  goal  are  necessary,  all  cross-roads  must  be  indicated 
— streams,  bridges,  trails,  springs,  points  of  interest,  van- 
tage points  for  extended  views,  and  so  forth. 

A  city  map  should  note  beside  streets,  the  car  lines  or 
bus  lines,  public  buildings,  library,  churches,  hotels, 
stores,  police  station,  public  telephone  booths,  a  doctor's 
office,  fire  alarm  box  and  post  box. 


478  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

A  village  map  should  show  in  addition  the  way  to  the 
nearest  large  town  or  city,  give  the  railroad  station,  and 
so  forth. 

Direction  is  shown  by  symbol,,  an  arrow  or  a  line  with 
an  N  pointing  to  the  North,  which  should  be  at  the  top  of 
the  map,  and  all  lines  and  signs  should  be  made  in  relation 
to  it. 

Distance  is  shown  by  what  is  known  as  scale.  It  would 
be  impossible  and  unnecessary  in  making  a  map  to  use  the 
exact  measurements  of  distances  existing  in  any  given 
portion  of  the  country,  but  we  can  indicate  those  distances 
by  drawing  our  map  even  though  very  small  so  that  lines, 
angles,  circles  and  dots  will  bear  the  same  relation  to  each 
other  as  the  points  they  represent  bear  to  '^ach  other. 
This  is  done  by  using  a  small  measure  to  represent  a  large 
measure.  If  1  inch  was  used  to  represent  a  mile,  a  map 
showing  80  square  miles  of  ground,  measuring  8x10 
miles  could  be  drawn  on  a  comparatively  small  piece  of 
paper.  Whatever  scale  is  used  must  be  noted  on  the  map, 
however. 

The  true  distances  are  found  by  pacing  or  by  triangu- 
kition.  The  interesting,  helpful  and  necessary  points  are 
learned  by  observation.  These  are  the  real  guides  when 
using  a  map  and  these  should  be  placed  most  correctly. 
Some  of  the  symbols  most  generally  used  in  map  making 
are  shown  in  the  accompanying  cut. 

To  be  able  to  read  a  map  is  quite  as  important  as  mak- 
ing one.  Signs  must  be  understood,  distances  read,  and 
directions  known.  It  will  help  in  ascertaining  the  latter 
point  to  hold  the  map  so  its  position  will  be  true  to  the 
points  of  the  compass — the  East  to  the  East.  This  is 
called  orienting  a  map. 

A  sketch  map,  not  made  to  scale  or  true  as  *^o  direction 
01  distance,  but  giving  enough  accurate  information  to 
serve  in  guiding    a  stranger    truly,    can  be    made  very 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


C«-vvvp 


City ,  Town,  or 


h 

StKooL 
W|nc(mcU 


■■  w-vv. 

WcLtcr 
worKs 

XXX  O-O-o 
Vfi(«e  Fence 


a 


TO. 

•Te|€«)y«tyK 
Of  pice 


■  P.O. 
8val<LvnfS  CkviYck 


!.>{• 


HoS. 


Hospital 


oc?oooo 

stone 


Ojoo<5) 


foot-pcttli. 


Ot" 


W«-90vi. 


Stoutcon. 


480 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


Sj  vv\  bo  i 


Foot  ■ — 1 


BRtd^c^ 


Tele<J>^ApK  Lr«« 


Fcrvres 


UclKc    ov    pool 


fV.        rf""- 

_o![2. 

.Kit 

.           .  III.. 

r'-.., 

>(u, 

.f   1.           .-<!. 

tt* 

' 

i/i 

lilt 

M/i    >in_ 

L»*^._ 

„l(l,  ,111(41'"*, 
l"'t,lu""/,..<'"''l. 

ffrassl<xv-vd» 

frryYT 

Corv^ 


O  4» 


.0  •  o 


Coif-ovi 


M«.YS  V\es 


^5 


VV(>o5s    tf    Afv    K'"^*^ 


Jf^^ 


•nr  K 


ic  -^ 


C    7^/-*^ 


Pine    Wooos 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


482  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

(;uickly  and  easily  if  the  district  sketched  has  heen  ob- 
served closely.  Observation  it  at  the  root  of  map  making. 
The  reproduced  sketch  of  a  map  made  by  Girl  Scout, 
will  be  a  guide  to  the  Scout  who  is  learning  how  to  tell 
a  story  by  symbols, 

THE  COMPASS 

The  Mariner's  Compass  is  an  instrument  which  shows  where 
the  North,  and  other  directions,  are.  Boxing  the  Compass  consists 
in  enumerating  the  points  beginning  with  North  and  working 
around  the  circle  as  follows : 

NORTH  SOUTH 

North  by  East  South  by  West. 

North,  Northeast  South,  Southwest 

Northeast  by  North  Southwest  by  South 

Northeast  Southwest 

Northeast  by  East  Southwest  by  West 

East,  Northeast  West,  Southwest 

East  by  North  West  by  South 

EAST  WEST 

East  by  South  West  by  North 

East,  Southeast  West,  Northwest 

Southeast  by  East  Northwest  by  West 

Southeast  Northwest 

Southeast  by  South  Northwest  by  North 

South,  Southeast  North  by  West 

South  by  East  '     NORTH 

How  to  Find  Points  of  Compass  Without  a  Compass 

Every  Scout  should  be  able  to  find  the  North  without  a  com- 
pass. By  day  the  sun  will  tell  you  where  the  North  is,  and  the 
stars  by  night. 

How  to  Tell  the  Points  of  the  Compass  by  the  Sun 

The  sun  rises  in  the  east  and  sets  in  the  west.  Any  time  before 
noon,  if  you  stand  facing  the  sun,  North  is  at  your  left  hand-' 
after  noon,  if  you  face  the  sun.  North  is  at  your  right  hand. 

The  Phoenicians,  who  sailed  round  Africa  in  ancient  times, 
noticed  that  when  they  started  the  sun  rose  on  their  left-hand 
side — they  were  going  south.  Then  they  reported  that  they  got  to 
a  strange  country  where  the  sun  got  up  in  the  wrong  quarter, 
namely  on  their  right  hand.  The  truth  was  that  they  had  gone 
round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  were  steering  north  again  up 
the  coast  of   Africa. 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


483 


Probably  the  most  accurate  way  to  find  North,  if  you  have 
no  compass,  is  to  use  an  open-faced  watch.  Holding  the  watch 
flat,  turn  it  so  that  the  small  or  hour  hand  points  directly  toward 
the  sun.  The  South  will  then  be  half  way  between  the  hour  hand 
and  the  figure  XII  on  the  dial.  Before  noon  the  halfway  point  is 
between  the  hour  hand  and  XII  clockwise,  and  after  noon  it  is 
between  the  hour  hand  and  XII  counter-clockwise. 

How  to  Find  North  by  the  Stars 

All  stars  appear  to  rise  in  the  east  and  set  in  the  west,  which 
is  really  due  to  our  earth  turning  around  under  them.  But  one 
star  never  moves  in  relation  to  us,  and  that  is  Polaris,  the  North 
Star,  which  stands  still  over  the  north  pole  to  show  us  where  North 
is. 


484  SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 

3.  KNOTS  AND  THEIR  USES  FOR  GIRL  SCOUTS 

It  doubtless  seems  very  strange  to  you  that  a  Girl 
Scout  should  have  to  know  how  to  handle  a  rope  and 
tie  knots  according  to  rules.  Most  people  have  never 
dreamed  that  there  are  rules  for  these  things ;  they  have 
made  knots,  when  necessary,  in  a  way  peculiar  to  them- 
selves and  have  been  quite  surprised  that  the  knots  come 
out  when  they  are  expected  to  hold  fast  and  hold  fast 
when  they  are  expected  to  come  out. 

Ropes  and  knots  have  been  in  use  by  all  peoples  for 
n.'any  years.  The  rules  concerning  them  have  been  de- 
veloped and  i^erfected  as  time  has  passed  until  now 
there  is  no  question  as  to  the  usefulness  of  these  things 
and  the  way  to  handle  them  correctly. 

As  the  sailors  and  the  engineers  have  worked  with 
ropes  and  knots  more  than  others,  it  is  to  them  that  we 
go  for  our  information.  We  need  all  we  can  get,  for  to- 
day in  nearly  all  forms  of  occupation  twine,  cord  and 
rope  are  used  and  knots  are  tied.  As  the  Girl  Scout 
who  wants  to  be  a  Golden  Eaglet  takes  up  many  of  these 
occupations,  she  needs  to  know  how  to  tie  knots  quickly, 
in  the  dark  if  necessary,  and  correctly,  for  then  they 
will  hold  fast  yet  can  be  readily  untied.  These  are 
essential  requirements  to  be  remembered,  but  just  as 
important  is  the  fact  that  purposes  and  uses  of  knots 
differ  greatly. 

Every  Scout  should  have  five  feet  of  one-quarter  inch 
Manila  rope,  whipped  at  both  ends.  With  this  small 
piece,  which  only  represents  the  much  larger  rope  needed 
in  many  cases  for  practical  purposes,  all  of  the  required 
knots  can  be  made  and  nearly  all  of  their  uses  demon- 
strated. 

Have  you  ever  made  a  blanket  roll,  put  it  across  your 
shoulder,  hiked  through  the  woods  or  over  the  hills  for 
a  sleep  in  the  open?     Where  would  all  your  necessary 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  •  485 

articles  have  been  if  you  had  not  tied  them  snugly  in  the 
roll?  Without  them  you  would  have  been  far  from 
happy. 

yOr  have  you  pulled  a  sled  up  a  long  hill  over  and 
over  again  for  the  sake  of  the  slide  down?  How  about 
the  little  knots  that  held  the  rope  in  place — did  you  ever 
thmk  of  them  ?  There  are  many  things  we  do  for  the 
sake  of  a  good  time  where  knots  and  rope  are  indispen- 
sable. 

An  interesting  story  is  told  by  a  Girl  Scout  who 
watched  two  men  trying  to  hang  a  very  large  and  heavy 
curtain  which  was  to  be  used  as  part  of  the  stage  setting 
for  an  entertainment.  The  men  tried  to  tie  two  ropes 
together,  one  of  which  was  considerably  larger  than 
the  other.  Every  knot  they  tied  was  pulled  out  by 
the  weight  of  the  curtains.  Finally  the  men  were  quite 
ready  to  say  "It  cannot  be  done."  It  was  then  that 
the  Girl  Scout  offered  her  services.  The  men  looked 
at  her  doubtfully,  but  said,  "Go  ahead."  Of  course  she 
tied  a  knot  that  held  fast ;  then  she  had  to  teach  it  to 
the  men.  You  see,  she  could  be  helpful,  for  she  knew 
the  kind  of  knot  that  would  hold  two  ropes  of  unequal 
thickness  together  and  knew  how  to  make  it. 

Did  you  ever  notice  how  few  people  know  how  to 
tie  bundles  and  packages  securely  and  neatlv  ?  Yet  this 
is  a  most  helpful  thing  to  do.  Parcels  that  go  through 
the  post  or  by  express  are  handled  roughly  and  unless 
tied  with  special  care  they  are  not  delivered  in  good 
condition. 

Sometimes  we  find  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  unusual 
surroundings  where  we  can  be  of  service  if  we  know 
what  to  do  and  how  to  do  it.  A  Scout  is  sometimes 
called  upon  to  give  First  Aid,  possibly  to  tie  on  splints, 
a  bandage,  or  a  sling;  or  use  a  life-line. 

Once  a  boat  was  swept  over  one  of  the  lesser   falls 


486 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


s^ssss^sss53:^ 


1.     Square  or  Reef  Knot 

at  Niagara.  In  it  were  three  people — a  father,  mother 
and  their  son.  A  group  of  men  and  women  standing  on 
the  bridge  saw  the  accident ;  one  of  them  ran  for  a  rope 
and  threw  the  end  over  the  side  of  the  bridge  calHng 
to  those  in  the  water  to  catch  it  Ofie  succeeded,  but 
the  rope  sHpped  through  his  hands  almost  immediately 
because  there  was  neither  a  loop  nor  a  knot  to  hold  on  to. 
These    stories,    which   are    true,    make    us    realize   the 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  487 

importance  of   knowing  something  of   ropes  and   knots, 
tiiat  we  may  Be  Prepared  when  our  services  are  needed. 

Parts  of  a  Rope 

The  three  parts  of  a  rope  are: 

1,  The  End,  the  part  used  in  leading; 

2,  The  Bight,  a  loop  made  by  bending  the  rope  back 
on  itself  and  holding  it  in  place; 

3,  The  Standing  Part,  the  long  portion  of  the  rope 
not  used  when  tying  a  knot. 

1.     Square  or  Reef  Knot 

The  name  of  the  knot  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  tie 
together  two  ends  of  equal  thickness,  either  to  make 
them  fast  or  to  lengthen  a  rope,  is  the  Square  or  Reef 
knot.  It  is  made  so  that  the  ends  come  out  alongside 
of  the  standing  part  and  the  knot  will  not  iam.  It  is 
used  when  tying  bundles,  such  as  the  blanket-roll,  and 
packages ;  for  tying  on  splints,  fastening  the  ends  of  a 
sling  or  mending  broken  strings,  ropes  or  coris,  as  shoe- 
strings, clotheslines,  etc.  It  is  the  knot  used  more  com- 
monly than  any  other. 

To  make  the  Square  Knot : 

Take  an  end  in  each  hand; 

Cross  the  end  in  the  right  hand  over  the  end  in  the 
left  hand; 

Bend  it  around  the  rope  in  the  left  hand ; 

Cross  the  end  in  the  left  hand  over  the  end  in  the 
right  hand; 

Bend  it  around  the  rope  in  the  right  hand ; 

Pull  tight. 

2.     Sheet-bend 

Another  knot  that  is  used  for  tying  two  ends  together, 
generally  those  of  unequal  thickness,  or  for  fastening  an 
end  to  a  permanent  loop,  is  the  Sheet-bend, 


488 


SCOUTING    FOR    GIRLS 


2a.     Sheet  Bend:  Loose 


2b.     Sheet  Bend:  Drawn  Tight 

To  make  a  Sheet-bend  : 

Make  in  the  end  of  the  larger  rope  a  small  bight  or 
use  the  permanent  loop  in  its  place ; 

Pass  the  end  of  the  smaller  rope  up  through  the  bight; 

Under  the  bight ; 

Over  the  bight; 

Under  its  own  standing  part; 

Pull  the  loops  tight. 

This  is  the  way  the  Girl  Scout  tied  the  rope  together 
for  the  stage  hands. 

3.     Bowline-Knot 

If  the  people  on  the  bridge  at  Niagara  Falls  had  made 
a  Bowline-knot  in  the  end  of  the  rope  before  throwing 
it  as  a  life-line  they  might  have  saved  one  if  not  three 
lives.  A  Bowline  is  used  chiefly  for  hoisting  and  lower- 
ing; it  can  be  used  for  a  halter  or  with  the  Sheet-bend  in 
making  a  guard-line  or  fence.  It  is  a  knot  holding  fast 
a  loop  which  can  be  made  of  any  size  and  which  will 
not  jam  or  give. 

To  make  a  Bowline-knot: 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  489 

Take  the  end  in  the  right  hand ; 

Draw  the  rope  toward  you  over  the  palm  of  the  left 
hand,  measuring  off  as  much  as  is  needed  to  make  the 
required  size  loop; 

Drop  the  end; 

Make  a  small  bight  in  the  palm  of  the  left  hand  by 
turning  the  rope  toward  the  ends  of  the  fingers; 

Take  the  end  in  the  right  hand ; 

Pass  it  up  through  the  bight; 

Back  of  and  around  the  standing  part; 

Down  through  the  bight ; 

Pull  the  end  and  the  rope  forming  the  loop  against 
the  standing  part. 

When  the  Bowline  is  used  for  hoisting  or  lowering 
a  person  as  in  case  of  fire,  the  loop  should  be  large 
enough  to  be  used  as  a  seat;  it  should  be  passed  over 
the  head  and  shoulders,  the  standing  part  in  front  of 
ihe  body,  to  be  held  on  to  with  both  hands. 

When  using  a  rope  for  a  life-line: 

Fasten  securely  one  end  to  something  that  will  not  give. 

Make  a  Bowline  at  ^the  other  end  of  the  line  large 
enough  to  go  over  the  head  and  shoulders ; 

Hold  the  knot  in  the  right  hand,  the  end  toward  you; 

Take  the  standing  part  in  the  left  hand,  measure  off 
about  three  feet  of  rope; 

Draw  the  rope  toward  you,  pass  it  over  the  palm  of 
the  right  hand  and  hold  fast. 

Again  measure  off  the  same  amount,  draw  the  rope 
toward  you,  pass  it  over  the  palm  of  the  right  hand,  and 
hold  fast; 

Continue  this  process  until  enough  rope  is  coiled  to 
more  than  cover  the  distance  to  the  person  in  the  water. 

Grasp  the  coil  firmly  in  the  right  hand; 

Hold  the  standing  part  in  the  left  hand; 

Draw  the  right  arm  back  from  the  shoulder ; 


SCOUTING   FOR  GISLS 


3.     Bowline 

Swing  the  arm  forward  and  throw  the  coil  out  over 
the  water  to  the  person  in  distress; 

Make  sure  that  the  person  in  the  water  gets  a  firm 
grasp  on  the  rope; 

Quickly  take  the  standing  part  in  both  hands; 

Pull  on  the  rope  with  a  hand  over  hand  motion,  keep 
the  line  taut  and  pull  the  person  to  safety. 

Do  not  make  the  mistake  of  throwing  the  coil  "up" ; 
throw  it  out  over  the  water. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  491 

The  important  points  to  remember  when  using  a  rope 
for  rescue  work  are  to  fasten  the  free  end  so  the  rope 
will  not  shp  out  of  reach;  to  coil  the  rope  properly  so 
it  will  not  kink  or  knot  when  let  out;  and  to  make  a 
P>owline  large  enough  to  go  around  the  body. 

When  a  group  of  Scouts  make  a  guard  line,  each  girl 
makes  a  Bowline  in  the  end  of  her  rope,  large  enough 
to  put  her  hand  through,  fasten  her  right-hand  neigh- 
bor's rope  to  it  by  means  of  a  Sheet-bend  and  holds  her 
portion  of  the  line  in  place  by  using  the  Bowline  in  her 
rope  for  a  handle. 


4.     Two  Half-Hitches 

Two  Half-hitches  are  used  to  make  fast  an  end  of 
rope  to  a  pole,  post,  etc.  It  is  a  knot  that  can  be  easily 
undone.  It  is  used  for  hauling,  fastening  awning  ropes, 
flag  ropes,  etc. 

To  make  a  Half-hitch : 

Take  the  end  in  the  right  hand ; 

Pass  the  end  under  and  around  the  pole ; 

Around  the  standing  part: 

Under  itself,  forming  a  bight  out  of  which  the  stand- 
ing part  comes.  Repeat  this  for  the  second  half-hitch, 
using  standing  part  in  place  of  pole. 


492 


SCOUTING   FOR   GIRLS 


5.     Clove-Hitch 

The  purpose  of  a  Clove-hitch,  which  is  also  called 
the  Builders'  Knot,  is  to  make  fast  an  end  of  rope,  gen- 
erally to  a  post  or  tree.  This  knot  holds  securely  and 
does  not  slip  laterally.  It  is  of  value  when  tethering 
an  animal  or  tying  a  boat.  It  can  be  used  for  fastening 
an  awning  rope,  tent  ropes,  for  tying  on  splints  or  fasten- 
ing the  end  of  a  bandage  when  it  is  used  to  confine  a-  de- 
lirious person. 

A  fence  or  guard-line  can  be  made  where  trees  or  posts 
are  available  by  tying  the  end  of  the  rope  b}'  means  of 
a  Half-hitch  to  the  first  tree,  and  then  using  a  Clove- 


SCOUTING   FOB   GIRLS 

hitch  on  the  other  trees  or  posts. 
To  tie  the  Clove-hitch : 
Take  the  end  in  the  right  hand ; 
Pass  it  around  the  post; 
Over  the  standing  part; 
Continue  around  the  post ; 
Under  the  standing  part; 
SHp  the  end  up  through  the  lower  loop; 
Pull  tight. 


493 


6.     Sheep-Shank 

The  purpose  of  a  Sheep-shank  is  to  take  up  slack  or 
shorten  a  rope  temporarily.  It  is  used  on  tent  ropes, 
tow  lines. 

To  make  the  Sheep-shank : 

Cross  the  hands  and  take  hold  of  the  rope : 

Take  up  the  slack  by  drawing  the  hands  past  each 
other ; 

Hold  the  two  long  loops  firmly  in  one  hand; 

Make  a  bight  in  the  rope  between  the  loop  and  the  end ; 

Pass  the  loop  through  the  bight; 

Do  the  same  thing  at  the  other  end. 


494  SCOUTING   FOR   GIHLS 

The  knot  will  stay  in  place  so  long  as  the  rope  is  taut. 

If  it  is  necessary  to  shorten  a  rope  when  neither  end 
is  held  fast,  make  the  Sheep-shank  and  pass  each  end 
through  the  bight  nearest  to  it. 


Ready  For  Transportation  or  Storage 

When  in  uniform  a  Girl  Scout  hangs  her  rope  on  a 
belt-hook  placed  in  her  belt  or  skirt-binding 

To  have  the  rope  in  a  convenient  form: 

Make  two  loops  five  or  six  inches  long  at  one  end 
of  the  rope ; 

Leaving  a  small  bight  at  the  top  to  go  over  the  hook, 
bind  the  loops  together  by  winding  the  standing  part 
around  them ; 

Hold  the  end  fast  by  putting  it  through  the  remain- 
ing bight. 

To  serve  or  whip  the  ends  of  a  Scout  rope  so  they 
will  not  fray : 

Take  a  piece  of  soft  twine  twelve  or  fourteen  inches 
long ; 

Make  a  loop  two  inches  long  at  one  end ; 

Lay  the  loop  on  the  rope,  the  end  of  the  twine  ex- 
tending beyond  the  rope  end  an  inch ; 

Bind  the  rope  and  loop  together  by  winding  the  stand- 
ing part  tightly  and  closely  around  them ; 

Slip  the  end  down  through  the  loop,  which  must  not 
be  entirely  covered  by  the  binding; 

Pull  the  other  end  of  the  twine  and  draw  the  loop 
imder  the  binding. 

As  the  twine  will  be  held  fast,  the  ends  can  be  cut  off 
close  to  the  rope. 


SCOUTING    FOR   GIRLS  495 

A  "knot  board,"  showing  the  various  knc*"s  tied  per- 
fectly and  names  attached,  ends  of  rope  whipped,  bights, 
loops  and  coils,  is  an  interesting  bit  of  work  for  a  Troop 
of  Girl  Scouts  to  do.  The  board  hung  in  the  Troop 
room  would  be  a  help  to  new  Scouts,  and  it  could  be 
loaned  to  Troops  that  are  not  registered,  but  are  learn- 
mg  the  Tenderfoot  test,  which  includes  knot-tying. 

Glossary 

Belt-hook — A  double  hook  in  the  form  of  the  letter  S. 
Sometimes  called  S-hook. 

Bight — A  loop  made  by  bending  a  rope  bark  on  itself 
and  holding  it  in  place. 

Coil — A  series  of  rings,  one  on  top  of  another,  into  which 
a  rope  is  wound. 

Cord — A  string  or  small  rope  composed  of  several  strands 
of  thread  or  vegetable  fiber  twisted  and  woven  to- 
gether. 

End — One  of  the  terminal  points  of  that  which  has  more 
length  than  breadth.  The  part  of  a  rope  used  in 
leading. 

Hemp — An  annual  herbaceous  plant.  The  fib'^r,  obtained 
from  the  skin  or  rind  by  rotting  the  stalks  of  the 
plant  under  moisture  is  prepared  in  various  ways 
for  twisting  into  ropes,  cables,  and  weaving  coarse 
fabrics. 

Knot — An  interlacement  of  twine,  cord,  rope  or  other 
flexible  material  formed  by  twisting  the  ends  about 
each  other  and  then  drawing  tight  the  loop  thus 
made. 

Life-line — A  rope  used  in  rescuing;  it  should  have  a 
Bowline  in  one  end  and  the  other  end  should  be 
secured  to  something  that  will  not  give. 

Loop — An  opening  through  which  something  can  be 
passed. 


496  SCOUTING   FOB   GIRLS 

Manila  rope — A  rope  made  from  Manila  hemp,  a  fibrous 
material  which  is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of  plants 
which  grow  in  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Rope — A  cord  of  considerable  thickness,  technically  over 
one  inch  in  circumference.  Ropes  are  ma'le  of  hemp, 
manila,  flax,  cotton  or  other  vegetable  fiber  or  of 
iron,  steel  or  other  metallic  wire.  A  rope  is  some- 
times called  a  line.  They  are  composed  of  threads 
which  are  spun  or  twisted  into  strands  and  the  fin- 
ished ropes  have  special  names,  according  to  the 
number  of  the  strands,  and  the  various  sizes  are 
indicated  by  the  circumference  in  inches. 

Standing  part — The  long  portion  of  a  rope  not  used  when 
tying  a  knot. 

btring — A  slender  cord,  a  thick  thread. 

Twine — A  double  thread;  a  thread  made  of  two  strands 
twisted. 


SECTION   XVIII 

GIRL  SCOUT  PROFICIENCY  TESTS  AND 
SPECIAL   MEDALS 

For  details  regarding  these  badges  see  the 
"BLUE  BOOK  OF  RULES  FOR  GIRL   SCOUT   CAPTAINS" 


CONTENTS 

I.     Introduction  to  Proficiency  Tests. 

II.     Proficiency  Tests: 

***Subjects   marked   ttius  are  specially  recommended   for   First 
Class  Scouts  or  girls  at  least  sixteen  years  old. 

**>i<*Subject8  marked  thus  are  for  Scouts  eighteen  years  and  over. 


Artist 

Economist 

Milliner 

Athlete*** 

Electrician 

Motorist**** 

Bee-Keeper 

Farmer 

Musician 

Bird  Hunter 

First  Aide*** 

Needlewoman 

Bugler 

Flower  Finder 

Pathfinder 

Business  Women*** 

Gardener 

Photographer 

Canner 

Handy  Woman 

Pioneer*** 

Child  Nurse 

Health  Guardian*** 

Rock  Tapper 

Citizen*** 

Health  Winner 

SaUor*** 

Cook 

Home  Maker 

ScJibe 

Craftsman 

Home  Nurse*** 

Signaller 

Cyclist 

Horsewoman 

Star  Gazer 

Dairy  Maid 

Hostess 

Swimmer 

Dancer 

Interpreter 

Telegrapher 

Dressmaker 

Journalist**** 

Zoologist 

Drummer 

Laundress 

III.     Group  Badge 

IV.     Golden  Eaglet. 

V.     Specia 

1  Medals: 

Attendance  Stars 
Life  Saving  Medals 

Bronze  Cross 

Silver  Cross 
Medal  of  Merit 
Thanks  Badge 
Community  Service  Award 
Scholarship  Badge 


497 


Proficiency  Tests  and  Merit  Badges 

1.     INTRODUCTION 

A  girl  must  be  a  Second  Class  Scout  before  receiving  a  Merit  Badge 
in  any  subject.  However,  this  does  not  mean  that  she  cannot  begin  to 
study  her  subject  and  plan  for  passing  the  test  at  any  time. 

Proficiency  in  these  tests  is  to  be  determined  by  the  Local  Council, 
or  by  persons  competent  (in  the  opinion  of  the  Council)  to  judge  it.  If 
no  Local  Council  exists,  certificates  should  be  secured  from  persons 
competent  to  judge  each  subject,  such  as  teachers  of  music,  dancing 
or  drawing,  riding  masters,  motorists,  electricians,  milliners,  dress- 
makers, artists,  craftsmen,  scientists  and  so  forth.  These  certificates 
should  be  sent  to  the  National  Headquarters  or  to  the  nearest  District 
Headquarters  for  inspection.  Headquarters  will  either  pass  on  these, 
or  Indicate  the  nearest  local  body  cempetent  to  deal  with  them. 

The  tests  as  given  are  topical  outlines  of  what  a  Scout  should  know 
about  the  subject  rather  than  formal  questions.  Captains  and  others 
giving  the  tests  will  adapt  the  wording  to  the  needs  of  the  particular  case. 

With  many  subjects  a  list  of  standard  references  is  given.  It  is 
desirable  that  a  girl  should  read  at  least  one  of  these  books,  not  In 
order  to  pass  an  examination  but  that  she  may  be  familiar  with  the 
general  field  and  the  great  names  and  principles  associated  with  it.  Where 
a  whole  troop  is  working  on  a  subject,  portions  of  the  books  may  be  read 
at  troop  meetings,  or  several  Scouts  can  read  together  and  discuss  their 
impressions. 

It  is  important  that  every  Girl  Scout  should  understand  that  the 
winning  of  any  one  of  the  following  Merit  Badges  does  not  mean  that 
she  is  a  finished  expert  in  the  subject. 

What  does  it  mean  then?     It  means  three  things: 

1.  She  has  an  intelligent  interest  in  the  subject 

2.  She  has  a  reasonable  knowledge  of  its  broad  principles 

3.  She  is  able  to  present  some  practicable  proofs  of  her  knowledge, 
so  that  a  competent  examiner  can  see  that  she  has  not  simply 
"crammed  it  up"  from  a  book.  Doing,  not  talking  or  writing 
is  the  principle  of  the  Girl  Scouts 

One  of  the  great  things  about  these  Merit  Badges  is  that  they  require 
a  definite  amount  of  perseverance.  This  is  a  quality  in  which  women 
are  sometimes  said  to  be  lacking;  if  this  is  a  fair  criticism,  the  Merit 
Badges  will  certainly  test  it. 

Nobody  compels  any  Scout  to  earn  these  Badges;  she  deliberately 
chooses  to  do  so.  Therefore,  to  fail  in  a  task  she  has  voluntarily  set  herself, 
comes  straight  back  to  her  and  shows  her  what  stu£F  she  is  made  of. 
For  while  it  is  of  no  particular  importance  how  many  things  you  start 
in  this  life,  it  is  of  great  importance  how  many  things  you  finlshi  Out 
OF  GOODNESS  of  heart,  or  quick  interest,  or  sudden  resolution,  a  girl  will 
start  out  to  master  a  subject,  earn  a  certain  sum  of  money,  make  some- 
thing for  herself  or  someone  else,  form  some  good  habit  or  break  some  bad 
one;  and  after  her  first  enthusiasm  has  died  out,  where  is  she?  So  that 
a  great  many  people  laugh  at  a  girl's  plans — and  with  reason. 

Now  while  this  may  be  merely  amusing,  so  long  as  it  afifects  only  the 
girl  herself,  it  becomes  very  annoying  when  other  people's  affairs  are 
involved,  and  may  be  positively  dangerous  if  carried  too  far.  If  your 
life  depended  upon  a  Girl  Scout's  efforts  to  resuscitate  you  from  drowning, 
you  would  be  very  glad  if  she  stuck  to  it.  But  if  she  happened  to  be  a 
girl  who  had  started  to  win  five  different  Merit  Badges,  and  had  given 
them  all  up,  half  way  through,  what  sort  of  chance  do  you  think  you  would 
have? 

Girl  Scouts  are  slower  to  begin  than  other  girls,  perhaps,  but  they 
stick  to  it  till  they've  made  good.  "She  carried  that  through  like  a  Girl 
Scout"  ought  to  become  a  common  saying. 

498 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  499 

2.    PROFICIENCY  TESTS 


ARTIST 
SYMBOL— A  PALETTE 


Submit  a  drawing,  a  painting,  or  a  model  of  sculpture  which  In  the 

Judgment   of   a   competent   professional   represents   a   sufficiently    high 

order  of  ability  to  merit  recognition. 

This  badge  is  offered  with  the  object  of  encouraging  a  talent  already 
existing,  and  it  is  not  suggested  that  Girl  Scouts  should  select  this 
badge  unless  they  are  possessed  of  sufficient  natural  talent  to  warrant 
presenting  their  work  to  a  good  judge.  The  standard  required  for 
winning  the  badge  is  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  professional  as  it  is 
impossible  for  the  organization  to  lay  down  strict  requirements  in 
these  subjects. 

REFERENCES: 

"Childrens  Book  of  Art,"  A.  E.  Conway,  Adam  and  Charles  Black. 
"Knights  of  Art,"  Amy  Steedman,  George  W.  Jacobs  and  Company. 
"Gabriel  and  the  Hour  Book,"  Evaleen  Stein. 
"Apollo,"   by   S.   Reinach,   from   the  French   by   Florence   Simmonds, 

Scribners. 


ATHLETE*** 
SYMBOL— BASKET  BALL 


1.  T?  Sy^l*'^  '***"  *****  ^  ^^'^  Scout  must  be  at  least  fourteen,  and  must 
hold  the  badge  for  personal  health,  the  "Health  Winner." 

1.  State  briefly  the  value  and  effect  of  exercise. 

2.  Demonstrate  habitual  good  posture,  sitting  and  standing. 

3.  Demonstrate  a)  marching  steps,  quick  and  double  time,  and  Scout's 

Pace. 

b)     Setting-up   exercises,    (as   shown   in   Handbook). 

4.  Present  statement  from  troop  Captain,  of  a  hike  of  at  least  5  miles. 

5.  Demonstrate  with  basket  ball  5  goals  out  of  7  trials  standing  at 
least  5  feet  from  basket,  OR  demonstrate  with  basket  ball  distance 
throw  of  40  feet. 

6.  Demonstrate  with  indoor  base  ball  accurate  pitching  for  distance 
of  forty  feet. 

B*     ^"*®  brief  description  of  rules  for  five  popular  games. 

8.  Play  well  and  be  able  to  coach  in  any  three  of  the  following  games: 
Basket  Ball,  Battle  Ball,  Bowling,  Captain  Bail,  Dodge  Ball,  Long 
Ball,  Punch  Ball,  Indoor  Baseball,  Hockey — field  or  ice,  Prisoners' 
Base,  Soccer,  Tennis,  Golf,  Volley  Ball  Newcomb. 


500  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

9.  Hold  swimming  badge  or  bring  statement  of  ability  to  demonstrate 
three  strokes,  swim  100  yards,  float  and  dive.  Note:  For  alternate 
to  swimming  requirements  see  First  Class  Test,  question  7,  page  65. 
10.  Demonstrate  three  folk  dances,  using  any  nationality,  OR  be  a 
qualified  member  of  a  school  or  society  athletic  team,  playing  one 
summer  and  one  winter  sport,  OR  be  able  to  qualify  for  entry  in  a 
regular  competition  in  some  sport  such  as  Tennis,  Skating,  Skiing, 
Running,  Pitching  Quoits,  etc. 
REFERENCES: 

"Games  for  the  Playground,  Home,  School  and  Gymnasium,"  Jessie 
H.  Bancroft,  Macmillan. 

"Summer  in  the  Girls'  Camp,"  A.  W.  Coale,  Century. 

"Book  of  Athletics,"  Paul  Withington,  Lothrop. 

"Outdoor  Sports  and  Games,"  C.  H.  Miller,  Doubleday  Page. 


BEE  KEEPER 
SYMBOL— HIVE 


1.  What  constitutes  a  swarm  of  bees?  How  do  they  live?  Tell  how 
honey  is  gathered  and  stored  and  honey  comb  is  built,  and  what 
part  the  queen,  drones  and  workers  play  in  the  life  of  the  colony. 

2.  Be  able  to  recognize  and  describe  each  of  the  following:  queen, 
drones,  workers,  eggs,  larvae,  pupae,  honey,  bee  food,  wax,  pollen, 
propolis,  brood-nest,  comb,  different  queen  cells. 

3.  Have  a  practicable  knowledge  of  bee  keeping  and  assist  in  hiving  a 
swarm,  examining  a  colony,  removing  the  comb,  finding  the  queen, 
putting  foundation  in  sections,  filling  and  removing  supers,  and 
preparing  honey  in  comb  and  strained  for  market,  and  present  a 
certificate  to  this  effect. 

4.  Know  which  flowers  afford  the  best  food  for  bees,  and  how  honey 
varies  according  to  the  flowers  in  color  and  flavor. 

REFERENCES: 

"Productive  Bee  Keeping,"  Pellett. 

Bulletins  from  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agri- 
culture. 

"Life  of  the  Bee,"  Maurice  Maeterlinck,  Dodd. 

"Queen  Bee,"  Carl  Ewald,  Thomas  Nelson  and  Sons. 

"How  to  Keep  Bees,"  A.  B.  Comstock,  Doubleday  Page. 

BIRD  HUNTER 
SYMBOL— BLUE  BIRD 

To  qualify  for  this  badge  a  Girl  Scout  should 
belong  to  the  Audubon  Society*  and  be  able 
to  answer  the  following: 


*  Any  Captain  can  form  a  Junior  Audubon  Club  by  applying  to  "The 
National  Association  of  Audubon  Societies,  1974  Broadway,  N.  Y.  City. 
The  club  dues  are  ten  cents  annually,  per  member,  and  must  be  paid 
for  by  the  Club.  If  25  or  more  belong,  the  Magazine  "Bird  Lore"  will 
be  sent. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  501 

Give  list  of  twenty  wild  birds  personally  observed  and  Identified  In 
the  open  and  show  field  notes  including  at  least  the  date  seen, 
markings,  food  habits,  nesting  habits  if  known,  and  migration,  if  any. 

2.  Give  game-bird  laws  of  her  State. 

3.  Name  five  birds  that  destroy  rats  and  mice. 

4.  Give  list  of  ten  birds  of  value  to  farmers  and  fruit  growers  in  the 
destruction  of  insects  on  crops  and  trees. 

5.  (a)     Tell  what  the  Audubon  Society  is  and  how  it  endeavors  to  pro- 

tect the  birds. 
(b)     Give  name  and   location   of   two  large   bird   refuges;   explain 
the  reason  for  their  establishment  and  give  names  of  the  birds 
they  protect. 

6.  (a)     Know  what  an  aigret  is?     How  obtained  and  from  what  bird. 
(b)    Tell  methods  to  attract  birds  winter  and  summer. 

1.  GENERAL  REFERENCES:     (At  least  one  must  be  read  to  qualify 
for  badge). 

"Method  of  Attracting  Wild  Birds,"  Gilbert  H.  Trafton,  Houghton, 
Mifflin  Co. 

"Bird  Study  Book,"  T.  Gilbert  Pearson,  Doubleday  Page  Co. 
"Wild  Bird  Guests,"  Ernest  Harold  Baynes,  E.  P.  Dutton  Co. 

2.  HANDBOOKS  AND  SPECIAL  BIRD  BOOKS: 
"Hawks  and  Owls  of  the  United  States,"  A.  K.  Fisher. 

"Useful  Birds  and  Their  Protection,"  Edward  H.  Forbush,  Massachus- 
etts Board  of  Agriculture. 

"Home  Life  of  Wild  Birds,"  F.  H.  Herrick,  G.  F.  Putnam  Co. 

"Land  Birds  East  of  the  Rockies,"  Chester  A.  Reed,  Doubleday  Page  Co. 

"Water  and  Game  Birds,"  Chester  A.  Reed,  Doubleday  Page  Co. 

"Western  Birds,"  Chester  A.  Reed,  Doubleday  Page  Co. 

"Handbook  of  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,"  Frank  M.  Chapman, 
D.  Appleton  and  Co. 

"Bird  Life,"  Frank  M.  Chapman,  D.  Appleton  and  Co. 

"Handbook  of  Birds  of  Western  United  States,"  Florence  Merriam 
Bailey,  Houghton,  Mifflin  and  Co. 

"Children's  Book  of  Birds,"  O.  T.  Miller,  Houghton,  Mifflin  Co. 

"Burgess  Bird  Book  for  Children,"  W.  T.  Burgess,  Little  Brown  Co. 


BUGLER 
SYMBOL— BUGLE 


Play  correctly  as  to  notes  and  time  the  following  calls  and  marches 
and  play  at  sight  any  calls  selected: 

1,  First  Call;  2,  Reveille;  3,  Assembly;  4,  Mess;  5,  Recall;  6,  Fire;  7,  Drill; 
8,  Officers;  9,  Retreat;  10,  To  Colors;  11,  To  quarters;  12,  Taps. 

Reference:    Cadet  Manual,  E.  L.  Steever,  Lippincott. 


602 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


BUSINESS  WOMAN*** 
SYMBOL— NOTE-BOOK 


1.  Must  have  a  legible  and  neat  handwriting  and  show  a  knowledge 
of  spelling  and  punctuation  by  writing  from  dictation  a  paragraph 
necessitating  use  of  commas,  periods,  quotation  marks,  apostrophe. 

2.  Must  typewrite  40  words  a  minute,  or  as  an  alternative  write  in 
shorthand  from  dictation  70  words  a  minute  as  a  minimum,  and 
transcribe  them  at  the  rate  of  35  words. 

3.  Must  show  a  knowledge  of  simple  bookkeeping  and  arithmetic. 

4.  Must  show  how  to  make  out,  and  know  how  and  when  to  use  re- 
ceipts, notes  and  drafts,  and  money  orders. 

5.  Must  know  how  to  write  a  simple  business  letter,  such  as  asking 
for  employment,  or  a  letter  recommending  a  person  for  employ- 
ment. 

6.  Must  show  how  to  keep  a  check  book,  make  out  checks  and  de- 
posit slips,  endorse  checks,  and  balance  checking  accounts. 

7.  Must  keep  a  simple  cash  account  to  show  receipts  and  expenditures 
of  personal  funds  for  three  months,  OR  the  household  accounts  of 
the  family  for  three  months.     (This  account  may  be  fictitious.) 

8.  Must  be  able  to  write  a  letter  from  memory  on  facts  given  five  minutes 
previously. 

REFERENCES: 

"Thrift  by  Household  Accounting,"  American  Economics  Association, 
Baltimore. 

"Household  Accounts  and  Economics,"  ShaefFer,  MacMlllan. 

"What  every  Business  Woman  Should  Know,"  Lillian  C.  Kearney, 
Stokes. 

"Bookkeeping  and  Accounting,"  J.  J.  Klein,  Appleton. 

"Essential  Elements  of  Business  Character,"  H.  G.  Stockwell,  Revell. 


CANNER 
SYMBOL— JAR  AND  FRUIT 


Submit  the  following  specimens  of  canning  work:  a)  six  pint  jars 
of  two  kinds  of  vegetables,  showing  the  cold  pack  method;  b)  six 
jars  of  preserved  fruit,  at  least  two  kinds;  c)  six  glasses  of  jelly, 
jam  or  marmalade. 

What  are  the  essential  things  to  be  considered  when  selecting  vege- 
tables to  be  canned,  fruit  to  be  preserved  or  made  into  jelly,  jam 
or  marmalade? 

Give  general  rules  for  preparing  fruits  and  vegetables  for  preserv- 
ing in_any.way. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  503 

4.  What  kind  of  jars  are  considered  best  for  preserving?  Wiiat  otlier 
materials  are  used  for  making  holders  besides  glass?  How  should 
all  utensils  and  jars,  glasses,  rubbers,  be  prepared  before  using? 

5.  What  is  essential  regarding  the  heat? 

6.  What  are  the  general  rules  for  preserving  fruit?  Give  proportions 
by  measure  or  weight,  time  of  cooking,  amount  of  sugar,  water 
or  any  other  ingredient  for  the  fruits  that  you  have  preserved,  and 
for  at  least  two  others. 

7.  Give  same  rules  for  jams,  marmalades  and  jellies. 

8.  Give  directions  for  filling  and  sealing  jars.  How  can  jars  be  tested 
within  twenty-four  hours  after  filling?  If  not  air  tight  what  should 
be  done? 

9.  What  should  be  done  to  all  jars,  tumblers,  etc.,  before  storing? 
How  are  canned  goods  best  stored  ? 

REFERENCES: 

Government  Bulletin — U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
"Canning,  Preserving  and  Jelly  Making,"  J.  McK.  Hill,  Little. 


CHILD  NURSE 
SYMBOL— A  MALTESE  CROSS 


1.  During  a  period  of  three  months  care  for  a  little  child,  under  two 
years,  for  a  time  equivalent  to  two  hours  daily  for  four  weeks.  Dur- 
ing this  period  all  of  the  necessary  work  for  routine  care  of  a  child 
must  be  demonstrated,  including  feeding,  bathing,  dressing,  pre- 
paring for  bed,  arranging  bed  and  windows,  amusing,  giving  the 
air,  and  exercise,  and  so  forth,  according  to  directions  in  Handbook. 

2.  What  are  the  most  necessary  things  to  be  considered  when  caring 
for  a  child  under  three  years  of  age?     Elaborate  on  these  points. 

3.  What  are  some  of  the  results  of  neglecting  to  do  these  things?  What 
is  the  importance  of  regularity  in  care,  to  child,  to  mother,  or  nurse? 

4.  Should  a  child  be  picked  up  or  fed  every  time  he  cries?  What  is 
the  result  of  so  doing? 

5.  What  are  the  important  things  to  remember  in  lifting  and  handling 
children? 

6.  What  things  are  important  in  connection  with  their  sleeping,  either 
in  or  out  of  doors?  Up  to  what  age  should  a  child  have  two  naps 
a  day?     One  nap?     What  time  should  a  child  be  put  to  bed? 

7.  How  can  a  baby  be  encouraged  to  move  itself  and  take  exercise? 

8.  What  should  be  done  when  preparing  a  baby's  bath?  How  should 
the  bath  be  given  to  a  little  baby?    To  an  older  child? 

9.  How  is  a  child  prepared  for  bed?  How  are  the  bed  and  room  pre- 
pared ? 

10.  What  is  the  best  food  for  a  child  up  to  nine  months?  If  he  cannot 
have  this  food,  what  can  take  its  place,  and  how  should  it  be  given? 
What  are  the  principal  things  to  remember  concerning  the  ingredi- 
ents and  preparation  of  this  food,  and  the  care  of  utensils? 

11.  At  what  age  may  a  child  be  given  solid  food  with  safety?  What 
foods  are  best  and  how  should  they  be  prepared? 

12.  When    feeding    a    child    either    from    a    bottle    or    a    spoon,    what 


504  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

precautions  should  be  taken?     How  often  should  a  child  under  one 
year  be  fed?     from  one  to  two  years? 
13.     When   suffering   from    a    cold    what    precautions   should    be    taken? 
If  it  is  necessary  to  continue  to  care  for  a  child  in  spite  of  your  cold? 
What  Is  the  wisest  thing  to  do  first  if  a  child  is  HI? 

REFERENCES: 

"The  Baby,  His  Care  and  Training,"  M.  Wheeler,  Harper. 
"Care  and  Feeding  of  Children,"  Ernest  Holt,  Appleton. 
"The  Home  and  Family,"  Klnne  and  Cooley,  Macmlllan. 


THE  CITIZEN*** 
SYMBOL— EIGHT-POINTED  STAR 


1.  Who  is  responsible  for  the  government  of  your  country? 

2.  Whose  business  is  it  to  see  that  the  laws  are  enforced? 

3.  How  can  you  help  make  your  government  better? 

4.  Give  the  best  definition  you  know  of  our  government. 

5.  What  are  the  principal  qualifications  for  the  vote  in  your  state? 

6.  a.    Who  is  a  citizen?     b.     How  can  a  person  not  a  citizen  become 
a  citizen?    c.    What  is  the  advantage  of  being  a  citizen? 

7.  Who  makes  the  law  for  you  in  your  state? 

8.  What  part  will  you  have  in  making  that  law? 

9.  What  are  the  duties  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  and  of 
each  of  his  Cabinet? 

10.  Name  five  things  on  which  the  comfort  and  welfare  of  your  family 
depend,  which  are  controlled   by  your  government. 

11.  a.     What  is  meant  by  a  secret  ballot?     b.     How  can  anyone  tell 
how  you  vote? 

12.  What  is  the  difference  between  registering  to  vote  and  enrolling 
in  a  political  party? 

13.  If  you  enroll  in  a  political  party  must  you  vote  the  straight  ticket 
of  that  party? 

REFERENCES: 

"The  Woman  Movement  in  America,"  McClurg  and  Co.,  Chicago. 

"The  Woman  Voter's  Manual,  Forman  and  Shuler,  Century  Co.,  1918. 

"Democracy  in  Reconstruction,"  Houghton  Mifflin,  1919.  Cleveland 
and  Schafer. 

"History  of  Politics,"  Edward  Jenks,  Macmillan  Co. 

"The  Subjection  of  Women,"  John  Stuart  Mill,  Frederick  Stokes. 

"Your  Vote  and  How  to  Use  It,"  Mrs.  Raymond  Brown,  Harper  Bros. 

"The  Story  of  a  Pioneer,"  Anna  Howard  Shaw. 

"American  Commonwealth,"  James  Bryce. 

"Promised  Land,"   Mary  Antin,   Houghton  Mifflin. 

"Land  of  Fair  Play,"  Geoffrey  Parsons,   Scribner. 

"Making  of  an  American,"  J.  A.  Riis,  Macmillan. 

"Peace  and  Patriotism,"  E.  S.  Smith,  Lothrop,  Lee  and  Shepard. 

"The  Children  in  the  Shadow,"  Ernest  Kent  Coulter,  McBrlde  Nest 
and  Co. 

"American  Citizenship,"  Charles  and  Mary  Beard,  Macmillan. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


505 


COOK 
SYMBOL— GRIDIRON 


This  test  is  based  on  the  thorough  knowledge  of  the  article  on  "Cooking" 
in  the  handbook.  It  may  be  taken  in  sections.  A  certificate  may  be 
presented  from  a  Domestic  Science  teacher,  or  from  the  mother  if  the 
Captain  knows  her  and  can  testify  to  her  competency  to  judge. 

1.  Build  and  regulate  the  fire  in  a  coal  or  wood  stove,  or  if  a  gas  range 
is  used  know  how  to  regulate  the  heat  in  the  oven,  broiler  and  top. 

2.  What  does  it  mean  to  boil  a  food?    To  broil?    To  bake?    Why  is  it 
not  advisable  to  fry  food? 

3.  How  many  cupfuls  make  a  quart?     How  many  tablespoonfuls  to 
a  cup?     Teaspoonfuls  to  a  tablespoon? 

4.  Be  able  to  cook  two  kinds  of  cereal. 

5.  Be  able  to  make  tea,  coffee  and  cocoa  properly. 

6.  Be  able  to  cook  a  dried  and  a  fresh  fruit. 

7.  Be  able  to  cook  three  common  vegetables  in  two  ways. 

8.  Be  able  to  prepare  two  kinds  of  salad.     How  are  salads  kept  crisp? 

9.  Know  the  difference  in  food  value  between  whole  milk  and  skimmed 
milk. 

10.  Be  able  to  boil  or  coddle  or  poach  eggs  properly. 

11.  Be  able  to  select  meat  and  prepare  the  cuts  for  broiling,  roasting 
and  stewing  OR  be  able  to  clean,  dress  and  cook  a  fowl. 

12.  Be  able  to  make  two  kinds  of  quick  bread,  such  as  biscuits  or  muffins. 

13.  Be  able  to  plan  menus  for  one  day,  choosing  at  least  three  dishes 
in  which  left-overs  may  be  utilized. 

REFERENCES: 

"The  Junior  Cook  Book,"  Girl  Scout  Edition,  Clara  Ingram,  Barse  and 
Hopkins. 

"Fun  of  Cooking,"  C.  F.  Benton,  Century. 

"Boston  Cooking  School  Cook  Book,"  Little. 

"Hot  Weather  Dishes,"  S.  T.  Rorer,  Arnold  and  Co. 

"Food  and  Health,"  Helen  Kinne  and  Anna  M.  Cooley,  Mcamillan. 


CRAFTSMAN 
SYMBOL- 
PRIMITIVE  DECORATIVE 
DESIGN 


To  earn  this  badge  a  Girl  Scout  must  qualify  in  at  least  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing and  must  read  at  least  one  general  reference: 
J.     Tie-dying:     Make  a  tie-dyed  scarf  using  two  kinds  of  tieing. 
Reference:   "Dyes  and  Dyeing,"  Charles  E.  Pellew,  McBride. 

"Industrial  and  Applied  Art  Books,  Book  6,"  Bush. 


506  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

2.  Block  Printlnii:  Make  an  original  design  for  a  block  print  unit 
using  a  flower  or  bird  motif.  Apply  to  a  bag  or  collar  in  one  color 
using  oil  paint  or  dyes. 

3.  Stencilling:  Make  an  original  stencil  design  for  a  border,  use  flower, 
bird,  boat  or  tree  motif.  Apply  in  two  colors  to  a  bag,  collar  or  scarf 
using  oil  paint  or  dyes. 

4.  Crochet,  Cross-stitch.  Darning:  Make  an  original  border  design 
on  square  paper  using  any  two  geometric  units,  or  a  conventional 
flower  or  animal  form.  Apply  the  design  to  a  towel  in  crochet,  cross- 
stitch  or  darning. 

Reference:     "Cross-stitch  Patterns,"  Dorothy  Bradford,  "Industrial 
Art  Text  Books,  Book  6,"  "Modern  Priscilla,"  Snow. 

6.  Weaving,  Baskets:  Design  a  basket  shape  with  its  widest  dimen- 
sion not  less  than  six  inches,  and  make  the  basket  of  raffia  over 
a  reed  or  cord  foundation.  Use  eight  stitch  or  lazy  squaw. 
Reference:  "How  To  Make  Baskets,"  White — "Practical  Bask- 
etry," McKay.  "Inexpensive  Basketry,"  Marten.  "Raffia  and 
Reed  Weaving,"   Knapp. 

Weaving  Wool:     Weave  a  girdle,  a  hat  band,  or  a  dress  ornament 
use  a  simple  striped  or  geometric  design,  in  three  or  more  colors. 
Reference:      "Hand    Weaving,"    Dorothy    Bradford.       "Hand-loom 
Weaving,"  Todd. 

Weaving  Beads:     Design  and  weave  a  bead  chain  or  a  bead  band 
for  trimming:  use  two  or  more  colors. 

7.  Applique:  Design  an  applique  unit  in  a  7-inch  square  that  might 
be  applied  to  a  pin  cushion  top,  a  bag  or  a  square  for  a  patchwork 
quilt.  Use  geometric  units  or  conventional  flower  or  bird  forms 
suggested  by  cretonnes.  Work  out  in  cotton  materials  using  two 
tones  of  one  color  or  closely  related  colors,  as  brown  and  orange; 
grey  and  violet. 

8.  Pottery:  Design  an  original  shape  for  a  bowl,  vase  or  paper  weight, 
and  model  shape  in  clay. 

Reference:      "The    Potter's    Craft,"    Binns — "Pottery,"    Cox.      "In- 
dustrial Work  for  the  Mddle  Grades,"  E.  Z.  Worst. 

9.  Posters:  Design  a  Girl  Scout  poster  that  will  illustrate  some  law 
or  activity.  Poster  to  be  at  least  9x12  inches  and  to  consist  of  a  simple 
illustration  and  not  less  than  three  words  of  lettering.  Finish  In 
crayon,   water  color,   pen  and  ink,  or  tempera. 

Reference:    "School  Arts  Magazine,"  Jan.  1920.    "Poster  Magazine." 

10.  China  Painting:  Make  a  conventional  design  for  a  border  that 
can  be  used  on  a  plate,  bowl,  or  cup  and  saucer.  Work  out  on  the 
object  in  one  color  in  a  tinted  background. 

References:     Keramic  Studio — any  number. 

11.  Decoration:  Make  an  original  design  for  a  box  top  or  a  tray  center 
adapting  units  found  in  cretonnes.  Apply  to  the  object  using  enamel 
paints  and  in  a  color  scheme  suggested  by  the  same  or  another  cre- 
tonne. 

GENERAL  REFERENCE  BOOKS: 

Read  regularly:  School  Arts  Magazine,  Davis  Press.  Art  Crafts  for 
Beginners,  Frank  G.  Sanford,  Centruy;  Handicraft  for  Girls,  McGlougblln 
— See  also:     "Wood  Carving,"  P.  Hasbruck,  McKay. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


507 


CYCLIST 
SYMBOL— WHEEL 


1.  Own  a  bicycle,  and  care  for  it,  cleaning,  oiling,  and  making  minor 
repairs,  readjusting  chain,  bars  and  seat. 

2.  Be  able  to  mend  a  tire. 

3.  Demonstrate  the  use  of  a  road  map. 

4.  Demonsrrate  leading  another  bicycle  while  riding. 

5.  Know  the  laws  of  the  road,  right  of  way,    lighting   and    so   forth. 

6.  Make  satisfactory  report  to  Captain,  of  a  bicycle  Scouting  expedi- 
tion as  to  the  condition  of  a  road  with  camping  site  for  an  over- 
night hike. 

7.  Pledge  the  bicycle  to  the  government  in  time  of  need. 


REFERENCES: 

"American  Girl's  Handibook,"  L.  Beard,  Scribner. 

"For  Playground,  Field  and  Forest,"  J).  C.  Beard,  Scribner. 


DAIRY  MAID 
SYMBOL— MILKING  STOOL 


1.     Take  entire  care  of  a  cow  and  the  milk  of  one  cow  for  one  month, 

keeping  a  record  of  quantity  of  each  milking. 
3.     Make  butter  at  four  different  times,  and  submit  statement  of  amount 

made  and  of  the  process  followed  In  making. 

3.  Make  pot  cheese;  give  method. 

4.  Name  four  breeds  of  cows.  How  can  they  be  distinguished?  Which 
breed  gives  the  most  milk?     Which  breed  gives  the  richest  milk? 

5.  What  are  the  rules  for  feeding,  watering  and  pasturing  cows?  What 
feed  is  best  for  cows?  What  care  should  be  given  cows  to  keep  them 
In  perfect  condition?  What  diseases  must  be  guarded  against  in 
cows?  Why  is  it  so  imperative  to  have  a  cow  barn,  all  implements, 
workers  and  cows  scrupulouly  clean? 

6.  Of  what  is  milk  composed?  How  is  cream  separated  from  milk? 
Name  two  processes  and  explain  each.  How  and  why  should  milk 
be  strained  and  cooled  before  being  bottled  or  canned? 


REFERENCES: 

"Stories  of  Industry,"  Vol.  2,  A.  Chase,  Educational  Pub.  Co. 
"How  the  World  is  Fed,"  F.  G.  Carpenter,  American  Book  Co. 
"Food*  and  their  uses,"  F.  G.  Carpenter,  Scribner. 


508  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


DANCER 
SYMBOL— FOOT  IN  SLIPPER 

This   test   is  being  revised.     Following  is  a 
Temporary  ruling  (July  1922). 

2.  Demonstrate   three   modern   social   dances   in   correct   form.      See 
rules  of  American  Association  of  Dancing  Masters.     OR 

1.     Demonstrate  three  folk  dances. 

3.  Where  social  dancing  is  not  given  approval  by  parents,  three  addi- 
tional folk  dances  may  be  substituted. 

REFERENCES: 

"Dances  of  the  People,"  Elizabeth  Burchenal,  Schlrmer. 
"Folk  Dances  and   Singing  Games,"   Elizabeth  Burchenal,   Schirmer. 
"Social  Games  and  Group  Dances,"  J.  C.  Elsom,  Lippincott. 
"Country  Dance  Book,"  C.  J.  Sharp,  Novello. 


DRESSMAKER 
SYMBOL— SCISSORS 


1.  Must  hold  Needlewoman's  Badge. 

2.  Must  know  the  bias,  selvage,  and  straight  width  of  goods. 

3.  Must  cut  and  make  a  garment  from  a  pattern  following  all  riiles 
and  directions  given.  It  is  suggested  that  two  girls  work  together 
on  this. 

4.  Be  able  to  clean,  oil  and  use  a  sewing  machine. 

5.  Demonstrate  on  other  persons  the  way  to  measure  for  length  of 
skirt,  length  of  sleeve,  length  from  neck  to  waist  Ime.  Sew  on  hooks 
and  eyes  so  they  will  not  show.  Hang  a  skirt,  make  a  placket,  put 
skirt  on  belt.     Skirt  must  be  hemmed  evenly  and  hang  evenly. 

6.  Know  what  to  do  if  a  waist  is  too  long  from  the  neck  to  the  waist 
line  and  does  not  fit  well. 

REFERENCES: 

"Complete  Dressmaker,"  C.  E.  Laughlin,  Appleton. 
'The  Dress  You  Wear  and  How  to  Make  It,"  M.  J.  Rhoe,  Putnam. 
"The  Dressmaker,"  Butterick  Publishing  Co. 

"Clothing  and  Health,"  Helen  Kinne  and  Anna  M.  Cooley,  Macmillan. 
"Clothing:    Choice,  Care,  Cost,"  Mary  Schenet  Woolman,  Lippincott 
1920. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


509 


DRUMMER 
SYMBOL— DRUM  AND  STICKS 


Be  prepared  to  play  all  of  the  following  taps  and  steps  and  In  order 
further  to  show  proficiency  on  the  drum,  perform  any  feat  selected. 

1  "Roll  off";  2,  Flam  (right  and  left  hand);  3,  Five-stroke  roll;  4, 
Seven-stroke  roll;  5,  "Taps"  step;  6,  Six-eight  step;  7,  two-four  step; 
8,  Single  Stroke. 

REFERENCES: 

"Recollections  of  a  Drummer  Boy,"  H.  M.  Kieffer,  Houghton  Mifflin 


ECONOMIST 
SYMBOL— BEE 


A  Girl  Scout  must  qualify  for  1  and  2,  and  either  3  or  4. 

1.  Oflfer  record  of  ten  per  cent,  savings  from  earnings  or  allowance 
for  three  months. 

Show  card  for  Postal  Savings,  or  a  Savings  Bank  Account. 

2.  Show  record  from  parent  or  guardian  that  she  has: 

a.  Darned  stockings. 

b.  Keep  shoes  shined  and  repaired. 

c.  Not   used   safety   pins  or  other  makeshift  for   buttons,   hooks, 
hems  of  skirts,  belts,  etc. 

d.  Kept  clothes  mended  and  cleansed  from  small  spots. 

3.  For  girls  who  have  the  spending  of  their  money,  either  in  allow- 
ance or  earnings,  show  by  character  of  shoes,  stockings  and  gloves, 
hair-ribbons,  handkerchiefs  and  other  accessories  that  they  know 
how  to  select  them  for  wearing  qualtiies  and  how  to  keep  them 
in  repair. 

4.  Show  record  of  one  week's  buying  and  menus  with  plans  for  using 
food  economically,  such  as  left-overs,  cheap  but  nourishing  cuts 
of  meat,  butter  substitutes,  thrifty  use  of  milk  such  as  sour,  skimmed 
or  powdered  milk,  and  so  forth. 

REFERENCES: 

"Scout  Law  in  Practice,"  A.  A.  Carey,  Little. 

"Thrift  and  Conservation,"  A.  H.  Chamberlain,  Lippincott. 


510  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


ELECTRICIAN 
S  YM  BOL— LIGHTNING 


1.  Explain  the  use  of  magnets  for  attraction  and  repulsion. 

2.  Describe    the    use   of    electricity    for   forming   electro-magnets   and 
their  use  in:     Electric  bell;  Telegraph;  Telephone. 

3.  What  is  meant  by  low  and  high  voltage  in  electric  current?    Describe 
the  use  of  current  in:     Dry  cell;  Storage  Battery;  Dynamo. 

4.  a.     Describe  how  current  is  sent  through  resistance  wire  resulting 

in  heat  and  light,  in  case  of  Electric  lights,  Electric  stoves,  toasters, 
flat  irons,  etc.,  and 
b.    How  it  is  converted  into  working  energy  in  Motors. 

5.  Describe  fuses  and  their  use,  and  how  to  relpace  a  burnt-out  fuse. 

6.  Connect  two  batteries  in  series  with  a  bell  and  push  button. 

7.  Demonstrate  methods  of  rescuing  a  person  in  contact  with  live  wires, 
and  of  resuscitating  a  person  insensible  from  shock. 

8.  Know  how  electricity  is  used  as  motive  power  for  street  cars,  trains, 
and   automobiles. 

9.  Know  the  proper  way  to  connect  electric  appliances  such  as  flat 
irons,  toasters,  etc. 


REFERENCES: 

"Electricity  in  Every  Day  Use,"  J.  F.  Woodfull,  Doubleday  Page. 
"How  to  Understand  Electrical  Work."  W.  H.  Onken,  Harper. 
"Harper's  Electricity  Book  for  Boys,"  J.  H.  Adams,  Harper. 
"Electricity  for  Young  People,"  Tudor  Jenks,  Stokes. 
"Heroes  of  Progress  in  America,"  Charles  Morris,  Llppincott. 


FARMER 
SYMBOL— SICKLE 


This  badge  is  given  for  proficiency  in  general  farming.  A  Scout  farmej 
may  have  her  chief  interest  in  rearing  animals  but  she  should  know 
something  about  the  main  business  of  the  farmer  which  is  tilling  the 
soil.  Therefore,  the  Scout  must  fulfill  four  requirements:  either  A 
or  B  under  I,  and  II,  III,  and  IV. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  511 

I.     A.     Animal  Care 

A   Scout  must  have  reared   successfully  one  of  the  following: 

a)  A  brood  of  at  least  12  chickens  under  hen  or  with  incubator" 

b)  A  flock  of  at  least  12  pigeons,  12  ducks,  12  geese  or  12  guinea- 
fowl. 

c)  A  family  of  rabbits  or  guinea  pigs. 

d)  A  calf,  a  colt,  or  a  pig. 

A  certificate  as  to  the  condition  of  the  animals  must  be  pre- 
sented, made  by  some  competent  judge   who  has  seen   them 
Wherever  possible  a  chart  should  be  made  by  the  Scout,  showing 
the   schedule   of   care   followed,    including   feeding,    and   notes 
on  the  development  of  the  animals. 

AND  she  must  also  have  planted  and  cultivated  a  small  veg- 
etable garden  like  the  one  described  in  the  Handbook,  in  the 
Section  "The  Girl  Scout's  Own  Garden"  OR 

B.    Vegetable  raising 

A  Scout  may  make  her  main  interest  the  raising  of  some 
sort  of  vegetable  or  fruit  and  may  do  one  of  the  following: 

1.      Plant,  cultivate  and  gather  the  crop  from 

a)  A  small  truck  garden,  with  at  least  six  vegetables, 
two  berries,  and  two  salads  or  greens,  OR 

b)  Where  the  soil  is  not  suitable  for  a  variety  of  plants 
she  may  raise  a  single  vegetable,  like  corn  or  tomatoes, 
or  tubers. 

2.     Tend  and  gather  a  fruit  crop  such  as  apples,  peaches,  pears, 
cherries,  oranges,  or  any  other  tree  fruit,  OR 
Cultivate  and  tend  a  small  vineyard  or  grape  arbor,  and 
gather  the  grapes,  OR 

Plant  and  culivate  and  gather  the  berries  from  straw 
berry,  raspberry,  blackberry,  currant  or  gooseberry  plants. 
Whatever  the  vegetable  or  fruit  chosen  a  chart  should  be 
made  and  presented,  showing  the  schedule  of  digging, 
planting,  sowing  and  tending,  with  notes  on  the  time  of 
appearance  of  the  first  shoots,  the  size  and  condition  of 
the  crop  and  so  forth.  Any  obstacles  met  and  overcome, 
such  as  insect  pests,  drouths  or  storms  should  be  mentioned. 
No  special  size  is  mentioned  for  the  garden,  as  the  conditions 
vary  so  greatly  in  different  parts  of  the  country.  The  quality 
of  the  work,  and  the  knowledge  gained  is  the  Important 
thing. 

II.  Identify  and  collect  ten  common  weeds  and  tell  how  to  get  rid  of 
each. 

III.  Identify  ten  common  insect  pests,  tell  what  plant  or  animal  each 
attacks,  and  how  to  get  rid  of  each. 

IV.  Describe  four  different  kinds  of  soil  and  tell  what  is  best  planted 
in  each.  Tell  what  sort  of  fertilizer  should  be  used  in  each  soil. 
Explain  the  value  of  stable  manure. 

STANDARD  REFERENCES: 

Farmers    Bulletin,    published    by    the    Department    of    Agriculture, 
Washington,   D.   C.     Write  for  catalogue  and   select   the   titles   bearing 
on  your  special  interest.     The  bulletins  are  free. 
The  Beginner's  Garden  Book   by  Allen   French,   Macmlllan   Co. 
Manual  of  Gardening,  L.  H.   Bailey,  Macmlllan. 
Principles  of  Agriculture,  L.  H.  Bailey,  Macmlllan. 
Essentials  of  Agriculture,  H.  J.  Waters,  Glnn. 


512  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


FIRST  AIDE*** 
SYMBOL- 
RED  CROSS  IN  BLACK  CIRCLE 


A  Girl  Scout  should  know: 

1.  What  to  do  first  in  case  of  emergency. 

2.  Symptoms  and  treatment  of  shock. 

3.  How  and  when  to  apply  stimulants. 

4.  How  to  put  on  a  sling. 

5.  How  to  bandage  the  head,  arm,  hand,  finger,  leg  ankle,  eye,  Jaw. 

6.  What  to  do  for:  a.  bruises,  strains,  sprains,  dislocations,  fracturesi 
b.  wounds;  c.  burns,  frost  bite,  freezing,  sunstroke,  heat  exhaustioni 
d.  drowning,  electric  shock,  gas  acidents;  e.  apoplexy,  convulsionsi 
f.  snake  bite;  g.  common  emergencies  such  as:  1.  cinders  In  the 
eye;  2.  splinter  under  the  nail;  3.  wound  from  rusty  nail;  4.  oak 
and  ivy  poisoning;  5.  insect  in  the  ear. 

A  Girl  Scout  should  demonstrate: 

7.  Applying  a  sterile  dressing. 

8.  Stopping  bleeding. 

9.  Putting  on  a  splint. 

10.  Making  a  stretcher  from  uniform  blanket  or  Scout  neckerchiefs 
and  poles. 

11.  The  Schaefer  method  of  artificial  respiration. 

REFERENCES: 

Section  on  First  Aid  in  this  Handbook. 

American  Red  Cross  Abridged  Text  Books  on  First  Aid,  Blakiston. 


FLOWER  FINDER 
SYMBOL— FLOWER 


1.  To  pass  this  test  a  Scout  must  be  able  to  tell  the  difference  between 
plants  and  animals  and  the  difference  between  the  two  general 
types  of  plants. 

2.  A  Scout  must  also  pass  either  the  test  for  Flowers  and  Ferns  or  Trees 
given  below. 

A.     FLOWERS  AND  FERNS 

1.  Make  a  collection  of  fifty  kinds  of  wild  flowers  and  ferns  and  cor- 
rectly name  them  or  make  twenty-five  photographs  or  colored  draw- 
ings of  wild  flowers  and  ferns. 

2.  Why  were  the  following  ferns  so  named:  Christmas  Fern,  Sen- 
sitive  Fern,   Walkingleaf   Fern,    Cinnamon   Fern,    Flowering   Fern? 

3.  Name  and  describe  twenty  cultivated  plants  in  your  locality. 

4.  Be  able  to  recognize  ten  weeds. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  513 

5.  How  can  you  distinguish  Poison  Ivy  from  Virginia  Creeper?  Wiiat 
part  of  Pokeweed  is  poisonous?  Wliat  part  of  Jimsonweed  is  poison- 
ous?    Be  able  to  recognize  at  least  one  poisonous  musiiroom. 

B.     TREES 

1.  Give  examples  of  tlie  two  great  groups  of  trees  and  distinguish  be- 
tween them. 

2.  Why  is  forest  conservation  important?  What  are  the  laws  of  your 
state  concerning  forest  conservation? 

3.  Mention  at  least  three  uses  of  trees. 

4.  Collect,  identify  and  preserve  leaves  from  twenty-five  different  species 
of  trees. 

5.  Mention  three  trees  that  have  opposite  branching  and  three  that 
have  alternate. 

6.  How  do  the  flower-buds  of  Flowering  Dogwood  differ  from  the  leaf- 
buds?     When  are  the  flower-buds  formed? 

7.  The  buds  of  what  tree  are  protected  by  a  natural  varnish? 

8.  Mention  one  whose  outer  bud-scales  are  covered  by  fine  hairs.  Can 
you  find  a  tree  that  has  naked  buds? 

9.  From  a  Sassafras-tree  or  from  a  Tulip-tree  collect  and  preserve 
leaves  of  as  many  shapes  as  possible. 

10.     Name  five  trees  in  this  country  which  produce  edible  nuts. 

REFERENCES: 

A.     FLOWERS  AND  FERNS 

"New  Manual  of  Botany,"  Asa  Gray,  American  Book  Co. 

"Illustrated  Flora  of  the  Northern  States  and  Canada,"  (tiu-ee  volumes), 
N.  L.  Britton,  Brown  and  Addison,  Scribners. 

"Flower  Guide,"  Chester  A.  Reed,  Doubleday  Page. 

"Flora  of  the  Southeastern  States,"  Jolm  K.  Small,  published  by  the 
author.  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

"Flora  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region,"  P.  A.  Rydberg,  published 
by  the  author,  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 

"State  Floras." — Three  are  some  excellent  State  Floras,  and  in  order 
to  keep  this  list  from  being  too  long,  it  is  suggested  that  the  Scout  leader 
write  to  the  Professor  of  Botany  in  her  State  University  and  ask  for  the 
name,  author  and  publisher  of  the  best  Flora  of  her  State.  Especially 
is  this  advisable  for  those  living  in  sections  of  the  country  not  covered 
by   the  above  references. 

"Our  Native  Orchids,"  William  Hamilton  Gibson. 

"Wild  Flower  Book  for  Y'oung  People,"  A.  Lounsberry,  Stokes. 

"Field  Book  of  American  Wild  Flowers,"  F.  S.  Matthews,  Putnam. 

"Emerald  Story  Book,"  A.  M.  Skinner,  Duffield. 

"Mushrooms,"  George  F.  Atkinson,  Henry  Holt  Co.,  (See  Handbook, 
"Scouting  for  Girls,"  Section  on  Woodcraft.) 

B.     TREES 
REFERENCES: 

"Field  Book  of  American  Trees  and  Shrubs,"  F.  S.  Matthews,  Putnam. 

"Trees  of  the  Northern  United  States,"  Austin  C.  Apgar,  American 
Book  Co. 

"Manual  of  Trees  of  North  America,"  Charles  S.  Sargent,  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co. 

"Handbook  of  the  Trees  of  United  States  and  Canada,"  Romeyn  B. 
Hough,  Published  by  the  author,  Lowville,  N.  Y. 

"Trees  in  Winter,"  A.  F.  Blakeslee,  and  C.  D.  Jarvis,  Macmillan  Co. 

"The  Book  of  Forestry,"  F.  F.  Moon,  Appleton. 


514  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


GARDENER 
SYMBOL— TROWEL 


The  test  may  well  be  worked  for  by  a  patrol  or  even  a  troop  who  can 
share  expenses  for  tools,  and  cultivate  together  a  larger  plot  of  ground 
than  would  be  possible  for  any  one  girl.  Arrangements  may  frequently 
be  made  through  the  school  garden  authorities. 

Alternate:  For  Scouts  already  members  of  the  Girls'  Garden  and 
Canning  Club  throughout  the  country,  a  duplicate  of  their  reports, 
sent  in  for  their  season's  work,  to  the  state  agricultureal  agents,  or  agri- 
cultural colleges,  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
of  the  United  States,  may  be  submitted  as  their  test  material  for  this 
hedge,  in  place  of  the  Test  given. 

1.  What  are  the  necessary  things  to  be  considered  before  starting  a 
garden?     List  them  in  the  correct  order. 

2.  What  exposure  is  best  for  the  garden?  Why?  At  what  season  of 
the  year  is  it  best  to  prepare  the  soil?  What  care  should  be  given 
garden   tools? 

3.  Why  is  it  necessary  to  fertilize  the  soil  for  a  garden?  What  kind 
of  fertilizer  will  you  use  in  your  garden,  and  why? 

4.  Do  all  seeds  germinate?  What  precautions  must  be  taken  when 
purchasing  seed?  During  what  month  should  seed  be  sown  in  the 
ground  in  your  locality?  What  are  the  rules  for  sowing  seed  as 
regards  depth? 

5.  What  does  it  mean  to  thin  out  and  to  transplant?  When  and  why 
are  both  done? 

6.  What  does  it  mean  to  cultivate?  Why  is  it  very  important?  How 
is  it  best  done?     What  should  be  done  with  pulled  weeds? 

7.  When  is  the  proper  time  of  day  to  water  a  garden?  Is  moistening 
the  surface  of  the  ground  sufficient?     If  not,  why  not? 

8.  Name  five  garden  pests  common  in  your  locality  and  tell  how  to 
eradicate  them.     Name  three  garden  friends  and  tell  what  they  do. 

9.  At  what  time  of  day  is  it  best  to  pick  flowers  and  vegetables?  Men- 
tion two  things  to  be  considered  in  both  cases. 

10.  What  are  tender  and  hardy  plants?  Herbaceous  plants,  annuals, 
perennials  and  biennials?     Bulbs  and  tubers? 

11.  Select  a  garden  site,  or  if  space  is  lacking  use  boxes,  barrels,  window 
boxes,  tubs  and  so  forth;  prepare  the  soil,  choose  the  seed  of  not 
less  than  six  flowers,  and  six  vegetables  that  will  grow  well  in 
the  soil  and  climate  in  which  they  are  planted;  take  entire  care 
of  the  garden  and  bring  to  blossom  and  fruit  at  least  75  per  cent, 
of  the  seed  plantfed.  Keep  and  submit  a  record  of  the  garden,  in- 
cluding size,  time  and  money  spent,  dates  of  planting,  blooming, 
and  gathering  of  vegetables,   or  colors  of  flowers,   and  so  forth. 

REFERENCES: 

"Harper's  Book  for  Young  Gardeners,"  A.  H.  Verill,  Harper. 

"Beginner's  Garden  Book,"  Allen  French,  Macmillan. 

"Home  Vegetable  Gardening  from  A  to  Z,"  Adolph  Krulm,  Doubleday. 

"Suburban  Gardens,"  Grace  Tabor,  Outing  Publishing  Co. 

"The  Vegetable  Garden,"  R.   L.  Watts,   Outing  Publishing  Co. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  515 


HANDY-WOMAN 
SYMBOL— HAMMER 


1.  Know  how  to  mend,  temporarily  with  soap,  a  small  leak  in  a  water 
or  gas  pipe. 

2.  Know  how  to  turn  off  the  water  or  gas  supply  for  the  house  and 
whom  to  notify  in  case  of  accident,  OR 

Know  what  to  do  to  thaw  out  frozen  water  pipes,  OR 

Be  able  to  put  on  a  washer  on  a  faucet,  OR 

Cover  a  hot  water  boiler  neatly  and  securely  to  conserve  the  heat, 

using  newspaper  and  string. 

3.  Know  the  use  of  and  how  to  use  a  wrench  and  pliers. 

4.  Demonstrate  the  way  to  use  a  hammer,  screw-driver,  awl,  saw, 
can-opener,  corkscrew. 

5.  Locate  by  sounding,  an  upright  in  a  plaster  wall,  and  know  why 
and  when  this  is  necessary  to  be  done. 

6.  Put  up  a  shelf  using  brackets,  strips  of  wood  or  both  and  know  under 
what  conditions  to  use  either. 

7.  Be  able  to  put  up  hooks  for  clothes  or  other  articles  and  properly 
space  them. 

8.  Be  able  to  measure  for  and  put  up  a  rod  in  a  clothes  closet,  OR 
Be  able  to  repair  the  spring  in  a  window  shade  and  tack  the  shade 
on  the  roller,  OR 

Know  how  to  keep  clean  and  care  for  window  and  door  screens. 

9.  Must  wrap,  tie  securely  and  neatly,  and  label  a  parcel  for  delivery 
by  express  or  parcel  post. 

10.  Be  able  to  sharpen  knives  using  either  a  grindstone,  whetstone, 
the  edge  of  an  iron  stove,  or  another  knife. 

11.  Clean,  trim  and  fill  an  oil  lamp,  or  put  on  a  gas  mantle,  OR 
Clean,  oil  and  know  how  to  repair  the  belt  of  a  sewing  machine,  OR 
Lay  a  fire  in  a  fireplace  and  tell  what  to  do  with  the  ashes. 

12.  Choose  a  wall  space  for  a  picture,  measure  for  the  wire,  fasten  the 
wire  to  the  picture  frame  and  give  the  rule  concerning  height  for 
hanging  pictures. 

13.  State  how  brooms,  dry  mops,  dustpans,  and  brushes  should  be  placed 
when  not  in  use,  and  be  able  to  wash  brushes  and  place  them  properly 
for  drying. 

REFERENCES: 

"What  a  Girl  Can  Make  and  Do,"  Lina  Beard,  Scribner. 
"Harper's  Handy  Book  for  Girls,"   A.  P.   Paret,   Harper. 
"Handicraft  for  Handy  Girls,"  A.  N.  Hall,  Lothrop. 
"In  the  Days  of  the  Guild,"  L.  Lamprey,  Stokes. 


516  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


HEALTH  GUARDIAN*** 
SYMBOL— THE  CADUCEUS 


I.  Recreation  and  Health.  What  Is  offered  to  the  public  in  the  town 
you  live  in,  or  in  that  part  of  the  city  in  which  you  live,  in  the  way 
of  Play  Grounds,  Gymnasiums,  Baths,  Skating  Rinks,  Tennis  Courts, 
Golf  J.inks,  Water  Sports? 

If  there  is  a  public  park  in  or  near  the  town;  what  privileges  does 
it  offer,  especially  for  young  people?  Is  it  well  taken  care  of?  Well 
patronized? 

Discuss  briefly  why  you  think  the  Government  should  provide 
these  things  and  what  results  may  be  expected  when  it  does  not 
supply  them.     How  does  the  lack  of  them  affect  the  grown  people 
of  a  town,  in  the  end? 
II.     Special  Health  Facilities  in  your  Locality. 

1.  What  is  the  rule  as  to  registering  births?  What  is  the  advantage 
of  this?     What  is  the  infant  mortality  rate? 

Of  what  diseases  should  the  local  authorities  be  notified? 
What    diseases    must    be    quarantined?        Isolated?       Posted? 
Reported? 

2.  Food  Supplies.  What  are  milk  stations?  Does  your  community 
control  the  marketing  of  milk  to  any  degree?  Why  is  the  milk 
question  so  important? 

Are  there  any  laws  for  your  bakeries? 

What  are  the  regulations  as  to  thp  storage  and  protection  of 

meat  in  local  markets? 

3.  Housing.  If  three  families  are  willing  to  live  in  three  rooms 
in  your  town,  may  they  do  so? 

Is  there  anything  to  prevent  your  erecting  a  building  of  any 
size  and  material  you  wish  in  any  place? 

4.  Medical  Institutions.  Is  there  a  public  hospital  in  your  town? 
Who  has  a  right  to  use  it?    Who  pays  for  it? 

Is  there  a  public  clinic?     Why  should  there  be? 
Is  there  a  public  laboratory?    How  would  it  benefit  your  com- 
munity if  there  were? 

Is  there  a  district  nurse?     How  could  Girl  Scouts  assist  such 
a  nurse? 

5.  Schools.  Is  there  any  medical  inspection  in  your  schools?  How 
did  it  ever  effect  you? 

Is  its  work  followed  up  in  the  home?    How  are  Girl  Scouts  par- 
ticularly fitted  to  help  in  this? 

Is  there  a  school  nurse?     Why  does  it  pay  the  community  to 
employee  one? 

Are  luncheons  served  in  your  school  free,  or  at  low  cost? 
Mention  at  least  two  advantages  in  this  and  one  disadvantage. 
Are  there  school  clinics  for  eyes  and   teeth?     Why  are  some 
cities  providing  such  clinics? 

6.  Baby  Hygiene.  Is  there  any  place  in  your  town  where  young 
or  ignorant  mothers  can  ask  advice  and  instruction  in  the 
care  of  infants?  State  briefly  why  you  think  such  help  would 
benefit  the  community  in  the  end. 

III.     Public  Services  and  Sanitation. 

1.  Who  is  responsible  for  the  cleaning  of  the  streets?  Dry  or  wet 
method  used? 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  517 

2.  What  are  the  laws  concerning  the  public  collection  and  dis- 
posal of  garbage?  How  much  responsibility  In  this  line  has 
your  family?  Can  you  do  what  you  please?  Is  there  any 
practical  use  for  garbage? 

3.  What  is  the  source  of  your  local  water  supply?  What  meas- 
ures are  taken  to  make  and  keep  It  pure?^State  some  of  the 
results  of  lack  of  care  in  this  matter. 

4.  Why  should  there  be  regulations  about  spitting  in  public  places  ? 
Why  are  common  towels  and  drinking  cups  forbidden?  What 
are  the  general  rules  for  prevention  and  treatment  of  tuber- 
culosis? 

5.  Trace  the  life  history  of  the  house  fly  or  filth  fly  and  tell  why 
it  is  a  nienace.  How  may  the  fly  be  exterminated?  How  are 
mosquitoes  dangerous?     How  may  they  be  eliminated? 

REFERENCES: 

"Democracy  in  Reconstruction,"  Frederick  A.  Cleveland  and  Joseph 
Schafer,  Houghton  Mifflin. 

"A  Manual  for  Health  Officers,"  J.  Scott  MacNutt,  John  Wiley  and 
Sons. 

"House  of  the  Good  Neighbor,"   Esther  Lovejoy,  Macmillan. 

"Community  Civics,"  J.  Field,  Macmillan. 

"Town  and  City,"  F.  G.  Jewett,  Ginn  and  Co. 

"Good  Citizenship,"  J.  Richraan,  American  Book  Co. 

"Healthy  Living,"  Charles  E.  Winslow,  Merrill  Co. 


HEALTH  WINNER 
SYMBOL— THE    CADUCEUS    IN    TREFOIL 


To  earn  this  badge  a  Girl  Scout  must  for  three  months  pay  at- 
tention to  those  conditions  upon  which  health  depends.  She  should 
keep  a  Health  Record  like  that  shown  in  the  Handbook,  which  must 
cover  at  least  the  following  points: 

1.  Position  of  body:     Show  improvement  in  posture. 

2.  Exercise  (a)  Walk  a  mile  briskly  or  walk  steadily  and  vigorously 
for  fifteen  minutes,  or  take  some  other  active  and  vigorous 
outdoor  exercise  for  at  least  thirty  minutes.  OR  in  case  of  bad 
weather,  (b)  Do  setting-up  exercises  as  given  in  Handbook 
every  day.  At  least  twenty  minutes  should  be  spent  on  these, 
either  at  one  time,  or  ten  minutes  night  and  morning.  To 
make  this  point  will  require  a  record  of  compliance  for  at  least 
seventy-five  days  in  three  months. 

3.  Rest,  (a)  Go  to  bed  early.  Be  in  bed  by  at  least  9:30  and  sleep 
from  eight  to  ten  hours.  Do  not  go  to  parties,  the  theatre, 
movies  or  any  other  late  entertainment  on  nights  before  school 
or  work. 

4.  Supply  needs  for  Air,  Water  and  Food  in  the  right  way: 

(a)  Sleep  with  window  open. 

(b)  Drink  at  least  six  glasses  of  water  during  the  day,  between 
meals;  taking  one  before  breakfast,  two  between  breakfast 
and  lunch,  two  between  lunch  and  dinner,  and  one  before 
going  to  bed. 

(c)  Eat  no  sweets,  candy,  cake  or  ice  cream  except  as  dessert 
after  meals. 

5.  Keep  Clean: 


618  SCOUTING  FOR  GIKLS 

fa)  Have  a  bowel  movement  at  least  once  every  day,  preferably 
immediately  after  breakfast  or  the  last  thing  at  night. 
(b)  Wash  hands  after  going  to  the  toilet,  and  before  eating. 
Take  a  daily  tub,  shower  or  sponge  bath,  or  rub  down  with 
a  rough  towel  every  day;  and  take  a  full  bath  of  some  sort  at 
least  twice  a  week. 

(d)  Brush   teeth   twice  a  day:  after  breakfast  and  just  before 
bed. 

(e)  Wash  hair  at  least  once  a  month,  and  brush  well  every  day. 
II.     In  addition  to  doing  the  things  that  make  for  health,  the  Girl  Scout 

must    know    the   answeis   to    the   following   questions: 

1.  What  is  the  best  way  to  care  for  your  teeth? 

2.  Why  is  care  for  the  eyes  especially  necessary?  How  are  the 
eyes  rested?  What  are  the  points  to  remember  about  light 
for  work? 

3.  What  is  the  difference  in  effect  between  a  hot  and  cold  bath? 

4.  How  can  you  care  for  your  feet  on  a  hike  so  that  they  will  not 
become  blistered  or  over-tired? 

REFERENCES: 

"CJood   Health,"   F.   G.  Jewett,   Ginn  and  Co. 

"How  to  Get  Strong  and  How  to  Stay  So,"  William  Blaikie,  Harper. 

"Keeping  Physically   Fit,"   Wm.   J.   Cromie,   Macmillan. 

"Exercise  and  Health,"  Woods  Hutcheson,  Outing  Pub.  Co. 

"Handbook  of  Health  and  Nursing,"  American  School  of  Home  Econ- 
omics, Chicago. 

"Food  and  Health,"   Helen   Kinne  and   Anna  M.  Cooley,   Macmillan. 

"Healthy  Living,"  Chas.  E.  Winslow,  Chas  E.  Merrill  Co. 


HOMEMAKER 
SYMBOL— CROSSED  KEYS 


1.  In  planning  a  house  and  choosing  a  site  for  it  what  things  should 
be  considered? 

2.  Draw  the  floor  plan  of  an  imaginary  house  or  apartment  to  be  built 
in  your  locality  for  a  family  of  four,  and  list  the  furnishings  for 
each  room. 

3.  Choose  a  system  for  heating  and  state  reasons  for  choice. 

4.  How  will  water  be  furnished?  What  precautions  should  always 
be  taken  about  the  water  supply  and  why? 

5.  How  will  the  house  be  lighted?     How  will  it  be  ventilated? 

6.  State  how  the  walls  and  floors  will  be  finished  and  why? 

7.  Describe  the  cook  stove  and  the  ice  box;  tell  why  they  were  selected 
and  the  best  way  to  keep  them  clean. 

8.  List  the  utensils  used  in  keeping  the  house  clean. 

9.  State  why  it  is  particularly  necessary  to  keep  the  cellar,  closets, 
cupboards,  wash  basins,  toilets,  sinks,  clean.  Give  ways  of  cleaning 
each. 

10.  State  the  proper  way  to  prepare  dishes  for  washing  and  the  order 
in  which  silver,  glass,  table  and  and  kitchen  dishes  should  be  washed. 

11.  How  should  rugs,  mattresses,  pillows,  upholstered  furniture,  paper 
walls,  and  windows  be  cleaned? 

12.  How    should    winter    clothes    and    blankets    be    stored    during    the 
summer?    What  should  be  done  with  soiled  laundry  prior  to  washing? 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  519 

13.  What  is  the  most  economical  way  to  buy  flour,  sugar,  cereals,  butter 
and  vegetables?     How  should  they  be  kept  in  the  house? 

14.  What  is  the  law  in  your  community  concerning  the  disposition  of 
trash,  ashes  and  garbage?  How  will  you  care  for  these  things  in 
the  house?     If  there  is  no  law  what  will  you  do  with  them  and  why? 

15.  Under  what  conditions  do  germs  thrive  and  vermin  infest?  How 
can  both  be  kept  away? 

16.  Plan  the  work  in  your  house  for  one  week  giving  the  daily  schedule 
and  covering  all  necessary  points. 

17.  Tell  how  to  make  and  use  a  firoless  cooker.    Explain  what  it  is  good  for. 

18.  Take  care  of  your  own  bedroom  for  one  iTJOnth.  Report  just  what 
you  do  and  how  long  it  takes. 

REFERENCES: 

"Housewifery,"  L.  Ray  Balderston,  Lippincott. 

"The  Home  and   the   F"amily,"   Helen   Kinne  and   Anna   Cooley,   The 
Macmillan  Co. 

"Foods  and  Household  Management,"  Helen  Kinne  and  Anna  Cooley, 
Macmillan. 

"Shelter  and  Clothing,"  Helen  Kinne  and  Anna  Cooley,  Macmillan. 

"Feeding  the  Family,"   M.  vS.   Rose,   Macmillan. 

"Handbook  of  Food  and  Diet,"  American  School  of  Home  Economics, 
Chicago. 
MAGAZINES: 

"The  House  Beautiful,"  "Ladies  Home  Journal,"  "Delineator,"  "Good 
Housekeeping." 


HOME  NURSE*** 
SYMBOL— GREEN  CROSS 


1.  Describe  care  of  the  room  under  following  points: 

(a)  Ventilation  heat  and  sun;  (b)  Character  and  amount  of  furni- 
ture; (c)  Cleanliness  and  order;  (d)  Daily  routine;  (e)  General 
"atmosphere." 

2.  Demonstrate  bed  making  with  patient  in  bed.  Bed  must  be  made 
in  fifteen  minutes. 

3.  (a)  Show  how  to  help  a  patient  in  the  use  of  a  bedpan,  (b)  Care  of 
utensils,   dishes,  linen  and   their  disinfection. 

4.  Bodily  care  of  patient.  Know  all  the  following  and  be  able  to  dem- 
onstrate any  two  points  asked  for: 

(a)  Bathing;  (b)  Rubbing;  (c)  Changing  of  body  linen;  (d)  Comb- 
ing hair;  (e)  Lifting  and  changing  position;  (f)  Arranging  of  sup- 
ports; (g)  Temperature,  pulse  and  respiration;  (h)  Feeding  when 
helpless. 

5.  Local  applications,  hot  and  cold,  (fomentations,  compresses  etc.) 
(Demonstrate  at  least  one  point). 

6.  Common  household  remedies  and  their  use:  castor  oil,  soda,  olive 
oil,  epsom  salts,  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia. 

7.  First  treatment  of  some  common  household  emergencies,  crainps, 
earache,   headache,   cold,   chills,   choking,   nosebleed,   and   fainting. 

8.  How  to  give  an  enema. 

9.  Proper  food  for  invalids  and  serving  it.  Be  able  to  prepare  and 
serve  five  of  the  following.  Two  foods  must  be  shown  to  ex- 
aminer and  three  may  be  certified  to  by  mother  or  other  respon- 
sible person. 


520 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


1.  Cereal,  as  oatmeal,  gruel;  cereal  water,  as  barley  water. 

2.  Toast,  toast  water,  milk  toast,  cream  toast. 

3.  Plain  albumen,  albuminized  water,  albuminized  milk. 

4.  Eggnog,  soft  cooked  egg,  poached  egg. 

5.  Pasteurized  milk,  junket,  custard. 

6.  Beef,  mutton,  chicken,  clam  or  oyster  broth. 

7.  Fruit  beverage,  stewed  dried  fruit,  baked  apple. 

8.  Gelatin  jellies,  chicken  jelly. 

9.  Tea,  coffee,  cocoa. 
REFERENCES: 

"Home  Hygiene  and  Care  of  the  Sick."     Red  Cross  Text  by     Jane  A- 

Delano,  R.  N.   Revised  by  AnneH.  Strong,  R.  N.,  Blakiston,  Philadelphia. 

1922. 

"What  to  do  Before  the  Doctor  Comes,"  Frieda  E.  Lippert,  Lippincott. 

"Home  Nurses  Handbook  of  Practical  Nursing,"  C.  A.  Aikens,  Saunders. 

"Honie  Nursing,"  Louisa  C.  Lippitt,  World  Book  Co. 


HORSEWOMAN 
SYMBOL— STIRRUP 


1.  Demonstrate  saddling  and  bridling  a  saddle  horse. 

2.  Demonstrate  riding  at  a  walk,  trot  and  gallop. 

3.  Demonstrate  harnessing  correctly  in  single  harness. 

4.  Demonstrate  driving  in  single  harness. 

5.  What  are  the  rules  of  the  road  as  to  turning  out? 

6.  What  are  the  rules  for  feeding  and  watering  a  horse,  and  how  do 
these  vary  according  to  conditions? 

What  implements  are  used  for  grooming  a  horse?     Show  how  they 
should  be  used. 

Hitch  a  horse,  using  the  best  knot  for  that  purpose. 
Know  principal  causes  of  and  how  to  detect  and  how  to  remedy 
lameness  and  sore  back. 

Know  how  to  detect  and  remove  a  stone  from  the  foot. 
Know  the  principal  points  of  a  horse,  and  the  different  parts  of 
the  harness. 

REFERENCES: 

"Riding  and  Driving  for  Women,"  B.  Beach,  Scribner. 
"Horsemanship,"  C.  C.  Fraser. 


HOSTESS 
SYMBOL— CUP  AND  SAUCER 


1.  Demonstrate  receiving,  introducing  and  bidding  guests  goodbye. 

2.  Write  notes  of  invitation  for  a  luncheon,  dinner  party,  and  write 
a  letter  inviting  a  friend  to  make  a  visit. 


7. 


10. 
11. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


521 


9. 


3.  Give,  an  out  of  door  party  or  picnic  planning  entertainment,  and 
prepare  and  serve  refreshments,  OR 

Demonstrate  ability  to  plan  for  an  indoor  party,  arranging  the  rooms, 
a  place  for  wraps,  entertainment  of  guests,  serving  of  refreshments. 

4.  Set  a  table  and  entertain  guests  for  lunch  or  dinner  or  afternoon 
tea  and  demonstrate  the  duties  of  a  hostess  who  has  no  maid,  or 
one  who  has  a  maid,  to  serve. 

5.  What  are  the  duties  of  a  hostess  when  entertaining  a  house  guest 
for  a  few  days  or  more? 

GUESTS: 

6.  When  entertained  as  a  house  guest  what  are  some  of  the  necessary 
things  to  be  remembered? 

7.  What  is  a  "bread  and  butter"  letter?     Write  one. 

8.  When  invited  to  a  party,  luncheon,  dinner,  or  to  make  a  visit,  how 
should  the  invitations  be  acknowledged?  Write  at  least  two  letters 
to  cover  the  question. 

What  are  the  duties  of  a  caller,  dinner  or  party  guest  as  concerns 
time  of  arrival,  length  of  stay  and  leaving? 

REFERENCES: 

"Everyday  Manners,  for  American  Boys  and  Girls,"  by  the  Faculty 
of  the  South  Philadelphia  High  School  for  Girls,  Macmillan,  1922. 

"Dame  Courtesy's  Book  of  Novel  Entertainments,"  E.  H.  Glover, 
McClurg. 

"Hostess  of  Today,"  L.  H.  Larned,  Scribner. 

"Bright  Ideas  for  Entertaining,"  H.  B.  Linscott,  Jacobs. 


INTERPRETER 
SYMBOL- 
UNITED  STATES  ARMY  EMBLEM 


1.  Show  ability  to  converse  in  a  language  other  than  English. 

2.  Translate  quickly  and  accurately  a  conversation  in  a  foreign  lan- 
guage into  English,  and  English  into  a  foreign  language. 

3.  Be  able  to  write  a  simple  letter  in  a  language  other  than  one's  own, 
subject  to  be  given  by  examiner. 

4.  Read  a  passage  from  a  book  or  newspaper  written  in  a  language 
other  than  one's  own. 

5.  Write  a  clear  intelligible  letter  in  a  foreign  language. 


JOURNALIST**** 
SYMBOL— BOTTLE  AND  PEN 


1.  Know  how  a  newspaper  is  made,  its  different  departments,  func- 
tions of  its  staff,  how  the  local  news  is  gathered,  how  the  news  of 
the  world  is  gathered  and  disseminated — Inquire  at  newspaper 
office. 

2.  What  is  a  news  item? 

3.  What  is  an  editorial? 


522  scouTiNc;  for  girls 

4.  Describe  briefly  the  three  important  kinds  of  type  setting  used  today. 

5.  Write  two  articles,  not  to  exceed  five  hundred  words  each,  on  events 
that  come  within  the  observation  of  the  Scouts.  For  instance  give 
the  school  athletic  events  or  describe  an  entertainment  for  Scouts 
in  church  or  school  or  rally. 

6.  Write  some  special  story  about  Scoutcraft  such  as  a  hike  or  camping 
experience. 

RRFKRENCES: 

"Newspaper,"  G.  B.  Dibble,  Holt. 

"Handbook  of  Journalism,"  N.  C.  Fowler,  Sully 


LAUNDRESS 
SYMBOL— FLAT  IRON 


1.  What  elements  are  needed  to  clean  soiled  clothes? 

2.  Show  a  blouse  that  you  have  starched  and  folded,  OR 
Show  a  skirt  and  coat  you  have  pressed. 

3.  How  is  starch  made?    How  is  it  prepared  for  use? 

4.  What  is  soap?     How  is  it  made?     What  is  soap  powder? 

5.  How  can  you  soften  hard  water?  How  are  a  ringer  and  a  mangle  used? 

6.  Name  steps  to  take  in  washing  colored  garments. 

7.  Should  table  linen  be  starched?     Why? 

8.  Why  do  we  run  clothes  through  blueing  water?     What  is  blueing? 
How  made? 

9.  Know  the  different  kinds  of  irons  and  how  to  take  care  of  irons. 

10.  How  to  remove  stains;  ink,  fruit,  rust,  grass,  cocoa  and  grease. 
Why  must  stains  be  removed  before  laundering? 

11.  What  clothes  should  be  boiled  to  make  them  clean?  How  are  flannels 
washed?  What  should  be  done  to  clothes  after  drying  before  they 
are  ironed? 

REFERENCES: 

"Saturday  Mornings,"  C.  B.  Burrell,  Dana  Estes. 
"First  Aid  to  the  Young  Housekeeper,"  C.  T.  Herrick,  Scribner. 
"Guide  to  Laundry  Work,"  M.  D.  Chambers,  Boston  Cooking  School. 
"Approved  Methods  for  Home  Laundry,"  Mary  Beals  Vail,  B.  S.,  Proctor 
Gamble  Co. 


MILLINER 
S  YM  BOL— BONNET 


1.  Renovate  a  hat  by  removing,  cleaning  and  pressing  all  trimmings 
and  the  lining,  turn  or  clean  the  hat  and  replace  trimmings  and 
lining. 

2.  Trim  a  felt  hat  and  make  and  sew  in  the  lining. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


523 


3.  Make  a  ginftham,  cretonne  or  straw  hat  using  a  wire  frame. 

4.  Wiiat  is  felt  and  flow  is  it  made  into  hats? 

5.  What  is  straw  and  how  is  it  prepared  for  millinery  purposes? 

6.  How  is  straw  braid  for  hats  sold? 

7.  What  is  meant  by  "a  hand  made  hat?" 

8.  Can  the  shape  of  a  felt  or  straw  hat  be  materially  changed?     if  so 
by  what  process? 

9.  What  kind  of  thread  is  best  for  sewing  trimming  on  to  a  hat? 

10.  How  is  the  head  measured  for  ascertaining  the  head  size  for  a  hat? 

REFERENCES: 

"Art  of  Millinery,"  Anna  Ben  Yusef,  Millinery  Trade  Pub.  Co. 


MOTORIST**** 
SYMBOL— A  WINGED  WHEEL 


To  qualify  for  this  badge  a  Scout  must  be  at  least  eighteen,  and  must 
pass  the  examination  which  was  required  for  the  Motor  Corps  of  the 
National  League  for  Women's  Service. 

This  includes: 

1.  A  certificate  of  health  from  a  physician. 

2.  Possessing  the  First  Aide  Badge. 

3.  A  diploma  from  a  training  course  for  motorists,  such  as  that  run 
by  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  with  a  mark  of  at  least  8,S  per  cent. 

4.  A  driver's  license  from  her  state,  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

5.  Taking  the  oath  of  allegiance. 
REFERENCE: 

"The  Gasoline  Automobile,"  by  Hobbs,  Elliott  and  Consoliver,  McGraw, 
Hill  Book  Co. 

Putnam's  Automobile  Handbook,  H.  C.  Brokaw,  Putnam. 


MUSICIAN 
SYMBOL— HARP 


For  pianist,  violinist,  cellist  or  singer. 

1.  Play  or  sing  a  scale  and  know  its  composition. 

2.  Write  a  scale  in  both  the  treble  and  bass  clef. 

3.  Know  a  half-tone,  whole  tone,  a  third,  fifth  and  octave. 

4.  Be  able  to  distinguish  a  march  from  a  waltz,  and  give  the  time  of 
each. 

5.  What  is  a  quarter,  half  and  whole  note,  draw  symbols. 

6.  Name  five  great  composers  and  one  composition  of  each,  includ- 
ing an  opera,  a  piano  composition,  a  song.  Two  of  the  foregoing 
must  be  American. 

7.  Play  or  sing  from  memory  three  verses  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner. 
The  Battle  Hymn  of  the  Republic  and  America. 

8.  Play  or  sing  correctly  from  memory  one  piece  of  good  music. 


524 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


10. 


For    instrumentalist:       Be    able    to    play    at    sight    a    moderately 
difficult  piece  and  explain  all  signs  and  terms  in  it. 
For  singers:    Siiow  witii  baton  how  to  lead  a  group  in  singing  com- 
positions written  in  3/4  and  4/4  time. 
What  is  an  orchestra :    Name  at  least  five  Instruments  In  an  orchestra. 


REFERENCES: 

"Art  of  the  Singer,"  W.  T.  Henderson,  Scribner. 

"How  to  Listen  to  Music,"  H.  E.  Krehbiel,  Scribner. 

"Orchestral  Instruments  and  What  They  Do,"  D.  G.  Mason,  Novello. 


NEEDLEWOMAN 
SYMBOL- 
SPOOL,  THREAD  AND  NEEDLE 


1.  Know  how  to  run  a  seam,  overcast,  roll  and  whip,  hem,  tucli,  gather, 
bind,  make  a  French  seam,  make  button  hole,  sew  on  buttons, 
hooks  and  eyes,   darn  and   patch.     Submit  samples  of  each. 

2.  Show  the  difference  between  "straight"  and  "on  the  bias,"  and 
how  to  make  both. 

Know  the  difference  between  linen,  cotton  and  woolen,  and  pick 
out  samples  of  each. 

4.  Know  how  thread,  silk  and  needles  are  numbered  and  what  the 
numbers  indicate. 

5.  Know  how  to  measure  and  plan  fullness  for  edging  or  lace. 

6.  Know  how  to  lay  a  pattern  on  cloth,  cut  out  a  simple  article  of  wear- 
ing apparel  and  make  same.  Use  this  article  to  demonstrate  as 
much  of  question  1  as  possible. 

7.  Knit,  either  a  muffler,  sweater  or  baby's  jacket  and  cap  and  crochet 
one  yard  of  lace  or  make  a  yard  of  tatting. 

8.  Hemstitch  or  scallop  a  towel  or  bureau  scarf  and  work  an  initial 
on  it  in  cross  stitch. 

REFERENCES: 

"Complete  Dressmaker,"  C.  E.  Laughlin,  Appleton. 
"Art  in  Needlework,"  S.  F.  Day,  Scribner. 


3. 


PATHFINDER 
SYMBOL— A  HAND  POINTING 


Describe  the  general  plan  of  the  city,  town  or  village  in  which  you 
live,  locate  the  principal  shopping,  business  and  residence  districts 
and  know  how  to  reach  them  from  any  quarter  of  the  city,  town 
or  village.  Be  able  to  diiect  a  person  to  the  nearest  place  of  worship 
to  wliich  they  desire  to  go,  OR 

Describe  in  a  general  way  the  township  or  county  in  which  you  live 
giving  the  principal  roads,  naming  two  of  the  nearest  and  largest 
cities  or  towns,  giving  their  distance  from  your  residence  and  telling 
bow  to  reach  them. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  625 

2.  Know  the  route  of  the  principal  surface  car  and  subway  lines,  OR 
The  name  of  the  nearest  railroad  division  to  your  residence  and 
four  of  the  principal  cities  or  towns  through  which  it  passes  within 
a  distance  of  one  hundred  miles. 

3.  Know  at  least  three  historic  points  of  interest  within  the  limits  of 
your  city,  town  or  village,  how  to  get  to  them  and  why  they  are  his- 
toric, OR 

Tell  of  three  things  of  interest  concerning  the  history  of  your  own 
community. 

4.  Know  the  name  and  location  of  the  Post  Office,  Telegraph  and  Tel- 
ephone Stations,  Public  Library,  City  or  Town  Hall,  one  Hospital 
of  good  standing,  one  hotel  or  inn,  three  churches,  one  Protestant, 
one  Catholic,  one  Synagogue,  and  the  nearest  railroad,  OR 
Know  the  name,  location  and  distance  from  your  home  or  village 
of  the  nearest  Library,  Hospital,  Church,  Post  Office,  Telegraph 
and  Telephone  and  Railroad  Stations. 

5.  Know  the  name  and  location  of  three  buildings  or  places  in  your 
city,  town  or  village,  of  interest  from  a  point  of  beauty  either  of 
architecture,  decoration  or  surroundings,  OR 

Know  and  locate  three  places  of  interest  within  ten  miles  of  your 
home,  because  of  beautiful  views  or  surroundings,  OR  give  direc- 
tions for  taking  a  walk  through  beautiful  woods,  lanes  or  roads. 

6.  Draw  a  map  of  the  district  around  your  home  covering  an  area  of 
one  quarter  square  mile,  noting  streets,  schools  and  other  public 
buildings,  fire  alarm  boxes,  at  least  one  public  telephone  booth, 
one  doctor's  office,  one  drug  store,  one  provision  store,  and  four 
points  of  the  compass.     Draw  to  scale,  OR 

Draw  a  map  covering  a  half  square  mile  of  country  around  your 
home  noting  schools  and  any  other  public  buildings,  roads,  lanes, 
points  of  interest,  historic  or  otherwise,  streams,  lakes  and  four 
cardinal  points  of  the  compass.     Map  must  be  drawn  to  scale. 

7.  Know  how  to  use  the  fire  alarm,  how  to  consult  telephone  direc- 
tory, how  to  call  for  assistance  in  case  of  water  leak,  accident,  burg- 
lary, forest  fire  and  how  to  call  the  police  for  any  other  emergency. 

8.  Find  any  of  the  four  cardinal  points  of  the  compass  by  sun  or  stars, 
by  use  of  a  watch  and  a  cane  or  stick. 

REFERENCES: 

Sections  in  Handbook  on  "Woodcraft,"  and  "Measurements  and  Map- 
making,"  and  publications  of  local  Historical  Societies,  Guides  and 
Directories. 


PHOTOGRAPHER 
SYMBOL- 
CAMERA  ON  STANDARD 


1.  Submit  six  good  photographs,  interior  and  out  of  door,  taken,  de- 
veloped and  printed  by  self,  OR  twelve  good  photographs  taken 
by  self  including  portraits,  animals,  out  of  door  and  indoor  subjects. 

2.  What  constitutes  a  good  picture? 

3.  Give  three  rules  to  be  followed  in  taking  interiors,  portraits  and 
out  of  door  pictures. 

4.  Name  and  describe  briefly  the  processes  used  in  photography. 

5.  Tell  what  a  camera  is  and  name  and  describe  the  principal  parts 
of  a  camera. 

6.  What  is  a  film?    What  is  a  negative? 


526  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRI.S 

7.  What  position  in  relation   to  the  sun  should  a  photographer  take 
when  exposing  a  film? 

8.  Should  a  shutter  be  operated  slowly?     If  so,  why? 

9.  What  causes  buildings  in  a  picture  to  look  as  if  they  were  falling? 

10.  What   precautions  should   be   taken   when   reloading  a   camera  and 
taking  out  an  exposed  film? 

11.  What   is   an   enlargement?      How   is   it   made? 

12.  What   are   the  results  of   under  exposure  and   over  exposure? 

13.  What  are  the  results  of  failing  to  take  the  proper  camera  distance, 
having  improper  light   and   allowing   the  camera   to   move? 

14.  If  there  is  more  than  one  method  of  exposing  a  film  what  deter- 
mines the  method  to  be  used? 

REFERENCES: 

"How  to  Make  Good  Pictures,"  Eastman  Kodak  Company. 
"The  Photo  Miniature,"  such  numbers  as  appear  to  be  needed. 
"Nature  and  the  Camera,"  A.  R.  Dugmore,  Doubleday. 
"Photography  for  Young  People,"  T.  Jenks,  Stokes. 
"Why   My   Photographs  Are   Bad,"   C.    M.   Taylor,   Jacobs. 


PIONEER*** 
SYMBOL— AXES 


1.  Tell  four  things  that  must  be  considered  when  choosing  a  camp  site. 

2.  Know  how  to  use  a  saw,  an  axe,  a  hatchet. 

3.  Know  how  to  select  and  fell  a  tree  for  building  or  fuel  purposes. 
Know  a  fork  and  sapling  and  their  uses. 

4.  Build  or  help  three  others  to  build  a  shack  suitable  for  four  occupants. 

5.  Make  a  latrine,  an  incinerator,  a  cache. 

6.  Make  a  fire  place  for  heating  and  cooking  purposes  and  cook  a  simple 
meal  over  it. 

7.  Know  how  to  tell  the  directions  of  the  wind. 

8.  Know  how  to  mark  a  trail. 

9.  Tell  what  to  do  to  make  water  safe  for  drinking  if  there  is  any  question 
as  to  its  purity. 

REFERENCES: 

"Campward  Ho!"   A  Manual  for  Girl  Scout  Camps,   National  Head- 
quarters, Girl  Scouts,  Inc. 

"Camping  and  Woodcraft,"  Horace  Kephart,  Macmillan. 
"On  the  Trail,"  L.   Beard,  Scribner. 
"Vacation  Camps  for  Girls,"  Jeantiette  Marks,  D.  Appleton. 


ROCK  TAPPER* 
SYMBOL- 
PICK  AND  SHOVEL 


1.     Collect  and  correctly  identify  ten  rocks  found  among  the  glacial 
boulders. 
*  Note:  Scouts  in   non-glacial   regions   may  apply   to   Headquarters  for 
other  tests  in  preparation. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  527 

2.  Make  photograph  or  make  sketch  of  glacial  boulders. 

3.  Collect  two  or  three  scratched  glaciated  pebbles  or  cobblestones 
in  the  drift. 

4.  Make  a  sketch  or  photograph  of  an  exposed  section  of  glaciated  or 
scratched  bed-rock  and  nofe  as  accurately  as  you  can  the  direction 
of  the  scratches  or  grooves. 

REFERENCES: 

"The  Story  of  Our  Continent,"  N.  S.  Shaler,  Ginn  and  Co. 

"The  Great  Ice  Age  and  Its  Relation  to  the  Antiquity  of  Man,"  D. 
Appleton  and  Co. 

"A  Text  Book  of  Geology,"  portion  of  Chapter  XXV  entitled  "The 
Glacial  Epoch  in  North  America," — D.  Appleton  and  Co. 

"Physiography  for  High  School,"  Chapter  V  entitled,  "The  Work  of 
Snow  and  Ice,"  Henry  Holt  and  Co. 

"An  Introduction  to  Physical  Geography,"  Chapter  VI  entitled,  "Glac- 
iers," D.  Appleton,  or  any  other  good  text  book  of  geology  or  physical 
geography. 

"Travels  in  Alaska,"  John  Muir. 


SAILOR*** 
S  Y  M  BOL— ANCHOR 


Qualify  for  questions  under  A,  one  to  eleven,  and  one  other  test  on 
rowboat,  sailboat,  canoe  or  motor  boat. 

A.  GENERAL 

1.  Swim  twenty-five  yards  with  clothes  and  shoes  on,  or  hold  the  swim- 
ming merit  badge. 

2.  Know  sixteen  points  of  the  compass. 

3.  Find  any  one  of  the  four  cardinal  points  of  the  compass  by  sun  or 
stars. 

4.  Know  the  rules  for  right  of  way. 

5.  Know  how  to  counteract  the  effect  of  current,  tide  and  wind. 

6.  Demonstrate  making  a  landing,  coming  along  side,  making  fast, 
pushing  off. 

7.  What  is  a  calm?  What  is  a  squall?  What  are  the  sky  and  water 
conditions  that  denote  the  approach  of  the  latter? 

8.  Why  are  squalls  dangerous? 

9.  What  are  the  dangers  of  moving  about  or  standing  in  a  boat? 

10.  Tie  four  knots  for  use  in  handling  a  boat.  Prepare,  tie  and  throw 
a  life  line  a  distance  of  25  feet. 

11.  Which  is  the  "port"  and  which  the  "starboard"  side  of  the  boat, 
and  what  color  lights  represent  each: 

B.  ROWBOAT. 

1.  Demonstrate  correct  way  to  step  into  a  rowboat,  to  boat  the  oars, 
feather  the  oars,  turn  around,  row  backward,  back  water,  keep  a 
straight  course. 

2.  Name  two  types  of  row  boats. 

3.  Demonstrate  rowing  alone  on  a  straight  course  for  a  period  of  one- 
half  hour.  Keep  stroke  with  another  person  for  the  same  length 
of  time. 

4.  Demonstrate  sculling  or  poling. 

5.  Bail  and  clean  a  boat. 

6.  What  does  it  mean  to  "trim  ship?" 

C.  SAILBOAT. 

1.     Demonstrate  hoisting  a  sail,   taking  in  a  reef,  letting  out  a  reef. 


528 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


steering,  sailing  close  to  the  wind,  before  the  wind,  coming  about, 

cominii  up  into  the  wind. 
2.     What  is  meant  l)y  tacking? 
^'     ^^?^  '"  ^^^  difference  between  a  keel  and  centerboard  type  of  boat? 

Tell  the  advantage  of  each. 

4.  Coil  the  ropes  on  a  sailboat. 

5.  Name  three  different  types  of  sailboats. 

D.  CANOE. 

1.  Where  and  how  should  a  canoe  be  placed  when  not  in  use? 

2.  Demonstrate  putting  a  canoe  into  the  water,  stepping  into  it,  taking 
it  out,  and  the  technique  of  bow  and  stern  paddling. 

3.  Overturn,  right  and  get  back  into  a  canoe. 

4.  Name  two  standard  makes  of  canoes. 

5.  What  does  it  mean  to  make  a  portage? 

E.  MOTORBOAT. 

1.  Know  how  to  oil  the  engine  and  the  best  kind  of  oil  with  which  to  oilit. 

2.  Demonstrate  cleaning  the  engine;  cranking  the  engine. 

3.  Know  how  to  measure  gas  in  tank,  how  much  gas  the  tank  holds, 
and  how  long  the  engine  will  run  when  the  tank  is  full.  Know  how 
to  judge  good  gasoline. 

4.  Why  should  a  motor  boat  never  be  left  without  turning  off  the  gas? 
State  reasons. 

5.  Be  able  to  rectify  trouble  with  the  carburetor. 

6.  Know  proper  weight  of  anchor  for  boat;  how  to  lower  and  hoist 
anchor;  how  to  ground  anchor  so  boat  will  not  drag;  know  the  knot 
to  fasten  rope  to  anchor  and  rope  to  boat,  and  how  to  throw  out 
anchor. 

7.  Demonstrate  how  to  coil  rope  so  it  will  not  kink  when  anchor  is 
thrown   out. 

8.  Know  channels  and  right  of  way  by  buoys  and  lights. 
REFERENCES: 

"Harper's  Boating  Book  for  Boys,"  C.  J.  Davis,  Harper. 
"Boat  Sailing,"  A.  J.  Kenealy,  Outing. 


SCRIBE 
SYMBOL— OPEN  BOOK 


1.  Submit  an  original  short  story,  an  essay  or  play  or  poem. 

2.  Know  three  authors  of  prose  and  their  compositions. 

3.  Mention  the  names  and  some  works  of  three  novelists,  two  essayists, 
three  poets,  two  dramatists  of  the  present  century,  at  least  three 
of  them  American. 


SIGNALLER 
SYMBOL— CROSSED  FLAGS 


,       ^.         ,  SEMAPHORE 

1.     Give  alphabet  correctly  in  30  seconds,  or  less. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  529 

2.  Give   the  following  abbreviations  correctly; 

AFFIRMATIVE,     ACKNOWLEDGE,     ATTENTION,     ERROR,     NEG- 
ATIVE,   PREPARATORY,    ANNULLING,    SIGN    OF    NUMERALS. 

3.  Send  message  not  previously  read,  of  twenty  words,  containing 
three  numerals  and  sent  at  the  rate  of  50  letters  per  minute.  Only 
one  error  to  be  allowed.    Technique  is  to  be  considered  and  judged. 

4.  Receive  unknown  message  of  twenty  words,  containing  three  num- 
erals at  the  same  rate.  Two  errors  to  be  allowed.  Scouts  may  have 
someone  take  message  down  in  writing  as  they  read  it,  and  five  min- 
utes in  which  to  rewrite  it  afterwards. 

WIGWAG 

1.  Give  alphabet  correctly  in  two  and  one  half  minutes  or  less. 

2.  Give  numerals  up  to  ten  correctly. 

3.  Send  message  not  previously  read,  of  twenty  words,  containing 
three  numerals,  at  the  rate  of  ten  letters  per  minute.  Only  one 
error  allowed;  technique  and  regularity  to  be  considered  and  judged. 

4.  Receive  unknown  message  of  twenty  words,  containing  three  num- 
erals, to  be  given  at  the  rate  of  10  letters  per  minute — Two  errors 
to  be  allowed.    Conditions  for  receiving,  the  same  as  in  Semaphore. 

BUZZER 
GENERAL  SERVICE  CODE 

1.  Send  message  of  twenty  words,  not  previously  read,  at  the  rate  of 
ten  letters  per  minute.    Two  errors  allowed. 

2.  Receive  unknown  message  of  twenty  words  to  be  given  at  the  sarne 
rate.  Two  errors  allowed.  Scouts  to  be  allowed  five  minutes  in 
which  to  rewrite  message,  afterwards. 

REFERENCES: 

"How  to  Signal  by  Many  Methods,"  J.  Gibson,  Gale. 
"Cadet  Manual,"  E.  Z.  Steever,  Lippincott. 
"Boys'  Camp  Manual,"  C.  K.  Taylor,  Century. 
"Outdoor  Signalling,"  Elbert  Wells,  Outing  Pub.  Co. 


STAR  GAZER 
SYMBOL— STAR  GROUP 


What  is  meant  by  the  Solar  System? 
o.     Make  a  diagram  showing  the  relative  positions  and  movements  of 
the  earth,  sun  and  moon.     What  governs  the  tide?     What  causes 
an  eclipse?     What  is  a  comet,  a  shooting  star,  a  sun  spot? 

3.  Name  the  planets  in  their  order  from  the  sun.       Which  planet  is 
nearest  the  earth  and  give  its  distance? 

4.  How  fast  does  light  travel? 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between  planets  and  fixed  stars  and  name 
three  of  the  latter. 

6.  What  is  a  constellation?    Name  and  be  able  to  point  out  six.    Name 
two  constellations  which  are  visible  throughout  the  year. 

7.  Draw   a   chart   of   the   Big   Dipper   and   Cassiopeia   and    the   North 
Star   at   intervals   of    three  hours  through  the  night  using  a  fixed 


530  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

frame  and  drawinii  from  the  same  spot. 

8.  Observe  a  sunrise  and  a  sunset. 

9.  What  Is  the  Milky-Way?     (Jive  its  course  through  the  heavens. 

10.  What  is  a  morning  star?     What  is  an  evening  star? 

11.  Rxplain  zenitli  and  nadir. 

12.  What  is  the  Aurora  Borealis?     Have  you  seen  it? 
REFERENCES: 

"Field  Book  of  Stars,"  W.  T.  Olcott,  Putnam. 
"The  Book  of  Stars,"  R.  F.  Collins,  D.  Appleton. 
"Around   the   Year  With   the  Stars,"  Garrett  P.  Serviss,  Harper. 
"Monthly  Evening  Sky  Map,"  Barrett,  360  Fulton  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
"The  Star  I'eople,"  Gaylord  Johnson,  Macmillan  1921.  Especially  for 
Younger  Scouts. 

"The  Call  of  the  Stars,"  John,  R.  Kilfax. 

SWIMMER 
SYMBOL— LIFE  BUOY 
The  following  is  identical  with  the  life-saving 
test  for  Juniors  of  the  American  Red  Cross.  If 
the  test  is  given  by  one  of  the  various  examiners 
of  the  First  Aid  Service  of  the  American  Red  Cross 
the  Scout  may  wear  In  addition  to  the  regular 
Scout  Badge  the  Junior  Life  Saving  Badge.  It  Is 
recommended  that  Girl  Scout  troops  work  toward 
the  establishment  of  Junior  Life  Saving  Crews, 
directions  for  the  formation  of  which  may  be 
secured  from  any  American  Red  Cross  Division. 
Pass  the  swimmer's  test  for  American  Red  Cross  as  follows:  a.  Swim 
100  yards,  using  two  or  more  strokes,  b.  Dive  properly  from  a  take-off. 
c.  Swim  on  back  50  feet.  d.  Retrieve  objects  at  resaonable  depth 
from  surface  (at  least  8  feet). 
II.  Life  Savers  must  pass  the  following  test,  winning  at  least  75  points. 
The  value  in  points  for  each  section  of  the  test  is  given  in  parenthesis 
after  it: 

1.  Carry  a  person  of  own  weight  10  yards,  by:  a.  Head  carry.  (10 
points),  b.  Cross  Chest  Carry.  (10  points),  c.  Hair  or  two  point 
carry,  or  repeat  cross  chest  carry.  (9  points),  d.  Tired  Swimmer's 
carry.     (5  points). 

2.  Break  three  grips,  turning  after  break,  bring  subject  to  surface, 
and  start  ashore:  a.  Wrist  hold.  (8  points),  b.  Front  neck  hold 
(10  points),     c.  Back  neck  hold.     (10  points). 

3.  Make  surface  dive  and  recover  object 
from  bottom.  (10  points). 

4.  Demonstrate  the  Schaefer  method  of 
inducing  artificial  respiration.  (18 
points). 

5.  Disrobe  in  water  from  middy  blouse, 
skirt  or  bloomers,  and  camp  shoes,  and 
then  swim  one  hundred  yards,  not  touch- 
ing shore  from  time  entering  water.  (10 
points). 

TELEGRAPHER 
SYMBOL— TELEGRAPH  POLE 
Either:     a.    Telegraphy, 

1.  Send  22  letters  per  minute  using  a  sounder  and  American  Morse 
Code. 

2.  Receive  25  letters  per  minute  and  write  out  the  message  in  long  hand 
or  on  a  typewriter  directly  from  sound. 

No  mistakes  allowed.   OR 

b.     Wireless.    Pass  examination  for  lowest  grade  wireless  operator  accord- 
ing to  U.  S.  N.  regulations, 

REFERENCE: 
"Harper's  Beginning  Electricity,"  D.  C.  Shafer,  Harper. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  *  531 


ZOOLOGIST 
SYMBOL— SEAHORSE 


1.  To  pass  this  test  a  Scout  must  be  able  to  tell  in  a  general  way  the 
differences  between  plants  and  animals,  the  different  kinds  of  an- 
imals. Invertebrates  and  Vertebrates,  and  among  the  Vertebrates 
to  distinguish  between  Fishes,  Amphibia,  Reptiles,  Birds  and  Mam- 
mals. 

II.  She  must  also  pass  the  test  on  Mammals  and  the  test  on  at  least 
one  other  group:  either  Invertebrates,  Fishes,  Amphibia,  Reptiles  or 
Birds,   (For  this  see  special  test  under  Bird  Hunter). 

A.     MAMMALS 

i.  Describe  and  give  life  history  of  ten  wild  mammals  personally  observed 
and  identified. 

2.  Name  two  mammals  that  kill  fruit  trees  by  girdling  them. 

3.  Mention  three  mammals  that  destroy  the  farmer's  grain. 

4.  State  game  laws  of  your  State  which  apply  to  mammals. 

5.  Name  and  locate  one  great  game  preserve  in  the  United  States  and 
mention  five  game  mammals  protected  there. 

B.     REPTILES 

1.  Give  the  life  history  of  one  reptile. 

2.  Give  names  of  three  Turtles  that  you  have  identified  in  the  open. 

3.  What  is  the  only  poisonous  Lizard  in  the  United  States? 

4.  Name  and  describe  the  poisonous  Snakes  of  your  State. 

C.     AMPHIBIANS 

1.  Describe  the  life  history  of  the  frog  or  the  toad. 

2.  Describe  the  wonderful  power  of  changing  color  shown  by  the  common 
Tree-frog. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  in  the  external  appearance  of  a  salamander 
and  a  lizard? 

4.  Give  a  list  of  five  Amphibians  that  you  have  identified  in  the  open. 

D.     FISHES 

1.  Describe  the  habits  of  feeding  and  egg-laying  in  one  of  our  native 
fishes. 

2.  Mention  a  common  fish  that  has  no  scales,  one  that  has  very  small 
scales,  and  one  that  has  comparatively  large  scales. 

3.  Name  five  much-used  food  fishes  of  the  sea,  and  five  fresh-water 
food-fishes. 

4.  What  are  some  necessary  churacteristics  of  a  game-fish?  Mention 
a  well-known  salt-water  game  fish,  and  two  fresh-water  ones. 

5.  Describe  the  nest  of  some  local  fish,  giving  location,  size,  etc. 


532  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

E.     INVERTEBRATES 
(EITHER  of  the  following) 
a.     Insects  and  Spiders 

1.  How  may  mosquitoes  be  exterminated? 

2.  Collect,  preserve  and  Identify  ten  butterflies,  five  moths,  ten  other 
insects,  and  three  spiders. 

3.  Describe  the  habit  tliat  certain  ants  have  of  caring  for  plant-lice 

or  aphlds  which  secrete  honey-dew. 

4.  Describe  the  life-history  of  one  of  our  solitary  wasps.  (See  "Wasps 
Social  and  -Solitary,"  by  George  W.  and  Elizabeth  G.  Peckham; 
Houghton  Mifflin  Co.) 

5.  Describe  the  life  of  a  hive  or  colony  of  honey  bees.  (See  "The  Life 
of  the  Bee,"  by  Maurice  Maeterlinck,  Dodd  Mead  Co.; 

b.     Sea  Shore  Life 

1.  Name  five  invertebrates  used  as  food  and  state  where  they  are  found. 

2.  What  is  the  food  of  the  starfish?    How  are  starfish  destroyed? 

3.  Name  twenty  invertebrates  which  you  have  seen  and  give  the  locality 
where  they  were  found. 

4.  Name  five  invertebrates  that  live  in  the  water  only  and  five  that 
burrow  in  the  mud  or  sand. 

5.  What  invertebrate  was  eaten  by  the  Indians  and  its  shell  used  in 
making  wampum?     Where  have  you  seen  this  animal? 

GENERAL  REFERENCES 
A.     MAMMALS 

"Life-Histories  of  Northern  Animals,"  2  vols.,  Ernest  Thompson  Seton, 
Scribner. 

"American  Animals,"  Stone,  Witmer  and  Wm.  E.  Cram,  Doubleday 
Page. 

"American  Natural  History,  Vol.  1,  Mammals,"  Wm.  T.  Hornaday, 
Scribner. 

"Squirrels  and  Other  Fur-Bearers,"  John  Burroughs,  Houghton, 
Mifllin. 

"Kindred  of  the  Wild,"  C.  G.  D.  Roberts,  Doubleday  Page. 

"Animals,  Their  Relation  and  Use  to  Man,"  C.  D.  Wood,  Ginn  and  Co. 

"Popular  Natural  History,"  J.  G.  Wood,  Winston. 

B.     REPTILES 

"Reptile  Book,"  Raymond  L.  Ditmars,  Doubleday  Page. 
"The  Poisonous  Snakes  of  North  America,"  Leonhard  Stejnegar,  Report 
U.  S.  National  Museum,  1893. 

C.     AMPHIBIANS 

"The  Frog  Book,"  Mary  Cynthia  Dickerson,  Doubleday  Page. 
"Manual  of  Vertebrates  of  the  Northern  United  States,"  David  Starr 
Jordon,  A.  C.  McClurg  Pub.  Co. 

"Nature  Study  and  Life,"  Clifton  F.  Hodge,  Ginn  and  Co. 

D.     FISHES 

"American  Food  and  Game  Fishes,"  David  Starr  Jordan  and  Barton 
W.  Evermann,  Doubleday  Page. 

"The  Care  of  Home  Aquaria,"  Raymond  C.  Osburn,  New  York  Zoo- 
logical Society. 

"The  Story  of  the  Fishes,"  James  Newton  Baskett,  D.  Appleton  and  Co. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  533 

E.  INVERTEBRATES 
a.     Insects  and  Spiders 

"Butterfly  Guide,"  W.  J.  Holland,  Doubleday  Page.— (For  beginners). 

"Our  Common  Butterflies,"  Frank  E.  Lutz,  (Guide  Leaflet  No.  38, 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History). 

"How  to  Collect  and  Preserve  Insects,"  Frank  E.  Lutz,  (Guide  Leaflet 
No.  39,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History). 

"The  Moth  Book,"  W.  J.  Holland,  Doubleday  Page. 

"The  Butterfly  Book,"  W.  J.  Holland,  Doubleday  Page. 

"The  Spider  Book,"  J.  H.  Comstock,  Doubleday  Page. 

"Moths  and  Butterflies,"  Mary  C.  Dickerson,  Ginn  and  Co. 

"Manual  for  the  Study  of  Insects,"  J.  H.  and  A.  B.  Comstock,  Com- 
stock Publishing  Co. 

"The  Wonders  of  Instinct,"  Jean  Henri  Fabre,  Century  Co. 

"Field  Book  of  Insects,"  Frank  E.  Lutz,  Putnam. 

b.     Sea  Shore  Life 

"The  Sea-Beach  at  Ebb  Tide,"  A.  F.  Arnold,  The  Century  Co. 
"Sea-Shore  Life,"  A.  G.  Mayer,  (New  York  Zoological  Society  1906). 
"Introduction   to  Zoology,"   C.   B.   and  G.  C.   Davenport,   Macmillan 
Co.,  1900. 

III.     GROUP  BADGES 

The  Scout  who  follows  one  line  of  interest  suSiclently  long  to  qualify 
In  several  related  subjects  may  take  a  Group  Badge  signifying  proficiency 
in  the  general  field. 


1.     SCOUT  NEIGHBOR  (any  four) 
Citizen*** 
Health  Guardian*** 
Economist 
Business  Woman*** 
Telegrapher 
Interpreter 
Motorist**** 
Canner 


534 


SCOUTINC;  K)K   (IIKI.S 


3.     SCOUT  AIDE* 
First  Aide*** 
Home  Nurse*** 
Ilomeniaker 
Health  Winner 
Health   (Juardian*** 
Child  Nurse***  or  Cook 


*  This  must  be  passed  on  by  National  Headquarters. 


WOODCRAFT  SCOUT  (any  three) 
Athlete*** 
Motorist**** 
Horsewoman 
Sailor 
Swimmer 
Pioneer 
Pathfinder 


SCOUT  NATURALIST 


To  earn  this  Badge  a  Scout  must  have  passed  three  of  the  tests  of  Bird 
Hunter,  Flower  F'inder,  Rock  Tapper,  Star  Gazer  or  Zoologist.  She  must 
also  pass  the  following  brief  test: 

1.  What  sorts  of  things  are  included  in  Nature  Study? 

2.  What  are  the  other  names  for  living  and  non-living  objects? 

3.  Read  one  of  the  following  general  books  on  Nature  Study. 


GENERAL  NATURE  STUDY  REFERENCES: 

"Handbook   of   Nature   Study,"    Anna    Botsford    Comstock,  Comstock 
Publishing  Co.  (Manual  for  Leaders). 

"Nature  Study  and  Life,"  Clifton  F.  Hodge,  Ginn  and  Co. 

"The  Story  Book  of  Science,"  J.  Henri  Fabre,  Century  Co. 

"Leaf  and  Tendril,"  John  Burroughs,  Houghton  Mifflin. 

"Wake  Robin,"  John  Burroughs,  Houghton  Mifflin. 

"Natural  History  of  Selbourne,"  Gilbert  White. 

"Travels  in  Alaska,"  John  Muir. 

"My  First  Summer  in  the  Sierras,"  John  Muir. 


SCOUTINCi  FUR  GIUI.S 


535 


.     LAND  SCOUT 
Gardener 
Farmer 
Dairy  Maid 
Bee  Keeper 


IV.     GOLDEN  EAGLET 
SYMBOL— A  GOLD  EAGLET  PIN  OR  PENDANT 


Qualifications:  Only  First  Class  Scouts  are  eligible  for  this,  the  highest 
award  offered  to  Girl  Scouts.  To  obtain  this  a  girl  must  have  been  given 
the  Medal  of  Merit  and  in  addition  have  won  twenty-one  Proficiency 
Badges,  of  which  fifteen  must  be: 


Athlete*** 

Bird  Hunter  or  Flower  Finder  or 

Zoologist 
Citizen*** 
Cook 

Dressmaker 
Economist 
First  Aide*** 


Health  Guardian*** 
Health  Winner 
Homeniaker 
Honie  Nurse*** 
Hostess 
Laundress 
Child  Nurse*** 
Pioneer 


536  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

V.     SPECIAL  MEDALS 

ATTENDANCE  STAR 


To  earn  this  a  Scout  must  attend  every  troop  meeting  for  a  year." 
A  year  is  counted  as  one  meeting  a  week  for  eight  months,  or  two  meetings 
a  week  for  four  months. 

1.  The  gold  star  is  given  for  attendance  at  all  regular  troop  meetings 
held  during  a  period  of  one  year.  Punctuality  is  required  and  no 
excuses  allowed. 

2.  The  silver  star  is  given  for  attendance  at  90  per  cent  of  all  regular 
troop  meetings. 

3.  The  attendance  badge  may  be  given  only  to  a  girl  who  has  belonged 
to  the  organization  for  one  year;  the  badges  therefore  denote  how 
many  years  a  girl  has  been  a  Scout. 


LIFE  SAVING  MEDALS 


1.  The  Bronze  Cross  is  given  as  the  highest  possible  award  for  gal- 
lantry, and  may  be  won  only  when  the  claimant  has  shown  special 
heroism  or  has  faced  extraordinary  risk  of  life. 

2.  The  Silver  Cross  is  awarded  for  saving  life  with  considerable  risk 
to  oneself. 

3.  These  two  medals  are  worn  over  the  right  pocket. 

4.  Applications  must  be  made  by  the  girl's  Captain,  who  should  send 
to  National  Headquarters,  through  the  Local  Council,  if  there  is 
one,  a  full  account  with  written  evidence  from  two  witnesses  of 
the  deed. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 
VII.     FLOWER  CRESTS  FOR  TROOPS 


539 


SECTION  XIX 

REFERENCE   READING   FOR   GIRL 
SCOUTS 

The  following  books  have  been  selected  for  the  Girl  Scouts  with  two 
ideas  in  mind:  first,  to  list  some  of  the  best  books  of  the  world,  with 
which  all  persons  should  be  familiar,  and  second,  to  give  books  that  should 
easily  be  available  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  In  some  cities  the  Public 
Libraries  have  "Girl  Scout  Shelves."  Has  your  library  one?  In  some 
places  the  Libraries  have  Reading  Clubs  for  young  people,  conducted 
by  the  boys  and  girls  themselves  under  the  guidance  of  specially  trained 
librarians  who  know  just  how  to  help  bring  the  right  book  to  hand,  on 
any  subject  a  Scout  would  be  interested  in.  In  Manhattan  there  are  no 
less  than  thirty  such  clubs  in  connection  with  the  various  district 
libraries.     Why  not  have  one  of  these  in  your  town? 

The  American  Library  Association,  whose  headquarters  are  In  Wash- 
ington, will  help  to  bring  books  to  rural  districts  and  places  without 
regular  public  libraries.    Write  to  them  for  help  if  you  need  it. 

The  Congressional  Library  may  be  called  upon  at  any  time  for  biblio- 
graphy on  any  special  topic. 

The  books  in  this  section  are  in  addition  to  the  special  refarences  for 
Proficiency  Tests  in  Section  XVIII. 

HANDBOOKS  OF  ALLIED  ORGANIZATIONS 

Boy  Scouts  of  America,  Handbook  for  Boys,  200  Fifth  Ave.,  N.   Y.  C. 

Boy  Scout  Camp  Book,  Edward  Cave,  Doubleday  and  Page. 

The  Book  of  the  Camp  Fire  Girls,  31  East  17th  Street,  New  York  City. 

Girl  Guiding,  Sir  Robert  Baden-Powell,  C.  Arthur  Pearson,  Ltd., 
London. 

Scouting  for  Boys,  Sir  Robert  Baden-Powell,  C.  Arthur  Pearson,  Ltd., 
London. 

Woodcraft  Manual  for  Boys  and  Woodcraft  Manual  for  Girls  by  Ernest 
Thompson  Seton,  Doubleday  and  Page, 

ADVENTURE 

Robinson  Crusoe,  Daniel  DeFoe. 

Jim  Davis,  John  Masefield. 

A  Woman  Tenderfoot:  Two  Little  Savages:  Ernest  Thompson  Seton  and 
Grace  Gallatin. 

David  Balfour,  Kidnapped,  Treasure  Island,  Robert  Louis  Stevenson. 

Around  the  World  in  Eighty  Days,  Twenty  Thousand  Leagues  Under 
the  Sea,  The  Mysterious  Island,  Jules  Verne. 

Swiss  Family  Robinson,  Wyss. 

ANIMAL  STORIES 
Jungle  Books,  First  and  Second;  Just  So  Stories;  Rudyard  Kipling. 
The  Call  of  the  Wild,  Jack  London. 
Bob,  Son  of  Battle,  OUivant. 

Wild  Animals  I  Have  Known,  Ernest  Thompson  Seton. 
Black  Beauty,  Sewell. 
Lad,  a  Dog;  Albert  Payson  Terhune. 

540 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  541 

FAIRY  AND  FOLK  TALES 

Fairy  Tales,   Hans  Christian  Anderson — Mrs  Edgar  Lucas'  Edition. 

Arabian  Nights. 

Peter  Pan  in  Kensington  Gardens,  James  M.  Barrie. 

Granny's  Wonderful  Chair,  F.  Browne. 

Davy  and  the  Goblin,  Guy  Wetmore  Carryl. 

Celtic  Fairy  Tales,  J.  Jacobs. 

Norse  Fairy  Tales,  Sir  George  Dasent. 

Folk  Tales  of  Flanders,  Jean  De  Bosschere. 

Fairy  Tales,  Grimm  Bros.,  Mrs.  Lucas,  Editor. 

Uncle  Remus,  His  Songs  and  Sayings,  Joel  Chandler  Harris. 

Mopse  the  Fairy,  Jean  Ingelow. 

Water  Babies,  Charles  Kingsley. 

Wonderful  Adventures  of  Nils,  Selma  Lagerlof. 

Blue,  Red,  Green  and  Brown  Fairy  Books,  Andrew  Lang. 

Pinocchio,  C.  Lorenzini. 

Back  of  the  North  Wind;  Double  Story;  the  Princess  and  Curdle;  The 

Princess  and  the  Goblin;  George  MacDonald. 

Czecho-Slovak  Fairy  Tales,  Parker  Fillmore. 

Ting  a  Ling  Tales;  The  Queen's  Museum  and  Other  Fanciful  Tales, 

Frank  Stockton. 

HISTORY  AND  PERIOD  NOVELS 

The  Story  of  France,  Mary  MacGregor. 

The  Little  Book  of  the  War,  Eva  March  Tappan. 

Story  of  the  World,  Elizabeth  O'Neill. 

Story  of  the  War  for  Young  People,  F.  A.  Kummer,  Century  1919. 

Story  of  the  Great  War,  Roland  Usher. 

Story  of  a  Pioneer,  Anna  Howard  Shaw. 

Old  Timers  in  the  Colonies,  Charles  C.  Coffin. 

The  Boys  of  '76,  Charles  C.  Coffin. 

Drum-Beat  of  the  Nation,  Charles  C.  Coflfln. 

Redeeming  the  Republic,  Charles  C.  Coffin. 

Lafayette,  We  Come!     Rupert  S.  Holland. 

Historic  Events  of  Colonial  Days,  Rupert  S.  Holland. 

History  of  England,  Rudyard   Kipling. 

Hero  Tales  from  American  History,  Lodge  and  Roosevelt. 

Famous  Scouts,  Charles  H.  Johnston. 

Famous  Frontiersmen  and  Heroes  of  the  Border,  Charles  H.  Johnston. 

Boy's  Life  of  Theodore  Roosevelt,  Herman  Hagedorn. 

Boy's  Life  of  Abraham  Lincoln,  Helen  Nicolay. 

American  Hero  Stories,  Eva  March  Tappan. 

A  Gentleman  of  France,  Weyman. 

A  Tales  of  Two  Cities,  Charles  Dickens. 

Cardigan,  Robert  Chambers. 

Deerslayer,  Fenimore  Cooper. 

Fortunes  of  Nigel,  Walter  Scott. 

Henry  Esmond,  William  Makepeace  Thackery. 

Hugh  Wynne,  Weir  Mitchell. 

Ivanhoe,  Walter  Scott. 

Janice  Meredith,  Paul  Leicester  Ford. 

Joan  of  Arc,  Laura  E.  Richards. 

Last  of  the  Mohicans,  Fenimore  Cooper. 

Maid  at  Arms,  Robert  Chambers. 

Man  Without  a  Country,  Edward  Everett  Hale. 

Master  Simon's  Garden,  Caroline  Meigs. 

Pool  of  Stars,  Caroline  Meigs. 

Master  Skj'lark,  Bennett. 

Merry  Lips,  Beulah  Marie  Dix. 

Otto  of  Silver  Hand,  Howard  Pyle. 

Quentin  Durward,  Walter  Scott. 


542  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Raniona,    Helen   Hunt   Jackson. 

Rewards  and  Fairies,  Rudyard  Kipling. 

Richard  Carvel,  Winston  Churchill. 

Soldier  Rigdale,  Beulah  Marie  Dix. 

The  Crisis,  Winston  Churchill. 

The  Perfect  Tribute,  M.  S.  Andrews. 

The  Prince  and  the  Pauper,  Mark  Twain. 

The  Refugees,  Conan  Doyle. 

The  Scarlet  Pimpernel,  Baroness  Onczy. 

The  Spartan,  Caroline  Snediker. 

The  Three  Musketeers,  Alexandre  Dumas. 

The  White  Company,  Conan  Doyle. 

Two  Little  Confederates,  Thomas  Nelson  Page. 

Via  Crucis,  Marion  Crawford. 

Westward  Ho,  Charles  Klngsley. 

A  Yankee  at  King  Arthur's  Court,  Mark  Twain. 

MYTH  AND  LEGEND 

Story  of  Roland,  James  Baldwin. 

The  Sampo  (Finnish),  James  Baldwin. 

The  Story  of  Siegfried,  James  Baldwin. 

Children  of  the  Dawn,   (Greek),  Elsie  Buckley. 

Pilgrim's  Progress,  John  Bunyan. 

The  Stories  of  Norse  Heroes,  Wilmot  Buxton. 

Don  Quixote,  Cervantes. 

Stories  of  Charlemagne  and  the  Twelve  Peers  of  France,  A.  J.  Church. 

Greek  Tragedies,  Church. 

Adventures  of  Odysseus  and  The  Tale  of  Troy,  Padraic  Colum. 

Undine,  De  la  Motte  Fouque. 

Sintram  and  His  Companions,  De  la  Motte  Fouque. 

Tanglewood  Tales,  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. 

The  Wonderbook,  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. 

Rip  Van  Winkle,  Washington  Irving. 

Heroes,  Charles  Kingsley. 

Robin  Hood,  Howard  Pyle. 

The  Story  of  the  Champions  of  the  Round  Table,  Howard  Pyle. 

The  Story  of  the  Grail  and  the  Passing  of  Arthur,  Howard  Pyle. 

The  Story  of  King  Arthur  and  His  Knights,  Howard  Pyle. 

The  Story  of  Sir  Launcelot  and  His  Companions,  Howard  Pyle. 

NONSENSE 

Goops,  Gillett  Burgess. 

Inklings  for  Thinklings,  Susan  Hale. 

Child's   Primer  of  Natural  History,   Oliver  Herford. 

The  Nonsense  Book,  Edward  Lear. 

Alice's  Adventui-es  in  Wonderland,  Lewis  Carroll. 

Through  the  Looking  Glass,  Lewis  Carroll. 

The  Hunting  of  the  Snark,  Lewis  Carroll. 

Nonsense  Anthology,  Carolyn  Wells. 

Parody  Anthology,  Carolyn  Wells. 

NOVELS  AND  STORIES 

Aldrich,  Thomas  Bailey;  Marjorie  Daw. 

Austen,  Jane;  Pride  and  Predjudice. 

Bacon,  Josephine  Baskam;  Ten  to  Seventeen,  Madness  of  Philip. 

Barrie,  James  N. ;  Little  Minister,  Little  White  Bird,  Sentimental  Tommy. 

Bjornson,  Bjernsterne;  A  Happy  Boy,   Arne,   A  Fisher  Lassie,   Synove 

Solbaken. 

Blackmore,  R.  W.;  Lorna  Doone. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  543 

Bronte,  Charlotte;  Jane  Eyre. 

Brunner,  H.  C;  Short  Sixes. 

Chesterton,   Gilbert  K.;  The  Club  of   Queer  Trades,  the  Innocence  of 

Father  Brown. 

Collins,  Wilkie;  The  Moonstone. 

Craik,  D.  M.;  (Miss  Mulock(  John  Halifax,  Gentleman. 

Crawford,  Marion;  Marietta,  Mr.  Isaacs,  the  Roman  Singer. 

Daskam,  Josephine;  Smith  College  Stories,  Sister's  Vocation. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding;  Soldiers  of  Fortune,  Van  Bibber. 

Deland,  Margaret;  Tales  of  Old  Chester. 

Eliot,  George;  Mill  on  the  Floss. 

Farnol,  Jeffrey;  The  Broad  Highway. 

Fox,  John;  Little  Shepherd  of  Kingdom  Come,  Trail  of  the  Lonesome 

Pine. 

Green,  Anna  Katherine;  The  Leavenworth  Case,  The  Filigree  Ball. 

Haggard,   Rider;  King  Solomon's  Mines. 

Holmes,  Sherlock;  Hound  of  the  Baskervilles. 

Hope,  Anthony;  Rupert  of  Hentzau,  The  Prisoner  of  Zenda. 

Jacobs,  W.  W.;  Light  Freights,  Many  Cargoes. 

Johnson,    Owen;   The  Varmint. 

Hornung;  Adventures  of  Raffles,  the  Gentleman  Burglar. 

Kipling,  Rudyard;  Captains  Courageous,   Soldiers  Three,   Wee  Willie 

Winkle,  Kim,  The  Nalaukha,  The  Light  That  Failed. 

Lincoln,  Joseph;  Captain  Erie. 

McCarthy,  Justin;  If  I  Were  King. 

Merriman,  Henry  Seton;  Dust,  With  Edged  Tools. 

Meredith,  Nicholson;  In  the  Bishop's  Carriage. 

Poe,  Edgar  Allen;  Tales,  The  Gold  Bug. 

Reade,  Charles;  The  Cloister  and  the  Hearth,  Foul  Play. 

Rinehart,  Mary  Robert;  The  Amazing  Interlude. 

Smith,    F.   Hopkinson;   Fortunes   of   Oliver   Home,   Colonel   Carter  of 

Cartersville. 

Stowe,  Harriet  Beecher;  Little  Pussy  Willow,  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin. 

Stockton,  Frank;  Rudder  Grange,  The  Lady  or  the  Tiger,  Casting  Away 

of  Mrs.  Leeks  and  Mrs.  Aleshine. 

Tarkington,    Booth;    Monsieur   Beaucaire,    Gentleman   from    Indiana, 

Seventeen,  Penrod,  Penrod  and  Sam. 

Wells,  Carolyn;  The  Clue,  The  Gold  Bag,  A  Chain  of  Evidence,  The 

Maxwell  Mystery. 

White,  Edward  Stewart;  The  Blazed  Trail. 

Wister,  Owen;  The  Virginian. 

Woolson,  Constance  F.;  Anne. 

Alcott,  Louisa  M.;  Eight  Cousins,  Little  Women,  Little  Men,  Rose  In 

Bloom,  etc. 

Burnett,  Frances  Hodgson;  Little  Lord  Fauntleroy,  Sarah  Crewe,  etc. 

Coolidge,  Susan;  Clover,  In  the  High  Valley,  What  Katy  Did  and  other 

Katy  Books. 

Craik,  Mrs.;  (Miss  Mulock);  The  Little  Lame  Prince. 

Cummins,   Maria  Susanna;  The  Lamplighter. 

Dodge,  Mary  Mapes;  Donald  and  Dorothy,  Huns  Brinker  and  the  Silver 

Skates. 

Ewing,  Juliana;  Jackanapes,  Six  to  Sixteen. 

Hale,  C.  P.;  Peterkin  Papers. 

Hughes,  Thomas;  Tom  Brown's  School  Days. 

Jackson,  Helen  Hunt;  Nelly's  Silver  Mine. 

Jordan,  Elizabeth;  May  Iverson,  Her  Book. 

NesbJt,  E.;  The  Wouldbegoods,  The  Phoenix  and  the  Carpet. 

Ouida  (de  la  Ramee);  Bimbi  Stories. 

Richards,  Laura  E.;  Hildegarde  Series,  Margaret  Montford  Series. 

Shaw,  F.  E.;  Castle  Blair. 

Spyri,  J.;  Heidi. 

Twain,   Mark;  Huckleberry  Finn,  Tom  Sawyer,  etc. 


544  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Warner,  Susan;  The  Wide  Wide  World. 

Wlggln,  Kate  Doufilas;  The  Birds'  Christmas  Carol,  Polly  Oliver's  Prob- 
lems, Rebecca  of  Sunnybrook  Farm. 

GIRL  SCOUT  STORIES 

Abbott,  Jane;  Keineth,  Larkspur. 

Blanchard,  Amy  E.;  A  Girl  Scout  of  Red  Rose  Troop. 

Wlddemer,  Margaret;  Winona's  Way  and  other  Winona  Books. 

POETRY 

Verse  for  Patriots,  Jean  Broadhurst  and  Clara  Lawton  Rhodes. 

Golden  Staircase,  (An  Antliology),  1..  Chisholm. 

Lyra  Heroica,  William  Ernest  Henley. 

Blue  Book  of  Poetry,  Andrew  Lang. 

Story  Telling  Poems,  F.  J.  Olcot. 

Book  of  Famous  Verse,  Agnes  Reppller. 

Home  Book  of  Verse  for  Young  Folks,  Burton  Egbert  Stevenson. 

Child's  Garden  of  Verse,  Robert  Louis  Stevenson. 

Children's  Book  of  Ballads,  Mary  W.  Tileston. 

Golden  Numbers,  Kate  Douglas  Wiggin. 

WONDERS  OF  SCIENCE 

Magic  of  Science,  Collins. 

The  Story  Book  of  Science,  Jean  Henri  Fabre,  Century. 

Field,  Forest  and  Farm,  Jean  Henri  Fabre,  Century. 

In  the  Once  Upon  a  Time,  Lillian  Gask. 

Book  of  the  Ocean,  Ingersoll. 

Careers  of  Danger  and  Daring,  Cleveland  Moffett. 

Science  at  Home,  Russell. 

Wonders  of  Science,  Eva  March  Tappan. 

The  Book  of  Wonders. 

Magazines:    Popular  Science,  Popular  Mechanics,  Scientific  American. 

The  National  Geographic. 

FOR  CAPTAINS,  LIEUTENANTS,  COMMISIONERS  AND 
OTHER  GIRL  SCOUT  OFFICERS 

After  a  thorough  study  of  Scouting  for  Girls,  the  authorized  American 
Handbook,  Scout  Captains  and  Lieutenants  are  urged  to  read  the  following 
list  of  allied  Handbooks  for  Leaders  as  containing  many  practical  hints 
for  workers  with  young  people,  and  emphasizing  the  essential  unity  of 
these  movements. 

A  study  of  these  manuals  will  bring  out  very  clearly  the  fact  that  though 
our  methods  of  approach  and  phraseology  may  differ  in  certain  instances, 
our  ultimate  aim  and  our  broad  general  principles  are  precisely  the 
same. 

The  books  in  the  following  list  which  have  been  starred  are  recom- 
mended as  particularly  practical  for  all  students  and  friends  of  young 
people.  They  represent  the  latest  thought  of  the  greatest  authorities 
on  the  subjects  most  closely  allied  with  the  sympathetic  study  of  adol- 
escence. It  is  impossiljle  to  isolate  a  study  of  the  girlhood  of  America 
from  the  kindred  topics  of  women  in  industry  and  politics,  the  growth 
of  the  community  spirit,  the  present  theories  of  education,  and  in  general 
a  brief  survey  of  economics,  sociology  and  psychology. 

Many  of  these  titles  appear  technical  and  dry,  but  the  books  have  been 
carefully  selected  with  a  view  to  their  readable  and  stimulating  qualities, 
and  no  one  need  be  a  profound  student  in  order  to  understand  and 
appreciate  them. 


SCOUTING  fOR  GIRtS  64S 

It  is  especially  advisable  that  Leaders  in  the  Girl  Scout  organization 
should  be  reasonably  well  informed  as  to  the  principal  social  move- 
ments of  the  day  so  as  to  relate  the  effective  organization  of  the 
young  people  of  the  country  with  corresponding  progress  along  other 
lines.  The  more  broadly  cultivated  our  Captains  and  Councillors  be- 
come, the  more  vital  and  enduring  will  be  the  work  of  the  Girl  Scouts, 
and  this  breadth  of  view  cannot  be  obtained  from  the  knowledge  and 
practice  of  what  might  be  called  the  "technique  of  Scouting"  alone. 

LEADERS'  HANDBOOK  OF  ALLIED  ORGANIZATIONS 

The  Boy  Scout  Movement  Applied  by  the  Church.  Richardson-Loomls, 
Scribners. 

Girls  Clubs,  Helen  Ferris.  E.  P.  Dutton  and  Co.,  1919.  Suggestions 
for  programs,  community  cooperation,  practical  methods  and  helps  in 
organization.     Bibliography. 

The  Girl  Guides.  Rules,  Policy  and  Organization,  Annual  Senior 
Guides,  Rules,  Policy  and  Organization,  1918.  Both  official  manuals 
forGuiders.    Nat.  Hdqrs.    Girl  Guides  76  Victoria  Street.  London,  S.  W.  1. 

(1)  Handbook  for  Scout  Masters,  200  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 
(2)     Community  Boy  Leadership — A  Manual  for  Scout  Executives. 

Model  Treasurer's  Book  for  Girls'  Clubs.  National  League  of  Women 
Workers,  25  cents. 

Scoutmastership,   Sir  Robert   Baden-Powell,   Putnam,    1920. 

The  Girl  Reserves.  Y.  W.  C.  A.  Association  Press.  600  Lexington 
Avenue,  New  York  City.     Manual  of  Leaders,  1921. 


PRACTICAL  AND  GENERAL  READING 

Abbott,  Edith;  Women  in  Industry,  Appleton. 

Addams,  Jane;  Twenty  Years  at  Hull  House,  Spirit  of  Youth  in  the 
City  Streets,  A  New  Conscience  and  an  Ancient  Evil,  Macmillan. 

*AngelI,  Emmett  D.;  Play. 

♦Bancroft,  Jessie  H.;  Games  for  the  Playground,  Home,  School  and 
Gymnasium.     Macmillan. 

♦Burchenal,  Elizabeth;  Dances  of  the  People — Shirmer. 

♦Byington,  Margaret;  What  Social  Workers  Should  Know  About  Their 
Own  Communities.     Russell  Sage  Foundation,  N.  Y. 

Daggett,  Mabel  Potter;  Women  Wanted.  George  H.  Doran.  A  book 
about  women  in  all  walks  of  life,  as  affected  by  the  war. 

*Dewey,  John;  Schools  of  Tomorrow,  School  and  Society,  E.  P.  Dutton. 
Showing  the  growth  of  the  "Scout  Idea"  in  our  modern  educational 
methods.     Practical  and  stimulating. 

♦Douglass,  H.  Paul;  The  Little  Town,  Macmillan.  The  latest  and 
best  treatment  of  rural  social  conditions.  Especially  recommended  for 
Scout  leaders  in  localities  outside  the  great  cities. 

Hall,  G.  Stanley;  Adolescence,  2  Volumes,  1907.  See  also  "Youth", 
summary  volume,  by  same  author,  who  did  pioneer  work  in  the  field. 

♦Hoerle,  Helen,  and  Salzberg,  Florence  B.;  the  Girl  and  the  Job,  Henry 
Holt,  $1.50. 

Gilman,  Charlotte  Perkins;  Women  in  Economics,  In  This  Our  World, 
A  Man  Made  World,  Concerning  Children — All:  Small  and  Maynard. 
The  most  brilliant  American  writer  on  the  woman  movement.  Sound 
economics  and  good  psychology  clevely  presented. 

James,  William;  Principles  of  Psychology,  2  vols.  The  psychologist 
who  wrote  like  a  novelist.  Chapters  of  special  interest:  Habit,  Instinct, 
Will,  Emotions  and  The  Stream  of  Consciousness.  Talks  to  Teachers 
on  Psychology,  and  to  Students  on  Some  of  Life's  Ideals.  Memories 
and  Studies,  especially  essay  on  the  Moral  Equivalents  of  War — All:  Henry 
Holt  and  Co. 


546  SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 

Key,  Ellen;     The  Century  of  the  Child. 

*Lovejoy,  Esther;  The  House  of  the  Good  Neighbor,  MacmlUan,  1919 
Social  and  Medical  Work  in  France  during  the  war  by  the  President  of 
the  Women's  International  Medical  Association. 

♦MacDougall,  William;  Social  Psychology,  Luce  and  Co.  Study  of  how 
people  act  and  feel  in  a  group. 

Mill,  John  Stuart;  The  Subjection  of  Women.  Frederick  Stokes. 
*Norsworthy,  Naomi,  and  Whitley:  The  Psychology  of  Childhood,  Mac- 
millan,   1919.     Best  and  latest  general  child  psychology. 

Parsons,  Elsie  Clews:  Social  Control,  Social  Freedom,  The  Old  Fasholned 
Woman,  The  Family.     All:     Putnam. 

♦Patrick,  G.  T.  W.;  Psychology  of  Relaxation.  Houghton  Mifflin. 
The  necessity  for  and  guidance  of  the  play  instinct. 

*Perry,  Clarence  A. ;  Community  Center  Activities.  Russell  Sage  Found- 
ation, New  York  City. 

Pillsbury,  W.  B.;  Essentials  of  Psychology,  Macmillan.  Good,  brief 
treatment  of  general  psychology  for  popular  reading. 

♦Playground  and  Recreation  Association  of  America  Publications: 
What  the  Playground  Can  Do  for  Girls,  Games  Every  Child  Should  Know, 
Folk  and  National  Dances,  The  Home  Playground.  Headquarters  1  Mad- 
ison Avenue,  New  York  City. 

♦Puffer,  J.  Adam;  The  Boy  and  His  Gang.     Houghton  Mifflin. 

Putnam,  Emily;  The  Lady. 

Schreiner,  Olive;  Woman  and  Labour. 

Sharp,  Cecil  J.;  One  Hundred  English  Folksongs.  Charles  H.  Ditson 
and  Co. 

*Slattery,  Margaret;  The  Girl  in  Her  Teens,  The  Girl  and  Her  Religion, 
The  American  Girl  and  Her  Community,  The  Woman's  Press. 

♦Thorndike,  Edward  L.;  Individuality,  Riverside  Educational  Mono- 
graphs, Houghton  Mifflin.  What  constitutes  the  "average  person." 
The  danger  of  "sizing  up"   people  too  rapidly. 

*Terman,  Lewis;  The  Hygiene  of  the  Child,  Houghton  Mifflin. 

♦Woods,  Robert  A.;   Young  Working  Girls,  Houghton  Mifflin. 

Trotter,  W.;  Instincts  of  the  Herd  in  Peace  and  War,  Fisher  Unwin.  How 
"public  opinion"  exerts  its  Influence  on  conduct. 

Wallas,  Graham;  Human  Nature  in  Politics,  and  The  Great  Society, 
Our  Social  Heritage,   Macmillan. 

Ward,  Lester  F.;  Psychic  Factors  of  Civilization  and  Applied  Sociology. 
Ginn  and  Co.     Psychological  interpretation  of  civilization. 


CAMPING  AND  HIKING 

Campward  Ho!,  The  Camp  Manual  for  Girl  Scouts  contains  a  full  and 
annotated  bibliography.     The  following  is  an  additional  list. 

The  Boy  Camp  Manual,  Charles  Keen  Taylor. 

Camping  and  Outing  Activities,  Cheley-Baker.  Games,  Songs,  Page- 
ants,  Plays,   Water  Sports,   etc. 

Camp  Cookery,  Horace  Kepfaart,  Macmillan  Co. 

The  Camp  Fire  Girls'  Vacation  Book,  Camp  Fire  Girls,  New  York  City. 

Camping  and  Woodcraft  (2  vols.)  Horace  Kephart,  Macmillan. 

Camp  Kits  and  Camp  Life,  Charles  Stedman  Hanks. 

Camping  Out,  Warren  Miller,  Geo  Doran  Co. 

Caravanlng  and  Camping-out,  J.  Haris  Stone  —  Herbert  Jenkins, 
Ltd.,  12  Arundel  Place,  London. 

Harper's  Camping  and  Scouting,  Joseph  Adams,  Harper  Bros. 

Shelters,   Shacks  and  Shanties,   D.   C.   Beard,   Scrlbners.     Illustrated. 

Summer  in  a  Girls'  Camp,  Anna  Worthington  Coale,  Century. 

Swimming  and  Watermanship,  L.  de  B.  Handley,  Macmillan  Co. 

Touring  Afoot,  Dr.  C.  P.  Fordyce,  N.  Y.  Outing  Publishing  Co. 

Wildetness  Homes,  Oliver  Kamp,  Outing  Publishing  Co. 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  547 

GOVERNMENT  BULLETINS  AND  HOW  TO  GET  THEM 

The  publications  of  all  departments  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment are  in  the  custody  of  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Price  lists  of  various  subjects  are  sent  free. 
The  following  list  of  subjects  will  be  found  especially  useful  in  pre- 
paring for  many  of  the  proficiency  tests.  The  numbers  given  are 
the  official  ones  by  which  the  catalogs  of  prices  and  special  titles 
may  be  ordered: 

(11)  Foods  and  Cookery.  (16)  Farmers'  Bulletins.  (31)  Education. 
(38)  Animal  Industry.  (39)  Birds  and  Wild  Animals.  (41)  Insects 
(including  household  and  farm  pests,  and  bees).  (43)  Forestry. 
(44)  Plants.  (50)  American  History  and  Biography.  (51)  Health. 
(53)  Maps.  (54)  Political  Science.  (55)  National  Museums  and 
National  Academy  of  Science.  (67)  Immigration.  (68)  Farm  Man- 
agement. 

The  Children's  Bureau  of  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Labor  has  a  special  list 
of  articles  on  Child  an  Infant  Care  and  Health.  Write  direct  to  the 
Bureau  for   these. 

For   State   publications  on   Health,   Education,   etc.,   apply   to  Sec- 
retary of  State  if  special  officer  in  charge  is  unknown. 
Apply  to  town  hall  or  special  departments  for  city  documents  on 
health,  child  care,  education,  etc. 

The  following  organizations   publish  bulletins  and  cheap  authori- 
tative  books   and   pamphlets   for   general   consumption   on   health, 
first  aid,  child  care  and  other  topics  of  interest  to  Girl  Scouts. 
The  Red  Cross  National  Headquarters,  Washington,   D.  C. 
The  Metropolitan  Insurance  Company,  1  Madison  Avenue,  N.  Y.  C 
Child  Health  Organization,  370  Seventh  Avenue,   Miss  Sally  Lucas 
Jean,  Director. 
The  Posture  League  of  America,  1  Madison  Avenue,  N.  Y.  C. 


INDEX 


Accidents,  First  Aid  for  lO-l  ff 

Water  191  ff 
Act  to  Establish  Flag  69 
Adam  450 

Adventure,  bookc>  of  540 
Africa  27 
Agassiz  455 
Alaska  454 
Alcott,  Louisa  23 
Allied    Organizations,    Handbooks    of 

540 
Alignments  92 
Alligator  429 
"America"  74.  75 
"America  the  Beautiful"  06 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History 

373  ff 
Amphibians  425 
"Anacreon  in  Heaven"  74 
Animal  Stories  540 
Aphids  449 

Apoplexy,  care  of  186  ff 
Aquarium  435 
Arnold,  Sarah  Louise  106 
Artist  test  499 
Aspen  395 

Asphyxiation,  prevention  of  197  ff 
Asters  381 
At  ease  87 
Athlete  test  499 
Attendance  stars  530 
Attention  85 
Audubon  Society  425 
Australia  27 
Axe,  use  of  326  ff 
Azalea  383 


Background  40 

Back  step  89 

Baden-Powell  Iff 

Balsam  fir  390 

Bandages,  making  of  204  ff 

Barnacles  442 

Bathroom,  care  of  119 

"Battle  Hymn  of  the  Republic"  77 

Beach  fleas  442 

Beaver  370 

Bedroom,  care  of  119 

Beekeeper  test  500 

Birds  407  ff 

Bird  baths  424 

Birds,  economic  value  of  415  ff 

Bird  Hunter  test  500 


Bird  Woman  21 

Biscuit  Loaf  363 

Bites,  care  of  190  ff 

Black  Eyed  Susan  383,  385 

Blood  Root  381 

Blue  Bird  409 

Blue  Flag  383 

Blue  tailed  lizzard  430 

Bobolink  415 

Bog  Potato  288 

Border,  flowers  for  404  ff 

Boulders  453 

Bouncing  Bet  383 

Bowline,  knot  188  ff 

Box  Turtle  4.30 

Brandywine,  battle  of  409 

Bread  363 

Breakfast  133  ff 

Broiled  Fish   361 

Brown,  Thomas  Edward  456 

Bubonic  Plague  449 

Bugler's  test  501 

Bull  Frog  370,  427 

Burroughs,  John  375,  407 

Business  Woman  test  502 

Butterfly  449 

Business  meeting  57 

Butler.  Albert  E.  384,  388,  394 

Bumble  Bees  447 


Cambridge  flag  08 
Camp  cooking  300  ff 

recipes  362  ff 

utensils  340,  344,  361 
Camping  and  the  Guide  Law  36 
Camping  for  Girl  Scouts  313  ff 

hiking  314  ff 

site  319  ff 

f^res  327  ff 

provisions  345  ff 
Camp  sanitation  323 
Canada  27 
Canner  502 
Captain  14 
Captain's  pin  538 
Cardinal  flower  381 
Cassiopeia  302 
Cat  fish  433 
Cellar  107 

Ceremonies,     Forms     for     Girl     Scouts 
44  ff 

Alternate  forms  48  ff 
Chaining  407  ff 


548 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


549 


Chairman  57 

Chamelon  431 

Change  step  90 

Chevrons  538 

Chief  Scout  35 

Child,  care  of  157  ff 

Child  Health  Organization  547 

Child  Nurse.  157  ff.  test  503 

Child,  routine  of  162  ff 

Christmas  Fern  389 

Cicada  447 

Citizen's  test  504 

Civic  biology  377 

Clams  442 

Class  test  60  ff 

Cleaning  126 

Clermont  69 

Closing  exercises  57 

Clothing  for  Hiking  317 

Clove  hitch  492  ff 

Cochineal  446 

Cocoa  363 

Cod  433 

Colds,  care  of  247  ff 

Color  Guard  46 

"Common  minerals  and  rocks"  454 

Compass  482  ff 

Congressional  Library  540 

Conservation  of  forests  393  ff 

Continental  Code  97,  99 

Conventional  signs  for  maps  479 

Convulsions,  care  of  186  ff 

Cooking  devices  340 

Cooking  in  camp  360 

Cook  133  ff  test  505 

Coral  439 

Corned  beef  hash  362 

Corporal  13,  538 

Council  14 

Court  of  Honor,  15,  45 

Crabs  437,  439 

Craftsman  test  505 

Crinkle  root  289 

Crocodile  429 

Crosby,  William  O.  454 

Cultivation  461 

Cyclist  test  507 

Cypress,  bald  396 


Dancer  test  518 

Dandelion  383 

Dairy  Maid  test  507 

Dash,  General  Service  Code  98 

Daughter  of  New  France  20 

Dawson,  Jean  377 

Deciduous  387 

Declaration  of  Independence  68 

Deming,  Dr.  VV.  C,  190 

Diamond  Back  Terrapin  431 

Dickerson,  Mary  C.  389 

Diminish  front  96 

Dinner  139  flf 

Director,  National  15 


Dish  washing  117 

Dishes,  washing  in  camp  364 

Dislocations,  care  of  177  ff 

Distance,  to  take  in  drill  92 

Direction  478 

Dot.  in  General  Service  Code  98 

Double  time  88 

Doughty.  Arthur  G.  20 

Dow.  Ula  M.  133 

Dragon  flies  446 

Dressmaker  508 

Dress,  right  or  left  85 

Drill.  Girl  Scout  84  ff 

Tenderfoot  84 

Second  Class  90 

First  Class  95 
Drummer  test  509 
Duck  hawks  418 
Dutch  Cleanser  365 

Eagle  407 

Eclaireuses  de  France  31 

Economist  test  509 

Eel  456 

Egrets  374.  411ff 

Electrician  test  510 

Emergencies,  aid  for  164  ff 

Erosion  393 

Evergreen  387 

Exercises  275  ff 

Explorer  21 

Eyes,  Health  of  259  ff 

Eyesight,  tested  by  stars  303 

Eyes  right  or  left  80 


Facings  86 
Fall  in  84 

out  87 
Falkland  Islands  27 
Fairy  Tales  541 
Farmer  test  510 
Feet,  care  of  315 
Fellowship  2 
Fire  , control  of  199  ff 
Fireless  Cooker  1 1 1  ff 
Fishes  432  ff 
Fishes,  group  of  433 
Fishballs  361 

Fisher,  G.  Clyde,  366.  373  ff 
First  Aide  164  ff  test  512 
First  Class  Badge  538 

Conferring  of  50 

Test  64  ff 
First  Girl  Scout  20 
Flag  67  ff 

Colors  67 

History  67  ff 

How  to  make  77 

Respect  due  70  ff 

Regulations  for  flying  71  ff 
Flashlight  signalling  100 
Floods,  causes  of  393 
Floor.  Kitchen  108 


660 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


Flower  crests  539 

Flower  Finder  test  512 

Flower  garden  462  ff 

Fly,  House,  fighting  of  121 

Folk  Tales  511 

Food  for  Camps,  362  ff 

Food  for  the  Sick  249  ff 

Food  furnishing  animals  402 

Food  Habits  402 

Food,  storage  of  123  ff 

Foot  466 

Forbush,  Edward  Howe  419 

Forests,  uses  of  393  ff 

fires  395 
Fox  406 

Fractures,  care  of  177  ff 
France  31 
Freezing  40 

care  of  188  ff 
Fried  bacon  362 
Fried  fish  361 
Fried  ham  361 
Fried  country  sausage  362 
Fried  potatoes  362 
Fringed  gentian  381,  383 
Frying  pan,  361  ff 
Fulton,  Robert  59 
Fungi  289 
Furnishing  107 


Gaillardia  384 

Gamefish  435 

Ganoid  433 

Garden,  Girl  Scout's  Own  456  ff 

Gardener  test  514 

Gas  stove  110 

General  service  code  97 

Geology  452  ff 

Germs,  fighting  of  121 

Gibson,  William  Hamilton  383.  420 

Gila  Monster  429 

Gills  431 

Girl  Guides  1,  18  ff 

Girl  Scout  Stories  544 

Glacial  Drift  453 

Glacier  451  ff 

Glass  snake  430 

Golden  Eaglet  45,  52,  636 

Golden  Plover  414 

Goldenrod  381 

Government  Bulletins  456 

Grand  Union  Flag  68 

Great  Blue  Heron  422 

Great  horned  owls  411 

Great  Ice  Age  453 

Grebe  408 

Grey,  Lord  20 

Group  Badges  533  ff 

Guide,  the  Flower  383 

Guides,  War  Service  27 

Half-hitch  491  ff 


Halibut  433 

Half  step  89 

Halt  89 

Hammerhead  shark  436 

Handbooks      of      Allied      Organizations 

540 
"Handbook  of   Birds   in   Eastern  North 

America"  423 
"Handbook  of  Birds  of  Western  United 

States"  423 
Hand  signalling  103 
Handywoman  test  515 
Hawks  420 

"Hawks  and  Owls  of  the  U.  S."  420 
Health  Guardian  test  516 
Health  Winner  257,  test  517 
Heating  house  124 
Heights,  to  estimate  459  ff 
Hemlock  390 
Hepatica  381 
Hermit  crab  442 
Hickory  nut  383 
Hiking  314  ff 
History  novels  541 
History    of    the    American    Girl    Scouts 

1 
Hog  peanuts  289 
Hodge,  Clifton  377,  534 
"Home  Life  of  Wild  Birds"  423 
Hollyhocks  383 

Homemaker,  the  23,  106;  test  518 
Home  Nurse,  the  217  ff;  test  519 
Honeybee  448 
Honeydew  448 
Horsewoman  test  520 
Hostess  test  520 
House  fly  449 
House  planning  106 
Howe,  Julia  Ward  77 
Hummingbird  383 
Hummingbird  moth  446 
Hunter,  David  M.  456 
Hydroids  441 
Hyla  428 


Ice  Chest  114  ff 
"Illustrated  Flora"  383 
Illnesses,  common  245  fi 
India  27 

Indian  cucumber  288 
Indian  turnip  289 
Injuries,  major  177  ff 

minor  169  ff 
Inorganic  377 
Insects  439,  446  ff 
Insect  eating  birds  421  ff 
Insignia,  Scouts  and  officers  538 
Inspection  56 
Interpreter  test  521 
Interval,  Gen.  Ser.  Code  98 

Semaphore  101 
Invertebrate  377,  438  ff 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


551 


Jack  in  the  Pulpit  383 

Jean,  Sally  Lucas  547 

Jelly  fish  439 

Jessamine  381 

Jones,  John  Paul  68 

Journalist  test  521 

Judging  weights  and  measures  467  ff 


Kelley's  Island  455 
Kephardt,  Horace  313  ff 
Key,  Francis  Scott  73 
Kildeer  419 
Kindling  334  ff 
Kipling,  Rudyard  376 
Kitchen  108 
Knots  484  ff,  glossary  495 


Labor  Saving  124  ff 

Lady  Slipper  281 

Lafayette  69 

"Land    Birds    East    of  the    Rockies' 
423 

Land  Scout,  Group  Badge  535 

Lang,  Herbert  426 

Lantern,  signalling  100 

Latrine  in  camp  323 

Laundress  test  522 

Laws  of  Girl  Scouts  4  ff 

Leader's    Handbooks   of    Allied    Or- 
ganizations 545 

Legends  542 

Lewis  and  Clark  Expedition  21 

Lobsters  439 

Loco  Weed  383 

Lone  Scout  13 

Loon  372 

Low,  Mrs.  Juliette,  Founder  G.  S.  1 

Lunch  148  ff 

Lung  fishes  433 

Lutz,  Dr.  447 

Life  Saving  Medals  536 

"Little  Women"  23 

Living  room  118 

Library,  American  Association  540 

Lieutenants  14 


Maps,     history,     uses,     how     to     make 

476  ff 
Marine  worms  443 
Mark  time  88 
Marsh  Marigold  383 
Measurements  268  ff,  466  ff 
Medal  of  Merit  536 
Medals,  special  536 
Medicines  241  ff 
Meeting,  Girl  Scout  55  ff 
Menus  133  ff 
Metre  466 
Metric  Systm  466 
Metropolitan    Life    Insurance    Company 

547 
Merit  Badges,  conferring  51 
Miller,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leo  387 
Milliner  test  522 
Milton  456 
Mink  415 
Minutes  58 
Mississippi  Valley  453 
Moccasin  Flower  382 
Mocking  bird  409 
Mole  Crab  444 
Monarch  butterfly  449,  450 
Moon  303 
Moose  369 
Morris,  Robert  68 
Morse  Code 

American  97 
International  97  ff 
Mosquito  449,  fighting  of  121 
Motorist  test  523 
Motto  of  Girl  Scouts  3 
Mountain  Climbing  367  ff 
Mountain  Laurel  383 
Mudeel  427 
Mud  puppy  427 
Musician  test  523 
Muscular  strain,  avoiding  261  ff 
Mushrooms  289  ff,  392 
Mussels  442 
Muir  Glacier  454 
Muir,  John  366 
Myths  542 


Mackerel  433 

Magdelaine  de  Vercheres  20 
Magnolia  380 
Maiden  Hair  Fern  383 
Malaria  449 
Mallard  Duck  424 
Mammals  399  ff 
Manna  447 
Manners,  good  129  ff 
Manual  by  Grey  383 
Manure  458 
Map  of  camp  481 
Maple,  black  sugar  391 
Mappa  477 


National  Convention  1 

National  Director  16 

National  Headquarters  1 

National  Organization  15 

Nature,  classification  379 

Nature  in  City  39 

Nature  Study  36,  43 

Nature  Study  for  Girl  Scouts  373  ff 

Naturalist,  Scout,  group  badge  534 

Needlewoman's  test  524 

Nesting  boxes  424 

Newts  427 

New  York  1 

Noble  Peregrine  418,  420 

Nonsense  642 


552 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


North  America  451 

North  Pole  69 

Novels  542 

Nubian  Gold  Mines  476 

Nurse,  the  Child  157  ff,  home  217  ff 


Oak  390 

Oblique  March  93 

Observation  39 

Octopus  439 

Oil  stove  110 

One  cell  animals  431 

Onions  363 

Opossum  399,  401 

Orchids  383 

Organic  377 

Organization  13  ff 

Orion's  Sword  304 

Otter  400 

"Our  Native  Orchids"  383 

Out  of  Door  Scout  35  ff 

Ox  Eye  Daisy  383 

Oyster  439,  445 


Pace,  Scout's  314 

Pacing  476,  478 

Paddle  fish  432 

Parade  87 

Parade  formation  80  ff 

Pathfinder's  test  524 

Patients,    amusing    of   251,    feeding 

251,  routine  252 
Patriotic  songs  72 
Patrol  system  13 
Peary,  Robert  69 
Pecten  443 
Peeper,  spring  428 
Pelicans  412 
Periwinkle  442 
Personal  measures  474 
Photographer  test  525 
Pickerel  453 
Pickerel  weed  385 
Pickersgill,  Mrs.  Mary  74 
Pine,  long  leaved  389 
Pine  tree  patrol  system  325 
Pine  rose  mallow  383 
Pioneer  25,  test  526 
Pirsson,  Louis  V.  454 
Pivot,  moving  93,  fixed  94 
Planting  459 
Plants  380  ff 

Plants,  edible,  wild  285  ff 
Plants  poisonous  386  ff 
Pledge  3 
Pleiades  302 
Poetry  544 

Poison,  antidotes  for  202  ff 
Polar  bear  402,  452 
Policy  16 

Posture  257ff,  273  ff 
League  547 


Position,  right  273  ff 
Poultry,  destroyed  402 
Preparation  of  seed  bed  457 
Presentation  of  badges  21,  45  ff 
Princess  Pat  21 
Principles  of  Girl  Scouts  3ff 
Proficiency  tests  497  ff 
Promise  4 
Protozoa  439 
Proverbs,  out-door  284 
Provisions  for  camping  345  ff 
Public  Health  257  ff 


Quick  time  87 
Quebec  20 


Racoon  402 

Rat  flea  449 

Rally  45 

Rays  433 

Recipes,  camp  362  ff,  home  133  ff 

Red  Cross,  National  214  ff  547 

"Red  Gods,"  371 

Reed,  Chester  A.  383.  423 

Reef  knot  487  ff 

Reference  reading,  Captains'  544,  Scouts' 

540  ff 
Refrigator,  iceless  115  ff 
Remedies  241  ff 
Reptiles  428  ff 
Rests  86  ff 

Rhododendrons  or  Great  Laurel  388 
Right  angle,  to  test  471 
Robin  409 
Rock  crab  444 

"Rocks  and  Rock  Minerals"  454 
Rocky  Mountain  Goat  378 
Rock  Tapper  test  526 
Roorbach,  Eloise  367 
Ropes,  parts  of  487 
Ross,  Betsy  67,  Colonel  68 
Roumanian  Scout  29 
Russian  Revolution  29 


Sacajawea  21 

Sailor  test  527 

St.  Paris,  Ohio  454 

St.  Paul  70 

Salamander  425 

Salmon  433 

Sandhill  cranes  410 

Sand  hoppers  442 

Sanitation  in  Camp  323 

Scale  insect  447,  maps  made  to  478 

Scallop  443 

Scavangers,  bird  421 

Science,  wonders  of  544 

Scout  Aide  105  ff,  Group  Badge  534 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


553 


Scout  Cook,  the  133  £f 

Scout  Naturalist  Group  Badge  534 

Scout  Neighbor  Badge  533 

Scout's  pace  314 

Scratches  glacial  453 

Screech  owl  409 

Scribe  test  528 

Sea  anemone  439 

cucumber  439 

spiders  442 
Seashore  animals  439  ff 
Second  class  badges  49 

drill  90 

test  61  ff 
Secretary  57 
Seeds  459 

Segmented  worms  439 
Semaphore  signalling  101  ff 

code  102 
Setting-up  exercises  for  Girl  Scouts 

273  ff 
Seventeen  Year  Locusts  447  ff 
Shakespeare  452 
Shaler,  N.  S.  453 
Shaw,  Anna  Howard  25 
Sheep  shank  493  ff 
Sheet  bend  487  ff 
Sherwood,  Geo  H.  373  ff 
Shocks,  care  of  186  ff 
Shoes,  for  hiking  315 
Shovel  nosed  sturgeon  434 
Sharks  433 
Showy  primrose  387 
Shrike  417 
Sick  bed  221  ff 
Sick,  care  of  217  ff 
Sick  room  218  ff 
Side  step  89 
Signalling  97  ff 
Signal  flag,  Gen'l  Service  97,  Semaphore 

101 
Signaller  test  528 
Signs  and  blazes  305 
Silk  worm  448 
Simmons  College  106,  133 
Sink  116  ff 
Skink  430 
Skunk  404 
Skunk  cabbage  380 
Slogan  3 

Smith.  Samuel  F.  55 
Snail  439 
Snake  bite  297 
Snakes  294  ff 
Social  forms  129  ff 
Soft  shelled  crab  445 
Soil  458 

Solomon's  Seal  289 
Song  birds  409 

Sounds,  measuring  distance  by  471 
Spanish  Moss  396 
Spiders  439.  450,  446  ff 
Sponges  439 
Spring  Beauty  381 


Spruce,  black,  red  389 

Square  knot  487  ff 

Squid  438 

Stains  127  ff 

Stalking  39 

Steps  and  marchings  87 

Stew  361 

Stars  78  ff,  298  ff 

Starfish  437,  445 

Star  Gazer  test  529 

Starling  420 

Star  Spangled  Banner  73  ff 

"Story  of  Our  Continent"  453 

Stove  109 

Supper  148  ff 

Sun  stroke,  care  of  188  ff 

Swimmer's  test  530 


Table  manners,  130  ff,  setting  131 

Tadpoles  425 

Taping  467  ff 

Tenderfoot  enrollment  44,  48 

pin  538 

test  60  ff 
Tennyson  380 
Tents  322  ff 
Telegrapher  test  530 
Telemetr>-  467,  468 
Teodorroiu,  Ecaterina  29 
Timber  wolves  398 
Thanks  badge  537 
Thistle  383 
Thrushes  409 
Toad  425  ff 
Toadstools  289  ff 
Toast  363 
Tools  457 
Totem  309 
Tracking  40 
Trade  name  and  true  name  of  furs 

403 
Trailing  arbutus  381 
Trans-Atlantic  flight  69 
Treasurer,  report  of  57  ff 
Trees  387  ff 

Triangulation  467  ff,  478 
Troop  14 
Troop  crests  539 
Turin  476 
Turpentine  389  ff 
Turtles  429  ff 


Uniform,  one  piece  83,  two  piece  92 
Union,  the  70 
Union  Jack  68 
Units  of  measure  466 
"Useful  Birds  and  their  Protection" 
419 


554 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


Vega  304 

Vegetable  garden  459  ff 

Vertebrates  377 


Walnuts  383 

Wapato  288 

War  service  266  ff 

Water  dog  427 

Water  and  game  birds  iZi 

Water  lily  383  ,     ,oro 

Water,  selection.  320;  supply  l^o  tt 

Wasp  447 

Waste  122 

Weasel  400  ff 

Weather  wisdom  282  n 

Weeds  461 

Weevils  449  ^  „   •   j  • 

Weights  and  measures  135  ff,  3Udgmg 

467  ff 
West  Indies  27  „ 

"Western  Bird  Guide    4^J 
Wharf  pile  animals  441 
Whelk  443,  444 
Who  are  the  Scouts  17  n 
Whistle  100,  103 


White,  Gilbert  425 

Whitman,  Walt  313 

Whittier387. 

Width,  to  estimate  46a  n 

Wig  Wag  97 

Wild  carrot  383 

Wild  flowers  and  ferns  3»U  n 

Wild  turkey  416 

Witch  Hazel  382 

Woodcraft  280  ff 

Woodcraft  Scout  Group  Badge  534 

Woods,  twelve  secrets  of  the  280  tt 

Woolen  things  122  ff,  clothes  317  ff 

Wood,  uses  of  388  ff 

Wordsworth  375 

Wounds,  care  of  181  ff 

Wright,  Wilbur  69 

Yard  466 
Yarrow  383 
Yellow  fever  449 
Yellow  pine  394 


Zoologist  test  531 


GIRL   SCOUTS 

HNCORPORATED) 


NATIONAL  HEADQUARTERS 
189  Lexington  Ave.,  New  York  City 


OFFICERS,  1922 

Founder 
Mrs.  Juliette  Low 

Honorary  President  Honorary  Vice-President 

Mrs.  Warren  G.  Harding   Mrs.  Wood  row  Wilson 

President 

Mrs.  Herbert  Hoover 

First  Vice-President  Second  Vice-President 

Mrs.  James  J.  Storrow     Mrs.  Arthur  A.  Choate 

Third  Vice-President  Fourth  Vice-President 

Mrs.  Julius  Rosenwald       Mrs.  William  F.  Sims 

Fifth  Vice-President 
Mrs.  Eliza  Morgan  Swift 

Treasurer  Chairman,  Executiie  Board 

Mrs.  Nicholas  F.  Brady       Mrs.  V.  Everit  Macy 

Counsel 
Mr.  Douglas  Campbell 

Director 
Mrs.  Jane  Deeter  Rippin 

555 


556 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS 


ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  ON  BUSINESS 
AND  FINANCE 

Mr.  Frederic  W.  Allen,  Chairman 


Mr.  Gordon  Abbot 
Mr.  Robert  Cassatt 
Mr.  T.  DeWitt  Cuyler 
Mr.  Herbert  Lloyd 
Mr.  Dunlevy  Milbank 


Mr.  Charles  E.  Mitchell 
Mr.  John  D.  Ryan 
Mr.  Frederick  Strauss 
Mr.  Felix  Warburg 
Mr.  C.  F.  Weed 


EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

Miss  Sarah  L.  Arnold       Miss  E.  Gwen  Martin 
Mrs.  Leo  Arnstein  Mrs.  William  G.  McAdoo 

Mrs.  Selden  Bacon  Mrs.  Robert  G.  Mead 

Mrs.  Nicholas  F.  Brady   Miss  Llewellyn  Parsons 
Mrs.  Frederick  H.  Brook  Mrs.  Harold  L  Pratt 
Mrs.  Francis  K.  Carey     Mrs.  Theodore  H.  Price 


Mr.  Francis  P.  Dodge 
Mrs.  Frederick  Edey 
Mrs.  Arthur  W.  Hartt 
Mrs.  V.  Everit    Macy 


Mrs.  W.  N.  Rothschild 
Mrs.  a.  Clifford  Shinkle 
Mrs.  Charles  Welch 
Mrs.  Percy  H.  Williams 


PERMANENT  COMMITTEES 

Education     Chairman,  Miss  Sarah  Louise  Arnold 

Secretary,  Dr.  Louise  Stevens  Bryant 
Field  Chairman,  Mrs.  Frederick  Edey 

Secretary,  Miss  Sibyl  Gordon 
Finance         Chairman,  Mrs.  Nicholas  F.  Brady 
Policies  Chairman,  Mrs.  Harold  L  Pratt 

Publication  Chairman,  Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Bacon 

Secretary,  Dr.  Louise  Stevens  Bryant 
Standards      Chairman,  Mrs.  Arthur  O.  Choate 

Secretary,  Miss  Sibyl  Gordon 


SCOUTING  FOR  GIRLS  657 

GIRL  SCOUT  PUBLICATIONS 

See  Latest  Price  List  for  Cost 

Scouting  for  Girls.  Official  Handbook  of  the  Girl  Scouts.  572  pages,  profuse 
illustrations.  Bibliography.  Khaki  cloth  cover,  flexible.  Officers'  Edition, 
board. 

Campward  Hoi  Manual  for  Girl  Scout  Camps.  192  pages.  Illustrations.  Biblio- 
graphy, cuts  and  diagrams.    Cloth. 

The  Blue  Book  Of  Rules  For  Girl  Seoul  Captains.  All  official  regulations,  and 
Constitution  and  By-Laws.     Lefeix  form.     No.  12 

Introductory  Training  Course  For  Girl  Scout  Officers.  Outline  of  10  lessons.  Equip- 
ment and  references.     Lefax  form.     No.  13. 

The  Girl  Scouts'  Health  Record.  A  convenient  form  tor  recording  the  points  needed 
to  cover  for  badge  of  "Health  Winner."    No.  7 

Girl  Scouts,  Their  Works,  Ways  and  Plays.     Pamphlet.     No.  5 

Your  Girl  and  Mine,  by  Josephine  Daskam  Bacon,  Pamphlet.     No.  9. 

Why  I  Believe  in  Scouting  for  Girls.    Mary  Roberts  Rinehart.    Pamphlet  No.  10. 

Field  Note  Book  For  Girl  Scout  Officers.  Blue  canvas  cover,  filler,  envelope,  for 
Blue  Book  of  Rules,  Training  Courses,  Miscellaneous  Publications  and  Notes. 
Lefax  form. 

The  Citizen  Scout,  A  Program  for  Senior  Girl  Scouts.  Lefax  form.     No.  14. 

Why  Scouting  for  Girls  Should  Interest  College  Women.  Louise  Stevens  Bryant 
Pamphlet.    Lefax  form.     No.  16. 

Girl  Scout  Councils,  Their  Organization  and  Training,    20  pp.  Lefax  form  No.  17. 

Why  My  Girls  are  Girl  Scouts  by  Rear-Admiral  W.  S.  Sims,  U.  S.  N.  Pamphlet. 
No.  15 

Community  Service  for  Girl  Scouts.     Lefax  form.     No.  18. 

Girl  Scouts;  Inc.,  Annual  Reports  for  1920  and  1921.    Lefax  form.    No.  25  and  26. 

Has  She  Got  Pep?  What  the  Girl  Scout  Leader  Needs.  Josephine  Daskam  Bacon. 
Pamphlet.     No.  21. 

Educational  Work  of  the  Girl  Scouts.  Louise  Stevens  Bryant.  Written  for  Biennial 
Survey.  1918-1920,  Bureau  of  Education,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  American  Girl.  A  Scouting  Magazine  for  all  girls.  Monthly.  15  cents  the 
copy;  $1.50  the  year.     Special  Section  for  Officers,  "The  Field  News." 

Otiier  Publications  in  Stock 

Scoutmaster  ship.  A  Handbook  for  Scoutmasters  on  the  Theory  of  Scout  Training 
by  Sir  Robert  Baden-Powell.    Putnam's  Sons,  N.  Y.     1920. 

Brownies  or  Blue  Birds.  A  Handbook  for  Young  Girl  Guides,  by  Sir  Robert  Baden- 
Powell,  London.     C.  Arthur  Pearson.     1920. 

The  Patrol  System  for  Girl  Guides.    London.     C.  Arthur  Pearson. 

The  Junior  Cook  Book.    Girl  Scout  Edition.     Clara  Ingram.     Barse  and  Hopkins. 

Order  From 

GIRL  SCOUTS,  INC. 

National  Headquarters 

189  Lexington  Ave. 

New  York  City 


558 


SCOUTING   FOR  GIRLS 


The  Woodcraft  Section  of  Scouting  For 
Girls  gives  the  Girl  Scout  a  taste  of  one  of 
the  j oiliest,  most  readable  books  about  the 
out  of  door  life  that  any  girl  can  have :  "The 
Woodcraft  Manual  for  Girls,"  by  Ernest 
Thompson  Seton,  published  by  Doubleday 
Page  and  Company  for  the  Woodcraft  League 
Of  America,  Inc. 

Mr.  Seton  has  long  been  loved  by  the  young 
people  of  many  countries  for  his  marvelous 
understanding  of  animals  and  their  homes, 
and  in  this  book  he  has  shared  his  secrets  with 
the  boys  and  girls  of  America;  so  that  any 
Girl  Scout  who  wants  to  be  sure  of  herself  on 
the  trail  and  equipped  for  all  emergencies  of 
the  woods,  could  add  no  better  guide  book  to 
her  Troop  or  personal  life  than  this  one. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


aEC'U  LD-UEi 

m    7tS73 

REG'D  LD-URL 

1 


Wt'O 


DEC  12199^ 

^5  ?5^ 


-  /^llifl''  fwrn/ 


rt: 


Form  L9-25i/i-9,'47(A5618)444 


*i^ 


PLpi    3   1158  00769  4895 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIOMAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


AA    000  944  733    5 


